ARTICLE 1 Short Title; Definitions; Miscellaneous Provisions
Short title. This chapter, together with amendments thereof,
shall be known as the "banking law", and shall be applicable to all
corporations, partnerships and individuals defined in the next section
and to such other corporations, unincorporated associations,
partnerships and individuals as shall subject themselves to special
provisions thereof, or who shall, by violating any of its provisions,
become subject to the penalties provided therein.
Definitions. 1. Bank. The term, "bank," when used in this
chapter, unless a different meaning appears from the context, means any
corporation, other than a trust company, organized under or subject to
the provisions of article three of this chapter.
2. Trust company. The term, "trust company," when used in this
chapter, unless a different meaning appears from the context, means any
corporation or limited liability trust company organized under or
subject to the provisions of article three of this chapter, having, in
addition to the other powers specified in such article, the fiduciary
powers specified therein. The definitions set forth in section two-b of
this article shall be utilized when the provisions of this chapter are
applied to the formation and operation of limited liability trust
companies.
3. Private banker. The term, "private banker," when used in this
chapter, means an individual or partnership duly authorized by the
superintendent to engage in the business of a private banker pursuant to
the provisions of article four of this chapter.
4. Savings bank. The term, "savings bank," when used in this chapter,
means any corporation organized under or subject to the provisions of
article six of this chapter. Such term shall include stock-form savings
banks which shall be subject to the provisions of article six of this
chapter to the extent not otherwise provided by the superintendent of
financial services pursuant to regulations promulgated under section
fourteen-e of this chapter.
6. Safe deposit company. The term, "safe deposit company," when used
in this chapter, means any corporation organized under or subject to the
provisions of article eight of this chapter.
7. Licensed lender. The term, "licensed lender," when used in this
chapter, means any person or other entity duly authorized by the
superintendent to engage in business pursuant to the provisions of
article nine of this chapter. The terms, "licensee," and "licensees,"
when used in article nine of this chapter, mean a licensed lender or
licensed lenders.
8. Savings and loan association. The term, "savings and loan
association," when used in this chapter, means any corporation organized
under or subject to the provisions of article ten of this chapter. Such
term shall include stock-form savings and loan associations which shall
be subject to the provisions of article ten of this chapter to the
extent not otherwise provided by the superintendent of financial
services pursuant to regulations promulgated under section fourteen-e of
this chapter.
9. Credit union. The term, "credit union," when used in this chapter,
means any corporation organized under article eleven of chapter six
hundred eighty-nine of the laws of nineteen hundred nine, as amended by
chapter five hundred eighty-two of the laws of nineteen hundred
thirteen, or under article eleven of this chapter. Every such
corporation shall be a non-stock corporation.
10. Investment company. The term, "investment company," when used in
this chapter, means any corporation or limited liability investment
company organized under or subject to the provisions of article twelve
of this chapter. The definitions set forth in section two-a of this
article shall be utilized when the provisions of this chapter are
applied to the formation and operation of limited liability investment
companies.
10-a. Mutual trust investment company. The term "mutual trust
investment company" when used in this chapter, means an investment
company as defined by an act of congress entitled the "Investment
Company Act of 1940", approved August twenty-second, nineteen hundred
forty, as amended, provided that (a) such company is organized under or
subject to the provisions of article twelve-A of this chapter; and (b)
all of the stock and shares, other than stock or shares required by law
to qualify directors of such investment company, are or are to be owned
by trust companies or national banks having trust powers and having
their principal offices within the state of New York or their nominees
or the nominees of such corporate fiduciaries and individual
co-fiduciaries.
11. Banking organizations. The term, "banking organizations," when
used in this chapter, means and includes all banks, trust companies,
private bankers, savings banks, safe deposit companies, savings and loan
associations, credit unions and investment companies.
12. Time deposits. The term, "time deposits," when used in this
chapter, and except as provided otherwise by regulation of the
superintendent of financial services, means all deposits the payment of
which cannot legally be required within fourteen days.
13. Demand deposits. The term, "demand deposits," when used in this
chapter, and except as provided otherwise by regulation of the
superintendent of financial services, means deposits payment of which
can legally be required within fourteen days.
14. Net demand deposits. The term, "net demand deposits," when used in
this chapter, means the total of all deposits, and of all amounts due to
banking corporations and private bankers and of all amounts due on
certified and officers' checks, letters of credit and travelers' checks
sold for cash, and for unpaid dividends, less the following items:
(a) Time deposits;
(b) Amounts due on demand from banking corporations organized under
the laws of the United States or any state of the United States and
private bankers other than a federal reserve bank and reserve
depositaries.
15. Reserves on hand. The term, "reserves on hand," when used in this
chapter, means the reserves against deposits kept in the vault of any
banking organization.
16. Reserves on deposit. The term, "reserves on deposit," when used in
this chapter, means the reserves against deposits maintained with a
federal reserve bank located in this state and with reserve depositaries
by any banking organization, pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.
17. Total reserves. The term, "total reserves," when used in this
chapter, means the aggregate of reserves on hand and reserves on deposit
maintained pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.
18. Reserve depositary. The term, "reserve depositary," when used in
this chapter, means a banking corporation or private banker designated
by the superintendent as a depositary for reserves on deposit.
19. Stockholder. The term, "stockholder," when used in this chapter,
unless otherwise qualified, means a person who appears by the books of a
stock corporation to be the owner and holder of one or more shares of
the stock of such corporation.
20. Shareholder. The term, "shareholder," when used in this chapter,
means a member of a mutual savings and loan association or a member of a
credit union.
21. Population. The term, "population," when used in this chapter,
means population as determined by the latest federal census; or when
used in connection with the words "unincorporated village," as
determined by the superintendent from the best available sources of
information.
22. Capital stock. The term, "capital stock," when used in this
chapter in connection with any stock corporation subject to this
chapter, means the aggregate par value of all outstanding shares of
every class.
24. Deed of trust. The term "mortgage", when used in this chapter,
shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include a deed of trust
securing a loan; provided, however, that in applying the recording
provisions of this chapter in the case of any obligation secured by a
deed of trust, such provisions shall be deemed to require only that such
deed of trust be recorded in the name of the trustee or trustees
thereunder.
25. Bond and mortgage. The term "bond and mortgage", when used in this
chapter, in referring to investments in or loans secured by mortgages on
real estate, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, include a
note secured by such mortgage.
26. Minor or infant. The term, "minor" or "infant", when used in this
chapter, shall mean a person who has not attained the age of eighteen
years; provided, however, that such definition shall not be applicable
to any provision relating to the New York Uniform Transfers to Minors
Act.
27. Trust office. The term "trust office", when used in this chapter,
means an office of a trust company at which the activities conducted are
limited to one or more of the fiduciary activities permitted for a trust
company under this chapter and such non-fiduciary activities as may be
ancillary to those activities. A trust office shall not be considered to
be a branch office pursuant to any other provisions of this chapter.
(28) Department. The term "department" means the department of
financial services of this state.
(29) Superintendent. The term "superintendent" means the
superintendent of financial services of this state.
30. Consummation of a mortgage loan. The term "consummation of a
mortgage loan" means, for purposes of the act of congress entitled Truth
in Lending Act and the regulations thereunder and the Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations
thereunder, when the applicant for the mortgage loan executes the
promissory note and mortgage including by electronic signature, in
accordance with applicable federal and state laws, rules, and
regulations.
31. Members of a borrower's social network. The term "members of a
borrower's social network" means a group of individuals authorized by a
borrower to be part of his or her social media communications and
network.
Limited liability investment company; definitions. When the
provisions of this chapter are applied to the formation and operation of
a limited liability investment company references to:
1. "Board of directors" shall include the managers charged with the
management of a limited liability investment company as set forth in its
articles of organization.
2. "By-laws" shall include the operating agreement of a limited
liability investment company.
3. "Capital stock" shall include the cash and property the members of
a limited liability investment company have contributed to the company,
but shall not include promissory notes, or other obligations to
contribute cash or property or to perform future services.
4. "Corporation" shall include an unincorporated investment company
formed as a limited liability investment company pursuant to the
provisions of article twelve of this chapter.
5. "Director" shall include one of the managers charged with the
management of a limited liability investment company as set forth in its
articles of organization.
6. "Dividend" shall include the distribution of a limited liability
investment company's cash or other assets to its members.
7. "Incorporator" shall include the person or persons who is or are
the organizer or organizers of a limited liability investment company.
8. "Organization certificate" shall include the articles of
organization of a limited liability investment company.
9. "Share" shall include the equity interest of a member of a limited
liability investment company as set forth in the company's articles of
organization or, in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest
represented by a member's right to a proportionate share of the profits
of the company.
10. "Stock" shall include the equity interest represented by the
percentage of the total votes a member may cast as set forth in the
articles of organization of a limited liability investment company or,
in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest represented by a
member's right to a proportionate share of the profits of the company.
11. "Stockholder" shall include a member of a limited liability
investment company who has an equity interest represented by his or her
right to a proportionate share of the profits or capital of the company.
12. "Voting stock" shall include the definition of stock as set forth
in this section.
Limited liability trust companies; definitions. When the
provisions of this chapter are applied to the formation and operation of
a limited liability trust company references to:
1. "Board of directors" shall include the managers charged with the
management of a limited liability trust company as set forth in its
articles of organization.
2. "By-laws" shall include the operating agreement of a limited
liability trust company.
3. "Capital stock" shall include the cash and property the members of
a limited liability trust company have contributed to the company, but
shall not include promissory notes or other obligations to contribute
cash or property or to perform future services.
4. "Corporation" shall include an unincorporated trust company formed
as a limited liability trust company pursuant to the provisions of
article three of this chapter.
5. "Director" shall include one of the managers charged with the
management of a limited liability trust company as set forth in its
articles of organization.
6. "Dividend" shall include the distribution of a limited liability
trust company's cash or other assets to its members.
7. "Incorporator" shall include the person or persons who is or are
the organizer or organizers of a limited liability trust company.
8. "Organization certificate" shall include the articles of
organization of a limited liability trust company.
9. "Share" shall include the equity interest of a member of a limited
liability trust company as set forth in the company's articles of
organization or, in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest
represented by a member's right to a proportionate share of the profits
of the company.
10. "Stock" shall include the equity interest represented by the
percentage of the total votes a member may cast as set forth in the
articles of organization of a limited liability trust company or, in the
absence of such a provision, the equity interest represented by a
member's right to a proportionate share of the profits of the company.
11. "Stockholder" shall include a member of a limited liability trust
company who has an equity interest represented by his, her, or its right
to a proportionate share of the profits or capital of the company.
12. "Voting stock" shall include the definition of stock as set forth
in this section.
Information to be given to social services officials, state
department of social services, state department of mental hygiene, the
mental hygiene legal service, representatives of boards of child welfare
and children's court by banking organizations. 1. If requested by an
authorized representative of the state department of mental hygiene, the
mental hygiene legal service, or of the state department of social
services, or by the authorities charged with the duty of administering
laws relating to public assistance or care or hospital care at public
expense in any town, city or county, the officials of any banking
organization shall furnish to such representative such information as
such officials have as to whether any inmate of any state institution,
or any applicant for or any person who is or was a recipient of hospital
care at public expense, or any applicant for or any person who is or was
a recipient of any form of public assistance or care under the social
services law, named in such request or the husband or wife, or other
relative legally responsible for the support of such inmate, applicant,
or recipient has or had funds, securities or other property on deposit
or in the custody of such banking organization, and the amount or
probable value thereof.
2. If requested by an authorized representative of the state office of
temporary and disability assistance, or a social services district child
support enforcement unit established pursuant to section one hundred
eleven-c of the social services law, the officials of any financial
institution, as defined in paragraph one of subdivision (d) of section
four hundred sixty-nine A of the federal social security act, shall
enter into an agreement with the state office of temporary and
disability assistance or a social services district child support
enforcement unit to develop and operate a data match system, using
automated data exchanges to the maximum extent feasible, in which each
such financial institution shall provide for each calendar quarter the
name, record address, social security number or other taxpayer
identification number, and other identifying information for each
individual who maintains a demand deposit account, checking or
negotiable withdrawal order account, savings account, time deposit
account, or money-market mutual fund account at such institution and who
owes past-due support, as identified by the state office of temporary
and disability assistance or a social services district child support
enforcement unit by name and social security number or other taxpayer
identification number. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the
authority of a local social services district support collection unit
pursuant to section one hundred eleven-h of the social services law.
3. No financial institution which discloses information pursuant to
subdivision two of this section, or discloses any financial record to
the state office of temporary and disability assistance or a child
support enforcement unit of a social services district for the purpose
of enforcing a child support obligation of such person, shall be liable
under any law to any person for such disclosure, or for any other action
taken in good faith to comply with subdivision two of this section.
Banks to display signs. Every banking organization having as
its purpose or among its purposes the receipt of deposits, shall
continuously display a sign, or signs, as prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, at each station or window within
the state where deposits are usually and normally received in its
principal place of business and in all its branches indicating whether
deposits are insured, and if insured the name of the insurer and the
extent to which each depositor is insured. Signs in non-insured banking
organizations shall clearly and legibly state "DEPOSITS NOT INSURED",
all in letters of the same size and character. No sign shall appear in
any non-insured bank with regard to insurance or deposits except as
herein prescribed.
Advertising. Every such non-insured banking organization shall
include in all its advertising within the state with reference to
deposit accounts the statement substantially as follows: "DEPOSITS NOT
INSURED". Where such advertising is printed the statement shall be of
such size and print to be clearly legible, all letters in such statement
being of the same size and character. No further reference shall be
contained in the advertising of non-insured banking organizations with
reference to the insurance of depositors which shall tend to be
misleading in connection therewith. The non-English equivalent of the
insurance statement may be used in any advertisement provided that the
entire advertisement is in such language and that the translation has
had the prior approval of the superintendent of financial services.
Loans pursuant to the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944." 1.
Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of
financial services finds to be necessary and proper, (i) any loan at
least twenty per centum of which is guaranteed under title three of an
act of congress entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944,"
may be made or invested in by any banking organization having the power
to make loans, and the savings and loan bank of the state of New York,
and (ii) any bank or trust company may make any loan made on the
security of a loan or loans eligible under the preceding subparagraph
(i), without regard to the limitations and restrictions of this chapter;
provided however, that
(a) No such loan upon the security of real estate shall be made or
invested in if the amount of such loan exceeds the appraised value of
such real estate, as improved or to be improved by the application of
the proceeds of such loan, or if the amount of such loan, when added to
the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens and encumbrances upon such
real estate, exceeds such appraised value. Such appraised value shall be
determined by an appraiser appointed pursuant to policies established by
the board of directors or trustees of the corporation making or
investing in such loan, or, in the case of a private banker, shall be
determined by the private banker or by an appraiser appointed pursuant
to policies established by such private banker;
(b) Each such loan, if secured by real property, shall be subject to
the provisions of this chapter relating to the recording of mortgages
and assignments of mortgages upon real property;
(bb) The requirements of the foregoing paragraphs (a) and (b) shall
not apply when not less than ten such mortgages are assigned as security
for a loan made under paragraph (ii), providing the term of such loan
does not exceed twelve months;
(c) Each such loan shall be subject to the provisions of this chapter
prescribing the maximum limits, in amount, of (1) loans in the aggregate
to, or upon the net liability of, any one individual and (2) loans in
the aggregate secured by real property;
(d) Each such loan made or invested in by a savings bank, a savings
and loan association, or the savings and loan bank of the state of New
York shall be subject to the following additional provisions: (1) a loan
pursuant to section five hundred one, five hundred two or five hundred
three of the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944," for the purpose of
repairing, altering or improving a building or buildings, and a loan
pursuant to section five hundred five (a) of such act, need not be
secured by a lien on real property, but all other loans pursuant to such
act must be secured by a first lien on such property; and (2) in the
case of each loan for the acquisition or benefit of, or secured by, real
property, such real property must, if located without the state of New
York, be located, in the case of a savings bank, within twenty-five
miles of the principal office of such savings bank; in the case of a
savings and loan association, within fifty miles of the principal office
of such association; and, in the case of the savings and loan bank of
the state of New York, within fifty miles of the principal office of
such bank or the principal office of one of its member savings and loan
associations; except that, if the amount of a loan secured by real
property, after deducting therefrom the amount thereof which is
guaranteed pursuant to such act, is in excess of two-thirds of the
appraised value of such real property, as determined in accordance with
paragraph (a) of this subdivision, such real property must be located
within the state of New York and, in the case of a savings bank or a
savings and loan association, within one hundred miles of the principal
office of any such corporation which makes, and any such corporation
which invests in, such loan; and except that, in the case of a loan
pursuant to section five hundred five (a) of such act, the real property
for the acquisition or benefit of which such loan is made may be located
within the applicable and prescribed limits of this chapter as to the
location of real property securing a loan insured by the federal housing
commissioner.
(e) The authority provided in this subdivision to invest in any loan
secured by real property guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the
act of congress entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944",
shall include authority to acquire title to real property in connection
with investing in an installment contract for the sale of real property,
so guaranteed, where the purchaser under such contract is in possession
and control of the property, and title is acquired by the banking
organization solely as security for the obligations of the purchaser.
2. In complying with the provisions of this chapter which prescribe
the maximum limits, in amount, of loans in the aggregate to, or upon the
net liability of, any one individual, and loans in the aggregate secured
by real property, a banking organization or the savings and loan bank of
the state of New York may deduct from the total amount of each loan made
or invested in by it that portion of such loan which is guaranteed
pursuant to the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944", and, in the
case of each loan made or invested in by it which is secured by a loan
which is guaranteed pursuant to said act, may deduct that portion which
is equal to the portion of such security which is so guaranteed.
3. The foregoing provisions of this section shall not apply to loans
insured pursuant to section five hundred eight of the "Servicemen's
Readjustment Act of 1944," but the superintendent of financial services
shall have power to authorize banking organizations and the savings and
loan bank of the state of New York to make and invest in such loans upon
such terms and conditions as it shall prescribe. Nothing contained in
this section shall prevent loans guaranteed or insured pursuant to the
"Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944" from being made or invested in
under, and subject to the limitations and restrictions of, other
provisions of this chapter.
Investment in obligations of housing corporations indirectly
guaranteed pursuant to the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944".
Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of
financial services finds to be necessary and proper, any bank, trust
company or savings bank may invest in obligations of any corporation
organized under any law of this state for the purpose of acquiring,
constructing, owning, maintaining, operating, selling or conveying a
housing project or projects (not including hotels but including
accommodations for retail stores, shops, offices and other community
services reasonably incident to such projects) located within this
state, which obligations are (a) secured by a first mortgage lien on
such project, or such part thereof, as was or is to be constructed or
acquired out of the proceeds of such obligations, either directly or by
issue under an indenture of mortgage from such corporation to a
corporate trustee having its principal office in this state, and (b)
guaranteed indirectly through the pledge as security therefor of
obligations directly guaranteed under title three of an act of congress
entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944", in an aggregate
amount equal to at least thirty per centum of the principal amount of
all sums advanced to such corporation under the loan instrument or
indenture during the period of construction and, upon completion, to the
extent of at least forty per centum of the principal amount of such
obligations.
Investment in obligations of certain persons sixty-five years
of age or over incurred to satisfy real property tax indebtedness. 1.
Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of
financial services finds to be necessary and proper and notwithstanding
any inconsistent provision of this chapter to the contrary, any bank,
trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association, or life
insurance company authorized to do business in this state may make loans
described in subdivision two of this section.
2. Banking institutions described in subdivision one may make loans
under this section to natural persons aged sixty-five or older subject
to the following conditions:
(a) the principal amount of the loan shall not exceed the aggregate
amount of all real property taxes, special ad valorem levies, and
special assessments paid or owing by the borrower for the current or
prior years or both with respect to real property owned individually or
jointly by such borrower which constitutes the principal residence of
such borrower; provided, however, that the loan agreement may provide
for such principal amount to be modified to include the amount of
additional real property taxes, special ad valorem levies, and special
assessments pertaining to such property as they are incurred; and
(b) such loan shall be secured by a first or second mortgage on the
property which mortgage expressly states in like or similar terms "this
mortgage is given to secure a loan made pursuant to the provisions of
section six-a of the banking law"; and
(c) the annual interest chargeable on such loan shall not exceed the
allowable interest chargeable by such lender to any other person, not
including a corporation, on an obligation secured by a first mortgage
lien; and
(d) a loan which is undertaken pursuant to this section shall not be
payable until the sale or other disposition of such property, provided
however that any borrower may discharge any indebtedness he has
undertaken pursuant to the provisions of this section at any time
without payment of any charges other than principal and interest.
3. Subject to regulations of the superintendent of financial services,
banking institutions described in subdivision one of this section which
make loans pursuant to this section may, pursuant to the loan agreement,
utilize part or all of the proceeds of such loan to make direct payment
of real property taxes, special ad valorem levies, and special
assessments on the property which secures such loan. Any such
institution which retains part or all of the proceeds of such loan for
the purpose of making direct payment of such real property taxes,
special ad valorem levies, and special assessments shall be liable to
such borrower, upon failure to pay such taxes, levies, and assessments
for the amount of such taxes, levies, and assessments plus penalties and
interest imposed thereon.
4. Every banking institution which makes direct payment of real
property taxes, special ad valorem levies, and special assessments
pursuant to subdivision three shall at least annually provide to the
borrower any paid bill it has received for the payment of such taxes,
levies, and assessments. Such bill shall be contained in a succeeding
loan statement as may be sent to such borrower. This section shall not
apply to billings for real property taxes, special ad valorem levies,
and special assessments transmitted by computer tape by a city with a
population of one million or more persons.
Application forms to be made available; certain cases. 1.
Every banking organization which originates loans secured by real
property located in this state shall provide at its principal place of
business and at all its branches except automated teller machines,
point-of-sale terminals or other similar facilities, application forms
for such loans which forms shall be made available upon request.
2. Every such organization shall be required, in such manner as the
superintendent shall determine, to maintain a record of such application
forms returned substantially completed and the last activity had with
respect thereto.
3. Every such organization shall inform any person making inquiry
regarding the origination of loans secured by real property located in
this state that written loan application forms are available at its
principal place of business and at all its branches except automated
teller machines, point-of-sale terminals or other similar facilities.
4. For purposes of this section "a loan secured by real property"
shall include any loan secured by a mortgage or other lien upon real
property including a leasehold estate and any cooperative apartment loan
subject to the provisions of subdivision five of section one hundred
three, subdivision eight-a of section two hundred thirty-five or
subdivision two-a of section three hundred eighty of this chapter.
Requirement to state in writing reason for denial of mortgage
loan. Every banking organization and licensed mortgage banker which
originates mortgage loans secured by real property located within New
York state which denies an application for such a loan or makes its
approval of such a loan conditional upon the applicant's agreement to
terms substantially different than those included in or contemplated by
the submitted application shall be required to notify, in writing, any
person or agent who returns a substantially completed written mortgage
loan application form of the reasons for the denial or conditioned
approval.
Graduated payment mortgages authorized. Notwithstanding any
inconsistent provision of this chapter or other law and in addition to
any other power exercisable by it, every banking organization, licensed
mortgage banker, national banking association, federal savings bank,
federal savings and loan association and federal credit union shall have
the power to offer graduated payment mortgages and loans which conform
to the provisions of section two hundred seventy-nine of the real
property law, subject to the rules and regulations prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services.
Alternative mortgage instruments made by banks, trust
companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations and credit
unions. 1. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of this chapter
or any other law of this state, the superintendent of financial services
is authorized to adopt such rules or regulations as shall permit banks,
trust companies, foreign banking corporations licensed to maintain a
branch or agency in this state, savings banks, savings and loan
associations, credit unions and persons and entities engaging in the
business described in section five hundred ninety of this chapter to
make residential mortgage loans and cooperative apartment unit loans
which provide for (a) periodic readjustments of the rate of interest
charged for the loan or successive terms of the loan or (b) terms of
loan which are shorter than the term of the mortgage or (c) repayment of
the principal amount of the loan by regular payments which are not equal
in amount throughout the term of the mortgage or (d) the lender thereof
to receive a share in the future appreciation of the property serving as
security for the loan under the circumstances set forth in the following
sentence or (e) any combination of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of
this subdivision, subject to the provisions of subdivision two of this
section. Where the lender or holder of a residential mortgage loan or
cooperative apartment unit loan enters into a written agreement with the
borrower under which the lender or holder conditionally reduces an
amount of principal of such loan in order to assist a borrower at risk
of foreclosure to avoid such foreclosure, the lender or holder may enter
into a written agreement (a "shared appreciation agreement") with the
borrower under which the lender shall be entitled to share in the
appreciation of the market value of the real property or cooperative
shares and proprietary lease securing such loan between the effective
date of such reduction in principal amount until the date when the
property is sold, provided that the amount the lender is entitled to
receive under such shared appreciation agreement shall be the lesser of
(i) the amount of such reduction in principal, plus interest on such
amount from the date of such reduction to the date of payment at the
same rate of interest as applies to the remaining principal amount of
the residential mortgage loan, and (ii) fifty percent of the amount of
such appreciation. Such amounts shall be payable when the mortgagor
sells the residential real property or cooperative shares and
proprietary lease that secure the loan. Such shared appreciation
agreement shall expressly and conspicuously bear a legend at the top of
the agreement in at least fourteen-point type which shall include the
following: "In this agreement, you are giving away some of any future
increase in value of your home. Please read carefully." For purposes of
this subdivision, the appreciation of the property shall be measured as
the difference, if positive, between the gross sales proceeds (net of
any reasonable real estate commission) of the sale of the property and
the value of the property at the time of the closing of the shared
appreciation mortgage, as determined by an appraisal by an independent
New York state licensed real estate appraiser. Recovery of such
reduction in the principal amount shall not be deemed to be interest for
any purpose of the laws of this state.
Any shared appreciation agreement shall be accompanied by a notice,
which shall be on a separate page from the shared appreciation agreement
and shall contain the following heading in bold, fourteen-point type:
"Important disclosures about the contract in which you agree to give
away a part of any future increase in value of your home. Please read
carefully." The notice shall include the following disclosures:
(1) a statement that the lender will be entitled to share in any
appreciation of the market value of the mortgaged property that occurs
between the time of the loan modification and the time the property is
sold, up to the amount of principal forborne plus interest on such
amount at the applicable rate of interest on the mortgage but in no
event more than fifty percent of the amount of such appreciation, and
providing at least three examples of how such shared appreciation may
affect the borrower at the time the borrower sells the mortgaged
property, such examples to include (A) no appreciation in the value of
the mortgaged property, (B) appreciation of twenty percent and (C)
appreciation of fifty percent;
(2) a statement advising the borrower to seek independent counseling
from a lawyer, a HUD-certified mortgage counselor or a tax advisor
regarding (A) the trade-off between a current reduction in the size of
the mortgage, versus the promise to give up part of the future
appreciation of the home, and (B) the tax consequences of the principal
forgiveness and shared appreciation agreement, and providing a list of
the names and contact information of five HUD-certified mortgage
counselors in the county where the mortgaged property is located or, if
there are fewer than five such counselors in that county, the list may
include counselors in one or more neighboring counties;
(3) a statement on the potential effect of the shared appreciation
agreement on any future refinancing of the mortgage and the potential
effect of any prepayment or refinancing of the mortgage on the
appreciation sharing agreement; and
(4) such other disclosures as the superintendent of financial services
may require.
2. Any rules or regulations which are adopted by the superintendent of
financial services pursuant to subdivision one of this section:
(a) shall provide for disclosures and notices to the borrower with
respect to the terms and conditions of the loan and the mortgage, and
the superintendent of financial services may require the adoption of
uniform disclosure and notice forms for this purpose;
(b) shall provide for the conditions governing renewals of the term of
the loan;
(c) shall not permit any uninsured loan secured by residential real
property to be made in an amount exceeding ninety percent of the
appraised value of the property; and
(d) shall not allow, with respect to any specific alternative mortgage
instrument which permits a periodic readjustment of the rate charged on
the loan, for a greater change in rate than that permitted under federal
law or regulations to federally-chartered banking organizations located
in this state for loans made pursuant to an equivalent alternative
mortgage instrument.
Override of certain provisions of United States Public Law
97-320. 1. The provisions of Title VIII of an act of congress entitled
"Garn-St Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982", United States
Public Law 97-320, and the preemption of state law provided in section
804 thereof, shall not apply with respect to residential real property
and cooperative apartment unit alternative mortgage transactions subject
to the laws of this state except as provided in this section.
2. With respect to a real property loan secured by a lien on
residential real property containing less than five dwelling units,
including a lien on the stock allocated to a dwelling unit in a
cooperative housing corporation or on a residential manufactured home, a
lender may not exercise its option pursuant to a "due-on-sale" clause
upon:
(a) A transfer by devise, descent, or operation of law on the death of
a joint tenant or tenant by the entirety;
(b) The granting of a leasehold interest of three years or less not
containing an option to purchase;
(c) A transfer to a relative resulting from the death of a borrower;
(d) A transfer where the spouse or children of the borrower become an
owner of the property;
(e) A transfer resulting from a decree of a dissolution of marriage,
legal separation agreement, or from an incidental property settlement
agreement, by which the spouse of the borrower becomes an owner of the
property; or
(f) A transfer into an inter-vivos trust in which the borrower is and
remains a beneficiary and that does not relate to a transfer of rights
of occupancy in the property.
Reverse mortgage loans authorized. Notwithstanding any
inconsistent provision of law, in addition to any other power exercised
by it, every authorized lender, as defined by section two hundred eighty
or two hundred eighty-a of the real property law, shall have the power
to offer reverse mortgage loans (1) which conform to the provisions of
section two hundred eighty or two hundred eighty-a of the real property
law and the rules and regulations promulgated by the superintendent of
financial services; or (2) which conform to the requirements of the
federal housing administration's home equity conversion mortgage
insurance demonstration program for as long as such program exists as
provided for in section 1715Z-20 of title 12 of the United States Code.
"Reverse mortgage" shall mean the mortgage, deed of trust or other
security instrument relating to a particular reverse mortgage loan
transaction.
The proceeds of a reverse mortgage shall not be considered as income
for the purposes of section four hundred sixty-seven of the real
property tax law; provided, however, that monies used to repay a reverse
mortgage may not be deducted from income, and provided additionally that
any interest or dividends realized from the investment of reverse
mortgage proceeds shall be considered income.
Mortgage loans. No person, partnership, corporation, banking
organization, exempt organization as defined in section five hundred
ninety of this chapter or other entity shall make a mortgage loan as
defined in section five hundred ninety of this chapter except in
conformity with the requirements of article twelve-D and in compliance
with such rules and regulations as may be promulgated by the
superintendent of financial services under this section. Nothing in this
section shall be construed to limit or otherwise modify any otherwise
applicable requirement of state or federal law.
Proof of insurance. 1. No exempt organization, as defined in
section five hundred ninety of this chapter, or licensed mortgage banker
which originates mortgage loans shall, at the time of title closing for
a loan secured by a one to four family residential real property, refuse
to accept a binder, issued by an insurer, or a duly authorized
representative of an insurer, licensed to do business in this state, as
evidence that hazard insurance has been procured for the mortgaged
premises. Nothing herein is intended to prohibit the mortgage banker or
exempt organization from requiring the borrower to also furnish a
receipt indicating that the annual or installment premium on such
insurance policy has been paid.
2. As used in this section, "binder" means a written document (a)
which includes the name and address of the insured and any additional
named insureds, mortgagees, or lienholders; a description of the
property insured; a description of the nature and amount of coverage
which shall be deemed to include the terms of the standard fire
insurance policy except as conspicuously noted on the binder; the
identity of the insurer and of the authorized representative executing
the binder; the effective date of coverage; the binder number or the
policy number where applicable to a policy extension, and (b) which
temporarily obligates the insurer to provide that insurance coverage
pending issuance of the insurance policy. The cancellation of such a
binder shall be governed at the minimum by the provisions of the
standard fire insurance policy and the provisions of the insurance law
applicable thereto.
Real property insurance escrow accounts. 1. Definitions. When
used in this section: (a) "Mortgage investing institution" means any
bank, trust company, national bank, savings bank, savings and loan
association, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan association,
private banker, credit union, federal credit union, investment company,
pension fund, licensed mortgage banker or any other entity which
maintains a real property insurance escrow account for real property
located in this state.
(b) "Mortgagor" means a person having title to and occupying a one to
four family residence which is located in this state and is subject to a
mortgage.
(c) "Real property insurance" means a policy of insurance issued, or
issued for delivery in this state, on a risk located or resident in this
state insuring the following contingency: loss or damage (including but
not limited to loss or damage on account of fire) to real property used
predominantly for residential purposes and consists of not more than
four dwelling units, other than motels or hotels.
(d) "Real property insurance escrow account" means an account
established by contract between a mortgagor of real property improved by
a one to four family residence and the mortgage investing institution
having a mortgage thereon, into which the mortgage investing institution
shall deposit money collected from the mortgagor for the purpose of
paying real property insurance premiums.
(e) "One to four family residence" means property used primarily for
residential purposes for one to four families, including property held
in condominium form of ownership, and which is occupied in whole or in
part by the owner.
2. Duties and responsibilities of mortgage investing institutions. (a)
Every mortgage investing institution shall make all payments for
insurance for which they hold real property insurance escrow accounts in
a timely manner.
(b) Every mortgage investing institution shall pay at least the
minimum rate of interest on each real property insurance escrow account
as prescribed therein.
(c) Every mortgage investing institution shall deposit funds from a
real property insurance escrow account of a mortgagor in a banking
institution whose deposits are insured by a federal agency or a licensed
branch of a foreign banking corporation whose deposits are insured by a
federal agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
subdivision, the superintendent shall have the power to exempt from the
requirements of this subdivision any banking organization which does not
receive deposits or share accounts from the general public.
(d) A mortgage investing institution may debit a mortgagor's real
property insurance escrow account for payments of insurance premiums
only if actual payment for such premiums is made within twenty-one days
after such debit.
(e) Every mortgage investing institution shall, at least annually,
provide to the mortgagor an analysis of the real property insurance
escrow account of the mortgagor. Such analysis shall contain, for the
twelve month period covered by the analysis, at least: (1) interest
earned; (2) the amount of insurance premiums paid from the real property
insurance escrow account; and (3) the account balance as of the
beginning of the period covered by the analysis and the ending account
balance as of a specified date within forty-five days preceding the date
of the analysis. In addition, the mortgage investing institution shall,
upon request by the mortgagor, provide to the mortgagor the date or
dates of the payment of insurance premiums from such real property
insurance escrow account. The information required by this paragraph may
be provided in notices otherwise required by federal or state law,
regulation or rule to be sent on at least an annual basis to the
mortgagor, including but not limited to notices under title three-A of
the real property tax law.
(f) The mortgage investing institution shall provide a written
disclosure, in at least eight point bold face type, to the mortgagor
with respect to the real property insurance escrow account. Such
disclosure shall be provided at the time of the establishment of the
real property insurance escrow account. In the case of accounts already
in existence on the effective date of this act, such disclosure shall be
provided to the mortgagor with the next annual analysis required by
paragraph (e) of this subdivision. The disclosure shall contain
substantially the following language:
(i) The mortgage investing institution is obligated to make all
payments for real property insurance for which the real property
insurance escrow account is maintained. If any such payments are not
timely, the mortgage investing institution is responsible for making
such payments including any penalties and interest and shall be liable
for all damages to the mortgagor resulting from its failure to make
timely payment.
(ii) In the event that a real property insurance premium notice is
sent directly to the mortgagor by the insurer, the mortgagor shall have
the obligation to promptly transmit such premium notice to the mortgage
investing institution, or such other institution or agent as may be
designated in writing by the mortgage investing institution, for
payment. Failure to do so may jeopardize the mortgagor's insurance
coverage and may excuse the mortgage investing institution from
liability for failure to timely make such real property insurance
payments.
(iii) The mortgagor is obligated to pay one-twelfth of the real
property insurance premiums each month to the mortgage investing
institution for deposit into the real property insurance escrow account,
unless there is a deficiency or surplus in the account, in which case a
greater or lesser amount may be required.
(iv) If the mortgage investing institution is subject to the
provisions of paragraph (c) of this subdivision, the mortgage investing
institution must deposit the escrow payments made by the mortgagor in a
banking institution or a licensed branch of a foreign banking
corporation whose deposits are insured by a federal agency.
(g) Every mortgage investing institution shall provide written notice
to a mortgagor no later than ten business days after the transfer to
another mortgage investing institution of the right to receive all
payments from the mortgagor, including payments made into the real
property insurance escrow account, which notice shall include the name,
address and telephone number of the mortgage investing institution to
which such rights have been transferred. Upon request by the mortgagor,
the mortgage investing institution shall advise the mortgagor of the
amount of money in such account as of the date of such transfer. Every
mortgage investing institution shall remain fully liable to pay any real
property insurance premiums which are due and payable prior to the date
of such transfer, and the mortgage investing institution to which such
rights have been transferred shall be liable to pay any real property
insurance premiums which are due and payable after the date of such
transfer, unless otherwise agreed among the parties to the transfer.
(h) Every mortgage investing institution shall, no later than thirty
days after the final payment of the mortgage loan, where the mortgagor
retains ownership of the property, send to the mortgagor a written
statement that shall include, but not be limited to the following
information: (i) that the real property insurance escrow account has
been or will be terminated (whichever is applicable); and (ii) that
unless the mortgagor establishes a new real property insurance escrow
account with a mortgage investing institution, the mortgagor will be
obliged to pay to the appropriate insurer real property insurance
premiums becoming due thereafter. The written notice shall also set
forth the effective date of the termination and shall provide the name
and address of each insurer and shall advise the mortgagor to contact
such insurer for billing information.
3. Mailing or delivery of bills to mortgage investing institutions. A
mortgagor who has entered into a real property insurance escrow account
may designate, in writing, a mortgage investing institution, and its
successors, agents or assigns to receive premium notices for real
property insurance. The mortgage investing institution shall advise the
insurer in writing within fifteen days after the termination of such
escrow account and shall inform the insurer that all future premium
notices should be sent directly to the insured. The mortgage investing
institution shall, upon the request of the insurer, provide any document
that clearly evidences its authorization to receive insurance premium
notices or obligation to pay real property insurance premiums.
4. Payments by mortgage investing institutions. A mortgage investing
institution may pay the real property insurance premiums due on more
than one parcel by a single instrument, provided that the mortgage
investing institution also provides to the insurer a detailed list of
the specific parcels to which the instrument is to be applied, each
parcel identification number (if any) and the amount of the real
property insurance premium to be paid with respect to each parcel.
5. Liabilities of mortgage investing institutions. (a) A mortgage
investing institution which receives moneys from a mortgagor for deposit
into a real property insurance escrow account shall be liable to such
mortgagor, upon failure to pay such real property insurance premiums,
for the amount of the real property insurance premiums plus penalties
and interest imposed thereon.
(b) In addition to any other remedies permitted by law, a mortgagor
whose real property insurance premiums are to be paid by means of a real
property insurance escrow account pursuant to this section may bring an
action against the mortgage investing institution maintaining such
account for the mortgagor under the provisions of this subdivision if
payments for real property insurance premiums have not been made for
thirty days after the date such insurance premiums have become due and
payable. If a court shall find, after considering the circumstances of
the failure of a mortgage investing institution to pay the real property
insurance premium of a mortgagor pursuant to an escrow agreement, that
such failure was due to the negligence or intentional acts of the
mortgage investing institution, its agent, or both, the court may award
the mortgagor injunctive relief and liquidated damages in an amount
equal to three times the real property insurance premium not paid, but
in no event greater than six thousand dollars.
(c) A mortgage investing institution shall be liable to the mortgagor
for all damages and shall bear all responsibility for failure to make
timely payment of insurance premiums.
(d) The mortgage investing institution shall have liability to the
mortgagor under this subdivision only if:
(i) the mortgage investing institution, or such other institution or
agent as designated in writing by the mortgage investing institution,
has received the real property insurance premium notice; and
(ii) the mortgagor has made required payments for deposit into the
real property insurance escrow account.
6. Separability. If any provision of this section or the application
of such provision in certain circumstances shall be held invalid, the
validity of the remainder of this section and its applicability to other
circumstances shall not be affected.
High-cost home loans. 1. Definitions. The following definitions
apply for the purposes of this section:
(a) "Affiliate" means any company that controls, is controlled by, or
is under common control with another company, as set forth in the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. § 1841 et seq.), as amended from
time to time.
(b) "Annual percentage rate" means the annual percentage rate for the
loan calculated according to the provisions of the Federal
Truth-in-Lending Act (15 U.S.C. § 1601, et seq.), and the regulations
promulgated thereunder by the federal reserve board (as said act and
regulations are amended from time to time).
(c) "Bona fide loan discount points" means loan discount points
knowingly paid by the borrower funded through any source, for the
purpose of reducing, and which in fact result in a bona fide reduction
of, the interest rate or time-price differential applicable to the loan,
provided that the amount of the interest rate reduction purchased by the
discount points is reasonably consistent with established industry norms
and practices for secondary mortgage market transactions. For purposes
of this section, it shall be presumed that a point is a bona fide loan
discount point if it reduces the interest rate by a minimum of
twenty-five basis points provided all other terms of the loan remain the
same.
(d) A "High-cost home loan" means a home loan in which the terms of
the loan exceed one or more of the thresholds as defined in paragraph
(g) of this subdivision.
(e) "Home loan" means a loan, including an open-end credit plan, other
than a reverse mortgage transaction or a loan made or fully or partially
guaranteed by the state of New York mortgage agency, in which:
(i) The principal amount of the loan at origination does not exceed
the conforming loan size limit (including any applicable special limit
for jumbo mortgages) for a comparable dwelling as established from time
to time by the federal national mortgage association;
(ii) The borrower is a natural person;
(iii) The debt is incurred by the borrower primarily for personal,
family, or household purposes;
(iv) The loan is secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on real estate
improved by a one to four family dwelling, or by a condominium unit, or
by any certificate of stock or other evidence of ownership in, and a
proprietary lease from, a corporation, partnership or other entity
formed for the purpose of cooperative ownership of real estate, in
either case used or occupied or intended to be used or occupied, wholly
or partly, as the home or residence of one or more persons and which is
or will be occupied by the borrower as the borrower's principal
dwelling; and
(v) The property is located in this state.
(f) "Points and fees" means:
(i) All items listed in 15 U.S.C. § 1605(a)(1) through (4), except
interest or the time-price differential;
(ii) All charges for items listed under § 226.4(c)(7) of title 12 of
the code of federal regulations, as amended from time to time, but only
if the lender receives direct or indirect compensation in connection
with the charge or the charge is paid to an affiliate of the lender;
otherwise, the charges are not included within the meaning of the phrase
"points and fees";
(iii) All compensation paid directly or indirectly to a mortgage
broker, including a broker that originates a loan in its own name in a
table-funded transaction, not otherwise included in subparagraphs (i)
and (ii) of this paragraph;
(iv) The cost of all premiums financed by the lender, directly or
indirectly, for any credit life, credit disability, credit unemployment,
or credit property insurance, or any other life or health insurance, or
any payments financed by the lender directly or indirectly for any debt
cancellation or suspension agreement or contract, except that insurance
premiums calculated and paid on a monthly basis shall not be considered
financed by the lender.
(g) "Thresholds" means:
(i) For a first lien mortgage loan, the annual percentage rate of the
home loan at consummation of the transaction exceeds eight percentage
points over the yield on treasury securities having comparable periods
of maturity to the loan maturity measured as of the fifteenth day of the
month immediately preceding the month in which the application for the
extension of credit is received by the lender; or for a subordinate
mortgage lien, the annual percentage rate of the home loan at
consummation of the transaction equals or exceeds nine percentage points
over the yield on treasury securities having comparable periods of
maturity on the fifteenth day of the month immediately preceding the
month in which the application for extension of credit is received by
the lender; as determined by the following rules: if the terms of the
home loan offer any initial or introductory period, and the annual
percentage rate is less than that which will apply after the end of such
initial or introductory period, then the annual percentage rate that
shall be taken into account for purposes of this section shall be the
rate which applies after the initial or introductory period; or
(ii) The total points and fees exceed: five percent of the total loan
amount if the total loan amount is fifty thousand dollars or more; or
six percent of the total loan amount if the total loan amount is fifty
thousand dollars or more and the loan is a purchase money loan
guaranteed by the federal housing administration or the veterans
administration; or the greater of six percent of the total loan amount
or fifteen hundred dollars, if the total loan amount is less than fifty
thousand dollars; provided, the following discount points shall be
excluded from the calculation of the total points and fees payable by
the borrower:
(1) Up to and including two bona fide loan discount points payable by
the borrower in connection with the loan transaction, but only if the
interest rate from which the loan's interest rate will be discounted
does not exceed by more than one percentage point the yield on United
States treasury securities having comparable periods of maturity to the
loan maturity measured as of the fifteenth day of the month immediately
preceding the month in which the application is received;
(2) Any and all bona fide loan discount points funded directly or
indirectly through a grant from a federal, state or local government
agency or 501(c)(3) organization.
(h) "Total loan amount" means the principal of the loan minus those
points and fees as defined in paragraph (f) of this subdivision that are
included in the principal amount.
(i) "Lender" means a mortgage banker as defined in paragraph (f) of
subdivision one of section five hundred ninety of this chapter or an
exempt organization as defined in paragraph (e) of subdivision one of
section five hundred ninety of this chapter.
2. Limitations and prohibited practices for high-cost home loans. A
high-cost home loan shall be subject to the following limitations:
(a) No call provisions. No high-cost home loan may contain a provision
that permits the lender, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the
indebtedness. This provision does not prohibit acceleration of the loan
in good faith due to the borrower's failure to abide by the material
terms of the loan.
(b) No balloon payments. No high-cost home loan may contain a
scheduled payment that is more than twice as large as the average of
earlier scheduled payments, unless such balloon payment becomes due and
payable at least fifteen years after the loan's origination. This
provision does not apply when the payment schedule is adjusted to the
seasonal or irregular income of the borrower.
(c) No negative amortization. No high-cost home loan may contain a
payment schedule with regular periodic payments that cause the principal
balance to increase. A loan is considered to have such a schedule if the
borrower is given the option to make regular periodic payments that
cause the principal balance to increase, even if the borrower is also
given the option to make regular periodic payments that do not cause the
principal balance to increase. This paragraph shall not prohibit
negative amortization as a result of a temporary forbearance sought by a
borrower.
(d) No increased interest rate. No high-cost home loan may contain a
provision which increases the interest rate after default. This
provision does not apply to interest rate changes in a variable rate
loan otherwise consistent with the provisions of the loan documents;
provided that the change in the interest rate is not triggered by the
event of default or the acceleration of the indebtedness.
(e) Limitation on advance payments. No high-cost home loan may include
terms under which more than two periodic payments required under the
loan are consolidated and paid in advance from the loan proceeds
provided to the borrower.
(f) No modification or deferral fees. A lender may not charge a
borrower any fees to modify, renew, extend, or amend a high-cost home
loan or to defer any payment due under the terms of a high-cost home
loan if, after the modification, renewal, extension or amendment, the
loan is still a high-cost loan or, if no longer a high-cost home loan,
the annual percentage rate has not been decreased by at least two
percentage points. For purposes of this paragraph, fees shall not
include interest that is otherwise payable and consistent with the
provisions of the loan documents. This paragraph shall not prohibit a
lender from charging points and fees in connection with any additional
proceeds received by the borrower in connection with the modification,
renewal, extension or amendment (over and above the current principal
balance of the existing high-cost home loan) provided that the points
and fees charged on the additional sum must reflect the lender's typical
point and fee structure for high-cost home loans.
(g) No oppressive mandatory arbitration clauses. No high-cost home
loan may be subject to a mandatory arbitration clause that is
oppressive, unfair, unconscionable, or substantially in derogation of
the rights of consumers.
(h) No financing of insurance or other products sold in connection
with the loan. No high-cost home loan shall finance, directly or
indirectly, any credit life, credit disability, credit unemployment, or
credit property insurance, or any other life or health insurance
premiums, or any payments directly or indirectly for any debt
cancellation or suspension agreement or contract, or any product or
service that is not necessary or related to the high-cost home loan such
as auto club memberships or credit report monitoring, but not including
fees paid to the lender, broker, or closing agent, fees related to the
recording of the mortgage, title insurance or other settlement fees.
Insurance premiums or debt cancellation or suspension fees calculated
and paid on a monthly basis shall not be considered financed.
(i) No "loan flipping". No lender or mortgage broker making or
arranging a high-cost home loan may engage in the unfair act or practice
of "loan flipping". "Loan flipping" is making a home loan to a borrower
that refinances an existing home loan when the new loan does not have a
tangible net benefit to the borrower considering all of the
circumstances, including the terms of both the new and refinanced loans,
the cost of the new loan, and the borrower's situation.
(j) No refinancing of special mortgages. No lender or mortgage broker
making or arranging a high-cost home loan may refinance an existing home
loan that is a special mortgage originated, subsidized or guaranteed by
or through a state, tribal or local government, or nonprofit
organization, which either bears a below-market interest rate at the
time of origination, or has nonstandard payment terms beneficial to the
borrower, such as payments that vary with income, are limited to a
percentage of income, or where no payments are required under specified
conditions, and where, as a result of the refinancing, the borrower will
lose one or more of the benefits of the special mortgage, unless the
lender is provided prior to loan closing documentation by a HUD approved
housing counselor or the lender who originally made the special mortgage
that a borrower has received home loan counseling in which the
advantages and disadvantages of the refinancing has been received.
(k) No lending without due regard to repayment ability. A lender or
mortgage broker shall not make or arrange a high-cost home loan without
due regard to repayment ability, based upon consideration of the
resident borrower or borrowers' current and expected income, current
obligations, employment status, and other financial resources (other
than the borrower's equity in the dwelling which secures repayment of
the loan), as verified by detailed documentation of all sources of
income and corroborated by independent verification. However, a lender
making a high-cost home loan shall benefit from a rebuttable presumption
that the loan was made with due regard to repayment ability if the
lender demonstrates that at the time the loan is consummated, the
resident borrower or borrowers' total monthly debts, including amounts
owed under the loan, do not exceed fifty percent of the resident
borrower or borrowers' monthly gross income; and the lender follows the
residual income guidelines established in 38 C.F.R. § 36.4337(e) and VA
Form 26-6393.
(l) (i) No lending without counseling disclosure and list of
counselors. A lender or mortgage broker must deliver, place in the
mail, fax or electronically transmit the following notice in at least
twelve point type to the borrower at the time of application: "You
should consider financial counseling prior to executing loan documents.
The enclosed list of counselors is provided by the New York State
Department of Financial Services". In the event of a telephone
application, the disclosures must be made immediately after receipt of
the application by telephone. Such disclosure shall be on a separate
form. In order to utilize an electronic transmission, the lender or
broker must first obtain either written or electronically transmitted
permission from the borrower. A list of approved counselors, available
from the New York state department of financial servcies, shall be
provided to the borrower by the lender or the mortgage broker at the
time that this disclosure is given.
(ii) A lender or mortgage broker shall not make or arrange a high-cost
home loan unless either the lender or mortgage broker has given the
following notice in writing to the borrower within three days after
determining that the loan is a high-cost home loan, but no less than ten
days before closing:
"CONSUMER CAUTION AND HOME OWNERSHIP COUNSELING NOTICE
If you obtain this loan, which pursuant to New York State Law is a
High-Cost Home Loan, the lender will have a mortgage on your home. You
could lose your home, and any money you have put into it, if you do not
meet your obligations under the loan.
You should shop around and compare loan rates and fees. Mortgage loan
rates and closing costs and fees vary based on many factors, including
your particular credit and financial circumstances, your earnings
history, the loan-to-value requested, and the type of property that will
secure your loan. The loan rate and fees could vary based on which
lender or mortgage broker you select. Higher rates and fees may be
related to the individual circumstances of a particular consumer's
application.
You should consider consulting a qualified independent credit
counselor or other experienced financial adviser regarding the rate,
fees, and provisions of this mortgage loan before you proceed. The
enclosed list of counselors is provided by the New York State Department
of Financial Services.
You are not required to complete any loan agreement merely because you
have received these disclosures or have signed a loan application. If
you proceed with this mortgage loan, you should also remember that you
may face serious financial risks if you use this loan to pay off credit
card debts and other debts in connection with this transaction and then
subsequently incur significant new credit card charges or other debts.
If you continue to accumulate debt after this loan is closed and then
experience financial difficulties, you could lose your home and any
equity you have in it if you do not meet your mortgage loan obligations.
Your payments on existing debts contribute to your credit ratings. You
should not accept any advice to ignore your regular payments to your
existing creditors."
(m) Financing of points and fees. In making a high-cost home loan, a
lender shall not, directly or indirectly, finance any points and fees as
defined in paragraph (f) of subdivision one of this section, in an
amount that exceeds three percent of the principal amount of the loan.
(n) Restrictions on home improvement contracts. A lender shall not pay
a contractor under a home improvement contract from the proceeds of a
high-cost home loan other than: by an instrument payable to the borrower
or jointly to the borrower and the contractor; or at the election of the
borrower, through a third-party escrow agent in accordance with terms
established in a written agreement signed by the borrower, the lender,
and the contractor prior to the disbursement.
(o) No encouragement of default. In making or arranging a high-cost
home loan, a lender or mortgage broker shall not recommend or encourage
default on an existing loan or other debt prior to and in connection
with the closing or planned closing of a high-cost home loan that
refinances all or any portion of such existing loan or debt.
(p) Prohibited payments to mortgage brokers. In making or arranging a
high-cost home loan, no lender or mortgage broker shall accept or give
any fee, kickback, thing of value, portion, split or percentage of
charges, other than as payment for goods or facilities that were
actually furnished or services that were actually performed. Such
payment must be reasonably related to the value of the goods or
facilities that were actually furnished or services that were actually
performed.
(q) No points and fees when a lender refinances its own high-cost home
loan with a new high-cost home loan. A lender shall not charge a
borrower points and fees in connection with a high-cost home loan if the
proceeds of the high-cost home loan are used to refinance an existing
high-cost home loan held by the lender or an affiliate of the lender.
(r) No prepayment penalties. Notwithstanding paragraph b of
subdivision three of section 5-501 of the general obligations law, no
prepayment penalties or fees shall be charged or collected on a
high-cost home loan. A prepayment penalty in a high-cost home loan shall
be unenforceable.
(s) No yield spread premiums. In connection with the making or
brokering of a home loan, no person may provide, and no mortgage broker
or mortgage lender may receive, directly or indirectly, any compensation
that is based on, or varies with, the terms of any home loan. This
paragraph shall not prohibit compensation based on the principal balance
of the loan.
(t) Mandatory escrow of taxes and insurance. No high-cost home loan
shall be made after July first, two thousand ten unless the lender
requires and collects the monthly escrow of property taxes and hazard
insurance. With respect to a high-cost home loan, a borrower may waive
escrow requirements by notifying the lender in writing after one year
from consummation of the loan. The provisions of this paragraph shall
not apply to a high-cost home loan that is a subordinate lien when the
taxes and insurance are escrowed through another home loan or where the
borrower can demonstrate a record of twelve months of timely payments of
taxes and insurance on a previous home loan.
(u) Mandatory disclosure of taxes and insurance payments. With respect
to a high-cost home loan, the first time a borrower is informed of the
anticipated or actual periodic payment amount in connection with a
first-lien residential mortgage loan for a specific property, the lender
or mortgage broker shall inform the borrower that an additional amount
will be due for taxes and insurance and shall disclose to the borrower
as soon as reasonably possible the approximate amount of the initial
periodic payment for property taxes and hazard insurance.
(v) No teaser rates. No lender or mortgage broker shall make or
arrange a high-cost home loan which has an initial or introductory rate
with a duration of less than six months.
2-a. (a) High-cost home loan mortgages shall include a legend on top
of the mortgage in twelve-point type stating that the mortgage is a
high-cost home loan subject to this section.
(b) The lender shall report both the favorable and unfavorable payment
history of the borrower to a nationally recognized consumer credit
bureau at least annually during such period as the lender holds or
services the high-cost home loan.
3. The provisions of this section shall apply to any person who in bad
faith attempts to avoid the application of this section by any
subterfuge, including but not limited to splitting or dividing any loan
transaction into separate parts for the purpose of evading the
provisions of this section.
4. A lender of a high-cost home loan that, when acting in good faith,
fails to comply with the provisions of this section, will not be deemed
to have violated this section if the lender establishes that either:
(a) Within thirty days of the loan closing and prior to the
institution of any action under this section, the borrower is notified
of the compliance failure, appropriate restitution is made, and whatever
adjustments are necessary are made to the loan to either, at the choice
of the borrower, (i) make the high-cost home loan satisfy the
requirements of this section, or (ii) change the terms of the loan in a
manner beneficial to the borrower so that the loan is no longer a
high-cost home loan subject to the provisions of this section; or
(b) The compliance failure resulted from a bona fide error
notwithstanding the maintenance of procedures reasonably adapted to
avoid such errors and, within sixty days after the discovery of the
compliance failure and prior to the institution of any action under this
section or the receipt of written notice of the compliance failure, the
borrower is notified of the compliance failure, appropriate restitution
is made, and whatever adjustments are necessary are made to the loan to
either, at the choice of the borrower, (i) make the high-cost home loan
satisfy the requirements of this section, or (ii) change the terms of
the loan in a manner beneficial to the borrower so that the loan is no
longer a high-cost home loan subject to the provisions of this section.
Examples of a bona fide error include clerical, calculation, computer
malfunction and programming, and printing errors. An error of legal
judgment with respect to a person's obligations under this section is
not a bona fide error.
5. The attorney general, the superintendent, or any party to a
high-cost home loan may enforce the provisions of this section.
6. A private action against the lender or mortgage broker pursuant to
this section must be commenced within six years of origination of the
high-cost home loan.
7. Any person found by a preponderance of the evidence to have
violated this section shall be liable to the borrower for the following:
(a) actual damages, including consequential and incidental damages;
and
(b) statutory damages as follows (i) all of the interest, earned or
unearned, points and fees, and closing costs charged on the loan shall
be forfeited and any amounts paid shall be refunded; except that this
element of statutory damages shall not be awarded for violations of:
(1) paragraph (i) of subdivision two of this section regarding loan
flipping; and
(2) paragraph (k) of subdivision two of this section regarding
ensuring the borrower's ability to repay the loan, so long as the lender
demonstrates that at the time of the loan, it verified by detailed
documentation all sources of the borrower's income and corroborated it
with independent verification; or
(ii) five thousand dollars per violation or twice the amount of points
and fees and closing costs as defined in this section, whichever is
greater, for violations of:
(1) paragraph (i) of subdivision two of this section regarding loan
flipping; and
(2) paragraph (k) of subdivision two of this section regarding
ensuring the borrower's ability to repay the loan, where the borrower is
not entitled to relief under subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.
8. A court may also award reasonable attorneys' fees to a prevailing
borrower.
9. A borrower may be granted injunctive, declaratory and such other
equitable relief as the court deems appropriate in an action to enforce
compliance with this section.
10. Upon a finding by the court of an intentional violation by the
lender of this section, or regulation thereunder, the home loan
agreement shall be rendered void, and the lender shall have no right to
collect, receive or retain any principal, interest, or other charges
whatsoever with respect to the loan, and the borrower may recover any
payments made under the agreement.
11. Upon a judicial finding that a high-cost home loan violates any
provision of this section, whether such violation is raised as an
affirmative claim or as a defense, the loan transaction may be
rescinded. Such remedy of rescission shall be available as a defense
without time limitation.
12. The remedies provided in this section are not intended to be the
exclusive remedies available to a borrower of a high-cost home loan.
13. In any action by an assignee to enforce a loan against a borrower
in default more than sixty days or in foreclosure, a borrower may assert
any claims in recoupment and defenses to payment under the provisions of
this section and with respect to the loan, without time limitations,
that the borrower could assert against the original lender of the loan.
14. The provisions of this section shall be severable, and if any
phrase, clause, sentence, or provision is declared to be invalid, or is
preempted by federal law or regulation, the validity of the remainder of
this section shall not be affected thereby. If any provision of this
section is declared to be inapplicable to any specific category, type,
or kind of points and fees, the provisions of this section shall
nonetheless continue to apply with respect to all other points and fees.
Subprime home loans. 1. Definitions. The following definitions
apply for the purposes of this section:
(a) "Annual percentage rate" means the annual percentage rate for the
loan calculated according to the provisions of the Federal
Truth-in-Lending Act (15 U.S.C. § 1601, et seq.), and the regulations
promulgated thereunder by the federal reserve board (as said act and
regulations are amended from time to time).
(b) "Fully indexed rate" means: (i) for an adjustable rate loan based
on an index, the annual percentage rate calculated using the index rate
on the loan on the date the lender provides the "good faith estimate"
required under 12 USC §2601 et seq. plus the margin to be added to it
after the expiration of any introductory period or periods; or (ii) for
a fixed rate loan, the annual percentage rate on the loan disregarding
any introductory rate or rates and any interest rate caps that limit how
quickly the contractual interest rate may be reached calculated at the
time the lender issues its commitment.
(c) "Subprime home loan" means a home loan in which the initial
interest rate or the fully-indexed rate, whichever is higher, exceeds by
more than one and three-quarters percentage points for a first-lien
loan, or by more than three and three-quarters percentage points for a
subordinate-lien loan, the average commitment rate for loans in the
northeast region with a comparable duration to the duration of such home
loan, as published by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (herein
"Freddie Mac") in its weekly Primary Mortgage Market Survey (PMMS)
posted in the week prior to the week in which the lender provides the
"good faith estimate" required under 12 USC §2601 et seq. The term
"subprime home loan" excludes a transaction to finance the initial
construction of a dwelling, i.e., a construction only loan, a temporary
or "bridge" loan with a term of twelve months or less, such as a loan to
purchase a new dwelling where the borrower plans to sell a current
dwelling within twelve months, or a home equity line of credit but shall
include any loan, however structured, that thereafter is converted into
a permanent loan.
(i) The comparable duration for a home loan shall be determined as
follows: for an adjustable or variable home loan with an initial rate
that is fixed for less than three years, the Freddie Mac survey result
for a one-year adjustable rate mortgage; for an adjustable or variable
home loan with an initial rate that is fixed for at least three years,
the Freddie Mac survey result for a five-year hybrid adjustable rate
mortgage; for a fixed rate home loan with a term of fifteen years or
less, the Freddie Mac survey result for a fifteen-year fixed rate
mortgage; and for a fixed rate home loan with a term of more than
fifteen years, the Freddie Mac survey result for a thirty-year fixed
rate mortgage. The superintendent may prescribe by regulation a
different comparable duration standard as necessary or appropriate to
reflect changes in the terms and types of mortgages included in the
Freddie Mac survey.
(ii) Notwithstanding the comparable rates set forth in this paragraph,
and notwithstanding any other law, if the superintendent determines that
by statute, rule or regulation, different thresholds for determining
underwriting standards for subprime loans become applicable to
nationally chartered lending institutions, or the provisions of this
section have had an unduly negative effect upon the availability or
price of mortgage financing in this state, the superintendent may from
time to time designate such other threshold rates as may be necessary to
achieve parity between such nationally chartered institutions and
banking organizations, mortgage banks and mortgage brokers in this state
or to alleviate such unduly negative effects. Such determination shall
promptly be published on the website of the department of financial
services.
(iii) Notwithstanding the thresholds set forth in this paragraph, if a
home loan is insured by the federal housing administration, and if
annual mortgage insurance premiums are collected by the federal housing
administration for the maximum duration permitted under federal statute,
and if such loan is not a Title 1 home improvement loan nor a home
equity conversion mortgage, then the term "subprime home loan" means a
home loan in which the initial interest rate or the fully-indexed rate,
whichever is higher, exceeds by more than two and a half percentage
points for a first-lien loan, or by more than four and a half percentage
points for a subordinate-lien loan, the average commitment rate for
loans in the northeast region with a comparable duration to the duration
of such home loan, as published by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation (herein "Freddie Mac") in its weekly Primary Mortgage Market
Survey (PMMS) posted in the week prior to the week in which the lender
provides the "good faith estimate" required under 12 USC §2601 et seq.
(d) "Home loan" means a loan, including an open-end credit plan, other
than a reverse mortgage transaction or a loan made or fully or partially
guaranteed by the state of New York mortgage agency, in which:
(i) The principal amount of the loan at origination does not exceed
the conforming loan size limit (including any applicable special limit
for jumbo mortgages) for a comparable dwelling as established from time
to time by the federal national mortgage association;
(ii) The borrower is a natural person;
(iii) The debt is incurred by the borrower primarily for personal,
family, or household purposes;
(iv) The loan is secured by a mortgage or deed of trust on real estate
improved by a one to four family dwelling, or by a condominium unit, or
by any certificate of stock or other evidence of ownership in, and a
proprietary lease from, a corporation, partnership or other entity
formed for the purpose of cooperative ownership of real estate, in
either case, used or occupied or intended to be used or occupied, wholly
or partly, as the home or residence of one or more persons and which is
or will be occupied by the borrower as the borrower's principal
dwelling; and
(v) The property is located in this state.
(e) "Lender" means a mortgage banker as defined in paragraph (f) of
subdivision one of section five hundred ninety of this chapter or an
exempt organization as defined in paragraph (e) of subdivision one of
section five hundred ninety of this chapter.
(f) "Mortgage broker" means a mortgage broker as defined in paragraph
(g) of subdivision one of section five hundred ninety of this chapter
and a mortgage banker as defined in paragraph (f) of subdivision one of
section five hundred ninety of this chapter, when such mortgage banker
solicits, processes, places or negotiates a mortgage loan for others.
2. Limitations and prohibited practices for subprime home loans. A
subprime home loan shall be subject to the following limitations:
(a) No call provisions. No subprime home loan may contain a provision
that permits the lender, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the
indebtedness. This provision shall not prohibit acceleration of the loan
in good faith due to the borrower's failure to abide by the material
terms of the loan.
(b) No negative amortization. No subprime home loan may contain a
payment schedule with regular periodic payments that cause or may cause
the principal balance to increase. A loan is considered to have such a
schedule if the borrower is given the option to make regular periodic
payments that cause the principal balance to increase, even if the
borrower is also given the option to make regular periodic payments that
do not cause the principal balance to increase. This paragraph shall not
prohibit negative amortization as a result of a temporary forbearance
sought by a borrower.
(c) No increased interest rate. No subprime home loan may contain a
provision which increases the interest rate after default. This
provision shall not apply to interest rate changes in a variable rate
loan otherwise consistent with the provisions of the loan documents;
provided that the change in the interest rate is not triggered by the
event of default or the acceleration of the indebtedness.
(d) Limitation on advance payments. No subprime home loan may include
terms under which more than two periodic payments required under the
loan are consolidated and paid in advance from the loan proceeds
provided to the borrower.
(e) No modification or deferral fees. A lender may not charge a
borrower any fees to modify, renew, extend, or amend a subprime home
loan or to defer any payment due under the terms of a suprime home loan
if, after the modification, renewal, extension or amendment, the loan is
still a subprime home loan or, if no longer a subprime home loan, the
annual percentage rate has not been decreased by at least two percentage
points. For purposes of this paragraph, fees shall not include interest
that is otherwise payable and consistent with the provisions of the loan
documents. This paragraph shall not prohibit a lender from charging
points and fees in connection with any additional proceeds received by
the borrower in connection with the modification, renewal, extension or
amendment (over and above the current principal balance of the existing
subprime home loan) provided that the points and fees charged on the
additional sum must reflect the lender's typical point and fee structure
for subprime home loans. This paragraph shall not apply if the existing
subprime home loan is in default or is sixty or more days delinquent and
the modification, renewal, extension, amendment or deferral is part of a
work-out process.
(f) No oppressive mandatory arbitration clauses. No subprime home loan
may be subject to a mandatory arbitration clause that is oppressive,
unfair, unconscionable, or substantially in derogation of the rights of
consumers.
(g) No financing of insurance or other products sold in connection
with the loan. No subprime home loan shall finance, directly or
indirectly, any credit life, credit disability, credit unemployment, or
credit property insurance, or any other life or health insurance
premiums, or any payments directly or indirectly for any debt
cancellation or suspension agreement or contract, or any product or
service that is not necessary or related to the home loan such as auto
club memberships or credit report monitoring, but not including fees
paid to the lender, broker, or closing agent, fees related to the
recording of the mortgage, title insurance or other settlement fees.
Insurance premiums or debt cancellation or suspension fees calculated
and paid on a monthly basis shall not be considered financed.
(h) No "loan flipping". No lender or mortgage broker making or
arranging a subprime home loan may engage in the unfair act or practice
of "loan flipping". "Loan flipping" is making a home loan to a borrower
that refinances an existing home loan when the new loan does not have a
tangible net benefit to the borrower considering all of the
circumstances, including the terms of both the new and refinanced loans,
the cost of the new loan, and the borrower's situation.
(i) No refinancing of special mortgages. No lender making a subprime
home loan may refinance an existing home loan that is a special mortgage
originated, subsidized or guaranteed by or through a state, tribal or
local government, or nonprofit organization, which either bears a
below-market interest rate at the time of origination, or has
nonstandard payment terms beneficial to the borrower, such as payments
that vary with income, are limited to a percentage of income, or where
no payments are required under specified conditions, and where, as a
result of the refinancing, the borrower will lose one or more of the
benefits of the special mortgage, unless the lender is provided prior to
loan closing documentation by a HUD approved housing counselor or the
lender who originally made the special mortgage that the borrower has
received home loan counseling about the advantages and disadvantages of
the refinancing.
(j) No lending without providing information on the availability of
counseling. A lender or mortgage broker must deliver, place in the mail,
fax or electronically transmit the following notice in at least twelve
point type to the borrower of a subprime home loan at the time of
application: "You should consider financial counseling prior to
executing loan documents. The enclosed list of counselors is provided by
the New York State Department of Financial Services." In the event of a
telephone application, the disclosures must be made immediately after
receipt of the application by telephone. Such disclosure shall be on a
separate form. In order to utilize an electronic transmission, the
lender or broker must first obtain either written or electronically
transmitted permission from the borrower. A list of approved counselors,
available from the New York state department of financial services,
shall be provided to the borrower by the lender or the mortgage broker
at the time that this disclosure is given.
(k) No encouragement of default. In making or arranging a subprime
home loan, a lender or mortgage broker shall not recommend or encourage
default on an existing loan or other debt prior to and in connection
with the closing or planned closing of the subprime home loan that
refinances all or any portion of such existing loan or debt.
(l) Prohibited payments to mortgage bankers and brokers. In making or
arranging a subprime home loan, no lender, mortgage banker or mortgage
broker shall accept or give any fee, kickback, thing of value, portion,
split or percentage of charges, other than as payment for goods or
facilities that were actually furnished or services that were actually
performed. Such payment must be reasonably related to the value of the
goods or facilities that were actually furnished or services that were
actually performed.
(m) No prepayment penalties on subprime home loans. No prepayment
penalties or fees shall be charged or collected on a subprime home loan.
A prepayment penalty in a subprime home loan shall be unenforceable.
(n) No yield spread premiums. In connection with the making or
brokering of a home loan, no person may provide, and no mortgage broker
or mortgage lender may receive, directly or indirectly, any compensation
that is based on, or varies with, the terms of any home loan. This
paragraph shall not prohibit compensation based on the principal balance
of the loan.
(o) Mandatory escrow of taxes and insurance. No subprime home loan
shall be made after July first, two thousand ten unless the lender
requires and collects the monthly escrow of property taxes and hazard
insurance. With respect to a subprime home loan, a borrower may waive
escrow requirements by notifying the lender in writing after one year
from consummation of the loan. The provisions of this paragraph shall
not apply to a subprime home loan that is a subordinate lien when the
taxes and insurance are escrowed through another home loan or where the
borrower can demonstrate a record of twelve months of timely payments of
taxes and insurance on a previous home loan.
(p) Mandatory disclosure of taxes and insurance payments. With respect
to a subprime home loan, the first time a borrower is informed of the
anticipated or actual periodic payment amount in connection with a
first-lien residential mortgage loan for a specific property, the lender
or mortgage broker shall inform the borrower that an additional amount
will be due for taxes and insurance and shall disclose to the borrower
as soon as reasonably possible the approximate amount of the initial
periodic payment for property taxes and hazard insurance.
(q) No teaser rates. No lender or mortgage broker shall make or
arrange a subprime home loan which has an initial or introductory rate
with a duration of less than six months.
3. Certain loan provisions rendered void. Any provision in a subprime
home loan that violates subdivision two of this section shall be
rendered void.
4. Ability to repay. No lender or mortgage broker shall make or
arrange a subprime home loan unless the lender or mortgage broker
reasonably and in good faith believes at the time of the loan closing
that one or more of the borrowers, when considered individually or
collectively, has the ability to repay the loan according to its terms
and to pay applicable real estate taxes and hazard insurance premiums.
If a lender or mortgage broker making or arranging a subprime home loan
knows that one or more home loans secured by the same real property will
be made contemporaneously to the same borrower with the subprime home
loan being made or arranged by that lender or mortgage broker, the
lender or mortgage broker making or arranging the subprime home loan
must document the borrower's ability to repay the combined payments of
all loans on the same real property.
(a) A lender or mortgage broker's analysis of a borrower's ability to
repay a subprime home loan according to the loan terms and to pay
related real estate taxes and insurance premiums shall be based on a
consideration of the borrower's credit history, current and expected
income, current obligations, employment status, and other financial
resources other than the borrower's equity in the real property that
secures repayment of the subprime home loan.
(b) In determining a borrower's ability to repay a subprime home loan,
the lender or mortgage broker shall take reasonable steps to verify the
accuracy and completeness of information provided by or on behalf of the
borrower using tax returns, payroll receipts, bank records, reasonable
alternative methods, or reasonable third-party verification.
(c) In determining a borrower's ability to repay a subprime home loan
according to its terms when the loan has an adjustable rate feature, the
lender or mortgage broker shall calculate the monthly payment amount for
principal and interest by assuming (i) the loan proceeds are fully
disbursed on the date of the loan closing, (ii) the loan is to be repaid
in substantially equal monthly amortizing payments of principal and
interest over the entire term of the loan, with no balloon payment, and
(iii) the interest rate over the entire term of the loan is a fixed rate
equal to the higher of the initial interest rate or the fully indexed
rate at the time of the loan closing, without considering any initial
discounted rate.
(d) A lender or mortgage broker's analysis of a borrower's ability to
repay a subprime home loan may utilize reasonable commercially
recognized underwriting standards and methodologies, including automated
underwriting systems, provided the standards and methodologies comply
with the provisions of this section.
5. Required legend. Subprime home loan mortgages shall include a
legend on top of the mortgage in twelve-point type stating that the
mortgage is a subprime home loan subject to this section.
6. Evasion of statutory requirements. The provisions of this section
shall apply to any person who attempts to avoid the application of this
section by any subterfuge, including but not limited to, splitting or
dividing any loan transaction into separate parts for the purpose of
evading the provisions of this section.
7. Good faith errors. A lender of a subprime home loan that, when
acting in good faith, fails to comply with the provisions of this
section, shall not be deemed to have violated this section if, prior to
the institution of any action and before the borrower is prejudiced, the
lender notifies the borrower of the compliance failure, appropriate
restitution is made, and whatever adjustments that are necessary are
made to the loan to make the loan satisfy the requirements of this
section.
8. Enforcement. The attorney general or the superintendent may enforce
the provisions of this section.
9. Damages. Any person found by a preponderance of the evidence to
have violated this section shall be liable to the borrower of a subprime
home loan for actual damages.
10. Attorneys fees. A court may also award reasonable attorneys' fees
to a prevailing borrower in a foreclosure action.
11. Equitable relief. A borrower may be granted injunctive,
declaratory and such other equitable relief as the court deems
appropriate in an action to enforce compliance with this section.
12. Remedies not exclusive. The remedies provided in this section are
not intended to be the exclusive remedies available to a borrower of a
subprime home loan.
13. Defense to foreclosure. In any action by a lender or assignee to
enforce a loan against a borrower in default more than sixty days or in
foreclosure, a borrower may assert as a defense, any violation of this
section.
14. Severability. The provisions of this section shall be severable,
and if any phrase, clause, sentence, or provision is declared to be
invalid, or is preempted by federal law or regulation, the validity of
the remainder of this section shall not be affected thereby. If any
provision of this section is declared to be inapplicable to any specific
category, type, or kind of points and fees with respect to a home loan,
the provisions of this section shall nonetheless continue to apply with
respect to all other points and fees.
Responsibility of banks for mortgages being processed for
modification. 1. If a mortgage that is the subject of an application for
a modification of the mortgage terms is sold or transferred during the
modification process, the bank or financial institution selling or
transferring such mortgage shall provide the borrower with a written
list of all documents relating to such application for modification that
were provided to the bank or financial institution to which such
mortgage was sold or transferred.
2. If a borrower has been approved in writing for a first lien loan
modification or other modification to avoid foreclosure, and the
servicing of such borrower's loan is transferred or sold to another
mortgage servicer, the subsequent mortgage servicer shall assume all
duties and obligations related to any previously approved first lien
loan modification or other foreclosure prevention alternative in
accordance with the provisions of this section.
* § 6-o. Single point of contact for modifying delinquent home loans.
1. A lender shall provide to a borrower who is thirty or more days
delinquent on his or her home loan with such lender and who chooses to
pursue a loan modification or other foreclosure prevention alternative,
a single point of contact for the borrower to reach the lender regarding
pursuing a loan modification. If at any time the contact information
provided to the borrower changes, a notification of such change shall be
provided by the lender to the borrower within five business days of such
change. The duties imposed on a lender by this section may also be
performed by a mortgage servicer acting on behalf of such lender.
2. The single point of contact required by this act shall be
responsible for the following:
(a) communicating information regarding options the borrower may have
for modifying his or her delinquent home loan;
(b) assisting the borrower with identifying documents necessary for
pursuing a loan modification; and
(c) providing accurate information regarding the status of a
borrower's loan modification application should such borrower choose to
apply for a modification.
3. The single point of contact required by this section shall remain
assigned to the borrower's account until such time as the lender
determines that all loss modification options have been exhausted or
until the borrower's account becomes current.
4. For the purposes of this section, "home loan" shall have the same
meaning as defined in paragraph (e) of subdivision one of section six-l
of this article.
5. The superintendent of financial services is hereby authorized to
establish rules and regulations as he or she may deem necessary for the
single point contact required by this section.
* NB There are 2 § 6-o's
Loan counseling for mortgages guaranteed by the Servicemen's
Readjustment Act of 1944. Every mortgage lending institution and
mortgage banker which originates loans secured by real property used for
residential purposes located in this state which are to be guaranteed
under the Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944 shall provide a separate
disclosure form with each application stating that a veteran seeking a
housing loan under chapter 37 of title 38 of the United States Code has
been offered loan counseling services. Such loan counseling services
shall be provided by the department of veterans' services under section
twenty-nine-a of the veterans' services law upon request of an
applicant. The disclosure form required by this section shall be signed
by each applicant and shall include information detailing how to access
such counseling services.
Payment of dividends or interest upon unclaimed deposits or
shares; limitation of charges in connection with savings accounts. 1. No
banking organization or foreign banking corporation transacting business
in this state shall discontinue the payment of dividends or interest on
any deposit made with such organization or corporation, or reduce the
rate at which dividends or interest is paid, solely because such deposit
is inactive or unclaimed, except that payment of dividends or interest
may be discontinued for the period following June thirtieth of the year
in which the deposit is paid to the state comptroller pursuant to
section three hundred three of the abandoned property law. A share
issued by a savings and loan association or by a credit union shall be
deemed a deposit for the purposes of this section.
2. No banking organization or foreign banking corporation transacting
business in this state shall impose any service charge on an inactive
savings account which is higher than the service charge imposed by such
organization or corporation on an active savings account; provided,
however, that a banking organization or foreign banking corporation may
impose a reasonable charge on an inactive savings account for costs
related to or incurred as a result of the payment or delivery of
abandoned property to the state comptroller pursuant to the abandoned
property law.
3. The superintendent of financial services may promulgate such
regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper to implement and
define the provisions of this section.
Deposits by custodian designated by administrator of veterans'
affairs, or by person certified by social security administration. When
any deposit shall be made for the benefit of an individual by the person
who has been designated the custodian of such individual by the
administrator of veterans' affairs pursuant to the provisions of title
thirty-eight, United States code, "Veterans' Benefits", as amended, or
when a deposit shall be made for the benefit of an individual by a
person who has been certified by the social security administration as
the person to whom payment for the benefit of such individual should be
made pursuant to the provisions of an act of congress entitled the
"Social Security Act", the deposit, together with any interest or
dividends credited thereon, may be paid to such custodian or his
successor designated by the administrator of veterans' affairs or to
such person or his successor certified by the social security
administration, and the receipt or acquittance of such custodian or
person or such successor shall be a valid and sufficient release and
discharge to the depositary for any payment so made.
Checks drawn against corporate funds or payable to corporations;
no notice of defense against or claim to check. Notwithstanding section
3-304 of the uniform commercial code, the drawing of a check by an
officer or agent of a corporation against the account of, or in the name
of the corporation, whether the check is drawn against an account in the
name of the corporation, or in the name of such officer or agent of the
corporation as such, to himself as payee, or the endorsement of a check
in the name of the corporation, to himself as endorsee, and in either
case the cashing of such check or the deposit thereof to the credit of
his personal account, shall not constitute notice to a private banker,
banking organization or branch of a foreign banking corporation of any
defense against or claim to the check on the part of any person,
provided that the private banker, banking organization or branch has on
file an authorization from the corporation showing that the officer or
agent is authorized on behalf of the corporation to perform any of the
above acts for unlimited or limited amounts, and that the amount of the
check does not exceed the maximum limits of the amount so contained in
the authorization so filed for the officer or agent when such a
limitation is contained therein.
Defense of ultra vires.
No act of a corporation formed under this chapter, or of a corporation
formed under any other statute or special act having as its purpose or
among its purposes a purpose for which a corporation may be formed under
this chapter, and no transfer of real or personal property to or by such
a corporation, otherwise lawful, shall be invalid by reason of the fact
that the corporation was without capacity or power to do such act or to
make or receive such transfer, but such lack of capacity or power may be
asserted:
1. In an action by a stockholder or member against the corporation to
enjoin the doing of any act or the transfer of real or personal property
by or to the corporation. If the unauthorized act or transfer sought to
be enjoined is being, or is to be, performed or made under any contract
to which the corporation is a party, the court may, if all of the
parties to the contract are parties to the action and if it deems the
same to be equitable, set aside and enjoin the performance of such
contract, and in so doing may allow to the corporation or to the other
parties to the contract, as the case may be, such compensation as may be
equitable for the loss or damage sustained by any of them from the
action of the court in setting aside and enjoining the performance of
such contract; provided that anticipated profits to be derived from the
performance of the contract shall not be awarded by the court as a loss
or damage sustained.
2. In an action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor against an incumbent or former officer or director
of the corporation for loss or damage due to his unauthorized act.
3. In an action or special proceeding by the superintendent or the
attorney-general to annul or dissolve the corporation or to enjoin it
from the doing of unauthorized business.
Actions or special proceedings by superintendent or
attorney-general.
1. In addition to any action or special proceeding which may be
maintained by either of them under any other section of this chapter,
the superintendent or the attorney-general may maintain an action or
special proceeding:
(a) To annul the corporate existence or dissolve a corporation formed
under any article of this chapter or formed under any other statute or
special act having as its purpose or among its purposes a purpose for
which a corporation may be formed under this chapter that has acted
beyond its capacity or power or to restrain it from the doing of
unauthorized business.
(b) To annul the corporate existence or dissolve any such corporation
that has not been duly formed.
(c) To restrain any person or persons from acting as such a
corporation within this state without being duly incorporated or from
exercising in this state any corporate rights, privileges or franchises
not granted to them by the law of the state.
(d) To dissolve a corporation under section nine-c.
2. In any action or special proceeding brought under this section:
(a) If an action, it is triable by jury as a matter of right.
(b) The court may confer immunity in accordance with the provisions of
section 50.20 of the criminal procedure law.
(c) A temporary restraining order to restrain the commission or
continuance of the unlawful acts which form the basis of the action or
special proceeding may be granted upon proof, by affidavit, that the
defendant or defendants have committed or are about to commit such acts.
Application for such restraining order may be made ex parte or upon such
notice as the court may direct.
(d) When final judgment in such action or special proceeding is
rendered against the defendant or defendants, the court may direct the
costs to be collected by execution against any or all of the defendants
or by order of attachment or other process against the person of any
director or officer of a corporate defendant.
(e) In connection with any such proposed action or special proceeding
the superintendent or the attorney-general may take proof and issue
subpoenas in accordance with the civil practice law and rules.
Superintendent's or attorney-general's action for judicial
dissolution.
1. The superintendent or the attorney-general may bring an action for
the dissolution of a corporation formed under any article of this
chapter or formed under any other statute or special act having as its
purpose or among its purposes a purpose for which a corporation may be
formed under this chapter upon one or more of the following grounds:
(a) That the corporation procured its formation through fraudulent
misrepresentation or concealment of a material fact.
(b) That the corporation has exceeded the authority conferred upon it
by law, or has violated any provision of law whereby it has forfeited
its charter, or carried on, conducted or transacted its business in a
persistently fraudulent or illegal manner, or by the abuse of its powers
contrary to the public policy of the state has become liable to be
dissolved.
2. An action under this section is triable by jury as a matter of
right.
3. The enumeration in subdivision one of grounds for dissolution shall
not exclude actions or special proceedings by the superintendent, the
attorney-general or other state officials for the annulment or
dissolution of a corporation for other causes as provided in this
chapter or in any other statute of this state.
Enforcement of section two hundred ninety-six-a of the
executive law. In addition to the powers conferred upon the
superintendent of financial services by this chapter, he shall enforce
section two hundred ninety-six-a of the executive law by taking such
action as is therein authorized.
Geographic discrimination in making mortgage loans prohibited.
1. No banking institution as such term is defined in this section shall
refuse to make a prudent loan upon the security of real property or
otherwise discriminate with respect thereto because of the geographic
location of such property if such property is located within the
geographic area ordinarily serviced by such bank or within the community
within which the principal or any branch office of such banks is
located. A violation of the provisions of this subdivision shall be
subject to the applicable provisions of sections thirty-nine and
forty-four of this chapter.
2. Any person who makes application for such a loan and is refused
such loan may request the superintendent to review the denial of such
application. If the superintendent determines that such loan was prudent
and was denied in violation of subdivision one hereof, the
superintendent shall certify such determination to the state of New York
mortgage agency created pursuant to title seventeen of article eight of
the public authorities law.
3. For the purposes of this section, the term (a) "prudent loan" means
a loan upon the security of real property which is prudent by acceptable
banking standards and is in compliance with all of the provisions of
this chapter and rules and regulations of the superintendent of
financial services; and (b) notwithstanding any other provision of this
chapter or law to the contrary, the term banking institution when used
in this section shall mean and include all banks, trust companies,
savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage
bankers, exempt organizations as defined in article twelve-D of this
chapter and foreign banking corporations whether incorporated,
chartered, organized or licensed under the laws of this state or any
other state or the United States.
4. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision or part of this
section or the application thereof to any person, firm or corporation,
or circumstance shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction
to be invalid or unconstitutional, such judgment shall not affect,
impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be confined (i) in
its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, or part
of this section, or (ii) in its application to the person, firm or
corporation, or circumstance, directly involved in the controversy in
which such judgment shall have been rendered.
Right of set off. 1. (a) No banking institution shall assert,
claim or exercise any right of set off against any deposit account into
which social security or supplemental security income payments are
deposited pursuant to an agreement with such banking institution which
provides that such payments be deposited directly into such deposit
account without presentation to the depositor at the time of deposit.
(b) No banking institution shall assert, claim or exercise any right
of set off against any payments referred to in subdivision (p) of
section fifty-two hundred five of the civil practice law and rules.
2. No banking institution shall assert, claim or exercise any right of
set off against any other deposit account held by such banking
institution unless, prior to or on the same business day of such action,
notice of the set off together with the reasons for the set off are
mailed to the depositor.
3. Failure to provide the notice required by this section shall not be
deemed to affect the validity of the right of set off.
4. "Banking institution" as used in this section shall have the same
meaning as used in section nine-f of this chapter.
5. "Depositor" as used in this section shall include shareholders in
state and federal savings and loan associations and state and federal
credit unions.
6. "Deposit account" as used in this section shall include shares and
share accounts of state and federal savings and loan associations and
state and federal credit unions.
7. If any provision of this section, or the application of such
provision to any bank, trust company, national bank, savings bank,
federal mutual savings bank, savings and loan association, federal
savings and loan association, credit union, federal credit union or
branch of a foreign banking corporation, shall be held invalid, the
remainder of this section, and the application of such section to banks,
trust companies, national banks, savings banks, federal mutual savings
banks, savings and loan associations, federal savings and loan
associations, credit unions, federal credit unions or branches of
foreign banking corporations other than those to which it is held
invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
Imposition of service charges prohibited. No banking
organization shall impose any service charge with respect to any deposit
account as a result of the loss of a check or money which is properly
deposited with the banking organization by delivery to an employee of
the banking organization for credit to the deposit account and for which
a written receipt is issued by the employee.
* § 9-i. Close-out fees prohibited in certain cases. No banking
institution, as that term is defined in section nine-f of this chapter,
shall charge its customers a fee for the withdrawal of all funds from
any account resulting in the closing of such account provided that such
account was opened for a period of at least one hundred eighty
consecutive days prior to its closing.
* NB There are 2 § 9-i's
Disposal of records; customer accounts. 1. Every banking
institution, which for purposes of this section means a bank, trust
company, savings bank, savings and loan association, licensed foreign
banks and credit unions, with respect to written records no longer
required or needed to be retained which contain information relating to
an identified customer or an identified customer's depository or loan
account, shall in disposing of such records provide procedures and
processes reasonably calculated to assure destruction or disposal in a
manner which prevents subsequent unauthorized review or reuse of the
record.
2. The superintendent shall enforce the provisions of this section by
appropriate rules, regulations and orders.
Sale of education loans. 1. "Banking institution" as used in
this section shall mean and include all banks, trust companies, savings
banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions and foreign banking
corporations whether incorporated, chartered, organized or licensed
under the laws of this state or any other state or the United States.
2. "Lender" as used in this section shall mean and include:
(a) a national or state chartered bank, mutual savings bank, savings
and loan association, or credit union that:
(1) is subject to examination and supervision in its capacity as a
lender by an agency of the United States or of the state in which its
principal place of operation is established; and
(2) does not make or hold loans to students under the federal
guaranteed student loan program that total more than one-half of its
consumer credit loan dollar volume, including home mortgages, unless it
is a bank that is wholly owned by a state; or
(b) a pension fund as defined in the federal employees retirement
income security act; or
(c) an insurance company that is subject to examination and
supervision by an agency of the United States or a state; or
(d) in any state, a single agency of the state or a single private
nonprofit agency designated by the state; or
(e) for purposes only of purchasing and holding loans made by other
lenders under the federal guaranteed student loan program, the student
loan marketing association or an agency of any state functioning as a
secondary market.
3. "Guaranteed education loan" as used in this section shall mean and
include any loan made for the purpose of financing higher education
which is made under the authority of Part B of Title IV of the Higher
Education Act of 1965 as amended or under the authority of section six
hundred eighty of the education law.
4. Whenever a banking institution or other eligible lender as such
terms are defined in this section sells a guaranteed education loan to
another banking institution or eligible lender, such selling institution
shall notify the borrower in writing within fifteen days of such sale.
Such notice shall include the name and address of the institution which
has purchased such loan. The selling institution shall also notify the
New York state higher education services corporation or other guarantor
of such sale. Notice shall include:
(a) the name and address of the institution which has purchased the
loan; and
(b) the name, address and social security number of the borrower and
the borrower's account number.
Return of checks. Any banking institution as that term is
defined in section nine-f of this chapter, except a credit union, and
any other financial institution which offers consumer accounts, meaning
accounts established by natural persons primarily for personal, family
or household purposes, which can be accessed by check, negotiable order
of withdrawal, or other similar written instrument, shall offer a
consumer account on which the cancelled checks, negotiable orders of
withdrawal, or other similar instruments drawn on that account are
returned to the customer with a periodic statement of the account.
Trust accounts; address of beneficiary. 1. Every banking
institution, which for the purposes of this section means a bank, trust
company, savings bank, savings and loan association, licensed foreign
bank or credit union, which shall hold accounts by depositors in such
depositor's own name and, further, in trust for a third party
beneficiary or beneficiaries, shall make a written record of the address
of any such beneficiary or beneficiaries at the time a trust account is
established.
2. The superintendent shall enforce the provisions of this section by
appropriate rules, regulations and orders.
Mortgage loans; disclosure form. 1. For the purpose of this
section, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) "Mortgage lending institution" shall mean an insurance company,
banking organization, foreign banking corporation licensed by the
superintendent or the comptroller of the currency, to transact business
in this state, national bank, federal savings bank, federal savings and
loan association, federal credit union, or any bank, trust company,
savings bank, savings and loan association, or credit union organized
under the laws of any other state, or any instrumentality created by the
United States or any other state, with the power to make mortgage loans.
Mortgage lending institution shall include a subsidiary of such entity.
(b) "Mortgage banker" shall mean a person or entity who or which is
licensed pursuant to section five hundred ninety-one of this chapter to
make mortgage loans in this state.
2. Every mortgage lending institution and mortgage banker which
originates loans secured by real property used for residential purposes
located in this state shall provide a separate disclosure form with each
application that shall contain a provision stating whether the interest
rate of such loan shall be the interest rate in effect at the time of
application, the time of commitment, the time of closing or at such
other period of time as shall be determined by the lending institution.
The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate rules and
regulations to implement the provisions of this section.
Acceptance of certain checks for deposit. No banking
institution as that term is defined in section nine-f of this chapter
shall, as a policy or general practice, refuse to accept as a deposit
made with a teller by an account holder a check for the sole reason that
it contains two endorsements. Nothing contained herein shall prevent a
banking institution from requiring the approval of an officer or manager
as a condition of accepting a check with two endorsements for deposit or
from refusing to accept a deposit of a check with two endorsements that
is not made with a teller.
Geographic restrictions. 1. No banking institution shall have a
policy or general practice of refusing to open a deposit account solely
on the basis of the geographic location of the depositor's residence or
place of business; provided that the banking office at which the
depositor seeks to open the account is within the county or, in the case
of a county wholly contained within a city, the city in which such
residence or place of business is located. For purposes of this section,
"banking institution" means any bank, trust company, savings bank,
savings and loan association, or branch of a foreign banking corporation
the deposits of which are insured by the federal deposit insurance
corporation, which is incorporated, chartered, organized or licensed
under the laws of this state or any other state or the United States.
2. Nothing herein contained shall prevent a banking institution from
requiring any person applying for a deposit account to demonstrate that
the residence or place of business of such person is located within the
same county or city, or prevent a banking institution from taking
actions necessary to verify such person's residence or place of
business, so as to avoid being considered in violation of any law of the
United States or of this state which has as its purpose the prevention
of money laundering or other criminal or fraudulent acts, including,
without limitation, 12 USC § 1829b (Bank Secrecy); 18 USC § 1341 (Frauds
and Swindles); 18 USC § 1342 (Fictitious Name or Address); 18 USC § 2113
(Bank Robbery and Incidental Crimes); 31 USC § 5311 through § 5326
(Records and Reports on Monetary Instruments Transactions).
Preauthorized electronic fund transfers. 1. Every banking
institution which provides preauthorized electronic fund transfers from
consumer accounts shall, in accordance with regulations adopted by the
superintendent of financial services, provide consumers with the right
to stop payment by giving written or oral notice within a specified
period of time prior to such transfer. For purposes of this section,
"banking institution" shall mean any state or federally chartered bank,
trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association or credit
union, and "consumer account" shall mean an account used primarily for
personal, family or household purposes.
2. No agreement for preauthorized electronic fund transfers entered
into on or after January first, two thousand thirteen shall permit or
require the transfer from a consumer account of any funds as a penalty
or a final payment after the consumer has given written or oral notice
to stop payment to his or her financial institution.
3. Any banking institution which complies with the stop payment
provisions of the federal Electronic Funds Transfer Act, as such act may
be amended from time to time, and any regulations adopted pursuant
thereto, shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this
section.
Unsolicited mail-loan checks. 1. For purposes of this section,
the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) "lending institution" shall mean a licensed lender or a state or
federally chartered bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan
association or credit union.
(b) "mail-loan check" shall mean a check, made out to and mailed to a
person by a lending institution, which, when cashed or deposited by such
person, obligates such person to repay to such lending institution the
amount of the proceeds of such check according to terms mailed to such
recipient with such check.
2. Any lending institution which issues mail-loan checks shall:
(a) include on the face of each check issued to a non-customer a
written statement, in legible type reading "ONE FORM OF VALID
PHOTOGRAPHIC ID NEEDED TO CASH OR DEPOSIT"; provided, however, that any
entity cashing or accepting a mail-loan check for deposit may require
more than one form of identification;
(b) make no reference on the outside of the envelope containing a
mail-loan check that indicates that a check is enclosed within such
envelope;
(c) provide that all mail-loan checks shall be non-transferable; and
(d) include the transaction fee and interest rate and an expiration
date of not more than six months on the mail-loan check, as well as any
additional information that the superintendent may require.
3. No lending institution shall issue a mail-loan check, except in
response to a request or application therefor.
4. Failure to destroy or return a mail-loan check shall not constitute
acceptance of the check.
5. Any lending institution which mails a mail-loan check in violation
of the provisions of this section shall be liable for a civil penalty
not to exceed five hundred dollars for each such violation.
ATM transactions by persons using foreign bank accounts. 1.
Subject to the requirements of section three hundred ninety-nine-y of
the general business law, as added by chapter four hundred ninety-five
of the laws of nineteen hundred ninety-nine, an agreement to operate or
share an automated teller machine shall not have the effect of
prohibiting, limiting or restricting the right of the operator or owner
of the automated teller machine to charge a customer who is conducting a
transaction using an account from a financial institution that is
located outside the United States an access fee or surcharge not
otherwise prohibited under state or federal law.
2. Nothing in this section shall be construed to prohibit or otherwise
limit the ability of an operator or owner of an automated teller machine
to voluntarily enter into an agreement regarding participation in a
surcharge free network.
Savings promotion prize giveaway. A banking organization
organized under or subject to the provisions of this chapter, federal
credit union, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan
association, or national bank association may conduct a savings
promotion in accordance with the provisions of this section, to the
extent it is not prohibited by federal law or regulation.
1. Definitions. As used in this section the following terms shall have
the following meanings:
a. The term "savings promotion" means a contest or promotion sponsored
by a banking organization, federal credit union, federal savings bank,
federal savings and loan association, or national bank association in
which a chance of winning designated prizes is obtained by its
depositors for the purposes of encouraging depositors to build and
maintain savings deposits.
b. The term "qualifying account" means a savings account, share
account, share certificate, or other savings product or program offered
by a banking organization, federal credit union, federal savings bank,
federal savings and loan association, or national bank association
through which depositors may obtain chances to win prizes in a savings
promotion.
c. The term "non-qualifying account" means a savings account, share
account, certificate of deposit, or other savings product or program
offered by a banking organization, federal credit union, federal savings
bank, federal savings and loan association, or national bank association
that is not a qualifying account.
2. Rules of operation. a. Participants in a savings promotion shall
not be required to provide any consideration in order to obtain entries
to win. For purposes of this paragraph, participants shall not be deemed
to have provided consideration due to the requirement that they deposit
money in a qualifying account to obtain entries to win, so long as: (i)
the interest rate associated with any such qualifying account is not
reduced when compared with other comparable non-qualifying accounts
offered by any banking organization, federal credit union, federal
savings bank, federal savings and loan association or national bank
association, to account for the possibility of depositors winning
specified prizes; and (ii) no banking organization, federal credit
union, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan association, or
national bank association may charge a fee for entry. All fees charged
in connection with such qualifying account shall be comparable with all
fees charged in connection with other comparable non-qualifying
accounts, if any, offered by any banking organization, federal credit
union, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan association, or
national bank association.
b. A savings promotion shall be conducted such that each entry in the
savings promotion has an equal chance of being drawn.
c. Participants in a savings promotion shall not be required to be
present at a prize drawing in order to win.
d. The offering of a savings promotion shall be subject to section
three hundred sixty-nine-e of the general business law in the same
manner as other promotions regulated thereunder. For purposes of the
general business law and the penal law, a savings promotion offered in
accordance with this chapter shall not be deemed to entail consideration
or the promotion of gambling or a lottery.
Standard financial aid award letter. The superintendent of
financial services in consultation with the president of the higher
education services corporation shall develop a standard financial aid
award letter which shall clearly delineate (a) the estimated cost of
attendance, including but not limited to, the cost of tuition and fees,
room and board, books, and transportation. Such standard letter shall
provide the estimated cost of attendance for the current academic year
as well as estimates for each academic year that the student would need
to attend to earn a degree at such institution with a disclaimer that
the cost of attendance for years other than the current academic year
are estimates and may be subject to change, (b) all financial aid
offered from the federal government, the state, and the institution with
an explanation as to which components will require repayment, (c) any
expected student and/or family contribution, (d) net costs, defined as
an estimate of the costs of attendance after financial aid which does
not require repayment, (e) campus-specific graduation, median borrowing,
and loan default rates, (f) options for loans which do require
repayment, and (g) any other information as determined by the
superintendent in consultation with the president. Such standard letter
shall include a glossary of standard terms and definitions used on such
standard letter. The superintendent shall publish and make available
such standard letter by December thirty-first, two thousand fifteen and
thereafter. Each college, vocational institution, and any other
institution that offers an approved program as defined in section six
hundred one of the education law shall utilize the standard letter
issued by the department of financial services in responding to all
undergraduate financial aid applicants for the two thousand sixteen--two
thousand seventeen academic year and thereafter. The superintendent
shall promulgate regulations implementing this section.
* § 9-x. Mortgage forbearance. 1. As used in this section, the
following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) "Covered period" means March 7, 2020 until the later of December
31, 2021 or the date on which none of the provisions that closed or
otherwise restricted public or private businesses or places of public
accommodation, or required postponement or cancellation of all
non-essential gatherings of individuals of any size for any reason in
Executive Orders 202.3, 202.4, 202.5, 202.6, 202.7, 202.8, 202.10,
202.11, 202.13 or 202.14, as extended by Executive Orders 202.28 and
202.31 and as further extended by any future Executive Order, issued in
response to the COVID-19 pandemic continue to apply in the county of the
qualified mortgagor's residence;
(b) "qualified mortgagor" means an individual (i) whose primary
residence is located in New York and is encumbered by a home loan
pursuant to paragraph (a) of subdivision six of section thirteen hundred
four of the real property actions and proceedings law or whose primary
residence is located in New York and is a co-operative unit whose shares
are encumbered by any loan otherwise meeting the requirements of a home
loan under paragraph (a) of subdivision six of section thirteen hundred
four of the real property actions and proceedings law, from or serviced
by a regulated institution; and (ii) who demonstrates financial hardship
as a result of COVID-19 during the covered period;
(c) "regulated institution" means any New York regulated banking
organization as defined in this chapter and any New York regulated
mortgage servicer entity subject to supervision by the department; and
(d) "trial period plan" means an agreement whereby the mortgagor is
required to make trial payments in full and on-time in order to be
considered for a permanent loan modification.
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, New York regulated
institutions shall:
(a) make applications for forbearance of any payment due on a
residential mortgage of a property located in New York widely available
to any qualified mortgagor who, during the covered period, is in arrears
or on a trial period plan, or who has applied for loss mitigation; and
(b) grant such forbearance of all monthly payments due with respect to
the mortgage secured by the qualified mortgagor's primary residence in
New York for a period of up to one hundred eighty days to any such
qualified mortgagor, with the option to extend the forbearance of such
monthly payments for up to an additional one hundred eighty days
provided that this extension is subject to the mortgagor demonstrating
continued financial hardship. If any qualified mortgagor has already
received a forbearance pursuant to executive order 202.9 of two thousand
twenty, the time of such forbearance shall be considered as part of the
requirement of this section to provide a forbearance of up to one
hundred eighty days, and any extension thereof pursuant to this section.
(c) Such forbearance may be backdated to March seventh, two thousand
twenty, provided that the maximum length of the forbearance may be no
longer than one hundred eighty days and any extension thereof pursuant
to this section.
3. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any mortgage
forbearance granted by a regulated institution pursuant to executive
order number 202.9 of two thousand twenty, this section, or 3 NYCRR Part
119 to a qualified mortgagor as a result of financial hardship shall be
subject to the following provisions:
(a) the mortgagor shall have the option to extend the term of the loan
for the length of the period of forbearance. The regulated institution
shall not charge additional interest or any late fees or penalties on
the forborne payment; or
(b) the mortgagor shall have the option to have the arrears
accumulated during the forbearance period payable on a monthly basis for
the remaining term of the loan without being subject to penalties or
late fees incurred as a result of the forbearance; or
(c) the mortgagor shall have the option to negotiate a loan
modification or any other option that meets the changed circumstances of
the qualified mortgagor; or
(d) if the mortgagor and regulated institution cannot reasonably agree
on a mutually acceptable loan modification, the regulated institution
shall offer to defer arrears accumulated during the forbearance period
as a non-interest bearing balloon loan payable at the maturity of the
loan, or at the time the loan is satisfied through a refinance or sale
of the property. Any late fees accumulated as a result of the
forbearance shall be waived.
(e) The exercising of options provided for in paragraph (a), (b), (c)
or (d) of this subdivision by a qualified mortgagor shall not be
reported negatively to any credit bureau by any regulated institution.
4. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, adherence with this
section shall be a condition precedent to commencing a foreclosure
action stemming from missed payments which would have otherwise been
subject to this section. A defendant may raise the violation of this
section as a defense to a foreclosure action commenced on the
defendant's property when such action is based on missed payments that
would have otherwise been subject to this section.
5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section, this
section shall not apply to, and does not affect any mortgage loans made,
insured, purchased or securitized by any agency or instrumentality of
the United States, any government sponsored enterprise, or a federal
home loan bank, or a corporate governmental agency of the state
constituted as a political subdivision and public benefit corporation,
or the rights and obligations of any lender, issuer, servicer or trustee
of such obligations, including servicers for the Government National
Mortgage Association.
6. Notwithstanding any other provision of law or of this section, the
obligation to grant the forbearance relief required by this section
shall be subject to the regulated institution having sufficient capital
and liquidity to meet its obligations and to operate in a safe and sound
manner. Any regulated institution that determines that it is not able to
offer relief pursuant to this section to any qualified mortgagor must
notify the department within five business days of making such
determination. Any such notice filed with the department shall include
information about the qualified mortgagor, the reason the regulated
institution determined that it was unable to offer any relief pursuant
to this section, information about the regulated institution's financial
condition supporting the regulated institution's determination, and any
other information required by the department. At the same time that the
regulated institution provides notice to the department, it shall advise
the qualified mortgagor that the application for relief was denied and
provide a statement that the applicant may file a complaint with the New
York state department of financial services at 1-800-342-3736 or
http://www.dfs.ny.gov if the applicant believes the application was
wrongly denied.
* NB There are 2 § 9-x's
Order of payment of checks and other debits, insufficient funds
charges and return deposit item charges. 1. Order of paying checks. (a)
Notwithstanding any law, rule or regulation to the contrary, every
banking organization that provides checking services to consumer
accounts shall either pay checks in the order wherein they are received
or pay checks from smallest to largest dollar amount for each business
day's transactions.
(b) If a check is dishonored for insufficient funds and thereafter
smaller checks which could be paid are received, the smaller checks
shall be honored within amounts on deposit in the subject account.
(c) The banking organization shall disclose to consumers in writing
the order in which checks are drawn. The written disclosure shall be
provided to the consumer at the time the account is opened and prior to
any change in such policy.
(d) The superintendent shall promulgate rules and regulations
necessary for the implementation of this section.
2. Regulation of other consumer account transactions and associated
fees. (a) The superintendent shall have the power to prescribe by
regulation:
i. the manner in which banking organizations process debit and credit
transactions, other than those specified in subdivision one of this
section, for consumer accounts maintained at such organization;
ii. the charges that may be imposed in connection with a check drawn
or other written order upon, or electronic transfer sought to be
effectuated against, insufficient funds or uncollected balances in a
consumer account, whether or not the banking organization pays such
check, written order, or electronic transfer;
iii. the charges that may be imposed in connection with a check or
other written order received by a banking organization for deposit or
collection drawn against a consumer account and subsequently dishonored
and returned for any reason by the drawee;
iv. disclosures provided to consumers regarding the processing of
transactions in a consumer account and the associated fees; and
v. alerts, notices, and other disclosures relating to the imposition
or possible imposition of a charge as provided in subparagraphs ii and
iii of this paragraph.
(b) In prescribing regulations regarding the manner in which banking
organizations process debit or credit transactions, or the charges that
may be imposed pursuant to subparagraphs ii or iii of paragraph (a) of
this subdivision, the superintendent shall consider, at a minimum, the
following factors:
i. the cost incurred by the banking organization, in providing any
services associated with such charges;
ii. the competitive position of the banking organization; and
iii. the maintenance of a safe and sound banking organization that
protects the public interest.
3. Definition. As used in this section, "consumer accounts" means
accounts at banking organizations established by natural persons
primarily for personal, family or household purposes.
Cashing of certain checks. 1. No bank, trust company, savings
bank, savings and loan association or credit union shall, refuse to cash
a cashier's check, a payroll check, or a certified check in the amount
of five hundred dollars or less, drawn on accounts in such institution
or a branch as long as there are sufficient funds within the account on
which the check is drawn. Such institution may require, as a condition
for cashing such check, that the payee present a valid government-issued
photo identification and matching proof of address such as a bank
statement, utility bill or printed pay stub.
2. If a person presents such forms of identification, as provided in
subdivision one of this section, and a signature or mark, and the insti-
tution refuses to cash the check in the absence of suspected fraudulent
activity, such institution shall be guilty of a violation of this
section and shall be subject to penalties pursuant to section forty-four
of this chapter.
ARTICLE 2 Department of Financial Services; Superintendent of Financial Services; Supervisory and Regulatory Powers
Declaration of policy. It is hereby declared to be the policy of
the state of New York that the business of all banking organizations
shall be supervised and regulated through the department of financial
services in such manner as to insure the safe and sound conduct of such
business, to conserve their assets, to prevent hoarding of money, to
eliminate unsound and destructive competition among such banking
organizations and thus to maintain public confidence in such business
and protect the public interest and the interests of depositors,
creditors, shareholders and stockholders.
Department of financial services; official documents;
destruction of documents; official communications. 1. The department
shall be charged with the execution of the laws relating to the
individuals, partnerships, corporations and other entities to which this
chapter is applicable and shall exercise such powers and perform such
duties as are conferred and imposed upon it by this chapter, or by any
law of this state.
2. (a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) or (c) of this
subdivision, any report expressly required to be rendered to the
superintendent under any provision of this chapter, any report of an
examination made in accordance with any provision of this chapter, and
any oath or declaration of office received by the department shall be
retained in such form and for such period as the superintendent finds
necessary and proper. After such period the superintendent shall
recommend disposal of such material in accordance with the provisions of
the arts and cultural affairs law.
(b) Reports made in accordance with section twenty-eight-b of this
article or pursuant to the rules and regulations of the superintendent
promulgated in connection with assessing a banking organization's record
of performance in meeting the credit needs of local communities within
the meaning of section twenty-eight-b of this article, including reports
expressly required to be rendered to the superintendent and reports of
examinations may be destroyed at the direction of the superintendent and
in accordance with the provisions of the arts and cultural affairs law
after three years from date of receipt thereof, provided any such report
has first been photographed, microphotographed or otherwise reproduced.
Each such reproduction shall be retained in the files of the department
for a period of at least fifteen years from the date of the last
received report, oath or declaration appearing thereon. After the
expiration of such period, such reproduction may be destroyed at the
direction of the superintendent and in accordance with the provisions of
the arts and cultural affairs law. Such reproduction thereof shall be
deemed, for any purpose, the equivalent of the original of such report.
Any such report not so reproduced shall be retained in the files of the
department for a period of at least fifteen years from the date of
receipt thereof, after which it may be destroyed at the direction of the
superintendent and in accordance with the provisions of the arts and
cultural affairs law.
(c) This subdivision shall not apply to any records, documents or
correspondence referred to in subdivision four of section six hundred
twenty-seven of this chapter.
4. Any communication from the department to any person, partnership,
corporation or other entity may contain a direction that such
communication shall be presented to the controlling owners or principal
management of such entity, members of such partnership or to the board
of directors or trustees of such corporation. A communication containing
such direction shall be for the purposes of this chapter an official
communication. The superintendent may, in his or her discretion, notify
in writing each owner or principal manager of such entity, every member
of such partnership and every director or trustee of such corporation of
the sending of such a communication and, in that event the notification
shall state the date of such communication.
* § 12-a. Power of state chartered banking institutions to exercise
the rights of counterpart federally chartered banking institutions. 1.
Definitions. (a) As used in this section, "state chartered banking
institution" shall mean any bank, trust company, private banker, savings
bank, savings and loan association, foreign banking corporation, or
credit union.
(b) As used in this section and as is applicable, "federally chartered
banking institution" shall mean (i) any national banking association
organized pursuant to the National Bank Act of 1864, as amended, (12 USC
21 et seq.); (ii) any federal savings association as such term is
defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, (12 USC
1813(b)(2)); (iii) a federal branch and agency of a foreign bank, as
such terms are defined by the International Banking Act of 1978, as
amended, (122 USC 3101); or (iv) a federal credit union, as such term is
defined by the Federal Credit Union Act, as amended, (12 USC 1752(1)).
(c) As used in this section, "charter" shall mean the organization
certificate or comparable document of a state banking institution, or
the license for a state branch or agency of a foreign banking
corporation, or a similar organizational document for a federal banking
institution or a federal branch or agency, and "chartered" shall mean
the formal act of the state or appropriate federal regulatory agency in
approving and conveying such charter of a banking institution.
(d) As used in this section, "federally permitted power" shall mean
any right, power, privilege or benefit, any activity, or any loan,
investment or transaction which a federally chartered banking
institution directly or through a subsidiary or subsidiaries, may
lawfully exercise or into which it may lawfully engage or enter.
(e) As used in this section "foreign banking corporation" shall mean a
banking corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country and
acting through a branch or agency licensed pursuant to section
twenty-six of this article.
(f) As used in this section, unless the context requires otherwise,
the term "subsidiary" shall have the same meaning as set forth in
subdivision five of section one hundred forty-one of this chapter,
except that (i) any reference therein to "bank holding company" shall be
deemed to refer to a "state chartered banking institution" as defined in
this section, and (ii) with respect to a credit union, the term
"subsidiary" as used in this section shall mean a "credit union
organization".
2. Pursuant to this section and notwithstanding any other provision of
law, except as otherwise provided in its charter, a state-chartered
banking institution may exercise any federally permitted power of its
counterpart federally chartered banking institution as herein set forth:
(a) a bank, private banker, or trust company may exercise any
federally permitted power of a national banking association;
(b) a savings bank or savings and loan association may exercise any
federally permitted power of a federal savings association;
(c) a foreign banking corporation acting through a branch may exercise
any federally permitted power of a foreign bank acting through a federal
branch;
(d) a foreign banking corporation acting through an agency may
exercise any federally permitted power of a foreign bank acting through
a federal agency;
(e) a credit union may exercise any federally permitted power of a
federal credit union.
Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to permit a state
chartered banking institution to exercise any federally permitted power
except in a manner consistent with the following provisions of law, in
each case, as the terms contained in such provisions may be amended from
time to time:
(i) chapter one of the laws of nineteen hundred ninety-four;
(ii) chapter nine of the laws of nineteen hundred ninety-six; and
(iii) sections fourteen-c, twenty-eight-b, thirty-nine and forty-four
of this article, and sections six hundred five through six hundred
thirty-four of this chapter, and with respect to savings banks and
savings and loan associations, respectively, section two hundred forty
and section three hundred ninety-six of this chapter.
3. Except with respect to a federally permitted power approved
pursuant to subdivision four of this section, prior to any state
chartered banking institution initially exercising any federally
permitted power pursuant to this section, such banking institution shall
make an application individually or with one or more state chartered
banking institutions to the superintendent indicating that such
institution or institutions intend to exercise such federally permitted
power and the basis on which such institution or institutions believe
such power is a federally permitted power. The superintendent shall have
one hundred twenty days from receipt of the application to determine
whether it meets the requirements of this section, provided that such
period may be extended for an additional period of time with the written
consent of the applicant or applicants. If such application meets the
requirements of this section, the superintendent shall post such
application upon the bulletin board of the department pursuant to
section forty-two of this article. If such application does not meet the
requirements of this section, the superintendent shall, within ten days
of such determination, notify the applicant or applicants of the reasons
why the application fails to meet the requirements. The superintendent
shall determine, consistent with the standards set forth in subdivision
five of this section, whether to approve such application subject to
such terms and conditions as the superintendent may deem appropriate, in
the superintendent's sole discretion. Such determination, shall be made
by the superintendent within forty-five days after the posting of such
application, provided however that the superintendent may notify the
applicant or applicants that the review of the application shall be
extended for an additional period of time not exceeding sixty days after
the posting of such application, and provided further that such period
of time may be extended for an additional period of time with the
written consent of the applicant or applicants. The superintendent shall
not act upon the application prior to thirty days after such application
has been posted. If the superintendent approves such application, the
superintendent shall, within ten days of approving the application,
notify the applicant or applicants in writing thereof, and the applicant
or applicants may exercise such federally permitted power subject to
such terms and conditions as the superintendent may have approved. If
the superintendent declines such application, the superintendent shall,
within ten days of making such determination, notify the applicant or
applicants in writing thereof. An applicant or applicants may, upon the
superintendent's failure to comply with this section, petition the
superintendent to act upon the application. The failure of the
superintendent to act upon the application or notify the applicant or
applicants, in writing, as to the reasons why action cannot be taken
within thirty days of receipt of such petition shall be deemed a denial
of the application, which shall be subject to judicial review.
Notwithstanding any other law, the superintendent may make the approval
of an application under this section applicable to one or more
additional state chartered banking institutions that are qualified to
exercise the same federally permitted powers as the applicant or
applicants pursuant to subdivision two of this section, subject to such
terms and conditions as the superintendent shall find necessary and
appropriate.
4. Notwithstanding any other law, the superintendent, in the
superintendent's discretion, may, when the superintendent deems it
necessary and appropriate after considering the standards set forth in
subdivision five of this section, by order, authorize one or more state
chartered banking institutions to exercise a federally permitted power,
subject to such terms and conditions as the superintendent shall find
necessary and appropriate. Prior to issuing such order, the
superintendent shall post notice of the superintendent's intention to
issue such order upon the bulletin board of the department pursuant to
section forty-two of this article, and shall not act upon such intention
prior to thirty days after such notice has been posted.
5. Prior to approving any application or proposal pursuant to
subdivision three or four of this section, the superintendent shall make
a finding that the approval of such application or proposal is:
(i) consistent with the policy of the state of New York as declared in
section ten of this article and thereby protects the public interest,
including the interests of depositors, creditors, shareholders,
stockholders and consumers; and
(ii) necessary to achieve or maintain parity between state chartered
banking institutions and their counterpart federally chartered banking
institutions with respect to rights, powers, privileges, benefits,
activities, loans, investments or transactions.
6. A federally permitted power authorized pursuant to this section
shall not exceed and shall be limited by any conditions, qualifications
or restrictions on the same when exercised by a counterpart federally
chartered banking institution of a state chartered banking institution
unless the state chartered banking institution is so authorized by other
New York state law, or a rule, regulation or policy adopted pursuant to
such other New York state law, or by a judicial decision.
Notwithstanding any other law, the superintendent may, at any time,
impose by order any other terms and conditions as he or she finds
necessary and proper including, but not limited to, a requirement that
any federally permitted power authorized by this section be exercised,
conducted or held in a subsidiary of a state chartered banking
institution. In the event that federally chartered banking institutions
located in the state of New York lose the authority to exercise a
federally permitted power, based upon which comparable authority was
granted to the counterpart state chartered banking institutions pursuant
to this section, then unless such authority is authorized by other New
York state law, or a rule, regulation or policy adopted pursuant to such
other New York state law, or by a judicial decision, the authorization
for such state chartered banking institutions pursuant to this section
shall be deemed revoked, provided, however, that any such revocation
shall be subject to such terms and conditions as may be imposed upon the
counterpart federally chartered banking institutions or by the
superintendent.
7. (a) In those instances where state chartered banking institutions
are permitted to engage in the business of insurance pursuant to this
section, they shall do so subject to all insurance laws, rules, and
regulations; provided, however, that the superintendent may exempt state
chartered banking institutions from any insurance law, rule or
regulation which has been preempted under federal law, rule or
regulation for federally chartered banking institutions if such law,
rule or regulation has been preempted because it applies to insurance
activities of federally chartered banking institutions and not to those
of other entities.
(b) In those instances where a federally permitted power authorized
pursuant to this section is subject to regulation by an agency, as
defined in subdivision one of section one hundred two of the state
administrative procedure act, other than the superintendent, then when a
state chartered banking institution exercises such federally permitted
power, unless it is so authorized by other New York state law, or a
rule, regulation or policy adopted pursuant to such other New York state
law, or by a judicial decision, it shall do so subject to such
regulation to the same extent and in the same manner as such agency
regulates entities other than state chartered banking institutions,
except to the extent that federally chartered banking institutions are
not subject to such regulation.
(c) Any state chartered banking institution or federally chartered
banking institution and any subsidiary or affiliate thereof which is
licensed to sell insurance in this state shall maintain separate and
distinct books and records relating to its insurance transactions,
including all files relating to and reflecting consumer complaints, and
such insurance books and records shall be made available to the
superintendent for inspection upon reasonable notice.
8. On or before June first of each year, the superintendent shall
submit a report to the governor, the speaker of the assembly, the
temporary president of the senate, the minority leaders of the senate
and assembly, and the chairs and ranking minority members of the senate
and assembly banks committees, which shall include, with respect to the
authority provided for in this section, with respect to the preceding
calendar year, (1) a listing of state chartered banking institutions
that were established, (2) a listing of institutions that have converted
to a federal charter or have been acquired by, or merged with, another
banking institution, (3) the number of New York banking institutions
exercising the insurance activities authorized by this section, (4) the
total number of New York chartered banking institutions located in this
state, and (5) the total amount of assets of such chartered banking
institutions by type.
9. Any rules or regulations promulgated by the banking board pursuant
to former sections fourteen-g and fourteen-h of this chapter prior to
September first, two thousand seven, and any resolutions adopted by the
banking board pursuant to this section after September first, two
thousand seven and before the effective date of the chapter of the laws
of two thousand eleven which amended this subdivision, including any
such rules, regulations and resolutions which in whole or in part impose
conditions, qualifications or restrictions on any federally permitted
powers authorized thereby which exceed the conditions, qualifications or
restrictions imposed on the same when exercised by a federally chartered
banking institution, shall remain in full force and effect on or after
such date, unless any such rule, regulation or resolution is thereafter
superseded, modified, or revoked by the superintendent pursuant to the
provisions of subdivisions three and four of this section.
* NB Repealed September 10, 2029
Additional powers of the superintendent. 1. For the purpose of
effectuating the policy declared in section ten of this article, without
limiting any other powers that the superintendent is permitted by law to
exercise, the superintendent shall have the power to make, alter and
amend orders, rules and regulations not inconsistent with law. Such
orders, rules and regulations shall be brought to the attention of those
affected thereby in a manner prescribed by law. Without limiting the
foregoing power, orders or rules or regulations may be so adopted for
the following specific purposes:
(a) To approve organization certificates and articles of association,
private bankers' certificates and applications of foreign corporations
for licenses to do business in this state, as provided in this article.
(b) To determine the purposes for which and the extent to which
capital notes or debentures shall be considered and treated as capital
stock of corporate banking organizations; but capital notes or
debentures shall not be considered or treated as capital stock for the
purposes of sections one hundred ten and one hundred eleven of this
chapter.
(c) To grant permission to a trust company, including a national bank,
to establish one or more common trust funds upon application and after
inquiry concerning the qualifications of such trust company to maintain
and manage the same, and to regulate the conduct and management of any
common trust fund and for such purpose, but not by way of limitation of
the foregoing power, to prescribe (1) the records and accounts to be
kept of such common trust funds; (2) the procedure to be followed in
adding moneys to or withdrawing moneys or investments from any such
common trust fund; (3) the methods and standards to be employed in
determining the value of such common trust funds and of the assets and
investments thereof; (4) the maximum amount of moneys of any estate,
trust or fund which may be invested in any common trust fund; and (5)
the maximum proportionate share of any such common trust fund which may
be apportioned to any estate, trust or fund; and in connection with such
powers to classify the corporations maintaining such common trust funds
according to the population of the city, town or village in which the
principal offices of such corporations are respectively located and to
prescribe the minimum total of any such common trust fund and the
permissible limits of investment therein in accordance with such
classification.
(cc) To approve the incorporation by or on behalf of trust companies
and national banks with trust powers of a mutual trust investment
company to form a medium for the common investment of funds held by
trust companies, including national banks, acting as executors,
administrators, guardians, inter-vivos or testamentary trustees or
committees or conservators either alone or with individual
co-fiduciaries, and any amendments of the certificate of incorporation
of such mutual trust investment company, and to regulate the conduct and
management of such mutual trust investment company and for such purpose,
but not by way of limitation of the foregoing power, to prescribe (1)
the records and accounts to be kept by such mutual trust investment
company; (2) the procedure to be followed in the sale or redemption of
stocks or shares therein; (3) the methods and standards to be employed
in determining the value of such shares in the mutual trust investment
company and the assets and investments thereof; and (4) the maximum
proportionate shares of any such mutual trust investment company which
may be apportioned or sold to any one trust company or national bank.
(d) To authorize a bank or a trust company to invest in the capital
stock of, or any other equity interest in, any corporation, partnership,
unincorporated association, limited liability company, or other entity
not included among the corporations or other entities for which
investment in the capital stock or other equity interest is expressly
authorized by this chapter.
(e) To authorize a savings bank to invest in the capital stock,
capital notes and debentures of a trust company or other corporation, as
provided in article six of this chapter.
(f) To authorize a savings and loan association to invest in the
capital stock, capital notes and debentures of a trust company or other
corporation, as provided in article ten of this chapter.
(g) To prescribe from time to time: (1) the rates of interest which
may be paid on deposits with any banking organization and with any
branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation; and (2) the rates of
dividends which may be paid on shares of any savings and loan
association or credit union, and to prohibit the payment of such
interest or such dividends by any banking organization or by any branch
of a foreign banking corporation. Interest or dividend rates so
prescribed need not be uniform.
(h) To limit and regulate withdrawals of deposits or shares from any
banking organization, if the superintendent shall find that such
limitation and regulation are necessary because of the existence of
unusual and extraordinary circumstances.
(i) To prescribe from time to time reserves against deposits to be
maintained by banks and trust companies pursuant to article three of
this chapter; provided that no reserve requirement imposed against
either time or demand deposits shall require any bank or trust company
to maintain total reserves in an amount greater than it would be
required to maintain if it were at the time a member of the federal
reserve system; and provided further, however, that a bank or trust
company not a member of the federal reserve system may be authorized to
maintain total reserves against deposits in an amount lower than the
reserves required by article three of this chapter to be maintained,
either in individual cases or by general regulations on such basis as
the superintendent may deem reasonable or appropriate in view of the
character of the business transacted by such bank or trust company.
(j) To grant permission to officers, directors, clerks or employees of
banks and trust companies to engage in the issue, flotation,
underwriting, public sale or distribution at wholesale or retail, or
through syndicate participation of stocks, bonds or other similar
securities, and to revoke such permission, both as provided in this
chapter.
(k) To prescribe the methods and standards to be used (1) in making
the examinations provided for in this chapter, and (2) in valuing the
assets of banking organizations.
(l) To prescribe the form and contents of periodical reports of
condition to be rendered to the superintendent by banks, trust
companies, private bankers and branches of foreign banking corporations,
and the manner of publication of such reports.
(m) To postpone or omit the calling for and rendering of reports
provided for by this chapter if the superintendent shall find that such
postponement or omission is necessary because of the existence of
unusual and extraordinary circumstances.
(n) To define what is an unsafe manner of conducting the business of
banking organizations.
(o) To define what is a safe or unsafe condition of a banking
organization.
(p) To make variations from the requirements of this chapter, provided
such variations are in harmony with the spirit of the law, if the
superintendent shall find that such variations are necessary because of
the existence of unusual and extraordinary circumstances.
(q) To establish safe and sound methods of banking and safeguard the
interests of depositors, creditors, shareholders and stockholders
generally in times of emergency.
(qq) To permit any banking organization, national banking association,
federal mutual savings bank, federal savings and loan association and
federal credit union to offer graduated payment mortgages which shall
conform to the provisions of section two hundred seventy-nine of the
real property law.
(s) To permit authorized lenders, as defined by section two hundred
eighty or two hundred eighty-a of the real property law, to offer
reverse mortgage loans which shall conform to the provisions of section
two hundred eighty or two hundred eighty-a of the real property law.
Rate of interest; superintendent of financial services to
adopt regulations. 1. The maximum rate of interest provided for in
section 5-501 of the general obligations law shall be sixteen per centum
per annum.
2. The rate of interest as so prescribed under this section shall
include as interest any and all amounts paid or payable, directly or
indirectly, by any person, to or for the account of the lender in
consideration for the making of a loan or forbearance as defined by the
superintendent pursuant to subdivision three of this section.
3. The superintendent shall have the power to adopt such regulations
as the superintendent shall deem necessary or proper to implement the
provisions of this section. The superintendent shall make available to
the public copies of all regulations adopted pursuant to this section.
4. Such regulations as shall have been adopted pursuant to the
provisions of this chapter and in effect immediately prior to the
effective date of this section, shall continue in effect until such time
as new regulations shall have been adopted by the superintendent and
shall become effective.
5. Whenever reference is made in this chapter or in any other law,
contract or document to the rate of interest prescribed or to be
prescribed by the superintendent pursuant to this section or any former
section fourteen-a of this chapter, such reference shall be deemed a
reference to the rate of interest prescribed in subdivision one of this
section.
6. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision five of this section,
the rate of interest charged, taken or received on any loan or
forbearance, which would have otherwise been subject to the provisions
of former section fourteen-a of this chapter, made or entered into
between the effective date of this section and the first day of
February, nineteen hundred eighty-one pursuant to a commitment which was
made or entered into prior to the effective date of United States Public
Law 96-161 and which provides for interest at the prevailing rate at the
time of closing shall not exceed the rate of eleven and one-quarter per
centum per annum.
7. Nothing contained in this section nor in any other provision of
this act whereunder this section is added to the banking law shall be
deemed to prohibit the charging of interest at the rates provided or
permitted by United States Public Laws 96-161, 96-221 and 96-399, where
applicable.
Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe
minimum rate of interest on mortgage escrow accounts. 1. The
superintendent shall have the power to prescribe, from time to time but
not more often than once in every three month period, by regulation a
minimum rate of, and method or basis of computing, interest that a
mortgage investing institution shall be required to pay on each escrow
account maintained with respect to a mortgage on a one to six family
residence occupied by the owner or on any property owned by a
cooperative apartment corporation, as defined in subdivision twelve of
section three hundred sixty of the tax law, (as such subdivision was in
effect on December thirtieth, nineteen hundred sixty), and located in
this state, which rate shall be greater than the rate of interest
required to be paid under section 5-601 or 5-602 of the general
obligations law.
2. In making such determination the superintendent shall consider
pertinent economic and cost factors including, but not limited to: (i)
current yields on short term investments, (ii) current dividend rates
paid on regular savings accounts throughout this state, (iii) currently
prevailing interest rates on conventional and insured or guaranteed
mortgage loans in this state, (iv) cost factors in maintaining escrow
accounts and (v) such other pertinent economic or cost factors that the
superintendent shall deem to be appropriate. Prior to the
superintendent's prescription of any such minimum rate of interest, the
superintendent shall issue a statement in writing setting forth the
economic and cost data and criteria upon which such determination is
based. Prior to making such determination, the superintendent may invite
presentation, by interested persons, of information and data relating to
economic and cost factors relevant to such minimum rate of interest.
3. The superintendent may promulgate such regulations as the
superintendent deems necessary and proper to implement and define the
provisions of this section. The superintendent may prescribe the minimum
rate of interest from time to time, but not more often than once in any
three-month period, and shall provide reasonable notice to the public of
any change in the rate of interest, of the effective date of such
change, which shall be not less than seven days following the adoption
of such change by the superintendent, and of any rule or regulation
adopted pursuant to this subdivision.
4. In no event shall interest be required to be paid on escrow
accounts where (i) there is a contract between the mortgagor and the
mortgage investing institution, entered into before the date this
subdivision shall have become a law which contains an express disclaimer
of an obligation on the part of the mortgage investing institution to
pay interest on such accounts, or (ii) the payment of such interest
would violate any federal law or regulation, or (iii) such accounts are
maintained with a mortgage servicing company, neither affiliated with
nor owned in whole or in part by the mortgage investing institution,
under a written contract, entered into before the date this subdivision
shall have become a law, which contract does not permit the mortgage
investing institution to earn or receive a return from the investment of
such accounts.
5. "Mortgage investing institution" as used in this section and in
section 5-601 or 5-602 of the general obligations law shall mean and
include any bank, trust company, national bank, savings bank, savings
and loan association, federal savings and loan association, private
banker, credit union, investment company, insurance company, pension
fund, mortgage company or other entity which makes, extends or holds a
mortgage on any one to six family residence occupied by the owner or any
property owned by a cooperative apartment corporation, as defined in
subdivision twelve of section three hundred sixty of the tax law, (as
such subdivision was in effect on December thirtieth, nineteen hundred
sixty), and located in this state.
6. "Escrow account" as used in this section and in section 5-601 or
5-602 of the general obligations law shall mean any account established
pursuant to an agreement between a mortgagor and a mortgage investing
institution whereby the mortgagor pays to the mortgage investing
institution or his designee amounts to be used for the payment of
insurance premiums, water rents or any similar charges, and shall also
include real property tax escrow accounts as defined in title three-A of
article nine of the real property tax law.
7. "One to six family residence" as used in this section and in
section 5-601 or 5-602 of the general obligations law shall mean
property used primarily for residential purposes for one to six
families, including property held in condominium form, and which is
occupied in whole or in part by the owner.
8. If any provision of this section, or the application of such
provision to any individual, company, corporation or circumstance, shall
be held invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application of
such section to individuals, companies, corporations, or circumstances
other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected
thereby.
Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe
criteria for disclosure of information on savings and time accounts. 1.
The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate rules and
regulations with respect to the disclosure of information on savings and
time accounts by all banking organizations and out-of-state state banks
authorized to operate and maintain branches pursuant to article five-C
of this chapter. Such rules and regulations shall set forth guidelines
for, but not be limited to the following:
(a) disclosure of the annual rate of simple interest; the effective
annual yield; the formula used in calculating interest; the frequency of
compounding and crediting of interest; date on which a deposit begins to
earn interest; any delay in crediting a deposited instrument; grace
periods for deposits and withdrawals; the minimum balance required to
earn interest; the method of determining the balance on which interest
is paid; the minimum length of time funds must remain on deposit to earn
interest; any fees levied on inactive accounts; any charges, penalties
or other conditions imposed upon withdrawals; any penalties for the
closing of an account before a specific date; and any other fees,
charges or penalties.
(b) form, content and distribution of information.
2. The superintendent of financial services may alter or amend rules
and regulations or promulgate additional rules and regulations as he or
she deems necessary and proper to effectuate the provisions of
subdivision one.
Power of the superintendent of financial services to prescribe
a reasonable period of time permitting the drawing on items received for
deposit in a customer's account. 1. It is the public policy of this
state to provide all banking customers with the ability to draw against
items deposited for collection with any banking institution located in
this state within a reasonable period of time.
2. The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate
regulations, which may be amended from time to time, establishing a
reasonable period of time within which a banking institution must permit
a banking customer to draw, as of right, on an item which has been
received for deposit in the customer's account.
3. The superintendent is authorized to gather from banking
institutions such information as may be required by the superintendent
of financial services for the promulgation of the regulations required
by this section.
4. (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this
subdivision, a provision in any agreement between a banking institution
and its banking customer which provides for a period of time longer than
the period prescribed under regulations promulgated pursuant to this
section is unreasonable for purposes of article four of the uniform
commercial code and, in lieu thereof, the maximum period of time
permitted in the regulation shall be deemed controlling. For all other
purposes the provisions of this section shall not be deemed or construed
to alter or impair any right or obligation under the uniform commercial
code.
(b) This section does not prohibit a banking institution and a banking
customer from agreeing in writing to a greater period of time than that
otherwise prescribed by regulation pursuant to this section for the
drawing against items because of special circumstances, provided that,
such agreement is not contained in a pre-printed form and is not a
usual, regular business practice of the institution.
5. Such regulations shall require every banking institution to notify
each of its banking customers, in writing, of the applicable time
limitations on the right to draw on items received for deposit in the
customer's account and to keep posted in a conspicuous place at each
branch, a notice substantially setting forth the generally applicable
time limitations of the banking institution's customers' rights to draw
on items deposited to their accounts.
6. The superintendent of financial services is empowered, upon a
determination that the uniform application of a regulation adopted
pursuant to this section would result in unsafe or unsound banking
practices, to issue such further regulation or order with respect
thereto as it deems appropriate.
7. In this section "banking institution" has the same meaning ascribed
to it by section nine-f of this chapter and "item" has the same meaning
ascribed to it by the uniform commercial code.
Power of the superintendent to authorize the operation of
savings banks and savings and loan associations in stock form.
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, the
superintendent is authorized to promulgate such rules and regulations as
shall facilitate:
(a) The organization and operation of stock-form savings banks and
stock-form savings and loan associations,
(b) The conversion of mutual savings banks and savings and loan
associations to stock form, and
(c) Mergers and acquisitions of assets or of capital stock between and
among all of the foregoing banking institutions and between and among
such institutions and any other banking institution.
The superintendent is authorized to define and implement, by
regulation, the terms and provisions of this section. In adopting such
regulations, the superintendent shall take into account the declaration
of policy contained in section one of a chapter of the laws of nineteen
hundred eighty-four entitled "An Act to amend the banking law, in
relation to the organization and incorporation of stock-form savings
banks and stock-form savings and loan associations and the conversion of
mutual savings banks and mutual savings and loan associations to stock
form". In connection with such regulations, the superintendent is
empowered to apply to such stock-form organizations any provision of
this chapter, in whole or in part, as shall be applicable to any other
stock-form banking organization and to vary any condition, requirement
or provision of this article or article fifteen or sixteen of this
chapter.
2. Such applications as the superintendent may prescribe under
paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of subdivision one of this section shall each
be accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this article.
3. Without limiting the foregoing, the superintendent, if the
superintendent shall determine that unusual and extraordinary
circumstances exist, shall be authorized, by resolution or regulation,
to apply or to deem inapplicable to any banking institution referred to
in subdivision one of this section, such provisions of this chapter in
whole or in part, as it shall find appropriate in connection with the
organization, operation, conversion, merger or any other transaction
involving a stock-form savings bank or stock-form savings and loan
association, provided, however, that such actions are in harmony with
the spirit of the law and are necessary because of the existence of such
circumstances.
Power of the superintendent of financial services to require
the provision of basic banking services. 1. The legislature finds and
declares that certain consumers residing in this state may be unable to
afford, without undue financial hardship, the cost of maintaining a
consumer transaction account at a banking institution located in this
state. It is the policy of this state that, consistent with safe and
sound banking practices, banking institutions make available lower cost
banking services to consumers. It is further intended that no banking
institution be required to offer lower cost banking services at a cost
to account holders which is less than the actual cost to the banking
institution to provide such services.
2. Except as otherwise provided in this section, every banking
institution shall make available to consumers a consumer transaction
account, to be known as a "basic banking account", with the following
features to be prescribed by the superintendent of financial services by
regulation:
(a) the maximum amount which a banking institution may require as an
initial deposit, if any;
(b) the maximum amount a banking institution may require as a minimum
balance, if any, to maintain such account;
(c) eight withdrawal transactions for account holders under sixty-five
years of age, and twelve withdrawal transactions for account holders
sixty-five years of age or older, including those conducted at
electronic facilities, during any periodic cycle at no additional charge
to the account holder; and
(d) the maximum amount a banking institution may charge per periodic
cycle for the use of such account.
3. With respect to any transactions in excess of the number specified
in accordance with paragraph (c) of subdivision two of this section, (a)
a banking institution may impose a reasonable per-transaction charge, or
(b) it may impose the fees and charges normally applied to other
consumer transaction accounts available at that banking institution
provided that any charge per periodic cycle imposed hereunder must be
reduced by the charge imposed under paragraph (d) of subdivision two of
this section; provided however, that at no time shall the fees and
charges on the basic banking account exceed the amount that is normally
applied to other consumer transaction accounts available at that banking
institution.
4. A banking institution may require as a condition for opening or
maintaining a basic banking account, (a) that the holder of a basic
banking account be a resident of this state; and (b) the direct deposit
to the banking institution of recurring payments such as, but not
limited to, social security, wage, or pension payments where direct
deposit is available to both the consumer and the banking institution.
5. Except as provided in this section and any rules and regulations
promulgated hereunder, a basic banking account may be offered subject to
the same rules, conditions and terms normally applicable to other
consumer transaction accounts offered by the banking institution;
provided that the fees and charges for specific services other than
those otherwise provided in this section shall not exceed those imposed
by the banking institution for the same services in connection with
other consumer transaction accounts offered by the banking institution.
6. No banking institution shall be required to permit any person to
open or maintain a basic banking account pursuant to this section if
such person maintains another consumer transaction account either at
that banking institution or any other banking institution.
7. In lieu of the basic banking account required by this section, a
banking institution may make available an alternative account or other
banking services determined by the superintendent to be at least as
advantageous to consumers as the basic banking account.
8. (a) Where a banking institution posts in the public area of its
offices notice of the availability of its other consumer transaction
accounts, it shall also post equally conspicuous notice in such public
areas and in the same manner the availability of its basic banking
accounts. Where a banking institution makes available in such public
areas material describing the terms of its other consumer transaction
accounts, it shall also make comparable descriptive material available
in the same such areas and in the same manner for its basic banking
account.
(b) Where a banking institution posts in the public area of its
offices the notices for information required in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision, it shall also post equally conspicuous notice in such
public areas and in the same manner, of the department's toll free
consumer's hotline telephone number, where consumers can file complaints
if a consumer is not satisfied with the services a banking institution
provides.
9. For purposes of this section:
(a) "banking institution" means any bank, trust company, savings bank,
savings and loan association, or credit union, or branch of a foreign
banking corporation the deposits of which are insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, which is incorporated, chartered,
organized or licensed under the laws of this state or any other state or
the United States, and, in the ordinary course of its business, offers
consumer transaction accounts to the general public or, in the case of a
credit union, to its members;
(b) "consumer transaction account" means a demand deposit account,
negotiable order of withdrawal account, share draft account or similar
account used primarily for personal, family or household purposes.
10. For purposes of this section, any banking insititution which
offers share draft accounts shall use the term "basic share draft
account" instead of "basic banking account".
11. If any provision of this section, or the application of such
provision to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, the
remainder of this section, and the application of such provisions
thereof to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is
held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
Fees for copies and certifications. Notwithstanding any
provision of this chapter to the contrary, for every copy of any paper
filed in the department and for the certification thereof, the
superintendent may charge such amounts by regulation as the
superintendent, in his or her discretion, determines to be fair and
reasonable.
Application fees. 1. The provisions of this section shall only
be applicable to applications for which a fee is authorized to be
imposed by any other provision of this chapter or regulations
promulgated thereunder.
2. The fees set forth in this section may be imposed notwithstanding
any fee amount set forth in any other provision of this chapter or the
regulations promulgated thereunder.
3. As used in this section, "applications" shall include notices and
similar filings.
4. The fee which shall be imposed for any application for an initial
license, registration, incorporation or for the formation of any other
entity pursuant to this chapter, or for a merger, acquisition, purchase
or sale of assets, change of control, or for any other application
requiring the approval of the superintendent that may necessitate, as
determined by the superintendent, a determination regarding the
character or fitness and/or the safety and soundness of such applicant
or a similar investigative undertaking by the department, shall be:
(a) twelve thousand five hundred dollars when such application relates
to a banking organization, bank holding company or, except as provided
in paragraph (b) of this subdivision, a foreign banking corporation;
(b) seven thousand five hundred dollars when such application relates
to licensing a branch, agency or representative office of a foreign
banking corporation;
(c) one thousand five hundred dollars when the application relates to
a mortgage broker; or
(d) three thousand dollars for all other such applications.
5. The fee for any other application requiring the approval of the
superintendent, including, but not limited to, any application required
to change the name of the applicant, open branches or offices or
additional locations, or relocate an existing branch, office, or
location, and any other application not subject to subdivision four of
this section, shall be:
(a) seven hundred fifty dollars when the application relates to a
banking organization, bank holding company, out-of-state state bank,
foreign credit union, or foreign banking corporation;
(b) two thousand dollars when the application relates to the licensing
of an additional location or change of location or the licensing of a
mobile unit of a licensed casher of checks; or
(c) five hundred dollars for all other such applications.
6. The superintendent, in his or her sole discretion, may waive or
reduce the amount of the fee to be imposed pursuant to this section,
either on a case-by-case basis or, by regulation, generally with respect
to a type of application, if the superintendent determines that:
(a) the payment of such fee would impose an economic hardship upon the
applicant;
(b) the amount of such fee is excessive with respect to the expenses
incurred by the department of financial services to investigate such
application; or
(c) such waiver or reduction (i) serves the interests of interstate
administrative reciprocity or multi-state regulatory cooperation; (ii)
facilitates the administration of the department of financial services;
or (iii) is otherwise appropriate.
Holocaust reparations payment fees. 1. For the purposes of
this section, "victims or targets of Nazi persecution" means any
individual, corporation, partnership, sole proprietorship,
unincorporated association, community, congregation, group,
organization, or other entity persecuted or targeted for persecution by
the Nazi Regime because of race, religion, ethnicity, sexual
orientation, national origin, or physical or mental disability or
handicap, or the heirs, successors, administrators, executors,
affiliates, or assignees of such victims or targets, or any other
claimant receiving funds from an eligible settlement fund, or from an
eligible grantor trust established for the benefit of such victims or
targets. An eligible settlement fund is an entity that is treated for
federal income tax purposes as a designated or qualified settlement
fund, as such term is defined in section 468B of the Internal Revenue
Code and the regulations thereunder, which is established for the
principal purpose of resolving and satisfying claims arising from or in
connection with any act or omission in any way relating to the
Holocaust, World War II and its prelude and aftermath, victims or
targets of Nazi persecution, transactions with or actions of the Nazi
Regime, or treatment of refugees fleeing Nazi persecution by or in the
Swiss Confederation. An eligible grantor trust is a grantor trust which
is established for the principal purpose of resolving and satisfying
such claims.
2. The superintendent shall maintain and annually update a list of
banks and other financial institutions doing business in the state that
voluntarily waive wire transfer fees and other processing fees imposed
for automated deposits or transfers of amounts received (including
accumulated interest) by victims or targets of Nazi persecution from an
eligible settlement fund, or from an eligible grantor trust established
for the benefit of such victims or targets. The department shall make
the list available to the public on the department's website.
Assessments for deficiency in reserves against deposits. If any
banking organization or branch of a foreign banking corporation shall
not maintain the total reserves prescribed by or pursuant to this
chapter, the superintendent may levy an assessment upon it for such
period as any deficiency in its total reserves amounting to one per
centum or more of its deposits against which reserves are required to be
maintained shall continue, at rates not in excess of the following:
(1) Six per centum per annum upon any such deficiency not exceeding
two per centum of such deposits.
(2) Eight per centum per annum upon any additional deficiency in
excess of two and not exceeding three per centum of such deposits.
(3) Ten per centum per annum upon any additional deficiency in excess
of three and not exceeding four per centum of such deposits.
(4) Twelve per centum per annum upon any additional deficiency
therein.
Assessments, penalties and forfeitures entitled to priority. In
case of the insolvency or voluntary or involuntary liquidation of any
person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated or otherwise
formed pursuant to this chapter, all unpaid charges lawfully assessed
against such person or entity by the superintendent and all unpaid
penalties and forfeitures incurred by such person or entity under any
section of this chapter shall be entitled to priority of payment from
such person's or entity's assets on an equality with any other priority
given by this chapter.
Collection of assessments, penalties and forfeitures;
proceedings by attorney general. 1. When the superintendent, pursuant to
the powers conferred on him or her by this article, shall have duly
levied any assessment and shall have given due notification of the
amount thereof, the amount so assessed shall become a liability of, and
shall be paid to the superintendent by any person or entity licensed,
registered, or incorporated or otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter
upon which it was levied.
2. If any person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated or
otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter shall not pay, after due
notice, any such assessment or any penalty or forfeiture incurred under
any section of this chapter, the superintendent may, in his or her
discretion, apply in payment thereof, with interest at the legal rate,
so much as may be necessary of the interest accruing on any stocks or
bonds deposited with him or her by such person or entity licensed,
registered, or incorporated or otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter
pursuant to any requirement of this chapter.
3. The superintendent may, in his or her discretion, report to the
attorney general any failure to make such payments or the failure of any
officer, director, trustee, or employee of any person or entity
licensed, registered, or incorporated or otherwise formed pursuant to
this chapter, after due notice, to pay any penalty or forfeiture
incurred by him or her under any provision of this chapter, or any
violation by any corporation, unincorporated association, partnership,
individual, or any other entity, of any provision of this chapter. The
attorney general shall thereupon, in the name of the superintendent, or
of the people of the state, institute such action or proceedings as the
facts may warrant.
4. The provisions of this section shall be applicable to any bank
holding company, as that term is defined in article three-A of this
chapter.
Fingerprints. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
every applicant for a license, authorization or registration under
articles nine, nine-A, eleven-B, twelve-B, twelve-C, twelve-D, twelve-E
and thirteen-B of this chapter and every applicant filing an application
to acquire control of any licensee or registrant, as the case may be,
under such articles shall submit simultaneously with an application, his
or her fingerprints in such form and in such manner as specified by the
division of criminal justice services, but in any event, no less than
two digit imprints. The superintendent shall submit such fingerprints to
the division of criminal justice services for the purpose of conducting
a criminal history search and returning a report thereon in accordance
with the procedures and requirements established by the division
pursuant to the provisions of article thirty-five of the executive law,
which shall include the payment of the prescribed processing fees. The
superintendent shall request that the division submit such fingerprints
to the federal bureau of investigation, together with the processing
fees prescribed by such bureau, for the purpose of conducting a criminal
history search and returning a report thereon. An applicant shall not be
required to submit his or her fingerprints as required by this
subdivision if such applicant (i) is already subject to regulation by
the department and the applicant has submitted such fingerprints to the
department, such fingerprints have been submitted to the division of
criminal justice services for the purpose of conducting a criminal
history search, and a report of such search has been received by the
department from such division; or (ii) is subject to regulation by a
federal bank regulatory agency and has submitted such fingerprints to
such agency which has had a criminal history search conducted of such
individual and has shared such information or its determination
resulting from such search with the department; or (iii) is an officer
or stockholder of a corporation whose common or preferred stock is
registered on a national securities exchange, as provided in an act of
congress of the United States entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of
1934", approved June sixth, nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, or
such other exchange or market system as the superintendent shall approve
by regulation, and has submitted such fingerprints to such exchange or
market system which has had a criminal history search conducted of such
individual and has shared such information or its determination
resulting from such search with the department; provided, however, that
the superintendent may subsequently require such applicant to submit his
or her fingerprints if the superintendent has a reasonable basis for
updating the information or determination resulting from the report of
the criminal history search conducted at the request of such federal
banking agency, exchange or market system.
(b) The superintendent shall also, concurrent with an investigation of
a licensee or registrant, or an authorized individual, pertaining to a
violation of this chapter, submit such fingerprints to the division of
criminal justice services for the purpose of conducting a criminal
history search and returning a report thereon and through the division
to the federal bureau of investigation for the purpose of a fingerprint
check of such licensee, registrant or authorized individual.
(c) For purposes of this section, "applicant" shall include a natural
person or such principal, officer, director, trustee or stockholder of
any other entity as may be designated by the superintendent.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this article, the superintendent
shall not access criminal history data or information, unless any agency
from which the superintendent receives directly criminal history data or
information has entered into a use and dissemination agreement with the
superintendent consistent with the provisions of this section.
Acceptance or rejection of certificate; investigation fees.
Within twenty days after the receipt by the superintendent of any
organization certificate of a corporation proposed to be organized under
this chapter, or any private banker's certificate together with such
documents as are required to be filed therewith, the superintendent
shall, if such certificate and such accompanying documents comply in
form and substance with the requirements of this chapter, file such
certificate for examination and note thereon the date of such filing. If
such certificate or such accompanying documents do not comply in all
respects with the requirements of this chapter, the superintendent
shall, within twenty days after receipt thereof, return them to the
persons from whom they were received, calling attention to the defect or
defects therein.
At the time of submission of the certificate and accompanying
documents an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this article shall be paid to the superintendent, to be
retained by him or her if the certificate and accompanying documents are
filed. If the certificate and accompanying documents are not filed
because of defects therein, the investigation fee is to be returned with
such papers to the persons from whom they were received.
Investigation by superintendent; refusal or approval; filing
certificate. 1. Within ninety days after the date when any organization
certificate or private banker's certificate shall have been filed for
examination, the superintendent, if the superintendent shall find after
investigation and examination of what the superintendent deems to be the
best sources of information available that the character, responsibility
and general fitness of the person or persons named in such certificate
are such as to command confidence and warrant belief that the business
of the proposed corporation or private banker will be honestly and
efficiently conducted in accordance with the intent and purpose of this
chapter, and that the public convenience and advantage will be promoted
by allowing such proposed corporation or private banker to engage in
business, shall approve such certificate. An extension of such ninety
day period may be requested, by a written request executed by a majority
of the persons from whom the superintendent received such organization
certificate or private banker's certificate, for such additional
reasonable period of time as may be required for applicants to comply
with conditions precedent stipulated by the superintendent as being a
prerequisite to his or her approval. The superintendent, in the
superintendent's sole discretion, shall determine whether to grant such
an extension.
2. The superintendent shall also endorse upon each of the duplicates
the date of such approval. The superintendent shall forthwith cause
notice of such approval to be given to the proposed incorporators or
private banker and one of the duplicate certificates shall be filed in
the office of the department and the other in the office of the clerk of
the county in which the principal office of such proposed corporation or
private banker is to be located. In a case in which a private banker
certificate is submitted to the superintendent for the purpose of
continuing the business in connection with a change in its partnership,
the superintendent shall approve the private banker certificate upon
making a determination that the private banker should be permitted to
continue its business based upon the considerations set forth in
subdivision one of this section.
3. If the superintendent is not satisfied, upon the considerations set
forth in subdivision one of this section, that such proposed corporation
or private banker should be permitted to engage in business, the
superintendent shall refuse such certificate and shall endorse thereon
the date of such refusal and return one of the duplicates to the
proposed incorporators or private banker from whom such certificate was
received.
4. The provisions of this section shall not apply to any organization
certificate required to be filed in the office of the superintendent by
section one hundred thirty-six, by section two hundred sixty-b, by
section four hundred ten, by section four hundred eleven or by section
four hundred eighty-six of this chapter.
Authorization certificate; when and to whom issued; contents;
filing and recording. 1. If the superintendent shall find that a
corporation or private banker, the certificate of which has been
approved and filed as provided in section twenty-four of this article,
has in good faith complied with all the requirements of law and
fulfilled all the conditions precedent to commencing business imposed by
this chapter, the superintendent shall, within ninety days after the
date of such approval, issue and execute under the official seal of the
department, in triplicate, an authorization certificate to the person or
persons named in such organization certificate or private banker's
certificate. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the
superintendent determines it is consistent with the declaration of
policy contained in section ten of this article, the superintendent may
extend the period within which the superintendent may issue the
authorization certificate by (i) an additional ninety days, provided,
however, that he or she shall have determined that such extension of
time is needed for raising capital, for fulfilling any other condition
precedent to the commencement of business or for satisfying any other
requirement of organization, whether imposed by statute or regulation or
otherwise, or (ii) such longer period of time as he or she shall deem
appropriate, provided, however, that he or she shall have determined
that extraordinary circumstances exist. Such authorization certificate
shall state that the corporation or private banker named therein has
complied with the provisions of this chapter and that it is authorized
to transact the business specified therein. Such authorization
certificate shall be conclusive evidence that all conditions precedent
have been fulfilled and that the corporation has been formed under this
chapter, except in an action or special proceeding brought by the
superintendent or the attorney general. The superintendent shall cause
one of the triplicate authorization certificates to be transmitted to
the corporation or private banker thereby authorized to commence
business, another to be filed in the office of the department, and the
third to be filed in the county clerk's office in which the organization
certificate or the private banker's certificate has been filed. The
copies of the authorization certificate filed in the offices of the
superintendent and the county clerk shall be attached to the copies of
the organization certificate or private banker's certificate previously
filed and such certificates shall be recorded in the records of
incorporation therein.
2. Any corporation which shall not receive an authorization
certificate within the time period provided by subdivision one of this
section shall forfeit its rights and privileges as a corporation and its
corporate powers shall cease and determine.
3. Any corporation which shall not commence business within six months
after the date on which its authorization certificate is issued by the
superintendent shall forfeit its rights and privileges as a corporation
and its corporate powers shall cease and determine unless the time
within which such business may be commenced has been extended by the
superintendent. Upon satisfactory cause being shown, the superintendent
may grant one or more extensions. Such extension shall be granted by
order executed, transmitted and filed in the manner provided for an
authorization certificate in subdivision one of this section.
* § 25-a. Authority of superintendent to file organization certificate
and issue authorization certificate under certain conditions. 1.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, the
superintendent is authorized to file and approve the organization
certificate of a bank or trust company and to issue an authorization
certificate to such bank or trust company in accordance with the
provisions of subdivision two of this section.
2. If the superintendent, after taking possession of the business and
property of any banking organization pursuant to section six hundred six
of this chapter, shall find that it is in the public interest for all or
a substantial part of the business or property of such banking
organization to be acquired by a bank or trust company to be organized
for such purpose, he may forthwith file and approve the organization
certificate of, and issue an authorization certificate to, such bank or
trust company and in connection therewith may waive any condition,
requirement or provision of articles two, three and fifteen of this
chapter, provided, however, that the superintendent shall be empowered
to impose such terms and conditions, if any, on the exercise of any
authority granted to any such bank or trust company as he may deem
appropriate to effectuate the declaration of policy contained in section
ten of this article.
* NB Expired March 31, 1982
Licenses to foreign banking corporations; renewal. Upon receipt
of an application in proper form of any foreign banking corporation for
leave to do business in this state under the provisions of article five
of this chapter, the superintendent, if he or she shall find after
investigation and examination of what he or she deems to be the best
sources of information that the character, responsibility and general
fitness of the person or persons named in such application are such as
to command confidence and warrant belief that the business of such
foreign banking corporation will be honestly and efficiently conducted
in accordance with the intent and purpose of this chapter and that the
public convenience and advantage will be promoted by granting such
foreign banking corporation leave to do business in this state, shall
execute and issue a license under the official seal of the department
authorizing such applicant to carry on such business at the place
designated in the license. Such license shall be executed in triplicate
and the superintendent shall cause one copy to be transmitted to the
applicant, another to be filed in the office of the department and the
third to be filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which the
place of business designated in such license is located. A license
issued to such foreign banking corporation pursuant to this section
shall remain in full force and effect until surrendered or revoked.
Exchange and examination of securities. 1. Any corporation,
unincorporated association, partnership or individual which shall have
deposited with the superintendent in trust any stocks or bonds in
pursuance of any requirement of this chapter, may be permitted by the
superintendent, so long as it shall continue business in the ordinary
course, from time to time to withdraw any of such stocks or bonds upon
depositing with the superintendent other stocks or bonds of the kind it
is required by this chapter to deposit with him and if the value of the
stocks or bonds so held by the superintendent exceeds the amount
required by this chapter to be so deposited, the stocks or bonds in
excess of such amount may be withdrawn without depositing others in
exchange therefor.
2. Any such corporation, unincorporated association, partnership or
individual may, at any time during ordinary business hours, examine such
stocks or bonds and compare them with the record on the books of the
department. Unless it shall deliver to the superintendent at least once
in each calendar year, a statement listing such stocks or bonds and the
amounts thereof, and stating that they are in the custody and possession
of the superintendent at the date of the statement, the state
comptroller and the superintendent shall appoint some suitable and
discreet person as agent for such corporation, unincorporated
association, partnership or individual, who shall make an examination of
such stocks or bonds. If such agent finds that the stocks or bonds held
by the superintendent agree with the records thereof on the books of the
department, he shall execute a statement in the form above described and
transmit a copy thereof to the corporation, unincorporated association,
partnership or individual in behalf of which it is made, and such
statement shall have the same force and effect as if executed by such
corporation, unincorporated association, partnership or individual.
Compensation for the services and expenses of such agent in making such
examination shall be paid as a general expense of the department.
Change of location; change of designation of principal office;
approval or refusal; certificate. Upon receipt by the superintendent of
a written application in proper form from any banking organization or
foreign corporation for leave to change its place or one of its places
of business to another place or from any banking organization for leave
to change the designation of its principal office to a branch office and
to change the designation of one of its branch offices to its principal
office, the superintendent shall, if he or she shall be satisfied that
such change may be permitted under the terms of this chapter and that
there is no reasonable objection to such change, execute and issue a
certificate under the official seal of the department authorizing such
change and specifying the date on or after which such change may be
made, and shall cause the original of such certificate to be transmitted
to the applicant, a copy to be filed in the office of the department and
a copy to be filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which the
principal office of the applicant is located, provided that if the
proposed principal office is in a different county than the county in
which the principal office is located at the time of the filing of the
application, the superintendent shall cause copies to be filed in the
offices of the clerks of both counties. If the superintendent shall be
satisfied in any case that such change is undesirable or inexpedient, he
or she shall refuse such application and notify the applicant of such
determination.
Temporary change of location; approval or refusal;
certificate. Notwithstanding any provisions of law limiting the number
of offices which may be maintained thereby, any banking organization or
foreign banking corporation may make a written application to the
superintendent for a temporary change of location of its authorized
place or one of its authorized places of business or a portion thereof
to another place within the state which shall be as near as practicable
to such authorized place of business. At the time of making the
application an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this article shall be paid to the superintendent for each
temporary location for which leave to open is sought, except where (1)
the applicant would not be required to pay an investigation fee upon the
filing of an application for a change of location under provisions of
this chapter other than this section, or (2) said application is
necessitated by damage or destruction caused by flood, tidal wave,
earthquake, conflagration, tornado, hurricane, cyclone, windstorm or
other storm or such other event as shall have been declared a
catastrophe by the superintendent. If there is no reasonable objection
to such change, and if the superintendent finds that such change is
necessary or desirable during a period of construction, repair,
alteration, improvement, or reconstruction of the previously authorized
place of business, he or she shall issue a certificate under his or her
hand and the official seal of the department authorizing each such
change and specifying (a) the period during which such temporary
location may be maintained, (b) the date on or after which such change
may be made, and (c) the powers which may be exercised thereat. The
superintendent shall cause the original of such certificate to be
transmitted to the applicant, a copy to be filed in the office of the
department and a copy to be filed in the office of the clerk of the
county in which the principal office of the applicant is located. If the
superintendent shall be satisfied in any case that a change is
undesirable or inexpedient, he or she shall refuse such application and
notify the applicant of his or her determination. A temporary place of
business occupied pursuant to the provisions of this section shall be
closed as soon as practicable, and in no event later than the date
specified in its authorization certificate, unless the superintendent
shall have extended such time. The banking organization or corporation
shall notify the superintendent in writing prior to such closing as to
the date it intends to close the temporary place of business.
Credit needs of local communities. 1. Each banking institution
as defined in subdivision four of this section to which the Community
Reinvestment Act of 1977, United States P.L. 95-128, applies shall file
with the superintendent a copy of each report and document which it is
required to prepare for or file with one or more federal agencies
pursuant to the provisions of that law and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. Where a banking institution has filed such
reports or documents with the superintendent, an update of the reports
or documents shall be required at such time as the banking institution
requests the superintendent to take any action on any application to
which the provisions of subdivision three of this section apply.
3. (a) When taking any action on an application or notice made by a
banking institution under (i) section one hundred five, two hundred
twenty-four, two hundred forty, or three hundred ninety-six of this
chapter for a branch office, (ii) section one hundred ninety-one of this
chapter for a public accommodation office, (iii) section six hundred
one-b of this chapter for approval of a merger or purchase of assets, or
(iv) under section one hundred five-a, two hundred forty-a or three
hundred ninety-six-a of this chapter for the use or installation of an
automated teller machine, point-of-sale terminal or similar electronic
facility or on any other application or notice to which the
superintendent of financial services shall by rule or regulation make
applicable the provisions of this section, the superintendent shall take
into account, among other factors, an assessment, in writing, of the
record of performance of the banking institution in helping to meet the
credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate-income
neighborhoods and minority- and women-owned businesses, consistent with
safe and sound operation of the banking institution. Such assessment and
any written communications from the department of financial services to
a banking institution relating to such assessment shall be made
available to the public upon request, provided that nothing contained in
this subdivision shall be deemed to alter, amend or affect the
provisions of subdivision ten of section thirty-six of this chapter. In
making such assessment the superintendent shall review all reports and
documents filed with him or her pursuant to subdivision one of this
section and any signed, written comments received by the superintendent
which specifically relate to the banking institution's performance in
helping to meet the credit needs of its community. In addition, the
superintendent shall consider the following factors in assessing a
banking institution's record of performance, and include in its written
assessment required by this section the record of performance of such
banking institution as to each of the following factors:
(1) Activities conducted by the banking institution to ascertain
credit needs of its community, including the extent of the banking
institution's efforts to communicate with members of its community
regarding the credit services being provided by the banking institution;
(2) The extent of the banking institution's marketing and special
credit-related programs to make members of the community aware of the
credit services offered by the banking institution;
(3) The extent of participation by the banking institution's board of
directors or board of trustees in formulating the banking institution's
policies and reviewing its performance with respect to the purposes of
the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977;
(4) Any practices intended to discourage application for types of
credit set forth in the banking institution's Community Reinvestment Act
Statement(s);
(5) The geographic distribution of the banking institution's credit
extensions, credit applications and credit denials;
(6) Evidence of prohibited discriminatory or other illegal credit
practices;
(7) The banking institution's record of opening and closing offices
and providing services at offices;
(8) The banking institution's participation, including investments, in
local community development and redevelopment projects or programs and
in technical assistance programs for small businesses and minority- and
women-owned businesses;
(9) The banking institution's origination of residential mortgage
loans, housing rehabilitation loans, home improvement loans and small
business or small farm or minority- and women-owned business loans
within its community or the purchase of such loans originated in its
community;
(10) The banking institution's participation in
governmentally-insured, guaranteed or subsidized loan programs for
housing, small businesses or small farms;
(11) The banking institution's ability to meet various community
credit needs based on its financial condition, size, legal impediments,
local economic condition and other factors;
(11-a) The geographic distribution, availability and use of automated
teller machines, point-of-sale terminals, personal computer banking,
debit cards or similar electronic facilities or services; and any
training of customers thereon among every branch of the banking
institution, if the institution offers such services to any of its
customers; and
(12) Other factors that, in the judgment of the superintendent,
reasonably bear upon the extent to which a banking institution is
helping to meet the credit needs of its entire community, including,
without limitation, the banking institution's participation in credit
counseling services or participation in a banking development district
established pursuant to section ninety-six-d of this chapter by
establishing a branch in such district.
(b) In assessing the record of performance of a banking institution
pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this subdivision, the
superintendent may, where he or she deems it appropriate, provide for
public hearings when an objection to the banking institution's
application or notification has been submitted.
(c) An assessment of a banking institution's record of performance
under paragraph (a) of this subdivision may be the basis for denying an
application or notice under the provisions of this section.
(d) When taking any action pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
subdivision, the superintendent shall request from the applicant or
notificant banking institution and from the appropriate federal bank
regulatory authorities any documents, other than those required to be
filed with the superintendent by this section or by other applicable
statutes or regulations, which are (1) filed with the federal bank
regulatory authorities in connection with the application or notice or
(2) produced by the applicant or notificant banking institution or
others in connection with the application or notice.
4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter or other law to
the contrary, the term banking institution when used in this section
shall mean and include all banks, trust companies, savings banks,
savings and loan associations, credit unions and foreign banking
corporations incorporated, chartered, organized or licensed under the
laws of this state. In the case of a foreign banking corporation
licensed pursuant to this article and maintaining a branch in this
state, the management of the branch shall establish a committee of not
fewer than three officers to function in the role of a board of
directors for purposes of this section.
5. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to promulgate
rules and regulations effectuating the provisions of this section,
including any rules and regulations providing that the assessment of
banking institutions referred to in subdivision three of this section
shall be made on a graduated numerical basis.
6. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision or part of this
section or the application thereof to any person, firm, or corporation,
or circumstance shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction
to be invalid or unconstitutional, such judgment shall not affect,
impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be confined (i) in
its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, or part
of this section or (ii) in its application to the person, firm or
corporation, or circumstance, directly involved in the controversy in
which such judgment shall have been rendered.
Credit needs of local communities; mortgage bankers. 1. When
taking any action on an application made by a mortgage banker licensed
pursuant to section five hundred ninety-one of this chapter for a change
in control under section five hundred ninety-four-b of this chapter, or
on any other application or notice to which the superintendent of
financial services shall by rule or regulation make applicable the
provisions of this section, the superintendent shall take into account,
among other factors, an assessment, in writing, of the record of
performance of the mortgage banker in helping to meet the credit needs
of its entire community, including low and moderate income
neighborhoods, and consistent with safe and sound operation of the
mortgage banker. Such assessment and any written communications from the
department of financial services to a mortgage banker relating to such
assessment shall be made available to the public upon request, provided
that nothing contained in this subdivision shall be deemed to alter,
amend or affect the provisions of subdivision ten of section thirty-six
of this article. In making such assessment of a mortgage banker, the
superintendent shall review all reports and documents filed by the
mortgage banker pursuant to section five hundred ninety-seven of this
chapter. In addition, the superintendent shall consider the following
factors in assessing a mortgage banker's record of performance, and
include in its written assessment required by this section the record of
performance of such mortgage banker as to each of the following factors:
(a) Activities conducted by the mortgage banker to ascertain credit
needs of its community, including the extent of the mortgage banker's
efforts to communicate with members of its community regarding the
services being provided by the mortgage banker;
(b) The extent of the mortgage banker's marketing and special programs
to make members of the community aware of the services offered by the
mortgage banker;
(c) The extent of the mortgage banker's participation in community
outreach, community development or redevelopment, and educational
programs;
(d) The extent of participation by the mortgage banker's board of
directors, advisory committee, managing members or executive management
or equivalent body or person, in formulating the mortgage banker's
policies and reviewing its performance with respect to the purposes of
this section;
(e) Any practices intended to discourage application for types of
credit offered by the mortgage banker;
(f) The geographic distribution of the mortgage banker's credit
extensions, credit applications, and credit denials;
(g) Evidence of prohibited discriminatory or other illegal credit
practices;
(h) The mortgage banker's record of opening and closing offices and
providing services at offices;
(i) The mortgage banker's participation in governmentally-insured,
guaranteed or subsidized loan programs for housing;
(j) The mortgage banker's ability to meet various community credit
needs based on its financial condition, size, legal impediments, local
economic condition and other factors; and
(k) Other factors that, in the judgment of the superintendent,
reasonably bear upon the extent to which a mortgage banker is helping to
meet the credit needs of its entire community.
2. In assessing the record of performance of a mortgage banker
pursuant to the provisions of subdivision one of this section, the
superintendent may, where he or she deems it appropriate, provide for
public hearings when an objection to the mortgage banker's application
or notice has been submitted.
3. An assessment of a mortgage banker's record of performance under
subdivision one of this section may be the basis for denying an
application under the provisions of this section.
4. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter or other law to
the contrary, the term mortgage banker when used in this section shall
mean and include mortgage bankers licensed pursuant to section five
hundred ninety-one of this chapter that originate a minimum number of
loans annually, such number to be set by regulation promulgated by the
superintendent.
5. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to promulgate
rules and regulations effectuating the provisions of this section,
including any rules and regulations providing that the assessment of
mortgage bankers shall be made on a graduated numerical basis.
6. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision or part of this
section or the application thereof to any person, firm, or corporation,
or circumstance shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction
to be invalid or unconstitutional, such judgment shall not affect,
impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be confined (i) in
its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, or part
of this section or (ii) in its application to the person, firm or
corporation, or circumstance, directly involved in the controversy in
which such judgment shall have been rendered.
Branch office closings; report to and action by the
superintendent. 1. This section is intended to provide the
superintendent with detailed information concerning the planned closing
of branch offices by state-chartered banking organizations, the
availability of alternative financial services within the general area
served by such branch and the economic impact upon the community
resulting from such closing, and to provide the superintendent with
authority to conduct meetings with banking organizations and community
groups in areas where a branch closing is planned. The requirements of
this section shall not apply to the following:
(a) branch offices located outside the state of New York;
(b) a sale or other transfer of a branch office which does not result
in any material reduction in the financial services offered at such
location;
(c) the closing of a branch office acquired from a failing or failed
institution, provided that such closing occurs within one hundred eighty
days from the date of the acquisition; or
(d) the closing of a branch office when unexpected circumstances make
strict compliance impossible, provided that such determination shall be
solely within the discretion of the superintendent and provided further
that the superintendent may require the banking organization to comply
with the requirements of this section to the extent possible.
2. Every banking organization shall submit to the superintendent a
report of its planned or intended closing of a branch office, and shall
give written notice to any person who maintains a banking account
relationship with such branch office which is the subject of such
planned or intended closing, no less than ninety days nor more than one
hundred eighty days prior to the date of actual closing. The banking
organization shall post and keep posted in a conspicuous place notice of
such planned closing at such branch office, commencing on the date the
banking organization submits its report pursuant to the foregoing
provision and until the proposed closing is effected or withdrawn.
3. Such report shall be in writing and shall contain a statement of
the reasons leading to the decision to close the branch and any
statistical or other information in support thereof. Such report shall
be and remain at all times subject to the provisions of subdivision ten
of section thirty-six of this chapter. Such report shall also contain
the following information, provided that the superintendent may waive or
modify these requirements for good cause:
(a) a past (at least three years), present and projected financial
analysis of deposits at such branch (giving number of accounts and
dollar amount, profits and losses);
(b) a past (at least three years), present and projected financial
analysis of profits and losses relating to the loan activity at such
branch;
(c) a detailed map of the general area served by such branch showing
the distance and direction of all remaining state or federally chartered
institutions within such area and any licensee of the department which
provides financial services of any kind; and
(d) a description of any planned limited or full service banking
facility to be opened within such area by either the reporting banking
organization or, if known, to the reporting banking organization, by any
other banking institution.
4. The superintendent shall make a finding as to whether or not the
proposed branch closing will result in a significant reduction of
financial services in the community to be affected. Such finding shall
be made public. If the superintendent finds that the availability of
financial services in a particular geographic area or community will be
significantly reduced by the closing of a particular branch office, he
or she shall conduct such meetings with banking organizations and
community leaders as are necessary, in his or her judgment, to explore
the feasibility of replacing such branch with other adequate banking
facilities.
5. In this section:
(a) "banking organization" includes each bank, trust company, savings
bank, and savings and loan association as those terms are defined in
section two of this chapter and each out-of-state state bank authorized
to operate and maintain a branch pursuant to article five-C of this
chapter;
(b) "branch office", "branch", or "office" shall not include
electronic facilities as defined by general regulation of the
superintendent of financial services, but shall include a public
accommodation office;
(c) "financial services" includes demand and time deposit accounts,
check cashing services, deposit and withdrawal transactions, sale of
bank or travellers checks and money orders, processing loan
applications, acceptance of loan repayments, and any related services;
and
(d) "facility" and "facilities" includes any building, structure,
vehicle, unit, machine, or device, permanent or temporary, mobile or
stationary, which provides or dispenses financial services of any kind
or description.
6. No provision of this section or any rule or regulation adopted
pursuant thereto shall be deemed or construed as impairing the ability
of any banking organization to close any branch office after complying
with the provisions of subdivision two of this section.
Branch offices; public accommodation offices; approval or
refusal; certificate; investigation fee. When a banking organization
seeks to open a branch office or public accommodation office, it shall
submit a written application to the superintendent. The application
shall contain such information as the superintendent deems necessary. At
the time of making such application, an investigation fee as prescribed
pursuant to section eighteen-a of this article shall be paid to the
superintendent for each branch office or public accommodation office for
which leave to open is sought. If the superintendent finds that the
opening of the branch office or public accommodation office is
consistent with the declaration of policy set forth in section ten of
this article and that the applicant is in compliance with section
twenty-eight-b of this article, he or she shall issue a certificate in
triplicate under his or her hand and the official seal of the department
authorizing the opening and occupation of such branch office or public
accommodation office and specifying the date on or after which and the
conditions under which it may be opened and the place where it shall be
located. The superintendent shall cause one of such triplicate
certificates to be transmitted to the applicant, another to be filed in
the office of the department and the third to be filed in the office of
the clerk of the county in which the principal office of the applicant
is located. If the superintendent shall not find that the opening of the
branch or public accommodation office is consistent with the declaration
of policy set forth in section ten of this article or that the applicant
is in compliance with section twenty-eight-b of this article, he or she
shall notify the applicant that the application has been denied.
No investigation fee for branch applications shall be collected from
applicants if such branch applications are filed in conjunction with
proceedings under section one hundred thirty-six, four hundred ten or
subdivision eight of section six hundred five of this chapter.
Unclaimed amounts; deposit by superintendent in trust;
preference; release of debtor. 1. After the completion of the voluntary
or involuntary liquidation of the business and property of any banking
organization or of the business and property in this state of any
foreign banking corporation, the superintendent may take and hold as
trustee for the owners thereof any amounts which remain due to and
unclaimed by any creditor, depositor, stockholder, shareholder, bailor
or depositor of property for hire or otherwise, or lessee of any safe,
vault or box. Whenever such amounts are received by the superintendent
and he is not in possession of the business and property of such banking
organization or corporation, he shall give his receipt for such amounts
and shall forthwith deposit them in one or more banks, trust companies,
or savings banks, to the credit of the superintendent of financial
services in trust for the persons entitled thereto. In a liquidation by
the superintendent he shall deposit such amounts in like manner at the
times provided in article thirteen of this chapter.
2. All such deposits by the superintendent shall be entitled to
priority of payment in case of the insolvency or voluntary or
involuntary liquidation of the depositary on an equality with any other
priority given by this chapter.
3. The superintendent shall before the close of each fiscal year pay
into the state treasury all interest received by him on such unclaimed
amounts since the last such payment.
4. Any banking organization or foreign banking corporation with
respect to which the superintendent has received unclaimed amounts as
trustee for the owners thereof pursuant to the provisions of this
section shall, from and after the date when such amounts are so
received, be relieved and held harmless from any and all liability for
any claim or claims which exist at such time with respect to such
unclaimed amounts, or which may thereafter be made or may come into
existence on account of or in respect of any such unclaimed amounts, and
no action shall be maintained against such banking organization or
corporation or any officer, partner, agent, employee, attorney,
shareholder or stockholder thereof for the recovery of any such
unclaimed amounts, or for interest thereon subsequent to the date of
receipt by the superintendent or for damages alleged to have resulted
from the payment thereof to the superintendent.
Index of persons entitled to unclaimed amounts; payment to
persons entitled; deduction of service charge. An index shall be kept in
the office of the department of the names of all persons for whom the
superintendent holds in trust any unclaimed amounts. The superintendent
may pay over any such amount which he holds in trust amounting to over
three dollars to any person who shall show by evidence satisfactory to
the superintendent that he is lawfully entitled to receive it. In cases
of doubt or conflicting claims, he may require of the claimant an order
of the supreme court authorizing and directing the payment thereof. The
superintendent shall be held harmless and shall not be liable to any
subsequent claimant for any payment made by him in good faith. The
superintendent shall deduct from the amount of any claim of fifty
dollars or more allowed by him or ordered by the court to be paid a
service charge of one percentum of the amount thereof, but in no event
less than one dollar and, in addition, any costs, disbursements and
legal fees which the court may allow. The amount so deducted shall be
paid into the state treasury in accordance with the provisions of
section seventeen of this chapter.
Insurance of deposits and share accounts.
1. Within one year from the date this section shall have become law,
every bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association
and credit union shall obtain insurance of deposits and share accounts,
as the case may be:
(a) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, in the case of a
bank, trust company, savings bank or savings and loan association;
(b) from the Administrator of the National Credit Union
Administration, in the case of a credit union; or
(c) in the case of any such banking organization, from any other
insurer upon such terms and conditions as the superintendent shall
approve.
2. No banking organization whose deposit or share accounts are so
insured shall hereafter voluntarily terminate such insured status.
3. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the
superintendent shall have the power to promulgate such regulations as
the superintendent deems necessary and proper (a) to implement and
define the provisions of this section, (b) to exempt from the
requirements of this section any banking organization which does not
receive deposits or share accounts from the general public, and (c) for
good cause shown, to extend for up to two years the period within which
any banking organization must comply with the requirements of
subdivision one of this section.
Reserve depositaries. The superintendent shall, in his
discretion, upon the nomination of any bank, trust company, industrial
bank, foreign banking corporation authorized to maintain a branch or
branches in this state or private banker, designate as a depositary for
its reserves on deposit a bank, trust company, private banker or
national bank located in this state, or a banking corporation located
elsewhere in the United States if such banking corporation shall make
such reports as the superintendent may prescribe and shall submit to
such examinations as he may deem necessary. No such bank, trust
company, private banker, national bank or banking corporation may be a
depositary of any such reserves unless it shall have a combined capital
and surplus of at least
(1) One million dollars, if located in a borough in this state which
has a population of one million five hundred thousand or over;
(2) Seven hundred and fifty thousand dollars, if located in a borough
in this state which has a population of one million or over and less
than one million five hundred thousand or in a city in this state not
divided into boroughs which has a population of four hundred thousand or
over;
(3) Five hundred thousand dollars, if located elsewhere in this state;
(4) Two million dollars, if located outside this state.
No bank, trust company, private banker or national bank located in a
borough having a population of one million five hundred thousand or over
which does not have a combined capital and surplus of at least two
million dollars, may be a depositary for such reserves unless it shall
have a combined capital and surplus greater than the combined capital
and surplus of the bank, trust company, industrial bank, foreign banking
corporation authorized to maintain a branch or branches in this state or
private banker depositing such reserves.
Superintendent as attorney to accept service of process.
Whenever pursuant to any provision of this chapter, the superintendent
shall have been duly appointed attorney to receive service of process
for any individual, partnership, unincorporated association or
corporation, such service shall be made by personally delivering
duplicate copies of the process to and leaving them with the
superintendent or any deputy superintendent. Service of process so made
shall be deemed to have been made within the territorial jurisdiction of
any court in this state. The superintendent or deputy superintendent
shall forthwith forward by mail, postage prepaid, a copy of every
process served upon him in accordance with this section, directed to the
person last designated by such individual, partnership, unincorporated
association or corporation in accordance with the provisions of this
chapter to receive such process on his or its behalf. For each service
of process upon the superintendent or a deputy, he shall collect the sum
of two dollars, which shall be paid by the plaintiff or moving party at
the time of such service. The term process when used in this section,
includes any writ, summons, petition or order whereby any suit, action
or proceeding shall be commenced.
Information pamphlet for residential mortgage applicants. 1. The
superintendent shall develop a pamphlet known as "what mortgage
applicants need to know" and post such pamphlet on the department's web
site. Such pamphlet shall be posted and printed in the six most common
non-English languages spoken by individuals with limited-English
proficiency in New York state as based on the most recent census. The
department will notify mortgage bankers and banking organizations when
the pamphlet is posted on the department's web site and when any changes
to the pamphlet are made. A copy of such pamphlet shall be provided by
mortgage bankers and other banking organizations to each person applying
for a loan secured by a mortgage upon residential real estate in
accordance with the timing requirements under 12 CFR §
1026.19(e)(1)(iii). A mortgage banker or banking organization may
provide the applicant with the pamphlet via electronic communications,
including but not limited to, electronic mail or a hyperlink to the
pamphlet posted on the department's web site.
2. The pamphlet developed pursuant to this section shall be
substantially in the following form, along with other information added
at the discretion of the superintendent:
""WHAT MORTGAGE APPLICANTS NEED TO KNOW"
As an applicant for a residential mortgage you have the right to:
1. Compare and negotiate the charges of different mortgage brokers and
lenders to obtain the best loan possible.
2. Ask your mortgage broker to explain such person's responsibilities
within the mortgage lending process.
3. Know how much the mortgage broker is compensated by you and the
lender for your loan.
4. A clear and truthful explanation of the terms and conditions of the
loan.
5. Know if the loan being offered is a fixed or adjustable rate
mortgage loan, whether the loan can be transferred or refinanced, know
the exact amount of your monthly loan payments, including any projected
escrow payments, know the final annual percentage rate (APR) and the
amount of regular payments at the loan's closing.
6. Ask for an estimate detailing all loan and settlement charges
before you agree to the loan and pay any fees, including without
limitation loan application fees, title search and insurance fees,
lender's attorney fees, property appraisal charges, inspections,
recording fees, late payment fees, transfer taxes, point and origination
fees, escrow account balances, which services a loan applicant can shop
for and which they cannot, and you are entitled to receive such estimate
within three business days of applying for a loan.
7. Obtain credit counseling before closing a loan.
8. Decide whether or not to finance any portion of the points or fees.
9. Refuse to purchase credit insurance for any mortgage loan.
10. Have your property appraised by an independent licensed
professional and to receive a copy of the appraisal.
11. Not be subject to deceptive marketing practices.
12. Ask for the consumer financial protection bureau's booklet "Your
home loan toolkit".
13. Receive the following documents, and every document otherwise
required to be given to you at closing under federal and New York state
law:
a. Loan estimate or good faith estimate depending on the loan you are
applying for.
b. Closing disclosure.
14. Know what deposits and fees are not refundable if you decide to
cancel the loan agreement.
15. Receive in writing the reason for the denial or conditional
approval of your loan application.
16. If refinancing, you may cancel a loan within three days of the
closing by providing written notification of cancellation to the
licensed lender or banking institution.
17. Receive the closing disclosure three days before the closing takes
place.
18. Have any lending disputes resolved in a fair and equitable manner.
19. A credit decision that is not based upon your race, color,
national origin, religion, sex, family status, sexual orientation,
disability or whether any income is from public assistance.
20. File a complaint with the department or the Consumer Financial
Protection Bureau if you believe that a mortgage broker or any other
entity licensed by the department or the Consumer Financial Protection
Bureau has violated any rules, regulations or laws which govern such
person's conduct in working with you to get or process a mortgage loan.
21. File a complaint with the New York state department of state or
the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau if you believe that a real
estate broker has violated any rules, regulations or laws which govern
such person's conduct in working with you to purchase a home."
3. The superintendent may modify the language of the pamphlet to
ensure that the pamphlet is accurate and consistent with applicable law.
Examinations; right of inspection; penalties for refusing to
permit examination. * 1. The superintendent shall have the power to
examine every banking organization, every bank holding company and any
non-banking subsidiary thereof (as such terms "bank holding company" and
"non-banking subsidiary" are defined in article three-A of this chapter)
and every licensed lender at any time prior to its dissolution whenever
in his judgment such examination is necessary or advisable.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 1. The superintendent shall have the power to examine every banking
organization, every bank holding company and any non-banking subsidiary
thereof (as such terms "bank holding company" and "non-banking
subsidiary" are defined in article three-A of this chapter) and every
licensed lender and licensed buy-now-pay-later lender at any time prior
to its dissolution whenever in the superintendent's judgment such
examination is necessary or advisable.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
2. At least once in each calendar year upon such date or dates within
each such period as in his or her discretion he or she deems proper, the
superintendent shall cause every banking organization to be examined;
provided, however, that:
(a) the provisions of this subdivision shall not be applicable to an
investment company unless (i) such investment company has been
authorized by the superintendent of financial services to receive
deposits, in accordance with the terms of subdivision three of section
five hundred eight of this chapter, (ii) a bank or trust company, or any
two or more of such organizations, shall own an aggregate of twenty-five
per centum or more of the capital stock of such investment company, or
(iii) such investment company is a corporation which, under the terms of
subdivision six of this section, is deemed for the purposes of this
section to be a corporation affiliated with a corporate banking
organization, and
(b) the superintendent may extend the examination interval from at
least once in each calendar year to at least once in each eighteen month
period if the banking organization to be examined:
(1) has total assets of less than one billion dollars;
(2) is well-capitalized, which for purposes of this paragraph is
defined as having capital which significantly exceeds the required
minimum level for each relevant capital measure or as having such
capital as the superintendent shall otherwise define by regulation;
(3) at its most recent examination, was found to be well-managed and
its composite condition was found to be outstanding or good;
(4) is not currently subject to a formal enforcement proceeding or
order by the superintendent, the federal deposit insurance corporation
or any other federal banking agency; and
(5) has not been acquired by any person during the twelve month period
in which an examination would be required but for this paragraph, and
(c) the superintendent may modify the examination intervals as
prescribed by this subdivision to the extent the superintendent deems
appropriate, in his or her sole discretion, in order to obtain the
efficient use of the personal and nonpersonal resources of the
department by maximizing coordination with identical or parallel
examinations having differing or varying intervals performed by federal
banking regulators, whether such examinations are performed in
conjunction with the department or on an alternating schedule with such
federal banking regulators; provided, that nothing in this paragraph
shall be deemed in any manner to lessen or modify the requirement
imposed pursuant to section ten of this article.
3. On every such examination of any banking organization inquiry shall
be made as to (a) its financial condition, (b) the security afforded to
those by whom its engagements are held, (c) the policies of its
management, (d) whether the requirements of law have been complied with
in the administration of its affairs, and (e) such other matters as the
superintendent may prescribe. Examination of a licensed lender shall be
made only for the purposes set forth in section three hundred
forty-eight of this chapter.
4. The superintendent shall also have power at any time to examine
every agency, branch or office located in this state of any foreign
banking corporation, including, but not limited to, all of the books,
accounts or records of every agency, branch or office located in this
state of such foreign banking corporation as well as all of the books,
accounts or records maintained in this state of any agency, branch or
office not located in this state of such foreign banking corporation for
the purpose of ascertaining whether it has violated any law and for any
other purpose.
5. The superintendent shall have the power to make such special
investigations as he shall deem necessary to determine whether any
individual, partnership, unincorporated association or corporation has
violated any of the provisions of this chapter; and to the extent
necessary for this purpose the superintendent shall have the power to
examine all relevant books, records, accounts and documents.
6. For the purpose of determining the financial condition of a banking
organization, the superintendent shall have the power, when in his or
her judgment it is necessary or advisable, to examine corporations or
any other entity affiliated with any such banking organization. The
following are deemed for the purposes of this section to be corporations
or other entities affiliated with a banking organization:
(a) (i) Any corporation or other entity, the capital stock of which
such banking organization directly or indirectly, or through a
subsidiary or subsidiaries, owns or controls ten per centum or more of
the voting shares of such corporation or other entity; or (ii) any
corporation or other entity the election of a majority of the board of
directors of which is in any manner directly or indirectly controlled by
such banking organization; or (iii) any corporation or other entity the
management or policies over which the banking organization has the
power, directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence, as
determined by the superintendent; provided, however, the foregoing
definition of affiliate corporations and other entities shall not apply
to small business investment companies as defined in and operating
pursuant to the provisions of an act of congress entitled "Small
Business Investment Act of 1958," and such companies shall be deemed to
be corporations affiliated with the banking organization for the
purposes of this subdivision, if such banking organization directly or
indirectly owns or controls twenty-five per centum or more of the voting
shares or more than twenty-five per centum of the shares voted for the
election of directors at the preceding annual meeting of such small
business investment company; or any such small business investment
company the election of at least twenty-five per centum of the board of
directors of which is in any other manner directly or indirectly
controlled by such banking organization; or
(b) Any corporation or other entity which directly or indirectly, or
through a subsidiary or subsidiaries, owns or controls ten per centum or
more of the voting shares of capital stock of such banking organization;
or any corporation or other entity which in any manner directly or
indirectly controls the election of a majority of the board of directors
of such banking organization; or with respect to the management or
policies of such banking organization has the power, directly or
indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence, as determined by the
superintendent.
6-a. (a) For the purposes of determining the financial condition of a
banking organization, the superintendent shall have the power, when in
his or her judgment it is necessary or advisable, to examine a
non-banking subsidiary of a corporation or other entity which
corporation or other entity, pursuant to paragraph (b) of subdivision
six of this section, is deemed to be an affiliate of a banking
organization.
(b) For the purposes of this subdivision, a "subsidiary" of such
affiliated corporation or other entity shall mean:
(1) Any corporation or other entity ten per centum or more of whose
voting stock is directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or
subsidiaries, owned, controlled, or held with power to vote, by an
affiliated corporation or other entity; or (2) any corporation or other
entity, the election of a majority of whose directors is controlled in
any manner by an affiliated corporation or other entity; or (3) any
corporation or other entity, ten per centum or more of whose voting
stock is directly or indirectly owned, controlled, or held with power to
vote, by a trustee or trustees for the benefit of the stockholders or
members of an affiliated corporation or other entity; or (4) any
corporation or other entity, at least ten per centum of the voting stock
of which is directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or
subsidiaries, owned, controlled or held with power to vote by a
combination of an affiliated corporation or other entity and by a
trustee or trustees for the benefit of the stockholders or members of
such affiliated corporation or other entity; or (5) any entity,
corporate or unincorporated, with respect to the management or policies
of which such affiliated corporation or other entity has the power,
directly or indirectly, to exercise a controlling influence, as
determined by the superintendent, after notice and opportunity for a
hearing. For the purposes of this subdivision, voting stock shall not be
deemed to include voting stock owned by the United States or by any
corporation wholly owned by the United States.
(c) A "non-banking subsidiary" for the purposes of this subdivision
means one which is not a banking organization or which is not engaged in
the banking business as defined in subdivision one of section one
hundred thirty-one of this chapter.
(d) The superintendent may use the reports of regulatory agencies of
this state, of other states, of any foreign government, and of federal
regulatory agencies in making such examinations or in conjunction with
such examination. All regulatory agencies of this state, shall upon
request of the superintendent, furnish or make available to him or her
reports of examination made by them of any such non-banking subsidiary.
6-b. For purposes of subdivisions six and six-a of this section, any
references contained therein to "voting stock" or "voting shares" shall
be deemed to include any ownership interest with respect to any entity
other than a corporation, any references to "stockholders" or
"shareholders" shall include persons or entities who have an equity
interest in any entity other than a corporation, and any references to
"board of directors" shall be deemed to mean the governing body with
respect to any entity other than a corporation.
7. The superintendent may cause any corporation, association or
partnership having business transactions or relations with any corporate
banking organization to be examined if such examination is found by a
justice of the supreme court, on application of the superintendent and
on notice to such company, to be necessary or expedient in order to
ascertain whether the capital stock of such corporate banking
organization is impaired or whether safety of depositors with it has
been imperilled.
8. Examinations may be made and inquiries instituted or continued in
the discretion of the superintendent after he has taken possession of
the property and business of any banking organization or after it has
entered upon voluntary dissolution until it shall resume business or its
affairs shall be finally liquidated.
9. Any individual, partnership, unincorporated association or
corporation, or any other entity, which refuses to permit examination or
investigation in accordance with the terms of this section shall forfeit
to the people of the state an amount as determined pursuant to section
forty-four of this chapter for every day such refusal continues.
* 10. All reports of examinations and investigations, correspondence
and memoranda concerning or arising out of such examination and
investigations, including any duly authenticated copy or copies thereof
in the possession of any banking organization, bank holding company or
any subsidiary thereof (as such terms "bank holding company" and
"subsidiary" are defined in article three-A of this chapter), any
corporation or any other entity affiliated with a banking organization
within the meaning of subdivision six of this section and any
non-banking subsidiary of a corporation or any other entity which is an
affiliate of a banking organization within the meaning of subdivision
six-a of this section, foreign banking corporation, licensed lender,
licensed casher of checks, licensed mortgage banker, registered mortgage
broker, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed sales finance
company, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed student loan
servicer, licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed
transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, any other person or
entity subject to supervision under this chapter, or the department,
shall be confidential communications, shall not be subject to subpoena
and shall not be made public unless, in the judgment of the
superintendent, the ends of justice and the public advantage will be
subserved by the publication thereof, in which event the superintendent
may publish or authorize the publication of a copy of any such report or
any part thereof in such manner as may be deemed proper or unless such
laws specifically authorize such disclosure. For the purposes of this
subdivision, "reports of examinations and investigations, and any
correspondence and memoranda concerning or arising out of such
examinations and investigations", includes any such materials of a bank,
insurance or securities regulatory agency or any unit of the federal
government or that of this state any other state or that of any foreign
government which are considered confidential by such agency or unit and
which are in the possession of the department or which are otherwise
confidential materials that have been shared by the department with any
such agency or unit and are in the possession of such agency or unit.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 10. All reports of examinations and investigations, correspondence
and memoranda concerning or arising out of such examination and
investigations, including any duly authenticated copy or copies thereof
in the possession of any banking organization, bank holding company or
any subsidiary thereof (as such terms "bank holding company" and
"subsidiary" are defined in article three-A of this chapter), any
corporation or any other entity affiliated with a banking organization
within the meaning of subdivision six of this section and any
non-banking subsidiary of a corporation or any other entity which is an
affiliate of a banking organization within the meaning of subdivision
six-a of this section, foreign banking corporation, licensed lender,
licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed
mortgage banker, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage loan
originator, licensed sales finance company, registered mortgage loan
servicer, licensed student loan servicer, licensed insurance premium
finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner,
any other person or entity subject to supervision under this chapter, or
the department, shall be confidential communications, shall not be
subject to subpoena and shall not be made public unless, in the judgment
of the superintendent, the ends of justice and the public advantage will
be subserved by the publication thereof, in which event the
superintendent may publish or authorize the publication of a copy of any
such report or any part thereof in such manner as may be deemed proper
or unless such laws specifically authorize such disclosure. For the
purposes of this subdivision, "reports of examinations and
investigations, and any correspondence and memoranda concerning or
arising out of such examinations and investigations", includes any such
materials of a bank, insurance or securities regulatory agency or any
unit of the federal government or that of this state any other state or
that of any foreign government which are considered confidential by such
agency or unit and which are in the possession of the department or
which are otherwise confidential materials that have been shared by the
department with any such agency or unit and are in the possession of
such agency or unit.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
Reports of lending by banking organizations. The
superintendent may require every banking organization to submit from
time to time data on its mortgage loans, home improvement loans, or
other loans and data on its deposits.
Preservation of books and records. When any provision of this
chapter or any rule or regulation adopted pursuant thereto requires that
books and records be preserved, such requirement may be satisfied by
maintenance of original papers or other records, photographic
reproductions, or records stored in electronic storage media. As used in
this chapter, "electronic storage media" means any digital storage
medium or system that meets the following conditions:
1. It must preserve the records exclusively in non-rewritable,
non-erasable format;
2. It must verify automatically the quality and accuracy of the
storage media recording process;
3. It must have the capacity to readily download indexes, metadata and
records preserved on the electronic storage media to any medium
acceptable to the superintendent; and
4. It must be immediately readable on equipment at all times available
to the superintendent for examination of such records.
Reports to superintendent. 1. The superintendent shall at least
two times in each year designate a past day as of which every bank,
trust company, private banker and, in the discretion of the
superintendent, a bank holding company and any non-banking subsidiary
thereof shall render a periodical report of condition to him. He shall
deliver or mail a notice designating such day to such bank, trust
company, private banker, bank holding company or any non-banking
subsidiary thereof at its principal office.
* 3. In addition to any reports expressly required by this chapter to
be made, the superintendent may require any banking organization,
licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed mortgage banker,
foreign banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to do
business in this state, bank holding company and any non-banking
subsidiary thereof, corporate affiliate of a corporate banking
organization within the meaning of subdivision six of section thirty-six
of this article and any non-banking subsidiary of a corporation which is
an affiliate of a corporate banking organization within the meaning of
subdivision six-a of section thirty-six of this article to make special
reports to him at such times as he may prescribe.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 3. In addition to any reports expressly required by this chapter to
be made, the superintendent may require any banking organization,
licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of
checks, licensed mortgage banker, foreign banking corporation licensed
by the superintendent to do business in this state, bank holding company
and any non-banking subsidiary thereof, corporate affiliate of a
corporate banking organization within the meaning of subdivision six of
section thirty-six of this article and any non-banking subsidiary of a
corporation which is an affiliate of a corporate banking organization
within the meaning of subdivision six-a of section thirty-six of this
article to make special reports to the superintendent at such times as
the superintendent may prescribe.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
4. The superintendent, except as otherwise expressly provided in this
chapter, may prescribe the form and contents of all periodical and all
special reports.
* 5. The superintendent may extend at his discretion the time within
which a banking organization, foreign banking corporation licensed by
the superintendent to do business in this state, bank holding company or
any non-banking subsidiary thereof, licensed casher of checks, licensed
mortgage banker, private banker or licensed lender is required to make
and file any report to the superintendent.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 5. The superintendent may extend at the superintendent's discretion
the time within which a banking organization, foreign banking
corporation licensed by the superintendent to do business in this state,
bank holding company or any non-banking subsidiary thereof, licensed
casher of checks, licensed mortgage banker, private banker, licensed
buy-now-pay-later lender or licensed lender is required to make and file
any report to the superintendent.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
6. For purposes of this section thirty-seven the terms "bank holding
company" and "non-banking subsidiary" shall be defined as such terms are
defined in article three-A of this chapter.
Submission of annual reports by the Holocaust claims
processing office. The superintendent shall report annually to the
governor, the temporary president of the senate, the speaker of the
assembly, the chairs of the senate standing committees on finance and
banks, and the chairs of the assembly standing committees on ways and
means and banks on the fifteenth of January of each year, a statement of
condition with respect to the purpose, policies and activities of the
Holocaust claims processing office. Such report shall include the
following information:
1. such offices' operations and accomplishments; and
2. a schedule of expenses including, but not limited to personal
service costs, nonpersonal service costs and expenses related to the
recovery of properties belonging to Holocaust victim survivors.
Power of subpoena. 1. The superintendent shall have power at all
times, either personally or by his deputies, including special deputy
superintendents, or examiners, to subpoena witnesses, to compel their
attendance, to administer an oath, to examine any person under oath and
to require the production of any relevant books or papers. Such
examination may be conducted on any subject relating to the duties
imposed upon, or the powers vested in, the superintendent under the
provisions of this chapter. Any corporation, association, partnership or
individual which fails to obey the command of a subpoena without
reasonable excuse or refuses, without reasonable cause, to be sworn or
to be examined or to answer a question or to produce a book or paper
when ordered so to do by the officer duly conducting such inquiry, or
fails to perform any act required hereunder to be performed, shall be
guilty of a misdemeanor and shall also be subject to the compulsions
provided by the civil practice law and rules. Any officer participating
in such inquiry and any person examined as a witness upon such inquiry
who shall disclose to any person other than the superintendent the name
of any witness examined or any other information obtained upon such
inquiry, except as directed by the superintendent, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor.
2. In any such investigation before the superintendent or before his
deputy or any other officer duly designated by him to conduct such
investigation, the superintendent or such deputy or officer may confer
immunity in accordance with the provisions of section 50.20 of the
criminal procedure law.
* § 39. Orders of superintendent. 1. To appear and explain an apparent
violation. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that any
banking organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker,
licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered
mortgage loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed
lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company,
licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of
money, licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a
branch or branches or representative or other offices in this state, or
foreign banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to do
business or maintain a representative office in this state has violated
any law or regulation, he or she may, in his or her discretion, issue an
order describing such apparent violation and requiring such banking
organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed
mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan
originator, licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales
finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed
transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank
that maintains a branch or branches or representative or other offices
in this state, or foreign banking corporation to appear before him or
her, at a time and place fixed in said order, to present an explanation
of such apparent violation.
2. To discontinue unauthorized or unsafe and unsound practices.
Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that any banking
organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed
mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage
loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed lender,
licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed
insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money,
licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch
or branches or representative or other offices in this state, or foreign
banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to do business in
this state is conducting business in an unauthorized or unsafe and
unsound manner, he or she may, in his or her discretion, issue an order
directing the discontinuance of such unauthorized or unsafe and unsound
practices, and fixing a time and place at which such banking
organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed
mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage
loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed lender,
licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed
insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money,
licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch
or branches or representative or other offices in this state, or foreign
banking corporation may voluntarily appear before him or her to present
any explanation in defense of the practices directed in said order to be
discontinued.
3. To make good impairment of capital or to ensure compliance with
financial requirements. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent
that the capital or capital stock of any banking organization, bank
holding company or any subsidiary thereof which is organized, licensed
or registered pursuant to this chapter, is impaired, or the financial
requirements imposed by subdivision one of section two hundred two-b of
this chapter or any regulation of the superintendent on any branch or
agency of a foreign banking corporation or the financial requirements
imposed by this chapter or any regulation of the superintendent on any
licensed lender, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker,
licensed student loan servicer, licensed casher of checks, licensed
sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency,
licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner or private banker
are not satisfied, the superintendent may, in the superintendent's
discretion, issue an order directing that such banking organization,
bank holding company, branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation,
registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed student
loan servicer, licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed
sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency,
licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, or private
banker make good such deficiency forthwith or within a time specified in
such order.
4. To make good encroachments on reserves. Whenever it shall appear to
the superintendent that either the total reserves or reserves on hand of
any banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking
corporation are below the amount required by or pursuant to this chapter
or any other applicable provision of law or regulation to be maintained,
or that such banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking
corporation is not keeping its reserves on hand as required by this
chapter or any other applicable provision of law or regulation, he or
she may, in his or her discretion, issue an order directing that such
banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation
make good such reserves forthwith or within a time specified in such
order, or that it keep its reserves on hand as required by this chapter.
5. To keep books and accounts as prescribed. Whenever it shall appear
to the superintendent that any banking organization, bank holding
company, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed
student loan servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed
mortgage loan originator, licensed lender, licensed casher of checks,
licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance
agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, agency
or branch of a foreign banking corporation licensed by the
superintendent to do business in this state, does not keep its books and
accounts in such manner as to enable him or her to readily ascertain its
true condition, he or she may, in his or her discretion, issue an order
requiring such banking organization, bank holding company, registered
mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan
servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan
originator, licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales
finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed
transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, or foreign banking
corporation, or the officers or agents thereof, or any of them, to open
and keep such books or accounts as he or she may, in his or her
discretion, determine and prescribe for the purpose of keeping accurate
and convenient records of its transactions and accounts.
6. As used in this section, "bank holding company" shall have the same
meaning as that term is defined in section one hundred forty-one of this
chapter.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* § 39. Orders of superintendent. 1. To appear and explain an apparent
violation. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that any
banking organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker,
licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered
mortgage loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed
lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of checks,
licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance
agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner,
out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch or branches or
representative or other offices in this state, or foreign banking
corporation licensed by the superintendent to do business or maintain a
representative office in this state has violated any law or regulation,
the superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, issue an
order describing such apparent violation and requiring such banking
organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed
mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan
originator, licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed
casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance
premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget
planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch or branches or
representative or other offices in this state, or foreign banking
corporation to appear before the superintendent, at a time and place
fixed in said order, to present an explanation of such apparent
violation.
2. To discontinue unauthorized or unsafe and unsound practices.
Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that any banking
organization, bank holding company, registered mortgage broker, licensed
mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage
loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan originator, licensed lender,
licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed
sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance agency,
licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, out-of-state
state bank that maintains a branch or branches or representative or
other offices in this state, or foreign banking corporation licensed by
the superintendent to do business in this state is conducting business
in an unauthorized or unsafe and unsound manner, the superintendent may,
in the superintendent's discretion, issue an order directing the
discontinuance of such unauthorized or unsafe and unsound practices, and
fixing a time and place at which such banking organization, bank holding
company, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed
student loan servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed
mortgage loan originator, licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later
lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company,
licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of
money, licensed budget planner, out-of-state state bank that maintains a
branch or branches or representative or other offices in this state, or
foreign banking corporation may voluntarily appear before the
superintendent to present any explanation in defense of the practices
directed in said order to be discontinued.
3. To make good impairment of capital or to ensure compliance with
financial requirements. Whenever it shall appear to the superintendent
that the capital or capital stock of any banking organization, bank
holding company or any subsidiary thereof which is organized, licensed
or registered pursuant to this chapter, is impaired, or the financial
requirements imposed by subdivision one of section two hundred two-b of
this chapter or any regulation of the superintendent on any branch or
agency of a foreign banking corporation or the financial requirements
imposed by this chapter or any regulation of the superintendent on any
licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, registered mortgage
broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer,
licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed
insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money,
licensed budget planner or private banker are not satisfied, the
superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, issue an order
directing that such banking organization, bank holding company, branch
or agency of a foreign banking corporation, registered mortgage broker,
licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan servicer, licensed
lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of checks,
licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium finance
agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget planner, or
private banker make good such deficiency forthwith or within a time
specified in such order.
4. To make good encroachments on reserves. Whenever it shall appear to
the superintendent that either the total reserves or reserves on hand of
any banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking
corporation are below the amount required by or pursuant to this chapter
or any other applicable provision of law or regulation to be maintained,
or that such banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign banking
corporation is not keeping its reserves on hand as required by this
chapter or any other applicable provision of law or regulation, the
superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, issue an order
directing that such banking organization, branch or agency of a foreign
banking corporation make good such reserves forthwith or within a time
specified in such order, or that it keep its reserves on hand as
required by this chapter.
5. To keep books and accounts as prescribed. Whenever it shall appear
to the superintendent that any banking organization, bank holding
company, registered mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed
student loan servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed
mortgage loan originator, licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later
lender, licensed casher of checks, licensed sales finance company,
licensed insurance premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of
money, licensed budget planner, agency or branch of a foreign banking
corporation licensed by the superintendent to do business in this state,
does not keep its books and accounts in such manner as to enable the
superintendent to readily ascertain its true condition, the
superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, issue an order
requiring such banking organization, bank holding company, registered
mortgage broker, licensed mortgage banker, licensed student loan
servicer, registered mortgage loan servicer, licensed mortgage loan
originator, licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed
casher of checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance
premium finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed budget
planner, or foreign banking corporation, or the officers or agents
thereof, or any of them, to open and keep such books or accounts as the
superintendent may, in the superintendent's discretion, determine and
prescribe for the purpose of keeping accurate and convenient records of
its transactions and accounts.
6. As used in this section, "bank holding company" shall have the same
meaning as that term is defined in section one hundred forty-one of this
chapter.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
Revocation of authorization certificate or license or suspension
of activities in certain cases. 1. If the superintendent shall find that
(i) any of the reasons for taking possession of the business and
property of a banking organization or of the business and property in
this state of a foreign banking corporation enumerated in section six
hundred six of this chapter, shall exist with respect to a private
banker to which the superintendent has issued an authorization
certificate or a foreign banking corporation to which the superintendent
has issued a license or (ii) any fact or condition exists which would be
grounds for denial of an application for such a license issued to a
foreign banking corporation, as defined by the superintendent of
financial services by regulation, he may, after notice and hearing
thereon, revoke such license or authorization certificate. Notice of
such revocation, under the superintendent's hand and the official seal
of the department, shall be executed in triplicate and one copy shall be
transmitted to such private banker or foreign corporation, another shall
be filed in the office of the department and the third shall be filed in
the office of the clerk of the county in which the authorization
certificate or license of such private banker or foreign corporation has
been filed. The superintendent may, in his discretion, publish a copy of
such notice, with such other facts as he may deem proper, in the state
register.
2. If the superintendent finds that any of the grounds for revocation
described in subdivision one of this section are present with respect to
a foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to this chapter and in
addition the superintendent finds it necessary to protect the interest
of depositors or the public, the superintendent may issue, without
notice and hearing, an order suspending or otherwise limiting the
activities of the foreign banking corporation, for a period not to
exceed ninety days, pending investigation or hearing.
Removal and prohibition. 1. Grounds for enforcement action.
Whenever the superintendent has reason to believe that any director,
trustee, officer, member or partner, or, in the case of a foreign
banking corporation, the person in charge, or an officer, of a branch or
agency (for purposes of this section, each a "covered individual"), of
any bank, trust company, limited purpose trust company, private bank,
savings bank, safe deposit company, savings and loan association, credit
union, investment company, bank holding company (as such term is defined
in article three-A of this chapter), foreign banking corporation,
licensed lender, licensed casher of checks, budget planner, mortgage
banker, mortgage loan servicer, mortgage broker, licensed transmitter of
money or student loan servicer (for purposes of this section, each a
"covered entity") has, directly or indirectly: (a) caused, facilitated,
permitted or participated in any violation by a covered entity of a law
or regulation, order issued by the superintendent or any written
agreement between such covered entity or covered individual and the
superintendent; (b) engaged or participated in any unsafe or unsound
practice in connection with any covered entity; or (c) engaged or
participated in any willful material act or omitted to take any material
act that directly contributed to the failure of a covered entity; the
superintendent may bring an action to remove such covered individual
from office.
2. Notice and hearing. (a) Whenever the superintendent has reason to
believe that any grounds exist to remove a covered individual, the
superintendent may serve a statement of the charges against such covered
individual, either personally or, upon a finding that such individual
cannot be served personally within this state, by registered mail at the
last address of such individual shown on the department's records, and a
notice of an opportunity to appear before the superintendent to show
cause why such covered individual should not be removed from office. A
copy of such notice shall also be sent to any affected covered entity.
(b) If after notice and a hearing, the superintendent finds that the
covered individual has engaged in conduct described in subdivision one
of this section, or if such covered individual waives a hearing, or
fails to appear in person or by a duly authorized representative without
good cause shown at the time and place set for the hearing, the
superintendent may issue an order removing the covered individual from
office and prohibiting the covered individual's employment or the
performance of any contractual agreements with any covered entity.
(c) Such order and the findings of fact upon which it is based shall
be effective upon service on such covered individual personally or, upon
a finding that such individual cannot be served personally within this
state, by registered mail, and may not be made public or disclosed to
anyone, except as provided in subdivision ten of section thirty-six of
this article or in connection with proceedings relating to a violation
of this section. Such order shall also be served upon any affected
covered entity served with the statement of charges in the proceeding
resulting in the order. Any such order shall remain in effect, unless it
is amended or rescinded by the superintendent or a court of competent
jurisdiction, or replaced by an order issued pursuant to subdivision
three of this section.
(d) To the extent consistent with the requirements in this section, a
proceeding to remove a covered individual pursuant to this section shall
be conducted in accordance with the requirements of article three of the
financial services law and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
3. Suspension pending determination of charges. Upon, or at any time
after service of written notice pursuant to subdivision two of this
section, the superintendent may suspend, pending the determination of
the charges, a covered individual from office or prohibit such
individual from participating in any manner in the conduct of the
affairs of any covered entity for a period of up to one hundred eighty
days if the superintendent has reason to believe that by reason of the
conduct described in subdivision one of this section: (a) a covered
entity has suffered or will probably suffer financial loss that impacts
its ability to operate in a safe and sound manner; (b) the interests of
the depositors at a covered entity have been or could be prejudiced; or
(c) the covered individual demonstrates willful disregard for the safety
and soundness of a covered entity. The superintendent may extend the
suspension for additional periods of up to one hundred eighty days if
the hearing is not completed within the prior suspension period due to
the request of the covered individual.
4. Effect of order for removal or suspension. Any covered individual
subject to an order issued pursuant to this section shall be prohibited
from participating, in any manner, in the conduct of the affairs of any
covered entity unless permitted to, in writing, by the superintendent.
Any covered individual who thereafter, without permission of the
superintendent, participates in any manner in the management of a
covered entity shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
5. Manner of review. Any order issued pursuant to this section may be
reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of the civil
practice law and rules.
Official acts of superintendent and details of department
business to be made public. The superintendent shall publish and make
available to the general public at the offices of the department and
also post on the department's internet website a bulletin at noon on
Friday of each week stating the following items of general information
with regard to the work of the department since the preceding statement:
* 1. The name and the location of the principal office of every
proposed corporation, private banker, licensed lender and licensed
casher of checks, the organization certificate, private banker's
certificate or application for license of which has been filed for
examination, and the date of such filing.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 1. The name and the location of the principal office of every
proposed corporation, private banker, licensed lender, licensed
buy-now-pay-later lender and licensed casher of checks, the organization
certificate, private banker's certificate or application for license of
which has been filed for examination, and the date of such filing.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* 2. The name and location of every licensed lender and licensed
casher of checks, and the name, location, amount of capital stock or
permanent capital and amount of surplus of every corporation and private
banker and the minimum assets required of every branch of a foreign
banking corporation authorized to commence business, and the date of
authorization or licensing.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 2. The name and location of every licensed lender, licensed
buy-now-pay-later lender and licensed casher of checks, and the name,
location, amount of capital stock or permanent capital and amount of
surplus of every corporation and private banker and the minimum assets
required of every branch of a foreign banking corporation authorized to
commence business, and the date of authorization or licensing.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* 3. The name of every proposed corporation, private banker, branch of
a foreign banking corporation, licensed lender and licensed casher of
checks to which a certificate of authorization or a license has been
refused and the date of notice of refusal.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 3. The name of every proposed corporation, private banker, branch of
a foreign banking corporation, licensed lender, licensed
buy-now-pay-later lender and licensed casher of checks to which a
certificate of authorization or a license has been refused and the date
of notice of refusal.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* 4. The name and location of every private banker, licensed lender,
licensed casher of checks, sales finance company and foreign corporation
the authorization certificate or license of which has been revoked, and
the date of such revocation.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 4. The name and location of every private banker, licensed lender,
licensed casher of checks, sales finance company, licensed
buy-now-pay-later lender and foreign corporation the authorization
certificate or license of which has been revoked, and the date of such
revocation.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* 5. The name of every banking organization, licensed lender, licensed
casher of checks and foreign corporation which has applied for leave to
change its place or one of its places of business and the places from
and to which the change is proposed to be made; the name of every
banking organization which has applied to change the designation of its
principal office to a branch office and to change the designation of one
of its branch offices to its principal office, and the location of the
principal office which is proposed to be redesignated as a branch office
and of the branch office which is proposed to be redesignated as the
principal office.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 5. The name of every banking organization, licensed lender, licensed
casher of checks, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender and foreign
corporation which has applied for leave to change its place or one of
its places of business and the places from and to which the change is
proposed to be made; the name of every banking organization which has
applied to change the designation of its principal office to a branch
office and to change the designation of one of its branch offices to its
principal office, and the location of the principal office which is
proposed to be redesignated as a branch office and of the branch office
which is proposed to be redesignated as the principal office.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* 6. The name of every banking organization, licensed lender, licensed
casher of checks and foreign corporation authorized to change its place
or one of its places of business and the date when and the places from
and to which the change is authorized to be made; the name of every
banking organization authorized to change the designation of its
principal office to a branch office and to change the designation of a
branch office to its principal office, the location of the redesignated
principal office and of the redesignated branch office, and the date of
such change.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* 6. The name of every banking organization, licensed lender, licensed
casher of checks, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender and foreign
corporation authorized to change its place or one of its places of
business and the date when and the places from and to which the change
is authorized to be made; the name of every banking organization
authorized to change the designation of its principal office to a branch
office and to change the designation of a branch office to its principal
office, the location of the redesignated principal office and of the
redesignated branch office, and the date of such change.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
7. The name of every banking organization and of every foreign banking
corporation which has applied for permission to open a branch office or
a public accommodation office, the date of such application and the
location of the proposed branch or public accommodation office.
8. The name of every banking organization and of every foreign banking
corporation authorized to open a branch office or a public accommodation
office, the date of approval and the location of such office.
9. The name and location of every banking organization authorized to
increase or reduce its capital stock or permanent capital, the date of
such authorization and the amount of the increase or reduction.
10. The names and locations of all banking organizations which have
merged pursuant to the provisions of this chapter and the dates upon
which such mergers became effective.
11. The name and city or town of residence of every person, whose
compensation is to be paid upon the audit and warrant of the
comptroller, who has been appointed deputy and of every person who has
been appointed to a position in the exempt class of the classified
service as such terms are defined in the civil service law, in the
department, and the title of the position to which he or she has been
appointed and the date of appointment. Such other information as the
superintendent deems appropriate.
12. The date on which a call pursuant to section thirty-seven of this
chapter for a periodical report of condition by banks, trust companies
and private bankers was issued and the day designated as the day as of
which such reports should be made.
13. The name and location of every banking organization and branch of
a foreign banking corporation of which the superintendent has taken
possession for the purpose of liquidation, the date of taking
possession, and the name and residence of any special deputy
superintendent appointed to assist in the liquidation thereof.
14. The name and location of every banking organization of which the
superintendent has surrendered possession pursuant to the provisions of
section six hundred seven of this chapter.
15. The name and location of every corporate banking organization the
creditors and depositors of which have been paid in full by the
superintendent and a meeting of stockholders of which has been called,
and the date of notice of meeting and date of meeting.
16. The name and location of every corporate banking organization the
affairs and business of which have been finally liquidated and which has
been dissolved.
17. The name and location of every private banker the liquidation of
the affairs of which has been completed by the superintendent.
18. The name and location of every corporate banking organization
which has applied for approval of a change of name, and the name
proposed.
* 19. a. The name of every state chartered banking institution, as
defined pursuant to section twelve-a of this article, which has applied
to exercise a federally permitted power pursuant to subdivision three of
section twelve-a of this article, a description of such power and the
date of such filing.
b. The intention of the superintendent to issue an order pursuant to
subdivision four of section twelve-a of this article, which shall
include a description of the proposed federally permitted power and a
reference to the state-chartered banking institutions which shall be
permitted to exercise such power.
* NB Repealed September 10, 2029
Every such statement after having been so posted for one week shall be
placed on file and kept in the office of the department. All such
statements shall be public documents and at all reasonable times shall
be open to public inspection.
Violations; penalties. 1. * (a) Without limiting any power
granted to the superintendent under any other provision of this chapter,
the superintendent may, in a proceeding after notice and a hearing,
require any safe deposit company, licensed lender, licensed casher of
checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium
finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed mortgage banker,
licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage broker, licensed
mortgage loan originator, registered mortgage loan servicer or licensed
budget planner to pay to the people of this state a penalty for any
violation of this chapter, any regulation promulgated thereunder, any
final or temporary order issued pursuant to section thirty-nine of this
article, any condition imposed in writing by the superintendent in
connection with the grant of any application or request, or any written
agreement entered into with the superintendent.
* NB Effective until certain provisions are met (see Ch. 58 of 2025,
Part Y, § 13)
* (a) Without limiting any power granted to the superintendent under
any other provision of this chapter, the superintendent may, in a
proceeding after notice and a hearing, require any safe deposit company,
licensed lender, licensed buy-now-pay-later lender, licensed casher of
checks, licensed sales finance company, licensed insurance premium
finance agency, licensed transmitter of money, licensed mortgage banker,
licensed student loan servicer, registered mortgage broker, licensed
mortgage loan originator, registered mortgage loan servicer or licensed
budget planner to pay to the people of this state a penalty for any
violation of this chapter, any regulation promulgated thereunder, any
final or temporary order issued pursuant to section thirty-nine of this
article, any condition imposed in writing by the superintendent in
connection with the grant of any application or request, or any written
agreement entered into with the superintendent.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
(b) The penalty for each violation prescribed in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision shall not exceed two thousand five hundred dollars for each
day during which such violation continues.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this subdivision, if the
superintendent determines (i) that any such licensee, registrant or safe
deposit company has committed a violation as described in paragraph (a)
of this subdivision, or has recklessly engaged in any unsafe and unsound
practice and (ii) that such violation or practice is part of a pattern
of misconduct, results or is likely to result in more than minimal loss
to such licensee, registrant or safe deposit company, or results in
pecuniary gain or other benefit to such licensee, registrant or safe
deposit company, then the penalty shall not exceed fifteen thousand
dollars for each day during which such violation or practice continues.
(d) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b) or (c) of this subdivision, if the
superintendent determines (i) that any such licensee, registrant or safe
deposit company has knowingly and willfully committed any violation as
described in paragraph (a) of this subdivision, or has knowingly and
willfully engaged in any unsafe and unsound practice, or (ii) that any
licensee, registrant or safe deposit company has knowingly committed any
violation described in paragraph (a) of this subdivision which
substantially undermines public confidence in any such licensee,
registrant or safe deposit company or in such licensees, registrants or
safe deposit companies generally, and, in either case, (iii) that such
licensee, registrant or safe deposit company has knowingly or recklessly
incurred so substantial a loss as a result of such violation or practice
as to threaten the safety and soundness of such licensee, registrant or
safe deposit company, then the penalty shall not exceed seventy-five
thousand dollars for each day during which such violation continues.
(e) The superintendent, in determining the amount of any penalty
assessed pursuant to this subdivision, shall take into consideration the
net worth and annual business volume of such licensees, registrants or
safe deposit companies.
2. (a) Without limiting any power granted to the superintendent under
any other provision of this chapter, the superintendent may, in a
proceeding after notice and hearing, require any banking organization,
bank holding company out-of-state state bank that maintains a branch or
branches or representative or other offices in this state, or foreign
banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to maintain a branch,
agency or representative office in this state to pay to the people of
this state a penalty for any violation of this chapter, any regulation
promulgated thereunder, any final or temporary order issued pursuant to
section thirty-nine of this article, any condition imposed in writing by
the superintendent in connection with the grant of any application or
request, or any written agreement entered into with the superintendent.
For purposes of this section, any reference to a "banking organization"
shall be deemed to exclude a safe deposit company and any reference to a
"foreign bank licensee" shall be deemed to include an out-of-state state
bank that maintains a branch or branches or representative or other
offices in this state and a foreign banking corporation licensed to
maintain a branch, agency or representative office in this state.
(b) The penalty for each violation prescribed in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision shall not exceed five thousand dollars for each day during
which such violation continues.
3. Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of subdivision two of this section,
if the superintendent determines: (a) that any banking organization,
bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee has committed any
violation described in subdivision two of this section or has recklessly
engaged in any unsafe and unsound practice, and
(b) that such violation or practice is part of a pattern of
misconduct, results or is likely to result in more than minimal loss to
the banking organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank
licensee, or results in pecuniary gain or other benefit to the banking
organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee, then the
penalty shall not exceed twenty-five thousand dollars for each day
during which such violation or practice continues.
4. Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of subdivision two and subdivision
three of this section, if the superintendent determines: (a) (i) that
any banking organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee
has knowingly and willfully committed any violation described in
subdivision two of this section or has knowingly and willfully engaged
in any unsafe and unsound practice, or (ii) that any banking
organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee has
knowingly committed any violation described in subdivision two of this
section which substantially undermines public confidence in any such
banking organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee or
in banking organizations, bank holding companies, or foreign bank
licensees generally, and, in either case, (b) that the banking
organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank licensee has
knowingly or recklessly incurred so substantial a loss as a result of
such violation or practice as to threaten the safety and soundness of
such banking organization, bank holding company, or foreign bank
licensee, then the penalty shall not exceed the lesser of (i) two
hundred fifty thousand dollars or (ii) one percent of the total assets
of such banking organization, or one percent of the total assets of the
banking subsidiaries, as such term is defined pursuant to section one
hundred forty-one of this chapter, of such bank holding company, or one
percent of the total assets in this state of such foreign bank licensee,
as applicable, for each day during which such violation or practice
continues.
5. In assessing any penalty against any entity listed in paragraph (a)
of subdivision one or paragraph (a) of subdivision two of this section,
the superintendent shall take into account, without limitation, factors
including: (a) the extent, if any, to which senior management or board
directors or trustees participated therein, (b) the extent to which the
entity has cooperated with the superintendent in the investigation of
such conduct, (c) any sanction imposed by any other regulatory agency,
(d) the financial resources and good faith of the entity, (e) the
gravity of the violation, (f) any history of prior violations, and (g)
such other matters as justice and the public interest may require.
6. Whenever the superintendent shall require the payment of such
penalty by any such entity, he shall forthwith execute in duplicate a
written order to that effect. On the date such order is executed, the
superintendent shall file one copy of such order in the office of the
department and serve the second copy upon such entity either personally
or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, directed
to the entity's principal place of business or, in the case of a
licensee or registrant, its last known address of record. Such order may
be reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of the civil
practice law and rules. Such special proceeding for review as authorized
by this section must be commenced within thirty days from the service of
such order.
7. The superintendent may compromise, modify, or remit any penalty
which he or she may assess or had already assessed under this section.
8. The superintendent may prescribe regulations to carry out the
provisions and purposes of this section.
9. As used in this section, "bank holding company" shall have the same
meaning as that term is defined in subdivision six of section
thirty-nine of this article.
Violations and penalties; failure to make reports. 1.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter to the contrary:
a. any person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated or
otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter, or an out-of-state state
bank, that inadvertently or unintentionally: (i) fails to make any
report required by the superintendent pursuant to this chapter, on or
before the day designated for the making thereof; (ii) fails to include
within such report any prescribed matter; or (iii) submits false or
misleading information therein, shall, after notice and hearing, forfeit
to the people of the state not more than two thousand dollars for each
day during which such report or omitted matter is delayed or withheld or
such false or misleading information is not corrected, unless the time
therefor shall have been extended by the superintendent, for good cause
shown, in his or her sole discretion;
b. notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph a of this subdivision
any person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated or otherwise
formed pursuant to this chapter, or an out-of-state state bank, that
demonstrates by any pattern of behavior or other action that any of its
failures as described in paragraph a of this subdivision were not
inadvertent or unintentional shall, after notice and hearing, forfeit to
the people of the state not more than twenty thousand dollars for each
day during which such failures continue;
c. notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph a or b of this
subdivision, any person or entity licensed, registered, or incorporated
or otherwise formed pursuant to this chapter that demonstrates that any
of its failures as described in paragraph a of this subdivision
constitutes a pattern of behavior or other action performed knowingly
and with reckless disregard shall, after notice and hearing, forfeit to
the people of the state not more than two hundred fifty thousand dollars
or in the case of a banking organization, foreign bank licensee or an
out-of-state state bank, the lesser of two hundred fifty thousand
dollars or one percent of the total assets of such banking organization
or one percent of the total assets in this state of such foreign bank
licensee, as applicable for each day that its failures continue.
With respect to any amount assessed pursuant to this section against
any person or entity licensed or registered pursuant to this chapter,
but not with respect to a banking organization, foreign bank licensee or
out-of-state state bank, the superintendent in determining such amount,
shall take into consideration the net worth and annual business volume
of such licensed or registered person or entity.
2. In assessing any penalty pursuant to this section, the
superintendent shall take into account, without limitation, factors
including:
a. the extent, if any, to which senior management or board directors
or trustees participated therein,
b. the extent to which the entity has cooperated with the
superintendent in the investigation of such conduct,
c. any sanction imposed by any other regulatory agency,
d. the financial resources and good faith of the entity,
e. the gravity of the violation,
f. any history of prior violations, and
g. such other matters as justice and the public interest may require.
3. Whenever the superintendent shall require the payment of such
penalty by any such entity, he or she shall forthwith execute in
duplicate a written order to that effect. On the date such order is
executed, the superintendent shall file one copy of such order in the
office of the department and serve the second copy upon such entity
either personally or by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, directed to the entity's principal place of business or, in
the case of a licensee or registrant, its last known address of record.
Such order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article
seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such special
proceeding for review as authorized by this section must be commenced
within thirty days from the service of such order.
4. The superintendent may compromise, modify, or remit any penalty
which he or she may assess or had already assessed under this section.
5. The superintendent may prescribe regulations to carry out the
provisions and purposes of this section.
Export finance awareness program. There shall be created within
the department an export finance awareness program. Such program shall
provide in a manner prescribed by the superintendent, but not be limited
to, the following:
1. information to all the various banking corporations principally
engaged in doing business within the state, about the various methods
used by particular corporations which provide financing for businesses
engaged in the export of products or services to foreign countries;
2. information to such banking corporations about other state or
federal programs designed to promote or expedite financing of exports
that may be of value to them, specifically such programs that may be
targeted to the small and medium-size transactions; and
3. the use of seminars, workshops, written materials disseminated by
the department or any other methods the superintendent may deem
necessary or proper for the provision of such information.
ARTICLE 2-AA Atm Safety Act
Legislative intent. The legislature hereby finds that
automated teller machines are an integral part of consumers' lives and
that automated teller machines are used by millions of New Yorkers,
statewide, on a daily basis. It is the legislature's intent to ensure
the convenience and safety of automated teller machine use by
establishing security measures for automated teller machine facilities.
Definitions. For purposes of this article, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1. "Access device" means a card, code, or other means of access to a
consumer's account, or any combination thereof, that may be used by the
consumer for the purpose of initiating electronic fund transfers.
2. "Automated teller machine" means a device which is linked to the
accounts and records of a banking institution and which enables
consumers to carry out banking transactions, including, but not limited
to, account transfers, deposits, cash withdrawals, balance inquiries,
and loan payments.
3. "Automated teller machine facility" means an area within the
dominion and control of a banking institution comprised of one or more
automated teller machines and any adjacent space which is made available
to banking customers after regular banking hours.
4. "Adequate lighting" means (a) with respect to an automated teller
machine facility located within the interior of a building, lighting, on
a twenty-four hour basis, which permits a person entering such facility
to readily and easily see all persons occupying such facility, and which
permits a person inside such facility to readily and easily see all
persons at the entry door of such facility.
(b) with respect to an open and operating automated teller machine
facility open to the outdoor air, and any defined parking area, lighting
during nighttime hours according to the following standards:
(i) a minimum illuminance of five footcandles is maintained on a
horizontal plane at a point five feet outward from and five feet above
the ground surface from the automated teller machine;
(ii) a minimum illuminance of two footcandles is maintained on a
horizontal plane at a point thirty feet in all unobstructed directions
from the automated teller machine, measured at ground level; and
(iii) at sixty feet in all unobstructed directions from the automated
teller machine, a minimum illuminance of one footcandle is maintained,
measured on a vertical plane at five feet above ground level, with the
normal to the plane of measurement aimed at a light source; or
(iv) with respect to an automated teller machine facility that is not
in accordance with the standards set forth in either subparagraph (ii)
or (iii) of this paragraph, or both such subparagraphs, a minimum
illuminance of two footcandles is maintained, measured on a horizontal
plane at five feet above ground level, at fifty feet in all unobstructed
directions from the automated teller machine.
(c) with respect to an open and operating automated teller machine
facility located within the interior of a building, which facility
includes a defined parking area: (i) a minimum illuminance of two
footcandles is maintained on a horizontal plane at a point thirty feet
in all unobstructed directions from the entrance to the automated teller
machine facility, measured at ground level; and (ii) at sixty feet in
all unobstructed directions from the entrance to the automated teller
machine facility, a minimum illuminance of one footcandle is maintained,
measured on a vertical plane at five feet above ground level, with the
normal to the plane of measurement aimed at a light source; or (iii)
with respect to an automated teller machine facility that is not in
accordance with the standards set forth in either subparagraph (i) or
(ii) of this paragraph, or both such subparagraphs, a minimum
illuminance of two footcandles is maintained, measured on a horizontal
plane at five feet above ground level, at a point sixty feet in all
unobstructed directions from the entrance to the automated teller
machine facility.
5. "Banking institution" means any state or federally chartered bank,
trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association, or credit
union, whether headquartered within or outside of the state, that
operates one or more automated teller machine facilities within the
state.
6. "Footcandles" means the unit of illuminance equal to one lumen per
square foot.
7. "Regular banking hours" means the time at which an office of a
banking institution is open to the banking public for normal transaction
of business.
8. "Nighttime hours" means the period of time beginning thirty minutes
after sunset and ending thirty minutes before sunrise.
9. (a) "Defined parking area" means that portion of any parking area
open for and accessible to customers of a banking institution which is:
(1) contiguous to any paved walkway or sidewalk within fifty feet of
an automated teller machine facility;
(2) regularly, principally and lawfully used for parking by users of
the automated teller machine facility while conducting transactions at
such automated teller machine facility; and
(3) owned or leased by the operator of the automated teller machine
facility, or owned or otherwise controlled by the party leasing the
automated teller machine facility site to the banking institution.
(b) The term "defined parking area" does not include any parking area
which is not open or regularly used for parking by the users of the
automated teller machine facility or the conduct of transactions during
nighttime hours. For this purpose, the parking area is not open if it is
physically closed to access or if conspicuous signs indicate that it is
closed.
Security measures. Every banking institution shall maintain
the following security measures with respect to each of the automated
teller machine facilities within its dominion and control:
1. A surveillance camera or cameras, which shall view and record all
persons entering an automated teller machine facility located within the
interior of a building, or which shall view and record all activity
occurring within a minimum of three feet in front of an automated teller
machine located outside a building and open to the outdoor air. Such
camera or cameras need not record banking transactions made at the
automated teller machines. The recordings made by such cameras shall be
preserved by the banking institution for at least forty-five days.
2. Adequate lighting.
3. With respect to an indoor automated teller machine facility: (a)
entry doors equipped with locking devices which permit entry to such
facility only to persons using a magnetic-strip plastic card or similar
access device.
(b) To the extent practicable, as determined by an expert with
competence in such matters and as permitted by local building codes, at
least one exterior wall which provides an unobstructed view of the
interior of the automated teller machine facility.
(c) A reflective mirror or mirrors, as necessary, placed in such a
manner as to permit a person entering an indoor automated teller machine
facility to view areas within such facility that are otherwise concealed
to plain view.
(d) A clearly visible sign which, at a minimum, provides the following
information:
(1) the activity of the automated teller machine facility is being
recorded by a surveillance camera or cameras;
(2) customers should close the entry door completely upon entering and
exiting;
(3) customers should not permit any unknown persons to enter after
regular banking hours;
(4) customers should place withdrawn cash securely upon their person
before exiting the automated teller machine facility;
(5) complaints concerning security in the automated teller machine
facility should be directed to the banking institution's security
department or the department of financial services, together with
telephone numbers for such complaints, and that the nearest available
public telephone should be used to call the police if emergency
assistance is needed.
List of facilities. Any banking institution which operates an
automated teller machine facility shall file a list of such facilities
with the department, including the street addresses, intersecting
streets, hours of operation, and the telephone number of the banking
institution's security department. Such information shall also be filed
with the department with respect to each additional automated teller
machine facility within a reasonable time, as specified by the
superintendent, from the date upon which such facility commences
operation. The department shall make such list available on request of
local law enforcement agencies and other local governmental entities.
Consumer safety information. Upon the original issuance or
reissuance of an automated teller machine facility access device, the
issuing banking institution shall provide its customers with written
information concerning safety precautions to be employed while using an
automated teller machine facility. Such written information shall
include, at a minimum, the information described in paragraph (d) of
subdivision three of section seventy-five-c of this article.
Enforcement and statistics. 1. The department is authorized
to enforce this article.
2. Statistics of crimes associated with the use of automated teller
machine facilities compiled and maintained by any law enforcement agency
shall be made available upon the request of any banking institution or
the department.
Report of compliance. 1. By the fifteenth day of January and
July of each year (or the following business day if such day is not a
business day), every banking institution which had an automated teller
machine facility which was in operation on the fifteenth day of the
preceding month shall submit a written compliance report to the
department on a form prescribed by the superintendent, certifying that
such automated teller machine facility is in compliance with the
provisions of this article or any variance or exemption that has been
granted, or if such facility is not in compliance with such provisions,
stating the manner in which such facility fails to meet such
requirements. Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law
or any other law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that
such reports and any other reports required by this section shall be
made by electronic means, unless the superintendent, in his or her sole
discretion, grants a waiver of such electronic filing requirements, upon
good cause shown.
2. If any compliance report required by subdivision one of this
section indicates any failure to meet the requirements of this article,
such banking institution shall submit a written report to the
department, on a form prescribed by the superintendent, no later than
the eleventh business day following such compliance report, indicating
whether each such failure has been corrected and, for any failure that
has not been corrected, the reason for such failure and the expected
correction date. If any such failure shall not have been corrected
within ten business days of the filing date of the applicable compliance
report, such banking institution shall, promptly after correcting such
failure, submit a written report to the department with the date or
dates of each such correction.
Compliance with local building code and all other applicable
provisions of law. Unless otherwise provided in this article, nothing
contained in this article shall be construed to exempt or relieve any
banking institution from complying with all relevant provisions of the
local building code and all other applicable provisions of law.
Facilities not subject to this article. The provisions of
this article shall not apply to any unenclosed automated teller machine
located in any building, structure or space whose primary purpose or
function is unrelated to banking activities, including but not limited
to supermarkets, airports, school buildings, and public buildings,
provided that such automated teller machine shall be available for use
only during the regular hours of operation of the building, structure,
or space in which such machine is located.
Civil penalties. 1. Any banking institution found to be in
violation of any provision of section seventy-five-c of this article in
a compliance report under section seventy-five-g of this article or
otherwise found by the department to be in violation of any provision of
section seventy-five-c of this article shall correct the violation
within ten business days after such finding. Where a banking institution
fails to correct any violation of a provision of section seventy-five-c
of this article within ten business days after the filing of such report
or a finding of violation by the department, the superintendent may in a
proceeding after notice and a hearing, require such banking institution
to pay a civil penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section
forty-four of this chapter, provided, however, that the aggregate
penalty for all offenses with respect to any one automated teller
machine facility in any one proceeding shall not exceed an amount as
determined pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter. For the
purposes of this article, each violation of section seventy-five-c of
this article shall be considered a separate and distinct violation.
2. Any banking institution found to be in violation of the provisions
of section seventy-five-g of this article shall be liable for a civil
penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four-a of
this chapter for each automated teller machine facility for which a
report has not been filed. Any banking institution which makes a
material false statement or material omission in any report filed
pursuant to section seventy-five-g of this article shall be liable for a
civil penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section
forty-four-a of this chapter for each such report.
3. Whenever payment of a civil penalty is required under this article,
the superintendent shall execute a written order to that effect. A copy
of such order shall be filed in the office of the department and a
second copy shall, within three days of execution, be served upon such
banking institution either personally or by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, directed to the banking institution's
principal place of business. Such order may be reviewed in the manner
provided by article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules.
Such special proceedings for review as authorized by such section must
be commenced within thirty days from the service of such order. Such
section shall in no way limit any of the powers granted to the
superintendent under any provision of this chapter.
Collection of penalties. The superintendent shall have the
discretion to report to the attorney general any failure, after due
notice, to make payments of penalties incurred under this article. The
attorney general shall, thereupon, in the name of the superintendent, or
of the people of the state, institute such actions or proceedings as the
facts may warrant.
Preemption. 1. Except as provided in subdivision two of this
section, this article shall supersede and preempt all rules,
regulations, codes, statutes or ordinances of all cities, counties,
municipalities, and local agencies regarding customer safety at
automated teller machine facilities.
2. To the extent that any security measures inconsistent with or in
addition to the provisions of section seventy-five-c of this article are
in effect, on the date on which this article becomes a law, in any city
having a population of one million or more, pursuant to any rules,
regulations, codes, statutes or ordinances regarding customer safety at
automated teller machine facilities duly enacted by such city on or
before the date on which this article becomes a law, such security
measures shall continue to be required within such city; provided,
however, that the enforcement of any such security measures shall be
enforced by the superintendent.
Variances and exemptions from automated teller machine
security measures. 1. Except in cities having a population of one
million or more, and in accordance with the guidelines set forth in this
article, the superintendent, pursuant to rules and regulations
promulgated by the superintendent, and upon written request of a banking
institution, may approve variances which provide substitute security
measures that are substantially as safe as the requirements of any of
the security measures contained in this article, or exemptions from such
measures, with respect to an automated teller machine facility or
facilities operated by such banking institution;
2. In no event, however, shall the superintendent vary or exempt any
such measures unless he or she shall have received the following items,
in form and substance satisfactory to him or her:
(a) a resolution or declaration of the governing body of the city,
village, or town in which such automated teller machine facility is
located consenting to any such variance or exemption; and
(b) written certification from the banking institution's security
officer, appointed in accordance with federal law, that, in his or her
professional judgment, either the variance will provide security
measures which are substantially as safe as those which are otherwise
required by this article or the exemption is warranted, as applicable;
and
(c) in the event the request for any such variance or exemption is
premised upon the impracticability or burdensome expense that would
result from compliance with the security provisions contained in this
article, and such impracticability or expense is attributable to the
manner in which the building in which such automated teller machine
facility is, or is to be, located, constructed, configured or otherwise
situated, written certification to such effect from an expert with
competence in the areas of renovation and/or design, as may be
appropriate; and
(d) such other evidence or information as the superintendent may, in
his or her sole discretion, deem appropriate or necessary.
Rules and regulations. The superintendent shall promulgate
such rules and regulations as necessary to define and implement the
provisions of this article.
Severability. If any word, phrase, clause, sentence,
paragraph, section or part of this article shall be adjudged by any
court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment shall not
affect, impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be
confined in its operation to the word, phrase, clause, sentence,
paragraph, section or part thereof directly involved in the controversy
in which judgment shall have been rendered.
ARTICLE 2-B Financial Frauds
Powers with respect to certain crimes and frauds. If the
superintendent has a reasonable suspicion that a person or entity is
engaging in or has engaged in fraud (as interpreted under this chapter,
the insurance law or the financial services law) or a misdemeanor or
felony under this chapter or one of the articles of the penal law
enumerated in this section in connection with activities regulated by
the superintendent pursuant to this chapter or involving a product
regulated pursuant to this chapter, the superintendent may undertake
such investigation as is deemed necessary, and in the enforcement of
this chapter, determine whether any such person or entity has violated
or is about to violate this chapter or any such enumerated articles. The
applicable articles of the penal law are article one hundred fifty-five,
one hundred seventy, one hundred seventy-five, one hundred seventy-six,
one hundred eighty, one hundred eighty-five, one hundred eighty-seven,
one hundred ninety, two hundred, two hundred ten or four hundred
seventy. Notwithstanding the above-referenced laws or articles, the
scope of authority set forth in this section shall not be deemed to
otherwise limit or impair the ability of the department to assist any
other entity in an investigation involving a violation of law.
ARTICLE 2-C Community Bank Deposit Program
Community bank deposit program; purpose. In recognition of the
economic benefits and stimulus which result from the placement of
deposits in local banks, the community bank deposit program is hereby
created to authorize and encourage the state comptroller and the
commissioner of taxation and finance to deposit a portion of the funds
under their control into community banking institutions.
Eligibility. 1. To be eligible to receive deposits, or to renew
existing deposits under this program, a bank, trust company, savings
bank or savings and loan association: (a) must be chartered under the
provisions of this chapter and (b) must have a current CRA rating of
satisfactory or better. The superintendent shall, if requested by the
state comptroller or the commissioner of taxation and finance, confirm
whether a particular banking institution meets the criteria specified in
this section.
2. A federal bank, trust company, savings bank or savings and loan
association may also be eligible to receive deposits, or to renew
existing deposits, under this program if: (a) its principal office is
located in this state; (b) it has a current CRA rating of satisfactory
or better; and (c) it meets any additional criteria established by the
comptroller and the commissioner of taxation and finance to determine
eligibility for participation in the program. Such criteria may include
an institution's loan to deposit ratio, its record of small business
lending, and the impact such deposits would have on an area's economic
activity.
Deposits. 1. Notwithstanding any provisions of law to the
contrary, the state comptroller and the commissioner of taxation and
finance shall, for the purposes of administering moneys in accordance
with the provisions of sections ninety-eight-a and one hundred five of
the state finance law, give consideration to depositing funds into those
community banking institutions which are deemed eligible to receive
deposits pursuant to section eighty-six of this article.
2. The maximum amount of funds which the state comptroller and the
commissioner of taxation and finance may deposit under this program
shall not exceed two hundred fifty million dollars each. The maximum
amount of funds on deposit at a community banking institution shall not
exceed twenty million dollars.
3. Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, any deposits
made pursuant to this article shall be made at rates, and for such
periods of time, as may be agreed to by the state comptroller or the
commissioner of taxation and finance and the eligible community banking
institution.
4. Any deposits made pursuant to this article may be secured by an
irrevocable letter of credit issued by a federal home loan bank.
ARTICLE 3 Banks and Trust Companies
Change from bank to trust company; from trust company to bank.
A bank complying with the minimum capital stock requirements specified
in subdivision nine of section four thousand one of this chapter may
become a trust company by filing a certificate pursuant to subdivision
two of section eight thousand one of this chapter to provide that it
shall have the powers specified in section one hundred of this article.
A trust company may become a bank by filing a certificate pursuant to
subdivision two of section eight thousand one of this chapter to provide
that it shall not have the powers specified in section one hundred of
this article. Prior to or simultaneously with the filing of such
certificate, such trust company shall if its title contains the term
"trust company" file a certificate pursuant to subdivision two of
section eight thousand one of this chapter for the purpose of omitting
such term from its title.
General powers. Every bank and every trust company shall,
subject to the restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter,
have the following powers:
1. To discount, purchase and negotiate promissory notes, drafts, bills
of exchange, other evidences of debt, and obligations in writing to pay
in installments or otherwise all or part of the price of personal
property or that of the performance of services; purchase accounts
receivable, whether or not they are obligations in writing; lend money
on real or personal security; borrow money and secure such borrowings by
pledging assets; buy and sell exchange, coin and bullion; and receive
deposits of moneys, securities or other personal property upon such
terms as the bank or trust company shall prescribe; and exercise all
such incidental powers as shall be necessary to carry on the business of
banking. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "accounts
receivable" shall not include the right to receive payment for property
to be sold at a future date or services to be rendered at a future date.
2. To accept for payment at a future date, drafts drawn upon it by its
customers and to issue letters of credit authorizing the holders thereof
to draw upon it or its correspondents at sight or on time.
3. (a) To receive upon deposit for safe-keeping for hire upon terms
and conditions to be prescribed by the bank or trust company, money,
securities, papers of any kind and any other personal property;
(b) To engage in the safe deposit business by renting vaults, safe
deposit boxes and other receptacles upon premises occupied by the bank
or trust company, upon such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by
the bank or trust company.
4. To issue by its board of directors capital notes or debentures,
when so specifically authorized by the superintendent, and, when so
specifically authorized by the superintendent, to receive in payment
therefor, in whole or in part, mortgages, interests therein or other
property and to retain, unrecorded or unregistered, assignments or
conveyances of such mortgages, interests therein or other property,
provided that the superintendent shall not approve the retention of any
assignment of mortgage or interest therein or any conveyance of other
property, which may be recorded or registered, without record or
registration thereof, except where such mortgage, interest therein or
other property is assigned or conveyed by a corporation organized under
the banking law or by a corporation wholly owned by not less than twenty
savings banks of this state.
5. To become a member of a federal reserve bank, and to have and
exercise all powers, not in conflict with the laws of this state, which
are conferred upon any such member by the federal reserve act. Such bank
or trust company and its directors, officers and stockholders shall
continue to be subject, however, to all liabilities and duties imposed
upon them by any law of this state and to all the provisions of this
chapter relating to banks and trust companies.
6. To assume and discharge such obligations to Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation as may be necessary or required for the purpose of
maintaining deposit insurance in such corporation.
7. (a) To act as financial agent of the United States Government and
as depositary of public money of the United States (including, without
being limited to, revenues and funds of the United States, and any funds
the deposit of which is subject to the control or regulation of the
United States or any of its officers, agents, or employees, and Postal
Savings funds); and to perform all such reasonable duties as depositary
of such public money and as financial agent of the United States
Government as may be required of it; and to pledge assets or furnish
other security, satisfactory in form and amount to the Secretary of the
Treasury of the United States, for the safekeeping and prompt payment of
such public money deposited with it and for the faithful performance of
its duties as financial agent of the United States Government.
(b) To pledge assets or furnish other security, satisfactory in form
and amount to judges of courts of bankruptcy, for the repayment of
deposits of the money of estates under the national bankruptcy act.
(c) To pledge assets or furnish other security, satisfactory in form
and amount to the depositor, for the repayment of moneys held in the
name of any state (which term shall include every territory of the
United States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico), or of any foreign nation, or of any Indian nation or tribe, or of
any political subdivision or instrumentality or authority of any of
them, when required to be secured by applicable law, decree, regulation
or resolution, and to pledge assets or furnish other security for the
repayment of moneys held as fiduciary, or in the name of a fiduciary, of
any trust created by any such state, foreign nation, Indian nation or
tribe, political subdivision, instrumentality or authority as required
by the terms of such trust; provided, however, that before any pledge or
security is made or furnished to any depositor other than this state or
a political subdivision, instrumentality or authority of this state, the
bank or trust company shall obtain a certified or official copy of such
law, decree, regulation, or resolution or trust requiring such pledge or
other security, and an opinion of counsel that such pledge or security
is required by such law, decree, regulation, or resolution or by the
terms of such trust.
9. To execute and deliver such guaranties as may be incidental to
carrying on the business of a bank or trust company.
10. To exercise, subject to such regulations as may be issued from
time to time by the superintendent, through any foreign branch office
(other than one opened or occupied in another state of the United
States, the District of Columbia, any territory of the United States,
Guam, American Samoa, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Northern
Mariana Islands) opened and occupied with the approval of the
superintendent as provided in section one hundred five of this article,
such further powers as may be usual in connection with the transaction
of the business of banking in the place where such foreign branch office
shall transact business, provided that no such foreign branch office
shall engage in the general business of producing, distributing, buying
or selling goods, wares, or merchandise, nor, except with respect to
securities issued by any foreign nation or any political subdivision,
agency or instrumentality thereof, engage or participate, directly or
indirectly, in the business of underwriting, selling or distributing
securities.
11. To designate one or more agents (except its employees) to issue or
sell its travelers checks or money orders at locations other than its
principal office or branch offices authorized pursuant to section one
hundred five of this chapter, subject to such rules and regulations as
the superintendent may make from time to time.
12. To acquire and lease personal property, or to acquire personal
property subject to an existing lease together with the lessor's
interest therein, subject to such limitations and conditions as the
superintendent of financial services may from time to time prescribe by
general regulation.
13. To reserve or order transportation, travel accommodations or other
travel services.
14. To arrange, purchase or sell loans secured by liens on interests
in real estate, subject to such terms, conditions and limitations as may
be prescribed by the superintendent by regulation.
15. To engage in a "savings promotion" in accordance with section
nine-v of this chapter and subject to any regulations promulgated by the
superintendent. The superintendent shall consult with the state gaming
commission before proposing any such regulations or any amendments
thereto. Such regulations shall ensure that:
a. no participant in a savings promotion is charged any fee that would
constitute, directly or indirectly, consideration for participation in
such savings promotion; and
b. no participant in a savings promotion foregoes, directly or
indirectly, any interest that would constitute consideration for
participation in such savings promotion.
* 16. In addition to such authority as is contained in section
ninety-eight of this chapter and notwithstanding any limitations set
forth therein, to purchase, lease, exchange or otherwise acquire real
property, improved or unimproved, or any interest therein, to erect,
construct, rebuild, enlarge, alter, improve, maintain, manage and
operate buildings or other improvements of any description thereon, to
sell, lease, sublet, mortgage, exchange or otherwise dispose of same and
execute, perform and carry out contracts for construction, alteration,
improvement, maintenance, management or repair thereof, to make loans in
connection therewith, as owner, co-owner or otherwise, subject to such
specific or general approvals and limitations as shall be required by
regulations promulgated from time to time by the superintendent of
financial services pursuant to this subdivision; provided, however, that
no activity specified herein shall be undertaken pursuant to the
authority contained in this subdivision until the superintendent of
financial services shall have issued regulations specifying the
limitations and requirements which shall be imposed in connection with
the investments and activities referred to herein, including, without
limitation, the consideration of such bank or trust company's record in
meeting the credit needs of local communities within the meaning of
section twenty-eight-b of this chapter.
* NB Expired June 30, 1988
Servicing of mortgages by banks. 1. Every bank shall, subject
to the restrictions and limitations contained in this article, have the
power to service mortgages, and the superintendent shall have the power
to prescribe, by specific or general regulation, the extent to which,
and the conditions upon which, mortgages may be serviced.
2. No bank shall, by virtue of the provisions contained in this
section, be deemed to have the powers defined and described in
subdivision two of section one hundred of this article.
3. The grant of powers to banks by or pursuant to this section shall
not be deemed to limit or restrict any other banking organizations,
heretofore or hereafter organized, in the exercise of their lawful
powers.
Payroll payment by banks or trust companies. l. Every bank
and trust company shall have the power to enter into contracts with any
municipal corporation, school district, district corporation, town or
county improvement district, public authority, or public corporation to
receive in a single payment, for each pay period, the total payroll of
such corporations, districts or authorities and deposit the same in
accordance with the terms of such contract, which shall include
provision for deposits for withholding, retirement and insurance, if
any.
2. The amount due each employee shall be disbursed or credited in
accordance with the directions of each employee to saving or checking
accounts, or loan or mortgage accounts within such bank or trust company
or to a single account in another bank or trust company or savings bank
or savings and loan association or may be payable in cash or by check to
such employee.
Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust
or individual retirement trust. Every bank without fiduciary powers may,
subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, act as trustee under a retirement
plan established pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress
entitled "Self-employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962" as such
provisions may be amended from time to time, and under an individual
retirement account plan established pursuant to the amendments to the
provisions of the Internal Revenue Code contained in the act of congress
entitled "Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974" as such
provisions may be amended from time to time, provided that the
provisions of such retirement or individual retirement account plan
require the funds of such trust to be invested exclusively in deposits
in banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations
or federal savings and loan associations whose principal offices are
located in this state. In the event that any such retirement or
individual retirement account plan, which in the judgment of the bank,
constituted a qualified plan under the provisions of the applicable act
of congress hereinabove mentioned and the regulations promulgated
thereunder at the time the trust was established and accepted by the
bank is subsequently determined not to be such a qualified plan or
subsequently ceases to be such a qualified plan, in whole or in part,
the bank may, nevertheless, continue to act as trustee of any deposits
theretofore made under such plan and to dispose of the same in
accordance with the directions of the depositor and the beneficiaries
thereof. No bank, in respect to deposits made under this section, shall
be required to segregate such deposits from other deposits of such bank,
provided, however, that the bank shall keep appropriate records showing
in proper detail all transactions engaged in under the authority of this
section.
Banking development districts. 1. There is hereby created a
banking development district program, the purpose of which is to
encourage the establishment of bank branches in geographic locations
where there is a demonstrated need for banking services. The
superintendent of financial services shall, in consultation with the
department of economic development, promulgate rules and regulations,
after public hearing and comment, which set forth the criteria for the
establishment of banking development districts. Such criteria shall
include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) the location, number, and proximity of sites where banking
services are available within the district;
(b) the identification of consumer needs for banking services within
the district;
(c) the economic viability and local credit needs of the community
within the district;
(d) the existing commercial development within the district;
(e) the impact additional banking services would have on potential
economic development in the district;
(f) whether a community is identified as unbanked or underbanked by
the superintendent; and
(g) such other criteria which the superintendent in his or her
discretion shall identify as appropriate.
2. A local government, in conjunction with a bank, trust company or
national bank, may submit an application to the superintendent for the
designation of a banking development district. The superintendent shall
issue a determination on such an application within sixty days of
receiving such application. If an application is approved, the
superintendent shall transmit notification of the designation of a
banking development district to the local government, the bank, trust
company or national bank, the state comptroller, the commissioner of
taxation and finance, the commissioner of the department of economic
development, the temporary president of the senate and the speaker of
the assembly. The designation of a banking development district shall be
valid for fourteen years. Prior to the expiration of a banking
development district designation, the superintendent may extend the
designation for one or more additional five or ten year periods.
2-a. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an application may be
submitted by a local government in conjunction with a bank, trust
company or national bank which has already opened a bank branch within
such area. In considering the criteria authorized pursuant to
subdivision one of this section, the superintendent shall also take into
account the importance and benefits of preserving the banking services
offered by the existing branch.
3. The establishment of a branch in a banking development district by
a bank, trust company or national bank shall be subject to all
applicable state and federal laws regarding the establishment of branch
offices, including the provisions of section one hundred five of this
article, provided however that the branch application fee required
pursuant to section twenty-nine of this chapter shall be waived for any
such branch. A bank or trust company may submit an application to open a
branch office simultaneously with the submission of the application for
the designation of a banking development district.
4. For the purposes of this section, the term "local government" shall
mean a county, town, city or village.
* 5. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision two of section
two hundred thirty-seven of this chapter; for the purposes of this
section, paragraph c of subdivision two of section ten of the general
municipal law, subdivision six of section one hundred five of the state
finance law and section four hundred eighty-five-f of the real property
tax law, any reference to a bank, trust company or national bank shall
be deemed to include a savings bank, savings and loan association,
federal savings and loan association, federal savings bank, credit
union, or federal credit union; provided, however, that such provisions
of law do not grant a savings bank, savings and loan association,
federal savings and loan association, federal savings bank, credit
union, or federal credit union eligibility to accept municipal or public
funds or municipal or public moneys other than for the limited purposes
of the establishment of a branch in a banking development district
pursuant to this section. Any such municipal or public funds or moneys
shall be deposited only at the branch established pursuant to this
section, and any municipal funds or moneys may be deposited only by the
sponsoring municipality in which the branch and banking development
district are located; provided further that any such municipal or public
funds or moneys shall be subject to the same requirements which apply to
municipal or public funds or moneys deposited in a bank, trust company
or national bank and shall also be subject to the provisions of section
one hundred five of the state finance law or section ten of the general
municipal law relating to such deposits.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the superintendent of
financial services shall promulgate rules and regulations to authorize
the participation of savings banks, savings and loan associations,
federal savings banks, federal savings and loan associations, credit
unions, and federal credit unions in the program established pursuant to
this section.
* NB Repealed January 1, 2029
6. For the purposes of this section, nothing shall preclude a bank,
trust company or national bank from seeking approval to establish one or
more branches in an existing banking development district where it or
another bank has or is authorized to have a branch. The department shall
have the authority to approve any bank, trust company or national bank
for participation in the banking development district program, and any
branch approved pursuant to this section shall operate in accordance
with this section and is eligible for all the rights and privileges
authorized by this section.
Power to purchase securities and stocks. Subject to the
restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter, a bank or trust
company may invest in and have and exercise all rights of ownership with
respect to:
1. Bonds, notes, debentures and other obligations for payment of
money, which are not in default as to either principal or interest when
acquired.
2. Stocks of any city, county, town or village of this state which are
not in default as to either principal or interest when acquired.
3. Stock of a federal reserve bank in the amount necessary to qualify
for membership in such reserve bank.
4. Stock of each of the following to an amount not in excess of ten
per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of
such bank or trust company:
(a) Any safe deposit company which does business on premises owned or
leased by the bank or trust company or the vaults of which are connected
with or adjacent to an office of such bank or trust company; provided
that the purchase and holding of such stock is first duly authorized by
resolution of the board of directors of the bank or trust company and by
written approval of the superintendent, stating the number and amount of
the shares which may be so purchased and held, excepting that the bank
or trust company may, without the written approval of the
superintendent, acquire the stock owned by a former director of the safe
deposit company at the time that he ceased to be a director. The bank or
trust company may not pay, without the prior written approval of the
superintendent, more for such stock than the cost thereof to the
director.
(b) Any investment company qualified to exercise the powers specified
in subdivision two of section five hundred eight of this chapter;
(c) The Bank for International Settlements.
4-a. Subject to such restrictions as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe, stock or other equity investments in subsidiary
corporations, partnerships, unincorporated associations, limited
liability companies, or other entities engaged in, or to be organized to
engage in the following activities:
(a) To acquire and lease personal property under the same terms and
conditions as provided in subdivision twelve of section ninety-six of
this article;
(b) To purchase accounts receivable as provided in subdivision one of
section ninety-six of this article;
(c) To be a corporation organized pursuant to the provisions of
section twenty-five (a) of an act of congress entitled the "Federal
Reserve Act";
(d) To own or operate real or personal property acquired through
foreclosure or in settlement or reduction of debts due it;
(e) To own or operate real or personal property for use as bank
premises; or
(f) To transact any other business in which the bank or trust company
may engage directly.
4-b. Common or preferred stock of any corporation created or existing
under the laws of the United States or of any state, district or
territory thereof, or of the commonwealth of Puerto Rico, provided that:
(a) such common or preferred stock is registered on a national
securities exchange, as provided in an act of congress of the United
States entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934", approved June
sixth, nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, or such other exchange
or market system as the superintendent shall approve by regulation; (b)
the aggregate amount of all investments in common and preferred stock as
permitted by this subdivision shall at no time exceed two percent of the
assets or twenty percent of the capital, surplus and undivided profits
of the bank or trust company, whichever is less, provided however that
the superintendent may, upon the request of a bank or trust company,
approve an increase in such aggregate amount to a maximum of five
percent of the assets or one hundred percent of the capital, surplus and
undivided profits of such bank or trust company, whichever is less,
subject to any limitations or conditions prescribed by the
superintendent; (c) the aggregate amount of all investments in the
common and preferred stock of any one issuer pursuant to this
subdivision, together with the aggregate amount of all investments in
the bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations of such issuer made
pursuant to paragraph (i) of subdivision one of section one hundred
three of this chapter, shall at no time exceed one percent of the assets
or fifteen percent of the capital, surplus and undivided profits of the
bank or trust company, whichever is less; and (d) no bank or trust
company shall at any time hold pursuant to this subdivision more than
two percent of the total issued and outstanding shares of stock of any
one issuer.
4-c. Subject to such restrictions as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe, stock or other equity interest in one or more
small business investment companies, as authorized pursuant to the
provisions of an act of congress entitled "Small Business Investment Act
of 1958," as amended, or in any entity established to invest solely in
such small business investment companies, except that in no event shall
the total amount of such investments exceed five percent of the capital
stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company.
5. So much of the capital stock of, or any other equity interest in,
any other corporations, partnerships, unincorporated associations,
limited liability companies, or other entities as may be specifically
authorized by the laws of this state or by the superintendent, or
regulations promulgated by the superintendent.
The superintendent is authorized to adopt such rules and regulations
as shall permit banks and trust companies to make a loan which provides
for receipt of shares of stock of or any other equity interest in, or a
share of the profits, income or earnings of, a borrower in consideration
for making the loan.
A bank or trust company may acquire stock or any other equity interest
in settlement or reduction of a loan, or advance of credit or in
exchange for an investment previously made in good faith and in the
ordinary course of business, where such acquisition of stock or any
other equity interest is necessary in order to minimize or avoid loss in
connection with any such loan, advance of credit or investment
previously made in good faith. A trust company may acquire stock or any
other equity interest from any estate, trust or fund with respect to
which such trust company is acting in a fiduciary capacity, if a claim
is asserted or may be asserted against it with respect to the purchase
or retention of such stock or equity interest for such estate, trust or
fund, (a) where such acquisition by the trust company has been
authorized or directed by a court, or (b) where such trust company has
been advised by its counsel in writing that it has incurred a contingent
or potential liability with respect to the purchase or retention of such
stock or equity interest and such trust company desires to relieve
itself from such liability. Stocks or any other equity interest acquired
pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph may be held for such period
as the board of directors deems advisable.
A bank or trust company may continue to hold any bonds or other
securities or stock which it holds in accordance with the provisions of
law at the time this act takes effect.
No bank or trust company shall purchase, acquire, or hold any stock
of, or any other equity interest in, any corporation or any other
entity, except as provided in this section.
Power to take and hold real estate; restrictions. 1. A bank or
trust company may purchase, hold, lease and convey real property as
follows:
(a) A plot whereon there is or may be erected a building suitable for
the convenient transaction of its business, from portions of which not
required for its own use a revenue may be derived, and a plot whereon
parking accommodations are, or are to be, provided, with or without
charge, primarily for its customers or employees or both, and a building
or a portion or portions thereof for use by the bank or trust company in
its business, provided that the aggregate of all investments of any bank
or trust company in such plots and buildings and in a leased building or
a portion or portions thereof or in the stock, debentures or other
obligations of any corporation holding such plots or buildings and of
all loans to or upon the security of the stock of any such corporation
shall not exceed forty per centum of the aggregate of the capital stock,
surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company, except
with the approval of the superintendent. Any bank or trust company
having, prior to April twenty-third, nineteen hundred thirty-four, made
loans and investments in excess of the limitations prescribed by this
paragraph may retain any such loans and investments notwithstanding such
limitations.
(b) Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts
previously contracted in the course of its business.
(c) Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments, decrees or
mortgages held by it.
(d) Such purchase, lease, conveyance or other acquisition or sale of
real property which is located outside the United States, its
territories and possessions, and which is used principally as the
residence of one or more directors, officers, or employees of the bank
or trust company as may be specifically approved by the superintendent.
(e) A whole or part interest in a "project", as defined in the New
York state urban development corporation act, pursuant to sections six
or eight of such act. An investment by a bank or trust company in a
single project shall not exceed one per centum of the assets or fifteen
per centum of the combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided
profits of such bank or trust company, whichever is less, and the
aggregate of all investments of a bank or trust company in such projects
and investments in securities of any "subsidiary" of the New York state
urban development corporation, as defined in the New York state urban
development corporation act, shall not exceed five per centum of the
assets or seventy-five per centum of the combined capital stock, surplus
fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company, whichever is
less.
2. All real estate purchased by any bank or trust company or taken by
it in settlement of debts due it, shall be conveyed to it in its name
or, subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent
of financial services finds to be necessary and proper, may be taken in
the name of a duly authorized nominee. All such conveyances shall be
immediately recorded or registered in the office of the proper recording
officer of the county in which such real estate is located.
Club accounts. 1. No contract under which a bank or trust
company agrees to repay deposits of fixed sums made at regular intervals
at a given time with all interest or dividends credited thereon, or to
repay said deposits when, together with interest or dividends credited
thereon, they shall equal a specified sum, may provide for any
forfeiture of the sums deposited in the event of the discontinuance of
the regular payments. Interest or dividends on club accounts, if
offered, must be credited at least quarterly and may not be forfeited
once credited, in the event of the discontinuance of regular payments.
2. Any bank which provides for deposits in club accounts shall, in all
advertising, announcements or brochures pertaining to such accounts,
state whether or not interest or dividends are paid thereon and, if
interest or dividends are paid, shall state the rate or form of interest
or dividends so paid in accordance with any rules and regulations that
may be prescribed by the superintendent.
Fiduciary powers. Every trust company shall have, subject to
the restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter, the
following powers:
1. To act as the fiscal or transfer agent of the United States, any
state, municipality, body politic or corporation; and in such capacity
to receive and disburse money, to transfer, register and countersign
certificates of stock, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness or other
securities, and to act as attorney in fact or agent of any person or
corporation, foreign or domestic, for any lawful purpose.
2. To act as trustee under any mortgage or bonds issued by any
municipality, body politic or corporation, foreign or domestic, and
accept and execute any other municipal or corporate trust not prohibited
by the laws of this state.
3. To be appointed and to act under the order or appointment of any
court of competent jurisdiction:
(a) As guardian, receiver, trustee, committee or conservator of the
estate of any minor, person with a mental disability, or conservatee or
in any other fiduciary capacity;
(b) As receiver, trustee, or committee of the property or estate of
any person in insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings.
4. To be appointed and to accept the appointment of executor or of
trustee under the last will and testament or administrator with or
without the will annexed of the estate of any deceased person.
5. To take, accept and execute any and all such trusts, duties and
powers of whatever nature or description as may be conferred upon or
entrusted or committed to it by any person or persons, or any body
politic, corporation, domestic or foreign, or other authority by grant,
assignment, transfer, devise, bequest or otherwise, or which may be
entrusted or committed or transferred to it or vested in it by order of
any court of competent jurisdiction, or any surrogate, and to receive,
take, manage, hold and dispose of according to the terms of such trust,
duty or power, any property or estate, real or personal, which may be
the subject of any such trust, duty or power.
Provided that no trust company shall have any right or power to make
any contract, or to accept or execute any trust whatever, which it would
not be lawful for any individual to make, accept or execute.
Fiduciary capacities; appointment by court authorized; bond;
oath; accounting. 1. Executor. When any trust company is appointed
executor in any last will and testament, the court or officer authorized
to grant letters testamentary in this state, shall, upon the proper
application, grant letters testamentary thereon to such trust company or
to its successors by merger.
2. Guardian, trustee or administrator.
(a) Any trust company may be appointed guardian, trustee or
administrator, on the application or consent of any person acting as
such or as an executor or entitled to such appointment irrespective of
whether such person would himself or herself be disqualified from acting
by reason of his or her being a noncitizen or non-resident of this
state, and in the place and stead of such person, or such trust company
may be joined with any person so acting or entitled to such appointment;
but such appointments shall be made upon such notice, as is required by
law, to the persons interested in the estate or fund and on the consent
of such of the principal legatees or other persons interested in the
estate or fund as the court, surrogate or judge making the appointment
shall deem proper. No appointment so made shall be deemed to increase
the number of persons entitled to full compensation beyond the number so
entitled under the terms of the will or deed creating the trust or
appointing a guardian or authorized by law. Whenever a person is joined
with such trust company in any appointment as guardian, trustee or
administrator, his or her appointment may be under such limitation of
powers and upon such terms and conditions as to deposit of assets by
such person, with such trust company, or otherwise, and upon such
reduced bond or security to be given by such person, as the court,
surrogate or judge, making the appointment shall prescribe.
(b) When application is made to any court or officer having authority
to grant letters of administration with the will annexed upon the estate
of any deceased person, and there is no person entitled to such letters
who is qualified, competent, willing and able to accept such
administration, such court or officer may at the request of any party
interested in the estate, grant such letters of administration with the
will annexed, to any trust company.
(c) Any court or officer having authority to grant letters of
guardianship of any infant may upon the same application as is required
by law for the appointment of a guardian for such infant, appoint any
trust company as the guardian of the estate of such infant.
3. Committee of incompetent or conservator of a conservatee. Any court
having jurisdiction to appoint a trustee, guardian, receiver, committee
of the estate of a person with a mental disability, or conservator of
the estate of a conservatee, or to make any fiduciary appointment, may
appoint any trust company to be such trustee, guardian, receiver,
committee or conservator, or to act in any other fiduciary capacity.
4. Receiver, trustee or committee. Any court, having jurisdiction to
appoint a committee or trustee or a receiver in insolvency or bankruptcy
proceedings or in any other proceeding, or action, under state or
federal law, may appoint any trust company to be such receiver, trustee
or committee.
5. Bonds. No bond or other security, except as hereinafter provided,
shall be required from any trust company for or in respect to any trust,
nor when appointed executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, receiver,
committee or depositary or in any other fiduciary capacity nor when
receiving commissions under the provisions of SCPA 2310 or 2311. The
court, or officer making such appointment may, upon proper application,
require any trust company, which shall have been so appointed to give
such security as to the court or officer shall seem proper, or upon
failure of such trust company to give security as required, may remove
such trust company from and revoke such appointment.
6. Court orders, accounts. Such court or officer may make orders
respecting such trusts and require any such trust company to render all
accounts, which such court or officer might lawfully require if such
executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, receiver, committee,
depositary or such trust company acting in any other fiduciary capacity,
were a natural person.
7. No official oath required. Upon the appointment of such trust
company as such executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, receiver or
committee, no official oath shall be required.
Investments as fiduciary; when interest is to be paid;
preference. 1. Investments. All investments of money received by any
trust company as executor, administrator, guardian, trustee of a trust
of any kind, receiver, committee, conservator or depositary, shall be at
its sole risk, and for all losses of such money the capital stock,
property and effects of the trust company shall be absolutely liable,
unless the investments are such as are proper when made by an individual
acting as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, receiver,
committee, conservator or depositary, or such as are permitted in and by
the instrument or words creating or defining the trust. But no corporate
fiduciary shall purchase securities from itself. Any moneys of any such
estate or fund awaiting investment or distribution may be held on
deposit by such trust company in its own name, subject to the provisions
of subdivision four of this section; provided that appropriate entries
showing the share or interest of each such estate or fund in the moneys
so held on deposit shall, at all times, appear upon the records of such
trust company.
2. On and after September first, nineteen hundred thirty-six, no trust
company shall invest in any part interest in a bond and mortgage or note
and mortgage on behalf of any estate or fund held by such trust company
as executor, administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary trustee,
receiver, committee, conservator or depositary except that if the
instrument creating such estate or fund has authorized such trust
company as executor, administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary
trustee, receiver, committee, conservator or depositary to invest in any
part interest in a bond and mortgage or note and mortgage insured by the
federal housing commissioner such trust company may so invest and if the
instrument creating an employee benefit trust has authorized such trust
company to invest in any part interest in a bond and mortgage or note
and mortgage, such trust company may so invest. Any part interest in a
bond and mortgage or note and mortgage heretofore apportioned to any
estate or fund and held by such trust company as executor,
administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary trustee, receiver,
committee, conservator or depositary, and outstanding at any time in the
hands of any estate, fund or person may be repurchased at its face value
by such corporation individually. Such trust company, in any case where
it shall have apportioned or transferred a part interest in any bond and
mortgage or note and mortgage whether to any estate or fund held by it
alone or in conjunction with another person or otherwise, shall be
authorized and empowered, in behalf of all persons interested therein,
to collect the principal and interest and to satisfy and discharge the
mortgage on receiving payment thereof in the amount and in the manner
specified in the bond and mortgage or note and mortgage, to pay the said
principal and interest to the persons entitled thereto and generally to
exercise all of the options reserved to the mortgagee, to enforce in its
own name by appropriate action or proceeding, including foreclosure, any
and all of the covenants in the said bond and mortgage or note and
mortgage, to take such other measures for the protection of the mortgage
loan and the preservation of the security and the management of,
utilization and sale of any real estate which may be acquired on
foreclosure as may be necessary and appropriate and to exercise all
other rights of ownership in respect of the entire bond and mortgage or
note and mortgage. In case any bond, note or mortgage shall be held by,
or in the name of, such trust company and it shall hold any part
interest therein, acting as a fiduciary, whether alone, or in
conjunction with another person or otherwise, it may, prior to April
first, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, waive or modify or agree to waive or
modify, either with or without consideration and prior or subsequent to
maturity, any terms and conditions thereof, including the rate of
interest, and extend or re-extend or agree to extend or re-extend such
bond and mortgage or note and mortgage, for a period of not more than
five years from the time of such extension, by agreement with the owner
of the real property subject to the lien thereof, upon the consent of
the holders of such part interests to the extent of sixty-six and
two-thirds per centum of the whole amount of such bond and mortgage or
note and mortgage, notwithstanding that, at the time of such waiver,
modification, extension or agreement, the value of such real property
may be less than that required by law for an original investment of such
an amount therein by such holder and, in case any such investment is
guaranteed, such trust company may also extend or re-extend or agree to
extend or re-extend the time of payment under the guaranty for a like
period from its due date, and may release or agree to release such
guaranty or from time to time waive or modify or agree to waive or
modify any terms and conditions thereof, including the rate of interest;
provided however, that no such waiver, modification, extension or
agreement shall be made or agreed to unless, at least fifteen days prior
thereto, such trust company shall have notified each holder of such a
part interest in such bond and mortgage or note and mortgage of the
terms and conditions of such contemplated waiver, modification,
extension or agreement. Such notice shall be given by mailing the same
by registered mail to the address or place of residence of each holder
according to the records of such trust company. The notice hereinbefore
provided for shall not be required to be given to any holder of such a
part interest in such bond and mortgage or note and mortgage (1) who, at
the time of the mailing of such notice to holders of part interests in
such bond and mortgage or note and mortgage, was not shown on the
records of such trust company to be such holder, or (2) who, at any time
whether before or after any such waiver, modification, extension or
agreement shall have been made or agreed to, shall have consented to
such waiver, modification, extension or agreement. Any such consent
shall also be binding upon and shall be deemed to be the consent also of
each and every holder of the part interest in such bond and mortgage or
note and mortgage or of any part of such part interest with respect to
which such consent was given who, at the time such consent was given,
was not shown on the records of such trust company to be such holder
whether or not such holder shall have become such holder before or after
such consent was given. Any holder to whom the notice hereinbefore
provided for is required to be given as hereinbefore provided and who
objects to such waiver, modification, extension or agreement shall have
the right to apply, within fifteen days after such notice shall have
been mailed to such holder as hereinbefore provided, to the supreme
court of the county in which the real property securing such mortgage is
located and, subject to the discretion of the supreme court in the
premises, to obtain an order enjoining such waiver, modification,
extension or agreement. In the event of the granting of such an order,
any holder shall have the right to apply to such supreme court and,
subject to the discretion of the supreme court in the premises, to
obtain an order directing a partition of such bond and mortgage or note
and mortgage by a judicial sale thereof. Such sale shall be upon such
notice and advertisement and at such time and place and in such manner
as the court or a justice thereof may direct, but at least fifteen days'
notice thereof shall be given to each holder. The proceeds of the sale
of such bond and mortgage or note and mortgage after deducting the
expenses of such sale, shall be paid into the supreme court and shall be
distributed among such holders according to their respective interests
therein. Such trust companies shall have all the powers heretofore had
under this section or any other provision of law with respect to
investments in part interests in bonds and mortgages or notes and
mortgages for the protection, preservation and liquidation of the trust
property. It is the intent of this subdivision to prohibit after August
thirty-first, nineteen hundred thirty-six, any future apportionments or
investments of any part interests in bonds and mortgages and notes and
mortgages to or investments in part interests of bonds and mortgages and
notes and mortgages for any estate or fund of which such trust company
is executor, administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary trustee,
receiver, committee, conservator or depositary, except as permitted by
this subdivision. Such trust company, however, shall not transfer to any
estate or fund any part interests in bonds and mortgages or notes and
mortgages heretofore purchased, or invested in, from itself or from any
other estate or fund.
Nothing contained in this act shall be construed to affect any
investments in part interest in bonds and mortgages apportioned or
transferred, prior to September first, nineteen hundred thirty-six, to
any estate or fund of which such trust company is executor,
administrator, guardian, personal or testamentary trustee, receiver,
committee, conservator or depositary, nor to affect any action
heretofore taken in accordance with law with respect to such bonds and
mortgages or part interests in said bonds and mortgages; nor to affect
the right of any such trust company to transfer or apportion any such
investment from an estate or fund to a succeeding interest created by
the same instrument under which the investment was made; nor shall it be
construed to impair or otherwise affect the power of such trust company
to apportion to any estate, fund or person interested in such mortgage
its or his proportionate share of the consideration, consisting in whole
or in part of evidences of indebtedness secured by mortgages on real
property received by such trust company on the sale of real property
acquired by foreclosure of such mortgage, or otherwise, and to exercise
with respect to such mortgages on behalf of such estates, funds, or
persons the same powers reserved with respect to the original mortgage.
3. Preference. If dissolved by the legislature or the court, or
otherwise, or liquidated by the superintendent or otherwise, the debts
from any trust company as guardian, trustee, executor, administrator,
committee, conservator or depositary, shall be entitled to priority of
payment from the assets of such trust company on an equality with any
other priority given by this chapter.
4. Interest. On all sums of money not less than one thousand dollars,
which shall be collected, received and held as principal by a trust
company acting as executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, receiver,
committee or conservator under the appointment of any court or officer,
or in any fiduciary capacity under such appointment, or as a depositary
of moneys paid into court, interest shall be paid by such trust company
from sixty days after the receipt thereof until the moneys so received
shall be duly expended or distributed, at a rate equal to the maximum
rate per annum then being paid by such trust company on savings
deposits, except that in the case of a trust company acting as executor
or administrator interest shall not be paid, and the grace period of
sixty days herein provided for shall not be deemed to begin, until five
months after the date of issuance of letters testamentary or of
administration to it; provided however that such trust company shall not
be required to allow any interest upon any such moneys payment of which
is prohibited under any order, regulation or ruling issued under or
pursuant to the "Trading with the Enemy Act" and any amendments thereto,
or under or pursuant to any other law, so long as such prohibition shall
remain in force and effect. If income be accumulated for a minor or
surplus income in excess of expenditures be held for investment by the
committee of an incompetent or the conservator of a conservatee, but not
otherwise, any uninvested balance of such income shall be treated as
principal upon which interest shall be paid as provided in this
subdivision. If interest moneys payable hereunder or any part thereof
shall not annually be expended or distributed pursuant to the terms or
provisions of the trust under which such moneys are held, the amount
thereof not so expended or distributed shall be accumulated by such
trust company for the benefit of the parties interested in such trust
fund, and shall be added to the principal to constitute a new principal
upon which interest shall thereafter be computed. The word "trustee" as
used in this subdivision shall mean a trustee appointed by will or by
any court, and the words "savings deposits" as used in this subdivision
shall mean time deposits with respect to which the depositor is not
required by the deposit contract, but may at any time be required by
such trust company, to give notice in writing of an intended withdrawal
not less than fourteen days before such withdrawal is made, and which is
not payable on a specified date or at the expiration of a specified time
after the date of deposit. For the purposes of this subdivision only,
moneys on which interest is payable as provided herein shall not be
deemed to be demand deposits.
Common trust funds. 1. For the purpose of investment and
reinvestment of moneys received and held by any trust company as
executor, administrator, guardian, trustee, donee of power during
minority to manage property vested in an infant, custodian under any
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, any Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or The
New York Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, conservator or committee, such
trust company may establish and maintain common trust funds and short
term investment common trust funds. In any case where the instrument or
the order, decree or judgment under which such moneys are held does not
forbid, such trust company, either alone or in conjunction with one or
more other persons acting with it in any fiduciary capacity, may invest
and reinvest such moneys or any part thereof by adding the same to any
such common trust funds and short term investment common trust funds.
Such trust company shall have the same power to invest common trust
funds in securities of any management type investment company or
investment trust, registered pursuant to the federal investment company
act of nineteen hundred forty, as is set forth in, and subject to the
provisions of, sections 11-2.2 and 11-2.3 of the estates, powers and
trusts law.
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a trust company may
deposit securities investments of a common trust fund, or arrange for
the deposit of such investments through a subcustodian, (a) with a
clearing corporation pursuant to EPTL 11-1.9, (b) with a federal reserve
bank pursuant to EPTL 11-1.8, or (c) with a securities depository,
clearing agency, or bank, whether or not subject to the laws of a
jurisdiction other than the United States of America, or any state or
subdivision thereof, for the account of the trust company and such
investments shall be deemed for the purposes of this section to be in
the custody of such trust company.
3. A common trust fund shall not be deemed a separate trust fund on
which commissions or other compensation is allowable and no trust
company maintaining such a fund shall make any charge against such fund
for the management thereof. Provided, however, that in those instances
where a trust company invests common trust funds in securities of any
management type investment company or investment trust pursuant to the
provisions of subdivision one of this section, such trust company may
charge the common trust fund for the fees and expenses of such
securities pursuant to and consistent with the provisions of sections
11-2.2 and 11-2.3 of the estates, powers and trusts law.
4. If money of an estate, trust or fund or any part thereof held by a
trust company in conjunction with one or more other persons in any
fiduciary capacity is invested in a common trust fund, the participating
interest therein so acquired shall be withdrawn therefrom upon the
written request of any such other person acting in such fiduciary
capacity with such trust company.
5. If any investment held in a common trust fund shall cease to be
eligible as a new investment of such common trust fund, the trust
company maintaining the common trust fund, prior to any further
additions to or withdrawals from such fund, either shall sell such
investment or shall set the same apart in a liquidating account for the
benefit ratably of each participant then interested in such common trust
fund.
6. At least once every ten years, each trust company maintaining a
common trust fund shall file an account of its proceedings in respect
thereof either in the office of the clerk of the supreme court or in the
office of the surrogate in any county in which such trust company
maintains an office.
Upon the filing of the petition for the settlement of such account,
the court shall assign a time and place for a hearing on the settlement
of such account and order notice thereof by: (a) one publication not
less than twenty days prior to the date of such hearing, of a notice in
a newspaper to be designated by the court, and (b) mailing on or before
the day of publication a copy of the notice to all persons whose names
and addresses appear, at the close of the period accounted for, upon the
records maintained by the trust company pertaining to the common trust
fund as well as to any estate, trust or fund, any part of which shall
have been invested in the common trust fund and who at the close of the
period accounted for were known by such trust company to be or to claim
to be included in any of the following classes of persons: (i) those who
at any time during the period accounted for were entitled to share in
the income of any estate, trust or fund invested in the common trust
fund at any time during the period accounted for; (ii) those who became
entitled to share in the principal of any estate, trust or fund invested
in the common trust fund which became distributable in whole or in part
during the period accounted for; (iii) those who at the close of the
period accounted for would have been entitled to share in the principal
of any estate, trust or fund invested in the common trust fund if the
event upon which such estate, trust or fund would become distributable
in whole or in part had occurred at the close of the period accounted
for, provided, however, that in the case of a trust which at the close
of the period accounted for can be revoked in its entirety in favor of
and by the grantor, donor, trustor or creator, it shall not be necessary
for such trust company to include the names and addresses of any persons
interested in the principal of such trust other than the grantor, donor,
trustor, or creator; (iv) those living at the close of the period
accounted for who had any interest in the income or principal, or both,
of any estate, trust or fund invested in the common trust fund, and who
prior to the close of the period accounted for shall have notified the
trust company in writing to send a copy of the notice or citation of any
proceeding for the settlement of any account or the trustee of such
common trust fund to such person at an address furnished to the trust
company by such person; (v) those who at any time during the period
accounted for were acting with the trust company in a fiduciary capacity
with respect to any such estate, trust or fund; (vi) the guardian of any
infant, the committee of any incompetent and the conservator of any
conservatee included among the persons hereinbefore described; (vii) the
personal representative of any deceased person included among the
persons hereinbefore described in class (i), (ii), (iii), or (v).
Upon the filing of such petition, the court shall appoint a person to
appear as guardian ad litem for each person who has or who may
thereafter have any interest in the income of such common trust fund and
a person to appear as guardian ad litem for each person who has or who
may thereafter have any interest in the principal of such common trust
fund. Each such interested person may appear in such accounting
proceeding and on his failure to appear shall be deemed to be
represented in such proceeding by the person designated respectively as
such guardian ad litem.
Except as otherwise herein provided, such proceeding shall be
conducted in the same manner as any other proceeding for the voluntary
judicial settlement of the account of a testamentary trustee. The decree
in such proceeding shall be thereafter binding and conclusive in respect
of any matter embraced in the account or in such decree upon all persons
having or who may thereafter have any interest in such common trust fund
or in any participating estate, trust or fund.
7. As used in this section, subject to subdivision eight of this
section the term "trust company" shall mean any trust company, any bank
duly authorized to exercise fiduciary powers and any national bank
having a principal, branch or trust office in this state and duly
authorized to exercise fiduciary powers; the term "estate" shall mean
the assets held by an executor or an administrator, with or without the
will annexed, of the goods, chattels and credits of a decedent, but not
a temporary administrator; the term "trust" shall mean the assets of any
trust however created held by the trustee thereof, including, but
without limitation, any assets held by a fiduciary as donee of a power
during minority to manage property vested in an infant; the term "fund"
shall include the assets of an infant held by the guardian thereof, the
assets of an incompetent person held by the committee thereof, and the
assets of a conservatee held by the conservator thereof. The term "donee
of a power during minority to manage property vested in an infant" shall
for the purposes of this section include only a fiduciary who has power
during a period measured by a minority to hold and invest moneys under
the terms of an instrument under which the fiduciary had theretofore
held such moneys as executor or as personal or testamentary trustee.
8. (a) A trust company, at least ninety per centum of the capital
stock of which is directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or
subsidiaries, owned, controlled or held with power to vote by a bank
holding company may establish and maintain one or more common trust
funds and short term investment common trust funds, or may utilize one
or more common trust funds and short term investment common trust funds
previously established by it, for funds held in any of the fiduciary
capacities mentioned in subdivision one of this section, by itself and
by other trust companies at least ninety per centum of the capital stock
of each of which is directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or
subsidiaries, owned, controlled or held with power to vote by such bank
holding company. Each trust company, the capital stock of which is so
owned, controlled or held, may invest and reinvest in one or more of
such common trust funds and short term investment common trust funds
moneys held in any of the fiduciary capacities mentioned in subdivision
one of this section. The trust company establishing, maintaining, or so
utilizing any such common trust funds and short term investment common
trust funds shall comply with, and be subject to, all of the provisions
of this section as though such trust company and the other trust
companies participating in such fund were one and the same corporate
entity.
(b) For the purpose of this subdivision, (i) the term "bank holding
company" shall be given the same meaning as is contained in the
definition of such term in section one hundred forty-one of this
chapter, and (ii) the term "trust company" shall be given the same
meaning as is contained in the definition of such term in subdivision
seven of this section, except that such term shall be deemed to include,
in addition to the entities listed in such subdivision, any banking,
trust or financial company, corporation or association, organized under
the laws of the United States, whether or not having its principal
office outside this state, or of any state of the United States, which
is duly authorized to exercise fiduciary powers.
9. (a) As used in this subdivision, unless the context otherwise
required:
(i) "Short term investment common trust fund" means a common trust
fund maintained and administered by a trust company exclusively for the
collective investment and reinvestment of moneys contributed thereto
which are invested and reinvested in any short term investment by a
trust company, in its capacity as a fiduciary or co-fiduciary.
(ii) "Short term investment" means bonds, notes or other evidences of
indebtedness which are payable upon demand (including variable amount
notes) or which have a maturity date of one year or less from the date
of purchase, or which may be prescribed, from time to time, by rules or
regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial services, and
which are acquired or held by a trust company in a short term investment
common trust fund.
(iii) "Participant" means any estate, trust, donee of a power during
minority, guardianship, committeeship, conservatorship, or custodian
under any Uniform Transfers to Minors Act administered by a trust
company, as fiduciary or co-fiduciary, having a participation.
(iv) "Participation" means the interest of a participant in a short
term investment common trust fund.
(b) Any trust company may administer one or more short term investment
common trust funds.
(c) Any trust company shall, at least once each year, cause an audit
of each short term investment common trust fund administered by the
trust company to be made by auditors who are independent certified
public accountants. A copy of such audit shall be available at the
office of the trust company maintained for the transaction of trust
business, during all regular business hours, for inspection by any
person having an interest in any participant, and upon request a copy of
any such audit shall be furnished without any cost to such person. The
reasonable expenses of any such audit made by independent certified
public accounts or of any examination by the superintendent may be
charged to the income of the short term investment common trust fund.
(d) A trust company administering a short term investment common trust
fund shall not be required to render a court accounting with regard to
such fund.
10. The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate such
regulations and rules as he or she considers appropriate to govern the
administration of common trust funds and short term investment common
trust funds.
Foreign common trust funds. Any banking corporation or trust
company incorporated under the laws of another state which is qualified
to act as executor or testamentary trustee in this state pursuant to
subdivision three of section one hundred thirty-one of the banking law
may, when acting in either such capacity, invest any moneys received and
held by it in such capacity, either alone or in conjunction with one or
more other persons acting with it in such capacity, in any common trust
fund or funds maintained by it in accordance with the laws of the state
of its incorporation; provided that the will under which it is acting
does not specifically prohibit such investment and that the will under
which it is acting shall authorize the investment of such moneys in any
of the following; (a) in such a common trust fund; (b) in such
investments as such fiduciary or fiduciaries under such will may select
in the discretion of such fiduciary or fiduciaries; (c) generally in
investments other than those in which trustees are by law authorized to
invest trust funds; and provided that any banking corporation or trust
company incorporated under the laws of this state is permitted by the
laws of the state of incorporation of such foreign banking corporation
or trust company, when acting in similar fiduciary capacity in that
state, to invest any moneys received and held by it in such capacity in
any common trust fund or funds maintained by it in accordance with the
laws of this state.
Additional powers of certain trust companies. Every trust
company which at the time this act takes effect lawfully possesses and
exercises the power, for hire, to examine titles to real estate, to
procure and furnish information in relation thereto, and to guarantee or
insure the title to real estate to persons interested, in such real
estate or in mortgages thereon, against loss, by reason of defective
title or other encumbrances of or upon, such real estate, shall continue
to possess such power, but no other trust company shall hereafter have
or exercise such power.
Powers of specially chartered trust companies. Every trust
company incorporated by a special law shall possess the powers of trust
companies incorporated under this chapter and shall be subject to such
provisions of this chapter as are not inconsistent with the special laws
relating to such specially chartered company.
Limited liability trust companies. 1. Trust companies which
(a) do not receive deposits from the general public and (b) have been
exempted by the superintendent of financial services from the
requirements of section thirty-two of this chapter, may be formed and
operated as limited liability trust companies. Such limited liability
trust companies shall be formed in accordance with, shall operate in
compliance with, and shall meet all of the requirements of the limited
liability company law and this chapter, except that to the extent any
provision of the limited liability company law shall be inconsistent
with the provisions of this chapter, the provisions of this chapter
shall govern; provided, however, that limited liability trust companies
shall not have perpetual existence.
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a limited
liability trust company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up
upon the occurrence of any event specified in section seven hundred one
of the limited liability company law. Upon such a dissolution, the
provisions of this chapter shall govern the winding up of the affairs of
the limited liability trust company and the distribution of its assets.
Further, upon such a dissolution, if the members of a limited liability
trust company wish to continue the existence of the company and meet the
requirements of section seven hundred one of the limited liability
company law, they shall apply for and may receive the approval of the
superintendent for new articles of organization and a new authorization
certificate.
3. Trust companies which have been formed and are operating pursuant
to this article and article fifteen of this chapter on the effective
date of this section, and which meet the requirements of subdivision one
of this section, may, with the approval of the superintendent of
financial services, convert into limited liability trust companies,
provided that they meet all of the other requirements of this chapter as
if they were newly formed companies.
4. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to make such
general rules and regulations as may be necessary and proper to
effectuate the provisions of this chapter relating to the formation and
operation of limited liability trust companies.
* Restrictions on loans, purchases of securities and total
liabilities to bank or trust company of any one person.
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* Restrictions on loans, purchases of securities, total liabilities
and other credit exposures to a bank or trust company of any one person.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
No bank or trust company shall:
1. Lend to any person (which term shall mean, for the purposes of this
subdivision, any individual, partnership, unincorporated association,
corporation or body politic) an amount which will exceed fifteen per
centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such
bank or trust company. Any extension of credit to a person by means of
the issue or confirmation of irrevocable sight letters of credit upon
the responsibility of such person, or by means of the discount or
purchase of, or investment in, bills of exchange, notes, bonds,
debentures or other obligations made, drawn or accepted by such person,
shall be considered a loan to such person for the purposes of this
subdivision except that (1) in the case of an accepted bill of exchange,
the loan shall be considered, subject to clause (2) below, to be made to
the acceptor and not to the drawer; and (2) if any bill of exchange,
note, bond, debenture or other obligation is endorsed without limitation
or guaranteed by any person and discounted with, or sold to, such bank
or trust company by such person, the loan shall be considered a loan to
such person and not to the maker, drawer or acceptor of such bill of
exchange, note, bond, debenture or other obligation. The foregoing
limitation is subject to the following exceptions:
(a) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to (1) any
loan to the extent that the United States, this state or any city,
county, town, village or school district of this state, or any
department, agency or instrumentality of the United States or this state
designated by the superintendent by general or specific regulation, has
agreed to pay the principal and interest thereof, or has guaranteed
payment (by guaranty or commitment to purchase or otherwise) of such
principal and interest, or is committed to supply, by loan, subsidy or
otherwise, funds sufficient to pay such principal and interest, or has
otherwise pledged its faith and credit for the payment of such principal
and interest; or (2) any loan secured by not less than a like amount
(based on their principal amount or market value, whichever is lower, at
the time the loan is made) of direct obligations of the United States or
of this state or of any city, county, town, village or school district
of this state or of any such department, agency or instrumentality of
the United States or this state or by obligations otherwise fully
guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States.
(b) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to any loan to
the extent such loan is secured by cash collateral which is not subject
to withdrawal.
In addition, the limitations in this subdivision shall not apply (i)
to loans arising from the discount of commercial or business paper
evidencing an obligation to the person negotiating it with recourse;
(ii) to loans to the student loan marketing association; (iii) to loans
to any financial institution or to any receiver, conservator,
superintendent of financial services, or other agent in charge of the
business and property of such financial institutions when such loans are
approved by the superintendent; (iv) to the purchase of bankers'
acceptances of the kind described in section 13 of an act of congress
entitled the "Federal Reserve Act" and issued by other banking
corporations; and (v) to loans made to facilitate prompt clearance or
settlement arising from the purchase or sale of readily marketable
securities which loans (A) are secured by readily marketable securities
having a market value or a principal face amount (whichever is less) at
the time the loan is made of not less than the principal amount of said
loan, and (B) shall be required to be repaid upon settlement of such
purchase or sale.
(c) Loans (exclusive of any loan described in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision) to any state other than the state of New York, or to any
foreign nation, the New York State thruway authority, the Triborough
bridge and tunnel authority, The Port of New York Authority, a railroad
corporation, a municipal corporation of this state, a corporation
subject to the jurisdiction of a public service commission of this
state, or any international lending facility or public benefit
corporation designated by the superintendent by regulation, may equal
but not exceed twenty-five per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund
and undivided profits of such bank or trust company.
(d) Loans to any person, other than loans described in paragraph (a),
(b) or (c) of this subdivision, may equal but not exceed twenty-five per
centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such
bank or trust company, provided such loans either in whole or in part,
but in any event that part thereof in excess of fifteen per centum of
such capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits:
(1) are upon, or with respect to, drafts or bills of exchange drawn in
good faith against actually existing values, or upon bankers'
acceptances or bills of exchange of the kinds and maturities made
eligible by law for purchase in the open market by federal reserve
banks; or
(2) are secured by collateral having an ascertained market value, or
otherwise having a value as collateral as found in good faith by an
officer of such bank or trust company, at least equal to the excess of
such loans over fifteen per centum of such capital stock, surplus fund
and undivided profits.
(d-1) Loans secured by bills of lading, warehouse receipts, or similar
documents transferring or securing title to readily marketable staples
shall be subject to a limitation of thirty-five per centum of the
capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust
company in addition to the general limitations if the market value of
the staples securing each additional loan at all times equals or exceeds
one hundred fifteen per centum of the outstanding amount of such loan.
The staples shall be fully covered by insurance whenever it is customary
to insure such staples.
(d-2) Loans secured by shipping documents or instruments transferring
or securing title covering livestock or giving a lien on livestock when
the market value of the livestock securing the obligation is not at any
time less than one hundred fifteen per centum of the face amount of the
note covered, shall be subject to a maximum limitation equal to
twenty-five per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided
profits of such bank or trust company.
In addition, loans which arise from the discount by dealers in dairy
cattle of paper given in payment for dairy cattle, which paper carries a
full recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee of the seller, and
which are secured by the cattle being sold, shall be subject to a
limitation of twenty-five per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund
and undivided profits of such bank or trust company.
(e) In computing the total loans by any bank or trust company (i) to
any individual, there shall be included all loans by the bank or trust
company to any partnership or unincorporated association of which he is
a member, and all loans made for his benefit or for the benefit of such
partnership or association; (ii) to any partnership or unincorporated
association, there shall be included all loans by the bank or trust
company to its individual members and all loans made by the bank or
trust company for the benefit of such partnership or unincorporated
association or any member thereof; and (iii) to any corporation, there
shall be included all loans made by the bank or trust company for the
benefit of the corporation. A loan shall be deemed to be made for the
benefit of a corporation only to the extent that the proceeds of such
loan (1) are to be loaned to the corporation; (2) are to be used for the
acquisition (otherwise than in connection with a public offering) from
the corporation by a person in control of, or under common control with,
the corporation, of any stock or other securities issued by the
corporation, or (3) are to be transferred to the corporation without
fair and adequate consideration, and the discharge of an equivalent
amount of debt previously incurred in good faith and for value shall be
considered fair and adequate consideration. A loan shall not be deemed
to be made for the benefit of a corporation if such loan is made to a
person other than the corporation and is secured as provided in
subdivision four of this section or is secured by collateral having an
ascertained market value, or otherwise having a value as collateral as
found in good faith by an officer of such bank or trust company, at
least equal to the amount of the loan; provided that stock or other
securities issued by, or a lien on property of, such corporation shall
not be considered collateral for the purposes of this provision.
(f) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to the
acceptance of bills of exchange or the issue or confirmation of letters
of credit calling for acceptances by a bank or trust company, but no
bank or trust company shall make acceptances, or issue letters of credit
calling for acceptances, upon the responsibility of any person to an
amount in excess of fifteen per centum of the capital stock, surplus
fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company, unless that
part thereof in excess of fifteen per centum of such capital stock,
surplus fund and undivided profits is, and will remain, secured either
by accompanying documents or by some other actual security growing out
of the same transaction as the acceptance or by substituted security of
similar character.
(g) Loans arising from the discount of negotiable or non-negotiable
installment consumer paper which carries a full recourse endorsement or
unconditional guarantee by the transferor of such paper shall be subject
to a limitation of twenty-five per centum of the capital stock, surplus
fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust company. Within the
meaning of this subdivision, the liability to such bank or trust company
of any individual, partnership, unincorporated association or
corporation as endorser or guarantor of negotiable or non-negotiable
instalment consumer paper shall not be deemed a loan to such individual,
partnership, unincorporated association or corporation to the extent of
the value of the obligation thereon of the maker of such instalment
consumer paper, as found in good faith in writing by an officer of such
bank or trust company, designated to make such evaluation and
certification by the board of directors of the bank or trust company,
and upon the further certification by the said officer that the bank or
trust company is relying primarily on the maker of the instalment
consumer paper for the payment of an amount owing upon the instalment
consumer paper upon the security of which the bank or trust company is
making the loan or in which it is making the investment. The
certifications are to be made at the time of making the loan or
investment, and are to be based on information contained in the files of
the bank or trust company, or on the personal knowledge of the
designated officer. Instalment consumer paper, for the purposes of this
section, shall mean retail instalment contracts and retail instalment
obligations as defined in subdivisions six and six-a of section four
hundred ninety-one of this chapter, and similar agreements entered into
outside of this state.
(h) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to any advance
of federal funds by such bank or trust company to a commercial bank,
provided such advance is made on the condition that it be repaid on the
next business day following the day on which the advance is made. For
purposes of this paragraph, the term "federal funds" shall mean funds on
deposit at a federal reserve bank or funds on deposit at a commercial
bank which are exchangeable for funds on deposit at a federal reserve
bank; the term "commercial bank" shall mean any bank, trust company,
private banker, national banking association, any banking corporation
organized under the laws of the United States or any state of the United
States and engaged in a commercial banking business, or any banking
corporation organized under the laws of any foreign country and engaged
in the commercial banking business that maintains a branch or agency
licensed by any state of the United States or the comptroller of the
currency; and the term "business day" shall mean any day on which the
bank or trust company making the advance, the commercial bank obtaining
the advance and any federal reserve bank or banks through which such
advance was effected are all open for general business.
* (i) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to the
investment of such bank or trust company in the bonds, debentures, notes
or other obligations of any person, provided: (i) such bonds,
debentures, notes or other obligations mature not less than one year
after their respective dates of issuance, and, at the time of such
investment, are rated in one of the three highest rating grades by an
independent rating service designated by the superintendent of financial
services; (ii) such investment does not exceed fifteen per centum of the
capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust
company; and (iii) such investment complies with such additional
limitations and conditions as the superintendent of financial services
from time to time may prescribe by general regulation.
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (i) The limitations in this subdivision shall not apply to the
investment of such bank or trust company in the bonds, debentures, notes
or other obligations of any person, provided: (i) such bonds,
debentures, notes or other obligations mature not less than one year
after their respective dates of issuance, and, at the time of such
investment, meet the standards of creditworthiness established by
regulation by the superintendent; (ii) such investment does not exceed
fifteen per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided
profits of such bank or trust company; and (iii) such investment
complies with such additional limitations and conditions as the
superintendent from time to time may prescribe by regulation.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (j) In the case of a trust company which (1) does not receive
deposits from the general public and (2) has been exempted by the
superintendent of financial services from the requirements of section
thirty-two of this chapter, the limitations of this subdivision shall
not apply to the investment of such trust company in the bonds,
debentures, notes or other obligations of, any foreign nation, or any
political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, provided: (i)
at the time of such investment, such bonds, debentures, notes or other
obligations are rated in one of the three highest rating grades by an
independent rating service designated by the superintendent of financial
services; (ii) for any such bonds, debentures, notes or other
obligations, the foreign nation, or any political subdivision, agency or
instrumentality thereof, has guaranteed payment (by guaranty or
commitment to purchase or otherwise) of such principal and interest, or
is committed to supply, by loan, subsidy or otherwise, funds sufficient
to pay such principal and interest, or has otherwise pledged its faith
and credit for the payment of such principal and interest; (iii) such
investments do not exceed the per centum applicable to such obligor of
the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or
trust company as the superintendent shall approve, and (iv) such
investments comply with such limitations and conditions as the
superintendent may from time to time prescribe.
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (j) In the case of a trust company which (1) does not receive
deposits from the general public and (2) has been exempted by the
superintendent from the requirements of section thirty-two of this
chapter, the limitations of this subdivision shall not apply to the
investment of such trust company in the bonds, debentures, notes or
other obligations of, any foreign nation, or any political subdivision,
agency or instrumentality thereof, provided: (i) at the time of such
investment, such bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations meet the
standards of creditworthiness established by regulation by the
superintendent; (ii) for any such bonds, debentures, notes or other
obligations, the foreign nation, or any political subdivision, agency or
instrumentality thereof, has guaranteed payment (by guaranty or
commitment to purchase or otherwise) of such principal and interest, or
is committed to supply, by loan, subsidy or otherwise, funds sufficient
to pay such principal and interest, or has otherwise pledged its faith
and credit for the payment of such principal and interest; (iii) such
investments do not exceed the per centum applicable to such obligor of
the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or
trust company as the superintendent shall approve; and (iv) such
investments comply with such limitations and conditions as the
superintendent may from time to time prescribe.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (k) In the case of a trust company which (1) does not receive
deposits from the general public and (2) has been exempted by the
superintendent of financial services from the requirements of section
thirty-two of this chapter, the limitations of this subdivision shall
not apply to the purchase of securities under repurchase agreement
provided that the repurchase agreement relates to not less than a like
amount of direct obligations (based on their principal amount or market
value, whichever is lower, at the time the purchase occurs) of any
foreign nation, or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality
thereof, provided: (i) at the time of such purchase, such direct
obligations are rated in one of the three highest rating grades by an
independent rating service designated by the superintendent of financial
services; (ii) for any such direct obligations, the foreign nation, or
any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, has
guaranteed payment (by guaranty or commitment to purchase or otherwise)
of the principal and interest thereof, or is committed to supply, by
loan, subsidy or otherwise, funds sufficient to pay such principal and
interest, or has otherwise pledged its faith and credit for the payment
of such principal and interest; (iii) the purchase price of such
securities does not exceed the per centum applicable to the obligor of
such securities of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits
of such bank or trust company as the superintendent shall approve; and
(iv) such purchase complies with such limitations and conditions as the
superintendent may from time to time prescribe.
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (k) In the case of a trust company which (1) does not receive
deposits from the general public and (2) has been exempted by the
superintendent from the requirements of section thirty-two of this
chapter, the limitations of this subdivision shall not apply to the
purchase of securities under repurchase agreement provided that the
repurchase agreement relates to not less than a like amount of direct
obligations (based on their principal amount or market value, whichever
is lower, at the time the purchase occurs) of any foreign nation, or any
political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, provided: (i)
at the time of such purchase, such direct obligations meet the standards
of creditworthiness established by regulation by the superintendent;
(ii) for any such direct obligations, the foreign nation, or any
political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, has guaranteed
payment (by guaranty or commitment to purchase or otherwise) of the
principal and interest thereof, or is committed to supply, by loan,
subsidy or otherwise, funds sufficient to pay such principal and
interest, or has otherwise pledged its faith and credit for the payment
of such principal and interest; (iii) the purchase price of such
securities does not exceed the per centum applicable to the obligor of
such securities of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits
of such bank or trust company as the superintendent shall approve; and
(iv) such purchase complies with such limitations and conditions as the
superintendent may from time to time prescribe.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* The superintendent of financial services shall be empowered to
promulgate rules and regulations as shall be appropriate to carry out
the purposes of this subdivision.
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* The superintendent shall be empowered to promulgate rules and
regulations as shall be appropriate to carry out the purposes of this
subdivision.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* The superintendent also shall be authorized to determine the manner
and extent to which credit exposure resulting from derivative
transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements,
securities lending transactions and securities borrowing transactions
shall be taken into account for purposes of this section. As used in
this section, the term "derivative transaction" includes any transaction
that is a contract, agreement, swap, warrant, note or option that is
based, in whole or in part, on the value of, any interest in, any
quantitative measure of, or the occurrence of any event relating to, one
or more commodities, securities, currencies, interest or other rates,
indices or other assets. In making such determinations, the
superintendent may, but is not required to, act by order or regulation.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
4. Make a loan upon the security of real estate within or without this
state which does not comply with any such rules or regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe.
No loan shall be made under the provisions of this subdivision except
upon the written and signed certificate of an appraiser appointed
pursuant to policies established by the board of directors, certifying
to the value of the premises according to his judgment.
The provisions of this subdivision shall not constitute the authority
to make a loan to a natural person upon the security of a mortgage which
is not a first lien.
Where the collateral for any loan consists partly of real estate
security and partly of other security, including a guarantee or
endorsement by or an obligation or commitment of a person other than the
borrower, only the amount by which the loan exceeds the value as
collateral of such other security, as found in good faith by a duly
authorized officer of such bank or trust company, at the time of the
making of the loan or commitment therefor, shall be considered a loan
upon the security of real estate, provided, that in no event shall a
loan be considered a loan upon the security of real estate (i) where the
principal amount of any real estate security taken therefor is less than
fifteen per centum of the amount of such loan or (ii) where the loan is
payable in monthly or quarterly installments over a period not to exceed
one hundred twenty-one months and does not exceed twenty thousand
dollars and is for the purpose of paying the cost of any repairs,
alterations or improvements upon, or in connection with, or, as the
superintendent may authorize, the equipping of existing structures or
the building of new structures by the owners thereof or by the lessees
under a lease expiring not less than six months after the maturity of
the loan or (iii) where the loan is fully guaranteed or insured by the
United States or a state, or any department, agency or instrumentality
thereof, and for the payment of which loan the full faith and credit of
the United States or of such state is pledged and if under the terms of
the guaranty or insurance agreement the bank or trust company will be
assured of repayment in accordance with the terms of the loan or (iv)
where there is a binding and valid commitment or agreement by a
financially responsible lender, purchaser or other financially
responsible party either directly with the lending bank or trust company
or which is for the benefit of, or has been assigned to, the lending
bank or trust company and pursuant to which commitment, agreement or
assignment, the lender, purchaser or other party is required to advance
to the lending bank or trust company within thirty months from the date
of such commitment or agreement the full amount of the loan to be made
by the lending bank or trust company upon the security of real estate
improved by a building or buildings, or to be improved by a building or
buildings in the process of construction, the major portion of which
building is used, or in the case of a building under construction is to
be used, for residential, business, manufacturing or agricultural
purposes, and where pursuant to the terms and provisions of such
commitment or agreement such advance shall be made prior to or upon the
maturity of the loan by the lending bank or trust company.
Real estate security for purposes of this section shall not include
(a) an assignment of rents under a lease, (b) a mortgage or other lien
upon a leasehold, (c) a mortgage or other lien upon leasehold, royalty
or other rights in oil, gas, minerals, standing timber, or other
products of land, (d) a mortgage or other lien made or given upon real
estate and taken as collateral security for loans to a borrower,
provided, that at the time of the making of the loan or commitment
therefor, repayment thereof is reasonably expected to be made out of the
operations of such borrower or of the mortgagor, or (e) such mortgages
or other liens on property as may be specifically exempted from the
limitations and restrictions of this subdivision by the superintendent
of financial services by general or specific regulations. Nothing in
this paragraph shall be construed to imply that security of a kind not
mentioned herein is to be deemed real estate security.
The limitations and restrictions contained in this subdivision shall
not prevent the acceptance of any real estate security to secure the
payment of a debt previously contracted in good faith. Every mortgage
and every assignment of a mortgage taken or held by such bank or trust
company shall immediately be recorded or registered in its name in the
office of the clerk or the proper recording officer of the county in
which the real estate described in the mortgage is located, except that
where the underlying real estate is located outside the state of New
York such mortgage or assignment may be recorded or registered in the
name of a duly authorized nominee, and except that if such mortgage or
assignment of mortgage or of an interest therein shall be taken from a
corporation organized under the banking law or all of the capital stock
of which is owned by not less than twenty savings banks of this state,
the bank or trust company may hold such mortgage or assignment
unrecorded unless the superintendent shall direct the bank or trust
company to record the same. The recording or registering of assignments
of mortgages shall not be required when not less than ten mortgages are
assigned as security for a loan, the term of which does not exceed
twelve months.
Any bank or trust company may renew from time to time any loan upon
the security of real estate lawfully made by it prior to June thirtieth,
nineteen hundred thirty-seven.
None of the prohibitions and restrictions contained in this
subdivision shall apply to any corporation all of the capital stock of
which is owned by not less than twenty savings banks of this state.
4-a. A bank or trust company may, in addition to the authority granted
under any other provisions of this article, make a loan to a natural
person upon the security of a mortgage which is not a first lien at the
rate or rates agreed to by the bank or trust company and the borrower,
subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial services
may prescribe. Such regulations by the superintendent of financial
services may include such restrictions as the superintendent of
financial services finds necessary or proper, including without
limitation, a restriction as to the percentage of total assets which may
be invested in such loans or a restriction on the loan to appraisal
value of property securing such loan.
For purposes of this subdivision, the term mortgage shall include a
lien on an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or other
evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a
corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative
ownership of real estate.
5. Make any loan for the purpose of financing the purchase of or
refinancing an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or
other evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease
from, a corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the
cooperative ownership of real estate, unsecured except to the extent of
an assignment or transfer of the stock certificates or other evidence of
ownership interest of the borrower and the proprietary lease within
ninety days from the making of the loan, which shall exceed the maximum
per cent of the loan permitted to be made on real estate improved by a
single family residence occupied by the owner, provided that for
purposes of this section the amount of the purchase price shall be
deemed to equal the appraised value of such certificate of stock or
other evidence of an ownership interest, or, in the case of a
refinancing, the appraised value of such certificates of stock or other
evidence of an ownership interest and which shall fail to provide for
full repayment of principal and interest within the same number of years
as a conventional mortgage loan previously described in this
subdivision, provided that all real estate owned by such corporation or
partnership shall be located within the state; and provided, further,
that such loan shall be subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may from time to time promulgate.
The maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or received
upon any loan or forbearance made pursuant to this subdivision may
exceed the rate of interest prescribed by the superintendent of
financial services in accordance with section fourteen-a by no more than
one and one-half per centum per annum.
6. Make any loan or discount on the security of the shares of its own
capital stock, or, except as provided in section five thousand twelve of
this chapter, be the purchaser of any such shares, unless such security
or purchase shall be necessary to minimize or avoid loss upon a debt
previously contracted in good faith, and stock so purchased shall be
sold at public or private sale, or otherwise disposed of, within six
months from the time of its purchase unless the superintendent shall
authorize such bank or trust company in writing to hold such shares for
a longer period. Any bank or trust company violating any of the
provisions of this subdivision shall forfeit to the people of the state
twice the amount of the loan or purchase.
7. Knowingly lend, directly or indirectly, any money or property for
the purpose of enabling any person to pay for or hold shares of its
stock, unless the loan is made upon security having an ascertained
market value of at least fifteen per centum more than the amount of the
loan. Any bank or trust company violating the provisions of this
subdivision shall forfeit to the people of the state twice the amount of
the loan.
8. Except in conformity with such rules and regulations as may be
promulgated by the superintendent, lend any sum of money to any
executive officer or director of such bank or trust company. The
superintendent shall have power to determine by regulation who shall be
considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be an executive
officer and what shall be considered, under the provisions of this
subdivision, to be a loan to an executive officer or director. In making
such determination, the superintendent shall have power to include or
exclude, subject to such conditions and limitations, if any, as he shall
prescribe, any or all of the following: (1) any transaction as a result
of which an executive officer or director of a bank or trust company
becomes obligated to such bank or trust company upon any note, draft,
bill of exchange or other indebtedness, as maker, drawer, endorser,
guarantor, surety or otherwise; and (2) any transaction as a result of
which a corporation, in which an executive officer or director or any
combination of such persons, owns or controls a majority of the stock,
or as a result of which a partnership in which an executive officer or
director is a partner, becomes obligated or renews its obligation to
such bank or trust company upon any note, draft, bill of exchange or
other indebtedness, as maker, drawer, endorser, guarantor, surety or
otherwise. Every bank or trust company violating this provision or any
regulation issued pursuant thereto and every officer or director of such
bank or trust company knowingly participating in such violation shall,
for each offense, forfeit to the people of the state twice the amount of
the loan.
No executive officer or director of a bank or trust company shall
borrow from the bank or trust company of which he is an executive
officer or director except as permitted by this section.
Entries in books; restrictions; amortization of securities. 1.
No bank or trust company shall by any system of accounting or any device
of bookkeeping, directly or indirectly enter any of its assets upon its
books in the name of any individual, partnership, unincorporated
association or of any other corporation, or under any title or
designation that is not truly descriptive thereof, except as authorized
by the provisions of this article.
2. The stocks, bonds and other interest-bearing securities purchased
by a bank or trust company shall be entered on its books at the actual
cost thereof, and shall not thereafter be carried upon the books at a
valuation exceeding their cost as adjusted by amortization for the
purpose of bringing them to par at maturity except that the same may be
carried at cost if appropriate amortization reserve is set up for the
purpose of bringing them to par at maturity. Where securities purchased
at a premium are callable prior to maturity, the rate of amortization
thereof shall be increased where necessary to such extent as shall
reduce the amount at which such securities are carried upon the books to
the call price at the date or dates upon which a call may be made;
provided, however, that no adjustment for amortization or amortization
reserve shall be required to be made on the books except when net
profits are computed. The superintendent may by regulation vary the
requirements of this subdivision to permit the amortization of premiums
at the same rate as that required by federal tax statutes or
regulations.
3. No bank or trust company shall, except with the written approval of
the superintendent, enter on its books its real estate and the building
or buildings thereon, or its fixtures, vaults, furniture and equipment,
at a valuation exceeding the actual cost to such bank or trust company,
or carry such real estate, building or buildings, fixtures, vaults,
furniture or equipment at a valuation exceeding the actual cost less
appropriate allowances for depreciation except that the same may be
carried at cost if appropriate depreciation reserve is set up; provided,
however, no adjustment for depreciation or depreciation reserve shall be
required to be made on the books except when net profits are computed.
4. Real estate acquired by a bank or trust company, other than that
acquired for use as a place of business, shall be entered on the books
of the bank or trust company in conformity with the method of accounting
for troubled debt restructurings approved by the financial accounting
standards boards or such other method of accounting as may be authorized
or required by rules and regulations of the superintendent of financial
services.
The provisions of this subdivision shall not, except as the
superintendent may otherwise require, apply to any parcel of real estate
as to which the bank or trust company has exercised its option to
transfer or convey such real estate to the veterans administration or
the federal housing commissioner pursuant to insurance or guaranty.
5. Every bank and every trust company shall conform its methods of
keeping its books and records to such orders in respect thereto as shall
have been made and promulgated by the superintendent pursuant to article
two of this chapter. Any bank or trust company that refuses or neglects
to obey such order shall be subject to a penalty in an amount as
determined pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter for each day
it so refuses or neglects.
6. Every bank and every trust company holding any funds or money paid
into court shall keep records in which it shall make an exact account
thereof, including appropriate references to the order or orders
pursuant to which such funds are held.
Branch offices; prohibition against doing business at
unauthorized places. 1. (a) No bank or trust company or officer,
director, agent or employee thereof, shall transact any part of its
usual business of banking at any place other than its principal office,
except that a bank or trust company may open and occupy one or more
branch offices at any location in the state, provided: (i) that the
requirements of section twenty-nine of this chapter are met and (ii)
that, except for the city or village in which its principal office is
located, in no event shall a branch be opened and occupied pursuant to
this subdivision in a city or village with a population of fifty
thousand or less in which is already located the principal office of
another bank, trust company or national banking association, other than
a bank holding company, if such bank holding company is a banking
institution, or a banking subsidiary of a bank holding company (as such
terms "bank holding company", "banking institution" and "banking
subsidiary" are defined in section one hundred forty-one of this
chapter) except that the definition of "bank holding company" is
modified to change the phrase "a banking institution" wherever it
appears therein to "two or more banking institutions" and the definition
of "banking institution" is modified to add a national banking
association, the principal office of which institution is located in
this state, except, in the case of a conversion pursuant to the
provisions of this article, branch offices occupied immediately prior
thereto or except for the purpose of acquiring by merger, sale or
otherwise the business and property of a bank, trust company or national
banking association, whether in liquidation or doing business in the
usual course.
(b) An office of an affiliated bank at which the customers of a bank
or trust company may make deposits, renew time deposits, make
withdrawals, close loans, service loans, and receive payments on loans
and other obligations shall not be deemed a branch office of such bank
or trust company. For the purposes of this section, the term "affiliated
bank" means any bank, as such term is defined in section 3(a)(1) of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(a)(1)), that is a
subsidiary of the same bank holding company, as that term is defined in
section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841).
2. Hereafter before any branch or branches shall be opened and
occupied pursuant to subdivision one of this section the superintendent
shall have given his written approval as provided in article two of this
chapter.
3. (a) Any bank or trust company may with the written approval of the
superintendent, open and occupy a branch office or branch offices in one
or more places located without the state of New York, either in the
United States of America or in foreign countries.
(b) If any bank or trust company has opened and occupied a branch
office in a foreign country pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (a)
of this subdivision, it may, unless otherwise advised by the
superintendent, open and occupy an additional branch office or branch
offices in such country without having to apply for the approval of the
superintendent, provided that it gives the superintendent notice of at
least thirty days (or such shorter period as the superintendent in
individual cases may approve) before opening and occupying any such
additional branch office.
4. The term "village" as used in this section shall mean either an
incorporated or an unincorporated village.
5. (a) A bank or trust company may, if the merger or asset acquisition
is permitted by law, and if the merger or asset acquisition agreement so
provides, maintain as a branch office or branch offices or trust office
or trust offices, the place or places of business of any bank, trust
company, safe deposit company, national banking association,
out-of-state state bank or out-of-state trust company (as such terms are
defined in section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter), savings
bank, or savings and loan association, federal savings bank or federal
savings and loan association which it has received into itself by merger
or by acquisition of assets thereof pursuant to the provisions of this
chapter and, if the merger or acquisition agreement so provides, may
maintain, as its principal office rather than as a branch or trust
office, the principal office of such banking institution with which it
has merged or from which it has acquired assets (so long as such
principal office is located in this state), in which event the former
principal office of the receiving or acquiring bank or trust company may
be maintained as a branch office. A state bank or trust company
resulting from the conversion of a national banking association may, if
the conversion agreement so provides, maintain as a branch office or
branch offices or trust office or trust offices the place or places of
business of the national banking association. As used in this
subdivision, the term "place or places of business" shall include any
branch office or trust office of the banking institution that was
converted, merged or the assets of which were acquired which has been
approved pursuant to this chapter or federal law or the law of another
state, as the case may be, even if such branch office or trust office is
not in operation at the time said merger, asset acquisition or
conversion becomes effective.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision, any public accommodation office of a merging or acquired
banking organization or association, including any such office which has
been approved pursuant to section one hundred ninety-one of this chapter
but which is not in operation at the time said merger or acquisition
becomes effective, may be maintained by the receiving or acquiring bank
or trust company as a public accommodation office only.
Electronic facilities. A bank or trust company may conduct a
banking business, at automated teller machines, point-of-sale terminals,
and similar facilities subject to regulations which may be promulgated
by the superintendent of financial services. Such facilities shall not
be deemed to be branches and shall not be subject to any of the
provisions of this chapter applicable to branches; provided however that
notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of clause (ii) of
subdivision one of section one hundred five of this chapter, such
facilities shall be deemed to be branches, and such facilities shall be
subject to the terms and conditions of section one hundred five, and for
purposes of section twenty-eight-b of this chapter, such facilities
shall be deemed to be branches.
Trust offices. 1. A trust company may establish or acquire
and maintain one or more trust offices anywhere in this state, or
outside the state of New York, either in the United States or in foreign
countries.
2. A trust company seeking to establish or acquire and maintain a
trust office shall submit a written notice to the superintendent
describing the proposed activities and such other information as the
superintendent shall request. The notice shall be accompanied by an
investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter.
3. The trust office may commence operation thirty days after the
superintendent receives such notice, unless the superintendent notifies
the trust company in writing within such time period that the office may
not commence operation or that additional information or time is
required for the superintendent to consider such notice.
4. The superintendent may deny approval of the trust office if the
superintendent finds that the maintenance of such office would not be
consistent with the goals set forth in the declaration of policy
contained in section ten of this chapter.
Deposits by banks and trust companies with other banking
corporations and private bankers; restrictions. 1. No bank or trust
company shall deposit any of its funds with any other foreign or
domestic banking corporation or private banker in an amount exceeding
one hundred per centum of the capital stock, surplus fund and undivided
profits of such bank or trust company unless such other banking
corporation or private banker has been approved by the superintendent as
a depositary for the purpose of this section, in which case the amount
so deposited may equal but shall not exceed such per centum of the
capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank or trust
company as the superintendent shall approve.
2. The restrictions contained in this section shall not apply to
deposits by any bank or trust company with a federal reserve bank.
Reserves against deposits. 1. Every bank and trust company
shall maintain total reserves against its demand and time deposits in
such ratios as the superintendent of financial services shall by
regulation impose. If the principal office or any branch of such bank or
trust company is located in a special requirement area, as designated in
or pursuant to subdivision two of this section said bank or trust
company shall maintain such additional reserves as may be prescribed by
the superintendent of financial services.
2. The cities of Albany and Buffalo and the boroughs of Brooklyn,
Manhattan and The Bronx are hereby designated as special requirement
areas. The superintendent of financial services may at any time add to
the number of cities or boroughs designated as special requirement
areas, or may terminate the designation of any city or borough as such.
3. Any part of total reserves may be deposited, subject to call, with
a federal reserve bank in the district in which such bank or trust
company is located, or with reserve depositaries, and the reserves on
hand not so deposited shall consist of any form of currency authorized
by the laws of the United States. Any bank or trust company which is or
shall become a member of the federal reserve system shall maintain such
reserves with a federal reserve bank as are required by or pursuant to
the federal reserve act and so long as it complies with the requirements
of such federal reserve act with reference to reserves shall be exempt
from the preceding provisions of this section.
4. If any bank or trust company shall fail to maintain its total
reserves in the manner prescribed and authorized by this section, it
shall be liable to, and shall pay any assessment or assessments levied
by the superintendent pursuant to the provisions of article two of this
chapter.
Security for public deposits. 1. As used in this section, the
following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) "Public depositary". A bank, trust company or other depositary,
whether state or federally chartered, authorized to accept and hold
deposits of public funds under the laws of this state.
(b) "Public funds". Funds of a political subdivision.
(c) "Political subdivision". Any municipal corporation, school
district, board of cooperative educational services, district
corporation, special improvement district governed by a separate board
of commissioners or a public library.
(d) "Public deposits". Deposits of public funds in a public depositary
which are available for all uses generally permitted by the public
depositary to the depositing political subdivision for actually and
finally collected funds under the public depositary's account agreement
or policies.
2. Whenever a political subdivision is required by any general or
special law to obtain a pledge of assets or other security from a public
depositary for its public deposits and such political subdivision has
entered into a written agreement with such public depositary relating to
such public deposits and has provided written notice in a form specified
by such written agreement to the public depositary of such public
deposits, the public depositary shall comply with the provisions of such
law at the time it accepts any public deposits from the political
subdivision; provided, however, that where the public depositary and
political subdivision have agreed in writing as to the maximum amount of
security which such depositary shall provide, and the terms, conditions
and timing of the provisions of security pursuant thereto, and the
depositary has at all times complied with such agreement, it shall be
deemed to have complied with the provisions of such law for so long as
it shall comply with such agreement.
Rates of interest; installment obligations; personal loan
departments. 1. Except as otherwise provided in this section, no bank or
trust company shall take, receive, reserve or charge on any loan or
discount made, or upon any note, bill of exchange or other evidence of
debt, negotiable or otherwise, interest, as computed pursuant to this
subdivision, at a rate greater than the rate prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services pursuant to section fourteen-a of
this chapter, or, if no rate has been so prescribed, six per centum per
annum, or two dollars if the interest so computed is less than that
amount. Such interest may be taken in advance, reckoning the days for
which the note, bill or evidence of debt has to run. If interest is so
taken in advance and the maturity of the debt is accelerated and
judgment is obtained, or the debt is otherwise paid prior to its normal
date of maturity, the bank or trust company shall refund to the obligor
or his legal representative, as the case may be, the unearned interest
previously deducted and the unused portion of any premiums charged for
insuring the obligor under a group credit insurance policy, such refund
to be calculated in accordance with the method described in paragraph
(e) of subdivision four of this section. A reasonable charge by a bank
or trust company for the collection of a bona fide bill of exchange,
note or other evidence of debt payable at a place other than the place
where purchased, discounted or sold, in addition to the interest, shall
not be considered interest for the purpose of any law regulating the
maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or received.
Anything contained in this subdivision to the contrary
notwithstanding, the charging of interest or discount on a loan or
discount made outside this state at a rate allowed by the laws of the
jurisdiction where such loan is made, or the acquisition by a bank or
trust company of a part interest or the entire interest in any loan or
discount heretofore or hereafter made by a bank or trust company or any
other banking institution, shall not be a violation of this section.
2. Any bank or trust company may purchase or otherwise acquire from
the payee, owner or holder thereof any obligation in writing to pay in
installments all or part of the price of personal property or that of
the performance of services, whether that obligation be a negotiable
promissory note or other evidence of debt, or any accounts receivable,
whether or not they are obligations in writing, or any lease of personal
property, and may lease personal property acquired by it, doing so for
such price or rentals or other consideration and upon such additional
terms and conditions as may be mutually agreeable.
3. Upon advances of money, repayable on demand, to an amount not less
than five thousand dollars, made upon documents of title within article
seven of the uniform commercial code or negotiable instruments within
article three or article eight of the uniform commercial code pledged as
collateral security for such repayment, any bank or trust company may
receive or contract to receive and collect as compensation for making
such advances any sum which may be agreed upon by the parties to such
transaction.
4. (a) A bank or trust company may operate a personal loan department
at all or at any one or more of its authorized places of business in
accordance with the requirements of this subdivision. The records of
such department shall be kept in such form as the superintendent may
from time to time prescribe. The superintendent may, after giving notice
of the contemplated action and reasonable opportunity to be heard, order
that the operation of such department be discontinued if he shall find
that the bank or trust company has failed to conform to any requirement
of this subdivision. The superintendent may forthwith, and for a period
not to exceed thirty days pending further investigation, order that the
operation of any such department be temporarily discontinued if he shall
have reasonable cause to believe that the requirements of this
subdivision are not having compliance. Such order of discontinuance or
temporary discontinuance may apply to one or more of the authorized
places of business of a bank or trust company. The superintendent may
terminate or modify such orders if he shall be satisfied that such
department will be operated in accordance with the requirements of this
subdivision. No order of discontinuance or temporary order of
discontinuance shall impair or affect the obligation of any preexisting
lawful loan or advance from a bank or trust company to any borrower.
(b) A bank or trust company which operates a personal loan department
may make loans and charge interest thereon, which may be calculated on
the actual unpaid principal balances of the loan or in the case of a
loan commitment from the date of each advance thereunder for the actual
time outstanding, according to a generally accepted actuarial method at
a fixed or variable rate in accordance with the provisions of the
evidence of the indebtedness, or taken in advance, computed from the
date of the loan, or in the case of a loan commitment from the date of
each advance thereunder, to the date of the last installment payable
thereunder, at the rate or rates agreed to by the bank or trust company
and the borrower, with respect to any loan which is repayable at regular
periodic intervals of not more than one month over a period from the
date of the loan not exceeding (i) thirty-seven months, if the face
amount of the loan is for not more than twelve hundred dollars, or (ii)
any number of months agreed to by the bank or trust company and the
borrower, (A) if the face amount of the loan is for more than twelve
hundred dollars, (B) if the loan is for more than twelve hundred
dollars, and is made for a commercial or business use or purpose or for
investment in or purchase of an unincorporated business or commercial
enterprise, (C) if the loan or loan commitment is made for educational
purposes as specified in subdivision five-b of this section, or (D) if
the loan or advance of credit is made for the purpose of financing
alterations, repairs and improvements upon or in connection with, or as
the superintendent may authorize the equipping of existing structures,
and the building of new structures, upon urban, suburban, or rural real
property (including the restoration, rehabilitation, rebuilding and
replacement of such improvements which have been damaged or destroyed by
earthquake, conflagration, tornado, hurricane, cyclone, flood or other
catastrophe), by the owners thereof or by lessees of such real property
under a lease expiring not less than six months after the maturity of
the loan or advance of credit or by lessees under proprietary leases
from corporations or partnerships formed for the purpose of the
cooperative ownership of real estate. The total unpaid principal
balances of any one or more loans made by such bank or trust company to
the borrower pursuant to this subdivision shall be determined by
agreement between such bank or trust company and the borrower. If the
loan is made for a period of one year or more, provision may be made in
the note, instrument or other evidence of debt, for the omission of
payments during not more than any three specified months in any
twelve-month period, but the maximum period of thirty-seven months,
shall not be exceeded. On any loan with a variable rate of interest made
pursuant to this paragraph, the rate shall be determined at regular
intervals as set forth in the evidence of indebtedness and in accordance
with such regulations as the superintendent of financial services shall
prescribe but said rate shall not vary more often than once in any three
month period and shall be based on a published index that is (a) readily
available, (b) independently verifiable, (c) beyond the control of the
bank or trust company and (d) approved by the superintendent.
The superintendent of financial services shall adopt regulations,
including but not limited to: (a) providing for disclosure to the
borrower by the bank or trust company of the circumstances under which
the rate may increase, any limitations on the increase, the effect of an
increase and an example of the payment terms that would result from an
increase; (b) providing for disclosure to the borrower by the bank or
trust company of a history of the fluctuations of the index over a
reasonable period of time; and (c) providing for notice to the borrower
from the bank or trust company prior to any rate increase or change in
the terms of payment.
(c) The rate of interest authorized by this subdivision shall be
inclusive of all charges incident to investigating and making any loan.
No fee, commission, expense, or other charge whatsoever in addition
thereto shall be taken, received, reserved, or contracted for, except
(i) the fees payable to the appropriate public officer to perfect any
lien or other security interest taken to secure the loan or the premium,
not in excess of such filing fee, payable for any insurance in lieu of
such filing; (ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the
provisions of the instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in
an amount not to exceed five cents per dollar on any installment which
has become due and remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days,
but no such fine shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be
collected on any such installment regardless of the period during which
it remains in default, and provided further that should the aggregate of
such fines collected in connection with any loan exceed two per centum
of such loan, or in any event twenty-five dollars, the bank or trust
company shall refund such excess to the borrower within sixty days after
the loan is paid in full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned
interest attributable to the amount in default, interest on each amount
past due at a rate not in excess of the rate provided for in the
instrument evidencing the obligation; (iii) the actual expenditures,
including reasonable attorney's fees for necessary court process; and
(iv) in case the bank or trust company insures a borrower under a credit
unemployment insurance policy, group life insurance policy, group health
insurance policy, group accident insurance policy, or group health and
accident insurance policy, or requires insurance on personal property
securing any such loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums
chargeable in accordance with rate schedules then in effect and on file
with the superintendent of financial services for such insurance by the
insurer. No bank or trust company shall require a borrower to place any
sum on deposit, or to make deposits in lieu of regular periodic
installment payments, or to do or refrain from doing any other act which
would entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a condition precedent
to granting a loan under the authority of this subdivision except as
provided in subdivision five-b of this section. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a bank or trust company may, with the prior approval of the
superintendent, offer a loan product that encourages personal savings by
requiring a borrower to place a portion of the principal of the loan
into an interest-bearing savings account as a condition precedent to
granting a loan under the authority of this subdivision. In deciding
whether to approve a loan product pursuant to the preceding sentence,
the superintendent may consider the recent results of examinations of
the bank or trust company, the terms and structure of, and the
underwriting criteria and marketing plan for the proposed loan product,
other loans offered by the bank or trust company, and such other factors
the superintendent deems to be relevant. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this paragraph no refund of excess fines shall be required if it
amounts to less than one dollar.
(d) In each note, instrument or other evidence of debt given by a
borrower to evidence a loan under this subdivision, where such loan is
not subject to the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Truth in
Lending Act" and the regulations thereunder, as such act and regulations
may from time to time be amended, the rate of charge (stating any
minimum as permitted by this subdivision four), shall be expressed
either in accordance with the method prescribed by such act of congress
or: (i) as a rate in dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars
face amount of loan, or (ii) as the rate or rates agreed to by the bank
or trust company and the borrower.
(e) A borrower may prepay the loan in full or, with the consent of the
bank or trust company, may refinance the loan. If the interest is
calculated on the actuarial basis, or if the evidence of the
indebtedness provides that the rate of interest may vary from time to
time, a borrower may prepay the loan in full without penalty. If the
interest was taken in advance, in the event of such prepayment or
refinancing, the bank or trust company shall refund: (1) the unearned
portion of the interest to the borrower the amount of which portion
shall be determined according to a generally accepted actuarial method;
provided, however, that if the amount of interest previously deducted
(i) was less than ten dollars, no refund shall be required; or (ii)
exceeded the sum of ten dollars and the earned interest is less than
that amount, the bank or trust company may retain such an additional
amount as will bring the earned interest to the sum of ten dollars and
refund the remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is
refinanced, no refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one
dollar; and (2) if a charge was made to the borrower for premiums for
insuring the borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy,
group life insurance policy, or under a group health, group accident or
group health and accident insurance policy, the excess of the charge to
the borrower therefor over the premiums paid or payable by the bank or
trust company, if such premiums were paid or payable by the bank or
trust company periodically, or the refund for such insurance premium
received or receivable by the bank or trust company, if such premium was
paid or payable in a lump sum by the bank or trust company, provided
that no such refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one
dollar. In the event (i) the maturity of the loan is accelerated due to
the default of the borrower or otherwise and judgment is obtained, or
(ii) repayment is made pursuant to any such insurance policy, the
borrower or his legal representative, as the case may be, shall be
entitled to the same refund as if the loan had been prepaid in full on
the date of acceleration or repayment.
(f) A bank or trust company may, upon agreement with the borrower,
extend the scheduled due date or defer the scheduled payment of all or
any part of any installment or installments payable under the loan. The
agreement for such extension or deferment must be in writing and signed
by the borrower. The bank or trust company may charge and contract for
the payment of an extension or deferral charge by the borrower and
collect and receive the same, at the rate or rates agreed to by the bank
or trust company and the borrower, on the amount of the installment or
installments, or part thereof, extended or deferred for the period of
extension or deferral. Such period shall not exceed the period from the
date when such extended or deferred installment or installments, or part
thereof, would have been payable in the absence of such extension or
deferral, to the date when such installment or installments, or part
thereof, are made payable under the agreement of extension or deferment;
except that a minimum charge of one dollar for the period of extension
or deferral may be made in any case where the extension or deferral
charge, when computed at such rate, amounts to less than one dollar.
Such agreement may also provide for the payment by the borrower of the
additional cost to the bank or trust company of premiums for continuing
in force, until the end of such period of extension or deferral, any
insurance coverages provided in connection with the loan subject to the
other provisions of this subdivision.
(g) If the borrower is obligated in connection with the loan to
maintain insurance on a motor vehicle securing the loan and if
subsequent to the making of the loan the borrower fails to maintain the
insurance, the bank or trust company may make advances to procure the
equivalent limits of insurance for either the interests of the borrower
and the bank or trust company or of either of them, and any amount so
advanced may be the subject of an interest charge from the date of such
advance as though such amount was part of the unpaid principal balance
of the loan. Each amount so advanced shall be secured by the personal
property if so provided in the security agreement covering the personal
property and if the bank or trust company notifies the borrower in
writing of the advance of such amount and of his or her option to repay
such amount in any one of the following ways:
(1) Full payment within ten days from the date of giving or mailing
the notice;
(2) Full amortization during the term of the insurance or the
remaining term of the loan, at the option of the bank or trust company;
(3) If offered by the bank or trust company, as a final balloon
payment payable one month after the last scheduled payment in connection
with the loan;
(4) If offered by the bank or trust company, full amortization after
the term of the loan, to be payable in instalments which do not exceed
the average instalment payable in connection with the loan; or
(5) If offered by the bank or trust company, any other amortization
plan.
If the borrower neither pays in full the amount so advanced nor
notifies the bank or trust company in writing of his or her choice
regarding amortization options before the expiration of ten days from
the date of giving or mailing of the notice by the bank or trust
company, the bank or trust company shall amortize the amount so advanced
pursuant to subparagraph two of this paragraph.
5. (a) A bank or trust company which operates a personal loan
department pursuant to paragraph (a) of subdivision four hereof may
establish credits under written agreements with borrowers, pursuant to
which one or more loans or advances to or for the account of a borrower
may be made from time to time, by means of honoring one or more checks
or other written, electronic or telephonic orders or requests of the
borrower and may charge interest on such loans and advances at the rate
permitted by paragraph (b) of this subdivision, provided such loans and
advances comply with the provisions of this subdivision. This
subdivision does not authorize any bank or trust company to make any
loan or advance in connection with the purchase or lease of goods or
services by means of a credit card as defined in section five hundred
eleven of the general business law, except for a loan or advance
resulting from the use of a card which may be used to access a deposit
account and line of credit associated with that account. The records of
such loans and advances shall be kept in such form as the superintendent
may from time to time prescribe.
(b) Such agreement may provide for interest on the unpaid aggregate
principal amount of such loans and advances from time to time
outstanding at the rate or rates agreed to by the bank or trust company
and the borrower, as computed pursuant to this section, including, in
accordance with the provisions of the agreement, rates that may vary
from time to time reckoned on each loan or advance from the date
thereof, calculated on any of the following bases: (i) on the unpaid
principal amount of such loans and advances from time to time
outstanding, or (ii) for each month on an average balance outstanding
determined by dividing by two the sum of the balances of unpaid
principal of such loans and advances outstanding on two dates during
such month, as specified in such agreement; the first of which dates
being not later than the fifteenth day of such month and the second
being not earlier than the sixteenth day of such month and not less than
ten nor more than twenty days after the first date, or (iii) for each
month on a fixed amount selected from a schedule, which fixed amount may
exceed the average daily balance under (i) above, or the average balance
if determined under (ii) above, by a differential of not more than five
dollars, provided the same fixed amount is also used for computing
interest for any month for which such balance exceeds said fixed amount
by any amount up to at least the same differential. For purposes of this
subdivision, a month may but need not be a calendar month, and a bank or
trust company computing interest on a daily basis may charge for each
day one thirtieth of the monthly interest rate. No amendment to any
agreement shall take effect unless at least 30 days prior to the
effective date of such amendment, imposition or increase, a written
notice has been mailed or delivered to the borrower that clearly and
conspicuously describes such amendment, imposition or increase and the
indebtedness to which it applies and if the amendment has the effect of
increasing the rate of interest, either (a) the notice states that the
incurrence by the borrower or another person authorized by him of any
further indebtedness under the plan to which the agreement relates on or
after the effective date of such change specified in the notice shall
constitute acceptance of such change, and either the borrower agrees in
writing to such change or the borrower or another person authorized by
him incurs such further indebtedness on or after the effective date of
the change stated in the notice, or (b) the notice advises the borrower
that he has thirty days from the earlier of the mailing or delivery of
the notice to advise the bank or trust company in writing that he does
not accept such amendment, provided that such notice contains an address
to which the borrower may send notice of his election not to accept the
amendment and also provided that the notice specifies that the amendment
will take effect absent receipt of the borrower's written objection to
the amendment. Any borrower who has received a notice pursuant to clause
(a) who does not agree in writing to the amendment and no further
indebtedness is incurred under the plan to which the agreement relates,
and any borrower who gives a timely notice, pursuant to clause (b),
electing not to accept the amendment shall be permitted to pay his
outstanding indebtedness in accordance with the terms of the agreement
but the bank or trust company may terminate the amount of credit
available to the borrower and may require the borrower to return all
credit cards and checks issued in connection with the agreement. If such
a borrower subsequently obtains credit under the agreement, such use
shall constitute acceptance of the change of terms and shall be deemed
to have been accepted and shall become effective as to the borrower as
of the date such change would have become effective but for the giving
of notice by the borrower. If notice is given pursuant to clause (b) and
the borrower does not timely object in writing to the amendment, such
amendment shall become effective without action on the part of the
borrower; provided that in no event shall any such amendment or increase
take effect with respect to (i) the unpaid aggregate principal amount of
loans or advances representing indebtedness outstanding prior to January
1, 1981 and (ii) the unpaid aggregate principal amount of loans or
advances representing indebtedness incurred, under or pursuant to an
agreement in effect on December 1, 1980, between January 1, 1981, and
the effective date of such amendment or increase specified in the first
notice mailed or delivered pursuant to clause (a). Indebtedness
outstanding prior to January 1, 1981, for purpose of clause (i) above
and indebtedness outstanding prior to the effective date of an increase
for purposes of clause (ii) above shall be determined on the basis of
crediting payments and other credits first to that portion of any such
indebtedness representing interest charges, insurance premiums, service
charges and fines and then to that portion representing the principal
amount of loans or advances in the order in which made. The provisions
of this paragraph permitting an increase in a rate of interest shall not
apply in the case of an agreement which expressly prohibits changing of
interest rates or which provides limitations on changing of interest
rates which are more restrictive than the requirements of this
paragraph. An amendment to an agreement deleting a provision that the
rate of interest may vary from time to time may not become effective
within one year from the later of the effective date of the agreement or
the effective date of an amendment to an agreement adding a variable
rate provision. On any loans or advances with rates of interest that may
vary from time to time made pursuant to this paragraph, such variable
rates of interest shall be determined at regular intervals as set forth
in the agreement and in accordance with such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services shall prescribe but said rate shall
not vary more often than once in any three month period and shall be
based on a published index that is (a) readily available, (b)
independently verifiable, (c) beyond the control of the bank or trust
company and (d) approved by the superintendent, (e) such loan rate shall
be based on the index values, or the index numbers plus or minus
additional percentage points provided, however, that variations in the
rate must correspond directly to the movements of the index values plus
or minus additional percentage points only. Once such rate is
established no lending institution may add any factors to increase the
rate other than variations in the established index without the prior
approval of the superintendent of financial services. For purposes of
this paragraph, an adjustment in the rate of interest as a consequence
of movement in the selected index shall not constitute an amendment to
that agreement. A reduction in the grace period for the assessment of a
fee on any installment not paid when due, shall be considered an
amendment to an agreement as set forth in this paragraph.
The superintendent of financial services shall adopt regulations with
respect to agreements that provide for a variable rate of interest,
including but not limited to: (a) providing for disclosure to the
borrower by the bank or trust company of the circumstances under which
the rate may increase, any limitations on the increase, the effect of an
increase and an example of the payment terms that would result from an
increase; (b) providing for disclosure to the borrower by the bank or
trust company of a history of the fluctuations of the index over a
reasonable period of time; and (c) providing for notice to the borrower
from the bank or trust company prior to any rate increase or change in
the terms of payment. The regulations shall allow a bank or trust
company after choosing an approved index to choose a spread and a
minimum and maximum rate of interest at its discretion.
A written agreement, whether it provides for a fixed or variable
interest rate, may provide for an introductory rate of interest at
either a fixed or a variable rate, provided that the terms of such
introductory rate, including, if applicable, the date on which the
introductory rate shall terminate, are disclosed to the borrower. Such
disclosure shall be contained on an application form or pre-approved
written solicitation as specified pursuant to subdivisions one and one-a
of section five hundred twenty of the general business law. A change in
the interest rate upon expiration of an introductory rate shall not be
considered a variable rate or a change in terms. The interest rate in
effect after expiration of an introductory rate may apply to all amounts
due under the agreement regardless of when incurred and disclosure of
the same shall be provided to the borrower in the written agreement.
Any interest charge, whether assessed by a fixed or variable rate, may
be reduced on such terms as the bank or trust company may determine,
provided that the terms of such reduction, including, if applicable, the
date on which the reduction will terminate, are disclosed to the
borrower on the written notice announcing the reduction, prior to the
effective date of the reduction. A new method of determining an interest
charge is a reduction in the interest charge if the charge determined
under the new method never exceeds the charge under the original method.
The original interest charge or original method of determining the
interest charge may be applied after the reduction ends to the entire
outstanding indebtedness, including any indebtedness incurred when a
reduced interest charge applied and disclosure of the same shall be
provided to the borrower in the written notice announcing the reduction.
A reduction to an interest charge, including the resumption of the
original interest charge or the original method of determining the
interest charge, shall not be considered an amendment of the agreement
for purposes of this paragraph.
(c) The aggregate unpaid principal amount of all such loans and
advances to a borrower made pursuant to this subdivision by a bank or
trust company at any one time outstanding shall be determined by
agreement between such bank or trust company and the borrower except to
the extent that such loans or advances are made pursuant to a written
agreement providing for establishing credits for a primarily commercial
or business use or purpose or for investment in or purchase of an
interest in an unincorporated business or commercial enterprise.
(d) The aggregate unpaid principal amount of all loans and advances
outstanding at any time pursuant to this subdivision shall be repayable
at regular periodic intervals of not more than one month and for such
term as agreed upon by such bank or trust company and the borrower;
provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit a bank or trust
company from providing in any agreement for the omission of payments for
three consecutive specified months during any consecutive twelve month
period. The initial installment of any loan or advance may be deferred
for a period of not more than sixty-five days from the date of such loan
or advance; provided, however, that the installments payable during any
such period on any prior loans or advances shall not be affected by any
such deferment. Provided, however, that an agreement may require a
minimum installment as agreed upon by the parties.
The borrower may at any time prepay the amount owing in part or in
full, with interest to the date of prepayment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, each
installment or other amount paid by the borrower to the bank or trust
company may be applied to interest, insurance premiums, service charges,
fines and principal in the order named, or in any such manner as the
agreement may provide. The term "installment" may be deemed to include
or exclude amounts to be applied to interest, insurance premiums,
service charges and fines.
(e) The fees and charges authorized by this paragraph and paragraph
(b) of this subdivision shall be inclusive of all charges to the
borrower incident to investigating and making any such loan or advance.
No fee, commission, expense, or other charge to the borrower whatsoever
shall be taken, received, reserved, or contracted for, except as
provided in this subdivision. In addition to the interest charge
permitted under paragraph (b) of this subdivision, the bank or trust
company may charge, receive and collect any one or more of the fees and
charges described in this paragraph, provided that any such fee or
charge is set forth in the written agreement with the borrower. The bank
or trust company may contract with the borrower for the payment by the
borrower of: (i) a service charge either as a percentage or an amount
upon each such check or other written, electronic or telephonic order or
request which is approved; (ii) a charge in an amount or percentage for
each check or other written, electronic or telephonic order or request
to obtain money from a credit line that cannot be approved since the
borrower is in violation of the terms of the agreement or payment of
such order or request would cause borrower to be in violation of the
terms of the agreement; (iii) a fee for any installment which is not
paid on or before the date on which it is due. A bank or trust company
that imposes the charge described in this subparagraph without allowing
a grace period of at least ten days must credit any cash payment made by
a borrower to a teller at a branch where deposits are accepted by the
bank or trust company, as of the date of receipt of the payment; (iv)
the actual expenditures, including reasonable attorneys' fees for
necessary court process; (v) in case the bank or trust company insures a
borrower in accordance with applicable insurance law, including but not
limited to under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life
insurance policy, group health insurance policy, group accident
insurance policy, or group health and accident insurance policy, an
amount for each month which, notwithstanding any other law, may be
computed on the amount of the borrower's entire unpaid indebtedness
under this subdivision except in the case of a loan or loan commitment
made under this subdivision for educational purposes as specified in
subdivision five-b of this section, and then on an amount no greater
than the unpaid balance of the borrower's scheduled periodic payments,
whether due or not due, upon the loan or loan commitment, at a rate not
in excess of the premiums chargeable for such month in accordance with
rate schedules then in effect and on file with the superintendent of
financial services for such insurance by the insurer; (vi) if loans or
advances may be obtained by use of a credit card issued by the bank or
trust company to the borrower, an annual fee for membership in the
credit card plan. If the borrower has requested the issuance of a credit
card, the fee for the first year may be charged by the bank or trust
company at any time. The bank or trust company shall in each subsequent
year in which an annual fee is payable, send the borrower in or with the
statement for the monthly billing period before that in which the fee is
to be billed, a notice that the annual fee will be billed in the next
monthly statement. A borrower who is not delinquent or otherwise in
breach of any term of the agreement with the bank or trust company shall
have the right during the first six months after the annual fee is
billed to notify the bank or trust company in writing, at its address on
the credit agreement, to terminate the borrower's account and request a
refund of the unused portion of the annual fee previously paid. Upon
receipt of the termination notice and refund request from such borrower,
the bank or trust company shall refund to the borrower the unused pro
rata share of any annual fee previously paid as of the first billing
statement date after receipt of the termination notice; and (vii) an
overlimit charge which may be imposed whenever the specified credit
limit is exceeded but not more than once in a monthly billing cycle. If
the overlimit charge is imposed, the credit limit must be disclosed on
the monthly billing statement; and (viii) a returned payment charge, in
the amount set forth in section 5-328 of the general obligations law,
for any check or other method of payment that is returned unpaid,
excluding payment made by automated teller machine or other electronic
media; (ix) a charge for replacement of lost or stolen credit cards,
which charge shall be applied only where a borrower has suffered a lost
or stolen credit card after two replacements thereof; (x) a charge for
additional credit cards for the borrower's account; and (xi) a charge
for copies of sales slips, cash advance slips, monthly statements and
other documents when such copies are not required by federal or state
law governing billing error disputes.
The fees and charges set forth in this paragraph shall not be
considered in applying sections 190.40 and 190.42 of the penal law. For
purposes of 12 U.S.C. §§ 85, 1831d, 1463(g) and 1785(g), the fees and
charges permitted under this paragraph are interest under New York law,
and all terms, conditions, and other provisions of a written agreement
between a bank or trust company and a borrower, including without
limitation, fees and charges, provisions related to the method of
determining the outstanding balance on which an interest charge is
imposed and circumstances in which an interest charge may be avoided,
are material to the determination of the interest rate under New York
law.
(f) No bank or trust company shall require a borrower to keep any sum
on deposit, or to make deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment
payments, or to do or refrain from doing any other act which would
entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a condition precedent to the
entering into of the agreement or granting of a loan or advance under
the authority of this subdivision, except as provided in subdivision
five-b of this section, provided, however, that nothing herein shall be
construed to prohibit a borrower from agreeing that such loans and
advances may be disbursed by crediting a demand deposit account to be
opened or maintained by the borrower on the same terms as are offered
generally by the bank or trust company to all or any class or classes of
demand deposit customers, and provided further, that a bank or trust
company may require a pledge to such bank or trust company of a
specifically identified interest-bearing deposit account at such bank or
trust company as collateral security for a loan made by such bank or
trust company under the authority of this subdivision.
5-a. A bank or trust company may make loans secured by mobile home
chattel paper evidencing a monetary obligation incurred to finance the
purchase of a mobile home located at the time of such purchase, or to be
located within ninety days, at a semipermanent site within the state or
in a contiguous state and to be maintained as a residence of the
borrower, the borrower's spouse, child, grandchild, parent or
grandparent.
(1) For this subdivision:
(i) "mobile home chattel paper" means written evidence of both a
monetary obligation and a security interest of first priority in a
mobile home and any equipment installed or to be installed therein; and
(ii) "mobile home" or "manufactured home" means a structure,
transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is
eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length,
or when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet,
and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a
dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to
required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning
and electrical systems contained therein.
(2) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a new
mobile home,
(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the
date thereof, and
(ii) the amount advanced shall not exceed one hundred per cent of the
sum of (a) the manufacturer's invoice price of such mobile home
(including any installed equipment), excluding freight, plus (b) the
invoice price of the manufacturer of any new equipment installed or to
be installed by the dealer, excluding freight.
(3) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a used
mobile home,
(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the
date of the loan, and
(ii) the amount advanced shall not exceed one hundred per cent of the
purchase price of the used mobile home actually paid or the wholesale
value of such mobile home (including any installed equipment) as
established in the dealer's market, whichever is the lower.
(4) The loan shall be payable in equal or substantially equal monthly
installments calculated from the date of the loan. Interest, which may
be taken in advance, may be charged thereon, computed from the date of
the loan to the date of the last installment payable thereunder, if the
loan has a maturity (i) not exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not
to exceed six dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of the
face amount or ten dollars if the interest so computed is less than that
amount, or (ii) exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not to exceed
five dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of the face
amount or ten dollars, if the interest so computed is less than that
amount; provided that the interest which may be charged, if it exceeds
ten dollars, shall not exceed one per cent per month on the unpaid
principal balance.
(5) The authorized interest shall include all charges incident to
investigating and making any loan. No fee, commission, expense, or other
charge shall be permitted except that the bank or trust company may
contract to charge the borrower (i) the fees payable to a public officer
to perfect any lien or other security interest taken to secure the loan,
or the premium, not in excess of such fee, payable for any insurance in
lieu of such filing; (ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the
instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount not to
exceed five per cent on any installment which has become due and
remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such fine
shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on any
such installment regardless of the duration of the default, and provided
further that should the aggregate of such fines collected in connection
with any loan exceed two per cent of such loan or twenty-five dollars
the bank or trust company shall refund such excess within sixty days
after the loan is paid in full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned
interest attributable to the amount in default, interest on each amount
past due at a rate not in excess of one per cent per month during the
period of delinquency; (iii) the actual expenditures, including
reasonable attorney's fees for necessary court process, and (iv) in case
the bank or trust company insures a borrower under a credit unemployment
insurance policy, group life, health, accident, or health and accident
insurance policy, or requires insurance on the property securing such
loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums lawfully chargeable. No
bank or trust company shall require a borrower to place any sum on
deposit, or to make deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment
payments, or to do or refrain from doing any other act which would
entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a condition of a mobile home
loan, as the superintendent may from time to time approve. No refund or
excess fines shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar.
(6) A borrower may prepay the loan in full or, with the consent of the
bank or trust company, may refinance the loan. In such event, the bank
or trust company shall refund: (1) the unearned portion of the interest
to the borrower the amount of which portion shall be determined
according to a generally accepted actuarial method; provided that if the
interest previously deducted (i) was less than ten dollars, no refund
shall be required; or (ii) exceeded ten dollars and the earned interest
is less than that amount, the bank or trust company may retain such an
additional amount as will bring the earned interest to ten dollars and
refund the remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is
refinanced, no refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one
dollar; and (2) if a charge was made to the borrower for premiums for
insuring the borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy,
group life insurance policy, or under a group health, group accident or
group health and accident insurance policy, the excess of the charge to
the borrower therefor over the premiums paid or payable by the bank, if
such premiums were paid or payable by the bank or trust company
periodically, or the refund for such insurance premium received or
receivable by the bank or trust company, if such premium was paid or
payable in a lump sum by the bank or trust company. No such refund need
be made if it amounts to less than one dollar. In the event (i) the
maturity of the loan is accelerated due to the default of the borrower
or otherwise and judgment is obtained, or (ii) repayment is made
pursuant to any such insurance policy, the borrower or his legal
representative, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the same refund
as if the loan had been prepaid in full on the date of acceleration or
repayment.
(7) As a condition of any loan made pursuant hereto, the borrower
shall certify that the mobile home, for the purchase of which the loan
is made, is intended to be maintained in the state or in a contiguous
state as a residence of the borrower, the borrower's spouse, child,
grandchild, parent or grandparent. If the mobile home shall not be so
maintained on the ninetieth day next succeeding the date of the loan or
if it is relocated so as to no longer be located in the state or a
contiguous state at any time before the first anniversary of the loan,
the loan and all authorized charges shall become immediately due and
payable subject only to the refund provisions of paragraph six and the
borrower may, if the contract so provides, be required to pay as an
additional authorized charge, a penalty in an amount not to exceed two
per cent of the face amount of the loan.
(8) No investment shall be made by a bank or trust company pursuant to
this subdivision if the total amount invested by it pursuant to this
subdivision exceeds, or by the making of such investment will exceed, an
amount equal to fifteen per cent of the assets of the bank or trust
company.
(9) Subject to such limitations and conditions as the superintendent
of financial services may prescribe by general regulation, a bank or
trust company may make a loan pursuant to this subdivision which the
federal housing administrator has insured or has made a commitment to
insure and may receive and hold such debentures as are issued by the
federal housing administrator in payment of such insurance, or which is
guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled
the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944." No law of this state
prescribing or limiting the interest rate upon loans or advances of
credit or prescribing a penalty for violation thereof or prescribing the
nature, amount or form of security or requiring security upon which
loans or advances of credit may be made or prescribing or limiting the
period for which loans or advances of credit may be made or limiting the
amount of any class of loans, advances of credit or purchases which may
be made shall be deemed to apply to loans, advances of credit or
purchases made or to loans acquired by purchase pursuant to this
paragraph.
5-b. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of this section, a
bank or trust company may make loans for the purpose of defraying the
cost of education of one or more students at a university or college, or
at an elementary or secondary school providing education required of
minors which may provide for (i) payment of origination fees, or
guarantee fees in such amounts as the superintendent may from time to
time approve; (ii) capitalization of interest, provided that the
borrower has the option to avoid capitalization by paying such interest
without penalty; and (iii) deferral and forbearance of payments under
circumstances for which such deferral or forbearance could be granted
for loans made pursuant to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965
(20 USC 1070 et seq.).
6. The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving or charging a greater
rate of interest than that authorized by this section as computed by
this section, shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of the entire
interest which the note, bill of exchange or other evidence of debt
carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon, and if a
greater rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same or
his legal representative may recover from the bank or trust company
twice the entire amount of the interest thus paid.
7. Upon an advance of money, whether or not repayable on demand, to an
amount not less than five thousand dollars, made upon documents of title
within article seven of the uniform commercial code or negotiable
instruments within article three or article eight of the uniform
commercial code pledged as collateral security for such repayment, any
bank or trust company may receive or contract to receive and collect as
compensation for making such advance any sum which may be agreed upon by
the parties to such transaction; provided that such advance is (a) to or
for any partner of a firm which is a member firm of a national
securities exchange registered with the securities and exchange
commission as a national securities exchange under the federal
securities exchange act of 1934, as amended, to enable such partner to
make a contribution of capital to such firm or to purchase stock of an
affiliated corporation of such firm, provided that such partner is
actively engaged in the business of such firm and devotes the major
portion of his time thereto, or (b) to or for any person who is or will
become a holder of stock of a corporation which is a member corporation
of such a national securities exchange to enable such person to purchase
stock of such corporation or to purchase stock of an affiliated
corporation of such corporation, provided that such person is actively
engaged in the business of such corporation and devotes the major
portion of his time thereto.
8. (a) The superintendent shall have the power to prescribe by
regulation (i) the maximum charge which may be imposed in this state by
a bank or trust company in connection with a check or other written
order drawn upon it on insufficient funds, irrespective of whether the
instrument is paid, accepted, or returned by the bank, and (ii) the
maximum charge which may be imposed in this state by a bank or trust
company in connection with a check or other written order received by it
for deposit or collection and subsequently dishonored and returned for
any reason by the drawee.
(b) No bank or trust company shall, in connection with the payment,
acceptance or return of such check or order, impose any fee, fine,
commission or other charge, however designated, in addition to the
maximum charge established therefore by the superintendent of financial
services pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subdivision, except that
nothing herein expressed shall prevent a bank or trust company from
taking, receiving, reserving or charging interest, as authorized by law
in connection with credit extended in connection with the payment of
such check or order or from imposing any charge in accordance with a
written agreement established in accordance with the provisions of
subdivision five of this section. A bank or trust company may, as an
accommodation to its customers, pay, accept, or return a check or order
without charge, or at a lesser charge than the maximum charge
established by the superintendent of financial services.
(c) In prescribing a maximum charge pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
subdivision, the superintendent shall consider the following factors:
(i) the cost of processing an overdraft or returned check or order, as
the case may be, (ii) the charge necessary to deter overdrafts or
returned checks or orders, as the case may be, and (iii) such other
economic or cost factors that the superintendent shall deem to be
appropriate. Prior to the superintendent's prescribing any such maximum
charge, the superintendent shall issue a written determination as to
such maximum charge, reciting the cost and other data upon which the
determination is based.
(d) The superintendent of financial services may promulgate such
regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper to implement and
define the provisions of this subdivision. The superintendent of
financial services may prescribe maximum charges from time to time, but
not more often than once in any six month period, and shall provide
reasonable notice to the public of any change in such maximum charges,
of the effective date of such change, which shall not be less than seven
days following the adoption of such change by the superintendent of
financial services, and of any rule or regulation adopted pursuant to
this subdivision.
9. A bank or trust company may, in the case of business or
agricultural loans in the amount of twenty-five thousand dollars or
more, take, receive, reserve, and charge on any loan or discount made,
or upon any note, bill of exchange, or other evidence of debt, interest
at a rate of not more than five per centum in excess of the discount
rate on ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York, and such interest may be taken in advance, reckoning
the days for which the note, bill, or other evidence of debt has to run.
Acceptance of United States currency. No bank or trust
company shall impose a fee, commission or service charge for accepting
for deposit or exchanging for other United States currency any United
States currency provided that any coins are properly rolled and have the
customer's account number for that bank or trust company displayed on
the coin roll, provided further that no more than ten rolls of coins in
any denomination are presented for deposit or exchange at any one time.
Closing of books; profits; how to be computed. 1. Every bank
and every trust company shall close its books not less frequently than
annually for the purpose of transferring its net profits to the
undivided profits and surplus fund accounts.
2. To determine the amount of gross income of any bank or trust
company for the purpose of computing its net profits for any period, the
following items may be included:
(a) All income received or properly accrued, provided that no interest
shall be accrued upon interest-bearing assets upon which a default of
principal or interest has existed for a period which shall be determined
by the superintendent except interest-bearing assets secured by
collateral the ascertained value of which is at least equal to the
amount at which the asset plus all interest accrued thereon is carried
on its books.
(b) Realizable profits resulting from a revaluation to ascertained
current market of a foreign exchange position, provided that a
consistent practice is followed in the deduction from gross income of
losses so resulting.
(c) Amounts added to cost or charged to amortization reserve for the
purpose of amortizing discounts on securities purchased for less than
par, provided that no discount shall be amortized on securities upon
which a default exists.
(d) Any profits actually realized from the sale or other disposition
of securities, real estate or other property.
(e) Amounts recovered on assets previously charged off, including
amounts allowed by the superintendent on account of assets previously
disallowed by him and other amounts allowed by the board of directors on
account of assets previously disallowed by it. For the purpose of this
paragraph amounts transferred to valuation reserves shall be considered
as amounts charged off.
(f) Provided the superintendent shall have approved, and only to the
extent of such approval, any increase in the book value of the real
estate and building or buildings thereon used by it as its place or
places of business.
(g) Such other items as the superintendent, in his discretion, may
permit to be included.
3. To determine the amount of net profits for such period, the
following items shall be deducted from gross income:
(a) All expenses paid or properly accrued in the transaction of its
business and the management of its affairs.
(b) Interest paid or properly accrued upon debts owing by it.
(c) Amounts deducted from cost or credited to amortization reserve for
the purpose of amortizing premiums on securities purchased for more than
par.
(d) All losses sustained, including assets, or portions thereof,
disallowed by the superintendent, and other assets, or portions thereof,
disallowed by the board of directors. With the approval of the
superintendent, any items referred to in this paragraph may be excluded.
For the purposes of this paragraph, provision for disallowances may be
effected by charge off or by establishment of valuation reserve and any
existing valuation reserve may be deducted from the related asset in
determining the amount of loss sustained.
4. The balance thus obtained shall constitute the net profits of such
bank or trust company for such period.
Surplus fund; of what composed, and for what purposes used.
Every bank and every trust company shall create a fund to be known as a
surplus fund. Such fund may be created or increased by contributions, by
transfers from undivided profits, or from net profits. Such fund shall
not be available for the payment of dividends, except with the prior
approval of the superintendent, and may be used to pay expenses or
absorb losses only in the event such bank or trust company has no
undivided profits against which such expenses or losses may be charged.
Profits; credits to surplus fund and to undivided profits. In
any case where the combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided
profits of a bank or trust company do not equal ten per centum of its
net deposit liabilities, the superintendent of financial services may in
his or her discretion require such bank or trust company at the close of
each accounting period to credit its surplus fund with a portion of its
net profits for such period, not to exceed ten per centum thereof, until
its combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits equal ten
per centum of its net deposit liabilities. For the purposes of this
section, the term "net deposit liabilities" shall mean total deposits
including all amounts due to national banks, banks, bankers, trust
companies and savings banks, the amounts due on certified and cashier's
checks, and for unpaid dividends less the amounts of balances due from
national banks, banks, bankers, and trust companies and cash items in
process of collection payable immediately upon presentation in the
United States.
Dividends; payable from net profits; restrictions. 1. The
directors of a bank or trust company may annually, semi-annually or
quarterly, but not more frequently unless authorized by the
superintendent by regulation or otherwise, declare such dividends as
they deem judicious to be paid from net profits. No dividend shall be
declared, credited or paid so long as there is any impairment of capital
stock. No bank or trust company having outstanding preferred stock
shall, except as otherwise authorized by the superintendent, declare
dividends upon common stock for any period other than a period for which
dividends are declared upon preferred stock.
2. The approval of the superintendent shall be required if the total
of all dividends declared by a bank or trust company in any calendar
year shall exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined
with its retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any
required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any
preferred stock.
3. For the purposes of this section, the term "net profits" shall mean
the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual
recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting
from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses,
accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state
taxes.
Change of location; change of designation of principal office.
Any bank or trust company may make a written application to the
superintendent, such application to be accompanied by an investigation
fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, for
leave to change its place or one of its places of business to another
place in the state or for leave to change the designation of its
principal office to a branch office and to change the designation of one
of its branch offices to its principal office. The application shall
state the reasons for such proposed change.
Such change may be made upon the written approval of the
superintendent. If the superintendent shall grant his certificate
authorizing the change of location, as provided in article two of this
chapter, the bank or trust company may, upon or after the day specified
in the certificate, remove its property and effects to the location
designated therein.
Assessment of stockholders to make good impairment of capital
stock; sale of stock.
Whenever the superintendent shall have made requisition upon any bank
or trust company pursuant to the provisions of article two of this
chapter to make good the amount of an impairment of its capital stock,
the directors of the bank or trust company shall immediately give notice
of such requisition to each stockholder and of the amount of the
assessment which he must pay for the purpose of making good such
deficiency, by a written or printed notice mailed to such stockholder at
his last address appearing upon the records of the bank or trust
company, or served personally upon him. If any stockholder shall refuse
or neglect to pay the assessment specified in such notice within sixty
days from the date thereof, the directors of such bank or trust company
shall have the right to sell to the highest bidder at public auction the
stock of such stockholder, after giving previous notice of such sale
once a week for two successive weeks in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county where the principal office of such bank or
trust company is located; or such stock may be sold at private sale, and
without such published notice, provided, however, that before making a
private sale thereof an offer in writing to purchase such stock shall
first be obtained, and a copy thereof served upon the owner of record of
the stock sought to be sold either personally or by mailing a copy of
such offer to such owner at his last address appearing upon the records
of the bank or trust company; and if, after service of such offer, such
owner shall still refuse or neglect to pay such assessment within two
weeks from the time of service of such offer, the said directors may
accept such offer and sell such stock to the person or persons making
such offer, or to any other person or persons making a larger offer than
the amount named in the offer submitted to such stockholder; but said
stock shall in no event be sold for a smaller sum than the amount of the
assessment called for and the necessary costs of sale. Out of the
avails of the stock sold the directors shall pay the necessary costs of
sale and the amount of the assessment called for thereon. The balance,
if any, shall be paid to the person or persons whose stock has been thus
sold. A sale of stock as herein provided shall effect an absolute
cancellation of the outstanding certificate or certificates evidencing
the stock so sold, and shall render the same null and void and a new
certificate or certificates shall be issued to the purchaser or
purchasers of said stock.
Reports to directors. The board of directors shall, at least
once in each year by resolution duly recorded in the minutes, designate
an officer or officers whose duty it shall be to prepare and submit,
either to each director present at each regular meeting of the board, or
to each member of an executive committee of not less than five members
of such board, present at a regular meeting of such committee, a written
report as described in this section. Except as otherwise provided by the
superintendent by regulation, which regulation may define the terms
contained herein and establish such requirements according to size
and/or business activities of a bank or trust company, such report shall
include all the purchases and sales of securities, and every discount,
loan or other advance, including all renewals made and the maximum
overdraft permitted in each account, since the date of the last
preceding similar report, describing the collateral to such indebtedness
as of the date of the report; but such officer or officers may omit from
such report discounts, loans or advances, including overdrafts and
renewals, of an amount less than one-half of one per centum of the
combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits of such bank
or trust company, or less than one thousand dollars, whatever the
combined capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits may be.
Unless the superintendent shall provide otherwise by regulation, which
regulation may define the terms contained herein and establish such
requirements according to size and/or business activities of a bank or
trust company, such report shall also contain a list giving the
aggregate of loans, discounts and advances, including overdrafts and
renewals, to each individual, partnership, unincorporated association,
corporation or person whose liability to the bank or trust company has
been increased, since the date of the last preceding similar report to
an amount equal to or more than the amount above required to be
reported, and such report shall also include any further increase
thereafter provided that the amount of any such increase, either itself,
or together with other increases since such loan, discount, advance,
overdraft or renewal was last reported is equal to more than one-tenth
of one per centum of the combined capital stock, surplus fund and
undivided profits of such bank or trust company. Each such report shall
also contain a description of the collateral to such indebtedness held
by the bank or trust company as of the date of the report unless the
superintendent shall provide otherwise by regulation. Such aggregate
liabilities shall be computed as provided in paragraph (e) of
subdivision one of section one hundred three of this article. A copy of
such report, together with a list of the directors present at such
meeting, verified by the affidavit of the officer or officers charged
with the duty of preparing and submitting such report shall be filed
with the records of the bank or trust company within five business days
after such meeting, and be presumptive evidence of the matters therein
stated.
Examinations of banks and trust companies by directors;
employment of assistants. 1. It shall be the duty of the board of
directors of every bank and every trust company once in each calendar
year to examine, or cause a committee of at least three of its members
to examine, such bank or trust company for the purpose of determining
its financial condition and reviewing its investment, loan and audit and
control policies and in such examination particular attention shall be
given to the loans or discounts made directly or indirectly to its
officers or directors, or for the benefit of such officers or directors,
or for the benefit of other corporations of which such officers or
directors are also officers or directors, or in which they have a
beneficial interest as stockholders, creditors, or otherwise, with the
special view of ascertaining their safety and present value, and the
value of the collateral security, if any, held in connection therewith,
and to such other matters as the superintendent may require. Such
directors shall have the power to employ such assistants in making such
examination as they may deem necessary, and shall employ the assistance
of independent auditors if the superintendent deems inadequate the
internal auditing and control procedures established by such bank or
trust company. The various offices, departments and phases of business
of any such bank or trust company may be examined as of different dates
during the year.
2. With respect to any bank or trust company subject to the provisions
of section one hundred twelve of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Act of 1991, as implemented by the provisions of part three
hundred sixty-three of the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time,
compliance with such provisions shall be deemed to satisfy the
examination requirement of this section.
Reports of directors' examinations. 1. A report in writing of
any examination made pursuant to the requirements of section one hundred
twenty-two of this article, shall be presented to the board of directors
of such bank or trust company at their next regular meeting after
completion of such examination, and placed on file in such bank or trust
company, and a duplicate thereof filed in the office of the
superintendent. Such report shall contain such information as the
superintendent shall require.
2. A report prepared pursuant to part three hundred sixty-three of the
rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as
the same may be amended from time to time, may, in the sole discretion
of the superintendent, satisfy the reporting requirements of this
section.
3. Any report filed in the office of the superintendent shall include
a certificate that such report was presented to the board of directors,
in the form prescribed by the superintendent.
Communications from department of financial services to be
submitted to directors and noted in minutes. Any officer of a bank or
trust company who receives from the office of the superintendent an
official communication as defined in article two of this chapter shall
submit such communication to the board of directors at the next meeting
of such board, and such communication shall be duly noted in the minutes
of the meetings of such board.
Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make. 1.
Within fifteen days after service upon it of the notice provided for by
section thirty-seven of this chapter, every bank and every trust company
shall make a written report of its financial condition to the
superintendent, which report shall be in such form and contain such
information as the superintendent of financial services may prescribe.
2. Every bank and every trust company shall also make such other
special reports to the superintendent as he may from time to time
require, in such form and at such date as may be prescribed by him and
such reports shall, if required by him, be subscribed and affirmed as
true under the penalties of perjury.
3. If any bank or trust company shall fail to make any report required
by or pursuant to this section, on or before the day designated for the
making thereof, or shall fail to include therein any prescribed matter,
such bank or trust company shall forfeit to the people of the state an
amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four-a of this chapter
for every day that such report shall be delayed or withheld, and for
every day that it shall fail to report any such omitted matter, unless
the time therefor shall have been extended by the superintendent as
provided in article two of this chapter.
Preservation of books and records. Every bank and every trust
company shall preserve all its records of final entry, including cards
used under the card system and deposit tickets, for a period of at least
six years from the date of making the same or from the date of the last
entry thereon; provided, however, that preservation of photographic
reproductions thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute
compliance with the requirements of this section. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the superintendent of financial services may prescribe by
regulation such period of time longer or shorter than six years during
which all records kept by banks and trust companies as fiduciary shall
be preserved in original form.
Requirement of notice on withdrawal of certain time deposits;
notice to superintendent. In the event that any bank or trust company
shall elect to require that thirty or more days' notice be given before
time deposits payable only on presentation of a passbook may be
withdrawn the bank or trust company shall upon the day such election is
made notify the superintendent thereof by telephone or telegraph.
Requirement of written notification; alternative payment
schedules. In the event that any bank or trust company shall permit a
customer to establish an alternative payment schedule for an existing
loan, the bank or trust company shall provide written notification that
accepting such alternative payment schedule may have a negative impact
on such customer's credit score or rating. Such notification shall be
provided at the time a loan application is made, at the time a loan is
granted and at the time a customer requests that an alternative payment
schedule be established for a loan, but prior to the actual
establishment of an alternative payment schedule.
Restrictions on officers, directors and employees. 1. No
officer, director, clerk or other employee of any bank or trust company,
and no person in any way interested or concerned in the management of
its affairs, shall, acting on his own behalf or for any partnership or
unincorporated association of which he is a member or for any
corporation, of which he owns or controls a majority of the capital
stock, discount, or directly or indirectly make any loan upon, any note
or other evidence of debt which he shall know to have been offered for
discount to such bank or trust company, and to have been refused. Every
person violating the provisions of this subdivision shall, for each
offense, forfeit to the people of the state twice the amount of the loan
which he shall have made.
2. No officer, director, clerk or other employee of any bank or trust
company shall, directly or indirectly, purchase or be interested in the
purchase of any promissory note or other evidence of debt issued by it
on terms more favorable than those available to the general public,
provided, however, that every director, and every officer, clerk or
other employee who is a stockholder of such bank or trust company, may
purchase promissory notes or other evidences of debt issued by it in the
same ratio as to amount and on the same terms as any other stockholder.
3. (a) No executive officer of a bank or trust company may be an
executive officer, director or trustee of another bank or trust company,
savings bank, savings and loan association, national bank, federal
savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, bank holding company or
foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state, unless
permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent of financial
services pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this
subdivision, except that an executive officer of a bank or trust company
which is a subsidiary of a bank holding company may be (i) an executive
officer and (ii) a director of the bank holding company and of one or
more banking institutions which are subsidiaries of such bank holding
company.
(b) The superintendent of financial services shall have the power to
determine by regulation who shall be considered, under the provisions of
this subdivision, to be an executive officer, and by a general or
specific regulation to grant permission to an executive officer of a
bank or trust company to be an executive officer, director or trustee or
both an executive officer and director or a trustee of another bank or
trust company, savings bank, or savings and loan association, national
bank, federal savings bank or federal savings association, the principal
office of which is located in this state, bank holding company, or
foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state. Such
permission may be granted only if in the judgment of the superintendent
of financial services such service by the executive officer will be
consistent with the policy of the state of New York as declared in
section ten of this chapter. The superintendent of financial services
shall have the power to revoke such permission whenever he or she finds,
after reasonable notice and an opportunity to be heard, that the public
interest requires such revocation.
(c) For the purposes of this subdivision, the terms "subsidiary",
"banking institution" and "bank holding company" shall each be given the
same meaning as is contained in their respective definition in section
one hundred forty-one of this chapter, except that the definition of the
term "banking institution" is modified to include a national bank,
federal savings bank or federal savings association, the principal
office of which institution is in this state, and a foreign banking
corporation maintaining a branch in this state.
(d) All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on
executive officers and directors of banks and trust companies shall
continue in effect.
5. Every director of a bank or trust company who is obligated on any
loan or other extension of credit made by such bank or trust company to
such director or to any other individual, partnership, unincorporated
association or corporation, shall file a statement of his financial
condition with such bank or trust company at least once in each year and
at such other times as the superintendent may require. This subdivision
shall not apply to directors whose obligations are secured by collateral
having an ascertained market value of at least fifteen per centum more
than the amount of such obligations. The superintendent shall have the
power to determine by regulation what shall be considered, under the
provisions of this subdivision, to be a loan or an extension of credit.
6. If any officer of a bank or trust company becomes indebted to any
domestic or foreign banking organization, other than the bank or trust
company of which he is an officer, or becomes indebted to any banking
institution organized under the laws of the United States, he shall
within ten calendar days after he becomes so indebted make a written
report to the board of directors of the bank or trust company of which
he is an officer, stating the date and amount of any such loan or
indebtedness, and the security therefor. In addition to the foregoing
reports he shall render written reports of such other indebtedness as
the board of directors of the bank or trust company may by resolution
require of its officers. The superintendent shall have the power to
determine by regulation who shall be considered an officer and what
shall be considered a loan or indebtedness under the provisions of this
subdivision.
The provision of this subdivision shall not be applicable if the
amount of the indebtedness does not exceed an amount which shall be
determined by the superintendent.
7. (a) Every person who is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner
of more than ten per centum of any class of any equity security of a
bank or trust company or who is a director or officer thereof, shall
file, within ten days following (i) the effective date of this section,
or (ii) the date on which he becomes such beneficial owner, director or
officer, whichever is later, a statement with the superintendent of the
amount of all equity securities of such bank or trust company of which
he is the beneficial owner, and within ten days after the close of each
calendar month thereafter, if there has been any change in such
ownership during such month, shall file with the superintendent a
statement indicating his ownership at the close of the calendar month
and such changes in such ownership as have occurred during such calendar
month.
(b) Any such beneficial owner, director or officer of a bank or trust
company shall not be subject to the requirements of this section if
(1) he is required by section sixteen (a) of the securities exchange
act of nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, to file with the board
of governors of the federal reserve system in accordance with regulation
f of such board or with the federal deposit insurance corporation in
accordance with part three hundred thirty-five of title twelve of the
regulations of such corporation, a statement as to his stock ownership
and he files with the superintendent at his New York city office four
copies of each such statement filed with such board or corporation, or
(2) he is such beneficial owner, director or officer of a bank or
trust company, all of the voting securities of which, excepting only
directors' qualifying shares, are owned, controlled or held with power
to vote by a bank holding company as defined in section one hundred
forty-one of this chapter or by a single corporation, or
(3) he is such beneficial owner, director or officer of a bank or
trust company, all of the voting securities of which, excepting only
directors' qualifying shares, are owned, controlled or held with power
to vote by one or more banks organized under the laws of a foreign
country, or
(4) he is such beneficial owner, director or officer of a trust
company, all of the capital stock of which is owned by twenty or more
savings banks chartered by the state of New York.
(c) The superintendent shall have power to adopt such regulations as
the superintendent shall deem necessary or proper to implement the
provisions of this section.
Prohibitions against encroachments upon certain powers of banks
and trust companies. 1. No person unauthorized by law shall subscribe to
or become a member of, or be in any way interested in any association,
institution or company formed or to be formed for the purpose of issuing
notes or other evidences of debt to be loaned or put in circulation as
money; nor shall any such person subscribe to or become in any way
interested in any bank or trust company or fund created or to be created
for the like purposes or either of them. No corporation, domestic or
foreign, other than a national bank or a federal reserve bank, unless
expressly authorized by the laws of this state, shall employ any part of
its property, or be in any way interested in any fund which shall be
employed for the purpose of receiving deposits, making discounts,
receiving for transmission or transmitting money in any manner
whatsoever, or issuing notes or other evidences of debt to be loaned or
put into circulation as money, except that a small business investment
company as defined in and operating pursuant to the provisions of an act
of congress entitled "Small Business Investment Act of 1958," may act as
depository or fiscal agent of the United States when so designated by
the secretary of the treasury without violating the provisions of this
section, except that a corporation duly licensed by the superintendent
under article thirteen-B of this chapter or therein expressly excepted
from the application of said article may engage in the business of
selling or issuing checks or the business of receiving money for
transmission or transmitting the same and except that services of an
agent or representative may be performed in connection with the
obligations of issuers where each such marketable obligation has a face
value of not less than one hundred thousand dollars. The discounting of
bills, notes or evidences of debt by a corporation organized solely for
the purpose of enabling producers of farm, dairy, horticultural or other
agricultural products or cooperative corporations of such producers to
avail themselves of the provisions of an act of congress approved March
fourth, nineteen hundred and twenty-three, known as the agricultural
credits act of nineteen hundred and twenty-three, same being subchapter
three of chapter seven of title twelve of the code of laws of the United
States as adopted by congress January third, nineteen hundred
thirty-five, and amendments thereto, where such discounting is solely in
connection with the rediscount of such bills, notes or evidences of debt
under the provisions of said act of congress shall not be deemed or
construed to be a form of banking, nor shall the making of such
discounts be deemed to violate any provisions of law pertaining to
banking. Except as otherwise provided in article twelve-D of this
chapter, engaging in the business of loaning money in this state on
bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, secured by deeds of
trust or mortgages upon real property or personal property situated in,
upon or appurtenant thereto, and/or purchasing of or otherwise acquiring
existing bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, deeds of trust
or mortgages of or upon such properties, or any interest therein, and
the holding of the same, or the endorsing, selling, assigning,
transferring or disposing of the same to another corporation, by a
domestic business corporation, or by a foreign corporation which is
authorized to transact business in this state, shall not be deemed or
construed to violate any of the provisions of this chapter. The purchase
or other acquisition on original issue or subsequent transfer for less
than the principal amount thereof or otherwise at a discount of any
evidences of indebtedness or other obligations for the payment of money
shall not by reason of such discount be or be deemed to be a violation
of the provisions of this section.
2. No person, association of persons or corporation, unless expressly
authorized by law, shall keep any office for the purpose of issuing any
evidences of debt, to be loaned or put in circulation as money; nor
shall they issue any bills or promissory notes or other evidences of
debt for the purpose of loaning them or putting them in circulation as
money, unless thereto specially authorized by law.
3. Except as otherwise provided in article five or article five-C of
this chapter or subdivision four of this section, no corporation other
than a trust company shall have or exercise in this state the power of
receiving deposits of money, securities or other personal property from
any person or corporation in trust, or have or exercise in this state
any of the powers specified in section one hundred of this article, or
have or maintain an office in this state for the transaction of, or
transact, directly or indirectly, any such or similar business, except
that a federal reserve bank may exercise the powers conferred by
subdivision one of such section if authorized so to do by the laws of
the United States and any domestic corporation legally exercising any of
the powers conferred by such subdivision at the time this act takes
effect may continue to exercise such powers, and a foreign banking
corporation or trust company incorporated under the laws of another
state, which by the law of the state of its incorporation may act as
trustee, guardian, executor, administrator, or in any other fiduciary
capacity under any last will and testament or codicil thereto or other
testamentary writing or under any deed of trust inter vivos or other
written instrument establishing a trust, or by the appointment of any
court of said state, may act in this state in any such fiduciary
capacity, provided similar domestic corporations which have the power
under the law of this state to act herein in any such fiduciary
capacity, are permitted to act in like fiduciary capacity in the state
where such foreign corporation has its domicile, provided that if such
foreign corporation proposes to act in any fiduciary capacity in this
state and to do so is required to file its qualification in the
surrogate's court of this state, it shall file in the office of the
clerk of the surrogate's court of the county in which application for
such appointment is pending (a) a duly executed instrument in writing,
by its terms of indefinite duration and irrevocable, appointing such
clerk and his or her successors its true and lawful attorney, upon whom
all process in any action or proceeding against such fiduciary,
affecting or relating to the state, trust or fund represented or held by
such fiduciary or the acts of defaults of such corporation in reference
to such estate, trust or fund may be served with the same force and
effect as if it were a domestic corporation and had been lawfully served
with process within the state, and (b) a copy of its charter certified
by its secretary under its corporate seal, together with the post office
address of its principal office; provided further that if such foreign
corporation proposes to act in any other fiduciary capacity in the
state, it shall file in the office of the superintendent (a) a duly
executed instrument in writing, by its terms of indefinite duration and
irrevocable, appointing the superintendent and his or her successors its
true and lawful attorney, upon whom all process in any action or
proceeding against such fiduciary affecting or relating to the estate,
trust or fund held or represented by such fiduciary or the acts or
defaults of such corporation in reference to such estate, trust or fund
may be served with the same force and effect as if it were a domestic
corporation and had been lawfully served with process within the state,
(b) a written certificate of designation, which may be changed from time
to time thereafter by the filing of a new certificate of designation,
specifying the name and address of the officer, agent, or other person
to whom such process shall be forwarded by the superintendent, and (c) a
copy of its charter certified by its secretary under its corporate seal,
together with the post office address of its principal office.
4. (a) Except as otherwise provided in article five or article five-C
of this chapter, no foreign corporation, having authority to act in this
state as trustee, guardian, executor, administrator, or in any other
fiduciary capacity shall establish or maintain, directly or indirectly,
any branch office or agency in this state.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this chapter, a bank or
trust company incorporated under the laws of another state, which is
authorized by its charter and by the laws of the state of its
incorporation to exercise in such state any or all of the fiduciary
powers that trust companies are authorized to exercise in this state
pursuant to sections one hundred, one hundred-a, one hundred-b, one
hundred-c and one hundred-d of this article, may establish and maintain
a trust office in this state for purposes of exercising any or all of
the fiduciary powers authorized by the laws of the state of its
incorporation; provided, however, that (i) such trust office is not its
principal office; (ii) such exercise does not exceed the powers
authorized under sections one hundred, one hundred-a, one hundred-b, one
hundred-c and one hundred-d of this article; and (iii) a bank or trust
company organized under the laws of this state and authorized to
exercise any or all fiduciary powers under sections one hundred, one
hundred-a, one hundred-b, one hundred-c and one hundred-d of this
article is permitted to establish a trust office and exercise
substantially similar fiduciary powers on substantially the same basis
as permitted an out-of-state state bank or trust company pursuant to
this subdivision, in the state where such out-of-state state bank or
trust company is so incorporated. A trust office established or
maintained by such an out-of-state state bank or trust company pursuant
to this subdivision shall not be considered to be a branch office
pursuant to any other provisions of this chapter.
(c) An out-of-state state bank or trust company seeking to establish
and maintain a trust office or open any additional trust offices in this
state shall file a notice with the superintendent in the form prescribed
by the superintendent describing the proposed activities of the office
and such other information as the superintendent shall request. The
trust office may commence operation thirty days after the superintendent
receives such notice, unless the superintendent notifies the
out-of-state state bank or trust company in writing within such time
period that such office may not commence operation or that additional
information or time is required for the superintendent to consider such
notice.
(d) Such out-of-state state bank or trust company may establish and
maintain additional trust offices in this state pursuant to and
consistent with the provisions of this subdivision, provided that the
superintendent finds that the establishment and maintenance of any and
all trust offices by such out-of-state state bank or trust company is
and continues to be consistent with the goals set forth in the
declaration of policy contained in section ten of this chapter. The
superintendent shall have the power at any time in his or her discretion
to examine any trust office established pursuant to this section to the
same extent as is provided for in the case of banking organizations
pursuant to the provisions of this chapter. If any such foreign
corporation or out-of-state state bank or trust company violates this
provision, such foreign corporation or out-of-state state bank or trust
company shall not thereafter be appointed or act in any such fiduciary
capacity in this state. The validity of any mortgage heretofore given by
a foreign corporation to a trust company doing business within a foreign
domicile of such mortgagor to secure the payment of an issue of bonds
shall not be affected by any of the provisions of this section and such
mortgage shall be enforceable in accordance with the laws of this state
against property covered thereby within the state of New York.
5. Any out-of-state state bank or trust company subject to the
provision of subdivision three or four of this section may be either in
corporate form or organized as a limited liability company.
6. Every person, and every corporation, director, agent, officer or
member thereof, who shall violate any provision of this section,
directly or indirectly or assent to such violation, shall forfeit an
amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter to
the people of the state.
Use of sign, or words, indicating bank or trust company by
unauthorized persons prohibited.
No person, except a national bank, a federal reserve bank, or a
corporation duly authorized by the superintendent to transact business
in this state, shall make use of any office sign at the place where such
business is transacted having thereon any artificial or corporate name,
or other words indicating that such place or office is the place of
business or office of a bank or trust company; nor shall any such person
or persons make use of or circulate any letterheads, billheads, blank
forms, notes, receipts, certificates, circulars, or any written or
printed or partly written and partly printed paper whatever, having
thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other word or words,
indicating that such business is the business of a bank or trust
company; provided, however, that nothing in this section shall be deemed
to prevent a bank holding company from using any corporate name it is
duly authorized to use under subdivision (b) of section three hundred
two of the business corporation law.
Use of banking institution name. 1. No person shall use the
name of a banking institution when advertising, marketing or soliciting
business which is likely to induce, directly or indirectly, the purchase
of goods or services, if the reference to such institution is:
(a) without the consent of the banking institution; and
(b) which would cause a reasonable person to conclude that the
advertising or marketing material or solicitation either originated
from, or is endorsed by or is any other way the responsibility of a
banking institution.
2. Nothing in this section shall prohibit the use of or reference to
the name of a banking institution in advertising or marketing materials
or solicitations, if the use or reference to such institution does not
deceive or confuse a reasonable person regarding whether the advertising
or marketing material or solicitation (a) originated from, (b) is
endorsed by or (c) is in any other way the responsibility of a banking
institution.
3. The department is authorized to enforce the provisions of this
section.
4. For purposes of this section, "banking institution" shall mean any
state or federally chartered bank, trust company, savings bank, savings
and loan association or credit union which has an office or branch in
this state, or a private banker, safe deposit company or investment
company.
Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees
or joint depositors; repayment where adverse claim is asserted;
interpleader in certain actions; effect of claims or advices originating
in, and statutes, rules or regulations purporting to be in force in
occupied territories. 1. Any minor may endorse a check payable to his
order for the purpose of depositing the proceeds in a deposit in his
name and when any deposit shall be made by or in the name of any minor,
the same shall be held for the exclusive right and benefit of such
minor, and free from the control or lien of all other persons, except
creditors, and shall be paid, together with the interest thereon to the
person or upon the order by check or otherwise of the person in whose
name the deposit shall stand, and the receipt, acquittance or order of
payment of such minor shall be a valid and sufficient release and
discharge for such deposit or any part thereof to the bank or trust
company.
4. A bank or trust company need not recognize or give any effect to a
claim of authority to order the payment or delivery of any funds or
other property standing on its books to the credit of, or held by it for
the account of, any person, corporation, unincorporated association or
partnership, which claim conflicts with a claim of authority of which
the bank or trust company had prior notice, unless the person or persons
asserting such subsequent claim shall procure a restraining order,
injunction or other appropriate process against said bank or trust
company from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, or,
in lieu thereof, with the consent of said bank or trust company, shall
execute to said bank or trust company, in form and with sureties
acceptable to it, a bond, indemnifying it for any and all liability,
loss, damage, costs and expenses for or on account of any payment or
delivery of such property by it pursuant to such subsequent claim of
authority or for or on account of the dishonor of any check or other
order of any person or persons asserting the claim of authority of which
such bank or trust company already had notice at the time the subsequent
conflicting claim of authority is asserted by the person or persons
furnishing such bond.
5. Notice to any bank or trust company of an adverse claim to any
property, or to a deposit of cash or securities standing on its books to
the credit of, or held for the account of, any person shall not be
effectual to cause said bank or trust company to recognize said adverse
claimant unless said adverse claimant shall also either procure a
restraining order, injunction or other appropriate process against said
bank or trust company from a court of competent jurisdiction in the
United States in a cause therein instituted by him wherein the person to
whose credit the deposit stands, or for whose account the property or
deposit is held, or his executor or administrator is made a party and
served with summons, or shall execute to said bank or trust company, in
form and with sureties acceptable to it a bond, indemnifying said bank
or trust company from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and
expenses, for and on account of the payment of or delivery pursuant to
such adverse claim or the dishonor of the check or other order of the
person to whose credit the deposit stands on the books of said bank or
trust company or for whose account the property or deposit is held by
said bank or trust company.
6. (a) In all actions against any bank or trust company to recover for
moneys on deposit therewith, if there be any person or persons not
parties to the action, who claim the same fund, the court in which the
action is pending, may, on the petition of such bank or trust company,
and upon eight days' notice to the plaintiff and such claimants, and
without proof as to the merits of the claim, make an order amending the
proceedings in the action by making such claimants parties defendant
thereto; and the court shall thereupon proceed to determine the rights
and interests of the several parties to the action in and to such funds.
The remedy provided in this section shall be in addition to and not
exclusive of that provided in any other interpleader provision.
(b) The funds on deposit which are the subject of such an action may
remain with such bank or trust company to the credit of the action until
final judgment therein, and be entitled to the same interest as other
deposits of the same class, and shall be paid by such bank or trust
company in accordance with the final judgment of the court; or the
deposit in controversy may be paid into court to await the final
determination of the action, and when the deposit is so paid into court
such bank or trust company shall be struck out as a party to the action,
and its liability for such deposit shall cease.
(c) The costs in all actions against a bank or trust company to
recover deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be
charged upon the fund affected by the action.
7. (a) A bank or trust company need not recognize or give any effect
to (1) any claim to a deposit of cash, securities, or other property
standing on its books to the credit of, or held by it for the account
of, any corporation, firm or association in occupied territory or (2)
any advice, statute, rule or regulation purporting to cancel or to give
notice of the cancellation of the authority of any person at the time
appearing on the books of such bank or trust company as authorized to
withdraw or otherwise dispose of cash, securities, or other property of
such corporation, firm or association, unless such bank or trust company
is required so to do by appropriate process procured against it in a
court of competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein
instituted by or in the name of such corporation, firm or association,
or unless the person making such claim or giving such advice or invoking
such statute, rule or regulation, as the case may be, shall execute to
such bank or trust company, in form and with sureties acceptable to it,
a bond indemnifying it from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs
and expenses for and on account of recognizing or giving any effect to
such claim, advice, statute, rule or regulation.
(b) For the purposes of this subdivision (1) the term "occupied
territory" shall mean territory occupied by a dominant authority
asserting governmental, military or police powers of any kind in such
territory, but not recognized by the United States as the de jure
government of such territory, and (2) the term "corporation, firm or
association in occupied territory" shall mean a corporation, firm or
association which has, or at any time has had, a place of business in
territory which has at any time been occupied territory.
(c) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall be effective
only in cases where (1) such claim or advice purports or appears to have
been sent from or is reasonably believed to have been sent pursuant to
orders originating in, such occupied territory during the period of
occupation, or (2) such statute, rule or regulation appears to have
emanated from such dominant authority and purports to be or to have been
in force in such occupied territory during the period of occupation.
(d) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall apply to
claims, advices, statutes, rules or regulations made, given or invoked
either prior to, or on or subsequent to the effective date of this act.
9. Deposits by custodian for a minor under part six of article seven
of the estates, powers and trusts law. When any deposit of cash or
securities shall be made by a person purporting to act as custodian for
a minor under part six of article seven of the estates, powers and
trusts law or under a similar law of another state, the deposit together
with any interest or dividends credited thereon may be paid or delivered
to or upon the order of such person, or his successor as custodian, or
to a minor upon the minor's attaining either eighteen years or
twenty-one years, as provided in accordance with part six of article
seven of the estates, powers and trusts law, if no custodian is acting
at the time of such payment or delivery, and any receipt or order of
such person, successor or minor shall be valid and sufficient release
and discharge of the depositary for any payment or delivery so made. No
depositary dealing with a person purporting to act as a custodian for a
minor under said article shall be bound to inquire into any facts
bearing upon the designation of such person as such custodian or the
propriety of or authority for any act of such person under said article
or otherwise or the age of the person designated as a minor. No
depositary shall be liable for any act performed pursuant to the
instruction or direction of any person purporting to act as custodian
under said article unless the depositary has actual knowledge that such
act, or the instruction or direction therefor, constitutes a breach of
such person's obligations as such custodian, or unless the depositary
performs such act with knowledge of such facts that acting pursuant to
such instruction or direction amounts to bad faith.
Change of national banking association into state bank by
conversion or merger. 1. A national banking association may convert into
or merge with a state bank under a state charter, provided that the
action taken complies with federal law. Each such conversion or merger
shall be subject to the requirements of this chapter.
2. In the case of each conversion, a written plan of conversion shall
be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent. Such plan shall be in
form satisfactory to the superintendent, shall prescribe the terms and
conditions of the conversion and the mode of carrying it into effect and
shall have annexed thereto and forming a part thereof an organization
certificate of the state bank which is to result from the conversion.
Such organization certificate shall be in the form prescribed by section
four thousand one of this chapter with such variations, if any, as shall
be satisfactory to the superintendent. With such plan of conversion
there shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent a
certificate of the president, secretary or cashier of the national
banking association certifying that all steps have been taken which are
necessary under federal law to the consummation of the conversion. The
superintendent shall approve or disapprove such plan of conversion
within ninety days of such submission thereof to him or her. If the
superintendent shall approve such plan, he or she shall file one
duplicate thereof, together with one duplicate of such certificate
submitted therewith and the original of the approval of the
superintendent, in the office of the superintendent, and the other
duplicate of such plan, together with a duplicate of such certificate
and a duplicate of the superintendent's approval, shall be filed in the
office of the clerk of the county in which the principal office of the
state bank is to be located. Upon such filing in the office of the
superintendent, the conversion shall become effective, unless a later
date is specified in the plan, in which event the conversion shall
become effective upon such later date, and the organization certificate
attached to such plan shall thereafter be the organization certificate
of the state bank for all purposes.
3. In the case of each merger, a written plan of merger shall be
submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent. Such plan shall be in
form satisfactory to the superintendent and shall prescribe the terms
and conditions of the merger and the mode of carrying it into effect.
Such plan may provide the name to be borne by the state bank, as
receiving corporation, if such name is to be changed. Such plan may also
name the persons who shall constitute the first board of directors of
the state bank after the merger shall have been accomplished, provided
that the number and qualifications of such persons shall be in
accordance with the provisions of this chapter relating to the number
and qualifications of directors of a state bank; or such plan may
provide for a meeting of the stockholders to elect a board of directors
within sixty days after such merger, and may make provision for
conducting the affairs of the state bank meanwhile. With such plan of
merger there shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent the
following: (a) by the national banking association, a certificate of the
president, secretary or cashier of such association certifying that all
steps have been taken which are necessary under federal law to the
consummation of the merger; (b) by the state bank, a certificate of the
president, secretary or cashier certifying that such plan of merger has
been approved by the board of directors of the state bank by a majority
vote of all the members thereof, that such plan has been submitted to
the stockholders of the state bank at a meeting thereof held upon notice
of at least fifteen days, specifying the time, place and object of such
meeting and addressed to each stockholder at the address appearing upon
the books of the state bank and published at least once a week for two
successive weeks in one newspaper in the county in which the state bank
has its principal place of business, and that such plan of merger has
been approved at such meeting by the vote of the stockholders owning at
least two-thirds in amount of the stock of the state bank, except that
such certificate submitted by the state bank need not certify that such
plan was submitted to or approved by vote of the stockholders of the
state bank if (i) the total assets of the national banking association
do not exceed ten per centum of the total assets of the state bank and
(ii) the plan of merger does not change the name or the authorized
shares of capital stock of the state bank or make or require any other
change or amendment for which the approval or consent of stockholders of
the state bank would be required under provisions of law other than this
section.
4. As used in this section, the term "state bank" means a bank or
trust company. For purposes of merger under this section the term
"national banking association" means one or more national banking
associations.
5. With the written plan of conversion submitted under subdivision two
of this section, there shall be paid to the superintendent an
investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter, and with the written plan of merger submitted under subdivision
three of this section there shall be paid to the superintendent an
investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter.
Purchase of assets of national banking association by bank or
trust company. 1. A state bank or trust company may acquire, whether by
purchase or otherwise, other than by merger, all or a substantial part
of the assets of a national banking association, provided that the
action taken complies with federal law.
2. In the case of each such acquisition, a written plan providing for
the acquisition by the bank or trust company of the assets of the
national banking association shall be submitted, in duplicate, by the
bank or trust company to the superintendent. Such plan shall be in form
satisfactory to the superintendent, shall specify the selling and the
acquiring corporation, and shall prescribe the terms and conditions of
the acquisition and the mode of carrying it into effect.
At the time of submission for action by the superintendent of the
written plan of acquisition of assets, an investigation fee as
prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid
to the superintendent.
3. With such plan of acquisition of assets there shall also be
submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent the following: (a) by the
national banking association, a certificate of the president, secretary
or cashier of such association certifying that all steps have been taken
which are necessary under federal law to the sale of its assets; (b) by
the bank or trust company, if the assets of the national banking
association exceed ten per centum of the assets of the bank or trust
company, a certificate of the president, secretary or cashier certifying
that such plan has been approved by the board of directors of his
corporation by a majority vote of all the members thereof, and that such
plan was thereafter submitted to the stockholders of such corporation at
a meeting thereof held upon notice of at least fifteen days, specifying
the time, place, and object of such meeting and addressed to each
stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of the corporation
and published at least once a week for two successive weeks in one
newspaper in the county in which the bank or trust company has its
principal place of business and that such plan has been approved at such
meeting by the vote of stockholders owning at least two-thirds in amount
of the stock of such corporation.
4. Nothing contained in this section one hundred thirty-six-a shall be
construed to prohibit any other purchase of assets which is otherwise
permitted by applicable law.
Approval of superintendent. The superintendent shall approve
or disapprove of a proposed merger as authorized by section one hundred
thirty-six of this article or a proposed acquisition of all or a
substantial part of the assets of a national banking association as
authorized by section one hundred thirty-six-a of this article, as the
case may be, within one hundred twenty days after the submission of the
proposed plan thereof to him or her. In determining whether to so
approve, the superintendent shall take into consideration (i) the
declaration of policy contained in section ten of this chapter, (ii)
whether the effect of such merger or acquisition shall be either to
expand the size or extent of the resulting or acquiring institution
beyond limits consistent with adequate and sound banking and the
preservation thereof or result in a concentration of assets beyond
limits consistent with effective competition, (iii) whether such merger
or acquisition may result in such a lessening of competition as to be
injurious to the interests of the public or tend toward monopoly and
(iv) primarily, the public interest and the needs and convenience
thereof. If the superintendent shall approve such proposed merger or
acquisition, he or she shall file the plan, together with such
certificates and the original of the approval of the superintendent, in
the office of the superintendent, and, in the case of merger, a
duplicate of the plan, together with a duplicate of each of such
certificates and a duplicate of the superintendent's approval, shall be
filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which the principal
office of the receiving corporation is located. Upon such filing in the
office of the superintendent, the merger or acquisition shall become
effective, unless a later date is specified in the plan, in which event
the merger or acquisition shall become effective upon such later date.
Effect of merger or conversion of national banking
association into state bank. 1. At the time when a merger or conversion
under sections one hundred thirty-six and one hundred thirty-six-b of
this chapter becomes effective.
(a) the resulting state bank shall be considered the same business and
corporate entity as the national banking association, although as to
rights, powers and duties, the resulting bank is a state bank;
(b) all of the property, rights, powers and franchises of the national
banking association shall vest in the resulting state bank and the
resulting state bank shall be subject to and be deemed to have assumed
all of the debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the national
banking association and to have succeeded to all of its relationships,
fiduciary or otherwise, as fully and to the same extent as if such
property, rights, powers, franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations,
duties and relationships had been originally acquired, incurred or
entered into by the resulting state bank; provided, however, that the
resulting state bank shall not, through such conversion or merger,
acquire power to engage in any business or to exercise any right,
privilege or franchise which is not conferred by the provisions of this
chapter upon such resulting state bank;
(c) any reference to the national banking association in any contract,
will or document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the
conversion or merger, shall be considered a reference to the resulting
state bank if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the
contract, will or document;
(d) a pending action or other judicial proceeding to which the
national banking association is a party, shall not be deemed to have
abated or to have discontinued by reason of the conversion or merger,
but may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same
manner as if the conversion or merger had not been made; or the
resulting state bank may be substituted as a party to such action or
proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered for or
against it that might have been rendered for or against the national
banking association if the conversion or merger had not occurred.
2. As used in this section, the term "state bank" means a bank or
trust company.
Change of state bank into national banking association by
conversion, merger or consolidation. 1. A state bank may, by vote of the
stockholders owning at least two-thirds in amount of its stock, convert
into, or merge or consolidate with, a national banking association under
the charter of a national banking association in the manner provided by
federal law and without approval of any state authority.
2. The franchise of a state bank as a state bank shall automatically
terminate when its conversion into or its merger or consolidation with a
national banking association under a federal charter is consummated and
the resulting national banking association shall be considered the same
business and corporate entity as the state bank, although as to rights,
powers and duties the resulting bank is a national banking association.
3. At the time when such conversion, merger or consolidation becomes
effective
(a) all of the property, rights, powers and franchises of the state
bank shall vest in the national banking association and the national
banking association shall be subject to and be deemed to have assumed
all of the debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the state bank
and to have succeeded to all of its relationships, fiduciary or
otherwise, as fully and to the same extent as if such property, rights,
powers, franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations, duties and
relationships had been originally acquired, incurred or entered into by
the national banking association; provided, however, that nothing in
this section shall be deemed to authorize the national banking
association to maintain as its own office any office previously
maintained by the state bank, and authority, if any, to maintain any
such office shall be governed by applicable federal law;
(b) any reference to the state bank in any contract, will or document,
whether executed or taking effect before or after the conversion, merger
or consolidation, shall be considered a reference to the national
banking association if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the
contract, will or document;
(c) a pending action or other judicial proceeding to which the state
bank is a party, shall not be deemed to have abated or to have
discontinued by reason of the conversion, merger or consolidation, but
may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner
as if the conversion, merger or consolidation had not been made; or the
national banking association may be substituted as a party to such
action or proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered
for or against it that might have been rendered for or against the state
bank if the conversion, merger or consolidation had not occurred.
4. As used in this section, the term "state bank" means any bank,
trust company or other banking organization engaged in the business of
receiving deposits other than a mutual savings bank. For purposes of
merger or consolidation under this section the term "national banking
association" means one or more national banking associations, and the
term "state bank" means one or more state banks.
Foreign branches; performance of contracts and repayment of
deposits. 1. Notwithstanding section 1--301 of the uniform commercial
code, any bank or trust company or national bank located in this state
which in accordance with the provisions of this chapter or otherwise
applicable law shall have opened and occupied a branch office or branch
offices in any foreign country shall be liable for contracts to be
performed at such branch office or offices and for deposits to be repaid
at such branch office or offices to no greater extent than a bank,
banking corporation or other organization or association for banking
purposes organized and existing under the laws of such foreign country
would be liable under its laws. The laws of such foreign country for the
purpose of this section shall be deemed to include all acts, decrees,
regulations and orders promulgated or enforced by a dominant authority
asserting governmental, military or police power of any kind at the
place where any such branch office is located, whether or not such
dominant authority be recognized as a de facto or de jure government.
2. Notwithstanding section 1--301 of the uniform commercial code, if
by action of any such dominant authority which is not recognized by the
United States as the de jure government of the foreign territory
concerned, any property situated in or any amount to be received in such
foreign territory and carried as an asset of any branch office of such
bank or trust company or national bank in such foreign territory is
seized, destroyed or cancelled, then the liability of such bank or trust
company or national bank for any deposit theretofore received and
thereafter to be repaid by it, and for any contract theretofore made and
thereafter to be performed by it, at any branch office in such foreign
territory shall be reduced pro tanto by the proportion that the value
(as shown by the books or other records of such bank or trust company or
national bank at the time of such seizure, destruction or cancellation)
of such assets bears to the aggregate of all the deposit and contract
liabilities of the branch office or offices of such bank or trust
company or national bank in such foreign territory, as shown at such
time by the books or other records of such bank or trust company or
national bank.
2-a. Notwithstanding the provisions of any law to the contrary, a bank
or trust company or national bank located in this state shall not be
required to repay any deposit made at a foreign branch of any such bank
if the branch cannot repay the deposit due to (i) an act of war,
insurrection, or civil strife; or (ii) an action by a foreign government
or instrumentality, whether de jure or de facto, in the country in which
the branch is located preventing such repayment, unless such bank has
expressly agreed in writing to repay the deposit under such
circumstances. The superintendent of financial services may promulgate
regulations necessary to effectuate the provisions of this subdivision,
including regulations providing for adequate disclosure to retail
depositors in the United States of the restrictions on repayment
contained in this subdivision. The provisions of this subdivision shall
not alter or diminish the liability of a custodian of assets of a fund
under section one hundred seventy-eight-a of the retirement and social
security law.
3. If any provision of this section, or the application of such
provision to any bank, trust company or national bank, shall be held
invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application of such
section to banks, trust companies and national banks other than those to
which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
Saving clause. All banks which shall have been authorized by
the superintendant to exercise fiduciary powers pursuant to this
chapter, as from time to time in effect, shall be known as trust
companies subject to the provisions of this article applicable to trust
companies, but nothing contained in this chapter shall require any such
bank to change its name to include the term "trust company". All trust
companies organized under or subject to the provisions of this chapter,
as from time to time in effect, shall be subject to all the provisions
of this article applicable to trust companies. Notwithstanding any other
provision or law, a corporation formed under this article to acquire the
banking business previously done by a partnership doing business
pursuant to this chapter may have as its corporate name the name under
which such partnership did business, with the addition of a word or
words, indicating that it is a corporation.
Stock option plans. Subject to such regulations and
restrictions as may be prescribed by the superintendent, every bank and
every trust company may grant options to purchase authorized and
unissued shares of its capital stock to officers, directors and
employees, for a consideration as authorized by section five thousand
four of this chapter of not less than one hundred per cent of the fair
market value of the shares on the date the option is granted, pursuant
to the terms of a stock option plan which has previously been adopted by
the board of directors of the bank or trust company and approved by the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
bank or trust company and by the superintendent. Stock options issued
hereunder shall not extend beyond a period of ten years from date of
issuance.
ARTICLE 3-A Bank Holding Companies; Control of Banking Institutions
Definitions. 1. "Banking institution," when used in this
article, means a bank, a trust company, a stock-form savings bank or a
stock-form savings and loan association.
2. "Company," when used in this article, means any corporation,
partnership, trust, unincorporated association, joint stock association
or similar organization organized under the laws of the state of New
York, or if not so organized, doing business in the state of New York,
or any individual residing or doing business in the state of New York,
or any combination of individuals which combination is residing or is
doing business in the state of New York, any combination of the
foregoing which combination is residing or is doing business in the
state of New York, or any such individual and any of the foregoing
acting in concert, but shall not include (a) any corporation the
majority of the stock of which is owned by the United States or by any
state unless the superintendent determines that it would be in the
public interest to deem such a corporation to constitute a company, or
(b) any corporation or community chest, fund, or foundation, organized
and operated exclusively for religious, charitable, or educational
purposes, no part of the net earnings of which inures to the benefit of
any private stockholder or individual, and no substantial part of the
activities of which is the carrying on of propaganda, or otherwise
attempting to influence legislation unless the superintendent determines
that it would be in the public interest to deem such a corporation,
community chest, fund, or foundation to constitute a company, or (c) any
corporation or partnership owning or controlling stock acquired in
connection with an underwriting of securities and which is held only for
such period of time as will permit the sale thereof upon a reasonable
basis.
3. "Bank holding company," when used in this article, means any
company which (a) directly or indirectly, or through a subsidiary or
subsidiaries, owns, controls, or holds with power to vote (i) ten per
centum or more of the voting stock of a company which is or becomes a
bank holding company by virtue of this article, or (ii) ten per centum
or more of the voting stock of a banking institution, or (b) controls in
any manner the election of a majority of the directors of (i) a banking
institution, or (ii) a company which is or becomes a bank holding
company by virtue of this article, or (c) is a company, for the benefit
of whose stockholders or members ten per centum or more of the voting
stock of a banking institution or of a company which is or becomes a
bank holding company by virtue of this article is held, directly or
indirectly, by a trustee or trustees, or (d) through a combination of
(i) ownership, control or holding, directly or indirectly, of voting
stock and (ii) voting stock and held, directly or indirectly, by a
trustee or trustees for the benefit of the members or stockholders of
such company, if such voting stock is voting stock of one or more
banking institutions or of one of more companies which are or become
bank holding companies by virtue of this article, as the case may be, is
a company which would be a bank holding company if the aggregate of such
voting stock were either entirely owned, controlled or held, directly or
indirectly, by such company or entirely held, directly or indirectly, by
a trustee or trustees for the benefit of the members or stockholders of
such company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no company shall be a bank
holding company by virtue of its ownership or control of either stock
acquired in a fiduciary capacity, except where such stock is held for
the benefit of the stockholders or members of such company; or voting
rights of stock acquired in the court of a proxy solicitation by a
company formed and operated for the sole purpose of participating in
proxy solicitations by virtue of its control of voting rights of stock
in any banking institution or bank holding company acquired in the
course of such solicitations.
4. "Subsidiary," when used in this article, means (a) any company ten
per centum or more of whose voting stock is directly or indirectly, or
through a subsidiary or subsidiaries, owned, controlled, or held with
power to vote, by a bank holding company; or (b) any company the
election of a majority of whose directors is controlled in any manner by
a bank holding company; or (c) any company ten per centum or more of
whose voting stock is directly or indirectly owned, controlled, or held
with power to vote, by a trustee or trustees for the benefit of the
stockholders or members of a bank holding company; or (d) any company at
least ten per centum of the voting stock of which is directly or
indirectly, or through a subsidiary or subsidiaries, owned, controlled
or held with power to vote by a combination of a bank holding company
and by a trustee or trustees for the benefit of the stockholders or
members of such bank holding company. For purposes of this subdivision,
voting stock shall not be deemed to include voting stock owned by the
United States or by any company wholly owned by the United States. Any
company having any of the relationships with a bank holding company
described in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this subdivision shall be
deemed to be a subsidiary of such bank holding company.
5. "Doing business," when used in this article, shall include the
maintenance by a foreign company of a place of business in this state,
or the conduct by a foreign company of operations in this state, or the
acquisition, owning or holding by a foreign company of any stock or
assets of any banking institution or any company which directly or
indirectly owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or
more of the voting stock of a banking institution.
6. "Banking subsidiary," when used in this article, means a subsidiary
that is a banking institution, and a "non-banking subsidiary" means a
subsidiary that is not a banking institution.
Limitations on, and regulation of, bank holding companies. 1.
It shall be unlawful for any person knowingly to borrow, directly or
indirectly, any money or property for the purpose of enabling such
person to pay for or to hold shares of stock of a bank holding company
from any subsidiary of such bank holding company, unless such borrowing
is made upon security having an ascertained market value of at least
fifteen per centum more than the amount thereof. Any person knowingly
violating the provisions of this subdivision shall, for each offense,
forfeit to the people of the state twice the amount of such borrowing.
2. Except in conformity with such rules and regulations as may be
promulgated by the superintendent, it shall be unlawful for any
executive officer or director of a bank holding company to borrow any
sum of money from any subsidiary of such bank holding company. Every
executive officer or director of such bank holding company violating the
provisions of this subdivision shall, for each offense, forfeit to the
people of the state twice the amount of such borrowing or borrowings.
Limitation on acquisition of newly chartered banking
institutions. 1. No bank holding company may acquire control of any
banking institution which has been chartered for less than five years
and has its principal office in a city or village with a population of
fifty thousand or less if the principal office of a bank, trust company
or national bank the principal office of which institution is located in
this state and which institution is not a subsidiary of a bank holding
company is located in such city or village; provided, however, such an
acquisition may be consummated upon the obtaining of the appropriate
supervisory approvals if: (a) application is pending for the institution
being acquired to merge with or acquire the assets of another banking
institution having its principal office in the same city or village and
chartered for over five years, or if; (b) the superintendent finds that
the banking institution being acquired was not chartered directly or
indirectly by the acquiring bank holding company, its officers,
directors or stockholders, and does not have the capacity to continue to
conduct its business independently in a fashion consistent with the
public interest and the interests of depositors, creditors, shareholders
and stockholders.
2. As used in this section, the term "control" means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management and policies of a banking institution, whether through
the ownership of voting stock of such banking institution, the ownership
of voting stock of any company which possesses such power or otherwise.
Control shall be presumed to exist if any company, directly or
indirectly, owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per
centum or more of the voting stock of any banking institution or of any
company which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten percent or
more of the voting stock of such banking institution, but no person
shall be deemed to control a banking institution solely by reason of his
being an officer or director of such banking institution or company. As
used in this section, the terms "bank holding company" and "banking
institution" shall have the meanings as defined in section one hundred
forty-one of this article, except that the definition of "bank holding
company" is modified to change the phrase "a banking institution"
wherever it appears therein to "two or more banking institutions" and
the definition of "banking institution" is modified to add a national
banking association, the principal office of which is located in this
state.
3. As used in this section, the term "village" shall mean either an
incorporated or unincorporated village.
Limitations on directors, officers and employees.
1. Every director of a bank holding company who is contingently
obligated on any loan or other extension of credit made by a banking
subsidiary of the bank holding company of which he is a member of the
board of directors to any other individual, partnership, unincorporated
association or corporation, shall file a statement of his financial
condition with such bank holding company at least once in each year and
at such other times as the superintendent may require. This subdivision
two shall not apply with respect to directors whose obligations are
secured by collateral having an ascertained market value of at least
fifteen per centum more than the amount of such obligations.
2. (a) No executive officer of a bank holding company may be an
executive officer or director of another bank holding company or of a
bank or trust company, savings bank, or savings and loan association, or
of a national bank, federal savings bank or federal savings association,
the principal office of which is located in this state, or of a foreign
banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state, unless
permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent of financial
services pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this
subdivision, except that an executive officer of a bank holding company
may be (i) an executive officer and (ii) a director of one or more
banking institutions or bank holding companies which are subsidiaries of
such bank holding company.
(b) The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation
who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be
an executive officer, and by regulation to grant permission to an
executive officer of a bank holding company to be at the same time an
executive officer, director or trustee or both an executive officer and
a director or a trustee of another bank holding company or of a bank or
trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association, national bank
located in this state, federal savings and loan association located in
this state or foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this
state. Such permission may be granted only if in the judgment of the
superintendent such service by the executive officer will be consistent
with the policy of the state of New York as declared in section ten of
this chapter. The superintendent shall have the power to revoke such
permission whenever the superintendent finds, after a reasonable notice
and an opportunity to be heard, that the public interest requires such
revocation.
(c) For the purposes of this subdivision, the terms "subsidiary",
"banking institution" and "bank holding company" shall each be given the
same meaning as is contained in their respective definition in section
one hundred forty-one of this article, except that the definition of the
term "banking institution" is modified to include national bank, federal
savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, and a foreign banking
corporation maintaining a branch in this state.
(d) All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on
executive officers and directors of bank holding companies shall
continue in effect.
Acquisitions by companies of all the capital stock of banks
and trust companies; no change of ultimate control. 1. A company having
capital stock or membership interests may acquire all the capital stock
or membership interests of one or more corporations organized under or
subject to the provisions of article three, six, or ten of this chapter,
provided that (a) such corporation or corporations are directly or
indirectly controlled prior to such acquisition by the persons or
entities that directly or indirectly control such company and (b) such
persons or entities will continue to control such company thereafter.
Such company and such corporation or corporations shall submit in
duplicate to the superintendent a written plan of acquisition of such
stock. Such plan shall be in form satisfactory to the superintendent,
shall specify each corporation the stock of which is to be acquired by
the company and shall prescribe the terms and conditions of the
acquisition and the mode of carrying it into effect, including the
manner of exchanging the shares of each of the corporations for shares
or other securities of the company. Any such plan may provide for the
payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of the
company.
At the time of submission to the superintendent of the written plan of
acquisition of stock, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent.
2. There shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent with
the plan of acquisition of stock, a certificate of the president or
secretary of the company, certifying that such plan has been approved by
the board of directors or other governing body of his company by a
majority vote of all the members thereof, and a certificate of the
president, secretary or cashier of each corporation, the acquisition of
all the capital stock of which is provided for, certifying that such
plan has been approved by the board of directors of his corporation by a
majority vote of all the members thereof, and that such plan was
thereafter submitted to the stockholders of such corporation at a
meeting thereof held upon notice of at least fifteen days, specifying
the time, place and object of such meeting and addressed to each
stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of the corporation
and published at least once a week for two successive weeks in one
newspaper in the county in which such corporation has its principal
place of business and that such plan has been approved at such meeting
by the vote of the stockholders owning at least two-thirds in amount of
the stock of such corporation.
3. If no action to be taken pursuant to the plan of acquisition
requires approval of the superintendent pursuant to section one hundred
forty-three-b of this article, the superintendent shall approve or
disapprove of a proposed plan of acquisition within one hundred twenty
days after the submission of such plan of acquisition, and in
determining whether or not to approve any such plan the superintendent
shall take into consideration the declaration of policy contained in
section ten of this chapter. If the superintendent shall approve such
plan of acquisition, the superintendent shall file the plan, together
with such certificates and the original of the approval of the
superintendent in the office of the superintendent. Upon such filing in
the office of the superintendent, the plan, and the acquisitions
provided for therein, shall become effective, unless a later date is
specified in the plan, in which event the plan and such acquisitions
shall become effective upon such later date.
4. Any stockholder of any such corporation, entitled to vote on such
plan of acquisition, who does not assent thereto shall, subject to and
by complying with section six thousand twenty-two of this chapter, have
the right to receive payment of the fair value of such stockholder's
shares and the other rights and benefits provided by such section.
5. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivisions one, two, three and
four of this section, the superintendent of financial services, by
general regulation, may establish particular procedures enabling the
acquisition of all the capital stock of a stock-form savings bank or
stock-form savings and loan association by a company having capital
stock divided into shares, provided that such acquisition occurs as part
of a transaction in which such savings bank or savings and loan
association is converted from mutual to stock form.
6. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision three of section
two-b of this chapter, when applying this section to limited liability
trust companies, the term "capital stock" shall mean the equity interest
of a member as set forth in the company's articles of organization or,
in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest represented by a
member's right to a proportionate share of the profits of the company.
Acquisition by companies of control of banking institutions.
1. It shall be unlawful except with the prior approval of the
superintendent for any company to acquire control of any banking
institution, directly or indirectly, provided, however, that the
provisions of this section shall not apply to a company which has
submitted to the superintendent a plan of acquisition pursuant to
section one hundred forty-three-a of this article for an acquisition not
involving a change of control of the banking institution. As used in
this section, the term "control" means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a banking institution, whether through the
ownership of voting stock of such banking institution, the ownership of
voting stock of any company which possesses such power or otherwise.
Control shall be presumed to exist if any company, directly or
indirectly, owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per
centum or more of the voting stock of any banking institution or of any
company which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum
or more of the voting stock of such banking institution, but no person
shall be deemed to control a banking institution solely by reason of his
or her being an officer or director of such banking institution or
company. The superintendent may in the superintendent's discretion, upon
the application of a banking institution or any company which, directly
or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote or seeks to
own, control or hold with power to vote any voting stock of such banking
institution, determine whether or not the ownership, control or holding
of such voting stock would constitute control of such banking
institution for purposes of this section.
2. A company desiring to acquire control of a banking institution may
file application therefor, in writing, with the superintendent and pay
an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter to the superintendent. The application shall contain such
information as the superintendent, by rule or regulation, may prescribe
as necessary or appropriate for the purpose of making the determination
required by subdivision three of this section.
3. Upon receipt of such application, the superintendent shall post
notice of the receipt thereof upon the bulletin board of the department
of financial services. The superintendent shall by order grant or deny
the application and shall state the reasons for such grant or denial. An
order shall be issued within one hundred twenty days after the date of
the submission of the application to the superintendent and a copy
thereof shall be posted upon the bulletin board of the department of
financial services. In determining whether or not to approve any such
application, the superintendent shall take into consideration (i) the
declaration of policy contained in section ten of the chapter, (ii)
whether the effect of such action shall be consistent with adequate or
sound banking and the preservation thereof, or result in a consolidation
of assets beyond limits consistent with effective competition, (iii)
whether such acquisition of control may result in such a lessening of
competition as to be injurious to the interest of the public or tend
toward monopoly, and (iv) primarily, the public interest and the needs
and convenience thereof.
4. A company does not control a banking institution by virtue of its
ownership or control of: (a) stock acquired by a company in good faith
in a fiduciary capacity, except where such stock is held for the benefit
of stockholders or members of such company; (b) voting rights of stock
acquired in the course of a proxy solicitation by a company formed for
the sole purpose of participating in proxy solicitations by virtue of
its control of voting rights of stock acquired in the course of such
solicitation; (c) stock acquired by a company in connection with its
underwriting of securities if such shares are held only for such period
of time as will permit the sale thereof on a reasonable basis; (d) stock
acquired by a company in settlement or reduction of a loan, or advance
of credit, or in exchange for an investment previously made in good
faith and in the ordinary course of business, provided that any stock so
acquired shall be disposed of within a period of two years from the date
upon which it was acquired unless the superintendent shall, in writing,
authorize such banking institution to hold such stock for a longer
period; or (e) stock dividends, stock splits, or additional stock
acquired by a bank holding company, or by any subsidiary thereof, in
exercise of its preemptive right as a stockholder.
5. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one, two and three
of this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of a company
which has control of a banking institution. Thereafter, such legal
representative shall comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and
two of this section. The provisions of subdivision three of this section
shall be applicable to an application made under this section by a legal
representative.
The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
If any provision of this section, or the application of such provision
to any individual, company, corporation or circumstance, shall be held
invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application thereof to
anyone other than one to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected
thereby.
Penalties; restraining orders and injunctions. 1. Any company
which wilfully violates any provision of this article is guilty of a
misdemeanor and upon conviction thereof shall be fined not more than one
thousand dollars for each day during which such violation continues.
2. Any individual who wilfully participates in a violation of any
provision of this article is guilty of a misdemeanor and upon conviction
thereof shall be fined not more than ten thousand dollars or shall be
imprisoned not more than one year, or both.
3. If any action violates or would violate any of the provisions of
this article, the superintendent or his duly authorized agent may apply
to the supreme court of this state for the enforcement of this article;
and such court shall have jurisdiction to enforce obedience thereto, to
order divestment of stock illegally acquired, held or voted, by
injunction or by other process, mandatory or otherwise, and to restrain
violation of this article.
Saving provision. Nothing herein contained shall be interpreted
or construed as approving any act, action or conduct which is or has
been or may be in violation of existing law, nor shall anything herein
contained constitute a defense to any action, suit, or proceeding,
pending or hereafter instituted on account of any act, action, or
conduct prohibited by law.
Separability of provisions. If any provision of this article,
or the application of such provision to any individual, company or
circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of the article, and
the application of such provision to individuals, companies or
circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be
affected thereby.
ARTICLE 3-B Subsidiary Trust Companies
Definitions. 1. "Subsidiary trust company", when used in this
article, means a trust company which is subject to the provisions of
this article.
2. "Bank holding company" and "subsidiary", when used in this article,
shall each have the same meaning specified in section one hundred
forty-one of this chapter.
3. "Owning bank holding company", when used in this article with
respect to a subsidiary trust company, means the bank holding company
which owns all of the outstanding voting stock of such subsidiary trust
company.
4. When used in this article, an "affiliated bank" or "affiliated
trust company" of a subsidiary trust company means any bank, trust
company, savings bank, savings and loan association, national bank,
federal savings bank, federal savings association, or out-of-state state
bank (as such term is defined in section two hundred twenty-two of this
chapter), or such other banking institution as the superintendent of
financial services may permit specifically or by general rule or
regulation, which is a subsidiary of the bank holding company which owns
such subsidiary trust company.
5. "Trust office", when used in this article with respect to a
subsidiary trust company, means an office of the subsidiary trust
company maintained for the purpose of conducting its business.
6. "Trust officer", when used in this article with respect to a trust
company which is not a subsidiary trust company, means an office
maintained solely for the purpose of conducting business relating to the
exercise of its fiduciary powers.
Organization of subsidiary trust companies. A subsidiary trust
company shall be organized in accordance with the provisions of this
chapter relating to the organization of trust companies. All of the
outstanding voting stock of a subsidiary trust company shall be owned by
a bank holding company.
Business of subsidiary trust companies; limitation on powers. A
subsidiary trust company shall have all of the powers of and be entitled
to engage in the business of a trust company, provided that a subsidiary
trust company shall not have the power to accept deposits.
Offices. Notwithstanding the provisions of sections twenty-nine
and one hundred five of this chapter, (a) a subsidiary trust company may
open and occupy a trust office, including its principal office, at any
one or more locations in the state of New York at which the owning bank
holding company, any affiliated bank, or any affiliated trust company
has a banking office, and (b) an affiliated trust company may open and
occupy a trust office at the location in the state at which such
subsidiary trust company has its principal office. A subsidiary trust
company or an affiliated trust company, as the case may be, which
proposes to open and occupy a trust office pursuant to this section
shall make written application to the superintendent for leave to do so
in the manner provided in section twenty-nine of this chapter with
respect to branch offices and shall pay the investigation fee specified
therein.
Transfer of fiduciary relationships from affiliated banks or
trust companies to subsidiary trust companies. 1. (a) At any time or
times after the issuance to it by the superintendent of the
authorization certificate specified in article two of this chapter, a
subsidiary trust company may apply by verified petition to the supreme
court, special term, in and for the county in which its principal office
is located requesting that it be substituted for each of its affiliated
banks or trust companies specified in the petition (i) in every existing
fiduciary capacity designated therein and (ii) in the case of the first
such petition, in every fiduciary capacity which may take effect after
the date of the hearing provided for below. Each such specified
affiliated bank or trust company shall join in such petition. Notice of
the filing of such petition shall be given prior to the filing thereof
to the superintendent.
(b) Such petition shall indicate the county wherein the principal
office of each affiliated bank or trust company joining in the petition
is located and shall designate each fiduciary relationship existing at
the date thereof with respect to which such subsidiary trust company
requests substitution. Such petition shall additionally set forth, with
regard to each existing fiduciary relationship designated therein, the
name and address last known to the petitioner of each person entitled to
receive notice of hearing thereon, to wit:
(i) in the case where an affiliated bank or trust company specified in
the petition is acting with one or more cofiduciaries in respect to such
fiduciary relationship, each such cofiduciary; and
(ii) in the case where the instrument creating such fiduciary
relationship so provides, each person who, alone or together with
others, is empowered to revoke, terminate or amend such instrument or to
remove the corporate fiduciary; and
(iii) in the case of any fiduciary relationship not specified in
subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph, each beneficiary currently
receiving income and any other beneficiary interested in the income and
any person presumptively entitled to share in distributions of principal
were such fiduciary relationship terminated at the date of such
petition; and
(iv) in the case of any fiduciary relationship, including those
specified in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph, which
is an estate of a deceased person or which is a guardianship or
conservatorship, the clerk of the court in which such estate,
guardianship or conservatorship matter is pending, together with a
statement that a notice has been, or is being, given to the persons
specified in such subparagraphs. If any of the persons specified in
subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph is an infant or an
incompetent, such notice shall be given to the guardian or committee, as
the case may be, of his property. If any such infant, or incompetent
shall not have a guardian or committee to so represent him, or if any of
the persons specified in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) of this
paragraph is incapacitated, unknown (or a person whose whereabouts are
unknown) or confined as a prisoner in a penal institution, the court
may, in its discretion, appoint one or more guardians ad litem to
represent any one or more of such persons.
2. When any petition described in subdivision one of this section
shall have been filed, the supreme court for the county where filed
shall enter an order fixing a date and time for hearing thereon, which
date shall not be less than thirty-five days after the filing of the
petition, and approving the form of notice to be given by the petitioner
as hereinafter provided. At least twenty-five days prior to the hearing
date, the petitioner shall cause a copy of such notice to be mailed by
first class mail to each person identified in the petition as being
entitled to receive notice under the provisions of this article, at such
person's address last known to the petitioner as set forth in the
petition. In addition, the petitioner shall cause a copy of such notice
to be published at least once a week for three successive weeks
preceding the hearing date, the first such publication to be at least
twenty-five days prior to the hearing date, such publication to be in a
newspaper of general circulation published in each county in which the
principal office of an affiliated bank or trust company specified in the
petition is located, or if in any case there be no such newspaper, then
in a newspaper of general circulation published in a contiguous county.
3. The notice to be mailed and published with respect to each such
petition shall state (a) the time and place of the hearing thereon, (b)
the name of the subsidiary trust company which has filed the petition,
(c) the name of each affiliated bank or trust company which has joined
in such petition, (d) that the petition requests that the subsidiary
trust company be substituted for each of its affiliated banks or trust
companies specified in the petition in every existing fiduciary capacity
designated therein and, if appropriate, in every fiduciary capacity
which may take effect after such hearing, and (e) that any person to
whom such notice is addressed may file an objection as provided in, and
in accordance with, subdivision four of this section. All costs incurred
in connection with the printing, mailing and publishing of such notice
shall be borne by the petitioner.
4. Any person entitled to receive notice under the provisions of this
article may, as to the fiduciary relationship by which he is affected,
object to the substitution of the subsidiary trust company as fiduciary.
Any such person wishing to so object must file a written objection to
such substitution, setting forth the reasons therefor, with the clerk of
the court in which the hearing is to be held, and serve a copy thereof
upon the attorney for the petitioner, at least three days before the
date of hearing and must appear at such hearing in person or by
attorney.
5. On the date fixed for the hearing on such petition, upon making a
determination that notice has been properly given as required by this
section, the said supreme court shall enter an order substituting the
subsidiary trust company for each of its specified affiliated banks or
trust companies in every designated existing fiduciary capacity and, in
the case of the first petition by the petitioner, in every fiduciary
capacity which may take effect thereafter, excepting fiduciary
capacities in any existing relationship with respect to which an
objection has been filed pursuant to and in accordance with subdivision
four of this section; provided, that in the case of a fiduciary
relationship where more than one person would be entitled under this
article to object to substitution of the subsidiary trust company, the
properly made objection by less than all of such persons shall be
considered by the court which shall, in its sole discretion, determine
whether such substitution shall be so ordered. In the case of a
fiduciary relationship in which an objection has been properly made by
any person who is entitled pursuant to this article to object to such
substitution, the court may, in its discretion, determine that the
resignation of the affiliated bank or trust company will be accepted in
respect of such fiduciary relationship; if the court shall determine
that such resignation will be accepted, it shall enter an order
substituting a different banking institution or subsidiary trust
company, which shall have given its written consent to such substitution
prior to the entry of such order. In construing the language of any
instrument which is the subject of a proceeding pursuant to this
article, nothing contained herein shall be considered to abrogate or
affect the intent or written language of the instrument creating the
fiduciary relationship. Upon entry of the court's order, the subsidiary
trust company shall, without further act, be substituted in every such
fiduciary capacity.
6. In respect of each fiduciary capacity, existing and future, as to
which substitution has been ordered pursuant to this article, each
designation of a petitioning affiliated bank or trust company as
fiduciary in any capacity contained in any contract, will or other
document or instrument shall be deemed a designation of the subsidiary
trust company substituted for such bank or trust company pursuant to
this section. Any grant in any such contract, will or other document or
instrument of any rights, powers, duties or authorities, whether or not
discretionary, shall be deemed conferred upon the subsidiary trust
company deemed designated as the fiduciary pursuant to this section.
7. Upon substitution pursuant to this section, each affiliated bank or
trust company shall deliver to the subsidiary trust company all assets
held by such trust company as fiduciary (except assets held in
capacities with respect to which there has been no substitution pursuant
to this section) and upon such substitution all such assets shall become
the property of the subsidiary trust company without the necessity of
any instrument of transfer or conveyance. A trust company shall account,
in respect of each of its existing fiduciary relationships designated in
the petition and as to which a substitution has been ordered under this
section, for that portion of the accounting period in which such
substitution was ordered ending on the date of such order; thereafter
the subsidiary trust company which has been substituted as fiduciary for
such bank or trust company shall account in respect of each such
fiduciary relationship. Notwithstanding any provision in this chapter to
the contrary, after a substitution of existing fiduciary capacities
pursuant to this article, an affiliated bank or trust company shall
remain jointly liable with the subsidiary trust company which has been
substituted for it in respect of each of the existing fiduciary
relationships as to which such substitution has been ordered, but such
affiliated bank or trust company shall be entitled to a right of
subrogation against such subsidiary trust company for all amounts paid
by such affiliated bank or trust company as a result of such joint
liability.
Applicable laws and regulations. To the extent not inconsistent
with provisions of this article, a subsidiary trust company shall be
subject to the laws of the state of New York generally applicable to
trust companies. Nothing in this article shall be deemed to affect in
any way the powers of the superintendent of financial services to adopt,
alter or amend rules and regulations with respect to trust companies,
provided that no such rule or regulation shall be applicable to a
subsidiary trust company to the extent it is inconsistent with, or
purports to limit the powers or rights of a subsidiary trust company
expressly granted by, the provisions of this article.
ARTICLE 4 Private Bankers
Verified certificate. Any individual or partnership desiring to
engage in business as a private banker shall submit to the
superintendent a verified certificate in duplicate which shall state:
1. The full name, residence and post office address of such individual
or of each member of such partnership.
2. The state or country of which each individual named in such
certificate is a citizen.
3. The amount of permanent capital such individual or partnership will
invest in his business as a private banker which shall be not less than
one million dollars.
4. The place where his office is to be located.
Authorization certificate. If the superintendent shall issue an
authorization certificate as provided in article two of this chapter,
such individual or partnership may engage in the business of banking
including receiving deposits subject to check or for repayment upon the
presentation of a pass book, certificate of deposit or other evidence of
debt, or upon the request of the depositor, or in the discretion of such
individual, or partnership; receiving money for transmission;
discounting or negotiating promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange
or other evidences of debt; and buying or selling exchange, coin or
bullion at the location specified in such authorization certificate,
subject to all the restrictions and limitations contained in this
chapter. In conducting such business a private banker may make use of
the words "bank," "banker" or "banking" or their equivalent or any
derivative or compound thereof.
Permanent capital; increase or decrease. Every private banker
shall keep unimpaired in his banking business the amount of permanent
capital specified in his verified certificate. From time to time, with
the written approval of the superintendent and upon good cause shown,
such permanent capital may be increased or decreased.
Restrictions as to place of business. The office of a private
banker shall not be located in the same room with, or in a room
connecting with, any bank, trust company, savings bank, or national
bank.
Change of location. Any private banker may make a written
application to the superintendent to change the location of his office
to another place in the same city or village. The application shall
state the reason for such proposed change and shall be verified by such
private banker, or if such private banker is a partnership, by a
majority of the members thereof, and shall be accompanied by an
investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter. Such change may be made upon the written approval of the
superintendent.
Segregation of investments; title to be taken in descriptive
name. 1. Every private banker shall segregate and keep separate and
apart from all other property and assets of the individual or
partnership all securities and property, and the evidences of title
thereto, in which funds held by him as a private banker and the surplus
used by him in his private banking business have been invested. The
phrase "funds held by him as a private banker" shall for the purpose of
this chapter mean such private banker's permanent capital and moneys
received by him on deposit.
2. All conveyances, deeds, mortgages, assignments, contracts and
agreements received, taken, or entered into by any private banker, in
connection with his banking business, shall be received, taken, or
entered into in the firm name if such private banker is a partnership or
in the name of such private banker with the addition of the descriptive
name "private banker" if such private banker is not a partnership.
Depositors preferred in case of failure or suspension. In case
of the failure or suspension of any private banker, the claims of
persons for money on deposit or delivered for transmission shall be
preferred against such assets as shall be shown by the books of such
private banker, or by other legal evidence, to have been derived from
the investment of such moneys, or from the investment of permanent
capital, such claimants shall also share pro rata with other creditors
in any other assets of such individual or of such partnership and of the
individual members thereof.
Reserves against deposits. Every private banker shall maintain
total reserves against his deposits of the same amount and kind and on
hand or on deposit to the same extent as is at the time required by or
pursuant to the provisions of this chapter of a bank doing business in
the same place.
If any private banker shall fail to maintain the reserves required by
this section, he shall be liable for and shall pay any assessments
levied by the superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter.
Restrictions on acceptance of deposits and payment of interest.
No private banker shall:
(1) Accept any amount for deposit if after the acceptance of such
amount the average amount of the deposits received from all depositors
during the twelve month period ending upon the day upon which such
deposit is tendered, or during such period, if less than twelve months,
that such private banker has been engaged in business, would be less
than one thousand dollars. The term "deposit" as used in this paragraph
shall mean coin or currency of the United States or of any foreign
country, and checks, drafts and other funds credited by such private
banker to the account of any one depositor on any one day, but shall not
include dividend checks, coupons, or other similar items collected by
such private banker for the account of a depositor, or remittances made
by a depositor for the purpose of repaying, in whole or in part, any
existing indebtedness due to such private banker, or interest credited
by such private banker to the account of a depositor, or amounts
delivered for transmission; or
(2) Pay or credit interest, or pay, credit or give any bonus or
gratuity or thing of value, on any deposit balance, if the average of
the daily credit balances in such deposit account during the period for
which interest is paid or credited is less than seven thousand five
hundred dollars.
Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees
or joint depositors; repayment where adverse claim is asserted;
interpleader in certain actions; effect of claims or advices originating
in, and statutes, rules or regulations purporting to be in force in
occupied territory. 1. When any deposit shall be made by or in the name
of any minor, the same shall be held for the exclusive right and benefit
of such minor, and free from the control or lien of all other persons,
except creditors, and shall be paid, together with the interest thereon
to the person in whose name the deposit shall have been made, and the
receipt or acquittance of such minor shall be a valid and sufficient
release and discharge for such deposit or any part thereof to the
private banker.
4. A private banker need not recognize or give any effect to a claim
of authority to order the payment or delivery of any funds or other
property standing on his books to the credit of, or held by him for the
account of, any person, corporation, unincorporated association or
partnership, which claim conflicts with a claim of authority of which
the private banker had prior notice, unless the person or persons
asserting such subsequent claim shall procure a restraining order,
injunction or other appropriate process against said private banker from
a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, or, in lieu
thereof, with the consent of said private banker, shall execute to said
private banker, in form and with sureties acceptable to him, a bond,
indemnifying him for any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and
expenses for or on account of any payment or delivery of such property
by him pursuant to such subsequent claim of authority or for or on
account of the dishonor of any check or other order of any person or
persons asserting the claim of authority of which such private banker
already had notice at the time the subsequent conflicting claim of
authority is asserted by the person or persons furnishing such bond.
5. Notice to any private banker of an adverse claim to any property,
or to a deposit of cash or securities standing on his books to the
credit of, or held for the account of, any person shall not be effectual
to cause said private banker to recognize said adverse claimant unless
said adverse claimant shall also either procure a restraining order,
injunction or other appropriate process against said private banker from
a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause
therein instituted by him wherein the person to whose credit the deposit
stands, or for whose account the property or deposit is held, or his
executor or administrator is made a party and served with summons, or
shall execute to said private banker, in form and with sureties
acceptable to him a bond, indemnifying said private banker from any and
all liability, loss, damage, costs and expenses, for and on account of
the payment of or delivery pursuant to such adverse claim or the
dishonor of the check or other order of the person to whose credit the
deposit stands, or for whose account the property or deposit is held, on
the books of said private banker.
6. (a) In all actions against any private banker to recover for moneys
on deposit therewith, if there be any person or persons, not parties to
the action who claim the same fund, the court in which the action is
pending, may, on the petition of such private banker, and upon eight
days' notice to the plaintiff and such claimants, and without proof as
to the merits of the claim, make an order amending the proceedings in
the action by making such claimants parties defendant thereto; and the
court shall thereupon proceed to determine the rights and interests of
the several parties to the action in and to such funds. The remedy
provided in this section shall be in addition to and not exclusive of
that provided in any other interpleader provision.
(b) The funds on deposit which are the subject of such an action may
remain with such private banker to the credit of the action until final
judgment therein, and be entitled to the same interest as other deposits
of the same class, and shall be paid by such private banker in
accordance with the final judgment of the court; or the deposit in
controversy may be paid into court to await the final determination of
the action, and when the deposit is so paid into court such private
banker shall be struck out as a party to the action, and its liability
for such deposit shall cease.
(c) The costs in all actions against a private banker to recover
deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be charged
upon the fund affected by the action.
7. (a) A private banker need not recognize or give any effect to (1)
any claim to a deposit of cash, securities, or other property standing
on his books to the credit of, or held by him for the account of, any
corporation, firm or association in occupied territory, or (2) any
advice, statute, rule or regulation purporting to cancel or to give
notice of the cancellation of the authority of any person at the time
appearing on the books of such private banker as authorized to withdraw
or otherwise dispose of cash, securities, or other property of such
corporation, firm or association, unless such private banker is required
so to do by appropriate process procured against him in a court of
competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein
instituted by or in the name of such corporation, firm or association,
or unless the person making such claim or giving such advice or invoking
such statute, rule or regulation, as the case may be, shall execute to
such private banker, in form and with sureties acceptable to him, a bond
indemnifying him from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and
expenses for and on account of recognizing or giving any effect to such
claim, advice, statute, rule or regulation.
(b) For the purposes of this subdivision (1) the term "occupied
territory" shall mean territory occupied by a dominant authority
asserting governmental, military or police powers of any kind in such
territory, but not recognized by the United States as the de jure
government of such territory, and (2) the term "corporation, firm or
association in occupied territory" shall mean a corporation, firm or
association which has, or at any time has had, a place of business in
territory which has at any time been occupied territory.
(c) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall be effective
only in cases where (1) such claim or advice purports or appears to have
been sent from, or is reasonably believed to have been sent pursuant to
orders originating in, such occupied territory during the period of
occupation, or (2) such statute, rule or regulation appears to have
emanated from such dominant authority and purports to be or to have been
in force in such occupied territory during the period of occupation.
(d) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall apply to
claims, advices, statutes, rules or regulations made, given or invoked
either prior to, or on or subsequent to the effective date of this act.
Restrictions on investments. 1. Every private banker may,
subject to the limitations and restrictions contained in this article,
make such investments of funds held by him as a private banker in real
or personal securities, or personal property, as are consistent with
safety and prudence of management.
2. No private banker shall appropriate to his own use or lend to any
person with whom he is associated as a partner, or invest in any
business conducted by a partnership of which he is a member, any funds
held by him as a private banker.
3. No private banker shall, after June thirtieth, nineteen hundred
thirty-eight, make with funds held by him as a private banker any loan
to, or investment in the capital stock of, any corporation of which
fifty per centum of the capital stock is owned or controlled directly or
indirectly, or as a result of any such investment would be so owned or
controlled by such private banker, as a private banker and as an
individual, or if such private banker is a partnership, by such
partnership and the individual members thereof, if as a result thereof
the total amount of outstanding loans and investments so made after such
date will exceed ten per centum of his permanent capital with respect to
any one such corporation, or will exceed twenty-five per centum of his
permanent capital with respect to all such corporations.
Rate of interest; effect of usury. 1. No private banker shall
take, receive, reserve or charge on any loan or discount made, or upon
any note, bill of exchange or other evidence of debt, interest as
computed pursuant to this section, at a rate greater than the rate
prescribed by the superintendent of financial services pursuant to
section fourteen-a of this chapter, or, if no rate has been so
prescribed, six per centum per annum, or two dollars if the interest so
computed is less than that amount. Such interest may be taken in
advance, reckoning the days for which the note, bill or evidence of debt
has to run. The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving or charging a
greater rate of interest shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of the
entire interest which the note, bill of exchange or other evidence of
debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. If a
greater rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same or
his legal representatives may recover twice the entire amount of the
interest thus paid from the private banker. The purchase, discount or
sale of a bona fide bill of exchange, note or other evidence of debt
payable at another place than the place of such purchase, discount or
sale at not more than the current rate of exchange for sight draft, or a
reasonable charge for the collection of the same, in addition to the
interest, shall not be considered interest for the purpose of any law
regulating the maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or
received.
Anything contained in this subdivision to the contrary
notwithstanding, the charging of interest or discount on a loan or
discount at an office of a private banker located outside of the states
of the United States of America and the District of Columbia at a rate
allowed by the laws of the country, territory, dependency, province,
dominion, insular possession or other political subdivision where such
office is located, or the acquisition by a private banker of a part
interest or the entire interest in any loan or discount heretofore or
hereafter made by a bank or trust company or any other banking
institution at an office located outside of the states of the United
States of America and the District of Columbia, shall not be a violation
of this section.
1-a. Anything contained in this section to the contrary
notwithstanding, any private banker, in purchasing or otherwise
acquiring, any note or other evidence of debt, which has arisen out of
the sale of personal property or the performance of services on credit
and which is repayable in instalments from the payee or holder thereof,
may take, receive, reserve or charge an amount not exceeding twelve per
centum per annum, computed pursuant to this section on unpaid principal
balances, or the sum of ten dollars, whichever is the greater; provided,
however, that nothing contained in this subdivision shall authorize a
private banker to take, receive, reserve or charge upon the purchase or
other acquisition of any two or more notes or other evidences of debt,
arising out of the same transaction, an amount greater than such private
banker would be entitled to take, receive, reserve or charge if all of
such obligations constituted a single obligation. In the event that the
private banker insures, under a group insurance policy, the life of the
person primarily liable on any such obligation, or in the event that the
private banker requires insurance on personal property securing any such
obligation, the actual cost of such insurance may be added to the amount
which such private banker may take, receive, reserve or charge upon the
purchase or other acquisition of such obligation. This subdivision shall
not be in derogation of any powers, rights or privileges possessed by
any private banker prior to the effective date this subdivision.
2. Upon advances of money repayable on demand to an amount not less
than five thousand dollars made upon warehouse receipts, bills of
lading, certificates of stock, certificates of deposit, bills of
exchange, bonds or other negotiable instruments, pledged as collateral
security for such repayment, a private banker may receive or contract to
receive and collect as compensation for making such advances any sum
which may be agreed upon by the parties to such transaction.
3. Upon an advance of money, whether or not repayable on demand, to an
amount not less than five thousand dollars, made upon documents of title
within article seven of the uniform commercial code or negotiable
instruments within article three or article eight of the uniform
commercial code pledged as collateral security for such repayment, any
private banker may receive or contract to receive and collect as
compensation for making such advance any sum which may be agreed upon by
the parties to such transaction; provided that such advance is (a) to or
for any partner of a firm which is a member firm of a national
securities exchange registered with the securities and exchange
commission as a national securities exchange under the federal
securities exchange act of 1934, as amended, to enable such partner to
make a contribution of capital to such firm or to purchase stock of an
affiliated corporation of such firm, provided that such partner is
actively engaged in the business of such firm and devotes the major
portion of his time thereto, or (b) to or for any person who is or will
become a holder of stock of a corporation which is a member corporation
of such a national securities exchange to enable such person to purchase
stock of such corporation or to purchase stock of an affiliated
corporation of such corporation, provided that such person is actively
engaged in the business of such corporation and devotes the major
portion of his time thereto.
Restrictions on purchases of, and loans on real estate. 1. No
private banker shall purchase with funds held by him as private banker
any real estate except a plot upon which there is or may be erected a
building suitable for the convenient transaction of his business; nor
make a loan of such funds upon the security of real estate, if such real
estate is unimproved, in excess of two-thirds, and if such real estate
is improved by a building or buildings or is to be improved by a
building or buildings in the process of construction, the major portion
of which building or buildings is used, or in the case of a building
under construction is to be used, for residential, business,
manufacturing or agricultural purposes, in excess of three-fourths, of
the appraised value of such real estate, or in an amount which when
added to the amount unpaid upon prior mortgages, liens and encumbrances
upon such real estate exceeds the foregoing respective proportions of
such appraised value, or if such real estate is subject to a prior
mortgage, lien or encumbrance and the amount unpaid upon such prior
mortgage, lien or encumbrance or the aggregate amount unpaid upon all
prior mortgages, liens and encumbrances exceeds ten per centum of the
permanent capital of such private banker.
2. All real estate acquired by a private banker in satisfaction or
reduction of loans of funds held by him as a private banker, shall be
sold within five years from the date of its acquisition, unless the
superintendent upon application shall extend the time within which such
sale shall be made.
Books and records. 1. Every private banker shall keep separate
and complete books of account in which shall be promptly entered the
details of all business transacted by him as a private banker including
statements in detail of the liabilities incurred by him as a private
banker and of the securities or property in which funds held by him as a
private banker have been invested.
2. Every private banker shall conform his or her methods of keeping
his or her books and records to such orders in respect thereto as shall
have been made and promulgated by the superintendent pursuant to article
two of this chapter. Any private banker who refuses or neglects to obey
any such order shall be subject to a penalty of an amount as determined
pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter for each day that such
refusal or neglect continues.
3. Every private banker shall preserve all his records of final entry,
including cards used under the card system and deposit tickets, for a
period of at least six years from the date of making the same or from
the date of the last entry thereon; provided, however, that preservation
of photographic reproduction thereof or records in photographic form
shall constitute compliance with the requirements of this section.
Reports required by superintendent; penalty for failure to
make. Within fifteen days after service upon any private banker of the
notice provided for by section thirty-seven of this chapter, he shall
make a written report to the superintendent of the financial condition
of his business as a private banker, which report shall be in such form
and shall contain such information as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe. Such report shall be published by such private
banker in such manner as the superintendent of financial services may
prescribe in a newspaper published in the place where the office of such
private banker is located or if no newspaper is published there, in a
newspaper of general circulation in such place.
Every private banker shall also make such other special reports to the
superintendent as he may from time to time require in such form and on
such dates as may be prescribed by the superintendent, which reports
shall if required by the superintendent be verified in such form as he
may prescribe.
If any private banker shall fail to make any report required by this
section on or before the date designated for the making thereof or shall
fail to include therein any prescribed matter, such private banker shall
forfeit to the people of the state an amount as determined pursuant to
section forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such report
shall be delayed or withheld and for every day that he or she shall fail
to report any such omitted matter, unless the time therefor shall have
been extended by the superintendent, as provided in article two of this
chapter.
Official communications from superintendent. Every official
communication, as defined in article two of this chapter, directed to
any private banker, shall, if such private banker is a partnership, be
submitted by the person receiving it to the members thereof present at
their next meeting and duly noted on the records of such private banker.
Business of deceased private banker; continuation; liquidation.
In case of the death of an individual engaged in the business of a
private banker, his executor, administrator or other legal
representative, and in case of the death of a member of a partnership so
engaged, the surviving members of the partnership, may continue such
business for a period of six months from the date of such death if such
continuation is necessary, in order to bring about the liquidation of
such business. If the liquidation shall not have been accomplished
within such period of six months, the superintendent may extend the time
for a further period not to exceed one year or may, at his option, take
over such private banking business and complete the liquidation, but the
provisions of this chapter shall be applicable to the business of such
deceased private banker while the business is being continued pursuant
to the provisions of this section. Nothing herein contained shall
prevent the surviving partner or partners of or a successor to a
deceased private banker from applying for and receiving, if otherwise
entitled thereto, an authorization certificate to engage in business as
a private banker.
Effect of revocation of authorization certificate. Whenever
the superintendent shall have revoked the authorization certificate of
any private banker, and shall have taken the action to make such
revocation effective specified in article two of this chapter, all the
rights and privileges resulting from such authorization, shall forthwith
cease and determine.
Prohibitions against encroachment upon certain powers of
private bankers, savings banks and savings and loan associations. Except
as authorized by this chapter, no individual, either for himself or as
trustee, and no partnership or unincorporated association shall:
(1) Engage in the business of receiving deposits;
(2) Make use of the words "bank," "banker" or "banking" or any
derivative or compound of any such words or any word or words in a
foreign language having the same or similar meanings in any sign,
advertisement, circular, letterhead or in other written or printed
matter, in such manner as might indicate that such individual,
partnership or unincorporated association is authorized to engage in
business as a bank or private banker;
(3) As principal, agent or trustee engage in the business of receiving
payments of money in installments, for cooperative, mutual loan, savings
or investment purposes in sums of less than five hundred dollars each
under a declaration of trust or otherwise;
(4) Personally or by the publication or circulation of advertisements
solicit such payment of money to any unauthorized individual, trustee,
partnership or unincorporated association or the execution of a
declaration of trust to or a contract with, any unauthorized individual,
trustee, partnership or unincorporated association, under which such
payments will become due and payable;
(5) Engage in or conduct a business similar to the business of a
savings bank or of a savings and loan association, or promise to make
loans at any time, either fixed or uncertain, upon real estate security
for building, home-owning, savings or investment purposes as an
inducement for the payment of sums of money in installments of less than
five hundred dollars each to any unauthorized person, trustee,
partnership or unincorporated association;
(6) Engage in the business of transmitting money or receiving money
for transmission in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that
nothing contained in this paragraph shall apply to an individual,
partnership or unincorporated association licensed pursuant to the
provisions of article thirteen-B of this chapter.
Any person who shall violate any provision of this section shall be
guilty of a misdemeanor.
Exemptions of certain private bankers. 1. Every individual and
partnership conducting the business of a private banker on June
thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-eight, pursuant to an authorization
certificate issued by the superintendent may thereafter continue to
conduct such business under the authority of such existing authorization
certificate.
2. Nothing in this article shall be construed to render unlawful the
continued ownership or holding by a private banker of any investments,
loans, or other real or personal property lawfully acquired prior to
June thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-eight.
ARTICLE 4-A Public Accommodation Offices of Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Banks, Savings and Loan Associations and Foreign Banking Corporations
Application of article; definition. This article shall apply to
banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations and
foreign banking corporations licensed, pursuant to section twenty-six of
this chapter, to maintain a branch in the state, as those terms are
defined, respectively, in subdivisions one, two, four and eight of
section two, and subdivision five of section two hundred of this
chapter. As used in this article, the term "banking institution" shall
mean and include banks, trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan
associations and foreign banking corporations licensed, pursuant to
section twenty-six of this chapter, to maintain a branch in the state,
as so defined.
Public accommodation offices authorized. A banking institution
may apply for the approval of the superintendent to establish, maintain
and operate not more than one public accommodation office as an adjunct
to its principal office, and not more than one public accommodation
office as an adjunct to each branch office now occupied by it or
hereafter lawfully opened and occupied by it, provided, however, that no
public accommodation office may be established as an adjunct to any
electronic facility established pursuant to section one hundred five-a,
two hundred forty-a or three hundred ninety-six-a of this chapter.
Location of public accommodation office. 1. Each public
accommodation office established pursuant to this article shall be
located in the same city, town or village in which the banking
institution maintains the office of which such public accommodation
office is an adjunct and within one thousand feet from the principal
office or branch office of the banking institution of which it is an
adjunct.
2. For the purposes of this article, distances shall be measured along
a straight line drawn between the wall of the principal office or branch
office of a banking institution and the nearest wall of the public
accommodation office.
Limitation upon business which may be transacted at public
accommodation office. No business other than that actually and
necessarily involved in connection with the performance of one or more
of the functions enumerated in this section shall be transacted at any
public accommodation office:
(a) the receipt of deposits of money, currency, checks and other
similar items;
(b) the payment of withdrawals;
(c) the cashing of checks, drafts and other similar items;
(d) the receipt of moneys due to the banking institution;
(e) the issuance of cashier's checks, treasurer's checks, money orders
and other similar items; and
(f) the disbursement of funds pursuant to an existing loan agreement
or extension of credit which provides for advances to or for the account
of the borrower, by means of honoring one or more checks or other
written orders or by use of a credit card or other similar arrangement.
Nothing contained in this section shall be construed to authorize the
performance of any function or the rendition of any service in any
public accommodation office which such banking institution is not
otherwise authorized to engage in by other provisions of this chapter or
other law.
Public accommodation office not deemed branch office. A public
accommodation office shall not be deemed a branch office as that term is
used in this chapter and shall not be subject to any other provision of
this chapter specifically relating to the establishment of branch
offices. Each public accommodation office shall be deemed to be an
integral part of the banking institution or branch office of which it is
an adjunct, and all business transacted at such public accommodation
office shall be deemed to be transacted at the office of which it is an
adjunct.
Rules, regulations and orders. The superintendent shall have
power to adopt, amend and enforce such rules, regulations and orders as
the superintendent may deem necessary to enable the superintendent to
administer and carry out the provisions of this article and to prevent
evasions thereof.
ARTICLE 5 Foreign Banking Corporations and National Banks
When foreign banking corporation may transact business in this
state. No foreign banking corporation, other than a bank organized under
the laws of the United States, shall transact in this state the business
of buying, selling, paying or collecting bills of exchange, or of
issuing letters of credit or of receiving money for transmission or
transmitting the same by draft, check, cable or otherwise, or of making
loans, or of receiving deposits, or of exercising the fiduciary powers
specified in section two hundred one-b of this chapter, or transacting
any part of such business, or maintaining in this state its initial
agency or branch for carrying on such business, or any part thereof,
unless such corporation shall have:
1. Been authorized by its charter to carry on such business and shall
have complied with the laws of the state or country under which it is
incorporated;
2. Furnished to the superintendent such proof as to the nature and
character of its business and as to its financial condition as he may
require;
3. Filed in the office of the superintendent (a) a duly executed
instrument in writing, by its terms of indefinite duration and
irrevocable, appointing the superintendent and his or her successors its
true and lawful attorney, upon whom all process in any action or
proceeding against it on a cause of action arising out of a transaction
with its New York agency or agencies or branch or branches, may be
served with the same force and effect as if it were a domestic
corporation and had been lawfully served with process within the state
and (b) a written certificate of designation, which may be changed from
time to time thereafter by the filing of a new certificate of
designation, specifying the name and address of the officer, agent or
other person to whom such process shall be forwarded by the
superintendent;
4. Received a license duly issued to it by the superintendent as
provided in article two of this chapter and, in the case of a foreign
banking corporation desiring to exercise the fiduciary powers specified
in section two hundred one-b of this chapter, or any part thereof,
received a certificate of authorization duly issued to it by the
superintendent as provided in such section two hundred one-b.
This section shall not be construed to prohibit foreign banking
corporations which do not maintain an office in this state for the
transaction of business from (1) making loans in this state secured by
mortgages on real property, nor from contracting in this state with a
banking institution engaged in the business of banking under the laws of
this state to acquire from or through such banking institution a part
interest or the entire interest in a loan or evidence of debt which such
banking institution has heretofore or hereafter made, purchased or
acquired, for its own account or otherwise, together with a like
interest in any security and any security instrument proposed to be
given or heretofore or hereafter given to secure or evidence such loan
or evidence of debt; (2) enforcing in this state obligations heretofore
or hereafter acquired by it in the transaction of business outside of
this state, or in the transaction of any business authorized by this
section; (3) acquiring, holding, leasing, mortgaging, contracting with
respect to, or otherwise protecting or conveying property in this state
heretofore or hereafter assigned, transferred, mortgaged or conveyed to
it as security for, or in whole or part satisfaction of a loan or loans
made by it or obligations acquired by it in the transaction of business
outside of this state, or in the transaction of any business authorized
by this section.
If any foreign banking corporation has opened and occupied an agency
or branch in this state pursuant to the provisions of this chapter, it
may, unless otherwise advised by the superintendent, open and occupy an
additional agency or branch, as the case may be, without having to apply
for the approval of the superintendent, provided that it gives the
superintendent notice of at least thirty days (or such shorter period as
the superintendent in individual cases may approve) before opening and
occupying any such additional office.
Actions maintained by a foreign banking corporation.
In maintaining an action or special proceeding in this state, a
foreign banking corporation shall maintain such action or proceeding in
like manner and subject to the same limitations as are applicable in the
case of an action or special proceeding maintained by a domestic banking
organization, except as otherwise prescribed by statute.
Actions maintained against foreign banking corporation;
residents; foreign corporations, foreign banking corporations
as non-residents.
1. An action or special proceeding against a foreign banking
corporation may be maintained by a resident of this state for any cause
of action. For purposes of this subdivision one, the term "resident of
this state" shall include any corporation formed under any law of this
state.
2. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, an action or special
proceeding against a foreign banking corporation may be maintained by
another foreign corporation or foreign banking corporation or by a
non-resident in the following cases only:
(a) where the action is brought to recover damages for the breach of a
contract made or to be performed within this state, or relating to
property situated within this state at the time of the making of the
contract;
(b) where the subject matter of the litigation is situated within this
state;
(c) where the cause of action arose within this state, except where
the object of the action or special proceeding is to affect the title of
real property situated outside this state;
(d) where the action or special proceeding is based on a liability for
acts done within this state by a foreign banking corporation;
(e) where the defendant is a foreign banking corporation doing
business in this state.
3. The limitations contained in subdivision two do not apply to a
corporation formed and existing under the laws of the United States and
which maintains an office in this state.
Maintenance of books, accounts and records. Every foreign
banking corporation licensed pursuant to this chapter to maintain one or
more branches, agencies or representative offices in this state shall
maintain or make available at any such branch, agency or representative
office appropriate books, accounts and records reflecting (i) all
transactions effected by or on behalf of the branch, agency or
representative office and (ii) all actions taken in this state by
employees of the foreign banking corporation located in this state to
effect transactions on behalf of any office of such foreign banking
corporation located outside this state.
Conditions to be complied with by foreign banking corporations
applying for initial license. Every foreign banking corporation before
being licensed by the superintendent to transact in this state the
business of buying, selling, paying or collecting bills of exchange, or
of issuing letters of credit or of receiving money for transmission or
transmitting the same by draft, check, cable or otherwise, or of making
loans, or receiving deposits, and before being authorized by the
superintendent to exercise the fiduciary powers specified in section two
hundred one-b of this chapter, or any part of such business, or before
maintaining in this state its initial agency or branch for carrying on
such business or any part thereof, shall subscribe and acknowledge and
submit to the superintendent at his office, an application certificate
in duplicate, which shall specifically state:
1. The name of such foreign banking corporation.
2. The place where its business is to be transacted in this state; and
if such business is to be conducted through an agency in this state, the
name of the agent or agents through whom such business is to be
transacted; and if such business is to be transacted in this state by a
branch of said foreign banking corporation, the name of the person who
shall be in charge of the business and affairs of such branch.
3. The amount of its capital actually paid in cash and the amount
subscribed for and unpaid.
4. The actual value of the assets of such corporation, which must be
at least one million dollars in excess of its liabilities; and a
complete and detailed statement of its financial condition as of a date
prior to the date of such application as the superintendent in his
discretion may determine.
At the time such application certificate is submitted to the
superintendent, such corporation shall also submit a duly exemplified or
otherwise authenticated copy of its charter and a verified or otherwise
authenticated copy of its by-laws, or an equivalent thereof satisfactory
to the superintendent, and pay an investigation fee as prescribed
pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter to be collected by the
superintendent.
Rights and privileges of foreign banking corporation under
license; effect of revocation. 1. When the superintendent shall have
issued a license as provided in section twenty-six of this chapter to
any such foreign banking corporation, it may engage in the business
specified in sections two hundred and two hundred one of this article
either as an agency or as a branch at the location specified in such
license for a period not exceeding one year from the date of such
license or, if such license so provides, until such license is
surrendered or revoked. A license issued for a period not exceeding one
year may, upon the approval of the superintendent, be renewed as
provided in section twenty-six of this chapter. No such license shall be
transferable or assignable. Every such license shall be at all times
conspicuously displayed in the place of business specified therein. In
the event that such license shall have been revoked by the
superintendent, as provided in article two of this chapter, it shall be
surrendered to the superintendent within twenty-four hours after such
corporation has received written notice of such revocation.
2. Whenever the superintendent shall have revoked any such license and
shall have taken the action to make such revocation effective specified
in article two of this chapter, all the rights and privileges of such
foreign banking corporation to transact the business thus licensed shall
forthwith cease and determine.
Fiduciary powers of foreign banking corporations. Every
foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this
chapter to maintain one or more branches or agencies in this state, and
holding an authorization certificate issued pursuant to this section
may, subject to such further limitations and restrictions as the
superintendent may prescribe, exercise the powers described in sections
one hundred, one hundred-a, one hundred-b and one hundred-c of this
chapter to the same extent, and subject to the same requirements and
restrictions and effect as apply in the case of trust companies in the
exercise of such powers.
The superintendent shall, within sixty days of the receipt by him of a
request for such authorization, issue to a foreign banking corporation
licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to maintain one or more
branches or agencies in this state, a certificate of authorization to
exercise the fiduciary powers referred to in this section at all or at
any one or more of its authorized branches or agencies, if he shall be
satisfied that such powers will be exercised in accordance with the
requirements of this chapter. The superintendent may, after giving
notice of the contemplated action and reasonable opportunity to be
heard, revoke any such certificate of authorization if he shall find
that a foreign banking corporation so authorized has failed to conform
to any requirement of this chapter relating to the conduct of such
business. Such revocation may apply to one or more of the authorized
branches or agencies of a foreign banking corporation.
Notice of acquisition of control or merger. 1. A foreign
banking corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to
maintain a branch or agency in this state shall file with the
superintendent a notice, in such form and containing such information as
the superintendent may prescribe, no later than fourteen calendar days
after such foreign banking corporation becomes aware of any acquisition
of control of such corporation or merges with another foreign banking
corporation.
2. Control, for purposes of this section, means any person or entity,
or group of persons or entities acting in concert, directly or
indirectly, owning, controlling or holding with power to vote,
twenty-five percent or more of any class of voting stock of such foreign
banking corporation, or having the ability in any manner to elect a
majority of the directors of such foreign banking corporation, or
otherwise exercising a controlling influence over the management and
policies of such foreign banking corporation as defined by the
superintendent by regulation.
Rates of interest; installment obligations; personal loan
departments; effect of usury. Branches and agencies of foreign banking
corporations licensed to do business in this state may make loans and
offer extensions of credit to the same extent and subject to the same
conditions as banks and trust companies may make loans and extend credit
pursuant to the provisions of subdivisions four-a and five of section
one hundred three of this chapter and section one hundred eight of this
chapter. Without limiting the foregoing, a foreign banking corporation
licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to maintain one or more
branches or agencies in this state, may, in pursuance of its otherwise
lawful powers under this chapter, take, receive, reserve or charge on
any loan or discount made, or upon any note, bill of exchange or other
evidence of debt, negotiable or otherwise, interest at such rate and
such other charges and fees as a bank or trust company shall be
permitted to charge under the provisions of the laws of this state or
the laws of the United States, with respect to the same class or classes
of loans or transactions to which such rate or such charges and fees
shall be applicable.
Restrictions on receiving deposits. 1. A foreign banking
corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to maintain
one or more agencies in this state shall not engage in the business of
receiving deposits in this state; provided (a) that such foreign banking
corporation may maintain for the account of others credit balances
incidental to, or arising out of, the exercise of its lawful powers; and
(b) that the superintendent of financial services is authorized to adopt
regulations that permit a foreign banking corporation, licensed pursuant
to article two of this chapter to maintain one or more agencies in this
state, to issue to a corporation, partnership, trust, unincorporated
association, joint stock association or similar association obligations
each in a principal amount of not less than one hundred thousand
dollars; and (c) that such foreign banking corporation may accept
deposits other than from citizens or residents of the United States as
the superintendent shall define by regulation.
2. A foreign banking corporation organized under the laws of a foreign
country may be licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter to
maintain a branch or branches in this state and may engage in the
business of receiving deposits in this state.
3. The superintendent of financial services shall have power to
prescribe, by specific or general regulation, to the extent to which and
the conditions upon which, the deposits and credit balances in agencies
and branches in this state of foreign banking corporations may be
established, maintained and paid out.
Maintenance of assets in this state. * 1. Upon opening a
branch or agency and thereafter, a foreign banking corporation licensed
pursuant to article two of this chapter shall keep on deposit, in
accordance with such rules and regulations as the superintendent shall
adopt shall from time to time, with such banks or trust companies or
private bankers or national banks in the state of New York as such
foreign banking corporation may designate and the superintendent may
approve, interest-bearing stocks and bonds, notes, debentures, or other
obligations of the United States or any agency or instrumentality
thereof, or guaranteed by the United States, or of this state, or of a
city, county, town, village, school district, or instrumentality of this
state or guaranteed by this state, or dollar deposits, or obligations of
the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, or
obligations issued by the Inter-American Development Bank, or
obligations of the Asian Development Bank, or obligations issued by the
African Development Bank, or obligations issued by the International
Finance Corporation, or bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations
issued by or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
(Freddie Mac) or by the Federal National Mortgage Corporation (Fannie
Mae), or bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations issued by or
guaranteed by the Student Loan Marketing Association (SALLIE MAE) or all
bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations issued by or guaranteed
by a federal home loan bank, or bonds, notes, debentures or other
obligations of any unaffiliated issuer provided that, at the time of
such investment, the obligation has received the highest rating of an
independent rating service designated by the superintendent or, if the
obligation is rated by more than one such service, the highest rating of
at least two such services, or such other assets as the superintendent
shall by rule or regulation permit, to an aggregate amount to be
determined by the superintendent, based upon principal amount or market
value, whichever is lower, in the case of the above-described
securities, and subject to such limitations as the superintendent shall
prescribe; provided, however, that the superintendent may determine, in
the superintendent's discretion, that any such bonds, notes, debentures
or other obligations of a particular issuer are not acceptable for
purposes of meeting the requirements of this subdivision. The
superintendent may from time to time require that the assets deposited
pursuant to this subdivision may be maintained by the foreign banking
corporation at such amount, in such form and subject to such conditions
as he or she shall deem necessary or desirable for the maintenance of a
sound financial condition, the protection of depositors and the public
interest, and to maintain public confidence in the business of such
branch or branches or such agency or agencies. The superintendent may
give credit to reserves required to be maintained with a federal reserve
bank in or outside the state of New York pursuant to federal law,
subject to such rules and regulations as the superintendent may from
time to time promulgate. So long as it shall continue business in the
ordinary course, such foreign banking corporation shall be permitted to
collect interest on the securities so deposited and from time to time
exchange, examine and compare such securities.
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* 1. Upon opening a branch or agency and thereafter, a foreign banking
corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter shall keep
on deposit, in accordance with such rules and regulations as the
superintendent shall from time to time promulgate, with such banks or
trust companies or private bankers or national banks in the state of New
York as such foreign banking corporation may designate and the
superintendent may approve, interest-bearing stocks and bonds, notes,
debentures, or other obligations of the United States or any agency or
instrumentality thereof, or guaranteed by the United States, or of this
state, or of a city, county, town, village, school district, or
instrumentality of this state or guaranteed by this state, or dollar
deposits, or obligations of the International Bank for Reconstruction
and Development, or obligations issued by the Inter-American Development
Bank, or obligations of the Asian Development Bank, or obligations
issued by the African Development Bank, or obligations issued by the
International Finance Corporation, or bonds, notes, debentures, or other
obligations issued by or guaranteed by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation (Freddie Mac) or by the Federal National Mortgage
Corporation (Fannie Mae), or bonds, notes, debentures, or other
obligations issued by or guaranteed by the Student Loan Marketing
Association (SALLIE MAE) or all bonds, notes, debentures, or other
obligations issued by or guaranteed by a federal home loan bank, or
bonds, notes, debentures or other obligations of any unaffiliated issuer
that meet the standards of creditworthiness established by regulation by
the superintendent, or such other assets as the superintendent shall by
rule or regulation permit, to an aggregate amount to be determined by
the superintendent, based upon principal amount or market value,
whichever is lower, in the case of the above-described securities, and
subject to such limitations as he or she shall prescribe; provided,
however, that the superintendent may determine, in his or her
discretion, that any such bonds, notes, debentures or other obligations
of a particular issuer are not acceptable for purposes of meeting the
requirements of this subdivision. The superintendent may from time to
time require that the assets deposited pursuant to this subdivision may
be maintained by the foreign banking corporation at such amount, in such
form and subject to such conditions as he or she shall deem necessary or
desirable for the maintenance of a sound financial condition, the
protection of depositors and the public interest, and to maintain public
confidence in the business of such branch or branches or such agency or
agencies. The superintendent may give credit to reserves required to be
maintained with a federal reserve bank in or outside the state of New
York pursuant to federal law, subject to such rules and regulations as
the superintendent may from time to time promulgate. So long as it shall
continue business in the ordinary course, such foreign banking
corporation shall be permitted to collect interest on the securities so
deposited and from time to time exchange, examine and compare such
securities.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
2. Each foreign banking corporation shall hold in this state currency,
bonds, notes, debentures, drafts, bills of exchange or other evidences
of indebtedness, including loan participation agreements or
certificates, or other obligations payable in the United States or in
United States funds or, with the prior approval of the superintendent,
in funds freely convertible into United States funds, or such other
assets as the superintendent shall by rule or regulation permit, in an
amount which shall bear such relationship as the superintendent shall by
regulation prescribe to liabilities of such foreign banking corporation
appearing in the books, accounts or records of its agency, agencies,
branch or branches in this state as liabilities of such agency,
agencies, branch or branches, including acceptances and such other
liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as the superintendent
shall determine, but excluding amounts due and other liabilities to
other offices, agencies or branches of, and affiliates of, such foreign
banking corporation. As used in this subdivision, (i) "affiliate" shall
mean any person or entity, or group of persons or entities acting in
concert, that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with
such foreign banking corporation and (ii) "control" means any person, or
group of persons acting in concert, directly or indirectly, owning,
controlling or holding with power to vote, more than fifty percent of
the voting stock of a company, or having the ability in any manner to
elect a majority of the directors of a company, or otherwise exercising
a controlling influence over the management and policies of a company as
defined by the superintendent by regulation. For purposes of this
subdivision, the term "person" shall mean a corporation, unincorporated
association, partnership, or any other entity or individual. For the
purposes of this subdivision, the superintendent shall value marketable
securities at principal amount or market value, whichever is lower,
shall have the right to determine the value of any non-marketable bond,
note, debenture, draft, bill of exchange, other evidence of
indebtedness, including loan participation agreements or certificates,
or of any other asset or obligation held by or owed to the foreign
banking corporation or its agency, agencies, branch or branches within
the state, and in determining the amount of assets for the purpose of
computing the above ratio of assets to liabilities, shall have the power
to exclude in whole or in part any particular asset. If, by reason of
the existence or the potential occurrence of unusual and extraordinary
circumstances, the superintendent deems it necessary or desirable for
the maintenance of a sound financial condition, the protection of
depositors, creditors and the public interest, and to maintain public
confidence in the business of the agency, agencies, branch or branches
of a foreign banking corporation, the superintendent may, subject to
such terms and conditions as the superintendent may prescribe, require
such foreign banking corporation to deposit the assets required to be
held in this state pursuant to this subdivision two with such banks or
trust companies or private bankers or national banks located in this
state, as the superintendent may designate.
3. In the event that any of the deposits received within the state by
a foreign banking corporation are insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, the superintendent shall specify what reasonable
percentage of deposit liabilities may be excluded in determining the
aggregate amount of liabilities of such foreign banking corporation for
deposits received within the state for purposes of subdivision two of
this section by reason of the fact that all or a part of such deposit
liabilities are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Reserves against deposits. Each such foreign banking
corporation which is authorized to maintain a branch or branches in this
state shall maintain such reserves against the deposits of such branch
or branches as may be required from time to time by the laws of this
state to be maintained by banks and trust companies. Such reserves shall
be maintained, subject to call, as provided by sections thirty-three and
one hundred seven of this chapter; provided, however, that any such
foreign banking corporation which maintains reserves with a federal
reserve bank pursuant to federal law shall be exempt from the preceding
provisions of this section so long as it shall comply with the
requirements of such law with reference to reserves, and provided
further that the superintendent of financial services may determine that
it is necessary or appropriate to require such a foreign banking
corporation to maintain additional reserves against the deposits of its
branch or branches in this state, taking into consideration the
character of business conducted by such institutions and the need to
maintain vigorous and fair competition between and among such branches
and banks organized under the laws of this state. As to any such
additional reserves which are required to be maintained pursuant to this
section, to the extent permitted by the superintendent, amounts carried
on the books of any such branch or branches as credits to the account of
another office or branch or wholly owned (except for a nominal number of
directors' shares) subsidiary of such foreign banking corporation shall
not be deemed to be deposits.
Foreign banking corporation may not maintain both agencies
and branches in this state. No foreign banking corporation licensed to
maintain one or more agencies in this state shall be licensed to
maintain a branch in this state except upon termination of the operation
of such agency or agencies; and no foreign banking corporation licensed
to maintain one or more branches in this state shall be licensed to
maintain an agency in this state except upon termination of the
operation of such branch or branches.
Restrictions on loans, purchases of securities and total
liabilities of any one person to New York branch or agency of foreign
bank. Before opening a branch or agency in this state, and annually
thereafter so long as a branch or agency is maintained in this state, a
foreign banking corporation, licensed pursuant to article two of this
chapter, shall certify to the superintendent the amount of its paid-in
capital stock, its surplus fund and its undivided profits, each
expressed in the currency of the country of its incorporation, the
dollar equivalent of which amount, as determined by the superintendent,
shall be deemed to be the amount of its capital stock, surplus fund and
undivided profits. Loans, purchases and discounts of notes, bills of
exchange, bonds, debentures and other obligations, and extensions of
credit and acceptances by a branch or agency of a foreign banking
corporation within this state shall be subject to the same limitations
as to amount in relation to capital stock, surplus fund, and undivided
profits as are applicable to banks and trust companies pursuant to
article three of this chapter, provided, however, that with the prior
approval of the superintendent of financial services, the capital notes
and capital debentures of such foreign banking corporation may be
treated as capital stock in computing such limitations.
Succession to agency by branch and to branch by agency.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, the superintendent
may, subject to such regulations as he may adopt, authorize the
conversion of a foreign banking corporation agency to a branch or the
conversion of a foreign banking corporation branch to an agency.
When a foreign banking corporation shall be licensed to conduct in
this state a branch in lieu of an agency theretofore conducted by it or
to conduct an agency in this state in lieu of a branch theretofore
conducted by it, the preceding form of organization shall, with the
approval of the superintendent, be converted into the succeeding form of
organization of such foreign banking corporation and all of the
liabilities of such foreign banking corporation previously payable at
the office where such preceding form of organization shall have been
conducted shall thereafter be payable at the office of the successor
form of organization.
In the event that the successor form of organization shall succeed to
assets in which it would not have had legal power to invest in its
successor form, or, in the event the successor form of organization
shall succeed to liabilities which the successor form of organization
would not have had power to incur, it shall liquidate such assets or
liabilities within the next succeeding twelve calendar months unless the
superintendent shall, in his discretion, extend such period of time in
the interest of the orderly conduct of such branch or agency.
Repayment of deposits standing in the names of minors,
trustees, joint depositors or custodians; interpleader in certain
actions. 1. Any minor may endorse a check payable to his order for the
purpose of depositing the proceeds in a deposit in his name with a
branch in this state of a foreign banking corporation and when any
deposit shall be made by or in the name of any minor, the same shall be
held for the exclusive right and benefit of such minor, and free from
the control or lien of all other persons, except creditors, and shall be
paid, together with the interest thereon to the person or upon the order
by check or otherwise of the person in whose name the deposit shall
stand, and the receipt, acquittance or order of payment of such minor
shall be a valid and sufficient release and discharge for such deposit
or any part thereof to the foreign banking corporation.
4. (a) In all actions against any foreign banking corporation to
recover for moneys on deposit with a branch thereof in this state, if
there be any person or persons, not parties to the action, who claim the
same fund, the court in which the action is pending, may, on the
petition of such foreign banking corporation, and upon eight days'
notice to the plaintiff and such claimants, and without proof as to the
merits of the claim, make an order amending the proceedings in the
action by making such claimants parties defendant thereto; and the court
shall thereupon proceed to determine the rights and interests of the
several parties to the action in and to such funds. The remedy provided
in this section shall be in addition to and not exclusive of any other
interpleader provision.
(b) The funds on deposit which are the subject of such an action may
remain with such foreign banking corporation to the credit of the action
until final judgment therein, and be entitled to the same interest as
other deposits of the same class, and shall be paid by such foreign
banking corporation in accordance with the final judgment of the court;
or the deposit in controversy may be paid into court to await the final
determination of the action, and when the deposit is so paid into court
such foreign banking corporation shall be struck out as a party to the
action, and its liability for such deposit shall cease.
(c) The costs in all actions against a foreign banking corporation to
recover deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be
charged upon the fund affected by the action.
5. Deposits by custodian for a minor under part six of article seven
of the estates, powers and trusts law. When any deposit of cash or
securities shall be made with a branch in this state of a foreign
banking corporation by a person purporting to act as custodian for a
minor under part six of article seven of the estates, powers and trusts
law or under a similar law of another state, the deposit together with
any interest or dividends credited thereon may be paid or delivered to
or upon the order of such person, or his successor as custodian, or to a
minor upon the minor's attaining either eighteen years or twenty-one
years, as provided in accordance with part six of article seven of the
estates, powers and trusts law, if no custodian is acting at the time of
such payment or delivery, and any receipt or order of such person,
successor or minor shall be valid and sufficient release and discharge
of the depositary for any payment or delivery so made. No depositary
dealing with a person purporting to act as a custodian for a minor under
said article shall be bound to inquire into any facts bearing upon the
designation of such person as such custodian or the propriety of or
authority for any act of such person under said article or otherwise or
the age of the person designated as a minor. No depositary shall be
liable for any act performed pursuant to the instruction or direction of
any person purporting to act as custodian under said article unless the
depositary has actual knowledge that such act, or the instruction or
direction therefor, constitutes a breach of such person's obligations as
such custodian, or unless the depositary performs such act with
knowledge of such facts that acting pursuant to such instruction or
direction amounts to bad faith.
Safe deposit business of branches. Each such foreign banking
corporation which is authorized to maintain a branch or branches in this
state may (a) receive upon deposit for safe-keeping for hire upon terms
and conditions to be prescribed by such foreign banking corporation,
money, securities, papers of any kind and any other personal property,
and (b) engage in the safe deposit business by renting vaults, safe
deposit boxes or other receptacles upon premises of such branch or
branches, upon such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by such
foreign corporation.
Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust
or individual retirement trust. Each such foreign banking corporation
which is authorized to maintain a branch or branches in this state the
deposits of which are insured by the federal deposit insurance
corporation or any successor may, subject to any regulations prescribed
by the superintendent of financial services, act through any such branch
as trustee under a retirement plan established pursuant to the
provisions of the act of congress entitled "Self-employed Individuals
Tax Retirement Act of 1962" as such provisions may be amended from time
to time, and under an individual retirement account plan established
pursuant to the amendments to the provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code contained in the act of congress entitled "Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974" as such provisions may be amended from time
to time, provided that the provisions of such retirement or individual
retirement account plan require the funds of such trust to be invested
exclusively in deposits of branches of foreign banking corporations
located in this state the deposits of which are insured by the federal
deposit insurance corporation or any successor and in deposits of banks,
trust companies, savings banks, savings and loan associations, federal
mutual savings or federal savings banks or federal savings and loan
associations whose principal offices are located in this state. In the
event that any such retirement or individual retirement account plan,
which in the judgment of the foreign banking corporation constituted a
qualified plan under the provisions of the applicable act of congress
hereinabove mentioned and the regulations promulgated thereunder at the
time the trust was established and accepted by the foreign banking
corporation is subsequently determined not to be such a qualified plan
or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified plan, in whole or in part,
the foreign banking corporation may, nevertheless, continue to act as
trustee of any deposits theretofore made under such plan and to dispose
of the same in accordance with the directions of the depositor and the
beneficiaries thereof. No foreign banking corporation, in respect to
deposits made under this section, shall be required to segregate such
deposits from other deposits of such foreign banking corporation,
provided, however, that the foreign banking corporation shall keep
appropriate records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in
under the authority of this section.
Change of location, name or business.
Any foreign corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this
chapter to engage in business in this state, may make a written
application to the superintendent for leave to do one or more of the
following:
1. To change its place of business from the place designated in its
license to another place in this state. An application for such change
shall be accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter.
2. To change its corporate name if such change has been effected under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation.
3. To enlarge, limit or otherwise change the business which it
proposes to do in this state.
Reports of foreign banking corporations; penalties. Every
foreign banking corporation licensed by the superintendent to engage in
business in this state, shall at such times and in such form as the
superintendent shall prescribe, make written reports to the
superintendent under the oath of one of its officers, managers or agents
transacting business in this state, showing the amount of its assets and
liabilities and containing such other matters as the superintendent
shall prescribe. If any such corporation shall fail to make any such
report as directed by the superintendent, it shall be subject to the
penalties prescribed by section one hundred twenty-five of this chapter,
and any false statement contained in any such report or in any other
sworn statement made to the superintendent by such corporation in
pursuance of the provisions of this chapter shall constitute perjury.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to modify the prohibitions of
section one hundred thirty-one of this chapter.
Payment of claims by foreign banking corporations where
adverse claim is asserted; effect of claims or advices originating in,
and statutes, rules or regulations purporting to be in force in occupied
territory; performance of contracts and repayment of deposits
performable or repayable at foreign offices of foreign banking
corporations. 1. Notice to any foreign banking corporation doing
business in this state under a license issued by the superintendent in
accordance with the provisions of this chapter, of an adverse claim to a
credit standing on its books to the account of any person, or to the
balance in any deposit account, or of an adverse claim to securities or
other property held for the account of any person, shall not be
effectual in this state to cause said foreign banking corporation to
recognize said adverse claimant unless said adverse claimant shall also
either procure a restraining order, injunction or other appropriate
process against said foreign banking corporation from a court of
competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein
instituted by him wherein the person to whose account the credit or
deposit stands, or for whose account the securities or other property
are held, or his executor or administrator is made a party and served
with summons, or shall execute to said foreign banking corporation, in
form and with sureties acceptable to it a bond, indemnifying said
foreign banking corporation from any and all liability, loss, damage,
costs and expenses, for and on account of the payment of or delivery
pursuant to such adverse claim or the dishonor of the order of the
person to whose account the credit or deposit stands on the books of
said foreign banking corporation or for whose account the securities or
other property are held by said foreign banking corporation.
2. (a) A foreign banking corporation doing business in this state
under a license issued by the superintendent in accordance with the
provisions of this chapter, need not in this state recognize or give any
effect to (1) any claim to a credit standing on its books to the account
of, or the balance in any deposit account of, or any claim to
securities, or other property held by it for the account of, any
corporation, firm or association in occupied territory or (2) any
advice, statute, rule or regulation purporting to cancel or to give
notice of the cancellation of the authority of any person at the time
appearing on the books of such foreign banking corporation as authorized
to withdraw or otherwise dispose of cash, securities, or other property
of such corporation, firm or association, unless such foreign banking
corporation is required so to do by appropriate process procured against
it in a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause
therein instituted by or in the name of such corporation, firm or
association, or unless the person making such claim or giving such
advice or invoking such statute, rule or regulation, as the case may be,
shall execute to such foreign banking corporation, in form and with
sureties acceptable to it, a bond indemnifying it from any and all
liability, loss, damage, costs and expenses for and on account of
recognizing or giving any effect to such claim, advice, statute, rule or
regulation.
(b) For the purposes of this subdivision (1) the term "occupied
territory" shall mean territory occupied by a dominant authority
asserting governmental, military or police powers of any kind in such
territory, but not recognized by the United States as the de jure
government of such territory, and (2) the term "corporation, firm or
association in occupied territory" shall mean a corporation, firm or
association which has, or at any time has had, a place of business in
territory which has at any time been occupied territory.
(c) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall be effective
only in cases where (1) such claim or advice purports or appears to have
been sent from or is reasonably believed to have been sent pursuant to
orders originating in, such occupied territory during the period of
occupation, or (2) such statute, rule or regulation appears to have
emanated from such dominant authority and purports to be or to have been
in force in such occupied territory during the period of occupation.
(d) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall apply to
claims, advices, statutes, rules or regulations made, given or invoked
either prior to, or on or subsequent to the effective date of this act.
(e) A foreign banking corporation doing business in this state under a
license issued by the superintendent in accordance with the provisions
of this chapter need not in this state recognize or give any effect to a
claim of authority to order the payment or delivery of any funds or
other property standing on its books to the credit of, or held by it for
the account of, any person, corporation, unincorporated association or
partnership, which claim conflicts with a claim of authority of which
the foreign banking corporation had prior notice, unless the person or
persons asserting such subsequent claim shall procure a restraining
order, injunction or other appropriate process against said foreign
banking corporation from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United
States, or, in lieu thereof, at the option of said foreign banking
corporation, shall execute to said foreign banking corporation, in form
and with sureties acceptable to it, a bond, indemnifying it for any and
all liability, loss, damage, costs and expenses for or on account of any
payment or delivery of such property by it pursuant to such subsequent
claim of authority or for or on account of the dishonor of any check or
other order of any person or persons asserting the claim of authority of
which such foreign banking corporation already had notice at the time
the subsequent conflicting claim of authority is asserted by the person
or persons furnishing such bond.
3. (a) Notwithstanding section 1--301 of the uniform commercial code,
any foreign banking corporation doing business in this state under a
license issued by the superintendent in accordance with the provisions
of this chapter shall be liable in this state for contracts to be
performed at its office or offices in any foreign country, and for
deposits to be repaid at such office or offices, to no greater extent
than a bank, banking corporation or other organization or association
for banking purposes organized and existing under the laws of such
foreign country would be liable under its laws. The laws of such foreign
country for the purpose of this subdivision shall be deemed to include
all acts, decrees, regulations and orders promulgated or enforced by a
dominant authority asserting governmental, military or police power of
any kind at the place where any such office is located, whether or not
such dominant authority be recognized as a de facto or de jure
government.
(b) Notwithstanding section 1--301 of the uniform commercial code, if
by action of any such dominant authority which is not recognized by the
United States as the de jure government of the foreign territory
concerned, any property situated in or any amount to be received in such
foreign territory and carried as an asset of any office of such foreign
banking corporation in such foreign territory is seized, destroyed or
cancelled, then the liability, if any, in this state of such foreign
banking corporation for any deposit theretofore received and thereafter
to be repaid by it, and for any contract theretofore made and thereafter
to be performed by it, at any office in such foreign territory shall be
reduced pro tanto by the proportion that the value (as shown by the
books or other records of such foreign banking corporation, at the time
of such seizure, destruction or cancellation) of such assets bears to
the aggregate of all the deposit and contract liabilities of the office
or offices of such foreign banking corporation in such foreign
territory, as shown at such time by the books or other records of such
foreign banking corporations. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall
diminish or otherwise affect the liability of any such foreign banking
corporation to any corporation, firm or individual which at the time of
such seizure, destruction or cancellation was incorporated or resident
in any state of the United States.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of any law to the contrary, a
foreign banking corporation operating a branch or branches or an agency
or agencies in this state shall not be required to repay, at any such
branch, branches, agency or agencies in this state, any deposit made at
a foreign office of any such foreign banking corporation if such office
cannot repay the deposit due to (i) an act of war, insurrection, or
civil strife; or (ii) an action by a foreign government or
instrumentality, whether de jure or de facto, in the country in which
the office is located preventing such repayment, unless the foreign
banking corporation operating in this state has expressly agreed in
writing to repay the deposit under such circumstances. The
superintendent of financial services may promulgate regulations
necessary to effectuate the provisions of this paragraph, including
regulations providing for adequate disclosure to retail depositors in
the United States of the restrictions on repayment contained in this
subdivision. The provisions of this paragraph shall not alter or
diminish the liability of a custodian of assets of a fund under section
one hundred seventy-eight-a of the retirement and social security law.
Termination of existence. When a foreign banking corporation
licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter is dissolved or its
authority or existence is otherwise terminated or cancelled in the
jurisdiction of its incorporation, a certificate of the superintendent
of financial services, or official performing the equivalent function as
to records of banking corporations, of the jurisdiction of incorporation
of such foreign banking corporation attesting to the occurrence of any
such event or a certified copy of an order or decree of a court of such
jurisdiction directing the dissolution of such foreign banking
corporation, the termination of its existence or the cancellation of its
authority shall be delivered to the superintendent. The filing of the
certificate, order or decree shall have the same effect as the
revocation of its license under section forty of this chapter. The
superintendent shall continue as agent of the foreign banking
corporation upon whom process against it may be served in any action or
special proceeding based upon any liability or obligation incurred by
the foreign banking corporation within this state prior to the filing of
such certificate, order or decree and he shall promptly cause a copy of
such process to be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested,
to such foreign corporation at the post office address on file in his
office specified for such purpose. The post office address may be
changed in the manner provided in section two hundred of this article.
Service of process on unlicensed corporation formed under laws
other than the statutes of this state.
1. Every corporation formed under laws other than the statutes of this
state which is required by this chapter to obtain a license from the
superintendent, and which itself or through an agent does any business
in this state for which such license is required either without
obtaining such license or after the revocation thereof, submits itself
to the jurisdiction of the courts of this state and is deemed to have
designated the superintendent as its agent upon whom process against it
may be served, in any action or special proceeding arising out of or in
connection with the doing of such business. Such process may issue in
any court in this state having jurisdiction of the subject matter.
2. Service of such process upon the superintendent shall be made by
personally delivering to and leaving with him or his deputy, or with any
person authorized by the superintendent to receive such service, at the
office of the superintendent, a copy of such process together with the
statutory fee, which fee shall be a taxable disbursement. Such service
shall be sufficient if notice thereof and a copy of the process are:
(a) Delivered personally without this state to such foreign banking
corporation by a person and in the manner authorized to serve process by
law in the jurisdiction in which service is made, or
(b) Sent by or on behalf of the plaintiff to such foreign banking
corporation by registered mail with return receipt requested, at the
post office address specified for the purpose of mailing process, on
file in the department of financial services, or with any official or
body performing the equivalent function, in the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, or if no such address is there specified, to its
registered or other office there specified, or if no such office is
there specified, to the last address of such foreign banking corporation
known to the plaintiff.
3. Proof of service shall be by affidavit of compliance with this
section filed, together with the process, within thirty days after such
service, with the clerk of the court in which the action or special
proceeding is pending. If a copy of the process is mailed in accordance
with this section, there shall be filed with the affidavit of compliance
either the return receipt signed by such foreign banking corporation or
other official proof of delivery or, if acceptance was refused by it,
the original envelope with a notation by the postal authorities that
acceptance was refused. If acceptance was refused, a copy of the notice
and process together with notice of the mailing by registered mail and
refusal to accept shall be promptly sent to such foreign banking
corporation at the same address by ordinary mail and the affidavit of
compliance shall so state. Service of process shall be complete ten days
after such papers are filed with the clerk of the court. The refusal to
accept delivery of the registered mail or to sign the return receipt
shall not affect the validity of the service and such foreign banking
corporation refusing to accept such registered mail shall be charged
with knowledge of the contents thereof.
4. Service made as provided in this section shall have the same force
as personal service made within this state.
5. Nothing in this section shall affect the right to serve process in
any other manner permitted by law.
6. The department of financial services shall keep a record of each
process served upon the superintendent under this section, including the
date of service. It shall, upon request made within ten years of such
service, issue a certificate under its seal certifying as to the receipt
of the service by an authorized person, the date and place of such
service and the receipt of the statutory fee. Process served upon the
superintendent under this section shall be destroyed by him after a
period of ten years from such service.
Nondiscriminatory treatment of insured state banks and national
banks. Notwithstanding any other laws of this state, a state bank, which
is incorporated in another state and whose deposits are insured by
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, shall have the same protection,
privileges and immunities, including the right to sue, collect debts,
realize on collateral security, enforce liens, claims and obligations,
and protect its property in this state, as a national bank whose
principal office is located in the same state as such state bank, and
such state bank and its shares, securities and evidences of indebtedness
shall enjoy the same privileges, protections and immunities as those of
such a national bank and shall not be subject to any disability,
incapacity, restriction, regulation, penalty, fee, fine or taxation
which is not imposed by this state in the case of such a national bank,
provided however that this section shall not apply with respect to any
state bank and its shares, securities and evidences of indebtedness
unless such state bank's state of incorporation has a statute with
provisions substantially similar to this section which is applicable to
a state bank incorporated in this state. As used in this section the
term "state bank" shall mean any commercial bank or trust company.
Restrictions on executive officers of foreign banking
corporations and national banks. 1. No executive officer of a foreign
banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state may be an
executive officer, director or trustee of a bank or trust company,
savings bank, savings and loan association, national bank, federal
savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, bank holding company or
another foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state,
unless permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent
pursuant to the provisions of subdivision three of this section, except
that an executive officer of a foreign banking corporation maintaining a
branch in this state which is a subsidiary of a bank holding company may
be (i) an executive officer and (ii) a director of the bank holding
company of which such foreign banking corporation is a subsidiary, and
of one or more of the banking institutions which are subsidiaries of
such bank holding company.
2. No executive officer of a national bank, federal savings bank or
federal savings association, the principal office of which institution
is located in this state, may be an executive officer, director or
trustee of a bank or trust company, savings bank, savings and loan
association, bank holding company or foreign banking corporation
maintaining a branch in this state, unless permission therefor has been
granted by the superintendent pursuant to the provisions of subdivision
three of this section, except that (1) an executive officer of a
national bank located in this state, which is a subsidiary of a bank
holding company may be (i) an executive officer and (ii) a director of
the bank holding company and of one or more banking institutions which
are subsidiaries of such bank holding company.
3. The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation
who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be
an executive officer, and by regulation, to grant permission to an
executive officer of a foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch
in this state and to an executive officer of a national bank located in
this state, to be at the same time an executive officer, trustee or
director or both an executive officer and a trustee or director of a
bank or trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association,
national bank, federal savings bank or federal savings association, the
principal office of which is located in this state, bank holding
company, and foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this
state. Such permission may be granted only if in the judgment of the
superintendent such service by the executive officer will be consistent
with the policy of the state of New York as declared in section ten of
this chapter. The superintendent shall have the power to revoke such
permission whenever the superintendent finds, after reasonable notice
and an opportunity to be heard, that the public interest requires such
revocation.
4. For the purposes of this subdivision, the terms "subsidiary",
"banking institution" and "bank holding company" shall each be given the
same meaning as is contained in their respective definition in section
one hundred forty-one of this chapter, except that the definition of the
term "banking institution" is modified to include a national bank,
federal savings bank or federal savings association, the principal
office of which institution is located in this state, and a foreign
banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state.
5. All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on
executive officers and directors of foreign banking corporations
maintaining a branch in this state and on national banks, federal
savings banks and federal savings associations, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, shall continue in effect.
ARTICLE 5-A New York Business Development Corporation
Establishment. 1. There is hereby created a corporation which
shall be known as the "New York Business Development Corporation".
Process in any action or proceeding against such corporation may be
served upon the secretary of state, as agent of such corporation for
such purpose. If such corporation fails to commence business by April
first, nineteen hundred fifty-eight, its existence shall terminate and
the provisions of this article shall become null and void.
2. The business corporation law applies to the New York Business
Development Corporation, except that in case of a conflict between the
business corporation law and this article the provisions of this article
shall govern. If there is in this article a provision relating to a
matter embraced in the business corporation law and not in conflict
therewith, both provisions shall apply. The New York Business
Development Corporation shall be treated as a "corporation", or
"domestic corporation", as such terms are used in the business
corporation law, except that the purposes for which such corporation is
formed under this article shall not thereby be extended.
3. For the purpose of this section and elsewhere in this article, the
effective date of the business corporation law as to the New York
Business Development Corporation shall be September first, nineteen
hundred sixty-four.
Economic regions. For the purposes of this article, the state
is hereby divided into twelve economic regions, as follows:
1. Binghamton region. The counties of Broome, Chenango, Delaware and
Otsego.
2. Capital district-Champlain region. The counties of Clinton, Essex,
Rensselaer, Albany, Saratoga, Schoharie, Schenectady, Warren and
Washington.
3. Elmira region. The counties of Chemung, Schuyler, Steuben, Tioga
and Tompkins.
4. Mid-Hudson region. The counties of Dutchess, Columbia, Greene,
Orange, Putnam, Sullivan and Ulster.
5. Mohawk Valley region. The counties of Fulton, Hamilton, Herkimer,
Montgomery and Oneida.
6. Nassau-Suffolk region. The counties of Nassau and Suffolk.
7. New York city region. The counties of Bronx, Kings, New York,
Queens and Richmond.
8. Niagara-southwestern region. The counties of Allegany, Cattaraugus,
Chautauqua, Erie and Niagara.
9. Northern region. The counties of Franklin, Jefferson, Lewis and St.
Lawrence.
10. Rochester region. The counties of Genesee, Livingston, Monroe,
Ontario, Orleans, Seneca, Wayne, Wyoming and Yates.
11. Syracuse region. The counties of Cayuga, Cortland, Madison,
Onondaga and Oswego.
12. Westchester-Rockland region. The counties of Rockland and
Westchester.
Purposes, powers and operation. 1. (a) The purposes of such
corporation shall be to assist, promote, encourage and, through the
cooperative efforts of the institutions and corporations which shall,
from time to time, become members thereof, develop and advance the
business prosperity and economic welfare of the state; to encourage and
assist in the location of new business and industry in the state and to
rehabilitate and retain existing business and industry; to stimulate and
assist in the expansion of all kinds of business activity which will
tend to promote the business development and maintain the economic
stability of the state, provided maximum opportunities for employment,
encourage thrift and improve the standard of living of the citizens of
the state; to cooperate and act in conjunction with other organizations,
public or private, the objects of which are the promotion and
advancement of industrial, commercial, agricultural and recreational
developments in the state; to furnish money and credit to approved and
deserving applicants, for the promotion, development and conduct of all
kinds of business activity in the state, thereby establishing a source
of credit not otherwise readily available; and to provide financial
assistance in the form of loans to small businesses unable to obtain
financing from other private sources, including, but not limited to,
assistance to women and minority-owned business enterprises and small
businesses located in economically distressed areas. For the purposes of
this article, "economically distressed areas" shall mean areas
determined by the commissioner of the department of economic development
on the basis of criteria indicative of economic distress, including
poverty rates, numbers of persons receiving public assistance,
unemployment rates, rate of employment decline, population loss, rate of
per capita income change, decline in economic activity and private
investment, and such other indicators as the commissioner deems
appropriate. Economically distressed areas may include cities,
municipalities, block numbering areas, and census tracts.
(b) The corporation shall undertake the following programs in
furtherance of the above objectives: (i) establish regional offices at
locations throughout New York, with sufficient staffing to advise,
develop and package financial assistance for small and medium sized
businesses; (ii) develop a comprehensive outreach program to increase
the visibility and awareness of the corporation's programs, including
allocating budget and staff to establish and maintain an aggressive and
extensive marketing program of the corporation's program of assistance
to small and medium sized businesses, providing for specific outreach to
minority and women-owned enterprises, and entering into cooperative
relationships with local chambers of commerce, local development
agencies, local development corporations and other community based
financial intermediaries as set forth in subdivision three of this
section; (iii) establish and operate, or affiliate with a small business
investment company and a specialized small business investment company;
(iv) establish a pilot export financing program, using personnel from
the private sector, to evaluate whether the corporation can play a
significant role in the growth of the export industry in the state and
(v) establish a program in cooperation with the empire state development
corporation that shall focus on small businesses located in highly
distressed areas and minority and women-owned business enterprises
(MWBEs) as such designations are defined by the New York state urban
development corporation act, through which the corporation shall be
authorized to: (A) act as third-party agent for the capital access
program established by section sixteen-k of section one of chapter one
hundred seventy-four of the laws of nineteen hundred sixty-eight,
constituting the urban development corporation act; (B) process, fund
and approve qualifying program loans made by the corporation or a
participating financial institution pursuant to section sixteen-k of
section one of chapter one hundred seventy-four of the laws of nineteen
hundred sixty-eight, constituting the urban development corporation act;
(C) maintain and service a portfolio of qualifying loans made pursuant
to the capital access program; and (D) engage in outreach and marketing
to financial institutions to increase awareness of the program
established under this subparagraph. The corporation shall undertake the
programs enumerated herein at such times as its board of directors
determines that the corporation's capital base and available funds are
adequate to support the operation of such program. The programs
enumerated herein may be modified by the corporation as may be necessary
to meet the changing needs of the state's economy, as determined by the
board of directors.
2. In furtherance of the purposes set forth in subdivision one of this
section, and in addition to the powers conferred on stock corporations
by general laws, such corporation shall, subject to the restrictions and
limitations contained in this article, have the following powers:
(a) To borrow money and otherwise incur indebtedness for any of its
purposes; to issue its bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of
indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured, therefor; and to secure the
same by mortgage, pledge, deed of trust or other lien on its property,
franchises, rights and privileges of every kind and nature or any part
thereof.
(b) To assist, promote, encourage and through the cooperative efforts
of the institutions and corporations which shall, from time to time,
become members thereof, develop and advance the business prosperity and
economic welfare of the state; to encourage and assist in the location
of new business and industry in the state and to rehabilitate existing
business and industry; to evaluate, assess and determine the value of a
patent right and to take, sell or transfer an agreement or note pursuant
to section five hundred fifty of the general business law, to lend money
to, and to guarantee, endorse, or act as surety on the bonds, notes,
contracts, or other obligations of, or otherwise assist financially, any
person, firm, corporation or association, and to establish and regulate
the terms and conditions with respect to any such loans or financial
assistance and the charges for interest and service connected therewith;
provided, however, that it shall not be the intention hereof to take
from banking organizations any such loans or commitments as may be
desired by such organizations generally in the ordinary course of their
business.
(c) To purchase, receive, hold, lease, or otherwise acquire, and to
sell, convey, mortgage, lease, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, upon
such terms and conditions as its board of directors may deem advisable,
real and personal property, together with such rights and privileges as
may be incidental and appurtenant thereto and the use thereof,
including, but not restricted to, any real or personal property acquired
by such corporation from time to time in the satisfaction of debts or
enforcement of obligations.
(d) To acquire the good will, business, rights, real and personal
property and other assets, or any part thereof, of such persons, firms,
corporations, joint stock companies, associations or trusts as may be in
furtherance of the corporate purposes provided herein, and to assume,
undertake, guarantee or pay the obligations, debts and liabilities of
any such person, firm, corporation, joint stock company, association or
trust; to acquire improved or unimproved real estate for the purpose of
constructing industrial plants or other business establishments thereon
or for the purpose of disposing of such real estate to others for the
construction of industrial plants or other business establishments, and,
in furtherance of the corporate purposes provided herein, to acquire,
construct, or reconstruct, alter, repair, maintain, operate, sell,
lease, or otherwise dispose of industrial plants or business
establishments.
(e) To acquire, subscribe for, own, hold, sell, assign, transfer,
mortgage, pledge or otherwise dispose of the stock, shares, bonds,
debentures, notes or other securities and evidences of interest in, or
indebtedness of, any person, firm, corporation, joint stock company,
association or trust, and while the owner or holder thereof, to exercise
all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership, including the right
to vote thereon.
(f) To cooperate with and avail itself of the facilities of the state
department of commerce and any other government agencies; and to
cooperate with and assist, and otherwise encourage, local organizations
in the various communities in the state in the promotion, assistance and
development of the business prosperity and economic welfare of such
communities and of the state.
(g) (1) To acquire a patent right or any part thereof, from such
persons, firms, corporations, joint stock companies, associations or
trusts as may be in furtherance of the corporate purposes provided
herein; (2) to assume, undertake, guarantee or pay the obligations,
debts and liabilities of any such person, firm, corporation, joint stock
company, association or trust; (3) to set forth specific criteria and
standards by which the corporation shall evaluate the patent and the
value of patent rights evolving from that patent; and (4) to allow
ownership of the patent to remain with the borrower and to accept a
percentage of the patent rights as collateral on a loan for capital
formation of a business.
(h) With respect to funds administered by the corporation, to obtain
loan guarantees from any state or federal program to guarantee loans
made to small businesses by the corporation with such funds.
3. The corporation may contract or otherwise affiliate with local
development corporations and other local development organizations
certified for this purpose by the commissioner of the department of
economic development throughout the state, including, but not limited
to, not-for-profit corporations established pursuant to article nine of
the economic development law, to market the programs of the corporation
to small and medium sized businesses, to provide technical, financial
packaging and loan application assistance to business owners seeking
financial assistance from the corporation, including but not limited to
minority owned business enterprises and small and medium sized
businesses located in economically distressed areas.
Board of directors. 1. All the corporate powers of such
corporation shall be exercised by a board of directors consisting of a
maximum of thirty persons, all of whom shall be of full age, residents
of the state and at least one-half of whom shall be citizens of the
United States.
2. The president of such corporation, who shall be appointed by the
board, shall serve as a director.
3. At each annual meeting of such corporation, the members of such
corporation shall elect up to ten directors for a term of one year, who
shall, to the extent possible, represent different economic regions as
defined in section two hundred eleven of this article. The exact number
shall be established in the by-laws by the board of directors. In such
elections, members of such corporation shall have one vote each.
4. At such annual meetings the stockholders of such corporation shall
elect up to seven directors for a term of one year each. The exact
number shall be established in the by-laws by the board of directors.
5. One director shall be appointed by any of the entities that are
members or stockholders of such corporation and whose membership or
stockholder interest meets a minimum commitment as established in the
by-laws by the board of directors.
6. The directors elected by the members and the stockholders shall
elect three additional directors: one representing minority interests,
one representing women's interests, and one representing regional or
local development corporations' interests.
7. The state commissioner of the department of economic development
shall be a director exofficio.
7-a. Two directors shall be appointed by the governor, who shall serve
at the pleasure of the governor; one director shall be appointed by the
temporary president of the senate, who shall serve at the pleasure of
the temporary president; one director shall be appointed by the senate
minority leader, who shall serve at the pleasure of the minority leader;
and one appointed by the assembly minority leader, who shall serve at
the pleasure of the minority leader; and one director shall be appointed
by the speaker of the assembly, who shall serve at the pleasure of the
speaker.
8. If any director shall lose his citizenship or shall cease to be a
resident of the state, he shall immediately vacate his position as a
director and such position shall thereupon be deemed vacant.
9. If any vacancy occurs in the elected membership of the board of
directors through death, resignation or otherwise, the remaining
directors shall elect a person to fill such vacancy for the unexpired
term.
10. Upon the expiration of their terms, the elected directors shall
continue as such until their successors have been elected and have
qualified.
11. The board of directors shall elect one of its members as chairman
and one of its members as vice-chairman of such board, shall adopt
by-laws for such corporation, and may appoint such officers and
employees as it deems advisable.
Committees. 1. There shall be a loan committee of such
corporation for each of the twelve economic regions as defined in
section two hundred eleven of this chapter or such other regions as the
board of directors shall designate for this purpose. Each such
committee shall include such persons as the board of directors shall
designate.
2. The board of directors of such corporation may establish an office
for any such loan committee, within such committee's economic region.
3. Every application to such corporation for a loan or financial
assistance shall be made through the loan committee for the economic
region wherein the applicant resides or maintains a regular place of
business, or directly to one of the regional offices of the corporation.
Any such applications made to a regional office shall be promptly
referred to the loan committee for the economic region wherein the
applicant resides or maintains a regular place of business. All such
applications shall thereupon be reviewed by such regional loan committee
and promptly transmitted by it to the central loan committee established
by the board of directors for consideration, along with the
recommendations of such regional loan committee with respect thereto.
4. The board of directors shall have the responsibility to appoint all
necessary board and officer committees to provide for prudent management
and oversight of such corportion.
Membership. 1. The members of such corporation shall include
such banking organizations, insurance and surety companies as may make
application for membership in such corporation, and membership shall
become effective upon the acceptance of such applications by the board
of directors. Each member shall lend funds to such corporation as and
when called upon by it to do so, but the total amount on loan by any
member at any one time shall not exceed the following limit to be
determined as of the time it became a member, and such amount shall
thereafter be readjusted annually in the event of any change in the base
of the loan limit of such member; national banking associations,
state-chartered commercial banks and trust companies, two per cent of
capital stock and surplus; New York savings and loan associations, two
per cent of the surplus account determined as provided in article ten,
section three hundred eighty-five; savings banks, two percent of net
worth as defined in article six, section two hundred forty-four; stock
insurance companies, two per cent of capital and surplus; surety and
casualty companies, two per cent of capital and surplus; mutual
insurance companies, two per cent of surplus to policy holders; and
comparable limits for other banking, loaning and insurance
organizations, as established by the board of directors; provided,
however, that the total amount on loan by any member at anyone time
shall not exceed ten million dollars, provided further, however, that
any member having a loan limit in excess of ten million dollars may
elect that its total amount on loan at any one time to such corporation
shall equal said loan limit but in any event shall not exceed twenty
million dollars. In the event that two or more members shall merge or
consolidate, the organization as so merged or consolidated shall elect
that its total amount on loan to such corporation shall be equal to the
combined loan limits of such members determined immediately before the
merger or consolidation but in no event to exceed twenty-five million
dollars at any one time outstanding. All loan limits shall be
established at the thousand dollar nearest to the amount computed on an
actual basis. All calls of funds which members are committed to lend to
such corporation shall be prorated by such corporation among the members
in the same proportion that the maximum loan limit of each bears to the
aggregate loan limits of all members of such corporation. Upon six
months' prior written notice to the board of directors, a member of such
corporation may withdraw from membership, effective at the end of such
six month period and, after the effective date of such withdrawal, such
member shall be free of obligations hereunder except those accrued or
committed by such corporation prior to such effective date of
withdrawal. Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, general or
special, the notes or other interest-bearing obligations of such
corporation, issued in accordance with and by virtue of this article and
the by-laws of such corporation, shall be legal investments for the
banking, insurance and surety organizations, and other non-public
entities who become members of such corporation, up to but in no event
exceeding the loan limits established herein.
2. Other entities may make application for membership in such
corporation according to such terms and criteria as established by the
board of directors; except that such other entities may not include
public benefit corporations established under the laws of the state of
New York.
Capital stock. The capital stock of such corporation shall be
five hundred thousand shares of common and preferred stock, in such
amounts as shall be established in the by-laws by the board of
directors, with the preferred stock having such relative rights,
preferences and limitations as shall be established in the by-laws by
the board of directors. At least a majority of the capital stock of
such corporation shall at all times be held by residents of the state or
by persons, firms or corporations engaged in doing business therein.
Surplus, obligations and depositories. 1. Such corporation
shall set apart as an earned surplus all of its net earnings in each and
every year until such earned surplus shall equal the total of the
paid-in capital and paid-in surplus then outstanding. Said earned
surplus shall be held in cash, invested in United States government
bonds, or as provided in such corporation's by-laws, and shall be kept
and used to meet losses and contingencies of such corporation and,
whenever the amount of earned surplus shall become impaired, it shall be
built up again to the required amount in the manner provided for its
original accumulation.
2. At no time shall the total obligations of such corporation exceed
ten times the amount of its paid-in capital and surplus, not including
therein the earned surplus, or two hundred fifty million dollars,
whichever is greater.
3. Such corporation shall not deposit any of its funds in any banking
organization unless such banking organization has been designated as a
depository by a vote of the majority of all of the directors of such
corporation, exclusive of any director who is an officer or director of
the depository so designated. Such corporation shall not receive money
on deposit. Such corporation shall not make any loans directly or
indirectly to any of its officers or to any firms in which any of its
officers is a member or officer.
Supervision and reports. Such corporation shall be subject to
the supervision, examination and control of the superintendent of
financial services in the same manner as banking organizations are so
supervised, examined and controlled by him pursuant to this chapter, and
shall be examined by him annually, but such corporation shall not be
deemed to be a banking organization nor be required to pay a fee for
such an examination. Such corporation shall make an annual report of its
condition to the governor, legislature and superintendent of financial
services, on or before January first of each year.
Commencing January first, nineteen hundred eighty-six, such annual
report shall contain but not be limited to the following:
a. information on the cost and sources of funds and capital and the
total allowable maximum amount available from members, the maximum
amount committed by each individual member, and the corporation's
outstanding liabilities to members;
b. classification of firms in the corporation's portfolio by standard
industrial code, including a breakdown of (i) size of firms by sales and
number of employees, (ii) number and percentage of loans to
manufacturing, service and wholesale businesses, and (iii) number and
percentage of loans to traditional industries and to high technology
firms within the manufacturing sector;
c. information on the types of financing provided by the corporation,
including guaranteed loans, the size and term of loans, and a breakdown
of investments by senior debt, subordinated debt and equity financings;
d. information on interest rates of loans, including percentage of
fixed rate and variable rate loans;
e. information on the use of capital provided by the corporation,
including number of working capital loans, loans to assist leveraged
buyouts by employees, management or others, and secured mortgages for
plant expansion or new production facilities;
f. information on how the corporation is fulfilling its mission to
assist women and minority owned businesses;
g. information on resources and actions taken to advance the
corporation's marketing program;
h. information on the corporation's regional offices, including a
description of the volume of business and the nature of loan activity at
each office;
i. information on the activities of the corporation's MESBIC; and
j. information on the corporation's pilot export financing program,
including the number of firms serviced and the types of assistance
provided.
Unissued securities and reorganization. 1. The holders of
capital stock of such corporation shall not, as such, have any
preemptive or preferential right to purchase or subscribe for any part
of the unissued or new issue of capital stock of such corporation,
whether now or hereafter authorized or issued, or to purchase or
subscribe for any bonds or other obligations, whether or not convertible
into stock of such corporation, now or hereafter authorized or issued.
2. Whenever a compromise or arrangement or any plan of reorganization
of such corporation is proposed between such corporation and its
creditors, members or stockholders, the supreme court, by virtue of its
general equity powers may, on application of such corporation or of any
creditor, member or stockholder thereof, or on the application of any
receiver or receivers appointed for such corporation, order a meeting of
such creditors, members or stockholders, as the case may be, as may be
affected by the proposed compromise or arrangement or plan of
reorganization, which shall be called in such manner as the said court
directs. If, at such meeting, such compromise or arrangement or plan of
reorganization is agreed to by or on behalf of the creditors, if
affected thereby, holding two-thirds in amount of the claims against
such corporation, and by or on behalf of the stockholders, if affected
thereby, holding the majority of capital stock, and by or on behalf of
the members, if affected thereby, holding two-thirds in amount of the
outstanding notes or other interest-bearing obligations of such
corporation as provided for in section two hundred fifteen of this
chapter, and if such agreement shall be further evidenced by the written
acceptance of said creditors, stockholders and members, duly filed in
the said court, such compromise or arrangement or plan of reorganization
shall, if approved by the said court as just and equitable, be binding
on all creditors, stockholders or members, as the case may be, who are
affected thereby, and also on such corporation. All persons who become
creditors, stockholders or members of such corporation shall be deemed
to have become creditors, stockholders or members subject in all
respects to this section, and the same shall be absolutely binding upon
them. For the purposes of this subdivision only, members shall not be
deemed to be creditors and shall act under this subdivision as a
separate class.
Participation. Notwithstanding any rule at common law or any
provision of any general or special law or any provision in their
respective charters, agreements of association, articles of
organization, certificates of incorporation, or trust indentures:
1. All domestic corporations organized for the purpose of carrying on
business within this state, including, without implied limitation, any
railroad or transportation corporation, and all trusts, are hereby
authorized to acquire, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage,
pledge or otherwise dispose of any bonds, securities or other evidences
of indebtedness created by, or the shares of the capital stock of the
corporation established by this article and, while owners of said stock,
to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership,
including the right to vote thereon, all without the approval of any
regulatory authority of this state;
2. All banking organizations are hereby authorized to become members
of the corporation established by this article and to make loans to such
corporation as provided herein;
3. All banking organizations are hereby authorized to acquire,
purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise
dispose of any bonds, securities or other evidences of indebtedness
issued by such corporation or the shares of its capital stock, and while
owners of said stock, to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges
of ownership, including the right to vote thereon, all without the
approval of any regulatory authority of this state. The amount of
capital stock of such corporation which any banking organization is
authorized to acquire pursuant to the authority granted herein shall be
in addition to the amount of capital stock in corporations which such
banking organization may otherwise be authorized to acquire.
* § 220. Participation. 1. Notwithstanding any rule at common law or
any provision of any general or special law or any provision in their
respective charters, agreements of association, articles of
organization, certificates of incorporation, or trust indentures:
(a) All domestic corporations organized for the purpose of carrying on
business within this state, including, without implied limitation, any
railroad or transportation corporation, and all trusts, are hereby
authorized to acquire, purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage,
pledge or otherwise dispose of any bonds, securities or other evidences
of indebtedness created by, or the shares of the capital stock of the
corporation established by this article and, while owners of said stock,
to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership,
including the right to vote thereon, all without the approval of any
regulatory authority of this state;
(b) All banking organizations are hereby authorized to become members
of the corporation established by this article and to make loans to such
corporation as provided herein;
(c) All banking organizations are hereby authorized to acquire,
purchase, hold, sell, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, or otherwise
dispose of any bonds, securities or other evidences of indebtedness
issued by such corporation or the shares of its capital stock, and while
owners of said stock, to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges
of ownership, including the right to vote thereon, all without the
approval of any regulatory authority of this state. The amount of
capital stock of such corporation which any banking organization is
authorized to acquire pursuant to the authority granted herein shall be
in addition to the amount of capital stock in corporations which such
banking organization may otherwise be authorized to acquire.
2. Notwithstanding the provisions of any general, special or local
law, the notes and other interest-bearing obligations of the corporation
shall be legal investments for any fund defined in section one hundred
seventy-six of the retirement and social security law; provided however,
that any such investment shall meet the criteria contained in
subdivision seven of section one hundred seventy-seven of the retirement
and social security law, and shall be made only pursuant to a loan
agreement between such fund and the corporation. Provided further,
however, that such agreement shall not permit loans exceeding the lesser
of: (i) two percent of the assets of such fund; or (ii) one hundred
million dollars principal amount.
* NB Expired December 31, 1988
ARTICLE 5-B License For a Foreign Banking Corporation to Maintain a Representative
Doing business without license prohibited. 1. No person,
co-partnership, association, corporation or other entity shall
establish, maintain or use one or more offices in this state as the
representative of one or more foreign banking corporations unless the
foreign banking corporation to be represented has first obtained a
license from the superintendent of financial services. Entities lawfully
registered pursuant to this article on or before September first,
nineteen hundred ninety-two shall be deemed licensed pursuant to this
section until September first, nineteen hundred ninety-four, provided
however that the superintendent may require the submission of any
additional documents or materials relating to the business activities of
the registrant as he or she may deem necessary or appropriate.
2. Upon receipt of a license, the foreign banking corporation may
establish one or more representative offices in this state which shall
be subject to examination whenever in the superintendent's judgment such
examination is necessary or advisable.
3. Such office shall be limited to conducting the following
activities: solicitation of loans and in connection therewith, assembly
of credit information, making of property inspections and appraisals,
securing of title information, preparation of applications for loans
including making recommendations with respect to action thereon,
solicitation of investors to purchase loans from the bank, the search
for such investors to contract with the bank for the servicing of such
loans; solicitation of new business and conduct of research. Any other
activity which the foreign banking corporation seeks to conduct at such
office, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the
superintendent by general regulation or upon application in such form as
the superintendent may prescribe.
Definitions. 1. Banking institution. The term "banking
institution", when used in this article, shall mean any entity
authorized by its charter to accept deposits and to make loans.
2. Foreign banking corporation. The term "foreign banking
corporation", when used in this article, shall mean any banking
institution organized under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the
United States, any state of the United States or Puerto Rico.
3. Representative. The term "representative" shall mean any person or
entity engaging in any activity in this state for or on behalf of a
foreign banking corporation, provided that such activity is not
otherwise permitted by law.
4. The superintendent shall be authorized to exempt from the above
definitions such additional persons, entities, activities or classes
thereof which shall be deemed appropriate in order to effectuate the
purposes of this article.
Application for license; fees. The application for such
license shall be in writing under oath and shall contain the information
required by and be in the form prescribed by the superintendent. As part
of the application, the foreign banking corporation shall appoint the
superintendent or his or her successor as agent for service of process
in connection with any action or proceeding against the foreign banking
corporation relating to any cause of action which may arise out of a
transaction with its representative office, with the same force and
effect as if it were a domestic corporation and had been lawfully served
with process in this state. At the time of making such application, the
applicant shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee as
prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.
Conditions precedent to issuing license; procedure where
application denied. Upon the filing of an application for a license, if
the superintendent shall find that the financial responsibility,
experience, character, and general fitness of the foreign banking
corporation and its representative are such as to command the confidence
of the community and to warrant belief that the representative will
operate honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purpose and intent
of this article, a license shall thereupon be issued in duplicate to
conduct the activity described in section 221-a of this article in
accordance with the provisions of this article. If the superintendent
shall not so find, the license shall not be issued, and the applicant
shall be notified of the denial. The superintendent shall transmit one
copy of such license to the applicant and file another in the office of
the department of financial services. Such license shall remain in full
force and effect until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or
suspended as hereinafter provided. The superintendent shall approve or
deny every application for a license hereunder within ninety days from
the filing thereof provided, however, that failure to act within the
prescribed period shall not be deemed approval of any such application.
License provisions. Each license issued under this article
shall state the address or addresses at which a representative is to be
located and shall state fully the name of the licensee. Such license
shall not be transferable or assignable. In the event the location of
the representative shall be changed, the licensee shall forthwith notify
the superintendent who shall thereupon without charge attach to the
license an amendment certificate setting forth such changed location.
Grounds for suspension or revocation of license; procedure.
1. The superintendent may revoke any license issued hereunder if it
shall be found that:
(a) The licensee or its representative has violated any provision of
this article, or of any rule or regulation made by the superintendent
under and within the authority of this article or of any other law, rule
or regulation of this state.
(b) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license, would have warranted the
superintendent in refusing originally to issue such license.
2. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, suspend any license
for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending investigation.
3. Except as provided in subdivision two of this section, no license
shall be revoked or suspended except after notice and a hearing thereon.
4. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the
superintendent written notice that it thereby surrenders such license,
but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal
liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.
5. Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect
until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked or suspended in
accordance with the provisions of this article, but the superintendent
shall have authority to reinstate a suspended license or to issue a new
license to a licensee whose license shall have been revoked if no fact
or condition then exists which would have warranted the superintendent
in refusing originally to issue such license under this article.
6. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license
issued pursuant to this article, a written order shall be immediately
executed in duplicate to that effect. The superintendent shall file one
copy of such order in the office of the department of financial services
and shall forthwith serve the other copy upon the licensee. Any such
order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of
the civil practice law and rules. Such application for review as
authorized by this section must be made within thirty days from the date
of such order of suspension or revocation.
Superintendent authorized to examine; expenses. For the
purpose of discovering violations of this article or securing
information lawfully required by him hereunder, the superintendent may
at any time, and as often as may be determined, either personally or by
a person duly designated by him, investigate the activities of
representatives of licensees and examine the books, accounts, records,
and files used in relation to those activities. For that purpose the
superintendent and a duly designated representative (i) shall have free
access to the offices, books, accounts, papers, records, files, safes
and vaults of licensees and their representatives, and (ii) shall have
authority to require the attendance of and to examine under oath all
persons whose testimony may be required relative to the activities of a
representative. The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant
to this section shall be assessed against and paid by the licensee so
examined, except that traveling and subsistence expenses so incurred
shall be charged against and paid by licensees in such proportions as
the superintendent shall deem just and reasonable, and such
proportionate charges shall be added to the assessment of the other
expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon written notice by the
superintendent of the total amount of such assessment, the licensee
shall become liable for and shall pay such assessment to the
superintendent.
Licensee's books and records; reports. A foreign banking
corporation licensed pursuant to this article shall keep or cause each
of its representatives to keep and use such books, accounts and records
as will enable the superintendent to determine whether the
representative is complying with the provisions of this article and with
the rules and regulations lawfully made by the superintendent. Such
books, accounts and records shall be preserved for at least three years;
provided however, that preservation by photographic reproduction thereof
or records in photographic form shall constitute compliance with the
requirements of this section.
The superintendent may require such regular or special reports as may
be deemed necessary to the proper supervision of licensees under this
article. Such additional reports shall be in the form prescribed by the
superintendent and shall be subscribed and affirmed as true under the
penalties of perjury.
Notice of acquisition of control or merger. 1. A foreign
banking corporation licensed pursuant to this article to maintain a
representative office in this state shall file with the superintendent a
notice, in such form and containing such information as the
superintendent may prescribe, no later than fourteen calendar days after
such foreign banking corporation becomes aware of any acquisition of
control of such corporation or merges with another foreign banking
corporation.
2. Control, for purposes of this section, means any person or entity,
or group of persons or entities acting in concert, directly or
indirectly, owning, controlling, or holding with power to vote,
twenty-five percent or more of any class of voting stock of such foreign
banking corporation, or having the ability in any manner to elect a
majority of the directors of such foreign banking corporation, or
otherwise exercising a controlling influence over the management and
policies of such foreign banking corporation as defined by the
superintendent by regulation.
Authority of superintendent. The superintendent is hereby
authorized and empowered to promulgate, in addition hereto and not
inconsistent herewith, such general rules and regulations, definitions,
and such specific rulings, demands and findings as may be deemed
necessary for the proper conduct of the business authorized and licensed
hereunder and for the enforcement of this article.
Separability of provisions. If any provision of this article,
or the application of such provision to any person, entity or
circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of the article, and
the application of such provision to persons, entities or circumstances
other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected
thereby.
ARTICLE 5-C Interstate Branching
Definitions. In this article, the following definitions shall
apply:
1. The term "out-of-state bank" means an out-of-state state bank, an
out-of-state national bank, or an out-of-state federal savings
association.
2. The term "out-of-state state bank" means a state bank, as such term
is defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
U.S.C. 1813(a)(2)), or an out-of-state state-chartered trust company,
but such term shall not include a banking organization.
3. The term "out-of-state national bank" means a national banking
association the main office of which is located outside this state.
4. The term "out-of-state federal savings association" means any
federal savings association or federal savings bank which is chartered
under Section 5 of the Home Owners Loan Act (12 U.S.C. 1464) the home
office of which is located outside this state.
5. The term "out-of-state trust company" means either a nationally
chartered trust company or an out-of-state state-chartered trust company
that has the power to exercise fiduciary powers, but is not insured by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
6. The term "New York bank" means a bank, trust company savings bank,
or savings and loan association as such terms are defined in
subdivisions one, two, four and eight of section two of this chapter.
7. The term "state" means any state of the United States (other than
this state), the District of Columbia, any territory of the United
States, Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the
Pacific Islands, the United States Virgin Islands, and the Northern
Mariana Islands.
8. The term "home state" means with respect to an out-of-state state
bank or out-of-state state-chartered trust company, the state under the
laws of which such out-of-state state bank or out-of-state
state-chartered trust company is incorporated or otherwise organized,
and with respect to an out-of-state national bank or trust company, the
state in which such out-of-state national bank's or trust company's main
office is located.
9. The term "acquisition transaction" means any merger, consolidation
or purchase of assets and assumption of liabilities of all or part of a
banking institution.
10. The term "like-type banking organization" means, with respect to
an out-of-state bank, a banking organization with the type of charter
that most nearly corresponds to the charter of such out-of-state bank,
as determined by the superintendent.
11. The term "appropriate state supervisor" means the home state
supervisor with supervisory and regulatory jurisdiction over an
out-of-state state bank or out-of-state state-chartered trust company in
its home state.
12. The term "banking institution" means any bank, trust company,
savings bank, savings and loan association, or branch of a foreign
banking corporation the deposits of which are insured by the federal
deposit insurance corporation, which is incorporated, chartered,
organized or licensed under the laws of this state or any other state of
the United States, or under the laws of the United States.
13. The term "branch" means any office of a banking institution at
which deposits are received, checks paid or money lent. Except for
purposes of subdivision three of section two hundred twenty-four of this
article, the term shall not include an automated teller machine or other
electronic facility. For purposes of this article, the term "branch"
shall also refer to the principal or main office of a banking
institution.
14. The term "trust office" means an office of a banking institution
other than a branch at which such institution may conduct one or more
fiduciary activities permitted for a trust company.
Establishment of branches or trust offices by means of an
acquisition transaction. An out-of-state bank may maintain one or more
branches or one or more trust offices located in this state that have
been acquired by means of an acquisition transaction.
Establishment of branches by out-of-state banks by de novo
branching. In addition to the authority of an out-of-state bank to
maintain a branch or branches by means of an acquisition transaction, an
out-of-state bank may establish one or more de novo branches in this
state; provided, however, that an out-of-state state bank shall obtain
the superintendent's prior approval in accordance with the requirements
in section two hundred twenty-four of this chapter.
Application for the establishment of branches or trust offices
not resulting from an acquisition transaction; retention of branches or
trust offices resulting from merger or acquisition. 1. An application
for approval to the superintendent containing such information as he or
she deems necessary shall be submitted by an out-of-state state bank
prior to the establishment of each branch. At the time of making such
application, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent for each
branch for which approval is sought. If the superintendent finds that
the opening of the branch is not consistent with the declaration of
policy set forth in section ten of this chapter, he or she shall notify
the applicant that the application has been denied. An out-of-state
state bank or out-of-state state-chartered trust company seeking to
establish one or more trust offices in this state shall comply with the
notice procedures set forth in subdivision four of section one hundred
thirty-one of this chapter.
2. Subject to the provisions of this article, if the merger or
acquisition agreement so provides, an out-of-state state bank may
maintain as a branch or branches or trust office or trust offices the
place or places of business of any banking institution which it has
received into itself as a result of an acquisition transaction
authorized by this article.
3. No out-of-state state bank shall open, occupy or maintain a branch
in this state at a location not permitted to a like-type banking
organization.
Change of location of branches or trust offices by
out-of-state state banks or out-of-state state-chartered trust
companies. An application for approval containing such information as
the superintendent deems necessary shall be submitted by an out-of-state
state bank or an out-of-state state-chartered trust company prior to the
relocation of a branch or trust office in this state. At the time of
making such application, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent
for each branch or trust office for which approval is sought. If the
superintendent shall be satisfied that such relocation may be permitted
under the terms of this chapter and that there is no reasonable
objection to such change, he or she shall approve such application.
Interstate acquisition transactions. 1. An out-of-state bank
may engage in an acquisition transaction with a New York bank or with a
banking institution located in New York and may maintain as a branch or
branches or trust office or trust offices, the branches or trust
offices, respectively, of any such New York bank or banking institution
which it has received into itself as a result of such transaction,
subject to the requirements of this article.
2. Except when section twenty-nine of this chapter applies, section
six hundred one or six hundred one-a of this chapter, as the case may
be, and section six hundred one-b of this chapter shall apply to any
acquisition transaction in which the receiving corporation is a New York
bank. In the case of an acquisition transaction authorized by this
article in which an out-of-state bank or out-of-state trust company is
the receiving corporation, the out-of-state bank or out-of-state trust
company shall file with the superintendent a copy of any application
filed with the appropriate state supervisor and appropriate federal
banking agency.
3. At the time when a merger or consolidation authorized by this
article or by section six hundred of this chapter becomes effective:
(a) the resulting or consolidated corporation shall be considered the
same business and corporate entity as each of the constituent
corporations;
(b) all the property, rights, powers and franchises of each of the
constituent corporations shall vest in the resulting or consolidated
corporation and the resulting or consolidated corporation shall be
subject to and shall be deemed to have assumed all of the debts,
liabilities, obligations and duties of each constituent corporation and
to have succeeded to all of its relationships, fiduciary or otherwise,
as fully and to the same extent as if such property, rights, powers,
franchises, debts, liabilities, obligations, duties and relationships
had been originally acquired, incurred or entered into by the resulting
or consolidated corporation;
(c) any reference to a constituent corporation in any contract, will
or document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the
merger or consolidation, shall be considered a reference to the
resulting or consolidated corporation if not inconsistent with the other
provisions of the contract, will or document;
(d) a pending action or other judicial proceeding to which any
constituent corporation is a party, shall not be deemed to have abated
or to have discontinued by reason of the merger or consolidation, but
may be prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner
as if the merger or consolidation had not been made, or the resulting or
consolidated corporation may be substituted as a party to such action or
proceeding, and any judgment, order or decree may be rendered for or
against it that might have been rendered for or against such constituent
corporation if the merger or consolidation had not occurred; and
(e) nothing in this subdivision shall be deemed to authorize a banking
institution to exercise any power or engage in any activity not
otherwise permitted under its charter.
4. In the case of a merger or consolidation authorized by this article
in which an out-of-state bank or out-of-state trust company is the
resulting or consolidated corporation, the franchise of any constituent
New York bank shall automatically terminate when the merger or
consolidation is consummated.
Power of superintendent to examine branches or trust offices
of out-of-state state banks or out-of-state state-chartered trust
companies. The superintendent shall have the power at any time in his or
her discretion to examine every branch or trust office located in this
state of an out-of-state state bank or out-of-state state-chartered
trust company for the same purposes and to the same extent as is
provided in the case of banking organizations pursuant to the provisions
of this chapter.
Applicability of certain sections to out-of-state banks. 1.
Except as otherwise provided in this section, nothing in article five or
article five-B of this chapter shall apply to an out-of-state bank or
out-of-state trust company authorized to open, occupy and maintain a
branch pursuant to the provisions of this article or a trust office
pursuant to this article or to subdivision four of section one hundred
thirty-one of this chapter. Any reference in this chapter (other than in
article five or article five-B) to a foreign bank, foreign corporation
or foreign banking corporation shall be deemed to be a reference to an
out-of-state bank or out-of-state trust company authorized to open,
occupy and maintain a branch pursuant to the provisions of this article
or a trust office pursuant to this article or to subdivision four of
section one hundred thirty-one of this chapter. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provisions of section two hundred two-h (Repayment of
deposits standing in the names of minors, trustees, joint depositors or
custodians; interpleader in certain actions), of this chapter shall
apply with equal force and effect to out-of-state banks or out-of-state
trust companies authorized to open, occupy or maintain branches pursuant
to the provisions of this article.
2. The provisions of section three hundred ninety-nine-a, subdivision
three of section one hundred thirty, subdivision two of section one
hundred forty-three, subdivision five of section two hundred forty-seven
and subdivision five of section three hundred ninety-nine of this
chapter with respect to restrictions on executive officers or directors
of foreign banking corporations and the provisions of sections twenty,
twenty-six, thirty, thirty-one and six hundred thirty-four, subdivisions
eleven and twelve of section six hundred five, subdivision four of
section six hundred six and paragraph (a) of subdivision one of section
fourteen of this chapter, shall not apply to out-of-state banks
authorized to open, occupy or maintain branches pursuant to the
provisions of this article.
Powers of out-of-state state banks. An out-of-state state bank
that opens, occupies or maintains a branch in this state as authorized
by this article shall have in this state the same powers under the laws
of this state as a like-type banking organization.
Powers permitted to out-of-state branches of New York banks. A
New York bank that opens, occupies and maintains one or more branch
offices in any state may exercise such powers at such branch or branches
as would be permitted at such place or places to an out-of-state state
bank maintaining a branch or branches at such place or places with the
type of charter that most nearly corresponds to the charter of such New
York bank; provided, however, that prior to exercising in any state any
power not permitted to be exercised by such New York bank in this state,
it shall apply to the superintendent to exercise such power and approval
therefor shall be given unless the superintendent determines that the
exercise of such power is contrary to the declaration of policy
contained in section ten of this chapter.
Rules and regulations. The superintendent shall have the
authority to promulgate such rules and regulations consistent with the
purposes of this article, including but not limited to such rules and
regulations as may define the terms used in this article and as may be
necessary or appropriate to interpret, implement or enforce the
provisions thereof.
Separability of provisions. If any provision of this article,
or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance shall
be held invalid, the remainder of this article, and the application of
such provisions thereof to persons or circumstances other than those as
to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
ARTICLE 5-D Small Business Investment Companies
Establishment. 1. A small business investment company to be
known as the "New York small business investment company," shall be
organized under the business corporation law and operated so as to
qualify for licensing under Section 301(c) and applicable regulations. A
specialized small business investment company to be known as the "New
York specialized small business investment company," shall be organized
under the business corporation law and operated so as to qualify for
licensing under Section 301(d) and applicable regulations. The corporate
structure, organization, and activities of the NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC
shall be in conformity with the requirements of Title III and 13 C.F.R.
Pt. 107.
2. The business corporation law shall apply to the NYSBIC and the
NYSSBIC, except that in case of a conflict between the business
corporation law and this article, the provisions of this article shall
govern. If there is in this article a provision relating to a matter
embraced in the business corporation law and not in conflict therewith,
both provisions shall apply.
3. The governor, in consultation with the president pro tem of the
senate and the speaker of the assembly, on behalf of the people of the
state of New York, the New York business development corporation, and
the voting shareholders, on or before April thirtieth, nineteen hundred
ninety-four, shall enter into a memorandum of understanding on an agreed
upon plan for establishing the NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC, including the
legal, organizational and financial structure of the NYSBIC and the
NYSSBIC.
Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms and
abbreviations shall have the meanings indicated:
1. "NYSBIC" means the New York small business investment company which
shall be organized and operated in conformity with Section 301(c) and
applicable regulations.
2. "NYSSBIC" means the New York specialized small business investment
company which shall be organized and operated in conformity with Section
301(d) and applicable regulations.
3. "Highly distressed area" means: (a) a census tract or tracts or
block numbering area or areas or such census tract or block numbering
area contiguous thereto which, according to the most recent census data
available, has:
(i) a poverty rate of at least twenty percent for the year to which
the data relates or at least twenty percent of the households receiving
public assistance; and
(ii) an unemployment rate of at least one and twenty-five one
hundredths times the statewide unemployment rate for the year to which
the data relates; or
(b) a city, town, village or county within a city with a population of
one million or more for which: (i) the ratio of the full value property
wealth, as determined by the comptroller for the year nineteen hundred
ninety, per resident to the statewide average full value property wealth
per resident; and (ii) the ratio of the income per resident, as shown in
the nineteen hundred ninety census to the statewide average income per
resident; are each fifty-five percent or less of the statewide average.
4. "Investment companies" means the NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC
collectively.
5. "Section 301(c)" means Section 301(c) of Title III, 15 U.S.C.
681(c).
6. "Section 301(d)" means Section 301(d) of Title III, 15 U.S.C.
681(d).
7. "Title III" means Title III of the Small Business Investment Act of
1958, United States Pub. L. 85-699 (as amended).
8. "Voting shareholders" means those shareholders of the NYSBIC or the
NYSSBIC that contribute to the capitalization and ongoing funding of the
investment companies.
Purposes, powers and operation. 1. (a) The purposes of the
NYSBIC shall be to serve the needs of the small business community in
the state of New York. The NYSBIC shall direct its efforts towards
providing small business with start-up, venture, operating or working
capital, particularly where general economic and historical conditions,
such as recent employment displacement caused by international,
national, state, regional, and local economic developments, have
prevented traditional capital sources from extending credit to such
small businesses.
(b) The purposes of the NYSSBIC shall be to provide financing to
facilitate small business ownership by minorities and persons who reside
in highly distressed areas as defined in section two hundred
twenty-eight-b of this article, neighborhood based alliance communities,
and persons eligible for the earned income tax credit under an act to
amend the internal revenue code of 1954, Pub. L. 94-12, 89 Stat. 30
(1975), as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, whose
participation in the free enterprise system is hampered by an inability
to compete effectively for capital in the marketplace due to prevailing
or past restrictive practices provided, however, in approving
applications for assistance, priority shall be given to minorities
residing in neighborhood based alliance communities, designated empire
zones or highly distressed areas. The NYSSBIC shall direct its efforts
toward providing these businesses with start-up, venture, operating or
working capital. The NYSSBIC will adopt an investment policy consistent
with the policy set forth in Section 301(d).
(c) The NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC shall function as licensees and perform
the respective functions set forth in Title III and applicable
regulations.
2. In furtherance of the purposes set forth in subdivision one of this
section, and in addition to the powers conferred on stock corporations
by the business corporation law, the NYSBIC and the NYSSBIC shall,
subject to the restrictions and limitations contained in this article
and without limiting any power otherwise conferred herein, have the
following powers:
(a) To lend money and conduct other financing transactions at such
rate or rates as may be available to banking organizations licensed
under this chapter; and
(b) To enter such business and financing transactions and arrangements
at such rates and under such terms and conditions as may be permitted to
licensees under Sections 301(c), 301(d) and applicable regulations.
New York small business investment company; board of
directors. 1. The corporate powers of the New York small business
investment companies shall be exercised by a board of directors, which
shall consist of thirty persons, all of whom shall be of full age,
citizens of the United States, and residents of this state. Of the
thirty members of the board of directors, twenty shall be selected by
the voting shareholders and ten shall be selected by the governor, two
upon the recommendation of the president pro tem of the New York state
senate, one upon recommendation of the senate minority leader, two upon
the recommendation of the speaker of the New York state assembly and one
upon recommendation of the assembly minority leader.
2. The president of the investment company shall be elected by a
majority of the board of directors.
3. Nothing contained in this section shall prevent a director of the
New York small business investment company from serving as a director of
the New York specialized small business investment company nor prevent
the president of the NYSBIC from serving as the president of the
NYSSBIC.
New York specialized small business investment company; board
of directors. 1. The corporate powers of the New York specialized small
business investment companies shall be exercised by a board of
directors, which shall consist of thirty persons, all of whom shall be
of full age, citizens of the United States, and residents of this state.
Of the thirty members of the board of directors, twenty shall be
selected by the voting shareholders and ten shall be selected by the
governor, two upon the recommendation of the president pro tem of the
New York state senate, one upon recommendation of the senate minority
leader, two upon the recommendation of the speaker of the New York state
assembly and one upon recommendation of the assembly minority leader.
2. The president of the investment company shall be elected by a
majority of the board of directors.
3. Nothing contained in this section shall prevent a director of the
New York specialized small business investment company from serving as a
director of the New York small business investment company nor prevent
the president of the NYSSBIC from serving as the president of the
NYSBIC.
Reports. 1. The investment companies shall make an annual
report of their conditions to the governor, the legislature and the
superintendent of financial services, on or before January first of each
year.
2. Commencing January first, nineteen hundred ninety-five, such annual
report shall contain but not be limited to the following:
(a) information on the cost and source of funds and capital and the
total allowable amount available from the voting shareholders, and the
maximum amount committed by each individual voting shareholder;
(b) classification of the businesses in the investment companies'
portfolio by standard industrial code;
(c) information on the types of financing provided by the investment
companies, including start-up, venture, operating or working capital
loans, the size and term of loans, and a breakdown of investments by
senior debt, subordinated debt and equity financing;
(d) information on interest rates of loans, including the percentage
of fixed and variable rate loans;
(e) information on how the NYSBIC is fulfilling its mission to provide
small businesses with credit assistance, particularly where general
economic and historical conditions have prevented traditional capital
sources from extending credit to such small business;
(f) information on how the NYSSBIC is fulfilling its mission to
provide credit assistance to facilitate small business ownership by
minorities, persons who reside in highly distressed area and
neighborhood based alliance communities and persons eligible for the
earned income credit as provided by paragraph (b) of subdivision one of
section two hundred twenty-eight-c of this article;
(g) information on resources and actions taken to advance the
investment companies' marketing programs, including their coordination
and efforts to solicit the assistance of local bankers and local
economic development corporations, the state department of economic
development, the job development authority, the urban development
corporation, the science and technology foundation, the state university
of New York small business development centers, the centers for advanced
technology and other New York state agencies and organizations the
investment companies deem appropriate.
ARTICLE 6 Savings Banks
Application.
1. This article applies to every savings bank and shall not apply to
any other banking organization except to such extent, if any, as may be
specified in any article of this chapter governing such banking
organization; provided, however, that in the case of stock-form savings
banks, this article applies to every such organization except that the
superintendent of financial services, consistent with the declaration of
policy described in section fourteen-e of this chapter, shall be
empowered to deem inapplicable to stock-form savings banks, sections two
hundred thirty, two hundred thirty-one, two hundred thirty-two, two
hundred thirty-three, subdivisions one and two of section two hundred
thirty-four, two hundred forty-three, two hundred forty-four, two
hundred forty-five, two hundred forty-six, two hundred forty-six-a, two
hundred forty-seven, two hundred forty-eight, two hundred forty-nine,
two hundred fifty, two hundred fifty-one and two hundred fifty-two of
this chapter.
2. The general corporation law, the stock corporation law and the
business corporation law shall not apply to any savings bank. If there
should be in any other corporate law a provision which conflicts with
any provision of this chapter, the provision of this chapter shall
prevail and the conflicting provision of such other corporate law shall
not apply in such case.
Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by the
superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, not less than
nine nor more than twenty persons may incorporate a savings bank. They
shall subscribe and acknowledge an organization certificate in
duplicate, which shall specifically state:
1. The name by which the corporation is to be known.
2. The place where its principal office is to be located.
3. Its duration if other than perpetual.
4. The name, occupation, citizenship, residence and post-office
address of each incorporator.
5. The amount which each incorporator will contribute in cash to the
surplus fund.
6. The names of the incorporators who are to constitute its first
board of trustees. Such persons as individuals and as a group must be
free of the disqualifications specified in section two hundred forty-six
of this article.
Organization certificate to be submitted to superintendent;
proof of publication and service of notice of intention. After the lapse
of at least twenty-eight days from the date of the first due publication
of the notice of intention to organize and within ten days after the
date of the last publication thereof, the organization certificate,
executed in duplicate, shall be submitted for examination to the
superintendent with affidavits showing due publication and service of
the notice of intention to organize.
When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to
commencing business. When the superintendent shall have approved the
organization certificate, as provided in article two of this chapter,
the corporate existence of the savings bank shall begin, and it may
exercise all the powers necessary to the completion of its organization.
Such savings bank shall transact no other business until:
1. The incorporators shall have deposited to the credit of such
savings bank in cash as an initial surplus fund at least ten thousand
dollars, and, if the superintendent shall so require, shall have entered
into an agreement or undertaking with the superintendent as trustee for
the depositors of the savings bank, to make such further contributions
in cash to the surplus fund as, in the opinion of the superintendent,
may be necessary to maintain the savings bank in safe condition to
continue business, and shall have filed with the superintendent a surety
bond of a corporation authorized to transact the business of insurance
in this state, securing such agreement or undertaking in the amount
required by the superintendent.
2. It shall have informed the superintendent of the name, residence
and post-office address of each officer of the corporation.
3. The superintendent shall have duly issued to it the authorization
certificate specified in article two of this chapter.
General powers. Every savings bank shall have, subject to the
restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter, the following
powers:
1. To receive and repay deposits, including demand deposits; invest
its funds; pay interest on deposits; and exercise all such incidental
powers as shall be necessary to conduct the business of a savings bank,
including, subject to regulation by the superintendent of financial
services, the power to charge for maintaining a demand deposit account
or for honoring checks drawn on or accepting deposits made to such an
account.
1-a. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the
superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper,
to contract to receive time deposits, including deposits upon which the
savings bank contracts to pay interest at a fixed rate.
2. To issue transferable certificates showing the amounts contributed
to the surplus fund by any incorporator or trustee. Each such
certificate shall contain a statement that the amount represented by it
does not constitute a liability of such savings bank, except as provided
in this article.
3. To acquire, hold, lease and convey real property.
4. To improve real property acquired by it when such improvements are
necessary to protect the interest of the savings bank therein and to
facilitate the sale thereof.
5. To borrow money for the purpose of repaying depositors and to
pledge or hypothecate its assets as collateral for any such loans.
5-a. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the
superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper,
to borrow money for purposes other than that of repaying depositors and
to pledge or hypothecate its assets as collateral for any such loans.
5-b. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the
superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper
and notwithstanding any other provisions of law, to issue notes, bonds,
debentures, or other obligations or other securities subordinated to
deposits in such savings bank; provided that, unless the superintendent
has given prior approval otherwise, the aggregate principal amount
thereof at the time of issuance shall not exceed twenty-five per cent of
the net worth of such savings bank, exclusive of all such notes, bonds,
debentures, or other obligations or other securities. The proceeds or
other consideration derived by a savings bank from the issuance pursuant
to this subdivision of any such notes, bonds, debentures, or other
obligations or other securities shall be deemed for purposes of this
chapter to constitute a part of the net worth of such savings bank.
5-c. To accept moneys deposited by the comptroller or the commissioner
of taxation and finance as linked deposits pursuant to article fifteen
of the state finance law and to enter into agreements, pledge assets or
furnish other security, including, but not limited to, an irrevocable
letter of credit issued by a federal home loan bank, satisfactory in
form and amount to such authorized depositor, for the repayment of such
moneys.
5-d. To accept moneys deposited by the comptroller or the commissioner
of taxation and finance in a branch located in a banking development
district established pursuant to section ninety-six-d of this chapter
and to enter into agreements, pledge assets or furnish other security,
including, but not limited to an irrevocable letter of credit issued by
a federal home loan bank, satisfactory in form and amount to such
authorized depositor, for the repayment of such moneys.
5-e. To accept moneys deposited by the New York state environmental
facilities corporation as linked deposits pursuant to article sixteen of
the state finance law and to enter into agreements, pledge assets or
furnish other security, satisfactory in form and amount to the New York
state environmental facilities corporation, for the repayment of such
moneys.
6. To collect promissory notes or bills of exchange.
7. To receive as depositary, or as bailee for safekeeping, obligations
of the United States government.
8. To receive money for transmission and to transmit the same.
9. To engage in the safe deposit business by renting safe deposit
boxes in which to keep personal property and papers of any kind.
10. To act as agent in the sale of travelers' checks.
11. To assume and discharge such obligations to Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation as may be necessary or required for the purpose of
maintaining deposit insurance in such corporation.
12. To become a member of a federal reserve bank and to have and
exercise all powers, not in conflict with the laws of this state, which
are conferred upon any such member by the federal reserve act. Such
savings bank and its trustees and officers shall continue to be subject,
however, to all liabilities and duties imposed upon them by any law of
this state and to all the provisions of this chapter relating to savings
banks.
13. To become a member of a federal home loan bank and to have and to
exercise all powers, not in conflict with the laws of this state, which
are conferred upon any such member by the federal home loan bank act.
Such savings bank and its trustees and officers shall continue to be
subject, however, to all liabilities and duties imposed upon them by any
law of this state and to all provisions of this chapter relating to
savings banks.
15. To perform services for the Federal National Mortgage Association
created under the housing act of nineteen hundred fifty-four, as amended
from time to time, and to sell or assign mortgages to such association
and in connection therewith to make capital contributions thereto,
purchase stock thereof, and do any and all other acts which under the
laws and regulations applicable to such sales may be required to enable
such sales to be effected.
16. To service mortgages for others, and to render investment advice
incidental to the purchase of and investment in mortgages by others,
provided, however, that the superintendent of financial services shall
have power to prescribe, by specific or general regulation, the extent
to which and the conditions upon which such mortgages may be serviced
and such investment advice may be rendered.
17. To sue and to be sued in all courts and to participate in actions
and proceedings, whether judicial, arbitrative or otherwise, in like
cases as natural persons.
18. To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure, and
to use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or
reproduced in any other manner.
19. To make donations, irrespective of corporate benefit, for the
public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, educational,
scientific, civic or similar purposes, and in time of war or other
national emergency in aid thereof.
20. To elect or appoint officers, employees, and other agents of the
savings bank, define their duties, fix their compensation, and to indem-
nify corporate personnel.
21. To execute and deliver such guaranties as may be incidental or
usual in the transfer of investment securities.
22. To have perpetual existence.
23. To have and exercise all other powers necessary or appropriate in
conducting the business of the savings bank.
24. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial
services finds to be necessary and proper, and notwithstanding any other
provision of law, to accept federal tax and loan accounts, the balances
of which are payable on demand without previous notice of intended
withdrawal and to pledge collateral to secure such accounts.
25. Subject to any limitations or other specific provisions contained
in this chapter or any other statute of this state or its organization
certificate, and as shall be appropriate in conducting the business of
the corporation, and only for such activities which are authorized by
this chapter for savings banks: to be a promoter, partner, member,
associate or manager of other business enterprises or ventures, or to
the extent permitted in any other jurisdiction to be an incorporator of
other corporations of any type or kind.
26. To engage in a "savings promotion" in accordance with section
nine-v of this chapter and subject to any regulations promulgated by the
superintendent. The superintendent shall consult with the state gaming
commission before proposing any such regulations or any amendments
thereto. Such regulations shall ensure that:
a. no participant in a savings promotion is charged any fee that would
constitute, directly or indirectly, consideration for participation in
such savings promotion; and
b. no participant in a savings promotion foregoes, directly or
indirectly, any interest that would constitute consideration for
participation in such savings promotion.
Settlement, modification or readjustment of investment. A
savings bank may consent to any settlement, modification or readjustment
of any investment in securities legally made by such savings bank, and
may accept and hold stocks, bonds, notes, securities or other property,
real or personal, offered in full or partial settlement, modification or
readjustment of any such investment. The superintendent may, in his
discretion, require any savings bank to dispose of any investment
acquired by it pursuant to this section.
Trust powers. 1. The superintendent of financial services is
authorized and empowered to grant permission to a savings bank to
exercise any or all of the powers specified in sections one hundred, one
hundred-a, one hundred-b and one hundred-c of this chapter. In passing
upon applications for permission to exercise any such powers, the
superintendent of financial services may take into consideration the
amount of surplus of the applying savings bank, whether or not such
surplus is sufficient under the circumstances of the case, the needs of
the community to be served and any other facts and circumstances that
seem to it proper, and may grant or refuse it permission accordingly.
2. Whenever the laws of this state require a trust company acting in a
fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the state authorities for
the protection of private or court trusts, a savings bank, so acting, is
empowered to make similar deposits of securities.
4. The superintendent of financial services is authorized to
promulgate such regulations as he or she may deem necessary or proper to
implement the provisions of this section and the proper exercise of the
powers granted by this section.
Investment of funds. A savings bank may invest in the following
property and securities and no others:
1. Obligations of the United States, or those for which the faith of
the United States is pledged to provide for the payment of the interest
and principal, or those for which annual contributions to be paid
pursuant to contract by the United States government or any of its
instrumentalities in accordance with an act of congress entitled the
"Housing Act of 1949", are pledged as security for the payment of the
interest and principal.
2. Obligations of this state, issued pursuant to the authority of any
law of the state, or those for which the faith of this state is pledged
to provide for the payment of the interest and principal.
3. Obligations of any state of the United States, or those for which
the faith of any state of the United States is pledged to provide for
the payment of the interest and principal, upon which there is no
default and upon which there has been no default for more than ninety
days; provided, that within ten years immediately preceding the
investment such state has not been in default for more than ninety days
in the payment of any part of principal or interest of any debt duly
authorized by the legislature of such state to be contracted by such
state after the first day of January, eighteen hundred seventy-eight,
except debts representing a refunding or adjustment of any indebtedness
originally contracted or in existence at that date or prior thereto.
4. Obligations of or those for which the faith of any city, county,
town, village, school district, poor district, water district, sewer
district or fire district in this state is pledged to provide for the
payment of principal and interest, provided that they were issued
pursuant to law and the faith and credit of the issuing municipal
corporation or district is pledged for their payment, bonds and
debentures or other obligations of any public authority or commission or
similar body created or approved by the state of New York having assets
of not less than fifty million dollars; and bonds and debentures of any
other public authority, commission or similar body which is legally
obligated to establish rates which while any debt is outstanding will
provide sufficient revenues for the cost of operation, maintenance and
debt service, such debt service to include interest on all outstanding
obligations and serial maturities and sinking funds, provided such other
authority, commission or similar body shall issue financial statements
at least annually which shall be available to the public, shall have had
receipts from operations during each of the five fiscal years
immediately preceding date of investment sufficient after meeting
operation and maintenance expenses to cover debt service, and provided
further that the revenues available for debt service received during the
fiscal year immediately preceding investment or the average amount
available for debt service for the three fiscal years preceding
investment shall have been adequate to meet the maximum annual debt
service of the bonds outstanding, and said obligations have not been in
default as to principal or interest; and bonds, debentures or other
obligations of any public authority or commission or similar body
created by the state of New York, the average of receipts from the
operations of which, during the three years immediately preceding the
date of investment, after meeting operation and maintenance expenses,
were not less than one hundred twenty-five per cent of the maximum
annual debt service on the bonds outstanding and which obligations have
not been in default as to principal or interest.
5. (a) Obligations, excluding however, non-negotiable warrants, of any
city or of any school district coterminous with or which includes such
city, or of any county situated in one of the states of the United
States which adjoins the state of New York, provided said city or county
has a population, as shown by the last federal census next preceding
such investment, of not less than ten thousand inhabitants, and has not,
within twenty-five years preceding said investment, defaulted for more
than one hundred and twenty days in the payment of any part either of
principal or interest of any bond, note, or other evidence of
indebtedness. The term "city" in this paragraph shall include any city,
town, borough, village, township or other incorporated municipality. An
investment made before August first, nineteen hundred twenty-eight,
shall not under the population provision of this paragraph, as to the
then owner thereof, cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys
of savings banks.
(b) Obligations, excluding however, non-negotiable warrants, of any
city or of any school district or county coterminous with or which
includes such city, situated in any other of the states of the United
States the obligations of which state are an authorized investment for
the moneys of savings banks, provided said city has a population, as
shown by the last federal census next preceding said investment, of not
less than thirty thousand inhabitants, and was incorporated as a city at
least twenty-five years prior to the making of said investment, and has
not, within twenty-five years preceding said investment, defaulted for
more than one hundred and twenty days in the payment of any part either
of principal or interest of any bond, note, or other evidence of
indebtedness. Provided further, that obligations issued by a city having
a population of less than forty-five thousand inhabitants as shown by
said census or by a school district or county shall not be an authorized
investment for the moneys of savings banks unless the city, school
district or county has power to levy taxes on the taxable real property
therein for the payment of such obligations without limitation of rate
or amount.
(c) If at any time the indebtedness of any city described in
paragraphs (a) or (b) of this subdivision or in paragraph (c) of
subdivision twenty-five of this section, together with the indebtedness
of any district, municipal corporation or subdivision, except a county,
which is wholly within the boundaries of such city, and together with a
proportionate part of the indebtedness of any district, municipal
corporation or subdivision, except a county, which is partly within the
boundaries of such city, and together with so much of the indebtedness
of any county wholly within the boundaries of such city and a
proportionate part of so much of the indebtedness of any county partly
within the boundaries of such city, as shall be in excess of five per
centum of the valuation for the purposes of taxation of the real
property in any such county, shall exceed twelve per centum of the
valuation of real property in said city for the purposes of taxation,
the obligations of such city or of any school district or of any county
coterminous with or which includes such city, shall, thereafter, and
until such indebtedness shall be reduced to twelve per centum of the
valuation of real property in said city for the purposes of taxation,
cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys of savings banks. If
there is no county wholly or in part within such city or if the county
wholly or in part within such city has neither any indebtedness nor
power to incur indebtedness, the obligations of such city or of any
school district coterminous with or which includes such city, shall not
cease to be an authorized investment unless such indebtedness shall
exceed the percentage above provided plus an additional three per
centum. If at any time the indebtedness of any county described in
paragraphs (a) or (b) shall exceed five per centum of the valuation of
real property for the purposes of taxation, the obligations of such
county shall thereafter, and until such indebtedness shall be reduced to
five per centum of the valuation of real property for the purposes of
taxation, cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys of savings
banks. A proportionate part of any indebtedness for the purpose of this
paragraph shall be, unless otherwise apportioned by law, that proportion
which the valuation of taxable real property of a county, district,
municipal corporation or subdivision within the boundaries of a city
bears to the total valuation of all taxable real property of said
county, district, municipal corporation or subdivision. Contract
liability shall be excluded unless represented by stocks, bonds, notes,
certificates of indebtedness or other like instruments and water debt
shall be excluded and sinking funds applicable to debts not excluded
shall be deducted, in determining the amount of any indebtedness
hereunder.
(d) The provisions of paragraph (c) shall not apply to the obligations
of any city which has taxable real property with a valuation for the
purposes of taxation in excess of two hundred million dollars and which
has a population as shown by the last decennial federal census of not
less than one hundred fifty thousand inhabitants and shall not apply to
the obligations of any school district or county coterminous with or
which includes such city, provided that the city, school district, or
county, as the case may be, has power to levy taxes on the taxable real
property therein for the payment of such obligations without limitation
of rate or amount.
(e) The valuation of property for purposes of taxation under this
subdivision and under subdivision twenty-five of this section shall be
an official valuation duly made and recorded and in cases where the
assessed valuation is based on a percentage of such official valuation,
the percentage used shall have been authorized under statutory or
charter power prior to the determination of such assessed valuation.
(f) No obligations issued after the year nineteen hundred thirty-eight
by any city, county, school district or other municipality of any state
other than New York shall be an authorized investment for savings banks
unless such city, county, school district or other municipality shall
have power to levy taxes on the taxable real property therein for the
payment of such obligation without limitation of rate or amount.
(g) Obligations issued by a city, village, town, county, department,
agency, district, authority, commission or other public body in this
state or any other state of the United States payable out of the
revenues of a public utility system providing water, electricity, gas or
sewerage service, provided that if the public utility system is located
outside the state, it must serve an area having a population of not less
than one hundred thousand. Said city, village, town, county, department,
agency, district, authority, commission or other public body shall be
legally obligated by statute, charter, indenture or covenant to fix,
maintain and collect charges or taxes, or both, to provide net revenues
after operation and maintenance of the facilities used to provide such
service sufficient to meet maturing interest, principal and sinking fund
payments on such obligations or shall be empowered to require the
fixing, maintaining, and collecting of such charges or taxes, or both,
by duly authorized public officers or bodies, and shall be restrained by
statute, charter, indenture or covenant from disposing of all or any
substantial portion of such facilities unless provision is made for a
continuance of the interest, principal and sinking fund payments due on
such obligations, or for the retirement of such obligations, provided
said city, village, town, county, department, agency, district,
authority, commission or other public body shall have had net earnings
during each of the five years immediately preceding investment
sufficient to cover all debt service and further provided that the net
earnings available for debt service for the year immediately preceding
investment shall have been sufficient to meet the maximum annual debt
service of the obligations outstanding, and said obligations shall not
have been in default as to principal or interest.
5-a. Bonds and mortgages and notes and mortgages on unimproved real
property in this state or outside this state, subject to such
limitations as the superintendent of financial services may prescribe.
6. Bonds and mortgages and notes and mortgages on improved real
property, including leasehold estates, in this state, and, subject to
such limitations and conditions as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe by general regulation, in any other location
outside this state. The provisions of this subdivision shall not
constitute the authority to make a loan to a natural person upon the
security of a mortgage which is not a first lien.
(c) For the purposes of this subdivision real property upon which
there is a building in process of construction, which when completed
will constitute a permanent improvement with a value of more than
twenty-five per centum of the value of such real property shall be
considered improved real property, as shall real property with
improvements thereon that are capable of producing income sufficient to
pay all costs of operation and maintenance of such real property, all
taxes thereon and to effect full repayment of principal and interest in
accordance with the terms of the mortgage loan to be made pursuant to
this subdivision.
(e) Except as hereinafter provided no investment in any bond and
mortgage or any note and mortgage shall be made by any savings bank
except upon the written and signed certificate of an appraiser appointed
pursuant to policies established by the board of trustees stating that
in such appraiser's judgment it affords adequate security for such
investment. Such certificate shall be filed and preserved among the
records of the savings bank.
(f) For the purpose of protecting its interests a savings bank may
release any obligation to pay, or guarantee of the payment of, principal
or interest, or otherwise waive or modify any of the terms and
conditions of any bond and mortgage, and of any note and mortgage, and
may extend or reextend any bond and mortgage and any note and mortgage,
and may also accept a sum less than the principal amount thereof in full
payment and satisfaction of the same.
A savings bank may also waive its right to enforce payment of any bond
or note secured by a mortgage on real property and may waive its right
to obtain a deficiency judgment against the borrower in the event of
foreclosure of such mortgage.
(g) Every mortgage and every assignment of a mortgage taken or held by
a savings bank shall immediately be recorded or registered in the office
of the proper recording officer of the county in which the real property
described in the mortgage is located. This paragraph shall not apply to
a participating interest in any mortgage which shall have been acquired
by a savings bank under the provisions of subdivision fourteen of
section two hundred thirty-four, paragraph (h) of this subdivision, and
subdivision eighteen of section two hundred thirty-five.
(h) A savings bank may, subject to such regulations and restrictions
as the superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and
proper, participate and invest in (1) loans of a type that it is
authorized to invest in pursuant to subparagraph (a) of paragraph four
of subdivision eight of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter
and (2) in any bond and mortgage or note and mortgage on improved and
unencumbered real property including leasehold estates, in which it is
individually authorized to invest, which said mortgage is duly recorded
or registered in the office of the proper recording officer of the
county in which the real property described in the mortgage is located,
provided that no such investment shall be made by a savings bank in any
part interest in such mortgage which is junior or subordinate to any
other part interest nor if the aggregate amount of all part interests in
such mortgage when added together will exceed any percentage of the
appraised value of such real property by which the authority of a
savings bank to invest individually in such mortgage is limited.
Investments made by any savings bank in mortgage loans pursuant to this
subdivision and pursuant to subdivision twenty-eight of this section
shall be included in the computation of permissive investment in
mortgage loans pursuant to paragraph (d) of subdivision six of this
section.
(i) A mortgage loan upon a leasehold estate shall not be made unless
such leasehold estate shall have an unexpired term of not less than
twenty-one years, which term may include the term provided by an option
of renewal enforceable at the exclusive discretion of the savings bank.
No mortgage loan upon a leasehold estate shall be made or acquired by a
savings bank unless the terms thereof shall provide, regardless of the
period of the loan, for payments to be made by the borrower on the
principal thereof at least once in each year in amounts which would be
sufficient to completely amortize a loan whose period extended for
four-fifths of the unexpired term of the lease, which term may include
the term provided by an option of renewal enforceable at the exclusive
discretion of the savings bank; or, in the case of a mortgage loan upon
a leasehold estate in real property upon which there is a building in
process of construction, such payments of principal need not be required
during the period of construction or the first three years of the
mortgage, whichever is shorter. The provisions of paragraphs (c), (d),
(e), (f), (g), and (h) of this subdivision shall be applicable to loans
made upon leasehold estates.
6-a. A savings bank may, in addition to the authority granted under
any other subdivisions of this section, make a loan to a natural person
upon the security of a mortgage which is not a first lien at the rate or
rates agreed to by the savings bank and the borrower, subject to such
regulations as the superintendent of financial services may prescribe.
Such regulations by the superintendent of financial services may include
such restrictions as the superintendent of financial services finds
necessary or proper, including without limitation, a restriction as to
the percentage of total assets which may be invested in such loans or a
restriction on the loan to appraisal value of property securing such
loan.
For purposes of this subdivision, the term mortgage shall include a
lien on an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or other
evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a
corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative
ownership of real estate.
7. Railroad obligations as provided in this subdivision. (1)
Obligations issued, assumed or guaranteed as to principal and interest
by endorsement, or so guaranteed which guaranty has been assumed; or
(2) Obligations for the payment of the principal and interest of which
a railroad corporation such as is described in this paragraph is
obligated under the terms of a lease made or assumed; or
(3) Equipment obligations in respect of which liability has been
incurred: by a railroad corporation incorporated under the laws of the
United States, or any state thereof, and owning and operating within the
United States not less than five hundred miles of standard-gauge
railroad line, exclusive of sidings, or if the mileage so owned shall be
less than five hundred miles, the railroad operating revenues from the
operation of all railroad operated by it, including such revenues from
the operation of all railroad controlled through ownership of all
(except directors' qualifying shares) of the voting stock of the owning
corporation, shall have been not less than ten million dollars each year
for at least five of the six fiscal years next preceding such
investment; provided, however, (1) that in the five fiscal years next
preceding such investment, the amount of income of such railroad
corporation, available for its fixed charges, as hereinafter defined,
shall have averaged not less than two and one-half times the amount of
fixed charges at the time of investment, as hereinafter defined; (2)
that at no time within such period of five years such railroad
corporation, unless in process of reorganization or readjustment since
completed, pursuant to applicable law, shall have failed regularly and
punctually to pay the matured principal and interest on its mortgage and
funded indebtedness; and (3) that the security, if any, for such
obligations shall be property wholly or in part within the United States
and which obligations shall be
(a) fixed interest-bearing bonds secured by direct mortgage on
railroad owned or operated by such railroad corporation; or
(b) fixed interest-bearing bonds secured by first mortgage upon
terminal, depot or tunnel property, including lands, buildings and
appurtenances, used in the service of transportation by one or more such
railroad corporations, provided that such bonds be the direct obligation
of, or that payment of principal and interest thereof be guaranteed by
endorsement by, or guaranteed by endorsement which guaranty has been
assumed by, one or more such railroad corporations; or
(c) equipment obligations, comprising bonds, notes, certificates,
conditional sale agreements or assignments of conditional sale
agreements and participations therein, issued or made in connection with
the purchase for use on railroads of new standard-gauge rolling stock
through the medium of an equipment agreement, and which obligations, so
long as any thereof shall be outstanding and unpaid or unprovided for,
shall be secured by an instrument (1) vesting title to such equipment in
a trustee free of encumbrance, or (2) creating a first lien on such
equipment, or, pending such vesting of title, by the deposit of cash in
trust, which deposit may be invested in whole or in part in obligations
of the United States or obligations for which the faith of the United
States is pledged to provide for the payment of the interest and
principal, or obligations of any public housing agency as defined in the
United States housing act of nineteen hundred thirty-seven, as amended,
in the United States as are secured either (1) by an agreement between
the public housing agency and the public housing administration in which
the public housing agency agrees to borrow from the public housing
administration, and the public housing administration agrees to lend to
the public housing agency, prior to the maturity of such obligations,
which obligations shall have a maturity of not more than eighteen
months, moneys in an amount which, together with any other moneys
irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such obligations,
will suffice to pay the principal of such obligations with interest to
maturity thereon, which moneys under the terms of said agreement are
required to be used for the purpose of paying the principal of and the
interest on such obligations at their maturity, or (2) by a pledge of
annual contributions under an annual contributions contract between such
public housing agency and the public housing administration if such
contract shall contain the covenant by the public housing administration
which is authorized by section 1421a(b) of Title 42, U.S. Code, and if
the maximum sum and the maximum period specified in such contract
pursuant to section 1421a(b) of Title 42, U.S. Code, shall not be less
than the annual amount and the period for payment which are requisite to
provide for the payment, when due, of all installments of principal and
interest on such obligations, to an amount equal to the face amount of
such equipment obligations issued in respect of such equipment title to
which is not yet so vested; provided further, that the maximum amount of
such obligations so issuable shall not exceed eighty per centum of the
cost of such equipment; and provided further, that the owner, purchaser
or lessee, or the owners, purchasers or lessees, of such equipment shall
be obligated by the terms of such obligations or of such instrument (a)
to maintain such equipment in proper repair; (b) to replace any thereof
that may be destroyed or released with other equipment of equal value,
or, if released in connection with a sale thereof, to deposit the
proceeds of such sale in trust for the benefit of the holders of such
obligations pending replacement of such equipment; (c) to pay any and
all taxes or other governmental charges that may be required by law to
be paid upon such equipment; (d) to pay, in accordance with the
provisions of such obligations or of such instrument, to holders, or to
such trustee for the benefit of holders, of such obligations the amount
of interest due thereon or of the dividends payable in respect thereof;
and (e) to pay the amount of the entire issue of such obligations in
such annual or semi-annual installment each year throughout a period of
not exceeding fifteen years from the first date of issue of any thereof
that the amount of the respective unmatured installments at any time
outstanding shall be approximately equal; provided, further, that unless
the owner, purchaser or lessee of such equipment or one or more of such
owners, purchasers or lessees shall be such railroad corporation as is
described in and meets the requirements of this subdivision preceding
paragraph (a), such obligations shall be guaranteed by endorsement as to
principal and as to interest or dividends by such railroad corporations;
or
(d) fixed interest-bearing bonds of such railroad corporation secured
by irrevocable pledge as collateral under a trust agreement of other
railroad bonds that are legal investments for savings banks under this
section, have a maturity not earlier than the bonds that they secure and
of a total face amount not less than the total face amount of the bonds
that they secure; or
(e) fixed interest-bearing mortgage bonds other than those described
in paragraphs (a) or (b) hereof, income mortgage bonds, collateral trust
bonds or obligations other than those described in paragraph (d) hereof,
or unsecured bonds or obligations, issued, assumed or guaranteed as to
principal and interest by endorsement by, or so guaranteed which
guaranty has been assumed by, such railroad corporation, provided that
(a) the annual fixed charges and contingent interest charges of such
railroad at the time of investment shall not exceed thirty per cent of
the average annual income available for such charges for the five fiscal
years next preceding, and (b) the net income of such railroad after all
taxes and charges shall have averaged not less than fifteen million
dollars annually in such period.
The amount of income available for fixed charges shall be the amount
obtained by deducting from gross income all items deductible in
ascertaining net income other than federal income taxes, contingent
income interest and those constituting fixed charges. Fixed charges
shall be: rent for leased roads, miscellaneous rents, fixed interest on
funded debt, interest on unfunded debt and amortization of discount on
funded debt.
Accounting terms used in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to
refer to those used in the accounting reports prescribed by the
accounting regulations for common carriers subject to the provisions of
the interstate commerce act. If the interstate commerce commission shall
prescribe accounting regulations wherein shall be defined the term
income available for fixed charges and the term fixed charges, the
definitions thereof as so prescribed shall be taken and used in lieu of
the definitions set forth in the preceding paragraph of this subdivision
for all purposes hereof, except that federal income taxes shall not be
deducted, nor shall federal income tax credits be included, in computing
income available for fixed charges. In determining income available for
fixed charges and fixed charges pursuant to this paragraph or the
immediately preceding paragraph interest, dividends and rentals paid by
a railroad corporation and included in both such amounts shall be
eliminated.
For all purposes of this subdivision seven, the revenues, earnings,
income and fixed charges of, and dividends paid by, any railroad
corporation prior to the acquisition of all or substantially all of its
railroad lines by another railroad corporation, through merger,
consolidation, conveyance or lease, shall, while such lines remain in
the possession of the acquiring corporation, be deemed to have been
revenues, earnings, income and fixed charges of, and dividends paid by,
such acquiring corporation.
Whenever a railroad corporation shall own (directly or through a
subsidiary all of the stock of which, except directors' qualifying
shares, is owned by such corporation) at least ninety per cent of the
capital stock of one or more other railroad corporations, the property
of which is operated by it under lease, the consolidated statements of
all such railroad corporations may be used in determining the amount of
income available for fixed charges and the amount of fixed charges.
Obligations of a railroad corporation the railroad lines of which have
been so leased prior to April fifth, nineteen hundred twenty-nine, for
the payment of which the lessee is not obligated, that are outstanding
and officially listed by the department of financial services of the
state of New York as authorized investments prior to that date, shall be
and remain authorized investments hereunder; provided, that such
railroad lines shall be in the possession of and be operated by a
railroad corporation such as is described in and meets the requirements
of the provisions of this subdivision preceding paragraph (a).
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this subdivision, equipment
obligations described in paragraph (c) which shall have been issued,
assumed or guaranteed by any railroad corporation classified by the
interstate commerce commission as a class one railroad and which are not
in default, shall be authorized investments hereunder.
Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this subdivision, fixed
interest-bearing obligations of railroad corporations, excluding
terminal, depot and tunnel corporations, which are eligible for purchase
by savings banks on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred fifty-two
under the provisions of subdivisions seven or nineteen of this section,
or which shall thereafter become eligible pursuant to the provisions of
this subdivision seven, as amended, if not in default, shall be and
remain eligible hereunder, provided that the income available for fixed
charges, as herein defined, of the railroad corporation which has
issued, assumed or guaranteed such obligations, or which operates under
lease the railroad lines of the corporation which has issued, assumed or
guaranteed such obligations, shall have averaged for the five fiscal
years next preceding the time of investment not less than twice the
interest charges for the last such fiscal year on all equipment
obligations, and other obligations eligible hereunder, of such railroad
corporation which remain outstanding at time of investment.
Fixed interest-bearing bonds of terminal, depot and tunnel companies
which are eligible for purchase by savings banks on December
thirty-first, nineteen hundred fifty-two under the provisions of
subdivisions seven or nineteen of this section, or which shall
thereafter become eligible pursuant to the provisions of this
subdivision seven, as amended, shall be and remain eligible hereunder,
provided that the principal and interest thereof be guaranteed by
endorsement by, or guaranteed by endorsement which guaranty has been
assumed by, a railroad corporation which meets the requirements of the
preceding paragraph for continuing the eligibility of its own fixed
interest-bearing obligations.
Not more than twenty-five per centum of the assets of any savings bank
shall be loaned or invested in the bonds, notes, certificates,
conditional sale agreements, assignments of conditional sale agreements
and participations therein in this subdivision seven defined, and not
more than ten per centum of such assets shall be invested in such bonds,
notes, certificates, conditional sale agreements, assignments of
conditional sale agreements and participations therein for which any one
railroad corporation of this state shall be obligated, and not more than
five per centum of such assets shall be invested in the bonds, notes,
certificates, conditional sale agreements, assignments of conditional
sale agreements and participations therein for which any one railroad
corporation not of this state shall be obligated.
Street railroad corporations shall not be considered railroad
corporations within the meaning of this subdivision.
7-a. Any savings bank which prior to April first, nineteen hundred
thirty-eight acquired any railroad obligation eligible at the time of
acquisition for investment by savings banks may continue to hold such
obligation as though the same continue to be eligible by law for new
investment by such savings bank.
8. Promissory notes and other agreements as provided in this
subdivision.
(1) Promissory notes payable to the order of the savings bank which
are:
(a) Secured by one or more mortgages in which a savings bank may
invest; provided the amount loaned is not in excess of ninety per centum
of the principal sum secured by such mortgage or mortgages. The
assignment of every mortgage taken as security for any such note shall
be recorded or registered in the office of the proper recording officer
of the county in which the real property described in such mortgage is
located, unless such mortgage or mortgages have been so assigned by a
savings bank.
(b) Secured by any of the stocks and bonds in which a savings bank may
invest; provided that (1) the amount of the loan is not in excess of
ninety per centum of the market value of such stocks and bonds; and (2)
the term "stocks," as used in this paragraph, shall be deemed to refer
to stocks eligible for investment by a savings bank other than in
accordance with the provisions of subdivision twenty-six of this
section.
(c) Made by a savings and loan association which has been incorporated
three years or more and has an accumulated capital of at least fifty
thousand dollars.
(2) Promissory notes payable to the order of the savings bank which
are secured by the assignment of a deposit in any savings bank; provided
the amount of the loan is not in excess of the amount of such deposit.
(3) Any loan secured by not less than a like amount of direct
obligations of the United States or of this state, or of any city,
county, town, village or school district of this state or of any such
department, agency or instrumentality of the United States or this
state.
(4) (a) Promissory notes representing loans and advances of credit for
the purpose of financing alterations, repairs and improvements upon or
in connection with, or as the superintendent may authorize the equipping
of existing structures, and the building of new structures, upon urban,
suburban, or rural real property (including the restoration,
rehabilitation, rebuilding and replacement of such improvements which
have been damaged or destroyed by earthquake, conflagration, tornado,
hurricane, cyclone, flood or other catastrophe), by the owners thereof
or by lessees of such real property under a lease expiring not less than
six months after the maturity of the loan or advance of credit or by
lessees under proprietary leases from a corporation or partnership
formed for the purpose of the cooperative ownership of real estate,
provided: (1) the amount of such loan, advance of credit, or purchase
made for the purpose of financing the alteration, repair, equipping or
improvement of existing structure or the building of new structure does
not exceed twenty thousand dollars; (2) the maturity thereof does not
exceed one hundred twenty-one months; (3) the rate which may be paid by
the borrower for interest, discount, and fees of all kinds in connection
with the transaction shall be the rate or rates agreed to by the savings
bank and the borrower in the promissory note; and (4) the loan shall be
paid in equal or substantially equal monthly installments calculated
from the date of the note; provided, however, that in addition thereto
the savings bank may contract to charge the borrower: (i) the fees
payable to the appropriate public officer to perfect any lien or other
security interest taken to secure the loan or the premium, not in excess
of such filing fee, payable for any insurance in lieu of such filing;
(ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the provisions of the
instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount not to
exceed five cents per dollar on any installment which has become due and
remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such fine
shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on any
such installment regardless of the period during which it remains in
default, and provided further that should the aggregate of such fines
collected in connection with any loan exceed two per centum of such
loan, or in any event twenty-five dollars, the savings bank shall refund
such excess to the borrower within sixty days after the loan is paid in
full, or subject to an allowance of unearned interest attributable to
the amount in default, interest on each amount past due at a rate not in
excess of the rate provided for in the instrument evidencing the
obligation; (iii) the actual expenditures, including reasonable
attorney's fees, for necessary court process; and (iv) in case the
savings bank insures a borrower under a credit unemployment insurance
policy, group life insurance policy, group health insurance policy,
group accident insurance policy, or group health and accident insurance
policy, or requires insurance on personal property securing any such
loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums chargeable in accordance
with rate schedules then in effect and on file with the superintendent
of financial services for such insurance by the insurer. No savings bank
shall require a borrower to place any sum on deposit, or to make
deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment payments, or to do or
refrain from doing any other act which would entail additional expense
or sacrifice, as a condition precedent to granting a loan or advance of
credit under the authority of this subdivision. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this paragraph no refund of excess fines shall be required
if it amounts to less than one dollar.
(b) Promissory notes representing loans and advances of credit for the
purpose of defraying the cost of attendance of one or more students the
income of whose family is fifteen thousand dollars or more per year at
the time the loan or loan commitment is made at a university or college
or for the purpose of defraying the cost of attendance of one or more
students at an elementary or secondary school providing education
required for minors; provided, however, that no such loan shall bring
the total unpaid principal balances of any one or more loans made by
such savings bank to the borrower pursuant to this subparagraph to an
amount in excess of thirty thousand dollars; and further provided that
the maturity of any such loan does not exceed eighty-five months; and
further provided that the rate which may be paid by the borrower for
interest, discount, and fees of all kinds in connection with the
transaction shall be the rate or rates agreed to by the savings bank and
the borrower in the promissory note, reckoned on each loan or advance
from the date thereof, calculated on any of the following bases: (i) on
the unpaid principal amount of such loans and advances from time to time
outstanding, or (ii) for each month on an average balance outstanding
determined by dividing by two the sum of the balances of unpaid
principal of such loans and advances outstanding on two dates during
such month, as specified in such agreement; the first of which dates
being not later than the fifteenth day of such month and the second
being not earlier than the sixteenth day of such month and not less than
ten nor more than twenty days after the first day, or (iii) for each
month on a fixed amount selected from a schedule, which fixed amount may
exceed the average daily balance under (i) above, or the average balance
if determined under (ii) above, by a differential of not more than five
dollars, provided the same fixed amount is also used for computing
interest for any month for which such balance exceeds said fixed amount
by any amount up to at least the same differential; and further provided
that the loan shall be paid in equal or substantially equal monthly
installments calculated from the date of the note. No fee, commission,
expense, or other charge whatsoever shall be taken, received, reserved
or contracted for in addition to the maximum rate of interest authorized
by this subparagraph except (i) the fees payable to the appropriate
public officer to perfect any lien or other security interest taken to
secure the loan or the premium, not in excess of such filing fee,
payable for any insurance in lieu of such filing; (ii) in case of
default, and in accordance with the provisions of the instrument
evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount not to exceed five
cents per dollar on any installment which has become due and remained
unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such fine shall exceed
five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on any such
installment regardless of the period during which it remains in default,
and provided further that should the aggregate of such fines collected
in connection with any loan exceed two per centum of such loan, or in
any event twenty-five dollars, the savings bank shall refund such excess
to the borrower within sixty days after the loan is paid in full, or,
subject to an allowance of unearned interest attributable to the amount
in default, interest on each amount past due at a rate not in excess of
the rate provided for in the instrument evidencing the obligation; (iii)
the actual expenditures, including reasonable attorney's fees, for
necessary court process; and (iv) in case the savings bank insures a
borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life
insurance policy, group health insurance policy, group accident
insurance policy, or group health and accident insurance policy, or
requires insurance on personal property securing any such loan, an
amount not in excess of the premiums chargeable in accordance with rate
schedules then in effect and on file with the superintendent of
financial services for such insurance by the insurer. No savings bank
shall require a borrower to place any sum on deposit, or to make
deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment payments, or to do or
refrain from doing any other act which would entail additional expense
or sacrifice, as a condition precedent to granting a loan or advance of
credit under the authority of this subparagraph, except under such terms
and conditions as the superintendent may from time to time approve.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subparagraph no refund of excess
fines shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar.
(c) Promissory notes secured by mobile home chattel paper evidencing a
monetary obligation incurred to finance the purchase of a mobile home
located at the time of such purchase, or to be located within ninety
days, at a semipermanent site within the state or in a contiguous state
and to be maintained as a residence of the borrower, the borrower's
spouse, child, grandchild, parent or grandparent.
(1) For this subparagraph:
(i) "mobile home chattel paper" means written evidence of both a
monetary obligation and a security interest of first priority in a
mobile home and any equipment installed or to be installed therein; and
(ii) "mobile home" or "manufactured home" means a structure,
transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is
eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length,
or when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet,
and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a
dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to
required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning
and electrical systems contained therein.
(2) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a new
mobile home,
(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the
date thereof, and
(ii) the amount advanced shall not exceed one hundred per cent of the
sum of (a) the purchase price of such mobile home (including any
installed equipment) plus (b) the price of any new equipment installed
or to be installed by the dealer.
(3) If the loan for the purpose of financing the purchase of a used
mobile home,
(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the
date thereof, and
(ii) the amount advanced shall not exceed one hundred per cent of the
purchase price of the mobile home actually paid (including any installed
equipment).
(4) The loan shall be payable in equal or substantially equal monthly
installments calculated from the date of the loan. Interest, which may
be taken in advance, may be charged thereon, computed from the date of
the loan to the date of the last installment payable thereunder, if the
loan has a maturity (i) not exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not
to exceed six dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of the
face amount or ten dollars if the interest so computed is less than that
amount, or (ii) exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not to exceed
five dollars per annum discount, per one hundred dollars of the face
amount or ten dollars if the interest so computed is less than that
amount; provided that the interest which may be charged; if it exceeds
ten dollars, shall not exceed one per cent per month on the unpaid
principal balance.
(5) The authorized interest shall include all charges incident to
investigating and making any loan. No fee, commission, expense, or other
charge shall be permitted except that the savings bank may contract to
charge the borrower (i) the fees payable to a public officer to perfect
any lien or other security interest taken to secure the loan, or the
premium, not in excess of such fee, payable for any insurance in lieu of
such filing; (ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the
instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount not to
exceed five per cent on any installment which has become due and
remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such fine
shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on any
such installment regardless of the duration of the default, and provided
further that should the aggregate of such fines collected in connection
with any loan exceed two per cent of such loan or twenty-five dollars,
the savings bank shall refund such excess within sixty days after the
loan is paid in full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned interest
attributable to the amount in default, interest on each amount past due
at a rate not in excess of one per cent per month during the
delinquency; (iii) the actual expenditures, including reasonable
attorney's fees for necessary court process, and (iv) in case the
savings bank insures a borrower under a credit unemployment insurance
policy, group life, health, accident, or group health and accident
insurance policy, or requires insurance on the property securing such
loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums lawfully chargeable. No
savings bank shall require a borrower to place any sum on deposit, or to
make deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment payments, or to do
or refrain from doing any other act which would entail additional
expense or sacrifice, as a condition to a mobile home loan except as the
superintendent may from time to time approve. No refund of excess fines
need be made if it amounts to less than one dollar.
(6) As a condition of any loan made pursuant hereto, the borrower
shall certify that the mobile home, against which the loan is made, is
intended to be maintained in the state or in a contiguous state as a
residence of the borrower, the borrower's spouse, child, grandchild,
parent or grandparent. If the mobile home shall not be so maintained on
the ninetieth day next succeeding the date of the loan or if it is
relocated so as to no longer be located in the state or a contiguous
state at any time before the first anniversary of the date of the loan,
then, in either event and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this subparagraph, the loan and all authorized charges shall become
immediately due and payable subject to the refund provisions of
subparagraph (c) of paragraph four and the borrower may, if the contract
so provides, be required to pay as an additional authorized charge, a
penalty in an amount not to exceed two per cent of the face amount of
the loan.
(7) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant hereto if
the total amount invested by it pursuant to this subparagraph exceeds,
or by the making of such investment will exceed, an amount equal to
thirty per cent of the assets of the savings bank.
(8) Subject to such limitations and conditions as the superintendent
of financial services may prescribe by general regulation, a savings
bank may make a loan pursuant to this subparagraph which the federal
housing administrator has insured or has made a commitment to insure and
may receive and hold such debentures as are issued by the federal
housing administrator in payment of such insurance, or which is
guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled
the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944." No law of this state
prescribing the nature, amount or form of security or requiring security
upon which loans or advances of credit may be made or prescribing or
limiting the period for which loans or advances of credit may be made or
limiting the amount of any class of loans, advances of credit or
purchases which may be made shall be deemed to apply to loans, advances
of credit or purchases made or to loans acquired by purchase pursuant to
this item.
(d) A borrower may prepay in full any loan made pursuant to the
provisions of subparagraph (a), (b) or (c) of this paragraph or, with
the consent of the savings bank, may refinance the loan. In the event of
such prepayment or refinancing, the savings bank shall refund: (1) the
unearned portion of the interest to the borrower the amount of which
portion shall be determined according to a generally accepted actuarial
method; provided, however, that if the amount of interest previously
deducted (i) was less than ten dollars, no refund shall be required; or
(ii) exceeded the sum of ten dollars and the earned interest is less
than that amount, the savings bank may retain such an additional amount
as will bring the earned interest to the sum of ten dollars and refund
the remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is refinanced,
no refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar; and
(2) if a charge was made to the borrower for premiums for insuring the
borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life
insurance policy, or under a group health, group accident or group
health and accident insurance policy, the excess of the charge to the
borrower therefor over the premiums paid or payable by the savings bank,
if such premiums were paid or payable by the savings bank periodically
or the refund for such insurance premium received or receivable by the
savings bank, if such premium was paid or payable in a lump sum by the
savings bank, provided that no such refund shall be required if it
amounts to less than one dollar. In the event (i) the maturity of the
loan is accelerated due to the default of the borrower or otherwise and
judgment is obtained, or (ii) repayment is made pursuant to any such
insurance policy, the borrower or his legal representative, as the case
may be, shall be entitled to the same refund as if the loan had been
prepaid in full on the date of acceleration or repayment.
(5) Promissory notes from a resident of the state of New York provided
that payment of each such note is guaranteed by the New York Higher
Education Assistance Corporation, or promissory notes that are insured
or covered by a commitment to insure or are guaranteed or covered by a
commitment to guarantee issued by the Federal Education Commissioner in
accordance with the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Higher
Education Act of 1965".
8-a. Promissory notes representing loans for the purpose of financing
the purchase of or refinancing an existing ownership interest in
certificates of stock or other evidence of an ownership interest in, and
a proprietary lease from, a corporation or partnership formed for the
purpose of cooperative ownership of real estate within or without this
state, as provided in this subdivision.
A savings bank may, subject to such regulations as the superintendent
of financial services finds necessary and proper, invest to an amount
not exceeding the maximum per cent of the loan permitted to be made on
real estate improved by a single family residence occupied by the owner,
provided that for purposes of this section the amount of the purchase
price shall be deemed to equal the appraised value of such certificate
of stock or other evidence of an ownership interest, or, in the case of
a refinancing, the appraised value of certificates of stock or other
evidence of an ownership interest in and a proprietary lease from, a
corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative
ownership of real estate within or without this state, for the purpose
of financing a purchase of or refinancing an existing ownership interest
in such a corporation or partnership, provided (a) such investment is
secured within ninety days from the making of the loan by an assignment
or transfer of the stock or other evidence of an ownership interest of
the borrower and a proprietary lease; and (b) repayment of principal and
interest shall be effected within the same number of years as a
conventional mortgage loan previously described in this subdivision. The
maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or received upon
any loan or forbearance made pursuant to this subdivision may exceed the
rate of interest prescribed by the superintendent of financial services
in accordance with section fourteen-a of this chapter by no more than
one and one-half per centum per annum.
8-b. Personal loan departments. Subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe, a savings bank may
operate a personal loan department under the same terms and conditions
as are provided under the provisions of subdivisions four and five of
section one hundred eight of this chapter.
The superintendent of financial services shall be empowered (a) to
prescribe the terms and conditions governing the conduct and operation
of personal loan departments including, the maximum amount, expressed as
a percentage of assets or otherwise, which a savings bank may invest
pursuant to the provisions of this subdivision or in the aggregate,
taking into account such other provisions of law authorizing investments
by savings banks, and (b) to prescribe such terms and conditions as may
be appropriate to effect or facilitate the transfer of accounts operated
pursuant to the provisions of any other section of this chapter to the
personal loan departments authorized to be operated hereunder.
In pursuance of the authority granted hereunder savings banks shall be
empowered to issue credit cards, extend credit in connection therewith,
and otherwise engage in or participate in credit card operations, and to
act as financing agency as defined in subdivision nine of section three
hundred one and subdivision eighteen of section four hundred one of the
personal property law.
8-c. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe, promissory notes and other evidences of
indebtedness representing commercial, corporate or business loans,
provided that the aggregate amount of all such loans outstanding at any
time to any borrower shall, if unsecured, not exceed fifteen per centum
of the net worth of such savings bank or, if secured, subject to the
same limitations as to amount in relation to net worth as are applicable
to banks and trust companies pursuant to article three of this chapter.
For purposes of this section the term "net worth" shall have the meaning
ascribed to it by subdivision four of section two hundred forty-four of
this chapter.
8-d. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe and subject to the limits of subdivision eight-c
of this section and any other applicable limits or requirements imposed
by law or regulation, promissory notes and other evidence of
indebtedness that represent linked loans, each authorized and approved
pursuant to article fifteen of the state finance law and each in an
amount equal to a corresponding linked deposit made pursuant to such
article.
8-e. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe and subject to the limits of subdivision eight-c
of this section and any other applicable limits or requirements imposed
by law or regulation, promissory notes and other evidence of
indebtedness that represent linked loans, each authorized and approved
pursuant to article sixteen of the state finance law and each in an
amount equal to a corresponding linked deposit made pursuant to such
article.
9. Real estate as provided in this subdivision.
(a) A savings bank may purchase or acquire the following real estate:
(1) A plot whereon there is or may be erected a building suitable for
the convenient transaction of the business of the savings bank, from
portions of which not required for its own use a revenue may be derived,
and a plot whereon parking accommodations are, or are to be, provided,
with or without charge, primarily for its customers or employees or
both. The aggregate of all investments of a savings bank in such plots
and buildings shall not exceed five per centum of the assets of such
savings bank, except with the approval of the superintendent.
(2) Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts
previously contracted in the course of its business.
(3) Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments, decrees or
mortgages held by it.
(4) In lieu of instituting an action to foreclose a mortgage lien, a
savings bank may purchase a deed to the underlying real property.
(5) A whole or part interest in a "project" as defined in the New York
state urban development corporation act, pursuant to sections six or
eight of such act. An investment by a savings bank in a single project
shall not exceed one per centum of the assets or ten per centum of the
net worth of such savings bank, whichever is less, and the aggregate of
all investments of a savings bank in such projects and investments in
securities pursuant to subparagraph one-a of paragraph (a) of
subdivision twenty-one of this section shall not exceed five per centum
of the assets or fifty per centum of the net worth of such savings bank,
whichever is less. For the purposes of this subdivision, "net worth" of
a savings bank shall mean the excess of its assets at book value, less
allocated reserves, over known liabilities.
* (6) Improved or unimproved real property (either by purchase, lease,
exchange or otherwise), or any interest therein, to erect, construct,
rebuild, enlarge, alter, improve, maintain, manage and operate buildings
or other improvements of any description thereon, to sell, lease,
sublet, mortgage, exchange or otherwise dispose of same and execute,
perform and carry out contracts for construction, alteration,
improvement, maintenance, management or repair thereof, to make loans in
connection therewith, as owner, co-owner or otherwise, subject to such
specific or general approvals and limitations as shall be required by
regulations promulgated from time to time by the superintendent of
financial services pursuant to this subparagraph; provided, however,
that no activity specified herein, shall be undertaken pursuant to the
authority contained in this subparagraph until the superintendent of
financial services shall have issued regulations specifying the
limitations and requirements which shall be imposed in connection with
the investments and activities referred to herein including, without
limitation, the consideration of such savings bank's record in meeting
the credit needs of local communities within the meaning of section
twenty-eight-b of this chapter.
* NB Expired June 30, 1988
(b) Every parcel of real estate acquired by a savings bank shall be
conveyed to it directly by name, or, subject to such regulations and
restrictions as the superintendent of financial services finds to be
necessary and proper, may be taken in the name of a duly authorized
nominee, and the conveyance shall be immediately recorded or registered
in the office of the proper recording officer of the county in which
such real estate is located.
10. Bonds and other obligations of Savings and Loan Bank of the State
of New York.
11. Farm loan bonds, including consolidated bonds, issued by federal
land banks, federal intermediate credit bank debentures, including
consolidated debentures, issued by federal intermediate credit banks and
bonds, debentures or other obligations of banks for cooperatives,
including consolidated debentures issued by banks for cooperatives
organized under the laws of the United States.
12. Bankers' acceptances and bills of exchange which are eligible for
purchase in the open market by federal reserve banks and which have been
accepted by a bank, a trust company, a private banker or an investment
company, as those terms are defined in this chapter, or by a banking
corporation which is organized under the laws of the United States or of
any state thereof and which is a member of the federal reserve system.
Aggregate liability of any bank, trust company, private banker,
investment company or banking corporation to any savings bank for
acceptances shall not exceed twenty-five per centum of the capital and
surplus of such bank, trust company, private banker, investment company
or banking corporation, or five per centum of the aggregate amount
credited to the depositors of such savings bank, whichever amount is
less.
12-a. * (a) Obligations of any corporation organized under the laws of
any state of the United States maturing within two hundred seventy days,
provided that such obligations receive the highest rating of an
independent rating service designated by the superintendent of financial
services.
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (a) Obligations of any corporation organized under the laws of any
state of the United States maturing within two hundred seventy days,
provided that such obligations meet the standards of creditworthiness
established by regulation by the superintendent.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
(b) Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial
services may impose, certificates of deposit issued by or accounts of
(1) a bank, trust company or national bank having a principal, branch or
trust office in this state, (2) a banking corporation organized under
the laws of the United States or of any state thereof whose deposits are
insured by an agency of the United States, or (3) an agency or branch
located within the United States of a foreign banking corporation with
total worldwide bank assets in excess of one billion dollars.
12-b. Advances of federal funds to designated depositaries, provided
such advances are made on the condition that they be repaid on the next
business day following the day on which the advance is made. For
purposes of this subdivision and subdivision twelve of this section, the
term "federal funds" shall mean funds which a savings bank has on
deposit at a depositary which are exchangeable for funds on deposit at a
federal reserve bank; and the term "business day" shall mean any day on
which the savings bank, the depositary and the federal reserve bank
where the funds are on deposit are all open for general business.
13. Bonds of any corporation which at the time of such investment is
incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,
or the District of Columbia, and transacting the business of supplying
electrical energy or artificial gas, or natural gas purchased from
another corporation and supplied in substitution for, or in mixture
with, artificial gas, for light, heat, power and other purposes, or
transacting any or all of such business, provided at least eighty per
centum of the gross operating revenues of any such corporation are
derived from such business, subject to the following conditions:
(a) Such corporation shall have all franchises necessary to operate in
territory in which at least seventy-five per centum of its gross income
is earned. Such corporation shall file with the superintendent of
financial services and make public in each year a statement and a report
giving the income account covering the previous fiscal year and a
balance sheet showing in reasonable detail the assets and liabilities at
the end of the year.
(b) Either the outstanding full paid capital stock together with
premiums thereon and the surplus of such corporation shall be not less
than two-thirds of the total debt secured by mortgage lien on any part
or all of its property, or the outstanding full paid capital stock
together with premiums thereon and surplus and unsecured debt not
maturing within five years and not in excess of fifty per centum of such
capital stock, premiums and surplus shall be equal to at least
three-fourths of the total debt secured by mortgage lien on any part or
all of its property, provided, however, that in case of a corporation
having no-par value shares, the amount of capital which such shares
represent shall be the capital as shown by the books of the corporation.
(c) Such corporation shall have been in existence for a period of not
less than eight fiscal years and at no time within such period of eight
fiscal years next preceding the date of such investment shall said
corporation have failed to pay promptly and regularly the matured
principal and interest of all its indebtedness direct, assumed or
guaranteed, but the period of life of the corporation, together with the
period of life of any predecessor corporation or corporations from which
a major portion of its property was acquired by consolidation, merger or
purchase shall be considered together in determining the required
period.
(d) For a period of five fiscal years next preceding such investment
the net earnings of such corporation shall have averaged per year not
less than two times the average annual interest charges on its total
funded debt applicable to that period, and for the last fiscal year
preceding such investment such net earnings shall have been not less
than twice the interest charges for a full year on its total funded debt
outstanding at the time of such investment, and for such period the
gross operating revenues of any such corporation shall have averaged per
year not less than two million dollars.
(e) In determining the qualifications of any bond under this
subdivision where a corporation shall have acquired its property or any
substantial part thereof within five years immediately preceding the
date of such investment by consolidation or merger, or by the purchase
of all or a substantial portion of the property of any other corporation
or corporations, the gross operating revenues, net earnings, and
interest charges of the several predecessor or constituent corporations
shall be consolidated and adjusted so as to ascertain whether the
requirements of paragraph (d) of this subdivision have been complied
with.
(f) Such bonds shall be (1) bonds secured by a first or refunding
mortgage on property owned and operated, or controlled, by the
corporation issuing or assuming them, or underlying mortgage bonds
secured by a lien on property owned and operated, or controlled, by the
corporation issuing or assuming them, provided that such underlying
mortgage bonds are to be refunded by a junior mortgage providing for
their retirement, that the bonds under such junior mortgage comply with
the requirements of this subdivision, and that such underlying mortgage
is either a closed mortgage or remains open solely for the issue of
additional bonds which are to be pledged under such junior mortgage and
provided that the aggregate principal amount of bonds secured by such
first or refunding mortgage plus the principal amount of all the
underlying outstanding bonds shall not exceed two-thirds of the net
value of the physical property owned or controlled as shown by the books
of the owning corporation, and subject to the lien of such mortgage or
mortgages securing the total mortgage debt and provided further, that if
a refunding mortgage, it must provide for the retirement on or before
the date of their maturity of all bonds secured by prior liens on the
property, or (2) bonds, other than mortgage bonds, provided, that (a)
for a period of five fiscal years next preceding such investment the net
earnings of such corporation shall have averaged per year not less than
two and one-half times the average annual interest charges on its total
funded debt applicable to that period, and for the last fiscal year
preceding such investment such net earnings shall have been not less
than two and one-half times the interest charges for a full year on its
total funded debt outstanding at the time of such investment, and (b)
the capital stock together with premiums thereon and surplus of such
corporation shall not be less than two-thirds of its total funded debt
outstanding, and (c) such bonds, if issued for a term longer than
fifteen years, shall have been issued under an indenture containing a
covenant providing for the establishment of a sinking fund for the
benefit of such bonds whereby such bonds shall be redeemed at an annual
rate of not less than two per centum of the largest principal amount of
their issue at any one time outstanding, and (d) the mortgage bonds of
such corporation, if any, shall qualify under the provisions of this
subdivision.
(g) (1) The gross operating revenues and expenses of a corporation for
the purposes of this subdivision shall be, respectively, the total
amount earned from the operation of, and the total expense of
maintaining and operating, all property owned and operated, or leased
and operated, by such corporation, as determined by a system of accounts
adopted by a federal, state or municipal public service commission,
public utility commission or other similar regulatory body. The gross
operating revenues and expenses, as defined above, of subsidiary
companies may be included, provided all the mortgage bonds and a
controlling interest in stock or stocks of such subsidiary companies are
pledged as part security for the mortgage debt of the principal company.
The net value of any property shall be its value as shown by the books
of the corporation less the amounts of any reserves for depreciation,
retirement or amortization thereof. Property shall be deemed to be
controlled by a corporation if such corporation shall own not less than
ninety per cent of the capital stock of the corporation owning such
property.
(2) The net earnings of any corporation for the purposes of this
subdivision shall be the balance obtained by deducting from its gross
operating revenues, its operating and maintenance expenses, taxes other
than federal and state income taxes, rentals and provision for renewals
and retirements of the physical assets of the corporation, and by adding
to said balance its income from securities and miscellaneous sources but
not, however, to exceed fifteen per centum of said balance. The term
funded debt shall be construed to mean all interest-bearing debt
maturing more than one year from date of issue.
(3) In the computation for the purposes of this subdivision of the
ratio of mortgage debt to net mortgaged property value there shall be
excluded from the amount of outstanding mortgage bonds the amount of any
cash deposited with the trustee of the mortgage and held in trust
pursuant to the terms of such mortgage.
(h) Not more than twenty-five per centum of the assets of any savings
bank shall be loaned on or invested in bonds of such electric and gas
corporations, and not more than two per centum of the assets of any
savings bank shall be invested in the bonds of any one such corporation,
as authorized by this subdivision.
(i) As used in this subdivision, the term "bond" includes a note or
debenture.
14. Bonds of any corporation which at the time of such investment is
incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,
or the District of Columbia, and authorized to engage, and engaging, in
the business of furnishing telephone service in the United States,
subject to the following conditions:
(a) Such corporation shall have been in existence for a period of not
less than eight fiscal years and at no time within such period of eight
fiscal years next preceding the date of such investment shall said
corporation have failed to pay promptly and regularly the matured
principal and interest of all its indebtedness direct, assumed, or
guaranteed, but the period of life of the corporation, together with the
period of life of any predecessor corporation or corporations from which
a major portion of its property was acquired by consolidation, merger or
purchase, shall be considered together in determining the required
period; and such corporation shall file with the superintendent of
financial services and make public in each year a statement and a report
giving the income account covering the previous fiscal year and a
balance sheet showing in reasonable detail the assets and liabilities at
the end of the year.
(b) The outstanding full paid capital stock together with premiums
thereon and the surplus of such corporation shall at the time of such
investment be equal to at least two-thirds of the aggregate of its
funded debt and the total funded debt, exclusive of any such funded debt
held by such corporation, of every telephone corporation a majority of
the capital stock of which is owned by such corporation.
(c) For a period of five fiscal years next preceding such investment
the net earnings of such corporation shall have averaged per year not
less than two and one-half times the average annual interest charges on
its total debt applicable to that period, and for the last fiscal year
preceding such investment such net earnings shall have been not less
than twice the interest charges for a full year on its total funded debt
outstanding at the time of such investment, and for such period the
gross operating revenues of any such corporation shall have averaged per
year not less than five million dollars.
(d) In determining the qualifications of any bond under this
subdivision where a corporation shall have acquired its property or any
substantial part thereof within five years immediately preceding the
date of such investment by consolidation or merger, or by the purchase
of all or a substantial portion of the property of any other corporation
or corporations, the gross operating revenues, net earnings and interest
charges of the several predecessor or constituent corporations shall be
consolidated and adjusted so as to ascertain whether the requirements of
paragraph (c) of this subdivision have been complied with.
(e) The gross operating revenues and expenses of a corporation for the
purposes of this subdivision shall be, respectively, the total amount
earned from the operation of, and the total expense of maintaining and
operating, all property owned and operated, or leased and operated, by
such corporation, as determined by a system of accounts adopted by the
federal communications commission, a public service commission, or
public utility commission, or other similar federal or state regulatory
body.
(f) The net earnings of any corporation for the purposes of this
subdivision shall be the balance obtained by deducting from its gross
operating revenues, its operating and maintenance expenses, provision
for depreciation of the physical assets of the corporation, taxes other
than federal and state income taxes, rentals and miscellaneous charges,
and by adding to said balance its income from securities and
miscellaneous sources but not, however, to exceed fifteen per centum of
said balance. The term funded debt shall be construed to mean all
interest-bearing debt maturing more than one year from date of issue.
Whenever a corporation shall own a majority of the capital stock of
one or more other telephone corporations, the consolidated statements of
all such telephone corporations shall be used in determining the amount
of net earnings available for interest charges, and the amount of
interest charges, of such corporation.
(g) Not more than twenty-five per centum of the assets of any savings
bank shall be loaned on or invested in bonds of such telephone
corporations, and not more than three per centum of the assets of any
savings bank shall be invested in the bonds of any one telephone
corporation, as authorized by this subdivision.
(h) As used in this subdivision, the term "bond" includes a note or
debenture.
15. Bonds, debentures, consolidated debentures or other obligations of
any federal home loan bank or banks, or of Tennessee Valley Authority,
and obligations of, or instruments issued by or fully guaranteed as to
principal and interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association, or
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and notes, bonds, debentures,
mortgages and other evidences of indebtedness of the United States
Postal Service.
16. Stock of a federal reserve bank in the amount necessary to qualify
for membership in such bank.
17. Stock of a federal home loan bank in the amount necessary to
qualify for membership in such bank and in such additional amounts as
are approved by the superintendent of financial services.
19. Securities of corporations which securities are made eligible for
investment by savings banks by the superintendent of financial services.
20. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent
of financial services finds to be necessary and proper, (a) (1) any bond
and mortgage insured by the federal housing commissioner, or for which a
commitment to insure has been made by the federal housing commissioner,
or (2) any bond and mortgage guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of
the act of congress entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of
1944", or (3) provided the mortgage is a first lien, any bond and
mortgage at least twenty per centum of which is guaranteed pursuant to
the provisions of such act, or (4) a participation in any loan or a part
interest in any bond and mortgage, secured by real property, to the
extent that the small business administration is committed to pay the
principal and interest thereof; (b) any whole or part interest in any
such bond and mortgage or in any whole or part interest in any such bond
and mortgage, which bond and mortgage is held for the benefit of the
holder or holders of a whole interest or part interests therein by any
entity or entities with which a savings bank is authorized to
participate pursuant to this paragraph, but no such investment shall be
made in any part interest which is junior or subordinate to any other
part interest therein; (c) any bond secured by any such mortgage or
mortgages, which mortgage is, or which mortgages are, held for the
benefit of the holder or holders of the bond or bonds secured thereby,
by a savings bank or bank or trust company; and (d) any property
improvement note issued pursuant to the provisions of the national
housing act, provided the savings bank investing in such note shall have
qualified for and received in connection therewith a contract of
insurance from the federal housing commissioner. A savings bank may
receive and hold such debentures as are issued in payment of any such
insurance. No law of this state prescribing or limiting the interest
rate upon loans or advances of credit or prescribing a penalty for
violation thereof or prescribing the nature, amount or form of security
or requiring security upon which loans or advances of credit may be made
or prescribing or limiting the period for which loans or advances of
credit may be made or limiting the amount of any class of loans,
advances of credit or purchases which may be made shall be deemed to
apply to loans, advances of credit or purchases made or to loans
acquired by purchase pursuant to this subdivision.
The provisions of subdivision six of this section, except those of
paragraph (f) thereof, shall not apply to investments made pursuant to
this subdivision by any savings bank. Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of
section one of chapter eight hundred ninety-seven of the laws of
nineteen hundred thirty-four as amended shall not apply to savings
banks. The term "bond", as used in this subdivision, includes a note.
The authority provided in this subdivision to invest in any bond and
mortgage guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress
entitled the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944", shall include
authority to acquire title to real property in connection with investing
in an installment contract for the sale of real property, so guaranteed,
where the purchaser under such contract is in possession and control of
the property, and title is acquired by the savings bank solely as
security for the obligations of the purchaser.
21. (a) Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the
superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper:
(1) Stock and obligations, not otherwise eligible for investment by
the savings bank, of any corporation organized under any law of this
state for the purpose of acquiring, constructing, owning, maintaining,
operating, selling or conveying a housing project or projects (not
including hotels but including accommodations for retail stores, shops,
offices and other community services reasonably incident to such
projects) located within this state, provided that all the stock and
obligations of any such corporation have been or are originally issued
to one or more savings banks of this state.
(1-a). Stock and obligations, not otherwise eligible for investment by
the savings bank, of any "subsidiary" of the New York state urban
development corporation, as defined in the New York state urban
development corporation act, provided that all the stock and obligations
of any such subsidiary is or is to be owned by one or more savings banks
of this state, or by such other owners of such stock and obligations as
may be approved by the superintendent of financial services.
(2) Corporate interest-bearing securities, other than those issued by
any corporation organized under the laws of a foreign country except
Canada whose securities are not registered with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission or listed on a national securities
exchange in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and interest-bearing securities of any state in the United
States or of any public authority, commission or instrumentality
organized under the laws of any state of the United States or of any
political subdivision of any such state, not otherwise eligible for
investment by the savings bank, which are not in default as to either
principal or interest when acquired, provided that no investment shall
be made pursuant to this subparagraph (2) in the securities of any
corporation if the total direct liabilities of such corporation to the
savings bank exceed, or by the making of such investment will exceed,
ten per centum of the total direct liabilities of such corporation or
one per centum of the assets of the savings bank, whichever amount is
less. The term "securities", as used in this subparagraph (2), means
such bonds, notes, debentures and other obligations for payment of money
as are negotiable, or conditional sale agreements, assignments of
conditional sale agreements and participations therein which are issued
or made by railroads for the purchase of rolling stock, and which have a
maturity of not less than five years from the date of issue or making,
or, if issued or made in a series or repayable in installments, an
average maturity of not less than five years from the date of issue or
making.
(b) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to
subparagraphs one and two of paragraph (a) of this subdivision if the
total amount invested by it pursuant to such paragraph, together with
the total amount invested by it pursuant to any provisions of any law
other than the banking law, exceeds, or by the making of such investment
will exceed, an amount equal to ten per centum of the assets of the
savings bank. An investment by a savings bank in a single subsidiary of
the New York state urban development corporation pursuant to
subparagraph one-a of paragraph a of this subdivision shall not exceed
one per centum of the assets or ten per centum of the net worth of such
savings bank, whichever is less, and the aggregate of all investments of
a savings bank in such subsidiaries and investments in securities
pursuant to subparagraph five of paragraph (a) of subdivision nine of
this section shall not exceed five per centum of the assets or fifty per
centum of the net worth of such savings bank, whichever is less. For the
purposes of this paragraph, "net worth" of a savings bank shall mean the
excess of its assets at book value, less allocated reserves, over known
liabilities.
(d) For the purposes of sections two hundred seventy-four, two hundred
eighty-five and four hundred thirty-five of this chapter, investments
authorized by this subdivision shall not be deemed investments in which
savings banks may legally invest, except that investments authorized by
subparagraph one-a of paragraph (a) of this subdivision shall be deemed
investments in which savings banks may legally invest for the purposes
of section three hundred seventy-nine of this chapter.
(e) For the purposes of section three hundred fifty-nine-f of the
general business law, investments authorized by sub-paragraph (2) of
paragraph (a) of this subdivision shall not be deemed investments in
which savings banks may legally invest.
* 21-a. Interest-bearing obligations payable in United States funds
which at the time of investment are rated in one of the three highest
rating grades by each rating service, designated by the superintendent
of financial services, which has rated such obligations, provided that
the aggregate amount invested in the obligations of any single issuer
pursuant to this subdivision and pursuant to subparagraph (2) of
paragraph (a) of subdivision twenty-one of this section may not exceed
one per centum of the assets of the savings bank, and provided further
that the aggregate amount invested in the interest-bearing obligations
of any single issuer pursuant to this subdivision and pursuant to any
provision of this section specifically authorizing such investment, may
not exceed the percentage limitations contained in any such provision.
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* 21-a. Interest-bearing obligations payable in United States funds
which at the time of investment meet the standards of creditworthiness
established by regulation by the superintendent, provided that the
aggregate amount invested in the obligations of any single issuer
pursuant to this subdivision and pursuant to subparagraph (2) of
paragraph (a) of subdivision twenty-one of this section may not exceed
one per centum of the assets of the savings bank, and provided further
that the aggregate amount invested in the interest-bearing obligations
of any single issuer pursuant to this subdivision and pursuant to any
provision of this section specifically authorizing such investment, may
not exceed the percentage limitations contained in any such provision.
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
22. Certificates of investment in savings banks life insurance fund.
23. Certificates representing advances to the surplus fund of its life
insurance department.
24. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the international bank for
reconstruction and development.
24-a. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the inter-American
development bank.
24-b. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the Asian development bank.
24-c. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the African Development
Bank.
24-d. Obligations guaranteed by the youth facilities project guarantee
fund and participations therein.
24-e. Obligations issued or guaranteed by the International Finance
Corporation.
25. Obligations of the Dominion of Canada, or of any province or city
of the Dominion of Canada, as provided in this subdivision. (a)
Obligations of the Dominion of Canada, or those for which the faith of
the Dominion of Canada is pledged to provide for the payment of the
interest and principal, provided that the principal and interest of such
obligations are payable in United States funds.
(b) Obligations of any province of the Dominion of Canada or those for
which the faith of any such province is pledged to provide for the
payment of the interest and principal upon which there is no default and
upon which there has been no default for more than ninety days;
provided, that within ten years immediately preceding the investment
such province has not been in default for more than ninety days in the
payment of any part of principal or interest of any debt duly authorized
by the legislature of such province; and provided that the principal and
interest of such obligations are payable in United States funds; and
provided further, that if at any time the net debt, as hereinafter
defined, of any such province shall exceed twenty-five per centum of the
valuation of real property in such province for the purposes of
taxation, the obligations of such province shall, thereafter, and until
such net debt shall be reduced to twenty-five per centum of the
valuation of real property in such province for the purposes of
taxation, cease to be an authorized investment for the moneys of savings
banks. The term "net debt" as used in this paragraph shall mean the
aggregate of all direct obligations funded and unfunded of any such
province and all other obligations excluding any on which interest is
being paid out of other than the ordinary revenues of such province;
less sinking funds applicable to such obligations.
(c) Obligations of any city in Canada, provided that said city has a
population, according to the last federal census of Canada next
preceding said investment, of not less than one hundred fifty thousand
inhabitants, and has not, within twenty-five years preceding said
investment, defaulted for more than one hundred and twenty days in the
payment of any part either of principal or interest of any bond, note,
or other evidence of indebtedness, provided that the indebtedness of
such city does not exceed the limitations imposed by paragraph (c) of
subdivision five of this section if applicable; and provided further
that the principal and interest of such obligations are payable in
United States funds. No obligations of any such city shall be an
authorized investment for savings banks unless such city shall have
power to levy taxes on the taxable real property therein or to require a
levy thereon by municipalities within its area in either case for the
payment of such obligation without limitation of rate or amount. The
term "city" as used in this paragraph and in paragraph (d) of
subdivision five of this section shall include The Municipality of
Metropolitan Toronto and any other similar corporation in Canada, and
the power to require a levy by municipalities within its area shall be
deemed to be a power to levy taxes within the meaning of such last
mentioned paragraph.
(d) Not more than ten per centum of the assets of any savings banks
shall be invested in the obligations defined in this subdivision, and
not more than two per centum of such assets shall be invested in the
obligations of any province, nor more than two per centum of such assets
in the obligations of any city, as authorized by this subdivision.
26. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent
of financial services finds to be necessary and proper:
(a) Preferred stock of any corporation, created or existing under the
laws of the United States or of any state, district or territory
thereof, provided (1) the net earnings of such corporation available for
its fixed charges for a period of five fiscal years next preceding the
date of investment by such savings bank shall have averaged per year not
less than one and one-half times the sum of the following, computed as
of the date of such investment: its annual fixed charges, if any, its
annual maximum contingent interest, if any, and its annual preferred
dividend requirements; and (2) during either of the last two years of
such period such net earnings shall have been not less than one and
one-half times the sum of its fixed charges, contingent interest and
preferred dividend requirements for such year. As used in this paragraph
(a), the term "dividend requirements" shall be construed to mean
cumulative or non-cumulative dividends whether or not paid.
(b) Guaranteed stock of any corporation created or existing under the
laws of the United States or of any state, district or territory
thereof, provided (1) the net earnings of the guaranteeing corporation
available for its fixed charges for a period of five fiscal years next
preceding the date of investment by such savings bank shall have
averaged per year not less than one and one-half times its annual fixed
charges computed as of the time of such investment; and (2) during
either of the last two years of such period net earnings shall have been
not less than one and one-half times its fixed charges for such year.
(c) Common stock of any corporation created or existing under the laws
of the United States or of any state, district or territory thereof,
provided such common stock is registered on a national securities
exchange, as provided in an act of congress of the United States,
entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934", approved June sixth,
nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended.
(e) Stock or shares of any investment company, as defined by, and
which is registered under, an act of congress of the United States,
entitled the "Investment Company Act of 1940", approved August
twenty-second, nineteen hundred forty, as amended, provided such company
may invest only in such investments as are eligible for savings banks,
including, without limitation, investments made eligible for savings
banks by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this subdivision but excluding
investments made eligible for savings banks by subdivisions five-a, six,
eight, nine, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, twenty-two and twenty-three
of this section, provided that (i) investment restrictions based upon
the assets, surplus fund, net worth or other features of the condition
or operation of the savings bank shall not be applicable to such
investment company, (ii) the amount of stock of any corporation which
may be held by such investment company shall not exceed five per centum
of the number of shares of stock of such corporation outstanding at the
time of investment by such investment company, and (iii) at the time the
investment is made, the percentage of assets that a savings bank may
invest in the stock or shares of the investment company shall not exceed
the limitation, if any, applicable to a savings bank's investment in any
individual security included in the investment company's portfolio.
Nothing contained in the provisions of this chapter shall prevent an
officer, director, clerk or other employee of any bank or trust company
from being an officer, director or employee of any such investment
company.
(ee) Stock of any "bank service corporation", as such term is defined
by an act of congress of the United States, entitled the "Bank Service
Corporation Act", approved October twenty-third, nineteen hundred
sixty-two, as such act may be amended from time to time, provided such
investment shall have been authorized by the superintendent.
(eee) Stock or shares of any investment company, as defined by, and
which is registered under, an act of Congress of the United States,
entitled the "Investment Company Act of 1940", approved August
twenty-second, nineteen hundred forty, as amended, provided: (1) such
company is managed, advised and has its assets held at a bank or trust
company which is supervised and examined by the superintendent; (2) all
of the stock and shares, other than stock or shares required by law to
qualify directors, of such investment company are or are to be owned by
savings banks, savings and loan associations and pension trusts, funds,
plans or agreements participated in by one or more savings banks or
savings and loan associations to provide retirement benefits, for any or
all of its or their active officers and employees; and (3) such
investment company may invest only in investments as are made eligible
for savings banks by subdivisions one, two, three, four and fifteen of
this section. For the purpose of investments authorized by this
paragraph, no investment shall be made by a savings bank if the total
amount invested by it exceeds, or by the making of the investment will
exceed, an amount equal to thirty-five percent of its assets.
(f) For the purposes of this subdivision, (1) the term "net earnings
available for fixed charges" shall mean net income after deducting
operating and maintenance expenses, taxes other than federal and state
income taxes, depreciation and depletion, but excluding extraordinary
non-recurring items of income or expense appearing in the regular
financial statements of the issuing, assuming or guaranteeing
corporation; provided, however, that in the case of preferred stocks,
federal and state income taxes shall also be deducted in determining net
earnings available for fixed charges; (2) the term "fixed charges" shall
include interest on funded and unfunded debt, amortization of debt
discount and rentals for leased properties; (3) if net earnings are
determined in reliance upon consolidated earnings statements of parent
and subsidiary corporations, such net earnings shall be determined after
provision for income taxes of subsidiaries and after proper allowance
for minority stock interest, if any, and the required coverage of fixed
charges shall be computed on a basis including fixed charges and
preferred dividends of subsidiaries other than those payable by such
subsidiaries to the parent corporation or to any other of such
subsidiaries; and (4) in applying the earnings tests under this
subdivision to any issuing, assuming, or guaranteeing corporation, where
such corporation shall have acquired its property or any substantial
part thereof within the five years immediately preceding the date of
investment by consolidation or merger, or by the purchase of all or a
substantial portion of any other corporation or corporations, or shall
have acquired the assets of any unincorporated business enterprise by
purchase or otherwise, the gross operating income, net earnings and
interest charges of the several predecessor or constitutent corporations
or enterprises shall be consolidated and adjusted so as to ascertain
whether or not the applicable requirements of this subdivision have been
complied with.
(g) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to
paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this subdivision in the stock of any
corporation if the total investment by the savings bank in the stock of
such corporation exceeds, or by the making of such investment will
exceed (1) in amount, one per centum of the assets of the savings bank,
or (2) in number of shares, two per centum of the total issued and
outstanding shares of stock of such corporation.
(h) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to
paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this subdivision if the total aggregate
amount so invested by it exceeds, or by the making of such investment
will exceed, an amount equal to seven and one half per centum of its
assets.
(i) No investment in an investment company shall be made by a savings
bank pursuant to paragraph (e) of this subdivision if the total amount
invested by it in all such investment companies pursuant to such
paragraph exceeds, or by the making of such investment will exceed, an
amount equal to seven and one-half per centum of its assets.
(k) For the purposes of sections two hundred seventy-four, two hundred
eighty-five and four hundred thirty-five of this chapter, investments
authorized by this subdivision shall not be deemed investments in which
savings banks may legally invest.
(l) For the purposes of any other statutes which restrict investments
to securities authorized for investment by savings banks, including but
not limited to section ninety-two of the membership corporation law,
section 9.27 of the mental hygiene law and sections fifteen and
twenty-five-a of the workmen's compensation law, investments authorized
by this subdivision, shall not be deemed investments in which savings
banks may legally invest.
26-a. (1) Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the
superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and proper,
the stock or obligations of one or more corporations engaged, or to be
engaged, primarily in originating and servicing mortgages on real
property, provided, however, that if the savings bank shall own less
than all of the stock and obligations of any such corporation, the
remainder of the stock, excluding directors' qualifying shares, if any,
and obligations of such corporation shall be owned by one or more
savings banks or savings and loan associations located in this state.
(2) No investment shall be made pursuant to this subdivision unless
the corporation in which such investment is to be made shall have
furnished satisfactory assurance to the superintendent that it will be
subject to examination by him to the same extent as if the business of
such corporation were being conducted by the savings bank on its own
premises. No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to this
subdivision if the total amount so invested by it exceeds, or by the
making of such investment will exceed, an amount equal to one per centum
of its assets.
(4) For the purposes of any other provisions of law which restrict
investments to those in which savings banks may legally invest, other
than subdivision five of section three hundred seventy-nine of this
chapter, investments authorized by this subdivision shall not be deemed
investments in which savings banks may legally invest.
27. For the purposes of this section the term "state", when used
generally to include every state of the United States, includes also the
commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the term "city", when used generally to
include cities in every state of the United States, includes also any
municipality of the commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
28. Bonds, notes or evidences of indebtedness issued by a corporation
organized for the purpose of undertaking, constructing, owning,
maintaining, operating, selling or conveying a slum clearance and
redevelopment project, located within this state, pursuant to title one
of an act of congress of the United States approved July fifteenth,
nineteen hundred forty-nine, entitled the "Housing Act of 1949," or
organized pursuant to articles five and six of the private housing
finance law, and secured by a first mortgage upon all of the real
property owned by the corporation. A mortgage loan made under this
subdivision may equal but shall in no event exceed ninety per centum of
the cost as estimated prior to the completion of the project, or ninety
per centum of the total actual final cost, if that shall be greater than
the estimated cost, but in no event, shall such mortgage loan exceed
ninety per centum of the appraised value of the completed project
determined pursuant to subdivision six of this section. The estimated
cost and the total actual final cost shall be certified as to
reasonableness and correctness by an independent engineering
organization and shall include the cost to the corporation of the lands
owned by the corporation, the cost of demolition, the cost of
constructing the improvements, including planning, designing,
engineering and landscaping, the cost of relocation of tenants, interest
and other carrying charges during the period of acquisition and of
construction, all other costs necessarily incurred and properly
attributable to undertaking, constructing and completing the project,
and an allowance for working capital which shall not exceed an amount
equal to three per centum of the estimated cost or of the total actual
final cost of the project if that shall be greater than the estimated
cost. A mortgage loan made under this subdivision may be participated in
by one or more savings banks. An agreement setting forth the manner in
which the participating banks shall administer the mortgage and acquire
real estate, if any, shall be executed on behalf of each bank by two
persons appointed by the board of trustees of such bank. Investments
made by any savings bank in mortgage loans pursuant to this subdivision
and pursuant to paragraph (h) of subdivision six of this section shall
not, in the aggregate, exceed ten per centum of the assets or an amount
equal to the surplus fund and undivided profits and surplus reserve of
such savings bank, whichever is less, and shall be included in the
computation of permissive investment in mortgage loans pursuant to
paragraph (d) of subdivision six of this section. Investments in such
mortgage loans shall be subject to such regulations and restrictions as
the superintendent of financial services finds to be necessary and
proper.
28-a. Such bonds or other evidences of indebtedness issued or
guaranteed by the State of Israel as are approved by the comptroller of
the currency for investment by national banks; provided, however, that
the principal and interest payable thereon shall be payable in United
States dollars; and provided that such investments may not exceed in the
aggregate five percent of the bank's capital deposits, undivided
profits, surplus and reserves.
28-b. Such acquisitions and leases of personal property as are
authorized to be made by commercial banks by subdivision twelve of
section ninety-six of this chapter, subject to those limitations
applicable to such investments in the case of banks or trust companies.
29. Subject to such restrictions as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe, stock or other equity interest in one or more
small business investment companies, as authorized pursuant to the
provisions of an act of congress entitled "Small Business Investment Act
of 1958," as amended, or in any entity established to invest solely in
such small business investment companies, except that in no event shall
the total amount of such investments exceed: (a) for a stock form
savings bank five percent of its capital stock, surplus fund and
undivided profits; or (b) for a non-stock savings bank five percent of
its net worth.
30. Alternative investment authority of savings banks to invest in
certain securities. Notwithstanding the limitations contained in
subdivision one, two, three, four, five, seven, seven-a, ten, eleven,
thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, nineteen, twenty-one-a, twenty-four,
twenty-four-a, twenty-four-b, twenty-four-c, twenty-five, twenty-six,
twenty-seven, twenty-eight-a, or subparagraph two of paragraph (a) or
paragraph (b) of subdivision twenty-one of this section, and subject to
such limitations as the superintendent of financial services shall
adopt, a savings bank shall be authorized to invest in such debt
securities as are not in default as to either principal or interest when
acquired, and in such equity securities, in both cases as would be
acquired by prudent persons of discretion and intelligence in such
matters who are seeking a reasonable income and preservation of their
capital.
Without limiting its authority hereunder, the superintendent of
financial services shall adopt regulations to require that any savings
bank which shall elect to make investments pursuant to this subdivision
shall have first established an investment committee of its board of
trustees to supervise and monitor the investment activities exercisable
pursuant to the authority granted by this subdivision, the majority of
the members of which shall be trustees who are not also officers or
employees of such savings bank.
The superintendent of financial services shall, in addition, adopt
regulations to require that no savings bank, in making investments
pursuant to this subdivision shall (either before or after the making of
such investments) control, as the superintendent of financial services
shall define the term "control", the issuer of any such securities
acquired by such savings bank.
For purposes of any other law establishing or limiting the investments
of any person or entity to those investments which are permitted for
savings banks, the investments authorized by this subdivision shall not,
by virtue of this subdivision alone, be deemed investments in which a
savings bank may legally invest.
31. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial
services may promulgate, investments which do not qualify under any of
the preceding subdivisions of this section, provided that:
(a) No investment shall be made by a savings bank pursuant to this
subdivision if the amount of such investment exceeds one per centum of
the assets of the savings bank, or if the aggregate amount of all such
investments by a savings bank exceeds, or by the making of such
investment will exceed, five per centum of its assets;
(b) No investment shall be made by a savings bank in the equity
securities of any one issuer pursuant to this subdivision if the
aggregate amount invested by it pursuant to this subdivision together
with the amount invested in the equity securities of such issuer
pursuant to any other provision of law exceeds, or by the making of such
investment will exceed, one per centum of the assets of the savings
bank, and no investment shall be made by a savings bank in a loan to, or
in the debt securities of, any one issuer pursuant to this subdivision,
if the aggregate amount invested by it pursuant to this subdivision
together with the amount invested in a loan to, or in the debt
securities of, such issuer pursuant to any other provision of law
exceeds, or by the making of such investment will exceed, one per centum
of the assets of the savings bank;
(c) This subdivision shall not be deemed to alter any provision of
this chapter limiting the aggregate amount which may be invested in any
class of loan or investment;
(e) For the purposes of this subdivision, "net worth" of a savings
bank shall mean the excess of its assets at book value, less allocated
reserves, over known liabilities; and
(f) For the purposes of sections two hundred seventy-four, two hundred
eighty-five and four hundred thirty-five of this chapter, section three
hundred fifty-nine-f of the general business law, and any other
provisions of law which restrict investments to those in which savings
banks may legally invest, other than subdivision six of section three
hundred seventy-nine of this chapter, investments authorized by this
subdivision shall not be deemed investments in which savings banks may
legally invest.
Effect of usury. The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving,
or charging by a savings bank of interest at a rate greater than six per
centum per annum, as computed pursuant to this section, or in excess of
such greater rate of interest as may be authorized by law, shall be held
and adjudged a forfeiture of the entire interest which the note or other
evidence of debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid
thereon. If such greater rate of interest has been paid, the person
paying the same or his legal representatives may recover from the
savings bank twice the entire amount of the interest thus paid. Nothing
in this section shall be deemed to affect the powers of any savings bank
with respect to loans or investments it is authorized to make.
* § 235-b. Effect of usury. The knowingly taking, receiving,
reserving, or charging by a savings bank of interest at a rate greater
than such rate of interest as may be authorized by law shall be held and
adjudged a forfeiture of the entire interest which the note or other
evidence of debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid
thereon. If such greater rate of interest has been paid, the person
paying the same or his legal representatives may recover from the
savings bank twice the entire amount of the interest thus paid, if
action therefor is brought within two years from the time the excess of
interest is taken. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to affect the
powers of any savings bank with respect to loans or investments it is
authorized to make.
* NB Effectiveness of amendments made by chapter 349/1989 §7 expired
September 1, 1971 per §13 of such chapter
Regulation of certain charges. The superintendent of
financial services shall have the power to prescribe by regulation (i)
the maximum charge which may be imposed in this state by a savings bank
in connection with a check or other written order drawn upon it on
insufficient funds, irrespective of whether the instrument is paid,
accepted or returned by the bank, and (ii) the maximum charge which may
be imposed in this state by a savings bank in connection with a check or
other written order received by it for deposit or collection and
subsequently dishonored and returned for any reason by the drawee.
Service corporations owned by savings banks; authorized
activities of such corporations; investment therein. 1. A savings bank
may invest in the stock, capital notes and debentures of one or more
service corporations organized under the laws of this state for the sole
activities set forth in subdivision two of this section, to the extent
and upon such conditions as are or have been authorized by the
superintendent of financial services, provided that all of the stock of
such service corporations is, or is to be, owned by one or more savings
banks; and provided further, that no savings bank may make any
investment under this section if its aggregate outstanding investment
thereby, determined as prescribed by the superintendent of financial
services, would thereupon exceed three per centum of its assets.
2. The activities of such service corporations, performed directly or
through one or more wholly owned subsidiaries, shall consist of
rendering such services to savings banks and making such investments for
itself and for savings banks as are authorized services and investments
for such savings banks under the provisions of this chapter, as well as
such activities as may be prescribed by general regulation of the
superintendent of financial services.
Deposits by savings banks with other banking corporations and
private bankers; restrictions. 1. Except for investments made pursuant
to subdivision twelve-a of section two hundred thirty-five of this
chapter, no savings bank shall deposit any of its funds with any other
banking corporation or private banker unless such corporation or private
banker has been designated as a depositary by vote of a majority of all
the trustees of the savings bank, exclusive of any trustee who is an
officer, partner, director or trustee of the depositary so designated.
2. The amount deposited by any savings bank in any depositary,
including investments made pursuant to subdivisions twelve-a and
twelve-b of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter, shall not
exceed twenty-five per centum of the net worth as shown by the last
published statement of such depositary, if a corporation, or twenty-five
per centum of the permanent capital and surplus as shown by the last
published statement of such depositary, if a private banker, or five per
centum of the aggregate amount credited to the depositors of such
savings bank, whichever is smaller.
Deposits with savings banks; restrictions. 1. No savings bank
shall accept any deposit for credit to any executor, administrator,
trustee, committee, conservator or guardian, named in a will or
appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction, unless a certified copy
of the will, order or decree of the court authorizing such deposits or
appointing such executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator
or guardian, or a certificate of such appointment is filed with the
savings bank.
2. No savings bank shall accept any deposit for credit to any
municipal corporation.
3. A savings bank may limit the aggregate amount which it will receive
on deposit; may, in its discretion, refuse to accept a deposit; and may
at any time return all or any part of any deposit other than a deposit
held pursuant to subdivision one-a of section two hundred thirty-four of
this chapter.
4. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of law, a savings bank
may accept deposits of moneys paid under and as security for the
performance of any lease or leases, or to be applied to payments under
such lease or leases when due, although the person depositing such
moneys is held accountable therefor as a trustee of trust funds. Moneys
received from or held for persons under more than one lease may be
deposited in one or more accounts.
Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of law, the word "person"
as used in this subdivision four shall include an individual, municipal
corporation, partnership, corporation, association or any other
organization operated for profit.
5. Nothing contained in this section shall require a savings bank to
return any deposit lawfully held by it at the time this act takes
effect.
6. Nothing contained in this section or in this chapter shall be
construed to prevent a savings bank from accepting a deposit or deposits
in any amount in any account in the name of or to the credit of any bona
fide charitable or religious association, corporation or organization.
7. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, a savings bank shall have power to
act as trustee under a retirement plan established pursuant to the
provisions of the act of congress entitled "Self-employed Individuals
Tax Retirement Act of 1962", and provisions of law contained therein as
amended, provided that the provisions of such retirement plan require
the funds of such trust to be invested exclusively in deposits in
savings banks. In the event that any such retirement plan which, in the
judgment of the savings bank, constituted a qualified plan under the
provisions of said Self-employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962,
and provisions of law contained therein as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder at the time the trust was established and
accepted by the savings bank is subsequently determined not to be such a
qualified plan or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified plan, in
whole or in part, the savings bank may, nevertheless, continue to act as
trustee of any deposits theretofore made under such plan and to dispose
of the same in accordance with the directions of the depositor and the
beneficiaries thereof. No savings bank, in respect to deposits made
under this subdivision, shall be bound by any provision of this chapter
restricting or limiting the amount of deposits which a savings bank may
accept, or be required to segregate such deposits from other deposits of
such savings banks, provided, however, that a savings bank shall keep
appropriate records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in
under the authority of this subdivision.
8. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, a savings bank shall have power to
act as trustee of an individual retirement account established pursuant
to the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974", provided that the provisions of the
written governing instrument creating the trust require the funds of
such trust to be invested exclusively in deposits in savings banks. In
the event that any such individual retirement account, which in the
judgment of the savings bank, constituted a qualified individual
retirement account under the provisions of said Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated thereunder
at the time the trust was established and accepted by the savings bank
is subsequently determined not to be such a qualified individual
retirement account or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified
individual retirement account, in whole or in part, the savings bank
may, nevertheless, continue to act as trustee of any deposits
theretofore made under such individual retirement account and to dispose
of the same in accordance with the directions of the depositor and the
beneficiaries thereof. No savings bank, in respect to deposits made
under this subdivision, shall be bound by any provision of this chapter
restricting or limiting the amount of deposits which a savings bank may
accept, or be required to segregate such deposits from other deposits of
such savings banks, provided, however, that a savings bank shall keep
appropriate records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in
under the authority of this subdivision.
Regulations and restrictions as to repayment of deposits. 1.
The repayment of deposits made with any savings bank and any interest
credited thereto, shall be subject to the provisions of this chapter and
to rules and regulations made in accordance therewith. Any such
regulations adopted by the board of trustees shall be posted in a
conspicuous place in the office or offices of such savings bank, and
shall be available to depositors upon request. All such rules and
regulations, from time to time in effect, and all amendments thereto,
from time to time in effect, shall be binding upon all depositors.
2. A savings bank may at any time by a resolution of its board of
trustees require a notice of sixty days before repaying deposits which
are not demand deposits, in which event no non-demand deposit shall be
due or payable until sixty days after notice of intention to withdraw
the same shall have been personally given by the depositor. Any such
non-demand deposit shall cease to be due or payable under such notice or
by reason thereof upon the fifteenth day after the expiration of such
sixty days' notice if not withdrawn by the fifteenth day thereafter.
Nothing herein contained, however, shall be construed as prohibiting any
savings bank from making payments of such deposits before the expiration
of said sixty days' notice. Except as provided in subdivision four of
this section and in subdivision one-a of section two hundred thirty-four
of this chapter, no savings bank shall agree with its depositors in
advance to waive said sixty days' notice nor shall it require a longer
notice than sixty days. In the event that any savings bank shall require
that notice be given before such deposits may be withdrawn it shall,
upon the day such requirement is made effective, notify the
superintendent by telephone or telegraph that such requirement has been
made.
3. Except as provided in subdivisions four, five and six of this
section, a savings bank shall not pay, nor shall a depositor, his
assignee or anyone claiming through a depositor, be entitled to receive
any interest or deposit or portion of a deposit, unless the passbook of
the depositor be produced and the proper entry be made therein at the
time of the payment. The board of trustees, however, may provide in the
by-laws for making payments in cases of loss of passbook, or other
exceptional cases where the passbooks cannot be produced without serious
inconvenience to depositors. The board of trustees may further provide
in the by-laws for the payment of interest to a depositor without
requiring the production of the passbook, provided that such payment is
made (a) pursuant to the written request of the depositor, and (b) by
check payable to the order of the depositor. The right to make such
payments without production of the passbook shall cease when the
superintendent shall so direct, upon his being satisfied that such right
is being improperly exercised. Payments, however, may be made upon the
judgment or order of a court. Where payment is made without production
of the passbook in accordance with its by-laws, a savings bank shall not
be liable to an assignee of that passbook for such payment if such
assignee has not, prior to such payment, served upon the savings bank
written notice of the assignment. When authorized by the depositor, or,
in the case of a joint account, by both depositors, a savings bank may
charge the account of such depositor or depositors for any sums due the
insurance department of such savings bank, or due the insurance
department of any other savings bank for which it is agent, without
requiring the production of the passbook for the recording of the charge
therein. For the purpose of this subdivision, the term "passbook" shall
include any evidence of ownership of a deposit held pursuant to
subdivision one-a of section two hundred thirty-four of this chapter,
subject, however, to such regulations and restrictions as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe pursuant to such
subdivision.
4. A savings bank may contract with its depositors to repay deposits
of fixed sums made at regular intervals, other than demand deposits and
deposits held pursuant to subdivision one-a of section two hundred
thirty-four of this chapter, at a given time with all interest credited
thereon or to repay said deposits when, together with interest credited
thereon, they shall equal a specific sum and may issue a certificate
setting forth the given sum to which such deposits shall be accumulated
or the given time during which the deposits and the interest thereon
shall be accumulated. Such contract shall not provide for any forfeiture
of the sums deposited in the event of the discontinuance of the regular
payments. Interest on club accounts, if offered, must be credited at
least quarterly and may not be forfeited once credited, in the event of
the discontinuance of regular payments. Any savings bank which provides
for deposits in club accounts shall, in all advertising, announcements
or brochures pertaining to such accounts, state whether or not interest
is paid thereon and, if interest is paid, shall state the rate or form
of interest so paid in accordance with any rules and regulations that
may be prescribed by the superintendent.
4-a. If a deposit held pursuant to subdivision one-a of section two
hundred thirty-four of this chapter is repaid prior to maturity at the
request of a depositor, such repayment shall be subject to such
penalties as the superintendent of financial services may find to be
necessary and proper, except that no such penalty shall be imposed where
the depositor has died or been declared legally incompetent.
5. A savings bank may accept deposits from an employer or an employee
group, to be credited to the individual accounts of the members of a
group of employees having a common employer, without the issuance of a
passbook in connection therewith, and may pay to any one of the members
of such group, or to his authorized agent, in person, the whole or any
part of such deposits credited to his account together with the interest
credited thereon, without requiring the production of a passbook.
6. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, a savings bank may accept
deposits, including demand deposits, without the issuance of a passbook
in connection therewith, and may issue such other evidences of its
obligation to repay such deposits as may be appropriate to safeguard the
interests of the depositors and of the savings bank.
Repayment of deposits of minors, trust deposits, joint
deposits, and deposits adversely claimed; interpleader in certain
actions; statute of limitations. 1. Any deposit made by or in the name
of any minor shall be held for the exclusive right and benefit of such
minor, and free from the control or lien of all other persons, except
creditors, and shall be paid together with the interest credited
thereon, to the person in whose name the deposit shall have been made,
and the receipt or acquittance of such minor shall be a valid and
sufficient release and discharge to the savings bank for any payment so
made.
5. Notice to any savings bank of an adverse claim to a deposit
standing on its books to the credit of any person shall not be effectual
to cause such savings bank to recognize such adverse claimant unless he
shall also either procure a restraining order, injunction or other
appropriate process against such savings bank from a court of competent
jurisdiction in a cause therein instituted by him wherein the person to
whose credit the deposit stands or his executor or administrator is made
a party and served with summons, or shall execute to such savings bank,
in form and with sureties acceptable to it a bond, indemnifying such
savings bank from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and
expenses, for and on account of the payment of such adverse claim or the
dishonor of the order of the person to whose credit the deposit stands
on the books of such savings bank; provided, that this section shall not
apply in any instance where the person to whose credit the deposit
stands is a fiduciary for such adverse claimant, and the facts
constituting such relationship, and the facts showing reasonable cause
for belief on the part of such claimant that such fiduciary is about to
misappropriate such deposit, are made to appear by the affidavit of such
claimant.
6. (a) In all actions against any savings bank to recover moneys on
deposit therewith, if there be any person or persons, not parties to the
action, who claim the same fund, the court in which the action is
pending may, on the petition of such savings bank, and upon eight days'
notice to the plaintiff and such claimants, and without proof as to the
merits of the claim, make an order amending the proceedings in the
action by making such claimants parties defendant thereto; and the court
shall thereupon proceed to determine the rights and interests of the
several parties to the action in and to such funds. The remedy provided
in this section shall be in addition to and not exclusive of that
provided in any other interpleader provision.
(b) The funds on deposit which are the subject of such an action may
remain with such savings bank to the credit of the action until final
judgment therein, and be entitled to the same interest as other deposits
of the same class, or, in the case of deposits held pursuant to
subdivision one-a of section two hundred thirty-four of this chapter, to
interest at the rate specified in the deposit contract until maturity
and at the rate at which interest is credited on regular savings
accounts from maturity until final judgment, and shall be paid by such
savings bank in accordance with the final judgment of the courts; or the
deposit in controversy may be paid into court to await the final
determination of the action, and when the deposit is so paid into court
such savings bank shall be struck out as a party to the action, and its
liability for such deposit shall cease.
(c) The costs in all actions against a savings bank to recover
deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be charged
upon the fund affected by the action.
Preservation of books and records. Every savings bank shall
preserve all its records of final entry, including cards used under the
card system and deposit tickets, for a period of at least six years from
the date of making the same or from the date of the last entry thereon;
provided, however, that preservation of photographic reproductions
thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute compliance with
the requirements of this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe by regulation such
period of time longer or shorter than six years during which all records
kept by saving banks as fiduciary shall be preserved in original form.
Restrictions as to place of business; branch offices. 1. A
savings bank shall not be located in the same room with or in a room
connecting with any bank, trust company or national bank, unless it be a
savings bank lawfully so located when this act takes effect. The
prohibitions of this subdivision shall not apply to automated teller
machines, point-of-sale terminals and similar facilities established
pursuant to section one hundred five-a, two hundred forty-a or three
hundred ninety-six-a of this chapter or pursuant to any federal law
authorizing a national bank to operate a similar facility.
2. No savings bank, or trustee, officer, agent or employee thereof,
shall transact any part of its usual business of banking at any place
other than its principal office except as follows:
(a) A savings bank may open and occupy one or more branch offices at
any location in the state. In addition, a savings bank may open and
occupy a branch office or branch offices in one or more places located
without the state of New York.
(b) An office of an affiliated bank at which the customers of a
savings bank may make deposits, renew time deposits, make withdrawals,
close loans, service loans, and receive payments on loans and other
obligations shall not be deemed a branch office of such savings bank.
For the purposes of this section, the term "affiliated bank" means any
bank, as such term is defined in section 3(a)(1) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(a)(1)), that is a subsidiary of the same
bank holding company, as that term is defined in section 2 of the Bank
Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841).
(c) Except for the city or village in which its principal office is
located, no branch office may be opened and occupied pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this subdivision in any city or village with a
population of fifty thousand or less and in which is already located the
principal office of a bank, trust company or national banking
association, other than a bank holding company, if such bank holding
company is a banking institution, or a banking subsidiary of a bank
holding company, as such terms "bank holding company", "banking
institution" and "banking subsidiary" are defined in section one hundred
forty-one of this chapter except that the definition of "bank holding
company" is modified to change the phrase "a banking institution"
wherever it appears therein to "two or more banking institutions" and
the definition of "banking institution" is modified to add a national
banking association, the principal office of which institution is
located in this state.
(d) (1) If so provided in the merger or asset acquisition plan
submitted to the superintendent pursuant to section six hundred one or
six hundred one-a of this chapter, and if such merger or asset
acquisition is permitted by law, a savings bank may, in addition to the
authority granted under paragraph (a) of this subdivision, and without
limitation by any of the provisions of paragraph (c) of this
subdivision, maintain as a branch office, or branch offices, the place
or places of business of any savings bank or savings and loan
association, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan association,
bank, trust company, national bank, or out-of-state state bank (as such
term is defined in section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter) which
it has received into itself by merger or asset acquisition pursuant to
this chapter which were in existence at the time the merger or asset
acquisition becomes effective, including any branch office of the
savings bank, savings and loan association, or bank or trust company
with which it has merged or from which it has acquired assets which has
been approved pursuant to subdivision three of this section or paragraph
(c) of subdivision two of section three hundred ninety-six, or
subdivision two of section one hundred five of this chapter even if such
branch office is not in operation at the time said merger or asset
acquisition becomes effective and may maintain, as its principal office
rather than as a branch office, the principal office of such institution
with which it has merged or from which it has acquired assets (so long
as the principal office is located in this state), in which event the
former principal office of the receiving savings bank may be maintained
as a branch office.
(2) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subparagraph one of
this paragraph, any public accommodation office of a savings bank,
savings and loan association, or bank or trust company which has been
merged or had assets acquired in an asset acquisition transaction,
including any such office which has been approved pursuant to section
one hundred ninety-one of this chapter but which is not in operation at
the time said merger or asset acquisition becomes effective, may be
maintained by the receiving savings bank as a public accommodation
office only.
(e) If so provided in an agreement submitted to the superintendent
pursuant to section six hundred one-c of this chapter, a savings bank
may, in addition to the authority granted under paragraph (a) of this
subdivision, and without limitation by any of the provisions of
paragraph (a) or (c) of this subdivision, maintain as a branch office or
offices the place or places of business of any savings bank or savings
and loan association which it has acquired pursuant to such agreement as
authorized by section six hundred one-c of this chapter.
3. Before any branch office shall be opened and occupied pursuant to
paragraph (a) of subdivision two of this section, the superintendent
shall have given his written approval.
4. The term "village" as used in this section shall mean either an
incorporated or an unincorporated village.
Electronic facilities. A savings bank may conduct a banking
business, at automated teller machines, point-of-sale terminals, and
similar facilities subject to regulations which may be promulgated by
the superintendent of financial services. Such facilities shall not be
deemed to be branches and shall not be subject to any of the provisions
of this chapter applicable to branches; provided however that
notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of paragraph (b) of
subdivision two of section two hundred forty of this chapter, such
facilities shall be deemed to be branches, and such facilities shall be
subject to the terms and conditions of section two hundred forty, and
for purposes of section twenty-eight-b of this chapter, such facilities
shall be deemed to be branches.
Acceptance of United States currency. No savings bank shall
impose a fee, commission or service charge for accepting for deposit or
exchanging for other United States currency any United States currency
provided that any coins are properly rolled and have the customer's
account number for that savings bank displayed on the coin roll,
provided further that no more than ten rolls of coins in any
denomination are presented for deposit or exchange at any one time.
Change of location; change of designation of principal office.
Any savings bank may make a written application to the superintendent,
such application to be accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed
pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, for leave to change its
place or one of its places of business to another place in the state or
for leave to change the designation of its principal office to a branch
office and to change the designation of one of its branch offices to its
principal office. This application shall state the reasons for such
proposed change. Such change may be made upon the written approval of
the superintendent. If the superintendent shall grant his or her
certificate authorizing the change of location, as provided in article
two of this chapter, the savings bank may, upon or after the day
specified in the certificate, remove its property and effects to the
location designated therein.
Assets; how entered and carried on books; disallowance by
superintendent. 1. No savings bank shall by any system of accounting or
any device of bookkeeping, directly or indirectly enter any of its
assets upon its books in the name of any individual, partnership or
unincorporated association or of any other corporation, or under any
title or designation that is not truly descriptive thereof, except as
authorized by the provisions of this article.
2. The stocks, bonds, promissory notes or other interest-bearing
obligations purchased by a savings bank shall be entered on its books at
the actual cost thereof, and shall not thereafter be carried upon the
books at a valuation exceeding their cost as adjusted by amortization
for the purpose of bringing them to par at maturity; and where
securities purchased at a premium are callable prior to maturity, the
rate of amortization thereof shall be increased when necessary to such
extent as shall reduce the amount at which such securities are carried
upon the books to the call price at the date or dates upon which a call
may be made. No adjustment for amortization shall be required to be made
on the books except when the books are closed for the purpose of
computing net earnings. The superintendent may by regulation vary the
requirements of this subdivision to permit the amortization of premiums
at the same rate as that required by federal tax statutes or
regulations.
3. No savings bank, without the written approval of the
superintendent, shall enter on its books its real estate and the
building or buildings thereon, or its fixtures, vaults, furniture and
equipment, at a valuation exceeding its actual cost to such savings
bank, or carry such real estate, building or buildings, fixtures,
vaults, furniture or equipment at a valuation exceeding the actual cost
less appropriate allowance for depreciation. No adjustment for
depreciation shall be required to be made on the books except when the
books are closed for the purpose of computing net earnings.
4. Real estate acquired by a savings bank, other than that acquired
for use as a place of business, shall be entered on the books of the
savings bank in conformity with the method of accounting for troubled
debt restructurings approved by the financial accounting standards board
or such other method of accounting as may be authorized or required by
rules and regulations of the superintendent of financial services.
The provisions of this subdivision shall not, except as the
superintendent may otherwise require, apply to any parcel of real estate
as to which the savings bank has exercised its option to transfer or
convey such real estate to the veterans administration or the federal
housing commissioner pursuant to insurance or guaranty.
5. The superintendent may disallow the book value of any assets in
whole or in part. In such event the savings bank shall reduce the value
at which such assets are carried on its books to the value allowed by
the superintendent, or, if the written approval of the superintendent is
first obtained, may allocate a reserve for the valuation of such assets.
Surplus fund. 1. Every savings bank shall create a fund to be
known as a surplus fund. Such fund may be created or increased by
contributions made by the incorporators as provided in this article or
by transfers from undivided profits or by transfers from earnings as
required in this article. Such fund up to ten per centum of the amount
due depositors shall not be available for any purpose other than that
specified in subdivision two of this section, except with the prior
written approval of the superintendent, provided that such fund shall be
available without such approval for the purpose of paying expenses or
absorbing losses only in the event such savings bank has no undivided
profits against which such expenses or losses may be charged.
2. Contributions of incorporators or trustees to the surplus fund may
be repaid pro rata in such amounts as will not reduce the surplus fund
below five per centum of the amount due depositors, provided the written
approval of the superintendent shall be required before any repayments
may be made that will reduce the surplus fund below the amount created
at the time of incorporation of the savings bank. In case of the
liquidation of the savings bank before the contributions to the surplus
fund have been repaid, any portion of such contributions not needed for
the payment of the expenses of liquidation and the payment of depositors
and creditors in full may be repaid to the contributors pro rata.
3. Contributions heretofore made by incorporators or trustees of any
savings bank to pay its expenses or to maintain its solvency, under an
agreement with the superintendent that such contributions may be
returned whenever such return will not affect the solvency of such
savings bank or render it unsafe to continue business, may be returned
in accordance with the provisions of such agreement.
4. The aggregate of the guaranty fund and expense fund of every
savings bank at the time this act takes effect shall constitute the
surplus fund at that date and shall thereafter be subject to all the
provisions of this article relating to surplus fund.
Earnings; how and when to be computed; transfers to surplus
fund. 1. Every savings bank shall close its books no less frequently
than quarterly. To determine the amount of gross earnings for any such
accounting period the following items shall be included:
(a) All earnings actually received, less interest accrued and
uncollected included in a previous computation of earnings;
(b) Interest accrued and uncollected upon debts owing to it, exclusive
of debts or portions of debts, which its board of trustees or the
superintendent shall have directed to be excluded from the computation
of the accrual;
(c) Amounts added to cost for the purpose of amortizing bonds,
promissory notes or other interest-bearing obligations purchased for
less than par;
(d) Any profits actually received from the sale of securities, real
estate or other property owned by it;
(e) Amounts recovered on assets previously charged off, including
amounts allowed by the superintendent on account of assets previously
disallowed by him and other amounts allowed by the board of trustees on
account of assets previously disallowed by it. For the purpose of this
paragraph amounts transferred to valuation reserves shall be considered
as amounts charged off;
(f) Provided the superintendent shall have approved, and only to the
extent of such approval, any increase in the book value of the real
estate and building or buildings thereon used by it as its place or
places of business;
(g) Such other items as the superintendent, in his discretion and upon
his written consent, may permit to be included.
2. To determine the amount of net earnings for such accounting period,
the following items shall be deducted from gross earnings:
(a) Any expenses paid or incurred, both ordinary and extraordinary, in
the transaction of its business, the collection of debts owing to it and
the management of its affairs, less expenses incurred and deducted in a
previous computation of earnings;
(b) Interest paid or accrued and unpaid upon deposits held by it and
upon debts owing by it, less interest accrued upon such deposits and
debts and deducted in a previous computation;
(c) Amounts deducted from cost for the purpose of amortizing bonds,
promissory notes or other interest-bearing obligations purchased for
more than par;
(d) Any losses sustained by it, except to the extent that such losses
have been charged against the surplus fund or valuation reserves. Losses
to be deducted from gross earnings shall include all deductions from the
book value of assets made pursuant to the directions of the board of
trustees or by reason of the disallowance of assets by the
superintendent, and shall include amounts transferred to a valuation
reserve, other than amounts transferred to the surplus fund under
subdivision three of this section. With the approval of the
superintendent, any items referred to in this paragraph may be excluded.
For the purposes of this paragraph, provision for disallowances may be
effected by charge off or by establishment of valuation reserve and any
existing valuation reserve may be deducted from the related asset in
determining the amount of loss sustained.
The balance thus obtained shall constitute the net earnings of such
savings bank for such period.
3. If at the close of any accounting period the net worth of any
savings bank, including the net earnings for that period, is less than
ten per centum of the amount due to depositors, including all interest
accrued and credited for that period, such per centum of its net
earnings for such period as may be determined by the superintendent of
financial services shall be credited to its surplus fund.
4. For purposes of this article, the term "net worth" shall mean the
excess of assets at book value, less allocated reserves, over known
liabilities.
Interest payments. 1. A savings bank may classify its
depositors according to the character, amount or duration of their
dealings with the savings bank.
2. In the discretion of a majority of all the trustees, the amounts
contributed by incorporators or trustees to the surplus fund may be
credited with interest at the same rate that interest is credited to
depositors. Such interest may be paid in cash or added to the
contributions previously made and if so added shall be subject to all
provisions of this article relating to contributions of incorporators or
trustees to the surplus fund. If interest on such contributions is not
paid for any period at the time interest for such period is paid to
depositors, the contributors shall not thereafter receive or be credited
with any interest for such period.
3. A savings bank shall not pay any interest on any deposit for a
longer period than the same has been on deposit, except as provided in
subdivision three-a of this section.
3-a. Deposits made not later than the tenth calendar day of any
calendar month may be credited with interest from the first day of the
month in which such deposits were made, and deposits withdrawn upon one
of the last three business days of any interest period or, in the event
that one of such last three business days is a Saturday, deposits
withdrawn upon one of the last four business days of any interest period
may be credited with interest as if they had remained on deposit to the
end of the interest period. If the by-laws so provide, deposits
withdrawn before the close of an interest period may be credited with
interest to the first day of the month in which such withdrawal is made.
The provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to deposits on which
interest is credited pursuant to subdivision three-b of this section.
3-b. Subject to such limitations and restrictions as may be prescribed
by regulation of the superintendent of financial services, a savings
bank may credit interest on deposits from the date on which the deposit
is made to the date the deposit is withdrawn.
Board of trustees; number; vacancies; qualifications; oath and
declaration. 1. (a) The board of trustees shall have the entire
management and control of the affairs of the savings bank. A savings
bank shall have such number of trustees as the board of trustees may
establish from time to time. Such number shall be not less than seven
nor more than twenty. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section
relating to the number of trustees, where two or more savings banks are
merged or where one or more savings and loan associations merge into a
savings bank and the merger agreement so provides, the board of trustees
may consist of a number not more than thirty, and such number shall be
reduced to not more than twenty by the elimination of one authorized
office for every two vacancies that occur. No trustee in office on the
thirty-first day of March, nineteen hundred thirty-eight shall be
required to vacate his office by reason of the provisions of this
subdivision relating to the number of trustees. The bylaws may also
prescribe three-year terms of office for trustees, in which case the
total authorized number of trustees, as well as all incumbent trustees,
shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as
possible, the terms of each such class to expire in successive years on
a date specified in the bylaws.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing paragraph of this
section, a vacancy now existing or hereafter occurring in the board of
trustees of a savings bank, which savings bank resulted from the merger
of two or more savings banks or one or more savings and loan
associations and a savings bank, may be filled, even though the
remaining number of trustees exceeds twenty, by election thereto of one
or more of the three highest ranking officers of the savings bank who
are not then trustees, provided (1) that the superintendent of financial
services shall have given his prior written approval that such vacancy
be filled, (2) that the election of such officer or officers shall not
result in having more than three active officers on the board of
trustees at any one time, and (3) that the total number of trustees
shall in no event exceed the number authorized by the merger agreement.
(c) The bylaws of a savings bank may prescribe a maximum age beyond
which no person shall be eligible for election to the board of trustees,
and may prescribe a mandatory retirement age of seventy-five years or
less for trustees, subject to the following limitations:
(i) No person shall be eligible for initial election as a trustee
after December thirty-first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight who is seventy
years of age or more; and
(ii) No person shall continue to serve as a trustee past December
thirty-first of the year in which such trustee reaches the age of
seventy-five years.
(d) In the case of a savings bank which does not adopt a bylaw
prescribing a mandatory retirement age for trustees prior to January
first, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, or which does not maintain
thereafter a bylaw prescribing such a mandatory retirement age, the
office of a trustee of such savings bank shall become vacant on the last
day of the month in which such trustee reaches his seventieth birthday,
or on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight, whichever is
the later.
2. Vacancies in the board may be filled by election by the remaining
trustees at a regular meeting of the board. A savings bank shall report
to the superintendent within ten days the occurrence of any vacancy and
shall likewise report the name, address, age and occupation of the
person elected to fill any vacancy and the name of the person whose
place he fills.
3. No person shall be a trustee of a savings bank who
(a) Is not a citizen of the United States and at least eighteen years
of age.
(b) Has, within fifteen years immediately prior to his election, been
adjudicated a bankrupt or has taken the benefit of any insolvency law,
or has made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.
(c) Has suffered a judgment recovered against him for a sum of money
to remain unsatisfied or unsecured for a period of more than six months
from the date of entry thereof provided, however, no person shall be
ineligible for election as a trustee of a savings bank if such judgment
was satisfied of record more than one year prior to the date of such
election.
(d) Is a trustee, officer or employee of any other savings bank.
(e) Would, upon his election, become the third salaried full-time
employee of the savings bank on its board of trustees if such board,
with his election, would have twelve or less trustees, or would, upon
his election, become the fourth salaried full-time employee of the
savings bank on its board of trustees if such board, with his election,
would have more than twelve trustees; provided, however, that with the
written approval of the superintendent four salaried full-time employees
may serve as trustees of a savings bank resulting from the merger of two
or more savings banks or the merger of one or more savings and loan
associations into a savings bank if, immediately prior to such merger,
each such person was a salaried full-time employee and a trustee or a
director of a merging institution.
(f) No trustee in office on April first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight,
shall be ineligible for the office of trustee by reason of the
provisions of paragraph (e) of this subdivision.
4. No person shall be a trustee of a savings bank if:
(a) Such person's spouse is a trustee or one of the five highest paid
salaried officers of such institution;
(b) Such person or such person's spouse is the grandparent, parent,
child, grandchild, brother, sister, aunt, uncle, nephew or niece of a
trustee or one of the five highest paid salaried officers of such
institution; or
(c) A trustee or one of the five highest paid salaried officers of
such institution is the spouse of such person's child, grandchild,
brother or sister.
No trustee in office on September first, nineteen hundred seventy-one
shall be ineligible for the office of trustee by reason of the pro-
visions of this subdivision.
5. No person who is a director or trustee of a bank, trust company or
a national bank located in this state, operating a special interest
department, or of a mortgage or title company organized under the
banking law or insurance law, shall be eligible to election as trustee
of a savings bank, if, after such election a majority of the trustees of
such savings bank will be directors or trustees of such other
institutions.
6. Every trustee, before entering upon his duties, shall take an oath
that he will diligently and honestly administer the affairs of the
savings bank. Such oath shall be subscribed by the trustee making it,
and certified by an officer authorized by law to administer oaths, and
immediately transmitted to the superintendent.
7. In each year every trustee shall subscribe and acknowledge a
declaration that he has not resigned, become ineligible, or in any other
manner vacated his office as such trustee. Such declaration shall be
filed with the superintendent on or before the first day of March. The
superintendent, in his discretion, may extend the time within which such
declaration may be subscribed and filed.
Executive committee and other committees. 1. If the
organization certificate or the by-laws so provide, the board of
trustees by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, may
designate from among its members an executive committee consisting of at
least five trustees and other committees each consisting of two or more
trustees, officers or other persons, not including alternate members,
but not less than may otherwise be required by this chapter nor
differing in composition from any requirement of this chapter, and each
of which shall have such authority as may be provided in the resolution
or in the organization certificate or by-laws or under this chapter,
except that no such committee shall have authority as to the following
matters:
(a) The filling of vacancies in the board of trustees or in any such
committee;
(b) The fixing of compensation of the trustees for serving on the
board or on any committee;
(c) The amendment or repeal of the by-laws, or the adoption of new
by-laws;
(d) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board which by
its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable;
(e) The taking of action which is expressly required by any provision
of this chapter to be taken at a meeting of the board or by a specified
proportion of the trustees.
2. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board. The
designation or appointment of, or making of provision for, any such
committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not alone
relieve any trustee of his duty to the savings bank under any provision
of this chapter.
3. Minutes shall be kept of each meeting of each such committee and
records shall be kept of all action taken in exercise of the authority
or in performance of the function of each such committee. Such minutes
and records shall be submitted to the board of trustees and shall be
filed with the records of the savings bank.
Restrictions upon trustees and officers. 1. A trustee of a
savings bank shall not
(a) Have any interest, direct or indirect, in the profits of the
savings bank, but may receive interest upon the amounts contributed by
him or her to the surplus fund, may make deposits in the savings bank
and receive interest thereon and may acquire from the life insurance
department of the savings bank, or through the savings bank as agent for
the life insurance department of another savings bank, life insurance
issued on his or her life, or that of another, in accordance with the
provisions of article six-A of this chapter and may receive dividends
thereon. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an officer of
a savings bank who also serves as a trustee of such institution may
receive compensation as an officer of such institution, as approved by
the board of trustees, which in whole or in part is based upon the
financial performance of the institution.
(b) Become a member of the board of directors of a bank, trust company
or national bank of which board enough other trustees of the savings
bank are members to constitute with him a majority of the board of
trustees.
(c) Become a director or trustee of a bank, trust company or national
bank located in this state, operating a special interest department, or
of a mortgage or title company organized under the banking law or
insurance law, if, after election as such director or trustee a majority
of the trustees of the savings bank will be directors or trustees of
such other institutions.
2. Neither a trustee nor an executive officer of a savings bank shall
(a) Receive directly or indirectly and retain for his or her own use
any commission on or benefit from any loan made by the savings bank, or
any pay or emolument for services rendered to any borrower from the
savings bank in connection with such loan, except as provided in section
two hundred forty-nine of this article.
(b) Direct or require a borrower on a mortgage to negotiate any policy
of insurance on the mortgaged property through any particular insurance
broker or brokers, or attempt to divert to any particular insurance
broker or brokers the business of borrowers from the savings bank, or
refuse to accept any such insurance policy because it was not negotiated
through a particular insurance broker or brokers.
(c) Become an indorser, surety, or guarantor, or in any manner an
obligor, for any loan made by the savings bank.
(d) For himself or as agent or partner of another, directly or
indirectly borrow or use any of the funds of the savings bank or become
the owner of real property on which the savings bank holds a mortgage.
2-a. Notwithstanding paragraph (c) or (d) of subdivision two of this
section an executive officer of a savings bank may borrow from such
savings bank or become the owner of real property on which the savings
bank holds a mortgage if the loan is secured by (a) a first mortgage or
is a cooperative apartment unit loan, which property or apartment is to
be occupied as the executive officer's primary residence and is
specifically approved in writing by the board of trustees or (b) a
deposit maintained by the executive officer with the savings bank.
2-b. As used in subdivisions two and two-a of this section, the term
"executive officer" shall be defined as set forth in section 22(h)(9)(C)
of the Federal Reserve Act 12 U.S.C. 375b(9)(C), and regulations
promulgated thereunder, as amended.
3. A loan to or a purchase by a corporation in which he is a
stockholder to the amount of fifteen per centum of the total outstanding
stock, or in which he and other trustees of the savings bank hold stock
to the amount of twenty-five per centum of the total outstanding stock,
shall be deemed a loan to or a purchase by such trustee within the
meaning of this section; except when the loan to or purchase by such
corporation shall have occurred without his knowledge or against his
protest. A deposit with a banking corporation shall not be deemed a loan
within the meaning of this section.
4. This section shall not be construed to prohibit a savings bank from
making a loan to a religious corporation, club, or other membership
corporation of which one or more trustees of such savings bank may be
members or officers but in which they have no financial interest, nor
shall it be construed to prohibit a savings bank from making loans to or
purchasing guaranteed mortgages from any stock corporation, provided no
trustee owns more than fifteen per centum of the capital stock of such
corporation, and the total amount of such stock owned by all the
trustees of such savings bank is less than twenty-five per centum of
such capital stock.
5. (a) No executive officer of a savings bank may be an executive
officer, director or trustee of another savings bank, or of a bank or
trust company, savings and loan association, national bank, federal
savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, bank holding company or
foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state, unless
permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent pursuant to
the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subdivision.
(b) The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation
who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be
an executive officer, and by regulation, to grant permission to an
executive officer of a savings bank to be an executive officer, director
or trustee or both an executive officer and director or trustee of
another savings bank or a bank or trust company, savings and loan
association, national bank, federal savings bank or federal savings
association, the principal office of which institution is located in
this state, bank holding company or foreign banking corporation
maintaining a branch in this state. Such permission may be granted only
if in the judgment of the superintendent such service by the executive
officer will be consistent with the policy of the state of New York as
declared in section ten of this chapter. The superintendent shall have
the power to revoke such permission whenever the superintendent finds,
after reasonable notice and an opportunity to be heard, that the public
interest requires such revocation.
(c) For the purposes of this subdivision, the term "bank holding
company" shall be given the same meaning as is contained in section one
hundred forty-one of this chapter, and the definition of the term,
"banking institution" is modified to include a national bank, federal
savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, and a foreign banking
corporation maintaining a branch in this state.
(d) All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on
officers and trustees of savings banks shall continue in effect.
Removal and forfeiture of office of trustee. 1. Whenever the
conduct and habits of a trustee are of such a character as to be
injurious to the savings bank, or a trustee has been guilty of acts that
are detrimental or hostile to the interests of the savings bank, he may
be removed from office at any regular meeting of the trustees, by the
affirmative vote of three-fourths of all the trustees; provided,
however, that a written copy of the charges made against him shall have
been served upon him personally at least two weeks before such meeting,
that the vote of such trustees shall be entered in the record of the
minutes of such meeting, and that such removal shall receive the written
approval of the superintendent, which shall be attached to the minutes
of such meeting and form a part of the record.
2. The office of a trustee of a savings bank shall become vacant
whenever he
(a) Shall fail to comply with any of the provisions of this article
relating to his official oath and declaration.
(b) Shall become disqualified for any of the reasons specified in this
article.
(c) Shall have failed to attend the regular meetings of the board of
trustees and also of any committee of the board of which he is a member,
for a period of six successive months, unless excused by the board for
such failure by resolution adopted at the first or second regular
meeting of the board after expiration of such six months period and
entered upon its minutes; provided, however, that a trustee who has
forfeited or vacated his office by reason of such failure to attend
meetings shall not be eligible for re-election until the expiration of
one year from the date of the first regular meeting of the board at
which a resolution could have been adopted by it, as herein provided, to
excuse such failure. A copy of such resolution shall be transmitted to
the superintendent by the savings bank within five days after its
adoption.
(d) Shall violate any of the provisions of this article imposing
restrictions upon trustees and officers.
(e) Shall reach the mandatory retirement age, if any, prescribed in
the by-laws of the savings bank.
3. A trustee who has forfeited or vacated his office shall not be
eligible for re-election, except when the forfeiture or vacancy occurred
solely by reason of his
(a) Failure to comply with the provisions of this article relating to
his official oath and declaration; or
(b) Failure to attend the regular meetings of the board of trustees or
neglect of his official duties as prescribed in paragraph (c) of
subdivision two of this section; or
(c) Disqualification through becoming a non-resident, or becoming a
trustee, officer or employee of another savings bank, or becoming a
director or trustee of a bank, trust company, national bank, mortgage or
title company and such disqualification shall have been removed.
(d) Resignation while free of any of the disqualifications specified
in this article.
Compensation of trustees and officers. 1. A trustee of a
savings bank shall not directly or indirectly receive any pay or
emolument for any services rendered to the savings bank, except as
provided in this section.
2. A trustee may, by affirmative vote of a majority of all the
trustees, receive reasonable compensation for (a) attendance at meetings
of the board of trustees; (b) service as an officer of the savings bank,
provided his duties as officer require and receive his regular and
faithful attendance at the savings bank; (c) service in appraising real
property for the savings bank; and (d) service as a member of a
committee of the board of trustees.
3. An attorney for a savings bank, although he be a trustee thereof,
may receive a reasonable compensation for his professional services,
including examinations and certificates of title to real property on
which mortgage loans are made by the savings bank; or if the savings
bank requires the borrowers to pay all expenses of searches,
examinations and certificates of title, including the drawing,
perfecting and recording of papers, such attorney may collect of the
borrower and retain for his own use the usual fees for such services,
excepting any commissions as broker or on account of placing or
accepting such mortgage loans.
Pensions; insurance. Subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe, a savings bank may,
in the discretion of a majority of all the trustees:
1. Provide pensions to officers and employees pursuant to a
nondiscriminatory plan for service rendered to the savings bank or for
having become incapacitated while in service to the savings bank,
including annual supplements to retirees based upon the "current cost of
living index figure" for any calendar year based upon the Consumer Price
Index as issued by the bureau of labor statistics of the United States
department of labor.
2. Provide life insurance for its officers and employees, provided
that life insurance is not purchased solely for or on behalf of officers
and highly compensated employees.
Meetings; quorum; by-laws; officers. 1. Regular meetings of the
board of trustees shall be held at least once a month, unless otherwise
provided by the by-laws. The board of trustees shall hold not less than
ten regular monthly meetings per year provided, however, that during any
three consecutive calendar months, the board shall meet at least twice.
2. A savings bank may provide in its by-laws the number of trustees
necessary to constitute a quorum at meetings of its board. Such number
shall not be less than four nor less than one-third of all the trustees.
In the absence of such a provision, a majority of the total number of
trustees which a savings bank would have if there were no vacancies
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business or of any
specified item of business. Any reference in this chapter to corporate
action to be taken by the board shall mean such action at a meeting of
the board. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, the vote of a
majority of the trustees present at the time of the vote, if a quorum is
present at such time, shall be the act of the board.
3. (a) Unless otherwise provided by the by-laws, regular meetings of
the board may be held without notice if the time and place of such
meetings are fixed by the by-laws or the board. Special meetings of the
board shall be held upon notice to the trustees.
(b) The by-laws may prescribe what shall constitute notice of meeting
of the board. A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the
purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board, unless required
by the by-laws.
(c) Notice of a meeting need not be given to any trustee who submits a
signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting or who
attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its
commencement, the lack of notice to him.
(d) A majority of the trustees present, whether or not a quorum is
present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the
by-laws so provide, a notice of any adjournment of a meeting of the
board to another time or place shall be given to the trustees who were
not present at the time of the adjournment and, unless such time and
place are announced at the meeting, to the other trustees.
4. The board may from time to time make by-laws, rules and
regulations, not inconsistent with law, for the election and appointment
of officers and committees, and for their respective powers and duties;
for the increase or reduction of the number of trustees; for the
repayment of deposits, and generally for the transaction and management
of the affairs of the savings bank. A copy of such by-laws, and of any
amendment thereto or change therein shall be transmitted to the
superintendent.
5. The board shall elect or appoint such officers as they may deem
proper. Such officers need not be trustees. Each officer shall hold
office for the term for which he is elected or appointed and until his
successor has been elected or appointed and qualified. Any two or more
offices may be held by the same person except the offices of president
and secretary. The trustees may require any officer to give security for
the faithful performance of his duties and all officers as between
themselves and the savings bank shall have such authority and perform
such duties in the management of the corporation as may be provided in
the by-laws or, to the extent not so provided, by the board.
6. Any officer elected or appointed by the board may be removed by the
board, or his authority suspended by it, with or without cause. Such
removal or suspension without cause, however, shall be without prejudice
to his contract rights. The election or appointment of an officer shall
not be deemed of itself to create contract rights. This subdivision does
not affect the powers of the superintendent under section forty-one of
this chapter.
Reports to trustees. The board of trustees of every savings
bank shall designate, by resolution duly recorded in the minutes, an
officer or officers whose duty it shall be to prepare and submit to each
trustee present at a regular meeting of the board, or to each member of
an executive committee of not less than five members of such board,
present at a regular meeting of such committee, a written report as
described in this section. Except as otherwise provided by the
superintendent by regulation, which regulation may define the terms
contained herein and establish such requirements according to size
and/or business activities of a savings bank, such report shall include
all the purchases and sales of securities, made by such savings bank
since the date of the last preceding report made pursuant to this
section. Unless otherwise provided by the superintendent, such report
shall also contain a statement showing every loan, made or invested in
by such savings bank, which is outstanding, at the time of such report,
in an amount equal to or greater than a reportable amount, as
hereinafter in this section defined, describing the collateral to such
indebtedness as of the date of such report. A copy of such current
report, verified by the affidavit of the officer or officers charged
with the duty of preparing and submitting such report, together with a
list of the trustees present at such meeting, shall be filed with the
records of the savings bank within one day after such meeting, and shall
be presumptive evidence of the matters therein stated. The
superintendent, by regulation, may require the preparation and
submission of such a report to trustees at other than regular board and
committee meetings. For the purposes of this section, (a) the term
"loan" shall mean the aggregate of all loans to the same borrower,
except that, with respect to loans secured by real estate, it shall mean
the aggregate of all loans upon the security of the same real estate;
(b) the term "borrower" shall, with respect to any loan, mean the
individual, partnership, unincorporated association or corporation
primarily liable upon the loan; and (c) the term "reportable amount"
shall, at each time of the determination thereof, mean two hundred fifty
thousand dollars or one per centum of the net worth of such savings
bank, whichever is less; provided, however, that such term shall not
include (1) an amount less than one thousand dollars, or (2) the amount
of any loan which loan is fully secured by the assignment of one or more
deposits in such savings bank, or (3) the then amount of a loan which
loan was outstanding in an equal or greater amount at the date of the
last preceding report made pursuant to this section.
Official communications from department of financial services
to be submitted to trustees and noted in minutes. Every official
communication, as defined in article two of this chapter, shall be
submitted by the officer receiving it to the board of trustees at the
next meeting of such board, and duly noted in the minutes.
Examinations by trustees. 1. Once in each calendar year the
trustees of each savings bank by a committee of not less than three of
their number, none of whom shall be an officer or salaried employee of,
or an attorney who receives any fee, compensation or any other form of
emolument for legal services rendered to, such savings bank, shall fully
examine the records and affairs of such savings bank, for the purpose of
determining its true financial condition. Such examination shall be made
as of a date not less than six months after the date of the previous
such examination. In the conduct of each such examination inquiry shall
be made into the policies of management for the purpose of determining
whether such policies are sound and consistent with the requirements of
law, and into such other matters as shall be necessary to enable the
trustees to determine whether adequate protection is afforded to
depositors. The trustees may employ such assistants as they deem
necessary in making the examination prescribed by this section, other
than an attorney who receives any fee, compensation or any other form of
emolument for legal services rendered to such savings bank.
2. A savings bank's compliance with section one hundred twelve of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act of 1991, as implemented by the
provisions of part three hundred sixty-three of the rules and
regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as they may be
amended from time to time, shall be deemed to satisfy the examination
requirement of this section.
3. A report of each such examination, in such form as may be
prescribed by the superintendent, sworn to by the trustees making the
same shall, within thirty days after the completion of such examination,
be presented to the board of trustees of such savings bank at a regular
meeting and thereafter filed with the records of such savings bank.
Within ten days after the presentation of such report to the board of
trustees a duplicate thereof shall be filed in the office of the
superintendent, together with a certificate that such report was
presented to the board of trustees, in the form prescribed by the
superintendent.
Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make. 1. On
or before the first day of February in each year every savings bank
shall make a written report to the superintendent, which shall contain a
statement of its conditions as of the morning of the first day of
January of such year. Such report shall contain such information and be
in such form as the superintendent may prescribe and shall be subscribed
by the president or a vice-president and another principal officer and
affirmed by such officers as true under the penalties of perjury.
2. Every savings bank shall also make such other special reports to
the superintendent as he may from time to time require, in such form and
at such date as may be prescribed by him and such reports shall, if
required by him, be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties
of perjury.
3. If a savings bank shall fail to make any report required by or
pursuant to this section, on or before the day designated for the making
thereof, or shall fail to include therein any information required by
the superintendent to be included, such savings bank shall forfeit to
the people of the state an amount as determined pursuant to section
forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such report shall be
delayed or withheld, and for every day that it shall fail to report any
such omitted information, unless the time therefor shall have been
extended by the superintendent as provided in this chapter.
4. No savings bank shall be required to make any annual or other
report or be subject to any inspection or supervision, except as
provided in this chapter.
Publication and delivery of annual report. Every savings bank
shall (1) prepare a complete statement of its financial condition,
including a summary of income and expense since its last previous
statement, and publish the same annually, such publication to be made in
the form and manner determined by the superintendent and in accordance
with the requirements of this section, (2) mail a copy of such financial
statement to each depositor on application therefor, and (3) make copies
of such financial statement available to depositors and other persons in
a convenient and conspicuous location on the premises of each of its
authorized places of business.
Photographic reproduction of records. Any photograph,
microphotograph or reproduction on film of any of the documents and
records of a savings bank relating to the accounts of its depositors and
the operation of its business, which such savings bank has caused to be
made in the conduct of its business, shall be deemed to be the
equivalent of the original thereof for all purposes, provided that the
original of any such documents and records has been destroyed, that such
photograph, microphotograph or reproduction on film shall be of durable
material, and that the device used to reproduce such documents and
records shall be one which accurately reproduces the original thereof in
all details.
Duties of trustees and officers. 1. Trustees and officers shall
discharge the duties of their respective positions in good faith and
with that degree of diligence, care and skill which prudent men would
exercise under similar circumstances in like positions. In discharging
their duties, trustees and officers, when acting in good faith, may rely
(a) upon financial statements of the savings bank represented to them to
be correct by the president or the officer of the savings bank having
charge of the books of account, or stated in a written report by an
independent public or certified public accountant or firm of such
accountants fairly to reflect the financial condition of such savings
bank and (b) upon reports required to be submitted to them by any
provision of this chapter or prepared in the ordinary course of business
by an officer or committee charged with the responsibility therefor.
Nothing in this section shall be deemed to require the trustees to
perform functions vested in any committee, officer or other person
pursuant to the provisions of any other section of this chapter.
2. An action may be brought against one or more trustees or officers
of a savings bank to procure a judgment for the following relief:
(a) To compel the defendant to account for his official conduct in the
following cases:
(1) The neglect of, or failure to perform, or other violation of his
duties in the management and disposition of the savings bank's assets
committed to his charge.
(2) The acquisition by himself, transfer to others, loss or waste of
the savings bank's assets due to any neglect of or failure to perform,
or other violation of his duties.
(b) To set aside a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the savings
bank's assets by one or more trustees or officers, contrary to a
provision of law, where the transferee knew the purpose of the transfer.
(c) To enjoin such a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the savings
bank's assets by one or more of the trustees or officers where there is
good reason to apprehend that it will be made.
3. Subject to section six hundred thirty-one of this chapter, an
action may be brought for the relief provided in this section by a
savings bank or an officer, trustee or judgment creditor thereof.
4. This section shall not affect any liability otherwise imposed by
law upon any trustee or officer.
Prohibition of unauthorized savings banks and use of the word
"savings"; exception as to school savings. 1. No individual,
partnership, unincorporated association or corporation other than a
savings bank, state or federal chartered savings and loan association,
bank, trust company, industrial bank, private banker, national bank,
foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to this chapter to
transact in this state the business of receiving deposits or state and
federal chartered credit unions shall make use of the word "saving" or
"savings" or their equivalent in its banking or financial business, or
use any advertisement containing the word "saving" or "savings", or
their equivalent in relation to its banking or financial business, nor
shall any individual or corporation other than a savings bank in any way
solicit or receive deposits as a savings bank; but nothing herein shall
be construed to prohibit the use of the word "savings" in the name of
the Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York or in the name of a
trust company all of the stock of which is owned by not less than twenty
savings banks. Any bank, trust company, industrial bank, private banker,
national bank, foreign banking corporation, state or federal chartered
credit unions, individual, partnership, unincorporated association or
corporation violating this provision shall forfeit to the people of the
state for every offense the sum of one hundred dollars for every day
such offense shall be continued.
2. Any school in the state of New York may collect from time to time
amounts of money from the pupils of such school and any philanthropic
agency incorporated for philanthropic purposes, if such agency be so
authorized by certificate of the superintendent of financial services,
may collect from time to time amounts of money from the children or
persons under the direction or guidance of, or the promotion of whose
welfare is an object of, such philanthropic agency. As to each such
school, such money shall be collected by or under the supervision of,
the principal or superintendent of such school or by, or under the
supervision of, any person designated for that purpose by the board of
education or other authority having jurisdiction over such school. As to
each such philanthropic agency, such money shall be collected by, or
under the supervision of, the superintendent or other designated head of
such agency. All money so collected shall, not later than the day
following the day of collection, be deposited in some savings bank in
the state, be used for the purchase of shares in any savings and loan
association organized under this law, or under the laws of the United
States, whose principal office is located in the state of New York, or
be deposited in any trust company or state or national bank located in
the state and having an interest department. All money so collected from
any person shall be deposited, or used to purchase shares, in his name;
provided, however, that if the principal, superintendent, designated
person or agency head by whom, or under whose supervision, such money
was collected shall deem the amount of money so collected at any one
time to be insufficient for the opening of individual accounts, such
money shall be deposited, or used to purchase shares, in the name of
such principal, superintendent, designated person or agency head, in
trust, to be by him eventually transferred to the credit of the
respective persons to whom the same belongs, and pending such transfer,
said principal, superintendent, designated person or agency head shall
furnish to the depositary institution or savings and loan association
receiving such money the name, signature, address, age and place of
birth of each person from whom such money was collected, and such other
data concerning such person as the institution may require. Any
depositary institution or savings and loan association authorized to
receive any amounts collected by a school or philanthropic agency in
accordance with this subdivision, may, on the request of any person
authorized by this subdivision to collect such amounts for such school
or philanthropic agency, send a collector to such school or
philanthropic agency to receive and receipt for same. Any certificate of
authorization issued to a philanthropic agency by the superintendent of
financial services in accordance with this subdivision shall specify the
period for which such authorization is to be effective and the area in
which collections may be made, and may specify any other terms or
conditions upon which such authorization is granted. Any such
authorization may be terminated by the superintendent of financial
services by written notice served upon the philanthropic agency or
mailed to it at its last known address. As used in this subdivision with
reference to the placing of amounts with a depositary institution or
savings and loan association, the words "the day following the day of
collection" shall mean the next day, after the day of collection, on
which such institution or association is open for business. As used in
this subdivision, the words "philanthropic agency" shall be deemed to
include, without limitation a corporation, not organized for profit,
engaged in promoting the welfare of seamen.
3. Money, deposited pursuant to the provisions of subdivision two of
this section and held by such banking organizations in the name of such
principal, superintendent, designated person or agency head in a school
district in a city having a population of more than one million, and
under whose custodial authority said money has remained for a period of
thirty years may be used by such a school district to establish a trust
fund after due and diligent effort by such principal, superintendent,
designated person, or agency head to locate and notify any such persons
entitled to receive such property. The income of said trust fund shall
be used to provide college scholarships to disadvantaged youth on a
competitive basis pursuant to rules promulgated by the board of
education of said district provided however that such scholarships shall
not exceed the cost of attendance. Any person or persons entitled to
receive such property shall be reimbursed from funds held in trust
pursuant to this subdivision. A bank shall not be liable as a result of
action taken under the provisions of this subdivision. Furthermore, no
banking organization acting on the instructions of or otherwise dealing
with any such principal, superintendent, designated person or agency
head shall be responsible for determining whether any such person is
acting in accordance with this section or is obliged to inquire into the
validity or propriety of the actions or instructions executed by any
such person or is bound to see to the application of any funds.
Charters of all savings banks conformed to this article. The
powers, privileges and duties, and all restrictions, heretofore or
hereafter conferred or imposed upon any savings bank by whatever name
known, by its charter or act of incorporation, are hereby abridged,
enlarged or modified, as each particular case may require, in such
manner that every such charter or act of incorporation shall be made to
conform to the provisions of this article and to such amendments thereof
as may be hereafter made. Every savings bank shall possess the powers,
rights and privileges, and be subject to the duties, restrictions and
liabilities, conferred and imposed by this article, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in their respective charters or acts of
incorporation.
Amendment of organization certificate and by-laws. Any
proposed change in the organization certificate or the by-laws of any
savings bank shall be submitted to the superintendent and, upon the
superintendent's written approval thereof, shall be posted in a
conspicuous place in the office of the savings bank for thirty days.
Such proposed changes may thereafter be incorporated in the organization
certificate or the by-laws of the savings bank by being duly adopted by
its trustees. A copy of such change shall be filed in the office of the
superintendent within thirty days after such adoption.
Conversion of a savings bank into a savings and loan
association. 1. Any savings bank may convert itself into a savings and
loan association upon receiving the approval of the superintendent as
hereinafter provided. A meeting of the board of trustees shall be held
upon not less than thirty days' written notice to each trustee, either
served personally or mailed to him at his last known address and
containing a statement of the time, place and purpose of such meeting.
Proof by affidavit of due service of such notice shall be filed in the
office of the savings bank before or at the time of such meeting.
2. At such meeting the trustees may, by vote of not less than
two-thirds of all the members of such board of trustees, authorize the
conversion of such savings bank into a savings and loan association
subject to the approval of the superintendent as hereinafter provided. A
copy of the minutes of such meeting, verified by the presiding officer
and by the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in the office of the
superintendent within thirty days after the date of such meeting
together with a copy of the affidavit of due service of the notice of
the meeting, a statement setting forth the reasons why the trustees
believe the conversion would be in the best interests of the savings
bank, its depositors and the public, and such other information as the
superintendent may require. If the superintendent determines that the
proposed conversion would be in the best interests of the savings bank,
its depositors and the public, he shall so advise the board of trustees
of the savings bank and deliver to them his written approval of the
proposed conversion.
3. Upon receiving the superintendent's written approval of the
proposed conversion, there shall be filed with the superintendent, the
organization certificate required by section three hundred seventy-five
of this chapter, executed by a majority of the directors, and proposed
by-laws as required by section three hundred seventy-six of this
chapter.
4. When the superintendent shall have approved the organization
certificate and the proposed by-laws and shall have issued the
authorization certificate, provided in article two of this chapter, the
savings bank shall cease to be a savings bank and shall thereupon be
converted into a savings and loan association, but such savings bank
shall be deemed to be continued for the purpose of prosecuting or
defending suits and of enabling it to wind up its affairs as a savings
bank and to dispose of and convey its property.
At the time when such conversion becomes effective all the property of
the savings bank shall immediately by act of law and without any
conveyance or transfer become the property of the savings and loan
association and the savings and loan association shall succeed to all
the offices, rights, obligations and relations of the savings bank.
ARTICLE 6-B Fund For Insuring Deposits In Savings Banks And/or Otherwise Protecting Depositors
Creation of fund. Any seventy-five or more savings banks
organized under the laws of the state of New York whose deposits
aggregate not less than fifty per cent of the total deposit liabilities
of all the savings banks in the state, may enter into an agreement
(hereinafter called the agreement) subject to the approval of the
superintendent of financial services to create a fund (hereinafter
called the fund) and from time to time make such contributions to such
fund as the said agreement may provide for, for the purpose of insuring
deposits and/or otherwise protecting the interests of depositors in the
banks (hereinafter referred to as member banks) which become parties to
the said agreement. Once this agreement has become effective, if at any
subsequent time there should be fewer member banks than the number
required to create the fund, the remaining member banks are authorized
to continue the fund.
Management of fund. The fund shall be collected, held,
administered and disbursed by a corporate trustee or a board of trustees
composed of individuals who are trustees of mutual savings banks, either
of which shall be approved by the superintendent of financial services,
which corporate trustee or board of trustees are hereinafter referred to
as the trustee. In the event there be a board of individual trustees, a
majority of them at any time in office shall constitute a quorum, and
the vote of a majority at any meeting, provided a quorum be present,
shall be determinative and any action taken pursuant thereto be the
action of the trustee.
Agreement; filing and provisions thereof. The agreement when
approved by the superintendent of financial services shall be executed
by the savings banks parties thereto and filed in his office. The
agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which
taken together shall constitute the original. The agreement shall name
the trustee and contain suitable provisions for the removal or
resignation of the trustee, or if the trustee named be a board of
trustees, for the removal or resignation of any or all of them, and for
the appointment of a successor trustee or for the filling of vacancies
in such board of trustees, whether caused by death, resignation,
disqualification or removal; it shall also provide the amount of the
initial contributions to the fund and the manner of making subsequent
calls, and may contain such limitations thereon as the superintendent
shall approve, but all such initial contributions to the fund and
payments pursuant to further calls shall be made ratably by all the
member banks in proportion to their several deposit liabilities, except
that the superintendent of financial services may exempt from any such
call in whole or in part any member bank or banks the condition of which
makes such exemption in his opinion desirable; it may also provide for
the liquidation of the fund pursuant to rules and regulations for that
purpose acceptable to the superintendent of financial services, provided
that on any such liquidation the liabilities incurred or assumed by the
trustee pursuant to the provisions hereof shall first be paid and the
balance, if any, be distributed among the member banks pro rata
according to their contributions; and the agreement may similarly
provide for the change or amendment thereof with the approval of the
superintendent of financial services and with such approval may be
amended in such manner as may be provided therein; and the agreement
shall also define the powers of the trustee, which may be all or any one
or more or the powers hereinafter set forth, together with any
additional powers not inconsistent with the powers herein enumerated or
with the purposes of the fund, set forth in the agreement.
Powers which may be granted to trustee. In addition to such
other powers as may be set forth in the agreement not inconsistent
herewith or with the purposes of the fund, the trustee shall have such
of the following powers as the agreement may provide:
1. To insure in whole or in part the deposits in member banks, subject
to such terms and conditions as the agreement may provide.
2. To buy any assets owned by any member bank at the book value
thereof notwithstanding such value may exceed the market value thereof,
or such other value as the trustee may elect either with or without an
agreement providing for the repurchase of the same at such price or
value and at such time and subject to such conditions as may be agreed
upon by the trustee in its discretion and to make loans or advances to
any member bank upon such terms and conditions as may seem desirable and
with such security as the trustee may determine or without security; in
any agreement of repurchase or repayment it may be provided that the
savings bank receiving such loan or advance or making such sale of
assets may not be obligated to repay the same or repurchase such assets
until the superintendent of financial services shall certify that such
savings bank is in a safe and sound condition to make such repurchase or
repayment.
3. To deposit all or any part of any moneys in said fund in any
savings bank or savings banks and such savings bank or savings banks may
receive the same notwithstanding the provisions of section two hundred
thirty-seven of this act and/or in any one or more banks or trust
companies organized under the laws of the state of New York selected by
the trustee with the approval of the superintendent, and such deposits
in case of suspension or liquidation of any such depositary other than a
savings bank shall have the same priority as deposits of savings banks
pursuant to law. In the event of the liquidation of a savings bank which
is such depositary, such deposits shall be subordinate to the claims of
the depositors in such bank but prior to all other claims except those
of the state of New York or of the United States.
4. In addition to any other uses authorized herein and provided in the
agreement, to invest and reinvest the fund in such securities and
property as are legal for investment by savings banks subject to those
limitations applicable to such investments in the case of savings banks.
5. To make contributions to the surplus fund of any member bank upon
such terms and conditions for the use and the repayment thereof and
evidenced in such manner as the superintendent of financial services may
approve, and such savings bank may make such repayment as such agreement
may provide notwithstanding any provisions of law; but no such agreement
shall require such repayment except if, as and when the surplus and
surplus fund of such savings bank shall be not less than five per centum
of the amount due its depositors nor shall any such agreement require
any payment on account of such contribution in such an amount as to
reduce the surplus and surplus fund of such savings bank below five per
centum of the amount owed its depositors. The agreement may provide the
manner in which the surplus and surplus fund shall be computed for the
purpose of this subdivision. Such contributions shall not constitute a
liability of such member bank except as herein provided.
6. If it shall appear by certificate of the superintendent of
financial services filed in his office, that any member bank to which
the trustee with the approval of the superintendent has made any loan or
advance, or to the surplus fund of which it has made a contribution, or
from which the trustee has purchased any asset at a price in excess of
the market value thereof, would but for such loan, advance, contribution
or purchase be in such condition that the superintendent might take
possession of the business and property of the same pursuant to law, or
that any such member bank to which the trustee with the approval of the
superintendent has made any loan or advance, or to the surplus fund of
which it has made a contribution, or from which the trustee has
purchased any asset at a price in excess of the market value thereof, or
the deposits in which have been insured by the fund in whole or in part
shall have committed such an act or is in such condition that the
superintendent might take possession of the business and property of the
same pursuant to law, the trustee shall have the right if it so elects,
and in such case the superintendent, on such conditions and subject to
such rules and regulations as he shall prescribe, shall permit the
trustee to take possession and control forthwith of the property and
business of such bank and operate and/or liquidate the same. The trustee
may, while carrying on such business, pay to such bank out of the moneys
in or available to the fund such sums as the agreement may authorize as
the trustee deems necessary for the protection of the bank's depositors.
7. At any time after the trustee has taken over the control,
possession and operation of any savings bank, as provided in subdivision
six hereof, it may, with the approval of the superintendent, turn back
the control, possession and operation thereof to such bank which may
continue or resume business, provided the moneys advanced from the fund
have been repaid or satisfactory arrangements made for the repayment
thereof and the superintendent has certified such bank to be in a safe
and sound condition or upon such other conditions authorized in the
agreement as may seem proper to the trustee.
8. The trustee, with the approval of the superintendent of financial
services may at any time after it has taken over the control, possession
and operation of any bank under subdivision six hereof discontinue the
business of such bank and proceed to liquidate its affairs. The trustee
may use the assets in the fund to pay to the depositors of any such
savings bank out of moneys in or available to the fund the excess, if
any, or such portion thereof as the agreement may provide, of the full
amount of their respective deposits over the dividends received therefor
on such liquidation.
9. To carry out the provisions aforesaid, the trustee shall have and
may exercise all the rights, powers, privileges and franchises of any
savings bank taken over by it, and at any time, with the approval of the
superintendent of financial services, to suspend the authority of the
trustees of any savings bank and exercise the powers and duties of such
trustees, and in addition to the foregoing, in the event it shall
operate and/or liquidate any such savings bank it shall have and may
exercise all of the rights and powers which the superintendent of
financial services would have pursuant to law in connection with the
operation and/or liquidation of such bank and be subject to the same
duties and supervision. The trustee, or any duly authorized agent of the
trustee, in connection with the operation and/or liquidation of any such
bank may execute, acknowledge and deliver in the name of such bank, and
under its seal, or may authorize any officer or officers of any such
bank to execute, acknowledge and deliver in the name of such bank and
under its seal any instrument affecting or relating to the property,
business or affairs of such bank, and in the event any such officer is
so authorized by the trustee, such authorization shall be deemed the
authorization of the board of trustees of such bank and he may swear or
affirm the usual certificate of acknowledgment to the effect that he
executed the same and such seal was affixed by the authority of the
board of trustees thereof. Any instrument executed in any manner
provided herein shall be valid and effectual for all purposes.
10. To borrow money for the purpose of the fund and pledge any assets
in the fund as security for such loans, and in connection therewith may
rehypothecate any securities or collateral pledged to it by any savings
bank.
11. To collect, or enforce by legal proceedings if necessary, the
contributions for which each member bank is liable pursuant to the
provisions of the agreement, or any debt or obligation due to the fund
or mortgage or lien held by the fund.
Taxation and exemption of property held in fund; exemption of
mortgages from mortgage recording tax. The fund and the income thereof
shall be exempt from all taxation now or hereafter imposed by the state
of New York or by any county, municipality or local authority or
subdivision, except that any real property constituting an asset of the
fund shall be subject to city, county, municipal or local taxation to
the same extent according to its value as other similar real property is
taxed. Mortgages executed by the fund and/or its trustee shall be exempt
from the mortgage recording taxes imposed by article eleven of the tax
law.
Member savings banks. Any savings bank incorporated in the
state of New York may become a member of the fund upon the terms and
conditions set forth in the agreement by executing the agreement
authorized by this article, or a counterpart thereof.
Contributions as assets. All contributions and payments
pursuant to call paid into the fund by any member savings bank may be
carried by it as an asset to the extent authorized by the superintendent
of financial services.
Confirmation of powers. Any savings bank shall have the
authority to do and permit to be done any of the acts and things and
make any of the payments and contributions herein authorized.
Immunity of trustee and member savings banks. The trustee
shall in no event be individually liable for anything done or any
liability incurred or assumed by virtue hereof, and any such liability
shall be collectible only out of the fund, nor shall any member bank be
subject to any liability except for its unpaid contributions to the
fund.
Construction. The provisions of this article shall be
liberally construed with a view to the protection of the depositors of
savings banks.
ARTICLE 6-C Mutual Holding Companies
Authorization of the formation of mutual holding companies. 1.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and in accordance with
general regulations which the superintendent of financial services shall
promulgate to facilitate such reorganizations, a mutual savings bank may
reorganize so as to cause its deposit-taking and one or more other
activities to be conducted by a stock savings bank subsidiary of a
mutual holding company formed for such purpose, upon the payment of a
fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.
2. Except to the extent that such provisions are inconsistent with
this article, the stock savings bank subsidiary of the mutual holding
company shall be subject to the same provisions of this chapter as apply
to savings banks which have converted to stock form pursuant to sections
fourteen-e and nine thousand nineteen of this chapter.
Required approvals. 1. A reorganization of a mutual savings
bank pursuant to this article shall be approved by a majority of the
board of trustees of the mutual savings bank.
2. (a) A mutual savings bank proposing a reorganization pursuant to
this article shall provide the superintendent with written notice of
such proposed reorganization. Such notice shall include a copy of the
plan of reorganization approved by the board of trustees pursuant to
subdivision one of this section, the proposed organization certificate
for the mutual holding company and the stock savings bank subsidiary and
shall contain such other information as the superintendent shall
require. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the plan of
reorganization within sixty days of the submission of such plan together
with such other information as the superintendent shall require.
(b) In determining whether to approve the plan of reorganization, the
superintendent shall consider:
(i) whether the formation of the mutual holding company would not be
detrimental to the interests of the depositors of the mutual savings
bank proposing to reorganize as provided in section two hundred ninety
of this article;
(ii) whether disapproval is necessary to prevent unsafe or unsound
banking practices;
(iii) whether the interest of the public will be served by the
proposed reorganization;
(iv) whether the financial or management resources of the mutual
savings bank proposing to reorganize as provided in section two hundred
ninety of this article warrant disapproval of the proposed plan of
reorganization; and
(v) whether the mutual savings bank proposing to reorganize as
provided in section two hundred ninety of this article fails to furnish
any information required under paragraph (a) of this subdivision or
furnishes information containing any statement which, at the time and in
the circumstances under which it was made, was false or misleading with
respect to any material fact or omits to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading.
(c) When the superintendent shall have determined to approve or
disapprove the plan of reorganization, the superintendent shall so
advise the mutual savings bank in writing and shall endorse approval on
an organization certificate and cause it to be filed in the office of
the superintendent and with the clerk of the county in which the
principal office of the mutual savings bank is located. Upon the filing
of the organization certificate the existence of the mutual holding
company shall commence. As used in this article, the term "organization
certificate" shall include an amended organization certificate.
3. If approved by the superintendent, the mutual savings bank shall
submit the plan of reorganization to its depositors for approval at a
meeting convened in accordance with general regulations promulgated by
the superintendent of financial services for the sole purpose of
approving or disapproving such plan. At such meeting:
(a) all depositors whose aggregate deposit balance equals at least one
hundred dollars as of a record date shall be entitled to approve the
plan of reorganization, either in person or by valid proxy;
(b) each depositor entitled to vote shall be entitled to cast one vote
for each full one hundred dollars of deposits of such depositor shown on
the books and records of the mutual savings bank as of the record date;
(c) no depositor shall be entitled to cast any vote for any deposit
balance in amounts of less than one hundred dollars; and
(d) no plan of reorganization shall be effective unless approved by
the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five per centum of the
aggregate dollar amount of the book value of deposits represented at
such meeting either in person or by valid proxy and entitled to vote
thereat.
Formation of a mutual holding company. 1. The plan of
reorganization may authorize the formation of a mutual holding company
by:
(a) (i) the organization by the mutual holding company of a stock
savings bank subsidiary and the transferal to such stock savings bank of
the substantial part of its assets and liabilities, including all of its
deposit liabilities, in accordance with general regulations promulgated
by the superintendent of financial services;
(ii) the organization by the mutual savings bank of a mutual holding
company and the organization by such mutual holding company of a stock
savings bank subsidiary which merges with the mutual savings bank; or
(iii) the reorganization of the mutual savings bank under any other
method approved pursuant to general or specific regulations promulgated
by the superintendent of financial services.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this subdivision, such
regulations shall permit the stock savings bank to issue to persons
other than the mutual holding company of which it is a subsidiary an
amount of common stock and securities convertible into common stock
which in the aggregate does not exceed forty-nine per centum of the
issued and outstanding common stock of such stock savings bank, provided
that if a mutual holding company which owns all of the common stock and
securities convertible into common stock of its savings bank subsidiary
subsequently determines to make such an issuance it shall pay a fee as
prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter. Issued and
outstanding securities that are convertible into common stock shall be
considered issued and outstanding common stock for the purposes of
computing the forty-nine per centum limitation. This paragraph shall not
limit the authority of such stock savings bank to issue equity or debt
securities other than common stock and securities convertible into
common stock.
2. In connection with the reorganization of a mutual savings bank as
provided in section two hundred ninety of this article, the mutual
holding company may retain or acquire assets of the mutual savings bank
to the extent that such assets are not then required to be transferred
to or retained by the stock savings bank in order to satisfy capital or
reserve requirements of any applicable state or federal law or
regulation.
3. A stock savings bank at least fifty-one per centum but less than
one hundred per centum of the outstanding common stock of which is owned
by a mutual holding company shall have at least one director, but no
more than two-fifths of its directors, who are "unaffiliated directors"
who shall represent the interests of the minority shareholders. An
"unaffiliated director" is a director who is not (a) an officer or
employee of the stock savings bank (or any affiliate thereof) or (b) an
officer, trustee or employee of the mutual holding company. If the
organization certificate or bylaws of the stock savings bank provide
that the board of directors shall be divided into two or more classes,
then to the extent possible, each class shall contain the same number of
unaffiliated directors as each other class.
Mutual holding company powers. 1. Upon the formation of a
mutual holding company by a mutual savings bank:
(a) except as provided pursuant to the provisions of subdivision two
of this section, the mutual holding company shall possess all the
rights, powers and privileges, except deposit-taking powers, and shall
be subject to all the limitations, not inconsistent with this article,
of a mutual savings bank under articles six and sixteen of this chapter.
(b) the mutual holding company shall be subject to the limitations
imposed by the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (title twelve United
States Code Section 1841, et seq.) or, in the case of a mutual holding
company resulting from the reorganization of a savings bank which has
elected either prior or subsequent to such reorganization to be treated
as a savings association as that term is defined in title twelve United
States Code Section 1467a, such mutual holding company shall be subject
to the limitations imposed by the savings and loan holding company
provisions of the Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve United States Code
Section 1467a).
2. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provisions of section fourteen-e,
six hundred, six hundred one, six hundred one-a or six hundred one-b of
this chapter, subject to regulations of the superintendent, a mutual
holding company may:
(a) merge with, acquire or purchase the assets of a mutual holding
company established pursuant to this article or the savings and loan
holding company provisions of the Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve
United States Code Section 1467a);
(b) acquire or purchase the assets or stock of a stock savings bank, a
stock savings and loan association, a stock federal savings bank or a
stock federal savings and loan association;
(c) acquire a mutual savings bank, a mutual savings and loan
association, a federal mutual savings bank or a federal mutual savings
and loan association through the merger of such institution with a stock
subsidiary of such mutual holding company;
(d) engage in any other acquisition or combination specifically
permitted by regulations of the superintendent; provided, however, that
any such regulation shall only authorize activities which are authorized
by the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended,
(title twelve United States Code, Section 1841, et seq.) and the
provisions applicable, to mutual holding companies under the Home Owners
Loan Act, as amended, (title twelve United States Code, Section 1467a)
and any regulations or rules of the Federal Reserve Board and the
federal Office of Thrift Supervision pursuant thereto, respectively, to
the extent such authorized activities are not otherwise limited or
prohibited by this chapter.
Conversion of mutual holding company into stock holding
company. 1. If approved by the superintendent, a mutual holding company
may convert to a stock holding company in accordance with general
regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial services.
2. If approved by the superintendent, the mutual holding company shall
submit the plan of conversion to its depositors for approval at a
meeting convened for that purpose in accordance with such regulations.
The provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of subdivision three
of section two hundred ninety-one of this article shall apply to such
meeting. For the purpose of this subdivision, the term "depositors"
shall mean those depositors as of a record date, of a stock savings bank
subsidiary of the mutual holding company which:
(a) was organized as a result of the reorganization of a mutual
savings bank as provided in section two hundred ninety of this article;
and
(b) has not at any time subsequent to its organization issued more
than forty-nine per centum of its issued and outstanding common stock to
any persons other than a mutual holding company organized pursuant to
this article or the savings and loan holding company provisions of the
Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve United States Code Section 1467a).
ARTICLE 8 Safe Deposit Companies
General powers. Every safe deposit company shall, subject to
the limitations and restrictions contained in this article, have the
power:
1. To receive upon deposit as bailee for storage, upon terms and
conditions to be prescribed by the safe deposit company, personal
property and papers of any kind.
2. To engage in the safe deposit business by renting vaults, safe
deposit boxes and other receptacles upon premises occupied by the safe
deposit company upon such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by
the safe deposit company.
Branch offices. Any safe deposit company having a capital of
one hundred thousand dollars or more may, in accordance with the
provisions of article two of this chapter, be permitted to open and
maintain a branch office or branch offices in the city or village where
its principal office is located.
Any safe deposit company having a capital of one hundred thousand
dollars or more, the majority of stock of which is owned by any other
banking organization or a national bank may, in accordance with the
provisions of article two of this chapter, be permitted to open and
maintain a branch office at a location at which such banking
organization or national bank is maintaining a duly authorized branch
office.
Limitations upon the powers of safe deposit companies.
No safe deposit company shall:
1. Lend money, or make any advance, on any property left in its
possession, or belonging to others.
2. Open or maintain any branch offices, except as provided in section
three hundred and eighteen of this article.
Books and records. Every safe deposit company shall conform its
methods of keeping its books and records to such orders in respect
thereto as shall have been made and promulgated by the superintendent
pursuant to the provisions of article two of this chapter. Any safe
deposit company that refuses or neglects to obey such order shall be
subject to a penalty of an amount as determined pursuant to section
forty-four of this chapter for each day it so refuses or neglects.
Change of location; change of designation of principal office.
Any safe deposit company may make a written application to the
superintendent for leave to change its place or one of its places of
business to any place at which it could be authorized, under the
provisions of this chapter, to open and maintain a branch office or for
leave to change the designation of its principal office to a branch
office and to change the designation of one of its branch offices to its
principal office. The application shall state the reasons for such
proposed change, and shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution
authorizing the making of the application, certified by a principal
officer of the safe deposit company to have been adopted by vote of a
majority of its entire board of directors at a meeting of such board,
duly convened and held, as well as by a fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter. If the proposed place of business is
within the limits of the village, borough or city if in a city not
divided into boroughs, in which the place of business sought to be
changed is located, such change may be made upon the written approval of
the superintendent. If the proposed place of business is beyond such
limits, notice of intention to make such application, signed by a
principal officer of the safe deposit company shall be published once a
week for two successive weeks in a newspaper to be designated by the
superintendent for the purpose, in accordance with the provisions of
article two of this chapter. If the superintendent shall grant his
certificate authorizing the change of location, as provided in article
two of this chapter, the safe deposit company may, upon or after the day
specified in the certificate, remove its property and effects to the
location designated therein.
Assessment of stockholders to make good impairment of capital;
sale of stock.
Whenever the superintendent shall have made requisition upon any safe
deposit company pursuant to the provisions of article two of this
chapter to make good the amount of an impairment of its capital, the
directors of the safe deposit company shall immediately give notice of
such requisition to each stockholder of the amount of the assessment
which he must pay for the purpose of making good such deficiency, by a
written or printed notice mailed to such stockholder at his place of
residence, or served personally upon him. If any stockholder shall
refuse or neglect to pay the assessment specified in such notice within
sixty days from the date thereof, the directors of such safe deposit
company shall have the right to sell to the highest bidder at public
auction the stock of such stockholder, after giving previous notice of
such sale once a week for two successive weeks in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county where the principal office of such safe
deposit company is located; or such stock may be sold at private sale,
and without such published notice, provided, however, that before making
a private sale thereof an offer in writing to purchase such stock shall
first be obtained, and a copy thereof served upon the owner of record of
the stock sought to be sold either personally or by mailing a copy of
such offer to such owner at his place of residence or the address
furnished by him to the safe deposit company; and if, after service of
such offer, such owner shall still refuse or neglect to pay such
assessment within two weeks from the time of service of such offer, the
said directors may accept such offer and sell such stock to the person
or persons making such offer, or to any other person or persons making a
larger offer than the amount named in the offer submitted to such
stockholder; but said stock shall in no event be sold for a smaller sum
than the amount of the assessment called for and the necessary costs of
sale. Out of the avails of the stock sold the directors shall pay the
necessary costs of sale and the amount of the assessment called for
thereon. The balance, if any, shall be paid to the person or persons
whose stock has been thus sold. A sale of stock as herein provided shall
effect an absolute cancellation of the outstanding certificate or
certificates evidencing the stock so sold, and shall render the same
null and void and a new certificate or certificates shall be issued to
the purchaser or purchasers of said stock.
Change of control. 1. It shall be unlawful, except with the
prior approval of the superintendent, for any company, as defined in
subdivision two of section one hundred forty-one of this chapter, to
directly or indirectly acquire control of any safe deposit company
subject to the provisions of this article.
As used in this section, the term "control" means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management and policies of a safe deposit company, whether by means
of the ownership of the voting stock or equity interests of such safe
deposit company or of one or more companies controlling such safe
deposit company by means of a contractual arrangement, or otherwise.
Control shall be presumed to exist if any company, directly or
indirectly, owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per
centum or more of the voting stock of any safe deposit company or of any
company which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum
or more of the voting stock of such safe deposit company, but no person
shall be deemed to control a safe deposit company solely by reason of
his being an officer or director of such safe deposit company. The
superintendent may, in his discretion, upon the application of a safe
deposit company or any company which, directly or indirectly, owns,
controls or holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or holds
with power to vote any voting stock of such safe deposit company,
determine whether or not the ownership, control or holding of such
voting stock constitutes or would constitute control of such safe
deposit company for purposes of this section.
2. (a) A company which seeks to acquire control of a safe deposit
company subject to the provisions of this article shall file a written
application therefor with the superintendent and pay an investigation
fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter to the
superintendent. The application shall be in such form and shall contain
such information as the superintendent may require.
(b) The superintendent shall disapprove the proposed exercise of
control of any safe deposit company if, after notice to and an
opportunity to be heard by the applicant and such safe deposit company,
he finds the acquisition of control therein contrary to law or
determines that disapproval is reasonably necessary to protect the
interests of the people of this state. In making such determination, the
superintendent shall only consider (i) whether the character,
responsibility and general fitness of the company which seeks to control
such safe deposit company are such as to command confidence and warrant
belief that the business of such safe deposit company will be honestly
and efficiently conducted in a manner consistent with the public
interest, the interests of bailors and creditors of such safe deposit
company and (ii) whether the exercise of control may impair the safe and
sound conduct of the business of such safe deposit company, the
conservation of its assets, or public confidence in its business. Unless
the superintendent shall have denied such application in writing within
ninety days of the receipt thereof, or shall have advised the applicant
in writing before the expiration of ninety days of his determination to
extend such period an additional sixty days, such application shall be
deemed approved.
(c) For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe in writing, the provisions of this subdivision shall not apply
to a transfer of control by operation of law to a legal representative,
as hereinafter defined, who has control of a safe deposit company.
The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in a ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the provisions
of such court appointment.
Use of sign or words indicating safe deposit company by
unauthorized persons prohibited. 1. No entity, other than a duly
chartered safe deposit company, shall make use of any office sign at the
place where such business is transacted having thereon any artificial or
corporate name, or other words indicating that such place or office is
the place of business or office of a safe deposit company; nor shall any
such entity make use of or circulate any letterheads, billheads, blank
forms, notes, receipts, certificates, circulars, or any written or
printed or partly written and partly printed paper whatever, having
thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other word or words,
indicating that such business is the business of a safe deposit company.
2. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to prevent any banking
organization, foreign banking corporation duly licensed to maintain a
branch in the state, national bank, federal savings and loan association
or federal savings bank from engaging in the safe deposit business in
this state.
Communications from department of financial services must be
submitted to directors and noted in minutes. Every official
communication as defined in article two of this chapter directed to a
safe deposit company or to any officer thereof shall be submitted, by
the officer receiving it, to the board of directors at the next meeting
of such board, and duly noted in the minutes of the meetings of such
board.
Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make. On or
before the first day of February in each year, every safe deposit
company shall make a written report to the superintendent of financial
services which shall contain a statement of its condition on the morning
of the first day of January in said year. Every such report shall be
subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury,
according to the best of their knowledge and belief, by the two
principal officers in charge of the affairs of the safe deposit company
at the time of such subscription and shall state that the usual business
of the safe deposit company has been transacted at the location required
by this article and not elsewhere.
Every safe deposit company shall also make such other special reports
to the superintendent as he may from time to time require, which shall
be in such form and filed at such date as may be prescribed by the
superintendent and shall, if required by him, be subscribed and affirmed
as true under the penalties of perjury.
If any safe deposit company shall fail to make any report required by
this section on or before the day designated for the making thereof, or
shall fail to include therein any matter required by the superintendent,
it shall forfeit to the people of the state an amount as determined
pursuant to section forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such
report shall be delayed or withheld, and for every day that it shall
fail to report any such omitted matter, unless the time therefor shall
have been extended by the superintendent as provided in article two of
this chapter.
Liability of safe deposit company for assessments by
superintendent. When the superintendent, pursuant to the powers
conferred on him by article two of this chapter, shall have levied any
assessment upon any safe deposit company and shall have duly notified
such safe deposit company of the amount thereof, the amount so assessed
shall become a liability of and shall be paid by such safe deposit
company to the superintendent.
ARTICLE 8-A Safe Deposit Business
Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms have
the following meanings:
1. Lessor. The term, "lessor" means a banking organization, foreign
banking corporation or a national banking association authorized to
engage in the safe deposit business.
2. Safe deposit box. The term, "safe deposit box" means a vault, safe
deposit box or other receptacle.
Access to safe deposit boxes by certain fiduciaries. Where a
safe deposit box is let by a lessor to one or more persons acting as
executors, administrators, trustees, guardians, a committee, or as
conservators, the lessor may, except as otherwise expressly provided by
the terms of the lease or by the will or other instrument or order or
decree under which such person or persons may be acting, allow access
thereto as follows:
1. By any one or more of the persons acting as executors or
administrators;
2. By any one or more of the persons acting as trustees, guardians, a
committee, or as conservators when authorized in writing signed by the
other person or all other persons so acting.
3. By any agent, authorized in a writing signed and duly acknowledged
by the person, or if more than one, by all the persons acting as
executors, administrators, trustees or guardians, a committee, or as
conservators.
Leases to minors. A lessor may let a safe deposit box to a
minor with the same effect as if such lessee were of full age and with
the same effect may allow access to such safe deposit box and to the
contents thereof to such lessee or to any deputy or agent appointed in
writing by such lessee.
Special remedies where rental of safe deposit box is not paid
or when safe deposit box is not vacated on termination of lease. Every
lessor shall be entitled to the following special remedies:
1. (a) If the amount due for the rental of any safe deposit box let by
any lessor shall not have been paid for one year, or if the lessee
thereof shall not have removed the contents thereof within thirty days
from the termination of the lease therefor for any reason other than for
non-payment of rent, the lessor may, at the expiration of such period,
send to the lessee of such safe deposit box by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, a notice in writing in a securely closed
postpaid letter, directed to such person at his last known post-office
address, as recorded upon the books of the lessor, notifying such lessee
that if the amount due for the rental of such safe deposit box is not
paid within thirty days from date, and/or if the contents thereof are
not removed within thirty days from date, the lessor may, at any time
thereafter, cause such safe deposit box to be opened, and the contents
thereof to be inventoried and removed from such safe deposit box.
(b) At any time after the expiration of thirty days from the date of
mailing such notice, and the failure of the lessee of the safe deposit
box to pay the amount due for the rental thereof to the date of payment,
and/or remove the contents thereof, the lessor may, in the presence of a
notary public and of any officer of the lessor or any other employee of
the lessor designated for such purpose by the lessor, cause such safe
deposit box to be opened, and the contents thereof, if any, to be
removed and inventoried. Such contents shall be retained by the lessor
for safe-keeping for a period of not less than two years unless sooner
removed by the lessee of the safe deposit box so opened. The charge for
such safe-keeping shall not exceed the original rental of the safe
deposit box so opened. The notary public shall file with the lessor a
certificate under seal, which shall fully set out the date of the
opening of such safe deposit box, the name of the lessee of such safe
deposit box and a list of the contents, if any.
(c) A copy of such certificate shall within ten days after the opening
be mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to
the lessee of the safe deposit box so opened, at his last known
post-office address, in a securely closed postpaid letter, together with
a notice that the contents will be kept, at the expense of the lessee,
by the lessor for a period of not less than two years. Upon the payment
of all rentals due at the time of the opening of the safe deposit box,
the cost of the opening thereof, the fees of the notary public for
issuing his certificate thereon, and the payment of all further charges
and costs of safe-keeping such contents for the period since the opening
of the safe deposit box, the lessee may require the delivery of such of
the contents set out in such certificate as have not been sold pursuant
to paragraph (d) of this subdivision or destroyed pursuant to paragraph
(f) of this subdivision, or become abandoned property.
(d) At any time after the expiration of two years from the time of
mailing the certificate herein provided for, the lessor may mail by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in a securely
closed postpaid letter, addressed to the lessee at his last known
post-office address, a notice stating that the lessor will sell all the
property or articles of apparent value set out in such certificate, at a
time and place stated in such notice, not less than thirty days after
the time of mailing such notice and stating the amount which shall have
then been due for rental up to the time of opening such safe deposit
box, the cost of the opening thereof, the fees of the notary public for
issuing his certificate thereon and the further charges and costs of
safe-keeping all of its contents for the period since the opening of the
safe deposit box. Unless the lessee shall pay on or before the day
mentioned all such sums and all the charges and costs accruing to the
time of payment, including advertising, the lessor may sell all the
property or articles of apparent value set out in such certificate, at
public auction, at the time and place stated in such notice, provided a
notice of the time and place of sale has been published once within ten
days prior to the sale, in a newspaper published in the place where the
sale is to be held or, if there be no newspaper published in such place,
then in a newspaper published in the same or in an adjoining county and
in general circulation in the place where the sale is to be held.
(e) From the proceeds of the sale, the lessor shall deduct all its
charges and costs as stated in such notice, together with any further
charges and costs that shall have accrued since the mailing thereof,
including reasonable expenses for notice, advertising and sale. The
balance, if any, may be used to pay from time to time the further costs
and charges of safe-keeping and destroying the other contents, if any,
of the safe deposit box. Unless sooner claimed by the lessee of the safe
deposit box so opened, such balance or such part as shall remain after
the payment of such further charges and costs shall, after the
expiration of three years from the time of the opening of the safe
deposit box, be deemed abandoned property subject to the provisions of
article three of the abandoned property law.
(f) Any documents, letters or other papers of a private nature and any
property or articles of no apparent value among the contents of any such
safe deposit box shall not be sold, but shall be retained by the lessor
for a period of at least ten years from the time of the opening of the
safe deposit box, and, unless sooner claimed by the lessee of the safe
deposit box, may thereafter be destroyed.
(f-1) Any military awards, medals, or decorations among the contents
of any safe deposit box shall not be sold, but shall be sent to the
division of military and naval affairs of the executive department where
such awards, medals, or decorations shall be retained indefinitely until
claimed by the lessee of the safe deposit box or the lessee's estate or
released to a person or entity lawfully entitled to possession thereof.
The state comptroller shall develop regulations specifying the
procedures and requirements for delivering such items to the division of
military and naval affairs and for reporting such information to the
state comptroller's office. The New York state military museum and
veterans research center under the jurisdiction of the division of
military and naval affairs of the executive department shall provide
storage for and shall display any such awards, medals, or decorations.
(g) United States coin or currency among the contents of any safe
deposit box so opened need not be sold, but may be used by the lessor to
pay the amount which shall have been due for rental up to the time of
opening such safe deposit box, the cost of the opening thereof, the fees
of the notary public for issuing his certificate thereon, and to pay
from time to time the further charges and costs of safe-keeping, selling
and destroying the contents of the safe deposit box so opened, including
reasonable expenses for notices, advertising and sale and destruction.
Unless sooner claimed by the lessee of the safe deposit box, such coin
and currency or such part as shall remain after payment of the said
charges and costs shall, after the expiration of three years from the
time of the opening of the safe deposit box, be deemed abandoned
property subject to the provisions of article three of the abandoned
property law.
2. Whenever in subdivision one of this section, a lessor is given the
power to sell the contents of a safe deposit box, such power shall be
deemed to include the power to sell any bonds, stock certificates,
promissory notes, choses in action or other securities and any other
tangible and intangible properties found in such safe deposit box,
regardless of whether or not it shall appear from such securities or
properties that the lessee of the safe deposit box possesses title to or
any interest in such securities, or other properties, or power to
transfer such title or interest.
3. If the principal of or interest or dividends on any securities
found in a safe deposit box opened pursuant to the provisions of this
section, is due and payable at the time of the opening of such safe
deposit box or thereafter while the same remains in the possession of
the lessor shall become due and payable, the lessor may, at its
election, collect such principal and/or interest and/or dividends and
from the proceeds thereof may deduct all sums due from the lessee of the
safe deposit box for rental to the time of opening such safe deposit box
and for the cost of opening thereof, the fees of the notary public for
issuing his certificate thereon, and the further charges and costs of
safe-keeping of the contents thereof from the time of the opening
thereof including reasonable expenses for notices, advertising and sale
and destruction. The balance, if any, of such collection shall, after
the expiration of three years from the time of the opening of such safe
deposit box, be deemed abandoned property subject to the provisions of
article three of the abandoned property law.
4. A lessor holding a safe deposit box originally let by a predecessor
in interest, or a lessor which has been dissolved, or a lessor holding
the contents of such safe deposit box may have the remedies provided by
this section as to such safe deposit box or the contents thereof in like
manner and to the same extent as if such safe deposit box had been
rented from such lessor in the first instance.
5. The provisions of this section shall not preclude any other remedy
by action or otherwise for the enforcement of the claims of the lessor
against the person to whom a safe deposit box shall have been let, nor
bar the right of the lessor to recover the debt due it in any other
lawful manner.
Special remedies where property is deposited. 1. Every banking
organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking
association authorized to receive personal property upon deposit for
safe-keeping or as bailee for storage, and which shall have received any
such property and shall have issued a receipt therefor, shall have the
remedies of a warehouseman as to such property, and the banking
organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking
association shall have a lien on such deposits or the proceeds thereof
to the same extent and with the same effect, and enforceable in the same
manner, as is provided by article seven of the uniform commercial code.
2. A banking organization, foreign banking corporation or national
banking association holding personal property upon deposit for which a
receipt was issued by a predecessor in interest may have the remedies
provided by this section.
3. The provisions of this section shall not preclude any other remedy
by action or otherwise for the enforcement of the claim of the banking
organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking
association against the person from whom personal property has been
received upon deposit and to whom a receipt shall have been issued
therefor, nor bar the right of the banking organization, foreign banking
corporation or national banking association to recover the debt due it
in any other lawful manner.
Sale of safe deposit business. Subject to the provisions of
subdivision eight of section six hundred five of article thirteen of
this chapter, any banking organization or foreign banking corporation
may, with the approval of the superintendent, sell to another banking
organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking
association authorized to conduct the business of renting safe deposit
boxes, all or any part of its safe deposit business, and upon at least
thirty days notice in writing to the lessees of the safe deposit boxes
so sold, such safe deposit boxes may be delivered to the possession of
such purchasing banking organization, foreign banking corporation or
national banking association and thereupon, except for claims against
the selling banking organization or foreign banking corporation asserted
in writing prior to such delivery, the obligations and rights of the
selling banking organization or foreign banking corporation upon the
leases relating thereto shall be deemed to be assumed by the purchasing
banking organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking
association as a successor in interest of the selling banking
organization or foreign banking corporation and the selling banking
organization or foreign banking corporation shall be discharged from
liability in respect thereof. Any lessee of a safe deposit box, upon
receipt of a notice in writing of the proposed sale of such safe deposit
box by a banking organization or foreign banking corporation, may
terminate his lease therefor by removing the contents therefrom and
surrendering such safe deposit box to the banking organization or
foreign banking corporation prior to the date fixed in such notice for
the delivery of such safe deposit box to the purchasing banking
organization, foreign banking corporation or national banking
association and thereupon such lessee shall be entitled to a refund of
the unearned rent, if any, paid by such lessee to the selling banking
organization or foreign banking corporation.
Notice to renters of safe deposit boxes regarding insurance. 1.
Any banking organization or safe deposit company which offers safe
deposit boxes for rent shall provide each customer at the time of rental
with a copy of a safe deposit box rental agreement. Such agreement shall
include, on its face, or on an attachment thereto a notice in at least
eight point bold type reading as follows:
Important Notice: (1) The contents of your safe deposit box
may not be fully protected against loss under the insurance
coverage maintained by the bank or safe deposit company. (2)
For your protection, you may wish to secure your own insurance
through an insurance company of your choice. (3) You should
keep a complete list and description of all property stored in
your safe deposit box, and any available proof of ownership.
2. The notice required under subdivision one of this section shall
also appear on all subsequent rental bills or attachments thereto.
ARTICLE 9 Licensed Lenders
Doing business without license prohibited. No person or other
entity shall engage in the business of making loans in the principal
amount of twenty-five thousand dollars or less for any loan to an
individual for personal, family, household, or investment purposes and
in a principal amount of fifty thousand dollars or less for business and
commercial loans, and charge, contract for, or receive a greater rate of
interest than the lender would be permitted by law to charge if he were
not a licensee hereunder except as authorized by this article and
without first obtaining a license from the superintendent.
For the purposes of this section, a person or entity shall be
considered as engaging in the business of making loans in New York, and
subject to the licensing and other requirements of this article, if it
solicits loans in the amounts prescribed by this section within this
state and, in connection with such solicitation, makes loans to
individuals then resident in this state, except that no person or entity
shall be considered as engaging in the business of making loans in this
state on the basis of isolated, incidental or occasional transactions
which otherwise meet the requirements of this section.
Nothing in this article shall apply to licensed collateral loan
brokers.
Application for license; fees; capital requirements. 1. (a) As
used in this article, the term master license shall mean an original
license granted to a person or entity.
(b) As used in this article, the term supplemental license shall mean
the license granted to a person or entity having a master license for
additional licensed locations.
2. An application for a master license shall be in writing, under
oath, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent and shall contain
such information as the superintendent may require by regulations. The
application shall set forth all of the locations at which the applicant
seeks to conduct business hereunder. At the time of making the
application for a master license, the applicant shall pay to the
superintendent a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter for each proposed location for investigating the
application.
3. In addition to the investigation fee and annual license fee every
licensee hereunder shall pay to the superintendent the sums provided to
be paid under the provisions of section seventeen of the banking law.
4. In connection with an application for a master license, the
applicant shall submit an affidavit of financial solvency noting such
capitalization requirements and access to such credit as may be
prescribed by the regulations of the superintendent.
5. The applicant shall also prove, in form satisfactory to the
superintendent, that the applicant has available for the operation of
such business at the location or locations specified in the application
liquid assets of at least fifty thousand dollars. This amount shall be
maintained for the period within which the licensee makes loans in the
amounts prescribed in section three hundred forty of this article at
such location.
6. If a person or entity holding a master license seeks to open
another location for the conduct of activities licensable under this
article, the licensee shall first submit written notification of this
fact to the superintendent. The notification shall contain the address
of the new location and the master license number. An investigation fee
as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be
paid for each additional location. Upon receipt of the notification and
fees, the superintendent shall issue a temporary supplemental license,
valid for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending the final approval
of the new location. The superintendent, in his or her sole discretion,
may extend the validity of the temporary supplemental license for
additional thirty day periods pending investigation, but such extension
shall not exceed a total of sixty days. The temporary supplemental
license shall, upon written approval by the superintendent, become
permanent after thirty days of issuance, or after the expiration of any
extension granted by the superintendent, unless the superintendent finds
that the opening of the new location by the licensee is not in the
public interest, in which case, the superintendent shall send a written
denial to the licensee. Upon receipt of such written denial, the
temporary supplemental license issued to the licensee shall become void
and the licensee shall immediately cease all activity licensable under
this article at the location set forth on such license. The failure of
the superintendent to give written approval or denial of the permanence
of the temporary supplemental license prior to expiration of the initial
thirty day period or any extension thereof shall not be deemed to
constitute the approval of a permanent supplemental license.
Conditions precedent to issuing license; procedure where
application denied. Upon the filing of such application and the payment
of such fees, if the superintendent shall find that the financial
responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of the
applicant, and of the members thereof if the applicant be a partnership
or association, and of the officers and directors thereof if the
applicant be a corporation, are such as to command the confidence of the
community and to warrant belief that the business will be operated
honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purposes of this article,
and if the superintendent shall find that the applicant has available
for the operation of such business at each specified location liquid
assets of at least fifty thousand dollars, the superintendent shall
thereupon execute a master license, and if applicable one or more
supplemental licenses, to make loans in accordance with the provisions
of this article at the location or locations specified in the said
application. The superintendent shall transmit one copy of such license
or licenses to the applicant and file the same in the office of the
department. Each such license shall remain in full force and effect
until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as
hereinafter provided; if the superintendent shall not so find, a master
license shall not be issued and the superintendent shall notify the
applicant of the denial. If an application is denied or withdrawn the
superintendent shall return to the applicant the sum paid by the
applicant as a license fee, retaining the investigation fee to cover the
costs of investigating the application. The superintendent shall approve
or deny every application for a master license hereunder within ninety
days from the filing thereof with the said fees.
License provisions; separate license for each place of
business; change of location. 1. A license shall state the address at
which the business is to be conducted and shall state fully the name of
the licensee, and if the licensee is a partnership or association, the
names of the members thereof, and if a corporation, the date and place
of its incorporation. A master license shall be kept conspicuously
posted in the principal place of business of the licensee and a
supplemental license shall be conspicuously posted at the location
identified in the license. No master or supplemental license shall be
transferable or assignable.
2. A separate license shall be required for each location at which a
licensee makes loans under the provisions of this article. The
superintendent may issue more than one license to the same licensee. For
each new license, the licensee shall comply with all the requirements
for obtaining a license as stated in this article.
3. (a) A licensee may change the location of a licensed lender
business by giving written notice to the superintendent at least thirty
days prior to such change. The licensee shall pay to the superintendent
a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter for
each change of location and shall provide any information which may be
required regarding the change of location.
(b) The superintendent shall, if satisfied that there is no reasonable
objection to such change of location and upon the surrender of the
license for the location which is being changed, issue a license
containing the information required by subdivision one of this section.
If the superintendent shall not be satisfied that such change is in
accordance with the purposes of this article, the superintendent shall
refuse such change of location and notify the licensee of the
determination.
Issuance of license upon acquisition of business of licensed
lender. 1. Prior to any acquisition, by merger, consolidation, purchase
of assets or otherwise, except by purchase of stock, of the assets or
business, or a substantial part thereof, of a licensee under this
article, the person desirous of continuing to maintain and operate any
place of business theretofore maintained and operated by such licensee
and each person who controls such person shall file with the
superintendent, for all such places of business, one application, in
such form and containing such information, including the information
required under section three hundred forty-one of this article, as the
superintendent may require. At the time of making such application, the
applicants shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee, as
prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter if the person
desirous of continuing to maintain and operate such places of business
is already licensed under this article, or, if such person is not so
licensed, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this chapter. If such person is licensed, the
superintendent shall amend the license accordingly within thirty days if
it is found that the acquisition is in accordance with the purposes of
this article. If such person is not licensed, the superintendent shall
determine whether the financial responsibility, experience, character,
and general fitness of the applicants, and of the members thereof if any
applicant be a partnership or association, and of the officers,
directors and controlling stockholders thereof if any applicant be a
corporation, are such as to command the confidence of the community and
to warrant belief that the business will be operated honestly, fairly,
and efficiently within the purpose of this article and the
superintendent shall approve or deny such application within ninety days
of the filing thereof. If the superintendent disapproves such
application, or, if no such application has been made, the license for
each such place of business shall become null and void and the
applicants or licensee, whoever has possession of each such license,
shall forthwith surrender the license theretofore in effect to the
superintendent. If the superintendent approves such application, the
person being acquired shall surrender to the superintendent the license
theretofore in effect for each such place of business and the
superintendent shall issue and transmit one copy of a new license to
maintain and operate each such place of business to the person desirous
of continuing to maintain and operate such place of business and file
another copy in the department.
As used in this subdivision one, (a) the term "person" includes an
individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other
organization and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a person, whether by means of the ownership
of the voting stock or equity interests of such person or of one or more
persons controlling such persons, by means of a contractual arrangement,
or otherwise. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person directly
or indirectly owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per
centum or more of the voting stock or equity interests of the person
desirous of continuing to maintain and operate a licensee's place of
business or of any entity which directly or indirectly controls such
person. The superintendent may, upon the application of a licensee or
any such person or entity, determine whether or not the ownership,
control or holding of such voting stock or equity interests constitutes
or would constitute control for purposes of this subdivision.
2. The transfer by operation of law to a legal representative, as
hereinafter defined, of the assets or business of a licensee under this
article, or a substantial part thereof, shall not, to the extent
hereinafter provided, be deemed an acquisition within the meaning of
this section. Such legal representative, if duly qualified to act in
this state, may continue to maintain and operate any place of business
theretofore maintained and operated by such licensee, subject to all the
provisions of this chapter including the payment of license fees, for a
period of not more than six months from the date of his qualification as
legal representative and for such additional period of time as the
superintendent may prescribe in writing. During such period, the legal
representative shall be deemed a licensee under this article. The
appointment and qualification of a successor to the legal representative
shall not, without the approval of the superintendent, operate to extend
such period.
Each such legal representative shall promptly following his or her
appointment file with the superintendent a certificate or duly certified
copy of an order of the court to evidence his authority to acquire the
assets of the licensee and to maintain and operate the business thereof.
If a legal representative desires to continue to maintain and operate
any place of business theretofore maintained and operated by the
licensee he or she shall, prior to the expiration of such six month
period or any extension thereof prescribed by the superintendent, file
an application pursuant to this section and comply with all of the
provisions of this chapter. The investigation fee payable upon filing
such application shall be as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a
of this chapter.
The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction as an
executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or receiver,
including one who succeeds a legal representative and one acting in an
ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the provisions of such
court appointment.
If any provision of this section, or the application of such provision
to any individual, company, corporation or circumstance, shall be held
invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application thereof to
anyone other than the one to which it is held invalid, shall not be
affected thereby.
Application for acquisition of control of licensed lender by
purchase of stock. 1. Prior to the acquisition of control of a licensee
under this article by means of the acquisition of the capital stock or
equity interests in such licensee or in any person who directly or
indirectly controls such licensee, the person desirous of acquiring such
capital stock or other equity interests shall make written application
to the superintendent. Such application shall be in such form and shall
contain such information, including the information required under
section three hundred forty-one of this article, as the superintendent
may require and such applicant, at the time of making such application
if not licensed, shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee as
prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter. If such
licensee is licensed, upon payment of an investigation fee as prescribed
pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, the superintendent shall
approve the acquisition if it is found that such acquisition is in
accordance with the purposes of this article. If such person is not
licensed, the superintendent shall determine whether the financial
responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of the
applicant, and of the members thereof if the applicant be a partnership
or association, and of the officers, directors and controlling
stockholders thereof if the applicant be a corporation, are such as to
command the confidence of the community and to warrant belief that the
business will be operated honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the
purpose of this article. Unless the superintendent shall have denied
such application in writing within ninety days of the filing thereof,
such application shall be deemed approved. If no such application has
been made, the license for each place of business maintained and
operated by the licensee shall, at the discretion of the superintendent,
become null and void and each such license shall be surrendered to the
superintendent. In addition, the superintendent may, in a proceeding
after notice and a hearing, require any person who has failed to make
application pursuant to this subdivision to pay the people of this state
a penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four of
this chapter for each day of said violation.
As used in this subdivision, (a) the term "person" includes an
individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other
organization and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a person, whether by means of the ownership
of the voting stock or equity interests of such person or of one or more
persons controlling such person, by means of a contractual arrangement,
or otherwise. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person directly
or indirectly owns, controls or holds with the power to vote ten per
centum or more of the voting stock or equity interests of the person
desirous of continuing to maintain and operate a licensee's place of
business or of any entity which directly or indirectly controls such
person. The superintendent may, upon the application of a licensee or
any such person or entity, determine whether or not the ownership,
control or holding of such voting stock or equity interests constitutes
or would constitute control for purposes of this subdivision.
2. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe in writing, the provisions of subdivision one of this section
shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of law to the
legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has control of
a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall comply with the
provisions of subdivision one of this section. The provisions of
subdivision one of this section shall be applicable to an application
made under such section by a legal representative.
The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
If any provision of this section, or the application of such provision
to any individual, company, corporation or circumstance, shall be held
invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application thereof to
anyone other than one to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected
thereby.
Grounds for revocation or suspension of license; procedure. The
superintendent may suspend or revoke any license issued hereunder if the
superintendent shall find that:
(a) The licensee has failed to pay any sum of money lawfully demanded
by the superintendent or to comply with any demand, ruling, or
requirement of the superintendent;
(b) The licensee has violated any provisions of this article, the act
of congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations
thereunder, as such act and regulations may from time to time be
amended, or of any rule or regulation lawfully made by the
superintendent;
(c) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license, clearly would have
warranted the superintendent in refusing originally to issue such
license;
(d) The licensee has engaged in the business of a sales finance
company and has done or failed to do any act, except the failure to pay
the fees required, which would be grounds for the suspension or
revocation of its license pursuant to section four hundred ninety-five
of this chapter were it required to obtain such a license.
The superintendent may on good cause shown, without notice or hearing,
suspend any license for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending
investigation.
The superintendent may revoke or suspend only the particular license
with respect to which grounds for revocation or suspension may occur or
exist, or, if the superintendent shall find that such grounds for
revocation or suspension are of general application to all offices, or
to more than one office, operated by such licensee, the superintendent
shall revoke or suspend all of the licenses issued to such licensee or
such number of licenses as such grounds apply to, as the case may be.
Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the
superintendent written notice that the licensee thereby surrenders such
license, but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or
criminal liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.
No revocation or suspension or surrender of any license shall impair
or affect the obligation of any pre-existing lawful contract between the
licensee and any borrower.
Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect until
it shall have been surrendered, revoked, or suspended in accordance with
the provisions of this article, but the superintendent shall have
authority to reinstate suspended licenses or to issue new licenses to a
licensee whose license or licenses shall have been revoked if no fact or
condition then exists which clearly would have warranted the
superintendent in refusing originally to issue such license under this
article.
Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license issued
pursuant to this article, the superintendent shall execute a written
order to that effect. The superintendent shall file one copy of such
order in the office of the department and serve a copy upon the
licensee, which order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article
seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such special
proceeding for review as authorized by this section must be commenced
within thirty days from the date of such order of suspension or
revocation.
Superintendent authorized to examine. For the purpose of
discovering violations of this article or securing information lawfully
required hereunder, the superintendent may at any time, and as often as
may be determined, either personally or by a person duly designated by
the superintendent, investigate the loans and business and examine the
books, accounts, records, and files used therein of every licensee. For
that purpose the superintendent and duly designated representatives
shall have free access to the offices and place of business, books,
accounts, papers, records, files, safes and vaults of all such
licensees. The superintendent shall have authority to require the
attendance of and to examine under oath all persons whomsoever whose
testimony may be required relative to such loans or such business.
Licensee's books and records; reports. The licensee shall keep
and use in its business such books, accounts, and records as will enable
the superintendent to determine whether such licensee is complying with
the provisions of this article and with the rules and regulations
lawfully made by the superintendent hereunder. Every licensee shall
preserve such books, accounts, and records, including cards used in the
card system, if any, for at least two years after making the final entry
on any loan recorded therein. Preservation of photographic reproduction
thereof or records in photographic form, including an optical disk
storage system and the use of electronic data processing equipment that
provides comparable records to those otherwise required and which are
available for examination upon request shall constitute compliance with
the requirements of this section.
Each licensee shall annually on or before the first day of April file
a report with the superintendent giving such information as the
superintendent may require concerning the business and operations during
the preceding calendar year of each licensed place of business conducted
by such licensee within the state under authority of this article. Such
report shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by the licensee under
the penalties of perjury and shall be in the form prescribed by the
superintendent who shall make and publish annually a consolidated
statement of condition showing the combined assets and liabilities of
all licensed lenders. Such consolidated statement of condition shall be
based upon the information contained in such reports. In addition to
annual reports, the superintendent may require such additional regular
or special reports as may be deemed necessary to the proper supervision
of licensees under this article. Such additional reports shall be in the
form prescribed by the superintendent and shall be subscribed and
affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.
Restrictions concerning advertising, liens on real estate, and
places where loans made. 1. (a) No licensee or other entity shall
advertise, print, display, publish, distribute, or broadcast or cause or
permit to be advertised, printed, displayed, published, distributed, or
broadcasted, in any manner whatsoever any statement or representation
with regard to the rates, terms, or conditions for the loaning of money,
credit, goods, or things in action which is false, misleading or
deceptive, or in violation of chapter three of the act of congress
entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations thereunder, as such
act and regulations may from time to time be amended.
(b) No licensee shall make, directly or indirectly, orally or in
writing, by any method, practice or device, any representation that it
is licensed under this chapter, except a representation that such
licensee is licensed as a licensed lender by the New York state
department of financial services.
2. No licensee shall take a lien upon real estate as security for any
loan under the provisions of this article, except such lien as is
created by law upon the recording of a judgment.
3. No licensee shall conduct the business of making loans under the
provisions of this article within any office, room, or place of business
in which any other business is solicited or engaged in, or in
association or conjunction therewith, except (a) a licensee may, after
obtaining any required license, conduct on its premises businesses
authorized under articles eleven-B, twelve-B, twelve-D and thirteen-B of
this chapter, or (b) as may be authorized in writing by the
superintendent upon a finding that such other business would not result
in evasions of this article or of the rules and regulations lawfully
made hereunder.
4. No licensee shall transact such business or make any loan provided
for by this article under any other name or at any other place of
business than that named in the license, except as may be authorized by
the superintendent.
Restrictions on loans subject to the provisions of this
article; interest; other charges. 1. Every licensee hereunder may loan
any sum of money not exceeding the maximum principal amounts prescribed
in section three hundred forty of this article, and may charge, contract
for, and receive thereon interest at the rate or rates agreed to by the
licensee and the borrower. Such interest may either (a) be calculated on
the actual unpaid principal balances of the loan or in the case of a
loan commitment from the date of each advance thereunder for the actual
time outstanding, according to a generally accepted actuarial method at
a fixed or variable rate and in accordance with the provisions of the
evidence of the indebtedness or (b) precomputed under subdivision five
of this section.
2. On any loan with a variable rate of interest made pursuant to this
subdivision, the rate shall be determined at regular intervals as set
forth in the evidence of indebtedness and in accordance with such
regulations as the superintendent of financial services shall prescribe
but said rate shall not vary more often than once in any three month
period and shall be based on a published index that is (a) readily
available, (b) independently verifiable, (c) beyond the control of the
licensee, and (d) approved by the superintendent.
The superintendent of financial services shall adopt regulations,
including but not limited to: (i) providing for disclosure to the
borrower by the licensee of the circumstances under which the rate may
increase, any limitations on the increase, the effect of an increase and
an example of the payment terms that would result from an increase; (ii)
providing for disclosure to the borrower by the licensee of a history of
the fluctuations of the index over a reasonable period of time; and
(iii) providing for notice to the borrower from the licensee prior to
any rate increase or change in the terms of payment.
3. Loans may be granted under an open end or closed end loan agreement
providing for a fixed or variable rate.
4. Interest, consideration, or charges for the use of money shall not
be deducted or received in advance and shall be computed on unpaid
principal balances. Such interest, consideration, or charges shall not
be compounded; provided that, if part or all of the principal amount of
any loan contract is the unpaid principal balance of a prior loan, the
unpaid interest, consideration or charges for the use of money on such
prior loan which have accrued within sixty days before the making of
such loan contract may be incorporated as interest bearing principal in
the principal amount of such loan contract, and for the purposes of this
subdivision any such new loan shall be deemed a separate loan
transaction.
5. When a closed-end loan agreement requires repayment in
substantially equal and consecutive monthly installments of principal
and interest combined, the interest may be precomputed at the agreed
rate on scheduled unpaid principal balances according to the terms of
the agreement and added to the principal amount of the loan. Every
payment may be applied to the combined total of principal and
precomputed interest until the loan agreement is fully paid and the
acceptance or payment of interest on loans made under the provisions of
this subdivision shall not be deemed to constitute payment, deduction or
receipt thereof in advance nor compounding under subdivision four of
this section. Such precomputed interest shall be subject to the
following adjustments:
(a) If the loan agreement is prepaid in full by cash, a new loan,
refinancing or otherwise before the final installment date, the borrower
shall receive a refund of (i) the unearned portion of the interest the
amount of which portion shall be determined according to a generally
accepted actuarial method; provided, however, that if the amount of
precomputed interest (A) is less than ten dollars, no refund shall be
required; or (B) exceeds the sum of ten dollars and the earned interest
is less than that amount, the licensee may retain such an additional
amount as will bring the earned interest to ten dollars and refund the
remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is refinanced, no
refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar; and (ii)
if a charge was made to the borrower for credit related insurance for
insuring the borrower the excess of the charge to the borrower therefor
over the insurance charges paid or payable by the licensee, if such
insurance charges were paid or payable by the licensee periodically, or
the refund for such insurance charges received or receivable by the
licensee, if such premium was paid or payable in a lump sum by the
licensee, provided that no such refund shall be required if it amounts
to less than one dollar. In the event (i) the maturity of the loan is
accelerated due to the default of the borrower or otherwise and judgment
is obtained, or (ii) repayment is made pursuant to any credit related
insurance policy for which a charge was made to the borrower for the
premium thereon, the borrower or legal representative, as the case may
be, shall be entitled to the same refund of interest and insurance
charges as if the loan had been prepaid in full on the date of
acceleration or repayment.
(b) (i) In the event of default of more than ten days in the payment
of any scheduled installment, the licensee may charge and collect a
default charge not exceeding five percent of the installment in default.
This charge may not be collected more than once for the same default and
may be collected at the time of such default or at any time thereafter.
(ii) After the final due date or upon acceleration of maturity for
default, the licensee may charge interest at the original agreed rate on
actual unpaid balances if the loan agreement so provides.
(c) If payment of all unpaid installments on which no default charge
has been charged and collected is deferred one or more full months, and
if the loan agreement so provides, the licensee may charge and collect
an amount which shall be equal to the difference between the refund that
would be required for prepayment in full as of the scheduled due date of
the first deferred installment and the amount which would be required
for prepayment in full as of one month prior to said date, multiplied by
the number of months in the deferment period. The deferment period is
that period in which no scheduled payment has been made and in which no
payment is required by reason of the deferment. Such charge may be
collected at the time of deferment or may be collected at any time
thereafter. If a refund of precomputed interest is required during a
deferment period the borrower shall also receive a refund of the
deferment charge for the number of months remaining in said period, for
which purpose a portion of a month exceeding fifteen days shall be
deemed a month.
(d) If two or more installments or parts thereof are in default for
five days or more, the licensee may, if the loan agreement so provides,
elect to convert the loan from a precomputed one to one in which
interest is paid on actual unpaid balances. In this event, the licensee
shall make the same refund of interest as if the loan were prepaid in
full on the scheduled payment due date preceding the date of conversion
and thereafter may charge interest at the agreed rate, by the actuarial
method, on actual unpaid balances for the time actually outstanding.
6. * (a) In addition to the interest, consideration, or charges above
specified, no further or other charge or amount whatsoever for any
examination, service, brokerage, commission, expense, fee, or bonus or
other thing or otherwise shall be directly or indirectly charged,
contracted for, or received, except the premium or identifiable charge
for insurance authorized by section three hundred fifty-seven of this
article; the lawful fees, if any, actually and necessarily paid out by
the licensee to any public officer for filing, recording, or releasing
in any public office any instrument securing the loan, which fees may be
collected when the loan is made or at any time thereafter or non-filing
insurance premiums not in excess of seven dollars in lieu of filing,
recording or releasing any such instrument; an annual fee on open end
loans authorized by the superintendent and made pursuant to subdivision
three of this section, provided, however, that no such fee shall exceed
an amount equal to one percent of the amount of the loan or fifty
dollars, whichever is less; and a fee, not to exceed the amount set
forth in section 5-328 of the general obligations law, for return by a
depository institution of a dishonored check, negotiable order of
withdrawal, or share draft.
* NB Effective until June 30, 2027
* (a) In addition to the interest, consideration, or charges above
specified, no further or other charge or amount whatsoever for any
examination, service, brokerage, commission, expense, fee, or bonus or
other thing or otherwise shall be directly or indirectly charged,
contracted for, or received, except the premium or identifiable charge
for insurance authorized by section three hundred fifty-seven of this
article; the lawful fees, if any, actually and necessarily paid out by
the licensee to any public officer for filing, recording, or releasing
in any public office any instrument securing the loan, which fees may be
collected when the loan is made or at any time thereafter or non-filing
insurance premiums not in excess of seven dollars in lieu of filing,
recording or releasing any such instrument; and a fee, not to exceed the
amount set forth in section 5-328 of the general obligations law, for
return by a depository institution of a dishonored check, negotiable
order of withdrawal, or share draft.
* NB Effective June 30, 2027
(b) Any licensee which knowingly receives, reserves or charges a
greater rate of interest than that authorized by this section shall
forfeit the entire interest which the note, or other evidence of debt
carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon, and if a
greater rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same or
his legal representative may recover from the licensee twice the entire
amount of interest thus paid.
* (c) In addition to other such information as the superintendent may
require, any licensee which charges an annual fee on open end loan
accounts shall annually report, in a manner and form prescribed by the
superintendent, information to the department on open end loan
borrowers, which shall include: average annual income of borrowers at
the time of the loan, average amount of loans outstanding at the end of
each calendar year, average interest charged, average amount of annual
fees, and geographic distribution of loans made by the licensee.
* NB Repealed June 30, 2027
Acts required of licensees; acts prohibited. Every licensee
shall:
Deliver to the borrower at the time any loan is made or prior to the
first advance under an open-end loan agreement a statement, in the
English language showing in clear and distinct terms the name and
address of the borrower and of the licensee and all items required to be
disclosed by the act of congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the
regulations thereunder, as such act and regulations may from time to
time be amended.
For each cash payment made on account of any closed-end loan, give to
the person making it at the time the payment is made, a plain and
complete receipt containing the information required by regulations of
the superintendent.
Permit payment to be made in advance in any amount on any loan
agreement at any time, but the licensee may initially apply such payment
to all interest and other charges due to the date of such payment.
Upon repayment of the loan in full, mark indelibly every obligation
signed by the borrower or a copy thereof with the word "paid" or
"cancelled", and release any mortgage or security agreement no longer
securing an obligation of the borrower, restore any pledge, cancel and
return any note or a copy thereof, and cancel and return any assignment
or a copy thereof given to the licensee by the borrower. An open-end
loan shall not be deemed to be repaid in full for this purpose unless
any balance is paid in full and the borrower relinquishes all power to
receive further advances under the contract and makes a written request
for the release of all collateral for the loan. Every licensee which
holds collateral of a borrower shall be fully liable for the return of
the collateral upon payment of the indebtedness in full.
No licensee shall collect, evaluate, report or maintain in the file on
a borrower the credit worthiness, credit standing or credit capacity of
members of the borrower's social network for purposes of determining the
credit worthiness of the borrower; the average credit worthiness, credit
standing or credit capacity of members of the borrower's social network;
or any group score that is not the borrower's own credit worthiness,
credit standing or credit capacity. The provisions of this paragraph
shall be enforced concurrently by the superintendent and the director of
the division of consumer protection and each shall utilize their
consumer complaint and assistance hotlines to document complaints by
borrowers who believe that group credit ratings of their social media
network are being used to deny them credit. The superintendent shall
ensure that the credit scoring formulas filed with the department do not
contain variables which account for internet viewing history as part of
that formula by asking the licensee to certify to that fact.
No licensee shall take any confession of judgment or any power of
attorney running to himself or to any third person to confess judgment
or to appear for the borrower in a judicial proceeding.
No licensee shall take any instrument in which blanks are left to be
filled in after execution.
Limitation on licensee's charges on certain loans. No licensee
shall directly or indirectly charge, contract for, or receive any
interest, discount, or consideration upon the loan, use, or forbearance
of money, goods, or things in action, or upon the loan, use, or sale of
credit, of the amount or value of more than the maximum amounts
prescribed in section three hundred forty of this article greater than
the rate permitted by section 5-501 of the general obligations law. The
foregoing prohibition shall also apply to any licensee which permits any
person, as borrower or as endorser, guarantor, or surety for any
borrower or otherwise, to owe directly or contingently or both to the
licensee at any time more than the maximum amounts prescribed in section
three hundred forty of this article.
Restrictions on assignments of compensation for services. 1. A
licensee shall not take an assignment of unearned wages or other
earnings unless:
(a) the assignment by its terms is revocable at the will of the
borrower; or
(b) the assignment is a payroll deduction plan.
2. No assignment of wages or other earnings given to secure any loan
hereunder shall be valid unless the amount of such loan is paid to the
borrower simultaneously with its execution.
Solicitation of loans. 1. Any loan made by a person not
licensed under this article to a resident of this state, in the amount,
not exceeding the maximum amounts prescribed in section three hundred
forty of this article, where solicitation of the loan was made within
this state, and where the interest, discount, consideration or other
charge contracted for or received exceeds that permitted to a licensee
under the laws of this state shall be void, and the lender shall have no
right to collect or receive any principal, interest or charge
whatsoever. No action to enforce a loan made in violation of this
subdivision may be maintained, even though the amount demanded to be
paid in such action does not exceed that permitted to a licensee under
the laws of this state.
2. For purposes of this article, solicitation of a loan shall include
any solicitation, request or inducement to enter into a loan made by
means of or through a direct mailing, television or radio announcement
or advertisement, advertisement in a newspaper, magazine, leaflet or
pamphlet distributed within this state, or visual display within this
state, whether or not such solicitation, request or inducement
constitutes an offer to enter into a contract.
Restrictions on certain loans by non-licensees, interests,
other charges; loans made outside this state. No person or other entity,
other than a licensee under this article, shall directly or indirectly
charge, contract for, or receive any interest, discount, or
consideration greater than the person or other entity would be permitted
by law to charge if it were not a licensee hereunder upon a loan not
exceeding the maximum amounts prescribed in section three hundred forty
of this article.
The foregoing prohibition shall apply to any person or other entity
who or which, by any device, subterfuge, or pretense whatsoever shall
charge, contract for, or receive greater interest, consideration, or
charges than is authorized by the laws of this state for any such loan,
use, or forbearance of money, goods, or things in action or for any such
loan, use, or sale of credit.
Any loan in an amount not exceeding the maximum amounts prescribed in
section three hundred forty of this article for which a greater rate of
interest, consideration, or charges than is permitted by the laws of
this state has been charged, contracted for, or received, wherever made,
shall not be enforced in this state and every person or other entity
participating therein in this state shall be subject to the provisions
of this article. An action to enforce any such loan made in any other
state to a person then a resident of that state, who now resides in this
state may be maintained in this state if the amount of interest,
discount, consideration or other charge for such loan, demanded to be
paid in such action, does not exceed that permitted to a licensee by
section three hundred fifty-one of this article for a loan of the same
amount repayable in the same manner.
Insurance. 1. The licensee may require a borrower, on loans of
two hundred and fifty dollars or more, excluding insurance premiums and
precomputed interest, to insure tangible personal property, except
household goods, taken as security for a loan against any substantial
risk of loss, damage or destruction for an amount not to exceed the
lesser of the reasonable value of the property insured or the principal
amount of the loan, and for the customary insurance term approximating
the term of the loan contract. The policy may insure the interest of the
borrower as well as the interest of the licensee. A policy covering a
motor vehicle securing the loan may also insure the borrower against
liability for bodily injury and property damage, but such liability
insurance shall be at the option of the borrower and shall not be
required by the licensee. The premiums for all such insurance shall not
exceed the premiums chargeable in accordance with rate filings made with
the superintendent of financial services for such insurance by the
insurer. Such insurance shall be written by, or through, a duly licensed
insurance agent or broker, or shall be provided directly by a company
qualified to do business in this state.
2. For purposes of this section, the term "household goods" shall mean
clothing, furniture, appliances, one radio and one television, linens,
china, crockery, kitchenware, and personal effects (including wedding
rings) owned by the consumer and his or her dependents, but shall not
include works of art, other electronic entertainment equipment, items
acquired as antiques, and other jewelry.
3. When a licensee provides credit life insurance, credit accident and
health insurance, or credit unemployment insurance, or credit property
insurance pursuant to section two thousand three hundred forty of the
insurance law, or any combination thereof with respect to one or more
borrowers, such licensee may collect from the borrower a premium or
identifiable charge which shall not exceed the premium rates or
identifiable charges chargeable in accordance with rate filings made
with the superintendent of financial services for such insurance by the
insurer, subject to a refund of the insurance charge computed as
provided in paragraph (a) of subdivision five of section three hundred
fifty-one of this article, in the event of prepayment by cash, a new
loan, refinancing or otherwise. Only one such amount may be collected in
connection with any loan contract irrespective of the number of obligors
and only one obligor need be insured.
4. The insurance authorized by this section, with the exception of
insurance provided under group insurance policies, may be written by or
arranged through the licensee or an affiliate, associate or employee of
the licensee only if such licensee, affiliate, associate or employee is
a duly licensed insurance agent or broker, provided, however, no
licensee shall decline new or existing insurance which meets or exceeds
the standards set forth in this section, nor prevent any borrower from
obtaining such insurance coverage from other sources.
5. If a borrower procures such insurance by or through a licensee, the
statement required by section three hundred fifty-two of this article
shall disclose the cost or rate of charge to the borrower and the type
of insurance, and the licensee shall cause to be delivered to the
borrower a copy of the policy, certificate, or other evidence therefor
within a reasonable time.
6. The insurance authorized by this section and all benefits or
returns therefrom accruing to the licensee or to any affiliate,
associate or employee of the licensee shall not be prohibited by any
other provision of this article.
7. No insurance shall be required, requested, sold or offered for sale
in connection with any loan made under this article, except as and to
the extent authorized by this section or as provided in subdivision six
of section three hundred fifty-one of this article.
If the borrowers on any loan are husband and wife, joint credit life
insurance and joint credit accident and health insurance may be issued
on such loan pursuant to this section.
Penalties. Any person or other entity including the officers,
directors, agents, and employees thereof, which shall violate or
participate in the violation of any of the provisions of section three
hundred forty of this chapter shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
Authority of superintendent. The superintendent is hereby
authorized and empowered to make such general rules and regulations, and
such specific rulings, demands, and findings as may be necessary for the
proper conduct of the business authorized and licensed under and for the
enforcement of this article, in addition hereto and not inconsistent
herewith.
Short title. This article shall be known and may be cited as
the New York licensed lender law.
Severability. If any provision of this article or the
application thereof to any person or circumstances is held to be
invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or
applications of this article which can be given effect without the
invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this
article are severable.
ARTICLE 9-A Licensed Cashers of Checks
Definitions. When used in this article. 1. The term "licensed
casher of checks" means any individual, partnership, unincorporated
association or corporation duly licensed by the superintendent of
financial services to engage in business pursuant to the provisions of
this article.
2. The term "licensee" means a licensed casher of checks, drafts
and/or money orders.
3. The term "mobile unit" means any vehicle or other movable means
from which the business of cashing checks, drafts or money orders is to
be conducted.
License requirements; fees; capital requirements. 1. No person,
partnership, association or corporation shall engage in the business of
cashing checks, drafts or money orders for a consideration without first
obtaining a license from the superintendent.
2. Application for such license shall be in writing, under oath, and
in the form prescribed by the superintendent, and shall contain the
name, and the address both of the residence and place of business, of
the applicant, and if the applicant is a co-partnership or association,
of every member thereof, and if a corporation, of each officer and
director thereof; also, if the business is to be conducted at a specific
address, the address at which the business is to be conducted, and if
the business is to be conducted from a mobile unit, the New York state
registration number or other identification of such mobile unit and the
area in which the applicant proposes to operate such mobile unit; and
also such further information as the superintendent may require.
3. Such applicant at the time of making such application shall pay to
the superintendent a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter for investigating the application. Any licensee requesting
a change of address, shall at the time of making such request, pay to
the superintendent a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter for investigating the new address; provided, however, that
the superintendent may, in his or her discretion, waive such
investigation fee if warranted, and provided further, that no fee shall
be payable for the relocation of a limited station.
4. Every applicant shall prove, in form satisfactory to the
superintendent that he or it has available for the operation of such
business, for each location and for each mobile unit specified in the
application, liquid assets of at least ten thousand dollars, and every
licensee shall continuously maintain for the operation of such business
for each location and for each mobile unit liquid assets of at least ten
thousand dollars. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
subdivision, the superintendent, upon application by an applicant and
for good cause shown, may permit a reduction from ten thousand dollars
to not less than five thousand dollars of minimum liquid assets required
for each location.
Conditions precedent to issuing license; issuance and filing of
license; posting license. 1. If the superintendent shall find that the
financial responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of
the applicant, and of the members thereof if the applicant be a
co-partnership or association, and of the officers and directors thereof
if the applicant be a corporation, are such as to command the confidence
of the community and to warrant belief that the business will be
operated honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purposes of this
article, and if the superintendent shall find that the granting of such
application will promote the convenience and advantage of the area in
which such business is to be conducted, and if the superintendent shall
find that the applicant has available for the operation of such business
for each location and for each mobile unit specified in the application
liquid assets of at least ten thousand dollars, the superintendent shall
thereupon execute a license in duplicate to permit the cashing of
checks, drafts and money orders in accordance with the provisions of
this article at the location or in the area specified in such
application. In finding whether the application will promote the
convenience and advantage to the public, the superintendent shall
determine whether there is a community need for a new licensee in the
proposed area to be served. No license shall be issued to an applicant
for a license, at a location to be licensed which is closer than one
thousand five hundred eighty-four feet (three-tenths of a mile) from an
existing licensee, except with the written consent of such existing
licensee or pursuant to subdivision three of section three hundred
seventy of this article, subject to any restriction or condition as the
superintendent may promulgate by regulation; provided, however, the
superintendent may permit a location to be licensed that is closer than
three-tenths of a mile from an existing licensee provided such applicant
engages in the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders only for payees
of such checks, drafts or money orders that are other than natural
persons at the location to be licensed and such applicant was engaged in
the cashing of such checks, drafts or money orders for payees that are
other than natural persons at such location on or before the fourteenth
day of July, two thousand four, and provided further that upon licensing
any such location by the superintendent, such license as it pertains
solely to such location shall not be affected thereafter by any change
of control of such license pursuant to section three hundred seventy-a
of this article, provided that the licensee continues thereafter to
engage at that location in the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders
only for payees that are other than natural persons and provided further
that such license shall bear a legend stating that such location is
restricted to the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders only for
payees that are other than natural persons. The three-tenths of a mile
distance requirement as set forth in this section shall not apply in
cases where the existing licensee is a restricted location as authorized
in the preceding sentence, or is any other licensed location that
engages solely in the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders only for
payees that are other than natural persons. For purposes of this
section, such distance shall be measured on a straight line along the
street between the nearest point of the store fronts of the check
cashing facilities. The primary business of the licensee, at the
location to be licensed, shall be financial services. The superintendent
shall transmit one copy of such license to the applicant and file
another in the office of the department. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this subdivision, the superintendent, upon application by
an applicant and for good cause shown, may permit a reduction from ten
thousand dollars to not less than five thousand dollars of minimum
liquid assets required for each location.
2. Such license shall state the name of the licensee; and if the
licensee is a co-partnership or association, the names of the members
thereof; and if the licensee is a corporation, the date of its
incorporation; and if the business is to be conducted at a specific
address, the address at which such business is to be conducted; and if
the business is to be conducted through the use of a mobile unit, the
New York state registration number or other identification of such
mobile unit and the area in which such mobile unit is authorized to do
business.
3. Such license shall be kept conspicuously posted in the place of
business of the licensee or, in the case of a mobile unit, upon such
mobile unit. Such license shall not be transferable or assignable.
4. Such license shall remain in full force and effect until it is
surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as provided in this
article.
5. If the superintendent shall find that the applicant fails to meet
any of the conditions set forth in subdivision one of this section, he
shall not issue such license, and he shall notify the applicant of the
denial. If an application is denied or withdrawn, the superintendent
shall retain the investigation fee to cover the costs of investigating
the application and return the license fee to the applicant.
6. The superintendent may, consistent with article twenty-three-A of
the correction law, refuse to issue a license pursuant to this article
if he shall find that the applicant, or any person who is a director,
officer, partner, agent, employee or substantial stockholder of the
applicant, (a) has been convicted of a crime in any jurisdiction or (b)
is associating or consorting with any person who has, or persons who
have, been convicted of a crime or crimes in any jurisdiction or
jurisdictions. For the purposes of this article, a person shall be
deemed to have been convicted of a crime if such person shall have
pleaded guilty to a charge thereof before a court or magistrate, or
shall have been found guilty thereof by the decision or judgment of a
court or magistrate or by the verdict of a jury, irrespective of the
pronouncement of sentence or the suspension thereof. The term
"substantial stockholder," as used in this subdivision, shall be deemed
to refer to a person owning or controlling ten per centum or more of the
total outstanding stock of the corporation in which such person is a
stockholder. In making a determination pursuant to this subdivision, the
superintendent shall require fingerprinting of the applicant. Such
fingerprints shall be submitted to the division of criminal justice
services for a state criminal history record check, as defined in
subdivision one of section three thousand thirty-five of the education
law, and may be submitted to the federal bureau of investigation for a
national criminal history record check.
7. No license pursuant to this article shall be issued to any
applicant to do business at the place specified in the application as
the place where the business is to be conducted if, within the twelve
months preceding such application, a license to engage in business
pursuant to this article at such place shall have been revoked.
Restrictions as to place or area of doing business;
establishment of stations; change of location. 1. No more than one place
of business or one mobile unit shall be maintained under the same
license; provided, however, that more than one license may be issued to
the same licensee upon compliance with the provisions of this article
for each new license.
2. Any licensed casher of checks may open and maintain, within this
state, one or more limited stations for the purpose of cashing checks,
drafts or money orders for the particular group or groups specified in
the license authorizing each such station. Such stations shall be
licensed pursuant to and be subject to all the provisions of this
chapter applicable to licensed cashers of checks, except that (a) such
station shall not be subject to the distance limitation set forth in
subdivision one of section three hundred sixty-nine of this article, (b)
the fee for investigating the application for a station shall be as
prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, and (c) where
such a station is at the premises of a specified employer for the
purpose of cashing checks, drafts and money orders for the employees of
such employer, the fees and charges for cashing such checks, drafts or
money orders shall not be subject to the limitations of subdivision one
of section three hundred seventy-two of this article if such fees and
charges are paid by such employer.
3. A licensee may make a written application to the superintendent for
leave to change his or her place of business, or in the case of a mobile
unit, the area in which such unit is authorized to be operated, stating
the reasons for such proposed change. Such application may be approved
for relocation from a site within three-tenths of a mile of another
licensee to another site within three-tenths of a mile of such other
licensee provided that such new site is farther from such existing
licensee than the site from which permission to relocate is sought. Only
in situations in which a licensee seeks to change its place of business
due to extraordinary circumstances, as may be determined by the
superintendent pursuant to regulations, may the superintendent, in his
or her discretion, determine that an application may be approved for
relocation from a site within three-tenths of a mile of another licensee
to a new site which is closer to such existing licensee than the site
from which permission to relocate is sought. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this subdivision, a licensee may relocate from any location
to a location that is within three-tenths of a mile from another
licensee with the written consent of the other licensee. If the
superintendent approves such application he or she shall issue a new
license in duplicate in accordance with the provisions of section three
hundred sixty-nine of this article, stating the new location of such
licensee or, in the case of a mobile unit, the new area in which such
mobile unit may be operated.
Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the
prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which
results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to
any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the
business of a licensee shall make written application to the
superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The
application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by
rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the
purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this
section.
2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change
of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of
subdivisions one and six of section three hundred sixty-nine of this
article. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the application
in writing within ninety days after the date the application is filed
with the superintendent.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has
control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall
comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.
The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be
applicable to an application made under such section by a legal
representative.
The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an
individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other
organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership of
voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any
person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be
presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls
or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock
of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with
power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any
licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by
reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The
superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee
or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with
power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any
voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the ownership,
control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute
control of such licensee for purposes of this section.
Regulations. The superintendent is hereby authorized and
empowered to make such rules and regulations, and such specific rulings,
demands, and findings as he may deem necessary for the proper conduct of
the business authorized and licensed under and for the enforcement of
this article, in addition hereto and not inconsistent herewith.
Fees and charges; posting schedule; records and reports. 1. The
superintendent shall, by regulation, establish the maximum fees which
may be charged by licensees for cashing a check, draft, or money order.
No licensee shall charge or collect any sum for cashing a check, draft,
or money order in excess of that established by the superintendent's
regulations; provided, however, that no maximum fee shall apply to the
charging of fees by licensees for the cashing of checks, drafts or money
orders for payees of such checks, drafts or money orders that are other
than natural persons.
2. The schedule of fees and charges permitted under this section shall
be conspicuously and continuously posted in every location and mobil
unit licensed under this article.
3. No change in fees shall become effective earlier than thirty days
after the superintendent shall notify the majority leader of the senate,
the speaker of the assembly, and the chairmen of both the senate and
assembly committees on banks of his intention to change fees.
4. The fees in effect immediately prior to the effective date of this
subdivision shall continue to be the maximum allowable fees until
revised by the superintendent's regulations.
5. Each licensee shall keep and use in its business such books,
accounts, and records as the superintendent may require to carry into
effect the provisions of this article and the rules and regulations made
by the superintendent hereunder. Every licensee shall preserve such
books, accounts and records for at least two years.
6. Before a licensee shall deposit with any banking organization, or
with any organization engaged in the business of banking, a check, draft
or money order cashed by such licensee, the same must be endorsed with
the actual name under which such licensee is doing business and must
have the words "licensed casher of checks" legibly written or stamped
immediately after or below such name.
7. Every licensee shall submit to the superintendent, or such person
as the superintendent may designate, such suspicious activity reports or
currency transaction reports as are required to be submitted to federal
authorities pursuant to provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act (subchapter
11, chapter 53, title 31, United States code) and regulations and
administrative orders related thereto, as amended, within the periods of
time as required by such act and regulations. A licensee may submit a
copy of any such report to the superintendent, or such person as the
superintendent may designate, that is filed with such federal
authorities. The superintendent may adopt such regulations or require
such additional reports as he or she deems necessary to insure the
effective enforcement of this subdivision.
Superintendent authorized to examine. 1. For the purpose of
discovering violations of this article or securing information lawfully
required in this section, the superintendent may at any time, and as
often as may be determined, either personally or by a person duly
designated by the superintendent, investigate the cashing of checks by
licensees and examine the books, accounts, records, and files used
therein of every licensee.
2. For the purpose established in subdivision one of this section, the
superintendent and his or her duly designated representatives shall have
free access to the offices and places of business, books, accounts,
papers, records, files, safes and vaults of all such licensees. The
superintendent shall have authority to require the attendance of and to
examine under oath all persons whose testimony may be required relative
to such cashing of checks or such business.
Forged checks for cashing; signage. All licensees shall post
in a conspicuously prominent place, clearly visible to all patrons, a
statement printed in plain language as provided by the superintendent
informing the public that cashing a forged check is illegal and that
those who knowingly cash forged checks will be prosecuted pursuant to
article one hundred seventy of the penal law.
Acts prohibited; suspension or revocation of license;
penalties. 1. No licensee shall engage in the business of making loans
of money, credit, goods or things or discounting of notes, bills of
exchange, checks, or other evidences of debt pursuant to the provisions
of article nine of this chapter, nor shall a loan business or the
negotiation of loans or the discounting of notes, bills of exchange,
checks or other evidences of debt be conducted on the same premises
where the licensee is conducting business pursuant to the provisions of
this article. Except as otherwise provided by regulation of the
superintendent, all checks, drafts and money orders shall be deposited
in the licensee's bank account not later than the first business day
following the day on which they were cashed. No licensee shall at any
time cash or advance any moneys on a post-dated check or draft or engage
in the business of transmitting money or receiving money for
transmission; provided, however, that a licensee may cash a check
payable on the first banking business day following the date of cashing
(a) if such check is drawn by the United States, the state of New York,
or any political subdivision of the state of New York, or by any
department, bureau, agency, authority, instrumentality or officer,
acting in his official capacity, of the United States or of the state of
New York or of any political subdivision of the state of New York, or
(b) if such check is a payroll check drawn by an employer to the order
of its employee in payment for services performed by such employee. No
licensee shall cash any check, draft or money order if the face amount
for which it is drawn is in excess of fifteen thousand dollars;
provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the cashing
of checks, drafts or money orders drawn by the United States, any state
thereof or any political subdivision of any such state, or by any
department, bureau, agency, authority, instrumentality or officer,
acting in his official capacity, of the United States, any state thereof
or any political subdivision of any such state, or any banking
institution, or to any check or draft drawn by any insurance company,
any broker or dealer registered with the securities and exchange
commission, or any attorney for the settlement of claims, or to any
check which has been certified by the banking institution on which it
has been drawn; provided further, however, that any such restriction
upon the maximum face amount that may be cashed by a licensee shall not
apply to the cashing of checks, drafts or money orders by licensees for
payees of such checks, drafts or money orders that are other than
natural persons. For purposes of this subdivision, "banking institution"
means any bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan
association or credit union which is incorporated, chartered or
organized under the laws of this state or any other state or the United
States.
2. The superintendent may suspend or revoke any license or licenses
issued pursuant to this article if, after notice and a hearing, he shall
find that the licensee (a) has committed any fraud, engaged in any
dishonest activities or made any misrepresentation; or (b) has violated
any provisions of the banking law or any regulation issued pursuant
thereto, or has violated any other law in the course of its or his
dealings as a licensed casher of checks; or (c) has made a false
statement in the application for such license or failed to give a true
reply to a question in such application; or (d) has demonstrated his or
its incompetency or untrustworthiness to act as a licensed casher of
checks; or (e) is not doing sufficient business pursuant to this article
to justify the continuance of the license, or if he shall find that any
ground or grounds exist which would require or warrant the refusal of an
application for the issuance of the license if such an application were
then before him. Such a hearing shall be held in the manner and upon
such notice as may be prescribed by the superintendent. Pending an
investigation or a hearing for the suspension or revocation of any
license or licenses issued pursuant to this article, the superintendent
may temporarily suspend such license or licenses for a period not to
exceed ninety days, provided the superintendent shall find that such a
temporary suspension is in the public interest.
3. Whenever the superintendent shall suspend or revoke a license
issued pursuant to this article, he shall forthwith execute a written
order to that effect. The superintendent shall on the date such order is
executed file one copy thereof in the office of the department and serve
a second copy thereof on the licensee either personally or by mailing
the same to the last known address of such licensee. Such order shall be
subject to review by the supreme court in the manner provided in article
seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules; provided, however,
that a special proceeding for review of such order must be commenced
within thirty days from the date of such order of suspension or
revocation and, provided further, that no stay shall be granted pending
the determination of the matter except on notice to the superintendent
and for a period not exceeding thirty days.
4. Any person, partnership, association or corporation and the several
members, officers, directors, agents and employees thereof, who shall
violate any of the provisions of this article, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor, and shall be punishable by imprisonment for not more than
one year or by a fine of not more than five hundred dollars, or by both
such fine and imprisonment.
5. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision four of this section,
any person, partnership, association or corporation and the several
members, officers, directors, agents and employees thereof who shall
violate the provisions of subdivision one of section three hundred
sixty-seven of this article shall be guilty of a class A misdemeanor.
Application of article. 1. The provisions of this article shall
not apply when checks, drafts or money orders are cashed, other than by
a licensee, without a consideration or charge; nor when checks, drafts
or money orders are cashed, other than by a licensee, as an incident to
the conduct of any other lawful business where not more than one dollar
is charged for cashing each check, draft or money order; nor shall the
provisions of this article apply to any national bank, federal reserve
bank, or to any person, partnership, association, corporation or other
organization doing business under or pursuant to the provisions of this
chapter, except a licensee under this article.
2. The provisions of this article shall apply to the operation of
electronic check cashing machines. No person, partnership, association,
corporation or other organization required to be licensed under this
article shall operate an electronic check cashing machine without being
duly licensed by the superintendent to engage in such business pursuant
to this article.
* 3. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section, no national bank or any person, partnership, association,
corporation or other organization doing business under or pursuant to
the provisions of this chapter, except a licensee under this article,
shall conduct the business of cashing checks at a separate location
which is used primarily by any such entity for the purpose of cashing
checks, or at a separate location by means of an electronic check
cashing machine, unless such separate location is not closer than one
thousand five hundred eighty-four feet (three-tenths of a mile) from an
existing licensee; provided however that this restriction shall not
apply to any separate location which was in operation prior to the
effective date of this subdivision nor shall it apply to any national
bank or any person, partnership, association, corporation or other
organization doing business under or pursuant to the provisions of this
chapter which was engaged in the business of electronic check cashing
machines in this state prior to the effective date of this subdivision.
* NB Repealed August 1, 2027
4. Notwithstanding the provisions of article four-A of this chapter
and any rules or regulations adopted thereunder, a public accommodation
office shall be deemed a separate location for purposes of subdivision
three of this section if such office is used primarily for the purpose
of cashing of checks. A public accommodation office, for purposes of
this subdivision, shall include, without limitation, both those public
accommodation offices for which regulatory approval is required and
those public accommodation offices for which regulatory approval is not
required. The provisions of this subdivision shall be deemed to apply to
any similar facility established by a national bank.
ARTICLE 10 Savings and Loan Associations
Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by the
superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, fifteen or
more persons, residents of the state of New York, may form a corporation
to be known as a savings and loan association. Such persons shall
subscribe and acknowledge and submit to the superintendent an
organization certificate in duplicate, which shall specifically state:
1. The name by which the association is to be known, which shall contain
as a part thereof the words "savings and loan association."
2. The place where its principal office is to be located.
3. The name, occupation and place of residence of each incorporator
and the number of shares for which he has subscribed.
4. The total matured value of the shares for which the incorporators
have subscribed, which shall be at least: (a) Twenty-five thousand
dollars if the place where the principal office is to be located has a
population of ten thousand or more; or
(b) Ten thousand dollars if the principal office is to be located
elsewhere.
5. The number of directors of the association, or that the number of
directors shall not be less than a stated minimum nor more than a stated
maximum. Such number, or the minimum and the maximum stated, shall be
within the limitations prescribed by section three hundred ninety-seven
of this article.
6. The names of the incorporators who shall be its directors until the
first annual meeting. The incorporators named as directors must possess
the qualifications of directors as to citizenship and residence
specified in section three hundred ninety-seven of this article.
Proposed by-laws. 1. The incorporators shall subscribe and
acknowledge and submit to the superintendent proposed by-laws in
duplicate, which shall make provision for the following: (a) The dates
of regular meetings of shareholders; the notice, if any, to be given;
the qualifications of voters and the manner of voting; the manner of
calling special meetings; and the number of members which shall
constitute a quorum.
(b) The number of directors, and their qualifications, other than
those specified in this article; their terms of office, which shall not
be less than one year nor more than three years, and if the terms of
office be more than one year, the method of division into classes for
the purpose of electing, as nearly as may be, an equal number of
directors each year; and the removal or suspension of directors. The
by-laws may provide that the number of directors shall be not less than
seven nor more than fifteen, in which event the by-laws shall also
provide the manner in which the number of directors shall be fixed
within the minimum and maximum limits.
(c) The meetings of the board of directors, of which there shall be no
less than ten regular monthly meetings per year, provided, however, that
during any three consecutive calendar months the board of directors
shall meet at least twice; its powers and duties; the appointment or
election of auditors and their compensation; the establishment of
policies governing the appointment of appraisers and their compensation.
(d) The officers; the manner of their election; their terms of office,
duties and compensation; and the bonds which shall be required of
officers.
(e) The classes of shares which may be issued; whether they shall be
issued in series or otherwise; the times when they may be issued; and
their matured value.
(f) The manner in which evidence of share ownership shall be issued to
members.
(g) The dues that shall be paid upon shares and the time of their
payment; the time and manner of apportioning, crediting and paying
dividends.
(h) The conditions upon which shares may be transferred, matured,
withdrawn, retired or suspended and forfeited.
(i) If a member thereof, the voting of shares in the Savings and Loan
Bank of the State of New York and the nomination of a director of such
bank.
(j) The manner and conditions under which the by-laws may be altered
or amended.
2. Such by-laws may make provision for the following:
(a) The fees that may be charged, which shall be only an entrance fee
at a rate not exceeding twenty-five cents a share with a maximum amount
of five dollars, or in lieu thereof a membership fee not exceeding one
dollar; a transfer fee not exceeding twenty-five cents a share, or in
lieu thereof a total fee not exceeding one dollar on each transfer.
(b) Loans and investments; the security to be taken for loans, and the
conditions under which loans may be repaid.
(c) The fines and penalties which may be imposed for failure promptly
to make payments when due.
(d) Prohibiting or further limiting proxies for members, and their
duration, pursuant to subdivision two of section three hundred
seventy-eight.
(e) The receipt of time and demand deposits.
When corporate existence begins. When the superintendent shall
have approved the organization certificate and the proposed by-laws, and
shall have issued his authorization certificate as provided in article
two of this chapter, the corporate existence of the association shall
begin.
Power to issue shares; dues thereon. 1. Every savings and loan
association shall be either permanent or serial in character. A
permanent association shall be one which issues instalment shares, not
in series, and credits dividends thereon to the holders of such shares
individually. A serial association shall be one which issues instalment
shares in series and credits the dividends apportioned to such shares by
series. No additional shares shall be issued in any series after a
dividend has been credited thereto unless the person to whom such shares
shall be issued shall pay therefor the book value of such shares
including the estimated accrued dividend thereon since the close of the
preceding dividend period. Dividends credited by a serial association
upon shares issued by it other than instalment shares may be credited to
the holders of such shares individually.
2. The members of a savings and loan association shall be: (1) those
persons who are the holders of record of shares whose membership shall
continue until such shares have matured and been paid, or have been
withdrawn, retired, suspended, forfeited, or transferred; and (2) all
borrowers from the association and all persons obligated to the
association on loans whose membership shall continue until such loans or
obligations have been paid. Each member shall be entitled to at least
one vote upon all question at any meeting of such members of the
association, except when by statute the vote is required to be based
upon the capital of the association. Every member entitled to vote at a
meeting of members of the association may authorize another person or
persons to act for him by proxy, but no director, officer, clerk, teller
or bookkeeper of the savings and loan association shall act as proxy at
any meeting of such association. Every proxy must be signed by the
member or his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the
expiration of eleven months from the date thereof unless otherwise
provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of
the member executing it. The authority of the holder of a proxy to act
shall not be revoked by the incompetence or death of the member who
executed the proxy unless, before the authority is exercised, written
notice of an adjudication of such incompetence or of such death is
received by the officer of the association responsible for maintaining
the list of members. The by-laws may prohibit or further limit proxies
for members and their duration. No director or officer of a savings and
loan association shall be eligible to act as an inspector of an election
of directors at any meeting of members of the association.
3. The capital of every such association shall consist of the dues and
dividends credited to its members upon their shares either individually
or by series, time deposits held by such association pursuant to section
three hundred seventy-eight-a of this chapter together with interest
accrued on such deposits, and demand deposits held by such association
pursuant to subdivision thirteen of section three hundred eighty-three
of this chapter.
4. Any savings and loan association may issue shares of the following
classes: (a) Instalment shares, class one, upon which regular payments
of dues shall be made as provided in the by-laws of the association,
until such shares reach their matured value or are withdrawn, retired or
forfeited; and instalment shares, class two, which shall have no
participation in dividends and upon which the dues payable in regularly
increasing amounts are applied in reduction of a debt due to the
association from the holder of such shares in accordance with a
direction given by him.
(b) Savings shares, upon which dues shall be paid in such sums, at
such times and for such purposes as the holder thereof may elect, until
the shares are withdrawn or retired. Upon the request of the holder
thereof, such savings shares may be converted by the issuing association
into special savings shares authorized for issuance by paragraph (bb) of
this subdivision. The association may enter such conversion in its
records and on the evidence of ownership of the savings shares as an
alternative to withdrawal or retirement of the savings shares and
issuance of special savings shares.
(bb) Subject to such limitations and restrictions as may be prescribed
by regulation of the superintendent of financial services, special
savings shares, upon which dues shall be paid in such sums, at such
times and for such purposes as the holder thereof may elect, and which
shall provide that dividends shall be credited from the date of actual
receipt of such dues to the date they are withdrawn or retired.
Dividends on special savings shares shall be credited and shall be made
available no later than the end of a regular dividend period, or at the
time such special savings shares are withdrawn or retired if in the
opinion of a majority of the board of directors it appears the savings
and loan association will have sufficient profit available at the end of
such regular dividend period to pay dividends and if the board of
directors chooses payment of dividends at withdrawal as an option to
periodic payment of dividends. Any savings and loan association which
does not make dividends available pursuant to the provisions of this
paragraph shall promptly notify the superintendent of financial services
of such decision. Withdrawals or retirements of special savings shares
during the last three business days of any regular dividend period or,
in the event that any one of such last three business days is a
Saturday, withdrawals of such shares upon one of the last four business
days of any such period may receive dividends apportioned for the full
period.
(c) Accumulative prepaid shares upon which a single payment of dues to
the amount of fifty per centum or more of the matured value thereof
shall be paid at the time when such shares are issued. The whole or a
part of the dividends apportioned to such shares shall be credited
thereto until such shares are matured, withdrawn or retired. Any balance
of such dividends not so credited shall be paid in cash.
(d) Income shares, upon which a single payment of dues amounting to
one hundred dollars per share shall be paid at the time when such shares
are issued. The dividends on such shares shall be paid in cash or, in
accordance with the written order of the holder, applied to the purchase
of other shares in the association. Income shares may be issued which
shall not be withdrawable without the consent of the board of directors,
until the expiration of a fixed period, which shall be not more than ten
years. Whenever income shares are issued which are not withdrawable
until the expiration of a fixed period, a statement that they are not
withdrawable until the expiration of such fixed period shall be printed
upon the face of the certificate of shares or other evidence of
ownership in such manner as to be clearly legible. Whenever any
association is unable to locate the holder of income shares and
dividends shall have been apportioned which cannot be paid to the holder
thereof by reason of the inability of such association to locate such
holder, such association may credit such dividends as dues upon another
class of shares in the name of holder of such income shares and shall
carry such other shares and any accumulations thereon for the benefit of
such shareholder. Income shares which are not withdrawable until the
expiration of a fixed period shall be termed "income shares, class two."
Other income shares shall be termed "income shares, class one."
(e) Cumulative income shares upon which a single payment of dues of
not less than one hundred dollars shall be paid at the time such shares
are issued. The dividends on such shares may be credited thereto until
such shares are matured, withdrawn or retired. Cumulative income shares
may be issued which shall not be withdrawable without the consent of the
board of directors, until the expiration of a fixed period, which shall
be not more than ten years nor less than ninety days. Whenever
cumulative income shares are issued which are not withdrawable until the
expiration of a fixed period, a statement that they are not withdrawable
until the expiration of such fixed period shall be printed upon the face
of the certificate of shares or other evidence of ownership in such
manner as to be clearly legible. Cumulative income shares which are not
withdrawable until the expiration of a fixed period shall be termed
"cumulative income shares, class two." Other cumulative income shares
shall be termed "cumulative income shares, class one."
5. All shares hereafter issued by any savings and loan association
shall have a matured value of one hundred dollars, except that
instalment shares may be issued having a matured value of not less than
one hundred nor more than two hundred fifty dollars.
6. Shares issued in the name of more than one person shall confer no
greater voting rights than if issued in the name of one person.
7. Persons who hold shares in a fiduciary capacity shall have all the
rights and privileges of membership, except to hold office.
8. A savings and loan association shall have a lien upon the shares of
its members to the extent of any lawful fines or other obligations due
to it, whether or not such shares are specifically transferred or
pledged to it, and may, at its option, after five days' notice to the
member, apply such shares toward the payment of any matured obligations
due it.
9. A savings and loan association may in its discretion accept or
refuse advance payments of dues.
10. Notwithstanding any provision of this chapter, a savings and loan
association, in its organization certificate, by-laws, advertising
matter or any other instrument, document or other writing used in or in
connection with its business, may designate its shares as "deposit
accounts" or "savings accounts" its members as "depositors", its dues or
share payments as "deposits", and its capital as "deposit liability".
The use of any term permitted by this subdivision shall not affect any
right, duty, privilege or liability which the savings and loan
association, any member or any depositor would otherwise have.
Time deposits. 1. Subject to such regulations and
restrictions as the superintendent of financial services finds to be
necessary and proper, a savings and loan association may contract to
receive time deposits including deposits upon which the savings and loan
association contracts to pay interest at a fixed rate.
2. Any time deposit made by or in the name of any minor shall be held
for the exclusive right and benefit of such minor, and free from the
control or lien of all other persons, except creditors, and shall be
paid together with interest credited thereon, to the person in whose
name the deposit shall have been made. The receipt or acquittance of
such minor shall be a valid and sufficient release and discharge to the
association for any payment so made. When any time deposit shall be made
by any person in trust for another, including a minor, and no other or
further notice of the existence and terms of a legal and valid trust
shall have been given in writing to the association, in the event of the
death of the trustee, the deposit, together with the interest credited
thereon, may be paid to the person for whom the deposit was made. The
receipt of acquittance of such person shall be a valid and sufficient
release and discharge to the association for any payment so made.
3. The repayment of time deposits made with any association and any
interest credited thereto, shall be subject to the provisions of this
chapter and to rules and regulations made in accordance therewith. Any
such regulations adopted by the board of directors shall be posted in a
conspicious place in the office or offices of such association, and
shall be available to depositors upon request. All such rules and
regulations, from time to time in effect, and all amendments thereto,
from time to time in effect, shall be binding upon all depositors.
4. Notice to any association of an adverse claim to a time deposit
standing on its books to the credit of any person shall not be effectual
to cause such association to recognize such adverse claimant unless he
shall also either procure a restraining order, injunction or other
appropriate process against such association from a court of competent
jurisdiction in a cause therein instituted by him wherein the person to
whose credit the deposit stands or his executor or administrator is made
a party and served with summons, or shall execute to such association,
in form and with sureties acceptable to it a bond, indemnifying such
association from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and
expenses, for and on account of the payment of such adverse claim or the
dishonor of the order of the person to whose credit the deposit stands
on the books of such association; provided, that this section shall not
apply in any instance where the person to whose credit the deposit
stands is a fiduciary for such adverse claimant, and the facts
constituting such relationship, and the facts showing reasonable cause
for belief on the part of such claimant that such fiduciary is about to
misappropriate such deposit, are made to appear by the affidavit of such
claimant.
5. (a) In all actions against any association to recover a time
deposit, if there be any person or persons, not parties to the action,
who claim the same fund, the court in which the action is pending may,
on the petition of such association, and upon eight days' notice to the
plaintiff and such claimants, and without proof as to the merits of the
claim, make an order amending the proceedings in the action by making
such claimants parties defendants thereto; and the court shall thereupon
proceed to determine the rights and interests of the several parties to
the action in and to such funds. The remedy provided in this section
shall be in addition to and not exclusive of that provided in any other
interpleader provision.
(b) The time deposit which is the subject of such an action may remain
with such association to the credit of the action until final judgment
therein, and be entitled to the same interest as other deposits of the
same class, and shall be paid by such association in accordance with the
final judgment of the court; or the deposit in controversy may be paid
into court to await the final determination of the action, and when the
deposit is so paid into court such association shall be struck out as a
party to the action, and its liability for such deposit shall cease.
(c) The costs in all actions against an association to recover
deposits shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be charged
upon the fund affected by the action.
7. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, a savings and loan association may
accept time deposit without the issuance of a passbook in connection
therewith, and may issue such other evidences of its obligation to repay
such time deposits as may be appropriate to safeguard the interests of
the depositors and of the savings and loan association.
Club accounts. 1. No contract under which a savings and loan
association agrees to repay shares of fixed sums made at regular
intervals at a given time with all interest or dividends credited
thereon, or to repay said shares when, together with interest or
dividends credited thereon, they shall equal a specified sum, may
provide for any forfeiture of the sums deposited in the event of the
discontinuance of the regular payments. Interest or dividends on club
accounts, if offered, must be credited at least quarterly and may not be
forfeited once credited, in the event of the discontinuance of regular
payments.
2. Any savings and loan association which provides for deposits in
club accounts shall, in all advertising announcements or brochures
pertaining to such accounts, state whether or not interest or dividends
are paid thereon and, if interest or dividends are paid, shall state the
rate or form of interest or dividends so paid in accordance with any
rules and regulations that may be prescribed by the superintendent.
Excelsior linked deposit program. A savings and loan
association may accept moneys deposited by the comptroller or the
commissioner of taxation and finance as linked deposits pursuant to
article fifteen of the state finance law and enter into agreements,
pledge assets or furnish other security, satisfactory in form and amount
to such authorized depositor, for the repayment of such moneys.
Preservation of books and records. Every savings and loan
association shall preserve all its records of final entry, including
cards used under the card system and deposit tickets, for a period of at
least six years from the date of making the same or from the date of the
last entry thereon; provided, however, that preservation of photographic
reproductions thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute
compliance with the requirements of this section. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the superintendent of financial services may prescribe by
regulation such period of time longer or shorter than six years during
which all records kept by savings and loan associations as fiduciary
shall be preserved in original form.
Water pollution control linked deposit program. A savings and
loan association may accept moneys deposited by the New York state
environmental facilities corporation as linked deposits pursuant to
article sixteen of the state finance law and enter into agreements,
pledge assets or furnish other security, satisfactory in form and amount
to New York state environmental facilities corporation, for the
repayment of such moneys.
Power to invest in securities. A savings and loan association
may invest its funds in the following securities: (1) Shares of the
Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York, in an amount not
exceeding five per centum of the assets of such association at the time
of such investment, except that such amount may exceed five per centum
with the written approval of the superintendent.
(2) Capital stock of a federal home loan bank, in an amount not
exceeding five per centum of the assets of such association at the time
of such investment, except that such amount may exceed five per centum
with the written approval of the superintendent.
(3) Obligations of the Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York.
(4) Bonds, debentures, consolidated debentures, or other obligations
of a federal home loan bank or banks.
(5) Securities, certificates of deposit and other accounts and
corporate obligations in which investments are authorized to be made by
savings banks subject to those limitations applicable to such
investments in the case of savings banks, including, without limiting
the foregoing, investments made under the provisions of subdivision
thirty of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter.
(6) Such additional investments as are authorized to be made by
savings banks by subdivision thirty-one of section two hundred
thirty-five of this chapter, subject to those limitations applicable to
such investments in the case of savings banks.
(7) Such bonds or other evidences of indebtedness issued or guaranteed
by the State of Israel as are approved by the comptroller of the
currency for investment by national banks; provided, however, that the
principal and interest payable thereon shall be payable in United States
dollars; and provided that such investments may not exceed in the
aggregate five percent of the association's capital deposits, undivided
profits, surplus and reserves.
Service corporation owned by associations; authorized
activities of such corporation; investment therein. 1. A savings and
loan association may invest in the stock, capital notes and debentures
of a service corporation organized under the laws of this state for the
sole activities set forth in subdivision two of this section, to the
extent and upon such conditions as are or have been authorized by the
superintendent of financial services, provided that all of the stock of
such service corporation is, or is to be, owned by one or more savings
and loan associations; and provided further, that no savings and loan
association may make any investment under this section if its aggregate
outstanding investment thereby, determined as prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, would thereupon exceed three per
centum of its assets.
2. The activities of such service corporation, performed directly or
through one or more wholly owned subsidiaries, shall consist of
rendering such services to savings and loan associations and making such
investments for itself and for savings and loan associations as are
authorized services and investments for such associations under the
provisions of this chapter as well as such activities as may be
prescribed by general regulation of the superintendent of financial
services.
Power to make loans. 1. A savings and loan association may make
a loan upon the security of a mortgage of the type authorized to be made
by a savings bank by subdivisions five-a and six of section two hundred
thirty-five of this chapter, subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe.
1-b. A savings and loan association may also lend its funds to
borrowers therefrom upon their promissory notes payable to the
association which are:
(a) secured by one or more mortgages in which a savings and loan
association may invest; provided however, that the amount loaned is not
in excess of ninety per centum of the principal sum secured by such
mortgage or mortgages. The assignment of every mortgage taken as
security for any such note shall be recorded or registered in the office
of the proper recording officer of the county in which the real property
described in such mortgage is located, unless such mortgage or mortgages
have been so assigned by a savings and loan association;
(b) secured by any of the stocks and bonds in which a savings and loan
association may invest, except stocks eligible for investment pursuant
to the provisions of subdivision twenty-six of section two hundred
thirty-five of this chapter; provided however, that the amount of the
loan is not in excess of ninety per centum of the market value of such
stocks and bonds;
(c) made by a savings bank which has been incorporated three years or
more.
(d) secured by any of the stocks eligible for investment by a savings
and loan association pursuant to the provisions of subdivision
twenty-six of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter; provided
however, that (1) the amount of the loan is not in excess of the lesser
of (i) eighty-five per centum of the market value of such stocks, or
(ii) the maximum loan value of such stocks determined in accordance with
Federal Reserve Regulation U and the supplement thereto of the board of
governors of the federal reserve system and as if the savings and loan
association were a member bank of such system extending credit secured
by such stocks for their purchase as margin stock, and (2) the amount of
such loan, together with the aggregate amount outstanding of all loans
made pursuant to this paragraph and the aggregate amount of investments
in stock eligible for investment by a savings and loan association
pursuant to the provisions of subdivision twenty-six of section two
hundred thirty-five of this chapter, shall not exceed the aggregate
limitations set forth in subdivision twenty-six of section two hundred
thirty-five of this chapter;
2. A savings and loan association may lend its funds to its members
upon their notes as follows: (a) secured by the transfer and pledge to
the association of shares of any savings and loan association or by the
assignment to the association of a time deposit in any savings and loan
association, the withdrawal value of which, in either case, shall not be
less than the amount of any such loan.
(b) Representing loans and advances of credit for the purpose of
financing alterations, repairs and improvements upon or in connection
with, or as the superintendent may authorize the equipping of existing
structures, and the building of new structures, upon urban, suburban, or
rural real property (including the restoration, rehabilitation,
rebuilding, and replacement of such improvements which have been damaged
or destroyed by earthquake, conflagration, tornado, hurricane, cyclone,
flood, or other catastrophe), by the owners thereof or by lessees of
such real property under a lease expiring not less than six months after
the maturity of the loan or advance of credit or by lessees under
proprietary leases from a corporation or partnership formed for the
purpose of the cooperative ownership of real estate, provided: (1) the
amount of such loan, advance of credit, or purchase made for the purpose
of financing the alteration, repair, equipping or improvement of
existing structure or the building of new structure does not exceed
twenty thousand dollars; (2) the maturity thereof does not exceed one
hundred twenty-one months; (3) the rate which may be paid by the
borrower for interest, discount, and fees of all kinds in connection
with the transaction shall be the rate or rates agreed to by the savings
and loan association and the borrower; and (4) the loan shall be paid in
equal or substantially equal monthly installments calculated from the
date of the note; provided, however, that in addition thereto, the
savings and loan association may contract to charge the borrower: (i)
the fees payable to the appropriate public officer to perfect any lien
or other security interest taken to secure the loan or the premium, not
in excess of such filing fee, payable for any insurance in lieu of such
filing; (ii) in case of default, and in accordance with the provisions
of the instrument evidencing the obligation, either a fine in an amount
not to exceed five cents per dollar on any installment which has become
due and remained unpaid for a period in excess of ten days, but no such
fine shall exceed five dollars and only one fine shall be collected on
any such installment regardless of the period during which it remains in
default, and provided further that should the aggregate of such fines
collected in connection with any loan exceed two per centum of such
loan, or in any event twenty-five dollars, the savings and loan
association shall refund such excess to the borrower within sixty days
after the loan is paid in full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned
interest attributable to the amount in default, interest on each amount
past due at a rate not in excess of the rate provided for in the
instrument evidencing the obligation; (iii) the actual expenditures,
including reasonable attorney's fees, for necessary court process; and
(iv) in case the savings and loan association insures a borrower under a
credit unemployment insurance policy, group life insurance policy, group
health insurance policy, group accident insurance policy, or group
health and accident insurance policy, or requires insurance on personal
property securing any such loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums
chargeable in accordance with rate schedules then in effect and on file
with the superintendent of financial services for such insurance by the
insurer. No savings and loan association shall require a borrower to
purchase shares in the association, or to purchase shares in lieu of
regular periodic installment payments, or to do or refrain from any
other act which would entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a
condition precedent to granting a loan or advance of credit under the
authority of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
paragraph no refund of excess fines shall be required if it amounts to
less than one dollar.
(c) Representing loans and advances of credit for the purpose of
defraying the cost of attendance of one or more students the income of
whose family is fifteen thousand dollars or more per year at the time
the loan or loan commitment is made at a university or college or for
the purpose of defraying the cost of attendance of one or more students
at an elementary or secondary school providing education required for
minors; provided, however, that no such loan shall bring the total
unpaid principal balances of any one or more loans made by such savings
and loan association to the borrower pursuant to this paragraph to an
amount in excess of thirty thousand dollars; and further provided that
the maturity of any such loan does not exceed eighty-five months; and
further provided that the rate which may be paid by the borrower for
interest, discount, and fees of all kinds in connection with the
transaction shall be the rate or rates agreed to by the savings and loan
association and the borrower, reckoned on each loan or advance from the
date thereof, calculated on any of the following bases: (i) on the
unpaid principal amount of such loans and advances from time to time
outstanding, or (ii) for each month on an average balance outstanding
determined by dividing by two the sum of the balances of unpaid
principal of such loans and advances outstanding on two dates during
such month, as specified in such agreement; the first of which dates
being not later than the fifteenth day of such month and the second
being not earlier than the sixteenth day of such month and not less than
ten nor more than twenty days after the first day, or (iii) for each
month on a fixed amount selected from a schedule, which fixed amount may
exceed the average daily balance under (i) above, or the average balance
if determined under (ii) above, by a differential of not more than five
dollars, provided the same fixed amount is also used for computing
interest for any month for which such balance exceeds said fixed amount
by any amount up to at least the same differential; and further provided
that the loan shall be paid in equal or substantially equal monthly
installments calculated from the date of the note. No fee, commission,
expense, or other charge whatsoever shall be taken, received, reserved
or contracted for in addition to the rate of interest authorized by this
paragraph except (i) the fees payable to the appropriate public officer
to perfect any lien or other security interest taken to secure the loan
or the premium, not in excess of such filing fee, payable for any
insurance in lieu of such filing; (ii) in case of default, and in
accordance with the provisions of the instrument evidencing the
obligation, either a fine in an amount not to exceed five cents per
dollar on any installment which has become due and remained unpaid for a
period in excess of ten days, but no such fine shall exceed five dollars
and only one fine shall be collected on any such installment regardless
of the period during which it remains in default, and provided further
that should the aggregate of such fines collected in connection with any
loan exceed two per centum of such loan, or in any event twenty-five
dollars, the savings and loan association shall refund such excess to
the borrower within sixty days after the loan is paid in full, or,
subject to an allowance of unearned interest attributable to the amount
in default, interest on each amount past due at a rate not in excess of
the rate provided for in the instrument evidencing the obligation; (iii)
the actual expenditures, including reasonable attorney's fees, for
necessary court process; and (iv) in case the savings and loan
association insures a borrower under a credit unemployment insurance
policy, group life insurance policy, group health insurance policy,
group accident insurance policy, or group health and accident insurance
policy, or requires insurance on personal property securing any such
loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums chargeable in accordance
with rate schedules then in effect and on file with the superintendent
of financial services for such insurance by the insurer. No savings and
loan association shall require a borrower to place any sum on deposit,
or to make deposits in lieu of regular periodic installment payments, or
to do or refrain from doing any other act which would entail additional
expense or sacrifice, as a condition precedent to granting a loan or
advance of credit under the authority of this paragraph, except under
such terms and conditions as the superintendent may from time to time
approve. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph no refund of
excess fines shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar.
(d) Representing loans secured by mobile home chattel paper evidencing
a monetary obligation incurred to finance the purchase of a mobile home
located at the time of such purchase, or to be located within ninety
days, at a semipermanent site within the state or in a contiguous state
and to be maintained as a residence of the borrower, the borrower's
spouse, child, grandchild, parent or grandparent.
(1) For this paragraph:
(i) "mobile home chattel paper" means written evidence of both a
monetary obligation and a security interest of first priority in a
mobile home and any equipment installed, or to be installed therein, and
(ii) "mobile home" or "manufactured home" means a structure,
transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is
eight body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length,
or when erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet,
and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a
dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to
required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning
and electrical systems contained therein.
(2) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a new
mobile home,
(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the
date thereof, and
(ii) the amount advanced to the borrower shall not exceed one hundred
per cent of the sum of (a) the purchase price of such mobile home
(including any installed equipment) plus (b) the price of any new
equipment installed or to be installed by the dealer.
(3) If the loan is for the purpose of financing the purchase of a used
mobile home,
(i) it shall mature not later than two hundred forty months after the
date thereof, and
(ii) the amount advanced to the borrower shall not exceed one hundred
per cent of the purchase price of the mobile home actually paid
(including any installed equipment).
(4) The loan shall be payable in equal or substantially equal monthly
installments calculated from the date of the loan. Interest, which may
be taken in advance, may be charged thereon, computed from the date of
the loan to the date of the last installment payable thereunder, if the
loan has a maturity, (i) not exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate
not to exceed six dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of
the face amount or ten dollars if the interest so computed is less than
that amount, or (ii) exceeding thirty-seven months, at a rate not to
exceed five dollars per annum discount per one hundred dollars of the
face amount provided that the interest charged, if the amount thereof
exceeds ten dollars, shall not exceed one per cent per month on the
unpaid principal balance.
(5) The authorized interest shall be inclusive of all charges incident
to investigating and making any loan. No fee, commission, expense, or
other charge shall be permitted except that the savings and loan
association may contract to charge the borrower (i) the fees payable to
a public officer to perfect any lien or other security interest taken to
secure the loan, or the premium, not in excess of such filing fee,
payable for any insurance in lieu of such filing; (ii) in case of
default, and in accordance with the instrument evidencing the
obligation, either a fine in an amount not to exceed five per cent on
any installment which has become due and remained unpaid for a period in
excess of ten days, but no such fine shall exceed five dollars and only
one fine shall be collected on any such installment regardless of the
duration of the default, and provided further that should the aggregate
of such fines collected in connection with any loan exceed two per cent
of such loan or twenty-five dollars, the savings and loan association
shall refund such excess within sixty days after the loan is paid in
full, or, subject to an allowance of unearned interest attributable to
the amount in default, interest on each amount past due at a rate not in
excess of one per cent per month during the delinquency; (iii) the
actual expenditures, including reasonable attorney's fees for necessary
court process, and (iv) in case the savings and loan association insures
a borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life
insurance, health insurance, accident insurance, or health and accident
insurance policy, or requires insurance on the property securing such
loan, an amount not in excess of the premiums lawfully chargeable. No
savings and loan association shall require a borrower to purchase shares
in the association, or to purchase shares in lieu of regular periodic
installment payments, or to do or refrain from doing any other act which
would entail additional expense or sacrifice, as a condition to granting
a loan under this paragraph except as the superintendent may from time
to time approve. No refund of excess fines need be made if it amounts to
less than one dollar.
(6) As a condition of any loan made pursuant to this paragraph, the
borrower shall certify that the mobile home, against which the loan is
made, is intended to be maintained in the state or in a contiguous state
as a residence of the borrower, the borrower's spouse, child,
grandchild, parent or grandparent. If the mobile home shall not be so
maintained on the ninetieth day next succeeding the date of the loan or
if it is relocated so as to no longer be located in the state or a
contiguous state at any time before the first anniversary of the loan,
the loan and all authorized charges shall become immediately due and
payable subject only to the refund provisions of paragraph (d) and the
borrower may, if the contract so provides, be required to pay, as an
additional authorized charge, a penalty in an amount not to exceed two
per cent of the face amount of the loan.
(7) No loan shall be made by a savings and loan association pursuant
hereto if the total amount loaned by it pursuant to this paragraph
exceeds, or by the making of such loan will exceed, an amount equal to
five per cent of the assets of the savings and loan association.
(8) Subject to such limitations and conditions as the superintendent
of financial services may prescribe by general regulation, a savings and
loan association may make a loan pursuant to this paragraph which the
federal housing administrator has insured or has made a commitment to
insure and may receive and hold such debentures as are issued by the
federal housing administrator in payment of such insurance, or which is
guaranteed pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled
the "Servicemen's Readjustment Act of l944." No law of this state
prescribing or limiting the interest rate upon loans or advances of
credit or prescribing a penalty for violation thereof or prescribing the
nature, amount or form of security or requiring security upon which
loans or advances of credit may be made or prescribing or limiting the
period for which loans or advances of credit may be made or limiting the
amount of any class of loans, advances of credit or purchases which may
be made shall be deemed to apply to loans, advances of credit or
purchases made or to loans acquired by purchase pursuant to this
subparagraph.
(e) A borrower may prepay any loan made pursuant to paragraph (b), (c)
or (d) in full or, with the consent of the savings and loan association,
may refinance the loan. In the event of such prepayment or refinancing,
the savings and loan association shall refund: (1) the unearned portion
of the interest to the borrower the amount of which portion shall be
determined according to a generally accepted actuarial method; provided,
however, that if the amount of interest previously deducted (i) was less
than ten dollars, no refund shall be required; or (ii) exceeded the sum
of ten dollars and the earned interest is less than that amount, the
savings and loan association may retain such an additional amount as
will bring the earned interest to the sum of ten dollars and refund the
remainder, and provided further, that unless the loan is refinanced, no
refund shall be required if it amounts to less than one dollar; and (2)
if a charge was made to the borrower for premiums for insuring the
borrower under a credit unemployment insurance policy, group life
insurance policy, or under a group health, group accident or group
health and accident insurance policy, the excess of the charge to the
borrower therefor over the premiums paid or payable by the savings and
loan association, if such premiums were paid or payable by the savings
and loan association periodically, or the refund for such insurance
premium received or receivable by the savings and loan association, if
such premium was paid or payable in a lump sum by the savings and loan
association, provided that no such refund shall be required if it
amounts to less than one dollar. In the event (i) the maturity of the
loan is accelerated due to the default of the borrower or otherwise and
judgment is obtained, or (ii) repayment is made pursuant to any such
insurance policy, the borrower or his legal representative, as the case
may be, shall be entitled to the same refund as if the loan had been
prepaid in full on the date of acceleration or repayment.
2-a. A savings and loan association may lend its funds to borrowers
therefrom upon their promissory notes representing loans for the purpose
of financing the purchase of or refinancing an existing ownership
interest in certificates of stock or other evidence of an ownership
interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a corporation or partnership
formed for the purpose of the cooperative ownership of real estate as
provided in this subdivision.
A savings and loan association may, subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services finds necessary and proper, invest
to an amount not exceeding the maximum per cent of the loans permitted
to be made on real estate improved by a single family residence occupied
by the owner, provided that for purposes of this section the amount of
the purchase price shall be deemed to equal the appraised value of such
certificate of stock or other evidence of an ownership interest, or, in
the case of a refinancing, the appraised value of certificates of stock
or other evidence of the ownership of an interest in, and a proprietary
lease from, a corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the
cooperative ownership of real estate, for the purpose of financing a
purchase of or refinancing an existing ownership interest in such a
corporation or partnership; provided (a) such investment is secured
within ninety days from the making of the loan by an assignment or
transfer of the stock or other evidence of an ownership interest of the
borrower and a proprietary lease; and (b) repayments of principal and
interest shall be effected within the same number of years as a
conventional mortgage loan previously described in this subdivision. The
maximum rate of interest which may be charged, taken or received upon
any loan or forbearance made pursuant to this subdivision may exceed the
rate of interest prescribed by the superintendent of financial services
in accordance with section fourteen-a of this chapter by no more than
one and one-half per cent per annum.
3. A savings and loan association may also lend its funds, if at any
time such association has funds in excess of the amount needed for loans
to its members, as follows:
(a) To other savings and loan associations.
(b) Upon bonds and mortgages and notes and mortgages upon real estate
to the same extent authorized in subdivision one of this section,
subject to the limitations therein.
3-a. A savings and loan association may also lend its funds to its
members or their children who are attending or planning to attend
colleges in this state or elsewhere, to assist them in meeting their
expenses of higher education, where such loans are made by the
association and (1) guaranteed by the New York higher education
assistance corporation in accordance with the provisions of article
fourteen of the education law, or (2) insured or covered by a commitment
to insure or are guaranteed or covered by a commitment to guarantee
issued by the federal education commissioner in accordance with the
provisions of the act of congress entitled the "Higher Education Act of
1965". In such cases no further security for the repayment of such loans
shall be required of the borrowers by the association. A savings and
loan association may also lend its funds to nonmembers, for the same
purposes and upon the same terms and conditions if, at any time, such
association has funds in excess of the amount needed for loans to its
members.
4. No loan shall be made under the provisions of this section upon the
security of a mortgage:
(a) Which is not a first lien upon the property described therein,
unless all prior mortgages, liens or encumbrances thereon are owned by
such association; and no such prior mortgage, lien or encumbrance shall
be sold, transferred or assigned by such association until every
subsequent mortgage, lien or encumbrance owned by it shall have been
fully paid and satisfied; and further provided that whenever loans are
made under both subdivisions one and three of this section upon the same
real estate the limitations of amount applicable to the loan under each
subdivision shall be determined by first segregating that portion of the
appraised value of the premises necessary to sustain the prior mortgage,
lien or encumbrance, and the limitation of amount applicable to the
additional mortgage, lien or encumbrance shall then be determined with
reference only to the remaining portion of the appraised value; provided
further that the loan under subdivision three shall provide for equal or
substantially equal periodic payments of interest and principal at least
annually in amount sufficient to pay all interest and effect full
repayment of principal within thirty years;
(b) Except upon the written and signed certificate of an appraiser
appointed pursuant to policies established by the board of directors,
certifying to the value of the premises according to such appraiser's
judgment. Such certificate shall be filed and preserved among the
records of the association and any member shall have access thereto;
4-a. A savings and loan association may, in addition to the authority
granted under any other subdivision of this section or subdivision six
of section three hundred seventy-nine of this article, make a loan to a
natural person upon the security of a mortgage which is not a first lien
at the rate or rates agreed to by the savings and loan association and
the borrower, subject to such regulations as the superintendent of
financial services may prescribe. Such regulations by the superintendent
of financial services may include such restrictions as the
superintendent of financial services finds necessary or proper,
including without limitation, a restriction as to the percentage of
total assets which may be invested in such loans or a restriction on the
loan to appraisal value of property securing such loan.
For purposes of this subdivision, the term mortgage shall include a
lien on an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or other
evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a
corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative
ownership of real estate.
5. Every mortgage and every assignment of a mortgage taken by any
savings and loan association shall be immediately recorded or registered
in the office of the proper recording officer of the county in which the
real estate described in such mortgage is located. This subdivision
shall not apply to a participating interest in any mortgage which shall
have been acquired by a savings and loan association under the
provisions of section three hundred eighty-c of the banking law if the
originating mortgagee shall have recorded such mortgage or an assignment
thereof in the office of the proper recording officer of the county in
which the real estate described in such mortgage is located.
6. Any savings and loan association may require either single premium
reducing term, monthly premium reducing term, or fully paid-up life
insurance or accident, health or disability insurance to be assigned to
it by any borrower. When directed by the written order of a borrower,
the cost of such insurance may be advanced and paid by the association.
All such payments may be added to the unpaid balance of the loan.
7. A savings and loan association shall have the power to waive its
right to enforce payment of a bond or note secured by a mortgage on real
property and may waive its right to obtain a deficiency judgment against
the borrower in the event of foreclosure of such mortgage.
Power to purchase mortgage, loan or investment. Subject to
such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe therefor, an association may acquire by purchase
any mortgage, loan or invetsment which by the provisions of this article
it is authorized to make and hold.
Power to purchase mortgages from mortgage holders. A savings
and loan association may purchase from mortgage holders; (1) any bond
and mortgage insured or guaranteed by the United States or any
instrumentality thereof, or for which there is a commitment to so insure
or guarantee, or (2) provided the mortgage is a first lien, any bond and
mortgage at least twenty per centum of which is guaranteed pursuant to
the provisions of the act of congress entitled the "Servicemen's
Readjustment Act of 1944". A savings and loan association may receive
and hold such debentures as are issued in payment of any such insurance.
No law of this state prescribing or limiting the interest rate upon
loans or advances of credit or prescribing a penalty for violation
thereof or prescribing the nature, amount or form of security or
requiring security upon which loans or advances of credit may be made or
prescribing or limiting the period for which loans or advances of credit
may be made or limiting the amount of any class of loans, advances of
credit or purchases which may be made shall be deemed to apply to loans,
advances of credit or purchases made or to loans acquired by purchase
pursuant to this subdivision.
Power to participate in certain loans and mortgage
investments. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as may be
prescribed by the superintendent of financial services, a savings and
loan association may participate in making or acquiring (1) loans of a
type that it is authorized to have by paragraph (b) of subdivision two
of section three hundred eighty of this chapter, and (2) mortgage
investments of any type that it is authorized to have, provided that the
participation acquired shall not be subordinate to any other part
interest.
Effect of usury. The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving,
or charging by a savings and loan association of interest, as computed
pursuant to this article, at a rate greater than such rate of interest
as may be authorized by law shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of
the entire interest which the note or other evidence of debt carries
with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. If such greater
rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same or his legal
representatives may recover from the savings and loan association twice
the entire amount of the interest thus paid. Nothing in this section
shall be deemed to affect the powers of any savings and loan association
with respect to loans or investments it is authorized to make.
Power to make advances of federal funds. A savings and loan
association may make advances of federal funds to commercial banks,
provided such advances are made on the condition that they be repaid on
the next business day following the day on which the advance is made.
For purposes of this section the term "federal funds" shall mean funds
which a savings and loan association has on deposit at a commercial bank
which are exchangeable for funds on deposit at a federal reserve bank;
the term "commercial bank" shall mean any bank, trust company, private
banker, national banking association, having its principal office in
this state; and the term "business day" shall mean any day on which the
savings and loan association, the commercial bank and the federal
reserve bank where the funds are on deposit are all open for general
business.
Power to engage in line of credit financing of residential
real estate. A savings and loan association is authorized to invest an
amount, not exceeding the lesser of (a) ten per centum of the sum of its
surplus, undivided profits, and reserves or (b) one per centum of its
assets, in loans or in interests therein the principal purpose of which
is to provide financing with respect to what is or is expected to become
primarily residential real estate within this state, where (i) the
association relies substantially for repayment on the borrower's general
credit standing, with or without other security, or (ii) the association
relies on other assurances for repayment, including but not limited to a
guaranty or similar obligation of a third party, and, in either case
described in clause (i) or (ii), regardless of whether or not the
association takes security.
Trust powers. 1. The superintendent of financial services is
authorized and empowered to grant permission to a savings and loan
association to exercise any or all of the powers specified in sections
one hundred, one hundred-a, one hundred-b and one hundred-c of this
chapter. In passing upon applications for permission to exercise any
such powers, the superintendent of financial services may take into
consideration the amount of surplus of the applying association, whether
or not such surplus is sufficient under the circumstances of the case,
the needs of the community to be served and any other facts and
circumstances that seem proper, and may grant or refuse it permission
accordingly.
2. Whenever the laws of this state require a trust company acting in a
fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the state authorities for
the protection of private or court trusts, a savings and loan
association, so acting, is empowered to make similar deposits of
securities.
4. The superintendent of financial services is authorized to
promulgate such regulations as he or she may deem necessary or proper to
implement the provisions of this section and the proper exercise of the
powers granted by this section.
Personal loan departments. Subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe, a savings and loan
association may operate a personal loan department under the same terms
and conditions as are provided under subdivisions four and five of
section one hundred eight of this chapter.
The superintendent of financial services shall be empowered (a) to
prescribe the terms and conditions governing the conduct and operation
of personal loan departments including the maximum amount, expressed as
a percentage of assets or otherwise, which a savings and loan
association may invest pursuant to the provisions of this subdivision or
in the aggregate, taking into account such other provisions of law
authorizing investments by savings and loan associations and (b) to
prescribe such terms and conditions as may be appropriate to effect or
facilitate the tranfer of accounts operated pursuant to the provisions
of any other section of this chapter to the personal loan departments
authorized to be operated hereunder.
In pursuance of the authority granted hereunder savings and loan
associations shall be empowered to issue credit cards, extend credit in
connection therewith, and otherwise engage in or participate in credit
card operations, and to act as financing agencies as defined in
subdivision nine of section three hundred one and subdivision eighteen
of section four hundred one of the personal property law.
Authorization to acquire and lease personal property. A
savings and loan association is authorized to acquire and lease personal
property to the same extent as a commercial bank is authorized to engage
in such activities under subdivision twelve of section ninety-six of
this chapter, subject to those limitations applicable to such activities
in the case of banks or trust companies.
Investment in promissory notes. A savings and loan
association may invest in promissory notes and other evidences of
indebtedness representing commercial, corporate or business loans to the
same extent as a savings bank is authorized to invest in such notes
under subdivision eight-c of section two hundred thirty-five of this
chapter, subject to those limitations applicable to such investments in
the case of a savings bank. For the purposes of this section, the term
"net worth" shall have the meaning ascribed to it by subdivision four of
section two hundred forty-four of this chapter. In addition, a savings
and loan association is authorized to invest in such promissory notes as
a savings bank may invest in pursuant to paragraph five of subdivision
eight of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter.
Excelsior linked deposit program. A savings and loan
association may make linked loans, each authorized and approved pursuant
to article fifteen of the state finance law and each in an amount equal
to a corresponding linked deposit made pursuant to such article, subject
to the limits of section three hundred eighty-k of this article and any
other applicable limits or requirements imposed by law or regulation.
Water pollution control linked deposit program. A savings and
loan association may make linked loans, each authorized and approved
pursuant to article sixteen of the state finance law and each in an
amount equal to a corresponding linked deposit made pursuant to such
article, subject to the limits of section three hundred eighty-k of this
article and any other applicable limits or requirements imposed by law
or regulations.
Power to take and hold real estate; restrictions. 1. A savings
and loan association may take, hold and convey real property as follows:
(a) A plot whereon there is or may be erected a building suitable for
the convenient transaction of its business, from portions of which not
required for its own use a revenue may be derived, and a plot whereon
parking accommodations are, or are to be, provided, with or without
charge, primarily for its customers or employees or both; provided that
the aggregate of all investments of any savings and loan association in
such plots and buildings or in the bonds and mortgages upon such plots
or buildings shall not exceed five per centum of the assets of such
association except with the approval of the superintendent.
(b) Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts
previously contracted in the course of its business.
(c) Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments, decrees or
mortgages held by it.
(d) A whole or part interest in a "project" as defined in the New York
state urban development corporation act, pursuant to sections six or
eight of such act. An investment by an association in a single project
shall not exceed one per centum of the assets or ten per centum of the
net worth of such association, whichever is less, and the aggregate of
all investments of an association in such projects and investments in
securities pursuant to subparagraph one-a of paragraph (a) of
subdivision twenty-one of section two hundred thirty-five of this
chapter shall not exceed five per centum of the assets or fifty per
centum of the net worth of such association, whichever is less. For the
purposes of this subdivision, "net worth" of an association shall mean
the excess of its assets at book value, less allocated reserves, over
known liabilities.
* (e) Improved or unimproved real property (either by purchase, lease,
exchange or otherwise), or any interest therein, to erect, construct,
rebuild, enlarge, alter, improve, maintain, manage and operate buildings
or other improvements of any description thereon, to sell, lease,
sublet, mortgage, exchange or otherwise dispose of same and execute,
perform and carry out contracts for construction, alteration,
improvement, maintenance, management or repair thereof, to make loans in
connection therewith, as owner, co-owner or otherwise, subject to such
specific or general approvals and limitations as shall be required by
regulations promulgated from time to time by the superintendent of
financial services pursuant to this paragraph; provided, however, that
no activity specified herein shall be undertaken pursuant to the
authority contained in this paragraph until the superintendent of
financial services shall have issued regulations specifying the
limitations and requirements which shall be imposed in connection with
the investments and activities referred to herein, including, without
limitation, the consideration of such savings and loan association's
record in meeting the credit needs of local communities within the
meaning of section twenty-eight-b of this chapter.
* NB Expired June 30, 1988
2. All real estate purchased by any such association or taken by it in
settlement of debts due it, shall be conveyed to it directly by name or,
subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent of
financial services finds to be necessary and proper, may be taken in the
name of a duly authorized nominee, and the conveyance immediately
recorded or registered in the office of the proper recording officer of
the county in which such real estate is located.
Power to borrow. Subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may promulgate, a savings and loan
association may borrow money and pledge its assets as security for the
repayment thereof if it has been authorized so to do by the vote of a
majority of its board of directors.
Power to act as trustee under self-employed retirement trust
and of individual retirement account; investment in savings account. 1.
Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, a savings and loan association
shall have power to act as trustee under a retirement plan established
pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled
"Self-employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962", and provisions
of law contained therein as amended, provided that the provisions of
such retirement plan require the funds of such trust to be invested
exclusively in deposits in savings and loan associations and federal
savings and loan associations whose principal offices are located in
this state. In the event that any such retirement plan, which in the
judgment of the association, constituted a qualified plan under the
provisions of said Self-employed Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962,
and provisions of law contained therein as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder at the time the trust was established and
accepted by the association is subsequently determined not to be such a
qualified plan or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified plan, in
whole or in part, the association may, nevertheless, continue to act as
trustee of any deposits theretofore made under such plan and to dispose
of the same in accordance with the directions of the depositor and the
beneficiaries thereof. No association, in respect to deposits made under
this subdivision, shall be required to segregate such deposits from
other deposits of such association, provided, however, that the
association shall keep appropriate records showing in proper detail all
transactions engaged in under the authority of this subdivision. As used
in this subdivision, the term "deposits" shall include shares issued by
the association and time deposits held pursuant to section three hundred
seventy-eight-a of this chapter.
2. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, a savings and loan association
shall have power to act as trustee of an individual retirement account
established pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled
"Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974" provided that the
provisions of the written governing instrument creating the trust
require the funds of such trust to be invested exclusively in deposits
in savings and loan associations and federal savings and loan
associations whose principal offices are located in this state. In the
event that any such individual retirement account, which in the judgment
of the association, constituted a qualified individual retirement
account under the provisions of said Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated thereunder at the time the
trust was established and accepted by the association is subsequently
determined not to be such a qualified individual retirement account or
subsequently ceases to be such a qualified individual retirement
account, in whole or in part, the association may, nevertheless,
continue to act as trustee of any deposits theretofore made under such
individual retirement account and to dispose of the same in accordance
with the directions of the depositor and the beneficiaries thereof. No
association, in respect to deposits made under this subdivision, shall
be required to segregate such deposits from other deposits of such
association, provided, however, that the association shall keep
appropriate records showing in proper detail all transactions engaged in
under the authority of this subdivision. As used in this subdivision,
the term "deposits" shall include shares issued by the association and
time deposits held pursuant to section three hundred seventy-eight-a of
this chapter.
Power to issue certain obligations. 1. In addition to all
other powers granted to it by other provisions of law, a savings and
loan association may issue such notes, bonds, debentures, or other
obligations or other securities as the superintendent may authorize.
2. Subject to such regulations and restrictions as the superintendent
of financial services finds to be necessary and proper and
notwithstanding any other provisions of law, a savings and loan
association may issue notes, bonds, debentures, or other obligations or
other securities subordinated to deposits in such savings and loan
association; provided that, unless the superintendent has given prior
approval otherwise, the aggregate principal amount thereof at the time
of issuance shall not exceed twenty-five per cent of the net worth of
such savings and loan association, exclusive of all such notes, bonds,
debentures, or other obligations or other securities. The proceeds or
other consideration derived by a savings and loan association from the
issuance pursuant to this subdivision of any such notes, bonds,
debentures, or other obligations or other securities shall be deemed for
purposes of this chapter to constitute a part of the net worth of such
savings and loan association. For the purposes of this article, the term
"net worth" shall mean the excess of assets at book value, less
allocated reserves, over known liabilities, including deposit
liabilities.
Other powers. Every savings and loan association shall, subject
to the restrictions and limitations contained in this chapter, have the
following powers: 1. To become a member of the Savings and Loan Bank of
the State of New York; to exercise such powers as may be conferred upon
member associations of such Savings and Loan Bank; and to perform such
duties and obligations as may be lawfully required of such member
associations.
2. To become a member of a federal home loan bank; and to have and to
exercise all powers, not in conflict with the laws of this state, which
are conferred upon any such member by the federal home loan bank act.
Such savings and loan association and its directors and officers shall
continue to be subject, however, to all liabilities and duties imposed
upon them by any law of this state and to all provisions of this chapter
relating to savings and loan associations.
3. To assume and discharge such obligations to Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation as may be necessary or required for the purpose of
maintaining share insurance in such corporation.
4. To receive money for transmission and to transmit such money, and
to sell money orders and travel checks as agent for any corporation,
association or joint stock company empowered to sell such instruments
through agents in the state of New York.
5. To service mortgages for others, and to render investment advice
incidental to the purchase of and investment in mortgages by others,
provided, however, that the superintendent of financial services shall
have power to prescribe, by specific or general regulation, the extent
to which and the conditions upon which such mortgages may be serviced
and such investment advice may be rendered.
6. To service mortgages or to perform other services for the Federal
National Mortgage Association created under the housing act of nineteen
hundred fifty-four, as amended from time to time, and to sell or assign
mortgages to such association and in connection therewith to make
capital contributions thereto, purchase stock thereof, and do any and
all other acts which under the laws and regulations applicable to such
sales may be required to enable such sales to be effected.
7. To sue and to be sued in all courts and to participate in actions
and proceedings, whether judicial, arbitrative or otherwise, in like
cases as natural persons.
8. To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure, and
to use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or
reproduced in any other manner.
9. To make donations, irrespective of corporate benefit, for the
public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, educational,
scientific, civic or similar purposes, and in time of war or other
national emergency in aid thereof.
10. To elect or appoint officers, employees and other agents of the
savings and loan association, define their duties, fix their
compensation, and to indemnify corporate personnel.
11. To have perpetual existence.
12. To execute and deliver such guaranties as may be incidental or
usual in the transfer of investment securities.
13. To receive and repay demand deposits subject to those provisions
applicable to such deposits, in the case of savings banks under section
two hundred thirty-seven of this chapter, including, subject to
regulation by the superintendent of financial services, the power to
charge for maintaining a demand deposit account or for honoring checks
drawn on or accepting deposits made to such an account.
The superintendent of financial services shall have the power to
prescribe by regulation (a) the maximum charge which may be imposed in
this state by a savings and loan association in connection with a check
or other written order drawn upon it on insufficient funds, irrespective
of whether the instrument is paid, accepted or returned by the bank, and
(b) the maximum charge which may be imposed in this state by a savings
and loan association in connection with a check or other written order
received by it for deposit or collection and subsequently dishonored and
returned for any reason by the drawee.
14. To have and exercise all other powers necessary or appropriate in
conducting the business of a savings and loan association.
15. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial
services finds to be necessary and proper, and notwithstanding any other
provision of law, to accept federal tax and loan accounts, the balance
of which are payable on demand without previous notice of intended
withdrawal and to pledge collateral to secure such accounts.
16. Subject to any limitations or other specific provisions contained
in this chapter or any other statute of this state or its organization
certificate, and as shall be appropriate in conducting the business of
the corporation, and only for such activities which are authorized by
this chapter for savings and loan associations: to be a promoter,
partner, member, associate or manager of other business enterprises or
ventures, or to the extent permitted in any other jurisdiction to be an
incorporator of other corporations of any type or kind.
17. To engage in a "savings promotion" in accordance with section
nine-v of this chapter and subject to any regulations promulgated by the
superintendent. The superintendent shall consult with the state gaming
commission before proposing any such regulations or any amendments
thereto. Such regulations shall ensure that:
a. no participant in a savings promotion is charged any fee that would
constitute, directly or indirectly, consideration for participation in
such savings promotion; and
b. no participant in a savings promotion foregoes, directly or
indirectly, any interest that would constitute consideration for
participation in such savings promotion.
Rental of safe deposit boxes. Any savings and loan
association may rent to its members safe deposit boxes in which to keep
personal property and papers of any kind.
Entries in books; restrictions; amortization of securities. 1.
No savings and loan association shall by any system of accounting or any
device of bookkeeping, directly or indirectly, enter any of its assets
upon its books in the name of any individual, partnership or
unincorporated association or of any other corporation, or under any
title or designation that is not truly descriptive thereof, except as
authorized by the provisions of this article.
2. The stocks, bonds or other interest-bearing obligations purchased
by a savings and loan association shall be entered on its books at the
actual cost thereof, and shall not thereafter be carried upon its books
at a valuation exceeding their cost as adjusted by amortization for the
purpose of bringing them to par at maturity; and where securities
purchased at a premium are callable prior to maturity, the rate of
amortization thereof shall be increased when necessary to such extent as
shall reduce the amount at which such securities are carried upon the
books to the call price at the date or dates upon which a call may be
made. No adjustment for amortization shall be required to be made on the
books, except when the books are closed for the purpose of computing
profits. The superintendent may by regulation vary the requirements of
this subdivision to permit the amortization of premiums at the same rate
as that required by federal tax statutes or regulations.
3. No savings and loan association, without the written permission of
the superintendent, shall enter on its books its real estate and the
building or buildings thereon, or its fixtures, vaults, furniture and
equipment, at a valuation exceeding the actual cost thereof to such
savings and loan association, or carry such real estate, building or
buildings, fixtures, vaults, furniture or equipment on its books at a
valuation exceeding the actual cost less appropriate allowances for
depreciation. No adjustment for depreciation shall be required to be
made on the books except when the books are closed for the purpose of
computing profits.
4. Real estate acquired by an association other than that acquired for
use as a place of business, shall be entered on the books of the
association in conformity with the method of accounting for troubled
debt restructurings approved by the financial accounting standards board
or such other method of accounting as may be authorized or required by
rules and regulations of the superintendent.
The provisions of this subdivision shall not, except as the
superintendent may otherwise require, apply to any parcel of real estate
as to which the savings and loan association has exercised its option to
transfer or convey such real estate to the veterans administration or
the federal housing commissioner pursuant to insurance or guaranty.
5. Every savings and loan association shall conform its method of
keeping its books and records to such orders in respect thereto as shall
have been made and promulgated by the superintendent. Any savings and
loan association that refuses or neglects to obey any such order shall
be subject to a penalty in an amount as determined pursuant to section
forty-four of this chapter for each day it so refuses or neglects.
Surplus account. Every savings and loan association shall
accumulate and maintain a surplus account as provided in section three
hundred eighty-seven of this article. Such surplus account up to ten per
centum of the association's capital shall not be available for any
purpose, except with the prior written approval of the superintendent;
but any such association may: (a) charge against such surplus account
any losses or expenses without such approval only in the event such
association has no undivided profits against which such losses or
expenses may be charged or (b) may, with the prior written approval of
the superintendent, transfer any part of such surplus account to any
other account for any purpose. Such account may be created or increased
by contributions and by transfers from undivided profits or from net
profits.
Profits; how and when to be computed. 1. Every savings and loan
association shall close its books, for the purpose of computing its
profits, at the end of any period for which a dividend is to be paid and
in no event less frequently than quarterly. To determine the amount of
gross income for any such accounting period the following items may be
included:
(a) All income received or properly accrued, provided that no interest
shall be accrued upon any interest-bearing asset upon which a default of
principal or interest has existed for a period which shall be determined
by the superintendent, except for interest-bearing assets secured by
collateral the ascertained value of which is at least equal to the
amount at which such asset plus all interest accrued thereon is carried
on its books.
(b) Amounts added to cost for the purpose of amortizing discounts on
securities purchased for less than par, provided that no discount shall
be amortized on securities upon which a default exists.
(c) Any profits actually realized from the sale or other disposition
of securities, real estate or other property.
(d) Amounts recovered on assets previously charged off, including
amounts allowed by the superintendent on account of assets previously
disallowed by him; and other amounts allowed by the board of directors
on account of assets previously disallowed by it.
(e) Provided the superintendent shall have approved, and only to the
extent of such approval, any increase in the book value of the real
estate and building or buildings thereon used by it as its place or
places of business.
(f) Such other items as the superintendent, in his discretion, may
permit to be included.
2. To determine the amount of net profits for such accounting period
the following items shall be deducted from gross income:
(a) All expenses paid or properly accrued, both ordinary and
extraordinary, in the transaction of its business, the collection of its
debts and the management of its affairs.
(b) Interest paid or properly accrued upon time deposits held pursuant
to section three hundred seventy-eight-a of this article, interest paid
or properly accruing upon deposits referred to in section three hundred
seventy-eight-b of this article and debts owing by it.
(c) Amounts deducted from cost for the purpose of amortizing premiums
on securities purchased for more than par.
(d) Any losses sustained by it except to the extent that such losses
have been charged against the surplus account or valuation reserves. In
the computation of such losses there shall be included all deductions
from the book value of assets made pursuant to the direction of the
board of directors or by reason of the disallowance of assets by the
superintendent. The balance thus obtained shall constitute the net
profits of such savings and loan association for such period.
Credits to surplus account and undivided profits; dividends to
shareholders. 1. When the net profits of any savings and loan
association have been determined at the close of an accounting period,
if its net worth does not equal ten per centum of its capital, such net
profits shall be credited to its surplus account in such amount as may
be determined by the superintendent of financial services until such net
worth equals ten per centum of its capital. For purposes of this
article, the term "net worth" shall mean the excess of assets at book
value, less allocated reserves, over known liabilities. The balance of
such net profits, together with any amounts remaining from similar
balances for previous accounting periods, shall constitute the undivided
profits of such savings and loan association at the close of such
period. The directors, in addition to the transfers to the surplus
account required by this section, may transfer additional amounts to
surplus account from undivided profits or continue to carry as undivided
profits such sum or sums as they may deem wise. Amounts heretofore
credited to a reserve for bad debts pursuant to chapter three hundred
nine of the laws of nineteen hundred fifty-two shall be transferred to
surplus account.
2. The undivided profits of a savings and loan association at the
close of an accounting period shall be available for dividends. The
directors may declare such dividends pursuant to the provisions of this
paragraph or for any annual, semiannual, quarterly or monthly period
closing on the last day of a calendar month or as provided in paragraph
(bb) of subdivision four of section three hundred seventy-eight of this
chapter. No association shall declare, credit or pay any dividend while
its capital is impaired, or at any time except by a vote of the board of
directors.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the gross income,
undivided profits, surplus account or net worth of a savings and loan
association shall be, or shall be deemed by the superintendent to be,
increased as a result of any loan, purchase of assets or guaranty by, or
other transaction with, any insuror of the accounts of such savings and
loan association, including a transaction subject to subdivision two of
section three hundred eighty-two-b of this article, the amount of any
such increase in the gross income, undivided profits, surplus account or
net worth of such savings and loans association shall, with the prior
written approval of the superintendent, be available for dividends.
4. Dividends shall be apportioned upon the dues and dividends credited
to members, provided, however, that, except in the case of special
savings shares, no dividend shall be required to be computed and paid
upon any dues credited to a member except from the first day of the
month immediately following the date of receipt of such dues, and
provided further, that no dividend shall be required to be apportioned
on shares having a book value of less than fifty dollars or on savings
shares issued for special purposes which by their terms are to be
withdrawn by the shareholder within one year from the date of their
issuance. Any such association may compute dividends upon dues credited
to a member from the date of actual receipt of such dues. The by-laws of
any such association may provide a schedule of varying rates of
dividends for different classes of shares and different types of shares
within any class.
5. No savings and loan association shall declare any dividends upon
the accumulations on any share for a longer period than that during
which such accumulations have been held; provided, however, that dues
paid upon shares not later than the tenth day of any month, may have
dividends declared thereon from the first day of the month in which such
payment was made; and withdrawals of shares during the last three
business days of any dividend period or, in the event that one of such
last three business days is a Saturday, deposits withdrawn upon one of
the last four business days of any dividend period may receive dividends
apportioned for the full period.
Fines and penalties for failure to make payments on instalment
shares. 1. Where dividends on instalment shares are credited by series,
a savings and loan association may impose fines upon the holders of
instalment shares of a series, their legal representatives or successors
in interest, if they neglect to pay dues, interest or premium when due,
but such fines shall not exceed one per centum per month of the amount
in default for the period during which such dues, interest and premium
shall have remained in default, except that a fine at the rate of two
per centum per month of the amount in default may be imposed during the
first three months of any default.
2. Where dividends on instalment shares are credited individually to
shares, a savings and loan association may declare a lower rate of
dividend on instalment shares upon which there has been a default for
more than sixty days since the last declaration of dividends, provided
that such dividend shall be not less than sixty per centum of the
dividend declared on like instalment shares not in default.
3. Where dues on instalment shares are applied directly in reduction
of a mortgage loan, a savings and loan association may provide, as one
of the terms of the obligation, that interest may be added to the unpaid
balance of the obligation on the first day of each month and computed
upon the unpaid balance of the obligation due as of the last day of the
preceding month.
4. No fine shall be charged against or deducted from the dues actually
paid by a member and no fines or penalties other than those provided in
this section shall be imposed for failure to meet payments on instalment
shares.
Matured shares; conversion into shares of another class upon
notice. Whenever the dues and dividends credited to instalment or
accumulative prepaid shares shall equal their matured value, notice of
such maturity shall be given to the holders thereof and the payment of
dues thereon shall cease. Such notice shall be mailed to such
shareholder at his last known address as it appears on the books of the
association and, in the discretion of the board of directors, may
contain a further provision that if such shareholder fails to accept
payment for such shares, convert such shares into shares of another
class or file an application to withdraw such shares within sixty days
after the mailing of such notice, the same will be converted into
another class of shares specified in such notice. If such additional
provision has been included in such notice and the shareholder fails or
neglects to accept payment for such shares, convert such shares into
shares of another class or file an application to withdraw such shares,
within such sixty days, the board of directors may, by resolution,
convert such shares into the class of shares specified in such notice.
For the purpose of maturing such shares, a special dividend may be
credited between regular dividend dates at the same rate at which the
last regular dividend was credited. When shares pledged to the
association mature, the value of such shares shall, to the extent of the
obligation for which they are pledged, be applied in payment thereof.
Any remaining balance of such shares shall be treated as matured shares
and any other collateral not required to satisfy such obligation shall
be returned.
Withdrawal of unpledged shares; provisions for dividends. 1.
The accumulations upon shares of any savings and loan association which
are not pledged to the association to secure a loan, whether or not such
shares are matured, may be withdrawn subject to the provisions of this
chapter and of the by-laws and regulations of the association made in
accordance therewith. In addition to his rights as a shareholder of an
association, a shareholder shall be a creditor of the association to the
extent of all dues and dividends credited to him. An association may by
regulation adopted by resolution of its board of directors require a
written notice of thirty days before paying withdrawals, in which event
no withdrawal shall be paid until thirty days after notice of intention
to make the withdrawal shall have been filed. It shall on the day such
regulation is made effective notify the superintendent by telephone or
telegraph that such regulation has been made and shall thereafter
number, date and file in the order of actual receipt every notice of
intention to make a withdrawal. Except as provided in section three
hundred seventy-eight-a of this chapter, no savings and loan association
shall hereafter agree with any of its shareholders in advance to waive
the said thirty days' notice. Except in the case of special savings
shares, if the by-laws so provide, a special dividend may be credited on
shares withdrawn between regular dividend dates at the rate of the last
dividend, computing from the last dividend period to the first day of
the month in which such withdrawal is made.
1-a. A savings and loan association may permit a shareholder to
withdraw the accumulations upon his shares of the association which are
not pledged to the association to secure a loan, whether or not such
shares are matured, through a disbursing savings and loan association
that is a member of the federal deposit insurance corporation if the
office of the disbursing association through which payment of such
withdrawal is made is located more than fifty miles from the principal
dwelling place of such shareholder. The association may authorize
payment by the disbursing association only upon receiving a specific
telephonic withdrawal request, which may be oral or electronic, from
such shareholder, and the amount so paid shall be immediately withdrawn
from the shareholder's account at such association. A savings and loan
association providing withdrawal services pursuant to this subdivision
one-a may, but is not required to: (a) charge a fee to shareholders
making such withdrawals, (b) place a limitation upon the amount of such
withdrawal requests, and (c) pay a fee to the disbursing association. A
savings and loan association may also act as the disbursing association
in a similar withdrawal transaction from such accumulations on shares in
another association that is a member of the federal deposit insurance
corporation, and may collect a fee for its services. This subdivision
one-a shall not apply to time deposits received by an association
pursuant to section three hundred seventy-eight-a of this chapter.
2. If a member shall not apply for the withdrawal within fifteen days
after the expiration of the thirty days' notice of intention no
withdrawal shall be payable under such notice or by reason thereof.
While any withdrawal application made pursuant to the required notice of
intention remains in effect and unpaid, no withdrawal application made
pursuant to a notice of intention subsequently filed shall be paid and
no loan may be made secured by transfer or pledge of shares, nor shall
shares be retired or applied by the association, or by the member toward
the payment of fines and obligations due to the association, nor shall
dividends be declared or paid.
3. Upon the withdrawal of instalment or accumulative prepaid shares
prior to their maturity, or upon the withdrawal of income shares issued
for a fixed term prior to the expiration of such fixed term, a portion
of the dividends credited to such shares may be retained by the
association as its own property, in accordance with a schedule, clearly
and fully set forth in the by-laws. Such schedule shall make proper
provision with respect to each class of share, and in the case of
instalment shares shall take into account the period such shares have
been in force, provided, however, that the portion of such dividends
that may be retained by the association upon the withdrawal of a share
shall in no case exceed forty per centum of the dividends apportioned
and credited upon such share.
4. The board of directors may permit a member to withdraw part of the
accumulations on his shares, other than instalment shares issued in
series, without reducing the number of shares held by him.
5. Subject to any regulations and restrictions prescribed by the
superintendent of financial services, a savings and loan association may
accept deposits, including demand deposits, without the issuance of a
passbook in connection therewith, and may issue such other evidences of
its obligation to repay such deposits as may be appropriate to safeguard
the interests of the depositors and of the savings and loan association.
6. In case of conflict between this section and any other provision of
law, this section shall control.
Retirement of shares; suspension; transfer. 1. The board of
directors of any savings and loan association may retire shares which
are not pledged to the association by requiring their withdrawal, if the
by-laws clearly state the manner in which such withdrawals may be
required. The holders of such shares shall be paid the book value of
their shares less all lawful obligations.
2. Whenever a member of any savings and loan association shall have
failed for six months to pay dues upon any instalment shares owned by
him, such association may serve notice upon him to pay such dues within
the time stated in such notice, which time shall be not less than thirty
days. If such shareholder does not make such payment within the time
stated in the notice, the amount which would be due him if his shares
were withdrawn shall be determined and such amount transferred and
credited to him in a savings share account or a suspense account. If
transferred to a suspense account, the rights of such member shall cease
except the right to withdraw, subject to the provisions of section three
hundred ninety of this article, the amount thus credited to him and such
dividends as may be credited thereon following the date of such
transfer. Dividends on amounts in suspense accounts shall be credited at
a rate of at least three-fifths of the lowest rate at which dividends
are apportioned to any type of instalment shares.
3. No transfer of shares shall be binding upon any savings and loan
association until such transfer has been recorded upon its books. The
transferee of any share shall take the same subject to all liabilities
to the association and all conditions attaching thereto at the time of
the transfer. If the shares are in the names of two persons and in the
form to be paid to either or the survivor of them, the assignment
thereof by one of such persons shall authorize the association to record
the assignment upon its books or to accept it as collateral for a share
loan made pursuant to subdivision two-a of section three hundred eighty
of this article.
Repayment of mortgage loans; application of pledged shares. 1.
For the purpose of making payment on his mortgage loan a member may at
any time, without forfeiture of dividends, transfer from the amount
credited upon the shares pledged by him as security, a sum equal to the
matured value of one or more instalment shares.
2. Any mortgage loan made by a savings and loan association to a
member may be repaid in whole or in part at any time, but the loan
contract may expressly provide for a period during which prepayment may
not be made without incurring prepayment penalties. When such provision
is contained therein, the loan contract must also expressly provide for
prepayment penalties or no prepayment penalties may be collected when
the loan is prepaid. However, where a loan is secured by mortgage on a
one to six family residence, or is extended to finance the purchase of a
cooperative under subdivision two-a of section three hundred eighty of
this chapter which residence or cooperative is or will be occupied in
whole or in part by the member, prepayment penalties may be imposed only
during the first twelve months from the date the mortgage or cooperative
loan was made and may not exceed:
(a) Interest for a period of three months on the principal so prepaid;
or
(b) Interest for the remaining months of the first year on the
principal so prepaid if the prepayment is made at any time within one
year from the date the loan is made.
The book value of instalment shares pledged as security for any such
loan shall be deducted from the amount of the loan in determining the
amount of principal upon which such interest may be charged.
3. Whenever any mortgage is foreclosed, the withdrawal value of the
shares transferred and pledged to any such association as security for
the loan shall be applied toward the payment of the indebtedness of the
member and his rights under such shares shall terminate.
4. In event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation of any
association, the holder of shares pledged as security for a mortgage
loan pursuant to the provisions of subdivision one of section three
hundred eighty of this article shall be entitled to have the payments on
such shares and the dividends credited or entitled to be credited
thereon applied in reduction of such mortgage loan.
5. No shares pledged as security for a mortgage loan may be withdrawn
while the mortgage loan against which they are pledged is outstanding.
Joint shares; shares of minors; shares in trust.
3. When shares shall be issued in the name of a minor they shall be
held for the exclusive right and benefit of such minor and free from the
control or lien of all other persons except creditors, and the
withdrawal value thereof shall be paid to the person in whose name the
shares are held. A receipt or acquittance from such minor shall be a
valid and sufficient release and discharge to the association for all
payments made on account of such shares. When shares have been issued to
a parent, guardian or voluntary trustee for a minor the association may
permit the transfer of such shares to the minor by such parent, guardian
or trustee and in the event of the death of such parent, guardian or
trustee the association may transfer and hold such shares for the
exclusive right and benefit of such minor, upon presentation of
satisfactory evidence of such death and upon the surrender of the
certificate, passbook or other proper evidence of the ownership of such
shares.
4. No association shall be liable to beneficiaries for moneys paid to
their guardians or trustees, unless written notice of limitation upon
the right of such guardians or trustees to withdraw such funds has been
previously filed with the association. The receipt or acquittance of
such guardians or trustees shall be a valid and sufficient release and
discharge to the association for all payments made prior to the receipt
of written notice of such limitation.
Alternative provisions relative to payment of interest to
shareholders. Notwithstanding any provision of this chapter to the
contrary the superintendent may adopt such rules or regulations as shall
permit mutual savings and loan associations to pay interest on share
accounts at the option of such association.
Change of location; change of designation of principal office;
maintenance of branch office. 1. Any savings and loan association may
make a written application to the superintendent, such application to be
accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this chapter, for leave to change its place or one of its
places of business to another place in the state or for leave to change
the designation of its principal office to a branch office and to change
the designation of one of its branch offices to its principal office.
The application shall state the reasons for such proposed change. Such
change may be made upon the written approval of the superintendent. If
the superintendent shall grant his or her certificate authorizing the
change of location, the association may, upon or after the day specified
in the certificate, remove its property and effects to the location
designated therein.
2. (a) A savings and loan association may open and occupy one or more
branch offices at any location in the state. In addition, a savings and
loan association may open and occupy a branch office or branch offices
in one or more places located without the state of New York.
(b) Except for the city or village in which its principal office is
located, no branch office may hereafter be opened and occupied pursuant
to paragraph (a) of this subdivision in any city or village with a
population of less than thirty thousand and in which is already located
the principal office of a bank, trust company or national banking
association, other than a bank holding company, if such bank holding
company is a banking institution, or a banking subsidiary of a bank
holding company, as such terms "bank holding company", "banking
institution" and "banking subsidiary" are defined in section one hundred
forty-one of this chapter except that the definition of "bank holding
company" is modified to change the phrase "a banking institution"
wherever it appears therein to "two or more banking institutions" and
the definition of "banking institution" is modified to add a national
banking association, the principal office of which institution is
located in this state.
(c) Before any branch office shall be opened and occupied pursuant to
this subdivision two, the superintendent shall have given his written
approval.
(d) The term "village" as used in this section shall mean either an
incorporated or an unincorporated village.
3. (a) A savings and loan association may, if the merger or asset
acquisition agreement so provides, and if such merger or asset
acquisition is permitted by law, maintain as a branch office or branch
offices the place or places of business of any savings and loan
association, savings bank, federal savings bank, federal savings and
loan association, bank, trust company, national bank, or out-of-state
bank (as such term is defined in section two hundred twenty-two of this
chapter) which it has received into itself pursuant to the provisions of
this chapter which were in existence at the time the merger or asset
acquisition becomes effective, including any branch office of the
savings and loan association, savings bank, or bank or trust company
with which it has merged or from which it has acquired assets, which has
been approved pursuant to paragraph (c) of subdivision two of this
section or subdivision three of section two hundred forty or subdivision
two of section one hundred five of this chapter, even if such branch
office is not in operation at the time the merger or asset acquisition
becomes effective and may maintain, as its principal office rather than
as a branch office, the principal office of such institution with which
it has merged or from which it has acquired assets (so long as the
principal office is located in this state), in which event the former
principal office of the receiving savings and loan association may be
maintained as a branch office.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision, any public accommodation office of a savings and loan
association, savings bank, or bank or trust company, which has been
merged or had assets acquired in an asset acquisition transaction,
including any such office which has been approved pursuant to section
one hundred ninety-one of this chapter but which is not in operation at
the time said merger or asset acquisition becomes effective, may be
maintained by the receiving savings and loan association as a public
accommodation office only.
3-a. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in subdivisions two and
three of this section, a savings and loan association may, if so
provided in an agreement made pursuant to section six hundred one-c of
this chapter, maintain as a branch office or offices the place or places
of business of any savings bank or savings and loan association which it
has acquired pursuant to such agreement.
Electronic facilities. A savings and loan association may
conduct a banking business, at automated teller machines, point-of-sale
terminals, and similar facilities subject to regulations which may be
promulgated by the superintendent of financial services. Such facilities
shall not be deemed to be branches and shall not be subject to any of
the provisions of this chapter applicable to branches; provided however
that notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of paragraph (b) of
subdivision two of section three hundred ninety-six of this chapter,
such facilities shall be deemed to be branches, and such facilities
shall be subject to the terms and conditions of section three hundred
ninety-six, and for purposes of section twenty-eight-b of this chapter,
such facilities shall be deemed to be branches.
Acceptance of United States currency. No savings and loan
association shall impose a fee, commission or service charge for
accepting for deposit or exchanging for other United States currency any
United States currency provided that any coins are properly rolled and
have the customer's account number for that savings and loan association
displayed on the coin roll, provided further that no more than ten rolls
of coins in any denomination are presented for deposit or exchange at
any one time.
Number, qualifications and disqualifications of directors;
oath; quorum; meeting of directors. 1. The affairs of every savings and
loan association shall be managed and its corporate powers exercised by
a board of directors, in number not less than seven nor more than
fifteen, except that in the case of the merger of two or more savings
and loan associations or one or more savings banks into a savings and
loan association and if the merger agreement so provides, the authorized
number of directors of the resulting association may be increased to not
more than twenty-four, provided that thereafter the number of directors
shall be reduced to fifteen by the elimination of one authorized office
for every two vacancies that occur.
2. (a) All directors of a savings and loan association must be over
the age of eighteen years and citizens of the United States.
(b) No person shall be eligible to election as a director of any
savings and loan association
(1) Unless he is the owner in good faith and in his own right on the
books of the association of shares having a book value of not less than
two hundred dollars and every person elected a director, who, after such
election shall hypothecate, pledge or cease to be the owner in his own
right of such qualifying shares, shall thereby vacate his office, and
shall not be eligible for re-election as a director for a period of one
year from the date of the next succeeding annual meeting. Except as
provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this subdivision, every person
legally qualified and duly serving as a director at the time this act
takes effect, may continue as such director until the expiration of the
term for which he was elected or appointed, but shall not be eligible
for re-election unless he shall meet the requirement of this
subdivision.
(2) If he would, upon his election, become the third salaried
full-time employee of the savings and loan association on its board of
directors and if such board, with his election, would have twelve or
less directors, or if he would, upon his election, become the fourth
salaried full-time employee of the savings and loan association on its
board of directors and if such board, with his election, would have more
than twelve directors; provided, however, that with the written approval
of the superintendent, four salaried full-time employees may serve as
directors of a savings and loan association resulting from the merger of
two or more savings and loan associations or from the merger of one or
more savings banks into a savings and loan association if, immediately
prior to such merger, each such person was a salaried full-time employee
and a director or a trustee of a merging institution.
No director in office on April first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight,
shall be ineligible for the office of director by reason of the
provisions of subparagraph (2) of paragraph (b) of this subdivision.
(3) If: (a) Such person's spouse is a director or one of the five
highest paid salaried officers of the association; (b) Such person or
such person's spouse is the grandparent, parent, child, grandchild,
brother, sister, aunt, uncle, nephew or neice of a director or one of
the five highest paid salaried officers of the association; or (c) A
director or one of the five highest paid salaried officers of the
association is the spouse of such person's child, grandchild, brother or
sister.
No director in office on September first, nineteen hundred seventy-one
shall be ineligible for the office of director by reason of the
provisions of subparagraph three of paragraph (b) of this subdivision.
(c) The bylaws of a savings and loan association may prescribe a
maximum age beyond which no person shall be eligible for election to the
board of directors, and may prescribe a mandatory retirement age of
seventy-five years or less for directors, subject to the following
limitations:
(i) No person shall be eligible for initial election as a director
after December thirty-first, nineteen hundred sixty-eight who is seventy
years of age or more; and
(ii) No person shall continue to serve as a director after December
thirty-first, nineteen hundred seventy-three who is seventy-five years
of age or more, and the office of any such director shall become vacant
on the last day of the month in which such director reaches his
seventy-fifth birthday or on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred
seventy-three, whichever is the later.
(d) In the case of a savings and loan association which does not adopt
a bylaw prescribing a mandatory retirement age for directors prior to
January first, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, or which does not maintain
thereafter a bylaw prescribing such a mandatory retirement age, the
office of a director of such savings and loan association shall become
vacant on the last day of the month in which such director reaches his
seventieth birthday, or on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred
sixty-eight, whichever is the later.
3. Any director of a savings and loan association who shall default in
any contractual payment on any obligation to such association for more
than ninety days shall by reason of such default vacate his office as
director and shall not be eligible for re-election for a period of one
year from the date of the next succeeding annual meeting and until such
default is cured.
4. Every director of any savings and loan association, before entering
upon his duties as a director, shall take an oath that he will, so far
as the duty devolves upon him, diligently and honestly administer the
affairs of such association, and will not knowingly violate, or
willingly permit to be violated, any of the provisions of law applicable
to such association, and that he is the owner in good faith and in his
own right, of shares having a book value of not less than two hundred
dollars standing in his name on the books of the association and that
the same are not hypothecated, or in any way pledged as security for any
loan or debt, and, in case of re-election or re-appointment, that such
shares were not hypothecated, or in any way pledged as security for any
loan or debt during his previous term. Such oath shall be subscribed by
the director making it, certified by an officer authorized by law to
administer oaths, and immediately transmitted to the superintendent.
5. In the absence of a provision in the by-laws providing for the
number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum, a majority of the
total number of directors which a savings and loan association would
have if there were no vacancies shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business or of any specified item of business. Any
reference in this chapter to corporate action to be taken by the board
shall mean such action at a meeting of the board. Except as otherwise
provided in this chapter, the vote of a majority of the directors
present at the time of the vote, if a quorum is present at such time,
shall be the act of the board.
6. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the by-laws, regular meetings of
the board may be held without notice if the time and place of such
meetings are fixed by the by-laws or the board. Special meetings of the
board shall be held upon notice to the directors.
(b) The by-laws may prescribe what shall constitute notice of meetings
of the board. A notice, or waiver of notice, need not specify the
purpose of any regular or special meeting of the board, unless required
by the by-laws.
(c) Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits
a signed waiver of notice whether before or after the meeting or who
attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its
commencement, the lack of notice to him.
(d) A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is
present, may adjourn any meeting to another time and place. If the
by-laws so provide, notice of any adjournment of a meeting of the board
to another time or place shall be given to the directors who were not
present at the time of the adjournment and, unless such time and place
are announced at the meeting, to the other directors.
7. Any officer elected or appointed by the board may be removed by the
board, or his authority suspended by it, with or without cause. Such
removal or suspension without cause, however, shall be without prejudice
to his contract rights. The election or appointment of an officer shall
not be deemed of itself to create contract rights. This subdivision does
not affect the powers of the superintendent under section forty-one of
this chapter.
8. Upon the petition of any shareholder aggrieved by an election, and
upon notice to the persons declared elected thereat, the savings and
loan association and such other persons as the court may direct, the
supreme court at a special term held within the judicial district where
the office of the savings and loan association is located shall
forthwith hear the proofs and allegations of the parties, and confirm
the election, order a new election, or take such other action as justice
may require.
Report to directors. The board of directors of every savings
and loan association shall designate, by resolution duly recorded in the
minutes, an officer or officers whose duty it shall be to prepare and
submit to each director present at a regular meeting of the board or to
each member of an executive committee of not less than five members of
such board present at a regular meeting of such committee, a written
report containing such information and meeting such requirements as are
required in the case of reports submitted to the trustees of savings
banks pursuant to section two hundred fifty-two of this chapter and such
regulations as the superintendent may promulgate thereunder or
hereunder. A copy of such report, verified by the affidavit of the
officer or officers charged with the duty of preparing and submitting
such report, together with a list of the directors present at such
meeting, shall be filed with the records of the savings and loan
association within one day after such meeting, and shall be presumptive
evidence of the matters therein stated. The superintendent, by
regulation, may require the preparation and submission of such a report
to directors at dates other than those required herein.
Filling of vacancies in board of directors; change in number of
directors. 1. Vacancies in the board of directors of any savings and
loan association not exceeding one-third of the whole number of the
board may be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining directors,
and the directors so elected may hold office until such vacancies are
filled by the members at a special or annual election. When the number
of directors fixed by the by-laws of any savings and loan association is
nine or more, two vacancies may, with the consent of the superintendent,
be left unfilled until the next annual election. All vacancies not
otherwise provided for in this section shall be filled by election by
the members.
2. The number of directors may be changed within the limits provided
in subdivision one of section three hundred ninety-seven of this article
by amendment of the by-laws, except where the by-laws provide that the
number of directors shall be not less than seven nor more than fifteen
and also provide the manner in which the number of directors shall be
fixed within the minimum and maximum limits.
3. Each vacancy in the office of director and each reduction in the
number of directors shall be reported to the superintendent within ten
days after such vacancy occurs or such reduction is effected. Each
election of a director shall be likewise reported together with the
name, address and occupation of the person so elected.
Forfeiture of office of director. The office of a director of
a savings and loan association shall become vacant whenever he shall
have failed to attend the regular meetings of the board of directors and
also of any committee of the board of which he is a member, for a period
of six successive months, unless excused by the board for such failure
by resolution adopted at the first or second regular meeting of the
board after expiration of such six months period, and entered upon its
minutes. A copy of such resolution shall be transmitted to the
superintendent by the savings and loan association within five days
after its adoption. A director who has vacated his office by reason of
such failure to attend meetings shall not be eligible for re-election as
a director until the expiration of one year from the date of the first
regular meeting of the board at which a resolution could have been
adopted by it, as herein provided, to excuse such failure.
Duties of directors and officers.
1. Directors and officers shall discharge the duties of their
respective positions in good faith and with that degree of diligence,
care and skill which prudent men would exercise under similar
circumstances in like positions. In discharging their duties, directors
and officers, when acting in good faith, may rely (a) upon financial
statements of the savings and loan association represented to them to be
correct by the president or the officer of the savings and loan
association having charge of the books of account, or stated in a
written report by an independent public or certified public accountant
or firm of such accountants fairly to reflect the financial condition of
such savings and loan association and (b) upon reports required to be
submitted to them by any provision of this chapter or prepared in the
ordinary course of business by an officer or committee charged with the
responsibility therefor. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to
require the directors to perform functions vested in any committee,
officer or other person pursuant to the provisions of any other section
of this chapter.
2. An action may be brought against one or more directors or officers
of a savings and loan association to procure a judgment for the
following relief:
(a) To compel the defendant to account for his official conduct in the
following cases:
(1) The neglect of, or failure to perform, or other violation of his
duties in the management and disposition of the savings and loan
association's assets committed to his charge.
(2) The acquisition by himself, transfer to others, loss or waste of
the savings and loan association's assets due to any neglect of or
failure to perform, or other violation of his duties.
(b) To set aside a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the savings
and loan association's assets by one or more directors or officers,
contrary to a provision of law, where the transferee knew the purpose of
the transfer.
(c) To enjoin such a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the savings
and loan association's assets by one or more of the directors or
officers where there is good reason to apprehend that it will be made.
3. Subject to section six hundred thirty-one of this chapter, an
action may be brought for the relief provided in this section by a
savings and loan association or an officer, director or judgment
creditor thereof.
4. This section shall not affect any liability otherwise imposed by
law upon any director or officer.
Executive committee and other committees. 1. If the
organization certificate or the by-laws so provide, the board of
directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire board, may
designate from among its members an executive committee consisting of at
least five directors and other committees each consisting of two or more
directors, officers or other persons, not including alternate members,
but not less than may otherwise be required by this chapter nor
differing in composition from any requirement of this chapter, and each
of which, shall have such authority as may be provided in the resolution
or in the organization certificate or by-laws or under this chapter,
except that no such committee shall have authority as to the following
matters:
(a) The submission to shareholders of any action that needs
shareholders' authorization under this chapter;
(b) The filling of vacancies in the board of directors or in any such
committee;
(c) The fixing of compensation of the directors for serving on the
board or on any committee;
(d) The amendment or repeal of the by-laws, or the adoption of new
by-laws;
(e) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the board which by
its terms shall not be so amendable or repealable;
(f) The taking of action which is expressly required by any provision
of this chapter to be taken at a meeting of the board or by a specified
proportion of the directors.
2. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the board. The
designation or appointment of, or making of provision for, any such
committee and the delegation thereto of authority shall not alone
relieve any director of his duty to the association under any provision
of this chapter.
3. Minutes shall be kept of each meeting of each such committee and
records shall be kept of all action taken in exercise of the authority
or in performance of the function of each such committee. Such minutes
and records shall be submitted to the board of directors and shall be
filed with the records of the association.
Restrictions on directors and officers. 1. No director or
officer of any savings and loan association shall receive any salary,
fees, expenses or other compensation for soliciting the sale of shares
of the association to any person.
2. No officer, director, attorney, agent or employee of any savings
and loan association shall discount or, directly or indirectly, purchase
from a member of such association a share in such association, whether
or not withdrawal application has been filed with respect to such share,
except by payment therefor of the book value of such share. For the
purposes of this subdivision, the book value of a share shall consist of
the dues and dividends credited thereon and dividends declared but
withheld subject to payment at maturity.
3. No director or officer of any savings and loan association shall,
after June thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-nine for himself or as
agent or partner of another borrow any of the funds of such association
or become the owner of real property upon which such association holds a
mortgage; except that such officer or director may borrow from such
association on the security of shares held by him or on the security of
real estate owned by him if used and occupied by him as a home for
himself or family, or may become the owner of real estate so used and
occupied upon which the association holds a mortgage. As used in this
subdivision, the terms "real property", "real estate", and "mortgage"
shall be deemed to refer to ownership interests in, and security with
respect to, a cooperative apartment unit.
4. No director or officer of any savings and loan association shall
direct or require a borrower on a mortgage to negotiate any policy of
insurance on the mortgaged property through any particular insurance
company or companies or through any particular insurance agent or agents
and broker or brokers or attempt to divert to any particular insurance
company or companies or any particular insurance agent or agents and
broker or brokers, the business of borrowers from the savings and loan
association, or refuse to accept any insurance policy because it was not
negotiated through a particular insurance company or companies or
through a particular insurance agent or agents and broker or brokers.
5. (a) No executive officer of a savings and loan association may be
an executive officer, director or trustee of another savings and loan
association, bank or trust company, savings bank, national bank, federal
savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, bank holding company or
foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this state unless
permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent of financial
services pursuant to paragraph (b) of this subdivision.
(b) The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation
who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be
an executive officer, and by regulation,, to grant permission to an
executive officer of a savings and loan association to be an executive
officer, director or trustee or both an executive officer and a director
or a trustee of another savings and loan association, bank or trust
company, savings bank, national bank, federal savings bank or federal
savings association, the principal office of which is located in this
state, bank holding company or foreign banking corporation maintaining a
branch in this state. Such permission may be granted only if in the
judgment of the superintendent such service by the executive officer
will be consistent with the policy of the state of New York as declared
in section ten of this chapter. The superintendent shall have the power
to revoke such permission whenever the superintendent finds, after
reasonable notice and an opportunity to be heard, that the public
interest requires such revocation.
(c) For the purposes of this subdivision, the term "bank holding
company" shall be given the same meaning as is contained in section one
hundred forty-one of this chapter, and the definition of the term
"banking institution" is modified to include a national bank, federal
savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, and a foreign banking
corporation maintaining a branch in this state.
(d) All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on
executive officers and directors of savings and loan associations shall
continue in effect.
Restrictions on holding of certain offices by executive
officers of federal savings banks and federal savings associations. 1.
No executive officer of a federal savings bank or federal savings
association the principal office of which institution is located in this
state may be an executive officer, director or trustee of a savings and
loan association, bank or trust company, savings bank, bank holding
company or foreign banking corporation maintaining a branch in this
state, unless permission therefor has been granted by the superintendent
pursuant to subdivision two of this section, provided, however, that an
executive officer of a federal savings and loan association located in
this state, who on the effective date of this section is an executive
officer, director or trustee of a savings and loan association, bank or
trust company, savings bank, bank holding company or foreign banking
corporation maintaining a branch in this state, may continue to hold
such other office without permission from the superintendent, until the
expiration of the term of such office or the close of business on the
last day of December, nineteen hundred seventy-four, whichever occurs
sooner.
2. The superintendent shall have the power to determine by regulation
who shall be considered, under the provisions of this subdivision, to be
an executive officer, and by regulation to grant permission to an
executive officer of a federal savings bank or federal savings
association located in this state, to be at the same time an executive
officer, director or trustee, or both an executive officer and a
director or trustee of a savings and loan association, bank or trust
company, savings bank, bank holding company, and foreign banking
corporation maintaining a branch in this state. Such permission may be
granted only if in the judgment of the superintendent such service by
the executive officer will be consistent with the policy of the state of
New York as declared in section ten of this chapter. The superintendent
shall have the power to revoke such permission whenever the
superintendent finds, after reasonable notice and an opportunity to be
heard, that the public interest requires such revocation.
3. For the purposes of this subdivision, the term "bank holding
company" shall be given the same meaning as is contained in section one
hundred forty-one of this chapter, and the definition of the term
"banking institution" is modified to include a national bank, federal
savings bank or federal savings association, the principal office of
which institution is located in this state, and a foreign banking
corporation maintaining a branch in this state.
4. All other restrictions and limitations imposed by this chapter on
executive officers and directors of federal savings and loan
associations located in this state, shall continue in effect.
Pensions; insurance. Subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe, a savings and loan
association may, in the discretion of a majority of all the directors:
1. Provide pensions to officers and employees pursuant to a
nondiscriminatory plan for service rendered to the savings and loan
association or for having become incapacitated while in service to the
savings and loan association, including annual supplements to retirees
based upon the "current cost of living index figure" for any calendar
year based upon the Consumer Price Index as issued by the bureau of
labor statistics of the United States department of labor.
2. Provide life insurance for its officers and employees, provided
that life insurance is not purchased solely for or on behalf of officers
and highly compensated employees.
Official communications to be submitted to directors and noted
in minutes. Every official communication, as defined in article two of
this chapter, shall be submitted, by the officer receiving it, to the
board of directors at the next meeting of such board and noted in the
minutes.
Amendment of articles of association and by-laws. Any proposed
change in the articles of association, certificate of association,
organization certificate or the by-laws of any savings and loan
association shall be submitted to the superintendent and, upon the
superintendent's written approval thereof, shall be posted in a
conspicuous place in the office of the association for thirty days. Such
proposed changes may thereafter be incorporated in the articles of
association, certificate of association, organization certificate or the
by-laws of the association by being duly adopted by its directors. A
copy of such change shall be filed in the office of the superintendent
within thirty days after such adoption.
Examination by directors. 1. Once in each calendar year the
directors of every savings and loan association by a committee of not
less than three of their number, none of whom shall be salaried officers
or employees of such association, shall examine fully the records and
affairs of such association for the purpose of determining its true
financial condition. Such examination shall be made as of a date not
less than six months after the date of the previous such examination.
2. In the conduct of each such examination, inquiry shall be made
into the policies of management for the purpose of determining whether
such policies are sound and consistent with the requirements of law, and
into such other matters as shall be necessary to enable the directors to
determine whether adequate protection is afforded to shareholders and
depositors.
3. A savings and loan association's compliance with section one
hundred twelve of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Act of 1991,
as implemented by the provisions of part three hundred sixty-three of
the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
as they may be amended from time to time, shall be deemed to satisfy the
examination requirement of this section.
4. The directors may employ such assistance as they deem necessary in
making the examinations prescribed by this section. Within thirty days
after the completion of such examination, a report thereof, in such form
as the superintendent may prescribe and sworn to by the directors making
the report, shall be presented to the board of directors of such
association at a regular meeting, and placed on file in the office of
the association. Within ten days after the presentation of such report
to the board of directors a duplicate thereof shall be filed in the
office of the superintendent, together with a certificate that such
report was presented to the board of directors, in the form prescribed
by the superintendent.
Reports to the superintendent; penalty for failure to make. 1.
On or before the first day in February in each year, every savings and
loan association shall make a written report to the superintendent which
shall contain a statement of its condition as of the morning of the
first day of January in such year. Such report shall contain such
information and be in such form as the superintendent may prescribe and
shall be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury
by the president or a vice-president and another principal officer.
2. Every such association shall also make such other special reports
to the superintendent as he may from time to time require, in such form
and at such date as may be prescribed by him and such reports shall, if
required by him, be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties
of perjury.
3. If any such association shall fail to make any report required by
or pursuant to this section on or before the day designated for the
making thereof, or shall fail to include therein any information
required by the superintendent to be included, such association shall
forfeit to the people of the state an amount as determined pursuant to
section forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such report
shall be delayed or withheld, and for every day that it shall fail to
report any such omitted information, unless the time therefor shall have
been extended by the superintendent.
Photographic reproduction of records. Any photograph,
microphotograph or reproduction on film of any of the documents and
records of a savings and loan association relating to the members of
such savings and loan association and the operation of its business,
which such savings and loan association has caused to be made in the
conduct of its business, shall be deemed to be the equivalent of the
original thereof for all purposes, provided that the original of any
such documents and records has been destroyed, that such photograph,
microphotograph or reproduction on film shall be of durable material,
and that the device used to reproduce such documents and records shall
be one which accurately reproduces the original thereof in all details.
Annual report to shareholders; delivery and publication. Every
savings and loan association shall (1) prepare a complete statement of
its financial condition, including a summary of income and expense since
its last previous statement, and publish the same annually, such
publication to be made in the form and manner determined by the
superintendent and in accordance with the requirements of this section,
(2) mail a copy of such financial statement to each shareholder or
depositor on application therefor, and (3) make copies of such financial
statement available to depositors, shareholders and other persons in a
convenient and conspicuous location on the premises of each of its
authorized places of business.
Charters conformed to this article; obligations and rights
unimpaired; saving clause; applicability to stock-form savings and loan
associations. 1. Except as provided by regulations promulgated by the
superintendent of financial services pursuant to section fourteen-e of
this chapter, the powers, rights, duties, privileges and obligations of
every savings and loan association shall be governed, controlled,
construed, extended, limited and determined by the provisions of this
chapter, and the articles of association, certificate of incorporation,
by-laws or rules of every such association heretofore made or existing,
are hereby modified, altered and amended to conform to the provisions of
this chapter, and are declared void where such articles of association,
certificate of incorporation, by-laws or rules are inconsistent with the
provisions of this chapter; except that the obligations of any existing
association, and the obligations to any such association, existing on
June thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-nine, shall not be in any wise
impaired by the provisions of this act. No savings and loan association
shall by reason of the provisions of this act be required to dispose of
any loan or investment held by it on June thirtieth, nineteen hundred
thirty-nine. For the purposes of this section, articles of association
and by-laws are not to be deemed obligations of the association and may
be changed as prescribed in section four hundred two, anything in the
articles of association or by-laws to the contrary notwithstanding.
2. The provisions of this article shall apply to stock-form savings
and loan associations except that the superintendent of financial
services, consistent with the declaration of policy described in section
fourteen-e of this chapter, shall be empowered to deem inapplicable to
stock-form savings and loan associations, sections three hundred
seventy-five, three hundred seventy-six, three hundred seventy-seven,
three hundred seventy-eight, three hundred eighty-five, three hundred
eighty-six, three hundred eighty-seven, three hundred eighty-eight,
three hundred eighty-nine, three hundred ninety, three hundred
ninety-two, three hundred ninety-seven, three hundred ninety-eight,
three hundred ninety-eight-a, three hundred ninety-eight-b, three
hundred ninety-eight-c, subdivisions one, two and three of section three
hundred ninety-nine, four hundred, four hundred two, four hundred five
and four hundred six of this chapter.
Exemptions. Savings and loan associations shall be deemed
institutions for savings, and such associations and the property of such
associations shall be exempt from taxation under any law which shall
exempt savings banks or institutions for savings from taxation. The
shares held by members of any association and the dues and dividends
credited thereon shall be exempt from sale on execution and proceedings
supplementary thereto to the amount of six hundred dollars, and the
members of any such association shall not be individually liable for the
payment of its debts. The shares of savings and loan associations shall
not be subject to the stock transfer tax either when issued by the
association or when transferred from one member to another.
Conversion of a state savings and loan association into a
federal savings and loan association. Any savings and loan association
may convert itself into a federal savings and loan association. A
meeting of the shareholders shall be held upon not less than ten days'
written notice to each shareholder, either served personally or mailed
to him at his last known address and containing a statement of the time,
place and purpose of such meeting. Proof by affidavit of due service of
such notice shall be filed in the office of the association before or at
the time of such meeting.
At such meeting the shareholders may, by vote in person or by proxy of
the holders of (a) at least sixty-six and two-thirds per centum in
amount of the book value of all outstanding shares, or (b) at least
seventy-five per centum in amount of the book value of the outstanding
shares represented at the meeting, authorize the conversion of such
savings and loan association into a federal savings and loan
association. A copy of the minutes of such meeting, verified by the
presiding officer and by the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in
the office of the superintendent within two days thereafter.
Within three months after the date of such meeting, the association
shall take such action, in the manner prescribed or authorized by the
laws of the United States as shall make it a federal savings and loan
association and shall thereupon file in the office of the superintendent
a copy of the charter or authorization issued to it. Upon such filing
the association shall cease to be a corporation under the laws of this
state, except that its corporate existence shall continue for the
purpose of prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind up
its affairs as a state savings and loan association and to dispose of
and convey its property. At the time when such conversion becomes
effective, all of the property of the state savings and loan association
shall immediately by act of law and without any conveyance or transfer
become the property of the federal savings and loan association and the
federal savings and loan association shall thereupon succeed to all the
rights, obligations and relations of the state savings and loan
association.
Conversion of a federal savings and loan association into a
state savings and loan association. 1. Any federal savings and loan
association having its place of business in this state may convert
itself into a state savings and loan association. A meeting of the
shareholders shall be held upon not less than ten days' written notice
to each shareholder, either served personally or mailed to him at his
last known address and containing a statement of the time, place and
purpose of such meeting. Proof by affidavit of due service of such
notice shall be filed in the office of the association before or at the
time of such meeting.
2. At such meeting the shareholders may, by vote, in person or by
proxy, of the holders of (a) at least sixty-six and two-thirds per
centum in amount of the book value of all outstanding shares, or (b) at
least seventy-five per centum in amount of the book value of the
outstanding shares represented at the meeting, authorize the conversion
of such federal savings and loan association into a state savings and
loan association. A copy of the minutes of such meeting, verified by the
presiding officer and by the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in
the office of the superintendent within thirty days after the date of
such meeting.
3. There shall be filed with such copy of the minutes, the
organization certificate required by section three hundred seventy-five
of this article, executed by a majority of the directors, and proposed
by-laws as required by section three hundred seventy-six of this
article. The federal savings and loan association shall also submit a
written plan of conversion to the superintendent, together with an
investigation fee as described pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter.
4. Within sixty days after such filing, the federal savings and loan
association shall take the action prescribed or authorized by the laws
of the United States to effect such conversion and there shall thereupon
be filed in the office of the superintendent a copy of any consent or
authorization required of such federal savings and loan association
pursuant to the laws of the United States to effect such conversion.
5. When the superintendent shall have approved the organization
certificate and the proposed by-laws and shall have issued the
authorization certificate, provided in article two of this chapter, the
association shall cease to be a federal savings and loan association and
shall thereupon be converted into a state savings and loan association,
but such federal savings and loan association shall be deemed to be
continued for the purpose of prosecuting or defending suits and of
enabling it to wind up its affairs as a federal savings and loan
association, and to dispose of and convey its property.
At the time when such conversion becomes effective all the property of
the federal savings and loan association shall immediately by act of law
and without any conveyance or transfer become the property of the state
savings and loan association and the state savings and loan association
shall succeed to all the rights, obligations and relations of the
federal savings and loan association.
6. In the case of a conversion of a federal savings and loan
association, at the time such conversion becomes effective all life
insurance plans, deferred payment plans, option plans, pension plans,
and any similar plans, as well as retirement benefits, death benefits,
disability benefits, and any similar benefit programs, for the benefit
of officers and employees of such federal savings and loan associations
which plans and programs are authorized under the laws of the United
States, shall be deemed to qualify under the banking law,
notwithstanding any provision of the banking law to the contrary;
provided, however, that to the extent any such plan or program is in
violation of any such provision of the banking law with respect to
savings and loan associations, such plan or program shall be deemed to
qualify under the banking law only with respect to those officers and
employees who at the time when such conversion becomes effective (i) are
or have been officers or employees of the converting federal savings and
loan association, and (ii) have acquired a right or interest in such
plan or program which has vested in such officers or employees by
contractual arrangement in effect not less than six months prior to such
conversion or by reason of such officers or employees becoming eligible
and qualified under such plan or program. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this subdivision, the superintendent is authorized to
withhold his approval of the conversion of a federal savings and loan
association if in his opinion the benefits under such plans or programs
are unduly excessive.
Conversion of a savings and loan association or federal savings
and loan association into a savings bank. 1. Any savings and loan
association or federal savings and loan association having its place of
business in this state may convert itself into a savings bank upon
receiving the approval of its shareholders and the superintendent as
hereinafter provided. A meeting of the shareholders shall be held upon
not less than twenty days' written notice to each shareholder, either
served personally or mailed to him at his last known address and
containing a statement of the time, place and purpose of such meeting
and the effect of the proposed conversion upon the shareholders' right
to vote on matters affecting the management of the resulting savings
bank. Proof by affidavit of due service of such notice shall be filed in
the office of the association before or at the time of such meeting.
2. At such meeting the shareholders may, by vote, in person or by
proxy, of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds per centum in
amount of the book value of all outstanding shares represented at the
meeting, authorize the conversion of such savings and loan association
or federal savings and loan association into a savings bank subject to
the approval of the superintendent as hereinafter provided. A copy of
the minutes of such meeting, verified by the presiding officer and by
the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in the office of the
superintendent within thirty days after the date of such meeting,
together with a statement setting forth the reasons why the board of
directors believe the conversion would be in the best interests of the
savings and loan association or federal savings and loan association and
the public, and such other information as the superintendent may
require. If the superintendent determines that the proposed conversion
would be in the best interests of the savings and loan association or
federal savings and loan association and the public, he shall so advise
the board of directors of the savings and loan association or federal
savings and loan association and deliver to them his written approval of
the proposed conversion.
3. Upon receiving the superintendent's written approval of the
proposed conversion, there shall be filed with the superintendent, the
organization certificate required by section two hundred thirty of this
chapter, executed by a majority of the directors, and proposed by-laws
as required by section two hundred fifty-one of this chapter.
4. Within sixty days after such filing, or such additional time as the
superintendent may authorize in writing, a federal savings and loan
association proposing to convert to a savings bank pursuant to this
section shall take the action prescribed or authorized by the laws of
the United States to effect such conversion and there shall thereupon be
filed in the office of the superintendent a copy of any consent or
authorization required of such federal savings and loan association
pursuant to the laws of the United States to effect such conversion.
5. When the superintendent shall have approved the organization
certificate and the proposed by-laws and shall have issued the
authorization certificate, provided in article two of this chapter, the
association shall cease to be a savings and loan association or federal
savings and loan association, as the case may be, and shall thereupon be
converted into a savings bank, but such savings and loan association or
federal savings and loan association shall be deemed to be continued for
the purpose of prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind
up its affairs as a savings and loan association or federal savings and
loan association, and to dispose of and convey its property.
At the time when such conversion becomes effective all the property of
the savings and loan association or federal savings and loan
association, as the case may be, shall immediately by act of law and
without any conveyance or transfer become the property of the savings
bank and the savings bank shall succeed to all the offices, rights,
obligations and relations of such savings and loan association or
federal savings and loan association.
6. In the case of a conversion of a federal savings and loan
association, at the time such conversion becomes effective all life
insurance plans, deferred payments plans, option plans, pension plans,
and any similar plans, as well as retirement benefits, death benefits,
disability benefits, and any similar benefit programs, for the benefit
of officers and employees of such federal savings and loan associations
which plans and programs are authorized under the laws of the United
States, shall be deemed to qualify under the banking law notwithstanding
any provision of the banking law to the contrary; provided, however,
that, to the extent any such plan or program is in violation of any such
provision of the banking law with respect to savings banks, such plan or
program shall be deemed to qualify under the banking law only with
respect to those officers and employees who, at the time when such
conversion becomes effective, (i) are or have been officers or employees
of the converting federal savings and loan association, and (ii) have
acquired a right or interest in such plan or program which has vested in
such officers or employees by contractual arrangement in effect not less
than six months prior to such conversion or by reason of such officers
or employees becoming eligible and qualified under such plan or program.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subdivision, the
superintendent is authorized to withhold his approval of the conversion
of a federal savings and loan association if in his opinion the benefits
under such plans or programs are unduly excessive.
Conversion of federal savings institutions to state charter.
The superintendent is authorized to promulgate such regulations as are
necessary to permit the conversion of any federal savings association or
federal savings and loan association to state charter where such
conversion is not otherwise governed by the provisions of this chapter.
Subject to the foregoing, such regulations may provide for the
conversion of a federal savings association or federal savings and loan
association, whether in mutual or stock form, into a state-chartered
savings bank or state-chartered savings and loan association. The
federal savings association shall submit a written plan of conversion to
the superintendent, together with an investigation fee as prescribed
pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.
Reciprocal interstate acquisitions. 1. With the prior approval
of the superintendent, a New York savings and loan holding company or a
subsidiary thereof or a New York savings association may acquire control
of an out-of-state savings and loan holding company or an out-of-state
savings association, and an out-of-state savings and loan holding
company or a subsidiary thereof or an out-of-state savings association
may acquire control of a New York savings and loan holding company or a
New York savings association subject to regulations to be adopted by the
superintendent of financial services. The terms and conditions
prescribed by such regulations shall be substantially similar to those
contained in section one hundred forty-two-b of this chapter governing
reciprocal interstate acquisitions by bank holding companies.
2. For the purposes of this section:
(a) the term "savings association" shall have the same meaning as in
section 10 of an Act of Congress entitled Home Owners Loan Act as
amended from time to time;
(b) the term "savings and loan holding company" shall have the same
meaning as in section 10 of an Act of Congress entitled Home Owners Loan
Act as amended from time to time;
(c) the term "New York savings association" shall mean a savings
association whose principal office is located in this state and the term
"out-of-state savings association" shall mean a savings association
whose principal office is located in a state other than this state or
the District of Columbia; and
(d) the term "New York savings and loan holding company" shall mean a
savings and loan holding company which controls one or more New York
savings associations and the term "out-of-state savings and loan holding
company" shall mean a savings and loan holding company other than a New
York savings and loan holding company which conducts its principal
banking business in a state other than this state or the District of
Columbia. The jurisdiction in which an out-of-state savings and loan
holding company conducts its principal banking business is that state or
the District of Columbia in which the total deposits of such company and
its banking subsidiaries are largest.
ARTICLE 10-A State Savings and Loan Insurance Fund
Definitions. When used in this article unless the context
otherwise requires:
1. "Default" means an adjudication or other official determination of
a court of competent jurisdiction or other public authority pursuant to
which a conservator, receiver, or other legal custodian is appointed for
an insured institution for the purpose of liquidation.
2. "Fund" means the state savings and loan insurance fund created by
section four hundred twenty-a of this article.
3. "Insured account" means a savings account held by an insured member
and which is insured under the provisions of this article.
4. "Insured savings and loan association" means an association whose
accounts are insured under this article.
5. "Member" or "insured member" means a savings and loan association
whose application for membership in the fund has been accepted and
approved; and which has made all payments required by this article; and
whose membership has not been terminated.
6. "Reserves" means the aggregate total of capital, advance premiums,
assessments and retained earnings of the fund.
State savings and loan insurance fund. 1. There is hereby
created the "state savings and loan insurance fund". The fund shall be a
corporate governmental agency constituting a public benefit corporation.
It shall have the powers and privileges of a corporation, and under its
corporate name all of its business shall be transacted, all funds
invested, all warrants for money drawn and payments made, and all cash
and securities and other personal property shall be held.
2. The fund shall be administered by six trustees, four of whom shall
be appointed by the governor with the advice and consent of the senate,
one shall be elected by the insured members and one shall be elected by
the board of directors of the Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New
York from their own number. The trustees of the fund first appointed by
the governor shall serve for terms ending December thirty-first in
nineteen hundred sixty-eight, nineteen hundred sixty-nine, nineteen
hundred seventy and nineteen hundred seventy-one, respectively. Persons
appointed for full terms as their successors shall serve for four years
each commencing as of January first next following the year in which the
term of his predecessor expired. The trustee elected by the insured
members shall serve for a term ending on December thirty-first, nineteen
hundred sixty-nine and the trustee elected by the board of directors of
the savings and loan bank of the state of New York shall serve for a
term ending on December thirty-first, nineteen hundred seventy-one.
Persons elected for full terms as their successors shall serve for four
years each commencing as of January first next following the year in
which the term of his predecessor expired. In the event of a vacancy
occurring in the office of an appointed trustee by death, resignation or
otherwise, the governor shall appoint a successor in the same manner as
an original appointment to serve for the balance of the unexpired term.
If, for the previously stated reasons, a vacancy occurs in the office of
an elected trustee, said vacancy shall be filled for the unexpired term
by special election.
3. The trustees of the fund shall serve without salary, but each
trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement for his actual and necessary
expenses incurred in the performance of his official duties and to a fee
of one hundred dollars per day when rendering service as such member,
provided that the aggregate amount of such fees payable to any one
trustee in any one fiscal year shall not exceed the sum of five thousand
dollars.
4. The trustees of the fund may engage in private employment, or in a
profession or business, subject to the limitations contained in sections
seventy-three and seventy-four of the public officers law. The fund
shall, for the purposes of such sections, be a "state agency", and the
trustees thereof shall be "officers" of the agency for the purposes of
said sections.
5. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provisions of law, general,
special or local, no officer or employee of the state, or of any civil
division thereof, shall be deemed to have forfeited or shall forfeit his
office or employment by reason of his acceptance of appointment as a
trustee, officer or agent of the fund; provided, however, that a
trustee, officer or agent who holds such other public office or
employment shall receive no additional compensation, fee or allowance
for services rendered pursuant to this article, but shall be entitled to
reimbursement for his actual and necessary expenses incurred in the
performance of such services.
6. The governor may remove any trustee for inefficiency, neglect of
duty or misconduct in office after giving him a copy of the charges
against him and an opportunity to be heard, in person or by counsel, in
his defense, upon not less than ten days notice. If any trustee shall be
removed, the governor shall file with the secretary of state a complete
statement of charges made against the trustee, and his findings thereon,
together with a complete record of the proceedings.
7. The chairman of the board of trustees shall be designated by the
governor. He shall preside over all meetings of the trustees and shall
have such other duties as the trustees may direct. A vice-chairman who
shall preside over all meetings of the fund in the absence of the
chairman and who shall have such other duties as the trustees may direct
may be designated from time to time by the trustees from among the other
trustees.
8. The powers of the fund shall be vested in and exercised by no less
than four of the trustees then in office. The fund may delegate to one
or more of its trustees, or officers, agents or employees, such powers
and duties as the trustees may deem proper, provided, however, that all
contracts involving an estimated expense of ten thousand dollars or more
shall be approved prior to execution by no less than four trustees of
the fund.
9. The fund shall be subject to an examination by the superintendent
of financial services at least once in each calendar year.
10. Within three days, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excepted, after
each meeting of the trustees of the fund, the secretary or other officer
of the fund in charge of the minutes of the proceedings of the trustees
shall transmit to the superintendent of financial services at his office
in Albany three certified copies of the minutes of every meeting of the
trustees for his information.
11. The fund shall become operative when the total aggregate of the
savings deposits of its members amount to five hundred million dollars
or more and shall continue so long as it shall have bonds, insurance or
other obligations outstanding and until its existence shall be
terminated by law. Upon the termination of the existence of the fund,
all its rights and properties shall pass to and be vested in the state.
12. Before becoming operative the fund shall adopt, and obtain the
approval of the superintendent, of by-laws for its organization,
management and operations. Any amendment of the by-laws shall require
the prior approval of the superintendent.
Purposes of the fund. The fund shall insure the savings
accounts of savings and loan associations eligible for insurance as
hereinafter provided.
General powers of the fund. Except as otherwise limited by
this article, the fund shall have power:
1. To sue and be sued;
2. To have a seal and alter the same at pleasure;
3. To borrow money and issue negotiable notes, bonds or other
obligations and to provide for the rights of the holders thereof;
4. To invest any funds held in reserve or sinking funds, or any monies
not required for immediate use or disbursement, at the discretion of the
fund, in obligations of the state or the United States government or
obligations the principal and interest of which are guaranteed by the
state or the United States government;
5. Subject to the approval of the superintendent of financial
services, to establish rules and regulations governing the exercise of
its powers and the fulfillment of its purposes under this article;
6. To enter into contracts and leases and to execute all instruments
necessary or convenient;
7. To acquire, hold and dispose of real or personal property in the
exercise of its powers;
8. To appoint such officers and employees as it may require for the
performance of its duties, and to fix and determine their
qualifications, duties, and compensation and to retain or employ
auditors, engineers and private consultants on a contract basis or
otherwise for rendering professional or technical services and advice,
and with the approval of the attorney general of the state of New York,
to retain or employ counsel;
9. To conduct investigations and hearings in the furtherance of its
general purposes, and in aid thereof have access to any books, records
or papers relevant thereto; and if any person whose testimony shall be
required for the proper performance of the duties of the fund shall fail
or refuse to aid or assist the fund in the conduct of any investigation
or hearing, or to produce any relevant books, records or other papers,
the fund is authorized to apply for process of subpoena, to issue out of
any court of general original jurisdiction whose process can reach such
person, upon due cause shown;
10. In the performance of the fund's duties, to utilize the services
of employees of the department of financial services, reimbursing the
department of financial services for such services and expenses therein;
11. To do all things necessary, convenient or desirable to carry out
its purposes and for the exercise of the powers granted in this article.
Capital stock; advance premiums; other fiscal provisions. 1.
The fund shall have a capital stock of one hundred million dollars which
shall be divided into shares of one hundred dollars each. Each member
savings and loan association whose accounts are insured under this
article shall subscribe and pay for such stock in an amount equal to one
percentum of its savings accounts at the time of admission to the fund
and shall make annual adjustments to maintain such ratio.
2. Each savings and loan association at the time it becomes a member
of the fund shall pay an advance premium to the fund in an amount equal
to one percentum of the savings and loan association's savings accounts,
said premium to be maintained at a one per cent level by annual
adjustments thereof until such time as the reserves of the fund are in
excess of two and one-half percentum of the aggregate of the savings
accounts of its members, whereupon such excess shall be applied at the
end of the fiscal year on a pro-rata basis to the reduction of the
advance premiums or to the payment of current premiums at the discretion
of the trustees.
Exemption from taxation. It is hereby found, determined and
declared that the creation of the fund and the carrying out of its
purposes is in all respects for the benefit of the people of the state
of New York and for the improvement of their health, welfare and
prosperity and is a public purpose, and that the fund will be performing
an essential governmental function in the exercise of the powers
conferred upon it by this article, and that the fund shall be required
to pay no fees, taxes or assessments, whether state or local, including
but not limited to fees, taxes or assessments on real estate, franchise
taxes, sales taxes or other excise taxes, upon its activities as an
insurer; and that all income received by the fund and that the bonds of
the fund and the income therefrom shall at all times be exempt from
taxation, except for gift and estate taxes and taxes on transfers. This
section shall constitute a covenant and agreement with the holders of
all bonds issued by the fund.
Use of fund name prohibited; penalties for violation. No
individual, association, partnership, or corporation shall use the words
"state savings and loan insurance fund", or any combination of any of
these words which would have the effect of leading the public in general
to believe there was any connection, actually not existing, between such
individual, association, partnership, or corporation and the fund, as
the name under which he or it shall hereafter do business. No
individual, association, partnership, or corporation shall advertise or
otherwise represent falsely by any device whatsoever that his or its
accounts are insured or in anywise guaranteed by the fund, or by the
state, or by any instrumentality thereof; and no insured member shall
advertise or otherwise represent falsely by any device whatsoever the
extent to which or the manner in which its accounts are insured by the
fund. Every individual, partnership, association, or corporation
violating this section shall be guilty of a misdemeanor punishable by a
fine of not exceeding one thousand dollars, or by imprisonment not
exceeding one year, or both.
Insurance of accounts and eligibility provisions. 1. It
shall be the duty of the fund to insure the accounts of all state
savings and loan associations that apply and qualify therefor. Approval
of the application shall constitute the savings and loan association a
member of the fund.
2. Applications shall be in such form as the fund shall prescribe, and
shall contain an agreement (a) to pay the reasonable cost of such
examinations as the fund shall deem necessary in connection with such
insurance, and (b) if the insurance is granted, to permit and pay the
cost of such examinations as in the judgment of the fund may from time
to time be necessary for its protection and the protection of member
savings and loan associations, to permit the fund to have access to any
information or report with respect to any examination made by any public
regulatory authority and to furnish any additional information with
respect thereto as the fund may require, and to pay the premium charges
for insurance as hereinafter provided.
3. The fund shall reject the application of any applicant if it finds
that the applicant has assets insufficient to pay its debts and the
amount due its members upon savings accounts or that its financial
policies or management are unsafe or unsound; and the fund may reject
the application of any applicant if it finds that the character of the
management of the applicant or its home financing policy is inconsistent
with economical home financing or with the purposes of this article.
Upon the approval of any application for insurance the fund shall notify
the applicant, and upon the required purchase of the capital stock of
the fund and upon the payment of the initial premium charge for such
insurance and required advance premiums the fund shall issue to the
applicant a certificate stating that it has become an insured
institution. In considering applications for such insurance the fund
shall give full consideration to all factors in connection with the
financial condition of applicants and insured institutions, and shall
have power to require such adjustments in their financial statements as
the fund finds to be necessary.
4. Any savings and loan association which applies after January first,
nineteen hundred sixty-seven for insurance under this article shall pay,
in the event its application is approved, an admission fee in such
amount as the fund shall determine, taking into consideration the total
cost of processing all insurance applications.
Premiums on insurance. 1. Each savings and loan association
whose application for insurance is approved by the fund shall pay
required advance premiums to the fund, as well as a premium charge for
such insurance equal to one-twelfth of one per centum of the total
amount of all savings accounts of such institution plus any creditor
obligations of such institution. Such premiums shall be paid at the time
the certificate is issued by the fund under section four hundred
twenty-g of this article, and thereafter annually until the reserves of
the fund equal two and one-half per centum of all savings accounts of
all members; except that under regulations prescribed by the fund such
premium charge may be paid semiannually. If at any time such reserves
fall below such two and one-half per centum, the payment of such annual
premium charge for insurance shall be resumed and shall be continued
until the reserves are brought back to such two and one-half per centum.
For the purposes of this subdivision, the amount in all accounts of
insured members and the amount of creditor obligations of any
institution may be determined from adjusted statements made within one
year prior to the approval of the application of such savings and loan
association for insurance, or in such other manner as the fund may by
rules and regulations prescribe.
2. The fund is further authorized to assess against each insured
savings and loan association additional premiums for insurance until the
amount of such premiums equals the amount of all losses and expenses of
the fund; except that the total amount so assessed in any one year
against any such savings and loan association shall not exceed
one-eighth of one per centum of the total amount of its savings accounts
and its creditor obligations.
Payment of insurance. 1. Each savings and loan association
whose application for insurance under this article is approved by the
fund shall be entitled to insurance up to the full withdrawal value of
the accounts of each of its members and investors or in such amount as
shall be established by the board of trustees, but in no event shall the
maximum amount of insurance for any savings account be less than fifteen
thousand dollars.
2. In the event of a default by any insured savings and loan
association, payment of each insured account in such insured association
shall be made by the fund as soon as possible either (1) by cash or (2)
by making available to each savings account a transferred savings
account in a new insured savings and loan association in the same
community or in another insured savings and loan association in an
amount equal to the insured savings account; provided however, that the
fund, in its discretion, may require proof of claims to be filed before
paying the insured accounts, and that in any case where the fund is not
satisfied as to the validity of a claim for an insured account, it may
require the final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction
before paying such claim.
Liquidation of insured savings and loan associations. 1. In
the event that a savings and loan association is in default, the fund
may be appointed by the superintendent as conservator or receiver and as
such, may be authorized by the superintendent (a) to take over the
assets of and operate such association, (b) to take such action as may
be necessary to put it in a sound and solvent condition, (c) to
negotiate for a merger with another insured savings and loan
association, (d) to negotiate the organization of a new savings and loan
association to take over its assets, or (e) to proceed to liquidate its
assets in an orderly manner, whichever shall appear to the
superintendent to be in the public interest. The payment by the fund of
an insured account in any such association which is in default shall
entitle the fund to the rights of the holder of such insured account,
but shall not affect any right which the holder of such account may have
in the uninsured portion of his account or any right which he may have
to participate in the distribution of the net proceeds remaining from
the disposition of the assets of such association.
2. In order to prevent a default in an insured savings and loan
association or in order to restore an insured association to normal
operation as an insured savings and loan association, the fund is
authorized, in its discretion, to make loans to, purchase the assets of,
or make a contribution to, an insured savings and loan association or an
insured savings and loan association in default; but no contribution
shall be made to any such association in an amount in excess of that
which the fund finds to be reasonably necessary to save the expense of
liquidating such association.
Termination of insurance. 1. Whenever in the opinion of the
fund any insured savings and loan association has continued unsafe or
unsound practices in conducting the business of such savings and loan
association, or has knowingly or negligently permitted any of its
officers or agents to violate any provision of any law or regulation to
which the insured savings and loan association is subject, said fund
shall first give to the superintendent a statement with respect to such
practices or violations for the purpose of securing the correction
thereof and shall give a copy thereof to the savings and loan
association. Unless such correction shall be made within one hundred and
twenty days or such shorter period of time as the superintendent shall
require, the fund, if it shall determine to proceed further, shall give
to the savings and loan association not less than thirty days' written
notice of intention to terminate the status of the savings and loan
association as an insured savings and loan association, and shall fix a
time and place for a hearing before the fund or a person designated by
the fund. The fund shall make written findings. Unless the savings and
loan association shall appear at the hearing by a duly authorized
representative, it shall be deemed to have consented to the termination
of its status as an insured savings and loan association. If the fund
shall find that any unsafe or unsound practice or violation specified in
such notice has been established and has not been corrected within the
time above prescribed in which to make such correction, the fund may
issue its order terminating the insured status of the association
effective on a date subsequent to such finding and to the expiration of
the time specified in such notice of intention. The order shall be
subject to review under article seventy-eight of the civil practice law
and rules. In the event of the termination of such status, insurance of
its accounts to the extent that they were insured on the date of such
order of termination, less any amounts thereafter withdrawn,
repurchased, or redeemed which reduce the insured accounts of an insured
member below the amount insured on the date of such order, shall
continue for a period of two years, but no investments or deposits made
after the date of such order of termination shall be insured. The fund
shall have the right to examine such association from time to time
during the two-year period aforesaid. Such insured savings and loan
association shall be obligated to pay, within thirty days after any such
order of termination, as a final insurance premium, a sum equivalent to
twice the last annual insurance premium paid by it pursuant to
subdivision one of section four hundred twenty-h of this chapter. In the
event of the termination of insurance of accounts as herein provided the
savings and loan association which was the insured savings and loan
association shall give prompt notice in writing sent to all its account
holders that it has ceased to be an insured savings and loan association
and it may include in such notice the fact that insured accounts, to the
extent not withdrawn, repurchased, or redeemed, remain insured for two
years from the date of such termination, but it shall not further
represent itself in any manner as an insured association. In the event
of failure to give the notice to account holders as herein provided the
fund is authorized to give such notice.
2. (a) At any time after five years of membership, but not before, an
insured savings and loan association may submit to the fund a
certificate of intention to terminate its membership therein.
Termination shall become effective on the first day of the sixth month
following the submission of the certificate provided that:
(i) The member pay a termination fee equivalent to twice the last
annual premium paid by it pursuant to subdivision one of section four
hundred twenty-h of this chapter; this fee shall not extend or enlarge
insurance coverage.
(ii) The insured savings and loan association sends to each holder of
a savings account a notice in writing not later than two months after
submission of the certificate; the notice shall be in a form prescribed
by the fund and shall set forth the facts of the termination.
(b) The fund may elect to refund to the association its original
capital contribution to the fund subject to terms it may prescribe,
provided that such refund is made within two years of termination of
membership.
Savings and loan bank eligible as fiscal agent. The savings
and loan bank operating pursuant to article ten-B of the banking law may
be designated by the fund as its fiscal agent; such bank shall have the
power to accept such designation and to do all acts necessary in order
to carry out the duties thereby imposed in accordance with any agreement
entered into pursuant thereto.
ARTICLE 10-B Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York
Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by the
superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, ten or more
savings and loan associations, the aggregate resources of which shall
not be less than five million dollars, may form the Savings and Loan
Bank of the State of New York. Each of such associations shall
subscribe, acknowledge and submit to the superintendent at his office an
organization certificate in duplicate which shall specifically state:
1. The name, "Savings and Loan Bank of the State of New York."
2. The place in the state of New York where its business is to be
transacted.
3. The number of shares for which each association has subscribed
which shall amount in the aggregate to not less than one hundred
thousand dollars.
4. The number of directors of such savings and loan bank, which shall
not be less than seven nor more than fifteen, and the names of the
persons who shall be its directors until the first annual meeting. The
certificate shall recite that the directors possess the qualifications
specified in section four hundred forty-one of this article.
5. The name and location of the principal office of each savings and
loan association subscribing the certificate and the aggregate resources
of each such association.
Proposed by-laws. The incorporators shall subscribe and
acknowledge and submit to the superintendent at his office proposed
by-laws in duplicate, which shall prescribe the manner in which the
business of such savings and loan bank shall be conducted with reference
to the following matters: 1. The date during the month of January of the
annual meeting of shareholders; the manner of calling special meetings,
and the number of members which shall constitute a quorum.
2. The number, manner of election and qualifications of directors,
subject to the provisions of section four hundred forty-one of this
article; the method of division into classes for the purpose of
electing, as nearly as may be, an equal number of directors each year;
the removal or suspension of directors; the filling of vacancies in the
board of directors, and the number of directors which shall constitute a
quorum, which shall not be less than five.
3. The meetings, powers and duties of directors; the appointment or
election of committees.
4. The officers; the manner of their election; their terms of office,
duties and compensation; and the bonds which shall be required of
officers.
5. The annual commission that may be charged each member, subject to
the limitations of section four hundred forty of this article.
6. The minimum amount of shares necessary to qualify for membership.
7. The minimum amount of shares necessary to qualify for extension of
credit.
8. The manner of voting, subject to the limitations of section four
hundred forty-four of this article.
9. The transfer of membership, subject to the limitations of section
four hundred thirty-nine of this article.
10. The manner in which the by-laws may be altered or amended.
When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to
commencing business. When the superintendent shall have endorsed his
approval on the organization certificate as provided in article two of
this chapter, the corporate existence of the Savings and Loan Bank of
the State of New York shall begin and it shall then have power to elect
officers and transact such other business as relates to its
organization; but such savings and loan bank shall transact no other
business until: 1. Subscriptions to its shares aggregating one hundred
thousand dollars shall have been paid in cash and an affidavit stating
that such subscriptions have been so paid, subscribed and sworn to by
its two principal officers, shall have been filed in the clerk's office
of the county of New York, and a certified copy thereof in the office of
the superintendent.
2. The superintendent shall have duly issued to it the authorization
certificate specified in article two of this chapter.
General powers. The savings and loan bank shall, subject to the
restrictions and limitations contained in this article and its by-laws,
have the following powers: 1. To issue, sell and redeem bonds and notes
secured by bonds and first mortgages made to or held by its members and
to issue, sell and redeem debenture bonds and notes.
2. To receive money or property from its members and from other
associations, corporations and persons with whom it has contracts,
engagements or undertakings, in instalments or otherwise; to enter into
any contract, engagement or undertaking with such associations,
corporations or persons for the withdrawal of such money or property,
with any increase thereof, or for the payment to them or to any
association, corporation or person of any sum of money, at any time,
either fixed or uncertain; to lend money to its members upon the
security of their promissory notes with or without collateral.
3. To invest its capital and other funds in investments in which its
member savings and loan associations are authorized to invest under
article ten of this chapter; and in securities in which investments are
authorized to be made by savings banks.
4. To receive by assignment from its members and to deposit in trust
with the comptroller of the state of New York to be held by him as
security for its and their outstanding obligations any first mortgages
on real estate and the bonds secured thereby that are legally receivable
by its members; to empower such members as agents of the savings and
loan bank, to collect and immediately pay over to the savings and loan
bank the dues, interest and other sums payable under the terms,
conditions and covenants of the bonds and mortgages or, prior to a
default upon any such bond and mortgage so assigned and when adequate
security has been given to the savings and loan bank by any such member,
to retain such collections until a payment to the savings and loan bank
from such member becomes due; to return to, or permit such member to
retain any sums of money so collected in excess of the amount required
to meet the obligations of such member.
5. To purchase in its own name, hold and convey real property for the
following purposes and no others: (a) A plot whereon there is or may be
erected a building suitable for the convenient transaction of its
business from portions of which not required for its own use a revenue
may be derived.
(b) Such as shall be mortgaged to it in good faith, by way of security
for loans made by it or moneys due to it.
(c) Such as shall be conveyed to it for debts previously contracted in
the course of its business, and such as it shall purchase at sales under
judgments, decrees or mortgages held by it.
6. To designate as depositaries of its funds any bank, trust company,
or savings bank, or any national bank located in this state.
7. To sue and to be sued in all courts and to participate in actions
and proceedings, whether judicial, arbitrative or otherwise, in like
cases as natural persons.
8. To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure and to
use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or
reproduced in any other manner.
9. To elect or appoint officers, employees and other agents of the
savings and loan bank, define their duties, fix their compensation, and
to indemnify corporate personnel.
10. To have perpetual existence.
11. To have and exercise all other powers necessary or appropriate in
conducting business of the savings and loan bank.
Restrictions on powers. The savings and loan bank shall not: 1.
Do a general deposit business except with its members.
2. Invest more than twenty-five per centum of its surplus account in
real estate occupied, or to be occupied, by it as a place of business,
without the written approval of the superintendent.
3. Incur any indebtedness, except for the purpose of making loans to
its members or purchasing from its members those investments made by
them under article ten of this chapter, upon any bonds or notes, secured
or unsecured, with a maturity exceeding three years or in an aggregate
amount exceeding five times its capital.
4. Incur any indebtedness upon bonds or notes, secured or unsecured,
for the purpose of making loans to its members unless the amount of any
such bonds or notes which are secured shall not be in excess of eighty
per centum of the value of the collateral security pledged therefor to
such savings and loan bank; and any such bonds or notes which are
unsecured shall not have a maturity in excess of three years.
5. Purchase from its members mortgage loans which were originated less
than five years prior to date of such purchase, nor incur indebtedness
for the purchase from its members of mortgage loans which were
originated five years or more prior to the date of such purchase by the
issuance of bonds or notes, secured or unsecured, with a maturity
exceeding five years.
Redemption of bonds and notes; procedure in event of default.
1. All bonds and notes issued by the savings and loan bank may be
called on any interest day at one hundred two and one-half per centum
and interest by giving notice of not less than sixty days in a newspaper
published in the city of New York or on such notice, in such manner and
at such time and price, not to exceed one hundred five per centum and
interest, as may be specified in such bonds or notes.
2. In the event of any default for more than ninety days in the
payment of the principal of, or for more than ninety days in the payment
of any instalment of interest upon, any bond or note issued by the
savings and loan bank, the superintendent may, in his discretion, and
shall, upon the request in writing of the holders of said obligations in
default to the amount of fifty thousand dollars, forthwith take
possession of and proceed to liquidate the savings and loan bank. Upon
such liquidation he shall be entitled in the name of the savings and
loan bank to enforce all of its rights and securities and to collect and
realize upon all of its assets, including all mortgages assigned to the
savings and loan bank by its several members, and deposited with the
comptroller of the state of New York, up to the amounts advanced by the
savings and loan bank to the several members thereon. Upon any such
liquidation all said obligations then issued and outstanding shall
forthwith become due and payable equally and ratably out of all the
assets of the savings and loan bank in advance of any other debts
thereof not specifically preferred by law.
Surplus account. 1. The savings and loan bank shall accumulate
from its profits a surplus account by carrying thereto annually a sum
equal to one-half of one per centum of its capital, until such surplus
account shall be equal to at least fifteen per centum of its capital.
2. The guaranty fund on June thirtieth, nineteen hundred thirty-nine
shall be transferred to the surplus account and shall constitute the
surplus account at that date.
Membership; liability; transfer of shares. 1. Membership in the
savings and loan bank shall be limited to savings and loan associations,
except, that the directors of the savings and loan bank may, in their
discretion, permit federal savings and loan associations located in this
state to be or become members of the savings and loan bank. Every member
shall pay one hundred dollars for each share of the capital of the
savings and loan bank issued to it.
2. Members of the savings and loan bank shall not be individually
liable for the payment of its debts.
3. Shares shall not be transferable, except that a member, which is
not liable to the savings and loan bank for any direct obligation may
transfer its shares therein to another savings and loan association, by
and with the consent of the board of directors of the savings and loan
bank; or it may retire from membership and receive back such sums as it
has paid for its shares, upon giving one year's notice in writing to the
savings and loan bank of such intention, provided, however, that no
withdrawal shall be permitted by the board of directors, which shall
reduce the total amount of the capital of the savings and loan bank
below five hundred thousand dollars. The board of directors may, in
their discretion, waive such notice, in the event of the liquidation of
any member, and pay back such sums as it has paid for its shares even
though such payment should result in a reduction of capital below five
hundred thousand dollars. Any member liable to the savings and loan bank
for any direct obligation which holds shares in excess of the number
required by the by-laws of the savings and loan bank, may transfer such
excess shares to another savings and loan association, by and with the
consent of the board of directors of the savings and loan bank; or it
may, by and with the consent of the board of directors of the savings
and loan bank, withdraw such excess shares and receive back such sum as
it has paid for such excess shares, upon giving one year's notice in
writing to the savings and loan bank of such intention, provided,
however, that no withdrawal of shares shall be permitted by the board of
directors, which shall reduce the total amount of the capital of the
savings and loan bank below five hundred thousand dollars.
Commissions and payment of expenses. The savings and loan bank
may charge each member an annual commission, not to exceed one-half of
one per centum, upon the outstanding bonds and notes issued in its
behalf, provided, however, that the rate of commission in any year shall
be the same on all outstanding obligations in respect to which a
commission is charged; or in lieu of charging such commissions the
expenses incurred on account of any such obligations may be charged to
the member on whose behalf such obligations are issued.
Qualifications and disqualification of directors; oath of
directors. 1. At least three-fourths of the directors of the savings and
loan bank must reside in the state of New York during their term of
office, and all must be citizens of the United States. No person shall
be elected a director unless he is the owner in good faith and in his
own right on the books of a member savings and loan association of
shares having a book value of not less than two hundred dollars and has
been nominated by such member savings and loan association for that
office; and every person elected to be a director who, after such
election, shall hypothecate, pledge or cease to be the owner in his own
right of such qualifying shares shall cease to be a director of the
savings and loan bank, and his office shall be vacant.
2. Each director, when appointed or elected, shall take an oath that
he will, so far as the duty devolves upon him, diligently and honestly
administer the affairs of the savings and loan bank, and will not
knowingly violate, or willingly permit to be violated, any of the
provisions of law applicable to such corporation and that he is the
owner in good faith and in his own right on the books of the savings and
loan association which nominated him of shares having a book value not
less than two hundred dollars, and that the same is not hypothecated, or
in any way pledged as security for any loan or debt and, in case of
re-election that such shares were not hypothecated or in any way pledged
as security for any loan or debt during his previous term. Such oath
shall be subscribed by the directors making it, certified by an officer
authorized by law to administer oaths, and immediately transmitted to
the superintendent.
Number of directors; filling of vacancies; change of number. 1.
The number of directors of the savings and loan bank shall be not less
than seven nor more than fifteen.
2. All vacancies in the office of director shall be filled by election
by the members except as provided in this section. Vacancies not
exceeding one-third of the whole number of the board may be filled by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and
the directors so elected may hold office until such vacancies are filled
by the members at a special or annual election; or when the number of
directors is nine or more, two vacancies may, with the consent of the
superintendent, be left unfilled until the next annual election.
3. The number of directors may be changed within the limits provided
in subdivision one of this section by amendment of the by-laws.
Amendment of by-laws. The by-laws may be altered or amended,
from time to time, provided such alterations or amendments shall have
first received the written approval of the superintendent and shall
thereafter have been duly adopted at a meeting of the directors.
A copy of any such alteration or amendment shall be filed in the
office of the superintendent within thirty days after such adoption.
Annual meeting; notice; voting. The annual meeting of the
shareholders for the election of directors shall be held in January in
each year at a place within the state to be determined by the board of
directors. Notice of the time and place of holding such election shall
be given by publication thereof, at least once in each week for two
successive weeks immediately preceding such election, in a newspaper
published in the city of New York and by mailing a copy of such notice
postage prepaid to each shareholder of the savings and loan bank not
less than ten nor more than forty days before the holding of such
meeting. Each member shall be entitled to one vote, and to such
additional votes not exceeding one vote for every share of the capital
standing in its name on the books of the savings and loan bank as the
by-laws may prescribe. Such vote or votes may be cast by mail when so
provided in the by-laws.
Preference of credits. In case of the insolvency or voluntary
or involuntary liquidation of any bank, trust company or savings and
loan association, its assets shall be applied in the first place ratably
and proportionately to the payment in full of any sum or sums of money
deposited therewith by the savings and loan bank or due to the savings
and loan bank for subscriptions, sinking funds, interest and principal
of bonds, or guaranty of mortgages, notes secured or unsecured or any
other obligations due to the savings and loan bank, but not to an amount
exceeding that authorized to be so deposited or contracted by the
provisions of this chapter, and in accordance and on an equality with
any other preference provided for in this chapter.
Exemptions. The bonds and notes issued by the savings and loan
bank and the savings and loan bank itself, together with its capital,
accumulations and funds, shall have the same exemption from taxation as
other institutions for savings. No law which taxes corporations in any
form, or the shares thereof, or the accumulations therein, shall be
deemed to include the savings and loan bank or its issues of bonds or
notes unless they are specifically named in such law.
ARTICLE 10-C Mutual Holding Companies
Authorization of the formation of mutual holding companies. 1.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law and in accordance with
general regulations which the superintendent of financial services shall
promulgate to facilitate such reorganizations, a mutual savings and loan
association may reorganize so as to cause its deposit-taking and one or
more other activities to be conducted by a stock savings and loan
association subsidiary of a mutual holding company formed for such
purpose upon the payment of a fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this chapter.
2. Except to the extent that such provisions are inconsistent with
this article, the stock savings and loan association subsidiary of the
mutual holding company shall be subject to the same provisions of this
chapter as apply to savings and loan associations which have converted
to stock form pursuant to sections fourteen-e and nine thousand nineteen
of this chapter.
Required approvals. 1. Approval by the board of directors. A
reorganization of a mutual savings and loan association pursuant to this
article shall be approved by a majority of the board of directors of the
mutual savings and loan association.
2. (a) Approval by the superintendent. A mutual savings and loan
association proposing a reorganization pursuant to this article shall
provide the superintendent with written notice of such proposed
reorganization. Such notice shall include a copy of the plan of
reorganization approved by the board of directors pursuant to
subdivision one of this section, the proposed organization certificate
for the mutual holding company and the stock savings and loan
association subsidiary and shall contain such other information as the
superintendent shall require. The superintendent shall approve or
disapprove the plan of reorganization within sixty days of the
submission of such plan together with such other information as the
superintendent shall require.
(b) Factors considered. In determining whether to approve the plan of
reorganization, the superintendent shall consider:
(i) whether the formation of the mutual holding company would not be
detrimental to the interests of the shareholders of the mutual savings
and loan association proposing to reorganize as provided in section four
hundred forty-seven of this article;
(ii) whether disapproval is necessary to prevent unsafe or unsound
banking practices;
(iii) whether the interest of the public will be served by the
proposed reorganization;
(iv) whether the financial or management resources of the mutual
savings and loan association proposing to reorganize as provided in
section four hundred forty-seven of this article warrant disapproval of
the proposed plan of reorganization; (v) whether the mutual savings and
loan association proposing to reorganize as provided in section four
hundred forty-seven of this article fails to furnish any information
required under paragraph (a) of this subdivision or furnished
information containing any statement which, at the time and in the
circumstances under which it was made, was false or misleading with
respect to any material fact or omits to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading.
(c) When the superintendent shall have determined to approve or
disapprove the plan of reorganization, the superintendent shall so
advise the mutual savings and loan association in writing and shall
endorse approval on an organization certificate and cause it to be filed
in the office of the superintendent and with the clerk of the county in
which the principal office of the mutual savings and loan association is
located. Upon the filing of the organization certificate the existence
of the mutual holding company shall commence. As used in this article,
the term "organization certificate" shall include an amended
organization certificate.
3. Approval by shareholders. If approved by the superintendent the
mutual savings and loan association shall submit the plan of
reorganization to its shareholders for approval at a meeting convened in
accordance with general regulations promulgated by the superintendent of
financial services for the sole purpose of approving or disapproving
such plan. At such meeting:
(a) all shareholders whose aggregate share balance equals at least one
hundred dollars as of a record date shall be entitled to approve the
plan of reorganization, either in person or by valid proxy;
(b) each shareholder entitled to vote shall be entitled to cast one
vote for each full one hundred dollars of shares of such shareholder
shown on the books and records of the mutual savings and loan
association as of the record date;
(c) no shareholder shall be entitled to cast any vote for any share
balance in amounts of less than one hundred dollars;
(d) no plan of reorganization shall be effective unless approved by
the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five per centum of the
aggregate dollar amount of the book value of shares represented at such
meeting either in person or by valid proxy and entitled to vote thereat.
Formation of a mutual holding company. 1. The plan of
reorganization may authorize the formation of a mutual holding company
by:
(a) (i) the organization by the mutual holding company of a stock
savings and loan association subsidiary and the transferal to such stock
savings and loan association of the substantial part of its assets and
liabilities, including all of its deposit liabilities, in accordance
with general regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial
services;
(ii) the organization by the mutual savings and loan association of a
mutual holding company and the organization by such mutual holding
company of a stock savings and loan association subsidiary which merges
with the mutual savings and loan association; or
(iii) the reorganization of the mutual savings and loan association
under any other method approved pursuant to general or specific
regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial services.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this subdivision, such
regulations shall permit the stock savings and loan association to issue
to persons other than the mutual holding company of which it is a
subsidiary an amount of common stock and securities convertible into
common stock which in the aggregate does not exceed forty-nine per
centum of the issued and outstanding common stock of such stock savings
and loan association, provided that if a mutual holding company which
owns all of the common stock and securities convertible into common
stock of its savings and loan association subsidiary subsequently
determines to make such an issuance it shall pay a fee as prescribed
pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter. Issued and outstanding
securities that are convertible into common stock shall be considered
issued and outstanding common stock for the purposes of computing the
forty-nine per centum limitation. This paragraph shall not limit the
authority of such stock savings and loan association to issue equity or
debt securities other than common stock and securities convertible into
common stock.
2. In connection with the reorganization of a mutual savings and loan
association as provided in section four hundred forty-seven of this
article, the mutual holding company may retain or acquire assets of the
mutual savings and loan association to the extent that such assets are
not then required to be transferred to or retained by the stock savings
and loan association in order to satisfy capital or reserve requirements
of any applicable state or federal law or regulation.
3. A stock savings and loan association, at least fifty-one per centum
but less than one hundred per centum of the outstanding common stock of
which is owned by a mutual holding company shall have at least one
director, but no more than two-fifths of its directors, who are
"unaffiliated directors" who shall represent the interests of the
minority shareholders. An "unaffiliated director" is a director who is
not (a) an officer or employee of the stock savings and loan association
(or any affiliate thereof) or (b) an officer, trustee, director or
employee of the mutual holding company. If the organization certificate
or bylaws of the stock savings and loan association provide that the
board of directors shall be divided into two or more classes, then to
the extent possible, each class shall contain the same number of
unaffiliated directors as each other class.
Mutual holding company powers. 1. Upon the formation of a
mutual holding company by a mutual savings and loan association:
(a) the mutual holding company shall possess all the rights, powers
and privileges, except deposit-taking powers, and shall be subject to
all the limitations not inconsistent with this article of a mutual
savings and loan association under articles ten and sixteen of this
chapter;
(b) the mutual holding company shall be subject to the limitations
imposed by the savings and loan holding company provisions of the Home
Owners Loan Act (title twelve United States Code Section 1467a);
(c) notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this
subdivision no mutual holding company shall exercise any rights, powers
or privileges pursuant to any provision of federal law applicable to
savings and loan holding companies which are not also authorized under
article ten of this chapter.
2. Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of section fourteen-e,
six hundred, six hundred one, six hundred one-a or six hundred one-b of
this chapter, subject to general regulations promulgated by the
superintendent of financial services, a mutual holding company may:
(a) merge with, acquire or purchase the assets of a mutual holding
company established pursuant to this article or the savings and loan
holding company provisions of the Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve
United States Code Section 1467a);
(b) acquire or purchase the assets or stock of a stock savings bank, a
stock savings and loan association, a stock federal savings bank or a
stock federal savings and loan association;
(c) acquire a mutual savings bank, a mutual savings and loan
association, a federal mutual savings bank or a federal mutual savings
and loan association through the merger of such institution with a stock
subsidiary of such mutual holding company;
(d) engage in any other acquisition or combination specifically
permitted by general or special regulations promulgated by the
superintendent of financial services; provided, however, that the
superintendent of financial services shall have no power to permit any
insurance activities prohibited by subdivision three of this section or
to expand by interpretation any provision of federal law set forth in
the savings and loan holding company provisions of the Home Owners Loan
Act (title twelve United States Code Section 1467a).
3. Except to the extent permitted by the savings and loan holding
company provisions of the Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve United
States Code Section 1467a) and authorized by article ten of this
chapter, the powers of the mutual holding company shall not include the
power to directly or indirectly engage in: the sale or underwriting of
insurance; the formation or acquisition of an insurance agency or an
insurance company, or; the issue, sale, distribution and underwriting
of, or to deal in, any security arising out of a contract issued by an
insurance company and subject to the supervision of the superintendent
of financial services.
Conversion of mutual holding company into stock holding
company. 1. If approved by the superintendent, a mutual holding company
may convert to a stock holding company in accordance with general
regulations promulgated by the superintendent of financial services.
2. If approved by the superintendent, the mutual holding company shall
submit the plan of conversion to its shareholders for approval at a
meeting convened for that purpose in accordance with such regulations.
The provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of subdivision three
of section four hundred forty-seven-a of this article shall apply to
such meeting. For the purpose of this subdivision, the term
"shareholders" shall mean those shareholders as of a record date, of a
stock savings and loan association subsidiary of the mutual holding
company which:
(a) was organized as a result of the reorganization of a mutual
savings and loan association as provided in section four hundred
forty-seven of this article; and
(b) has not at any time subsequent to its organization issued more
than forty-nine per centum of its issued and outstanding common stock to
any persons other than a mutual holding company organized pursuant to
this article or the savings and loan holding company provisions of the
Home Owners Loan Act (title twelve United States Code Section 1467a).
ARTICLE 11 Credit Unions
Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by
the superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, seven or
more persons employed or residing in the state of New York may form a
corporation to be known as a credit union, which may include a corporate
credit union or a credit union. The provisions of this article shall
apply to a corporate credit union or a credit union except as otherwise
provided. Such persons shall subscribe and acknowledge and submit to
the superintendent at his office an organization certificate in
duplicate which shall specifically state:
1. The name of the corporation which shall include the words "credit
union."
2. The place where its business is to be transacted. If the condition
of membership is employment of its members by certain individuals,
partnerships or corporations, the place of business of any such
individual, partnership or corporation may be stated as the place of
business of such credit union.
3. The par value of the shares.
4. The full name, residence and post office address of each of the
incorporators. These incorporators may serve as directors until the
first annual meeting of shareholders. The organization certificate
shall also indicate which of the incorporators will serve as directors
until such meeting.
5. Its duration if other than perpetual.
Designation of low income credit union. 1. A credit union
organized under this article may be designated as a low income credit
union as defined in subdivision five of this section.
2. A credit union, including a credit union in formation, may make
written application to the superintendent to be designated as a low
income credit union. If the superintendent shall find, after
investigation, that such credit union meets the definition of a low
income credit union, as set forth in this section, he or she shall
approve such designation.
3. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article, a low income
credit union may issue shares, share drafts and share certificates to
nonmembers who or which may be natural persons, corporations,
partnerships or other legal entities.
4. Except as provided in this section, all provisions of this chapter
shall be applicable to low income credit unions.
5. As used in this section, the term "low income credit union" shall
mean a credit union in which a majority of the members: (a) make less
than eighty percent of the average for all wage earners as established
by the bureau of labor statistics of the United States department of
labor or have annual household incomes that fall at or below eighty
percent of the median household income for the nation as established by
the United States census bureau; or (b) are residents of a public
housing project who qualify for such residency because of low income; or
(c) qualify to receive benefits from any program designed to assist the
economically disadvantaged. The superintendent of financial services may
promulgate regulations appropriate to the formation and operation of low
income credit unions.
6. A credit union's designation as a low income credit union may be
removed by the superintendent if he or she shall find, after
investigation, that such credit union no longer meets the definition of
a low income credit union as set forth in this section. Upon such a loss
of designation, such credit union shall no longer be authorized to
exercise the powers set forth in this section but shall remain subject
to all of the other provisions of this chapter applicable to credit
unions generally.
Designation of student branches. 1. As used in this section
the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) "school" shall mean any public or private elementary or secondary
school;
(b) "student" shall mean a child enrolled in a school;
(c) "student branch" shall mean the designation provided to the credit
union pertaining to the in-school services and financial education
offered to students. A student branch shall not be deemed to be a
station and shall not be subject to any of the provisions of this
article applicable to stations; provided, however, that a credit union
shall provide written notice to the superintendent of the establishment
of any such student branch.
2. A credit union organized under this article may upon agreement with
a school's governing body open and maintain a student branch.
3. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article any student
enrolled in the school maintaining a student branch who is not otherwise
qualified for membership in the credit union is hereby qualified for a
student membership. Said student membership shall expire thirty days
after the student's graduation from secondary school, transfer to
another school or termination of enrollment. The student branch shall be
for the express use of the students and may not be used by faculty,
staff or lineal ancestors or descendants of students. Neither faculty,
staff nor lineal ancestors or descendants of student members are
eligible for membership in the credit union unless otherwise qualified
under this article.
4. The superintendent may promulgate regulations appropriate to the
formation and operation of student branches.
Proposed bylaws. The incorporators shall subscribe and
acknowledge and submit to the superintendent proposed bylaws, in
duplicate, which shall prescribe the manner in which the business of the
credit union shall be conducted with reference to the following matters:
1. The purposes of the corporation.
2. The qualifications for membership.
Such qualifications for membership shall be established in accordance
with the provisions of section four hundred fifty-one-a of this article,
except that such section shall not apply to a corporate credit union.
3. The manner of conducting meetings, the method by which members
shall be notified of meetings, and the number of members which shall
constitute a quorum.
4. The number of directors, which shall be a number not less than five
nor more than fifteen.
5. The term of office of directors.
6. The number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum.
7. The time, place and manner of holding the annual and any special
meetings of the members of the credit union.
8. The officers to be elected from among the board of directors; their
titles, duties and terms of office.
9. Whether one or more loan officers or, in the alternative, a credit
committee shall have the responsibility of passing upon the applications
of members for loans and the powers and duties of the loan officer or
credit committee and the number of members, not less than three, of
which the credit committee shall be composed, their term of office, and
manner of election or appointment.
10. The powers, duties, term of office and manner of election or
appointment of the supervisory committee and the number of members, not
less than three, of which it shall be composed.
11. The conditions upon which shares may be issued, paid for,
transferred and withdrawn.
12. The fines, if any, which shall be charged for failure punctually
to meet obligations to the corporation.
13. The manner in which dividends shall be determined and paid to
members.
14. The manner in which the funds of the corporation shall be
employed.
15. The conditions upon which loans may be made and repaid.
16. The maximum rate of interest that may be charged upon loans.
17. The method of receipting for money paid on account of shares or
loans.
Qualifications for membership. 1. Subject to approval of the
superintendent, the membership of a credit union shall consist of
persons within the credit union's field of membership who have been duly
admitted members.
Subject to the approval of the superintendent, a credit union's field
of membership may include one or more of the following categories:
(a) Persons:
(1) within the same occupation or from multiple groups each
representing a different occupation;
(2) within the same association or from multiple groups each
representing a different association;
(3) who reside, work, worship or attend school within a well-defined
identifiable neighborhood, community or rural district and who, in the
judgment of the superintendent, have such a community of interest as
will ensure proper administration. For purposes of this section a
"well-defined identifiable neighborhood, community or rural district"
may consist of one or more adjacent precincts, districts, cities or
counties; or
(4) within a combination of these three categories described in this
subdivision; or
(b) Organizations located within a well-defined identifiable
neighborhood, community or rural district, as determined in accordance
with subparagraph three of paragraph (a) of this subdivision and which,
in the judgment of the superintendent, have such a community of interest
as will ensure proper administration; or
(c) Family members of such persons described in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision. For the purposes of this paragraph, "family member" means a
person related by blood, marriage or living in the same household with a
person within the field of membership and their lineal ancestors and
descendants including persons so related by adoption, siblings,
stepparents, stepchildren and stepsiblings; and "household" means
persons living in the same residence and maintaining a single economic
unit; or
(d) Any employee of the credit union; or
(e) Any member who leaves the field of membership and who has not
withdrawn or been expelled may retain membership; or
(f) Any incorporated or unincorporated organization composed
principally of persons eligible to membership in the credit union and
that organization's employees.
2. Any person who is eligible for membership by reason of the fact
that he or she is an employee of a common employer or of a credit union
shall not become ineligible, after the termination of such employment,
as long as he or she receives a pension or annuity from, or under, a
plan or other arrangement established by such common employer or credit
union.
3. Subject to approval of the superintendent, a credit union may
extend membership to persons and organizations in an underserved local
community, neighborhood or rural district where such area is considered
an "investment area" as defined in the federal Community Development
Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4703(16)).
4. In considering an application pursuant to subdivision one of this
section, the superintendent shall consider the credit union's record and
history of serving underserved areas, as well as low and moderate-income
individuals within the communities it currently services, if any, and
its commitments to serve underserved areas, as well as low and
moderate-income individuals in the communities to be served.
Furthermore, in considering such application, the superintendent may
impose such limitation, such as geographical limitations, as the
superintendent determines to be appropriate in his or her sole
discretion.
When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to
commencing business. When the superintendent shall have endorsed his
approval on the organization certificate, as provided in article two of
this chapter, the corporate existence of the credit union shall begin,
and it shall then have power to elect officers and to transact such
other business as relates to its organization. But it shall transact no
other business until the superintendent shall have duly issued to it the
authorization certificate specified in article two of this chapter.
Corporate credit unions. 1. A corporate credit union may be
incorporated under this section and shall be subject to all provisions
of this article not inconsistent with this section.
2. Membership in a corporate credit union shall be institutional and
shall be limited to: credit unions organized under this article, the
Federal Credit Union Act or any other credit union act, and
organizations or associations owned by or composed of credit unions and
corporations and associations which primarily service credit unions.
3. The board of directors of each credit union, organization,
association or corporation becoming a member of a corporate credit union
shall designate one person to be a voting representative in the
corporate credit union. Such person shall be eligible to hold office in
the corporate credit union as if such person were a member of the
corporate credit union.
4. A corporate credit union is a credit union whose members consist
primarily of other credit unions and whose purposes are to:
(a) accumulate and prudently manage the liquidity of its member credit
unions through interlending and investment services;
(b) act as an intermediary for credit union funds between members and
other corporate credit unions;
(c) obtain liquid funds from other credit union organizations,
financial intermediaries and other sources;
(d) foster and promote in cooperation with other state, regional and
national corporate credit unions and credit union organizations or
associations the economic security, growth and development of member
credit unions; and
(e) perform such other financial services of benefit to its members
which are authorized by the superintendent.
5. A corporate credit union shall enjoy the powers and privileges of
any other credit union incorporated under this chapter in addition to
those powers enumerated in this article, notwithstanding any limitation
or restrictions found elsewhere in this article. The superintendent of
financial services may promulgate such regulations concerning the
establishment and operations of corporate credit unions as in its
discretion are necessary and proper. Subject to such regulations, a
corporate credit union may:
(a) accept shares or deposits in any form from its members, other
state, regional or national corporate credit unions, and credit union
organizations or associations;
(b) make loans to its members and other credit unions and other state,
regional, or national corporate credit unions, organizations and
associations of credit unions;
(c) establish lines of credit for members and participate with other
credit unions in making loans to its members under the terms and
conditions determined by the board of directors;
(d) invest in the shares of or make deposits in credit unions;
(e) buy and sell any form of marketable debt obligations of domestic
or foreign corporations or of federal, state or local government units;
(f) borrow money, accept demand deposits and issue notes or
debentures;
(g) acquire or sell the assets and assume the liabilities of a member;
and
(h) enter into agreements with credit unions to discount or purchase
loans made pursuant to government-guaranteed loan programs, real estate
loans made by members or any obligations of the United States or any
agency thereof held by members.
6. A corporate credit union shall be exempt from the reserve
requirements of section four hundred fifty-eight-a of this article, but
shall be required to accumulate and maintain reserves in accordance with
the requirements of the National Credit Union Administration.
General powers. In addition to the powers conferred by the
provisions of this chapter, a credit union shall, subject to the
restrictions and limitations contained in this article, in its bylaws,
and in any regulations promulgated by the superintendent, or in any
regulations of the superintendent of financial services as may be
specifically authorized under this section, have the following powers:
1. To issue and receive payments on, shares, share drafts, and share
certificates, subject to such terms, rates, and conditions as are
established by its board of directors, from its members and from other
credit unions, both state and federally chartered.
A member may designate any person or persons to own shares or share
certificates with him or her in joint tenancy with the right of
survivorship, but no joint tenant shall be permitted to vote, obtain
loans, or hold office, unless he or she is within the field of
membership and is a qualified member.
2. To act as trustee under a retirement plan established pursuant to
the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Self-employed
Individuals Tax Retirement Act of 1962," and provisions of law contained
therein, as amended; provided that the provisions of such retirement
plan require the funds of such trust to be invested exclusively in share
accounts of insured state and federally chartered credit unions. In the
event that any such retirement plan, which, in the judgment of the
credit union, constituted a qualified plan under the provisions of said
self-employed individuals tax retirement act of nineteen hundred
sixty-two, and provisions of law contained therein, as amended, and the
regulations promulgated thereunder at the time the trust was established
and accepted by the credit union, is subsequently determined not to be
such a qualified plan or subsequently ceases to be such a qualified
plan, in whole or in part, the credit union may, nevertheless, continue
to act as trustee of any shares theretofore made under such plan and to
dispose of the same in accordance with the directions of the
shareholders and the beneficiaries thereof. No credit union, in respect
to shares purchased under this subdivision, shall be required to
segregate such shares from other shares of such credit union; provided,
however, that the credit union shall keep appropriate records showing in
proper detail all transactions engaged in under the authority of this
subdivision.
3. To act as trustee of an individual retirement account established
pursuant to the provisions of the act of congress entitled "Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974," and provisions of law contained
therein, as amended; provided that the provisions of the written
governing instrument creating the trust require the funds of such trust
to be invested exclusively in share accounts of insured state and
federally chartered credit unions. In the event that any such individual
retirement account, which, in the judgment of the credit union,
constituted a qualified individual retirement account under the
provisions of said employee retirement income security act of 1974, and
provisions of law contained therein, as amended, and the regulations
promulgated thereunder at the time the trust was established and
accepted by the credit union, is subsequently determined not to be such
a qualified individual retirement account or subsequently ceases to be
such a qualified individual retirement account, in whole or in part, the
credit union may, nevertheless, continue to act as trustee of any shares
theretofore purchased under such individual retirement account and to
dispose of the same in accordance with the directions of the shareholder
and the beneficiaries thereof. No credit union, in respect to shares
purchased under this subdivision, shall be required to segregate such
shares from other shares of such credit union; provided, however, that
the credit union shall keep appropriate records showing in proper detail
all transactions engaged in under the authority of this subdivision.
4. To charge an entrance fee to any person who has applied for and
been elected to membership.
5. To charge a reasonable fee for the transfer of its shares.
6. (a) To lend money to its members at the rate or rates agreed to by
the credit union and the borrower upon such terms and conditions as are
established by its board of directors and subject to such regulations
and restrictions as the superintendent of financial services finds
necessary and proper.
(b) The knowingly taking, receiving, reserving, or charging a greater
rate of interest than permitted by law shall be held and adjudged a
forfeiture of the entire interest which the note or other evidence of
debt carries with it, or which has been agreed to be paid thereon. If
such greater rate of interest has been paid, the person paying the same
or his legal representatives may recover twice the entire amount of the
interest thus paid from the credit union.
(c) (i) No credit union may make any member business loan that would
result in a total amount of such loans outstanding at that credit union
at any one time equal to more than the lesser of 1.75 times the actual
net worth of the credit union, or 1.75 times the minimum net worth
required under 12 U.S.C. 1790d(c)(1)(A) for a credit union to be well
capitalized.
(ii) Subparagraph (i) of this paragraph does not apply in the case of:
(A) a credit union chartered for the purpose of making, or that has a
history of primarily making, member business loans to its members, as
determined by the superintendent; or (B) a credit union that serves
predominantly low-income members, as defined by the superintendent, or
which is a community development financial institution as defined in 12
U.S.C. 4702; or (C) a credit union excepted from the requirements of
such subparagraph (i) by the superintendent where such credit union is
seeking an exception from any federal limits on member business loans to
the same extent as permitted to federally-insured state credit unions
pursuant to the Federal Credit Union Act and regulations related
thereto, provided that such credit union demonstrates to the
satisfaction of the superintendent that such exception would be
consistent with the declaration of policy as set forth in section ten of
this chapter.
(iii) For purposes of this paragraph the term "member business loan"
and the term "net worth" shall have the same meaning as such terms are
defined in 12 U.S.C. 1757a.
7. (a) To issue credit cards, debit cards, and similar devices to
allow members to make purchases and to access their loans, lines of
credit, shares and deposits;
(b) To collect, receive and disburse funds in connection with the
issuance of negotiable checks, money orders, travelers checks and other
payment instruments to members, and to charge a fee for such services;
(c) To rent safe deposit boxes to members; and
(d) To provide any related financial services to members which are not
expressly authorized pursuant to this article, including but not limited
to electronic funds transfers and correspondent services; provided,
however, that any credit union which seeks to offer any such related
financial services which it has not offered prior to June twentieth, two
thousand three shall, not less than sixty days prior to offering such
services, notify the superintendent in writing of its intention to offer
such services. If the superintendent does not object in writing to the
offering of such services within sixty days after the receipt of the
notice, the credit union may offer such services to its members.
8. To deposit any moneys received by it, and not lent to members, in
one or more state or federally chartered banking organizations or
branches of foreign banking corporations which are insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, by the National Credit Union
Share Insurance Fund, or by another agency of the United States
government.
9. To borrow money subject to such regulations and restrictions as the
superintendent of financial services finds necessary and proper from any
source in an aggregate amount not exceeding fifty percent of assets
without the written approval of the superintendent.
10. To impose financing charges and late charges in the event of late
payment or default on loans and recover reasonable costs and expenses,
including collection costs and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred both
before and after judgment.
11. To suspend or expel members, as provided in section four hundred
sixty-four of this article.
12. To impress and enforce a lien upon the shares, share accounts,
share certificates, deposits, dividends, and accumulation of interest on
the shares, accounts, certificates, and deposits of any member to the
extent of any sums owed the credit union by said member and any loans
made to him or her directly or indirectly or on which he or she is
surety, guarantor, or endorser.
13. To cancel the shares of any member who withdraws or is expelled
and apply the withdrawal value thereof to the liquidation of such
member's indebtedness to the corporation.
14. Subject to the limitations contained in subdivision seven of
section four hundred fifty-six of this article, to hold shares in and
make loans to other credit unions, whether state or federally chartered.
15. To conduct its business at automated teller machines,
point-of-sale terminals, shared service centers, and similar facilities
subject to regulations which may be promulgated by the superintendent of
financial services. Such facilities shall not be deemed to be stations
and shall not be subject to any of the provisions of this chapter
applicable to stations.
16. To issue shares to and accept deposits from a member in the name
of a minor. Such shares and deposits shall be held for the minor's
exclusive right and benefit and free from control or lien of all other
persons, except creditors. The withdrawal value of such shares or
deposits shall be paid to the person in whose name such shares or
deposits are held. A receipt or acquittance of a minor shall be valid
and sufficient release and discharge to such credit union for all
payments made on account of such shares or deposits.
17. To issue shares to and accept deposits from a member, which are
held in the name of a member in trust for a beneficiary or in the name
of a non-member in trust for a beneficiary who is a member. No
beneficiary, unless a member in his or her own right, shall be permitted
to vote, obtain loans, or hold office or be required to pay an entrance
or membership fee. Payment of part or all of such a trust account to the
party in whose name the account is held shall, to the extent of such
payment, discharge the liability of the credit union to that party and
to the beneficiary, and the credit union shall be under no obligation to
see to the application of such payment. In the event of the death of the
party who owns a trust account, if the credit union has been given no
other written notice of the existence or terms of any trust and has not
received a court order as to disposition of the account, the account's
funds and any dividends or interest thereon shall be paid to the
beneficiary.
18. (a) To invest its funds in: (i) Those securities authorized as
permissible investments for savings banks by subdivisions one, two,
three, four, twelve, paragraph (a) of subdivision twelve-a, and
subdivisions fifteen, seventeen, twenty-seven and twenty-eight-a of
section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter and such other
investments as the superintendent deems permissible.
(ii) Advances of federal funds as authorized for savings banks by
subdivision twelve-b of section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter.
(iii) Common trust units of a credit union investment pool organized
for the purchase of:
(A) obligations of the United States of America, or securities fully
guaranteed as to principal and interest thereby;
(B) obligations issued by banks for cooperatives, federal land banks,
federal intermediate credit banks, federal home loan banks, the Federal
Home Loan Bank Board, or any corporation designated in section 846 of
Title 31 of the United States Code as a wholly owned government
corporation, or in obligations, participations, or other instruments of
or issued by, or fully guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the
Federal National Mortgage Association or the Government National
Mortgage Association, or in mortgages, obligations, or other securities
which are or ever have been sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation pursuant to section 1454 or 1455 of Title 12 of the United
States Code, or in obligations or other instruments or securities of the
Student Loan Marketing Association;
(C) participation certificates evidencing beneficial interests in
obligations, or in the right to receive interest and principal
collections therefrom, which obligations have been subjected by one or
more government agencies to a trust or trusts for which any executive
department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States (or the head
thereof) has been named to act as trustee; provided that such investment
pool has been approved by the superintendent; or
(D) securities, obligations or other instruments of, or issued by, any
agency of the United States.
(iv) Where the assets of a credit union are in excess of three million
dollars, such credit union is further authorized to invest its funds in
the securities enumerated in subdivisions thirteen and fourteen of
section two hundred thirty-five of this chapter, subject in each case to
those limitations applicable to such investment in the case of savings
banks.
(b) All such securities, except those purchased in a common trust unit
pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (a) of this subdivision,
must be registered in the name of the credit union; provided that where
any such securities are non-registerable, except those purchased in a
common trust investment pool, as hereinbefore provided, they shall be
placed in the custody of a bank, trust company, national bank, or state
or federal corporate credit union in the name of the credit union, and
shall be retained by such bank, trust company, national bank, or state
or federal corporate credit union until such securities are liquidated
at maturity or sold, in either of which events the proceeds of such
securities shall be deposited in the name of the credit union in any
institution specified in subdivision eight of this section.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of this subdivision, a credit union
may invest the lesser of ten percent of its capital or net worth, but at
least ten thousand dollars, in the shares of investment companies;
provided that the portfolio of such investment company consists solely
of securities in which credit unions are permitted to invest directly.
The term "investment companies" means open-end and close-end investment
companies and unit investment trusts as these terms are used in an Act
of Congress entitled "Investment Company Act of 1940."
19. Subject to regulations and restrictions of the superintendent of
financial services, a credit union may invest its funds in and make
loans to credit union organizations; provided that such loans or
investments shall be approved by the board of directors. No such loan or
investment shall be made by a credit union pursuant to this subdivision
if the amount of such loan or investment exceeds three per centum of the
total sum due to the members on shares and deposits. For the purpose of
this subdivision, a credit union organization is any organization
established primarily to serve the needs of its member state and federal
credit unions, and whose business relates to the daily operations of the
credit unions it serves.
20. To purchase, sell, service, pledge or discount, or otherwise
receive or dispose of, eligible obligations to the same extent as
authorized pursuant to Title 12 U.S.C. section 1757(13) and any
regulations promulgated thereunder, as such laws or regulations may be
amended from time to time.
21. To purchase, hold, lease and convey a plot whereon there is or may
be erected a building suitable for the transaction of its business, from
portions of which not required for its own use a revenue may be derived,
and a plot whereon parking accommodations are or are to be provided,
with or without charge, primarily for its members or employees or both;
provided that the net aggregate of all investments of any credit union
in such plots and building shall be limited to six per centum of the
capital and retained earnings of such credit union, except with the
approval of the superintendent.
22. To enter into contracts.
23. To sue and to be sued in all courts and to participate in actions
and proceedings, whether judicial, arbitrative, or otherwise, in like
cases as natural persons.
24. To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure, and
to use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or
reproduced in any other manner.
25. To make donations, irrespective of corporate benefit, for the
public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, educational,
scientific, civic, or similar purposes, and, in time of war or other
national emergency, in aid thereof.
26. To elect or appoint officers, employees, and other agents of the
credit union, define their duties, fix the compensation of employees and
other agents, and to indemnify credit union officials, committee
members, and employees.
27. To have perpetual existence.
28. To honor requests for withdrawals of member accounts, whether
shares or deposits, in any manner approved by the credit union's board
of directors, including, without limitation because of enumeration,
requests in person, by telephone, by mail, by negotiable or
non-negotiable order, by electronic communication, or otherwise. The
board of directors may, at any time, require members to give, in
writing, not more than sixty days' notice of intention to withdraw the
whole or any part of the amounts paid in by them, except that this
requirement shall not apply to amounts in a share draft or checking
account. In the event that any credit union shall require that notice be
given before such amounts may be withdrawn, it shall, before or upon the
day such requirement is made effective, notify the superintendent by
telephone, other electronic means or in writing that such requirement
has been made.
29. To, either on an individual or participation basis, establish or
maintain an accounting service center, the functions, facilities, and
operations of which are limited to providing data processing services.
As used in this subdivision, the term "data processing services" means
the maintenance of bookkeeping, accounting, or other records related to
the purposes and functions of a credit union, primarily by mechanical or
electronic methods, and the furnishing of reports and information
derived from such records. Participation in the accounting service
center may be by means of a partnership or other non-corporate
arrangement between or among the participating entities or by
participation in an accounting service center corporation organized for
the sole purpose of providing data processing services. A credit union's
individual or proportionate ownership of the accounting service center
shall not exceed two percent of its members' shareholdings.
30. To acquire and lease personal property, and to hold, assign,
pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of such personal property, to the same
extent as authorized under subdivision twelve of section ninety-six of
this chapter, subject to such limitations and conditions as the
superintendent of financial services may from time to time prescribe by
general regulation.
31. To hold membership in other credit unions organized under this
article or under federal law or any other credit union act, and in
associations and organizations controlled by or fostering the interests
of credit unions, including a central liquidity facility organized under
state or federal law.
32. To execute and deliver for its members such guarantees as may be
incidental or usual in the transfer of investment securities.
33. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article to the
contrary, to participate in the minority - and women-owned business
development and lending program, as established in section 16-c of
section 1 of chapter 174 of the laws of 1968, constituting the urban
development corporation act, to the extent that such program allows
participation by credit unions.
33-a. To accept moneys deposited by the commissioner of taxation and
finance or the comptroller as linked deposits and make linked loans
pursuant to article fifteen of the state finance law and to pledge
assets or furnish other security satisfactory in form and amount to the
depositor, for repayment of such moneys.
34. To have and exercise all other powers that are necessary or
appropriate to enable it to carry out its purpose.
35. To participate in loans to credit union members jointly with other
credit unions, credit union organizations, or other banking
organizations pursuant to written policies established by the board of
directors; provided that a credit union which originates a loan for
which participation arrangements are made shall retain an interest in at
least ten percent of the face amount of the loan. The member of the
originating credit union benefiting from the proceeds of the loan need
not be within the field of membership of the other credit unions
participating in the loan.
36. To invest its funds in a collateralized mortgage obligation/real
estate mortgage investment conduit. A credit union may invest in a fixed
or variable rate collateralized mortgage obligation/real estate mortgage
investment conduit, subject to the same extent and under the same
conditions as federal credit unions are authorized to so invest,
pursuant to the Federal Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C 1757(15)(B)) and any
regulations related thereto, as amended.
37. To engage in a "savings promotion" in accordance with section
nine-v of this chapter and subject to any regulations promulgated by the
superintendent. The superintendent shall consult with the state gaming
commission before proposing any such regulations or any amendments
thereto. Such regulations shall ensure that:
a. no participant in a savings promotion is charged any fee that would
constitute, directly or indirectly, consideration for participation in
such savings promotion; and
b. no participant in a savings promotion foregoes, directly or
indirectly, any interest that would constitute consideration for
participation in such savings promotion.
Trust powers. 1. The superintendent of financial services is
authorized and empowered to grant permission to a credit union to
exercise any or all of the powers specified in sections one hundred, one
hundred-a, one hundred-b and one hundred-c of this chapter. In passing
upon applications for permission to exercise any such powers, the
superintendent of financial services may take into consideration the
amount of net worth of the applying credit union, whether or not such
net worth is sufficient under the circumstances of the case, the needs
of the community to be served and any other facts and circumstances that
seem proper, and may grant or refuse it permission accordingly.
2. Whenever the laws of this state require a trust company acting in a
fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the state authorities for
the protection of private or court trusts, a credit union, so acting, is
required and empowered to make similar deposits of securities.
3. The superintendent of financial services is authorized to
promulgate such regulations as he or she may deem necessary or proper to
implement the provisions of this section and the proper exercise of the
powers granted by this section.
Limitations upon powers. No credit union shall:
1. Pay any commission or compensation for securing members or for the
sale of its shares; except that such restrictions shall not prohibit a
credit union from issuing or selling shares to other state or federal
credit unions through deposit brokers, subject to any regulations
prescribed by the superintendent, nor pay any compensation to directors
or committee members except that directors and committee members may be
reimbursed for reasonable and proper costs incurred while carrying out
the responsibilities of their positions. Such reimbursement shall be
determined by the board of directors to be appropriate in carrying out
the official business of the credit union and shall be in accordance
with written policies and procedures, including documentation
requirements, established by the board of directors.
2. Make any loan to any member, if, upon the making of that loan, the
member would be indebted to the credit union upon loans made to, or
guaranteed or endorsed by, such member in an aggregate amount which
would exceed ten per centum of the capital and undivided profits of the
credit union.
3. Impose a fine, in case of failure of a member to make payments on
shares, exceeding two per centum per month or fraction of a month on
amounts due.
4. Permit any director, officer, employee, member of the credit
committee or supervisory committee to borrow directly or indirectly or
become surety for any loan or advance made by such credit union where
such loan or advance or aggregate loans or advances exceed twenty
thousand dollars, unless the loan or advance is fully secured in
accordance with criteria established by the board of directors or unless
the loan or advance is approved by a majority of the entire board of
directors. Such approval must be given in writing. Complete minutes of
such meeting shall be kept which shall include the names of all
directors present. The rate of interest or discount charged on any such
loan to a director, officer or member of the credit committee or
supervisory committee shall not be less than the rate of interest or
discount charged for loans of like character in the ordinary course of
business.
5. Issue any shares except as provided in subdivision one of section
four hundred fifty-four of this article, and unless there is printed
upon the certificate or other evidence of such shares the words
"Transferable only to qualified members."
6. Retain physical possession of a passbook or other evidence of
membership of any member except that the supervisory committee may
retain such passbook or other evidence of membership for a period not to
exceed ten days for the purpose of auditing the records of the credit
union.
7. Except in the case of a state or federal corporate credit union,
make any loan or other extension of credit to, or investment in the
shares of, any other credit union other than a state or federal
corporate credit union in an amount the aggregate of which shall exceed
twenty-five per centum of its assets or twenty-five per centum of the
assets of such other credit union; provided, however, that the
superintendent may approve a credit union's request to invest a higher
per centum of its assets in any other credit union; nor shall a credit
union issue or sell one or more shares to another credit union if, by
such issuance or sale, the aggregate of its shares held by other credit
unions will thereby exceed thirty per centum of its own assets;
provided, however, that the superintendent may approve a credit union's
request to issue or sell shares which aggregate a higher per centum of
its assets to other credit unions. Extension of credit to or investment
in the shares of another credit union or the issuance or sale of shares
to another credit union, under this subdivision, shall include credit
unions chartered by the federal government or federally insured credit
unions chartered by a state.
In the case of a corporate credit union, no loan shall be made to a
member credit union in an amount in excess of twenty percent of the
share capital of the corporate credit union.
8. Permit any member to withdraw any shares pledged as security for
any loan on which such member is liable as maker, endorser, guarantor or
surety except upon the prior written approval of a majority of the
credit committee or the loan officer. In any case, the amount of shares
in excess of the liability of such member as maker, endorser, guarantor
or surety, may be withdrawn without the approval of the credit committee
or the loan officer.
9. Make a loan to a member upon the security of a mortgage which is
not a first lien, unless such loan is in compliance with the regulations
of the superintendent of financial services. Such regulations may
include such restrictions as the superintendent of financial services
finds necessary and proper, including without limitation, a restriction
as to the percentage of total assets which may be invested in such
loans, a restriction on the loan-to-appraisal value of property securing
such loan, a restriction on the maximum amount to be loaned to each
member, and a limitation on such loans based upon share capital, as
determined by the superintendent of financial services.
Capital. The capital of a credit union shall consist of the
payments and dividends credited to shareholders on their shares.
Maintenance of reserves. A credit union shall contribute to
and maintain such net worth reserve categories as the superintendent
shall, by regulation, prescribe. Such regulations shall provide for a
system of maintaining net worth reserves that is comparable to that of
Title 12 U.S.C. section 1790(d) and any regulations promulgated by the
National Credit Union Administration thereunder, except as otherwise
deemed necessary by the superintendent in accordance with the
declaration of policy set forth in section ten of this chapter.
Allowance for loan loss. An allowance for loan loss account
shall be established and maintained in an amount that represents the
current estimated loss on loans. The allowance for loan loss account
requirement shall be computed and adjusted, through the provision for
loan loss account, prior to the payment of dividends.
The calculation of this account shall be in accordance with the rules
established by the National Credit Union Administration.
Dividends to shareholders; conditions precedent. 1. The board
of directors of any credit union may declare a dividend from the credit
union's undivided profits calculated as provided in this article for any
period determined by the board of directors.
2. Earnings from all sources for the period for which a dividend is to
be paid, except as provided in section four hundred fifty-eight of this
article, may be credited to the profit and loss account of the credit
union and the following items shall be charged against such account in
the determination of the amount available for dividends to shareholders:
(a) All expenses paid or incurred by the credit union in the
management of its affairs, the collection of its debts or the
transaction of its business.
(b) The interest paid or accrued on debts owed by the credit union.
(c) All losses incurred on loans in excess of the allowance for loan
loss account.
(d) Any interest collected in advance shall be considered unearned at
the end of the fiscal period, and shall be set aside in an account
called "unearned interest".
The credit balance of the profit and loss account as thus determined
shall constitute the undivided profits of the credit union at the close
of such period, and shall be applicable to the payment of dividends
except as provided in subdivision three of this section.
3. No dividend shall be credited or paid unless the credit union has:
(a) Made good any existing impairment of its capital; and
(b) Carried to its allowance for loan loss account such part of its
earnings as is required by section four hundred fifty-nine of this
article.
4. Dividends may be paid on shares and share certificates at various
rates with due consideration of the conditions that pertain to each type
of account such as minimum balance, notice and time requirements.
5. When any dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount
available for dividends as determined in accordance with the provisions
of this section, the directors voting for such dividend may be held
jointly and severally liable to the credit union for the amount of the
excess so declared.
Change of location; establishment of stations; extension or
revival of corporate existence. 1. Any credit union may make a written
application to the superintendent for leave to change its place of
business to another place within the state of New York. The application
shall state the reasons for such proposed change, and shall be
accompanied by a copy of a resolution authorizing the making of the
application, certified by a principal officer of the credit union to
have been adopted by a vote of a majority of its entire board of
directors at a meeting of such board, duly convened and held. Such
change may be made upon the written approval of the superintendent. If
the superintendent shall grant his certificate authorizing the change of
location, as provided in article two of this chapter, the credit union
may, upon or after the day specified in the certificate, remove its
property and effects to the location designated therein.
2. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent may adopt, any
credit union, may open and maintain within or without the state, in any
locality in which a substantial portion of its actual potential
membership is employed or residing, one or more stations for the conduct
of its business provided that before any such station or stations shall
be opened or maintained or removed to a new location:
(a) Its board of directors shall submit to the superintendent a
written application setting forth the reasons therefor and the proposed
location of such station or stations.
(b) The superintendent shall have given his written approval thereto.
3. Every application submitted under either subdivision one or two of
this section shall be accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed
pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.
4. By votes cast by a majority of the shareholders of record entitled
to vote at a meeting called for the purpose, a credit union, not having
perpetual existence, may extend its duration, or, if it ceased to exist
because of the expiration of the duration specified in its organization
certificate, may revive its existence. Such resolution shall be
transmitted to the superintendent, who shall issue, under his hand and
the official seal of the department, in triplicate, a certificate
setting forth the duration of the credit union as extended, which
certificates shall be transmitted and filed in the same manner as
authorization certificates.
Foreign credit unions. Subject to such regulations as the
superintendent may adopt, any credit union located in a state other than
this state may open and maintain in this state, in any locality in which
a substantial portion of its actual or potential membership is employed
or residing, one or more stations for the conduct of its business
provided that before any such station or stations shall be opened or
maintained or removed to a new location:
1. Its board of directors shall submit to the superintendent a written
application setting forth the reasons therefor and the proposed location
of such station or stations. The application for each such station shall
be accompanied by a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter.
2. The superintendent shall have given his written approval thereto.
Exemptions and individual liability of shareholders. The
transfer of the shares of any credit union shall not be taxable under
the provisions of article twelve of the tax law.
The shareholders of a credit union shall not be individually liable
for the payment of the credit union's debts.
Manner of withdrawal; expulsion or suspension of members;
effect upon liabilities to credit unions. 1. A member desiring to
withdraw from a credit union shall file a written notice of his or her
intention to withdraw. However, a member who fails to complete payment
of one share within six months of his or her admission to membership, or
within six months from an increase in the par value of shares, or a
member who reduces his or her share balance below the par value of one
share and does not increase the balance to at least the par value of one
share within six months of the reduction will be considered to have
withdrawn from membership in the credit union.
2. The board of directors, pursuant to a written policy approved by
such board, may expel or suspend any member who has not carried out his
or her engagements with the credit union, or who has been convicted of a
criminal offense, or who neglects or refuses to comply with the
provisions of this article, or of the bylaws, or who habitually neglects
to pay his or her debts, or who becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or who is
physically or verbally abusive to credit union members or staff. Such
written policy shall include the conditions and procedures under which a
member may be expelled or may be suspended, in whole or in part,
regarding member participation in services and other rights and benefits
of membership; provided, however, that a member who has been suspended
may continue to maintain a share account and may continue to vote at
annual and special meetings.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this subdivision, a member
shall not be expelled or suspended unless he or she has been informed in
writing of the charges against him or her and has been provided the
opportunity to be heard within thirty days of the date of the mailing or
delivery of such written notice.
(b) In the case of a member who has been physically abusive or who has
made threats of physical harm or violence, such member may be suspended
or expelled from the date of the mailing or delivery of a written notice
of such action and the reasons for the suspension or expulsion. As part
of such notice, the member shall be advised of the opportunity to
request reinstatement and to be heard within thirty days of the date of
the mailing or delivery of such notice.
3. Any member of a credit union who withdraws or is suspended or
expelled shall not be relieved of any liability to the corporation. The
amounts paid in on shares or deposited by such members, together with
any dividends credited to their shares and any interest which has
accrued on their deposits, shall be repaid to them in the order of their
withdrawal, suspension or expulsion, as funds become available therefor,
but the credit union may deduct from such payments any sums due it from
such members.
Withdrawal of shares after voting to liquidate; notices to
shareholders. After the shareholders of a credit union have duly voted
that the credit union be closed and such business wound up and
voluntarily liquidated, and prior to the entry of an order of the
supreme court declaring the business of such credit union closed, any
shareholder withdrawing any or all of his shares shall be given written
notice by the credit union at the time of such withdrawal on the
withdrawal notice, that it has been duly voted to close the corporation,
wind up its business and voluntarily liquidate, that application may be
made to the supreme court for a closing order pursuant to subdivision
four of section six hundred five of this chapter, and that by receiving
payment for the shares surrendered, he will not be entitled to any part
of the surplus which may remain upon final liquidation and which would
have been credited upon such shares had the same remained until the time
that the closing order was obtained. If the notice is not given as
aforesaid, the shareholder shall be entitled to share in the surplus, as
if he had not made the withdrawal.
Meetings of shareholders; voting. 1. At all meetings of
shareholders of every credit union each shareholder shall have one vote
irrespective of the number of shares which he holds; provided, however,
after a credit union has been in existence for a period of more than one
year, only a person who shall have been a shareholder of such credit
union for ninety days prior to the date of any such meeting shall be
entitled to vote. Every member entitled to vote at a meeting of members
of the credit union may authorize another person or persons to act for
him by proxy at such meeting or, if the bylaws so provide, may vote by
mail in accordance with the provisions of the bylaws. Every proxy must
be signed by the member or his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be
valid except for the meeting specified therein and adjournments thereof.
Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the member executing
it. The authority of the holder of a proxy to act shall not be revoked
by the incompetence or death of the member who executed the proxy
unless, before the authority is exercised, written notice of an
adjudication of such incompetence or of such death is received by the
officer of the credit union responsible for maintaining the list of
members. A shareholder may vote by proxy at a meeting called to vote
upon voluntary dissolution. The bylaws may prohibit or further limit
proxies for members and their duration. No officer, director,
supervisory committee member, credit committee member, loan officer,
clerk, teller or bookkeeper of the credit union shall act as such proxy.
No director, supervisory committee member, credit committee member, or
officer of a credit union shall be eligible to act as an inspector of an
election of directors, supervisory committee members and credit
committee members, at any meeting of members of the credit union.
2. Complete minutes of all shareholders' meetings shall be kept which
shall include a record of the exact number of members present together
with a count of votes cast for the election of all directors and
committee members.
3. Upon the petition of any shareholder aggrieved by an election, and
upon notice to the persons declared elected, the credit union and such
other persons as the court may direct, the supreme court at a special
term held within the judicial district where the office of the credit
union is located shall forthwith hear the proofs and allegations of the
parties, and confirm the election, order a new election or take such
other action as justice may require.
Qualifications and disqualifications of directors and committee
members. Every director and committee member of a credit union shall be
the owner of at least one share subscribed for by him or standing in his
name on the books of the credit union; and every person elected to be a
director or committee member, who, after his election, shall
hypothecate, pledge or cease to be the owner of his qualifying share or
shares, except as permitted by subdivision four of section four hundred
fifty-six of this article, shall cure the disqualification within thirty
days or thereby vacate his office, and not be eligible for re-election
as a director or committee member for a period of one year from the date
of the next succeeding annual meeting. The restrictions herein of
requiring directors and committee members to be the owner of at least
one share shall not apply to a corporate credit union.
Oaths of directors, officers and members of committees. Each
director, officer and member of a committee when first appointed or
elected, shall take an oath that he will, so far as the duty devolves
upon him, diligently and honestly administer the affairs of the credit
union, and will not knowingly violate, or willingly permit to be
violated, any of the provisions of law applicable to such corporation,
and that he is the owner of at least one share subscribed for by him or
standing in his name on the books of the credit union and that the same
is not hypothecated, or in any way pledged as security for any loan or
debt, except as permitted by subdivision four of section four hundred
fifty-six of this chapter. The affirmation of share ownership need not
be given by any director, officer and member of a committee of a
corporate credit union. Such oath shall be subscribed by the directors,
officers and members of committees making it and certified by any
officer authorized by law to administer oaths, and immediately
transmitted to the superintendent.
Vacancies; change in number of directors. 1. Vacancies in the
board of directors, supervisory committee, or the credit committee,
occasioned by resignations, deaths or other causes shall be reported by
each credit union to the superintendent within ten days after the event;
and the credit union shall likewise report the filling of each such
vacancy with the name, address and occupation of the person elected and
the name of the person whose place he is to fill.
2. The number of directors may be changed within the limits provided
in subdivision four of section four hundred fifty-one of this article by
amendment of the bylaws.
Powers and duties of directors; not entitled to compensation;
disqualification of directors. 1. The board of directors of every credit
union shall have the general management of the affairs, funds and
records of the corporation. No member of the board of directors shall
receive any compensation for his services as a member of the board.
Whenever the directors shall deem any loan unsafe they may, in their
discretion, require additional security to be given by the borrower, and
if such security is not furnished as required by them, they may declare
the loan due and take action to collect the same. Complete minutes of
all meetings of directors shall be kept which shall include the names of
the directors present.
2. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of a credit
union if such person's spouse is a director or one of the five highest
paid salaried officers of the credit union, if such person or such
person's spouse is the grandparent, parent, child, grandchild, brother,
sister, uncle, nephew, or niece of a director or one of the five highest
paid salaried officers of the credit union, or if a director or one of
the five highest paid salaried officers of the credit union is the
spouse of such person's child, grandchild, brother or sister.
No director in office on July seventeenth, nineteen hundred eighty-six
shall be ineligible for the office of director by reason of the
provisions of this subdivision.
Duty of directors and officers. 1. Directors and officers shall
discharge the duties of their respective positions in good faith and
with that degree of diligence, care and skill which a prudent person
would exercise under similar circumstances in like positions. In
discharging their duties, directors and officers, when acting in good
faith, may rely (a) upon financial statements of the credit union
represented to them to be correct by the executive officer or the
officer of the credit union having charge of the books of account, or
stated in a written report by an independent public or certified public
accountant or firm of such accountants fairly to reflect the financial
condition of such credit union, and (b) upon reports required to be
submitted to them by any provision of this chapter or prepared in the
ordinary course of business by an officer or committee charged with the
responsibility therefor. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to
require the directors to perform functions vested in any committee,
officer or other person pursuant to the provisions of any other section
of this chapter.
2. An action may be brought against one or more directors or officers
of a credit union to procure a judgment for the following relief:
(a) To compel the defendant to account for his official conduct in the
following cases:
(i) The neglect of, or failure to perform, or other violation of his
duties in the management and disposition of the credit union's assets
committed to his charge.
(ii) The acquisition by himself, transfer to others, loss or waste of
the credit union's assets due to any neglect of or failure to perform,
or other violation of his duties.
(b) To set aside a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the credit
union's assets by one or more directors or officers, contrary to a
provision of law, where the transferee knew the purpose of the transfer.
(c) To enjoin such a conveyance, assignment or transfer of the credit
union's assets by one or more of the directors or officers where there
is good reason to apprehend that it will be made.
3. Subject to section six hundred thirty-one of this chapter, an
action may be brought for the relief provided in this section by a
credit union or an officer, director or judgment creditor thereof.
4. This section shall not affect any liability otherwise imposed by
law upon any director or officer.
Special duties of directors. Unless the bylaws shall expressly
reserve any or all of the following duties to the shareholders, it shall
be the special duty of the directors:
1. To act upon applications for membership and to expel members;
provided that the board of directors may appoint a membership committee
consisting of not less than two directors, which committee may act upon
applications for membership and approve persons for membership under
such conditions as the board may prescribe; except that such committee
so authorized shall submit to the board at each monthly meeting a list
of approved or pending applications for membership received since the
previous monthly meeting, together with such other related information
as the board may require.
2. To fix the amount of surety bond required of each officer having
the control or custody of funds.
3. To determine from time to time the rate of interest which shall be
allowed on deposits and charged on loans.
4. To fix the maximum number and classes of shares, share drafts and
share certificates which may be held by, and the maximum amount which
may be lent to, any member, subject in each case, however, to the
restrictions contained in section four hundred fifty-six of this
article.
5. To declare dividends and authorize an interest refund to all
members of record at the close of business on the last day of any
dividend period in proportion to the interest paid by them during the
dividend period. The amount of interest refund to the members shall be
in proportion to the amount of interest paid by them during the dividend
period as determined by the application of a uniform percentage. The
board may authorize an interest refund for a dividend period only during
a month in which, under the bylaws, it may declare a dividend for such
period, except that if, under the bylaws, a credit union has for the
calendar year dividend periods more frequently than annually and an
interest refund was omitted for one or more of such dividend periods,
the board, during the time permitted for the declaration of the current
dividend, may authorize an interest refund for the current dividend
period and for any one or more of the omitted dividend periods. However,
the board shall not authorize an interest refund for any dividend period
with respect to which it has not declared a dividend. An interest refund
shall be recorded on the books of the credit union as a reduction of
interest income.
6. To recommend amendments to the bylaws.
7. To fill vacancies in the board of directors or the credit or
supervisory committees as provided for in the bylaws.
8. To choose a chairman and recording officer of the credit committee
from among the members thereof at the annual organization meeting of the
board of directors of the credit union.
9. To direct the deposit or investment of funds, except loans to
members.
10. To perform such other duties as the bylaws may prescribe.
Loan officers, credit committee; duties. Whenever the term
"credit committee" is used in this article, it shall solely be
applicable to those credit unions whose bylaws provide for such
committee. The credit committee of every credit union shall meet as
often as necessary, after due notice has been given to each member, for
the purpose of passing upon applications of members for loans. No loan
shall be made unless approved by a loan officer or by a majority of the
members of the credit committee; except the credit committee or a loan
officer may approve in advance upon application by a member, an
extension of credit, and loans may be granted to such members within the
limits of such extension of credit. The loan officers or the credit
committee shall be responsible for reviewing and affirming all
extensions of credit and any extension of credit shall expire if the
member becomes more than ninety days delinquent in his obligations to
the credit union. If the credit union has shares in excess of fifty
thousand dollars, the credit committee may appoint one or more loan
officers and delegate to him, her or them the power to approve loans
within the limits fixed by the board of directors. If the credit
committee appoints one or more loan officers, not more than one loan
officer shall be a member of the credit committee and each loan officer
shall report to the credit committee a record of each loan approved or
disapproved by him, her or them within seven days after filing of the
loan application. All applications not approved by a loan officer shall
be acted upon by the credit committee. If there is no credit committee,
a member shall have the right, upon written request, of review by the
board of directors of a loan application which has been denied.
In no case shall a loan officer or a member of the credit committee
serve as a member of the supervisory committee. No officer who is
authorized to sign checks shall act as a loan officer. If a credit
union has less than five hundred thousand dollars in assets, its board
of directors may act as its credit committee. The credit committee of
every credit union shall keep full and complete minutes of all the
business transacted at each of its meetings. Such minutes shall include
the names of those present at such meetings.
Loan reports to directors. 1. The credit committee shall
prepare and submit written reports to the board of directors of all
loans approved or disapproved. If there is no credit committee, the
board of directors shall designate, by resolution, a loan officer or
officers whose duty it shall be to prepare and submit such written
reports to the board.
2. These written reports shall be submitted to the board of directors
at every regular monthly meeting of the board. Such written reports
shall include a detailed description of any collateral securing these
loans.
3. The superintendent may promulgate regulations relating to the
provisions of these loan reports.
Supervisory committee; powers and duties. 1. The supervisory
committee shall have power:
(a) To suspend at any time by unanimous vote, at a meeting called for
that purpose, any member of the credit committee or any member of the
board of directors or any officer.
(b) By a majority vote to call a meeting of the shareholders to
consider any violation of this article or the bylaws, or any practices
of the credit union which, in the opinion of the committee, are unsafe
or unauthorized.
2. It shall be the duty of the supervisory committee:
(a) To inspect the securities, cash and accounts of the credit union
and supervise the acts of its board of directors, officers and credit
committee.
(b) Within fourteen days after the suspension of any member of the
credit committee or any member of the board of directors or any officer,
to cause notice of a special meeting to be given to the shareholders to
take any action regarding such suspension as may be deemed necessary.
(c) To fill vacancies in the supervisory committee until the next
annual meeting of the shareholders; provided, if such committee is
appointed by the directors, it shall be the duty of the board to fill
any such vacancies in this committee.
(d) Once each fiscal year, at the close of any quarter and not less
than six months after the date of the previous such audit, to make an
audit of the books and records of the credit union for the period
following the most recent audit; to examine fully its business and
affairs and into such other matters as the superintendent may require;
upon the completion of such audit and examination to make full report
thereof in writing, and sworn to by each member of the supervisory
committee, to the board of directors at their next regular meeting after
the completion of such audit and examination, to cause such report to be
filed in the office of the credit union and to give notice to each
member of the board of directors that such report has been filed, to
cause a duplicate of such report to be filed in the office of the
superintendent within ten days after the next regular meeting of the
board of directors, and which report to the board of directors shall
include a statement of the assets and liabilities, receipts and
disbursements of the credit union based upon such audit and examination
and to cause such report to be read at the annual meeting of
shareholders and filed with the records of the credit union; and to keep
full and complete minutes of all business transacted at each of its
meetings. In no case shall a member of the supervisory committee serve
as a loan officer or as a member of the credit committee or as a member
of the board of directors. Such supervisory committee may employ such
assistance in making such examination that they may deem necessary, and,
if the superintendent shall require, the said supervisory committee
shall employ the assistance of independent auditors.
3. Any or all members of the supervisory committee may be removed for
cause by vote of the shareholders at a regular or special meeting
thereof, provided, however, that a written copy of the charges made
against each such member shall have been served upon him personally and
mailed to each shareholder and to the superintendent at least two weeks
before such meeting.
Officers; powers and duties. The powers and duties of the
officers of any credit union shall be such as are prescribed in the
bylaws.
Retirement and insurance benefits for officers and employees.
1. Subject to such regulations as the superintendent of financial
services may prescribe, a credit union may, in the discretion of a
majority of all the board of directors, provide to officers and
employees retirement benefits, deferred compensation programs and other
employee benefit plans.
2. A credit union investing to fund a retirement benefit, deferred
compensation program or other benefit plan for its officers and
employees shall not be subject to or limited by the investment
provisions set forth in subdivision eighteen of section four hundred
fifty-four of this article so long as the investment is directly related
to the benefit plan, and any obligation or potential obligation
thereunder, and the credit union holds the investment for as long as it
provides such benefit plan or has any actual or potential obligation
thereunder.
Amendment of bylaws; approval of superintendent. 1. The bylaws
of a credit union may be changed or amended by a vote of a majority of
the total number of directors which a credit union would have if there
were no vacancies present at any meeting; provided the proposed change
or amendment shall have first had the approval of the superintendent,
except as provided in subdivision two of this section; and provided
further, that notice of such meeting, with notice of the proposed change
or amendment, shall have been given to each director as prescribed in
the bylaws and provided, further, that any amendment, or change in a
bylaw affecting the manner or method by which a shareholders' meeting
may be convened, the voting rights of the shareholders, or a decrease in
the number of directors of the credit union shall also require the
approval of a majority of the shareholders present at a meeting of the
shareholders. A copy of any change or amendment thus adopted shall be
filed in the office of the superintendent within thirty days after its
adoption.
2. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision one of this section,
a credit union may change or amend its bylaws to add a group of less
than three thousand members upon receiving a notice of no objection from
the superintendent. Within ten business days of receiving such proposed
change or amendment, the superintendent shall either send a notice of no
objection, notify the credit union that the proposed change or amendment
is denied, or notify the credit union that additional review is
necessary; provided, however, that if additional review is necessary,
the superintendent shall notify the credit union of his or her final
decision within no more than twenty-five business days of receiving such
proposed change or amendment.
3. Any credit union deeming itself aggrieved by the refusal of the
superintendent to give his or her approval to a proposed change or
amendment may apply to any justice of the supreme court of the district
wherein the credit union is located, upon notice to the superintendent,
for a review of such decision. Such justice shall review the decision of
the superintendent and may overrule or set aside the action of the
superintendent and approve such change or amendment. An approval thus
obtained shall enable such credit union to make the change or amendment
as approved.
Credit union not liable for taxation. Any credit union subject
to the provisions of this article shall be deemed an institution for
savings within the meaning of the law which exempts such institutions
from taxation. No law which taxes corporations in any form, or the
shares thereof or the accumulations therein, shall apply to corporations
doing business in accordance with the provisions of this article, unless
such corporations are specifically named in said law.
Fiscal year. The fiscal year of every credit union shall end
at the close of business on the thirty-first day of December.
Communications from department of financial services must be
submitted to directors and supervisory committee, and noted in the
minutes. Every official communication as defined in article two of this
chapter directed to a credit union shall be submitted to both the board
of directors and the supervisory committee at the next meeting of each
such board or committee and duly noted in the minutes of the meeting of
such board or committee.
Reports to superintendent; penalty for failure to make. 1.
Credit unions shall forward to the superintendent all reports required
by the National Credit Union Administration.
2. Every credit union shall also make such other special reports to
the superintendent at such times as he may require, which reports shall
be in the form and filed on the date prescribed by the superintendent.
3. If any credit union shall fail to make any report required by this
section on or before the day designated for the making thereof, or shall
fail to include therein any information required by the superintendent
to be included, such credit union shall forfeit to the people of the
state an amount as determined pursuant to section forty-four-a of this
chapter for every day that such report shall be delayed or withheld, and
for every day that it shall fail to report any such omitted information,
unless the time therefor shall have been extended by the superintendent.
Penalty for loans to non-members; recovery. Any officer,
director or member of a committee of a credit union who knowingly
permits a loan to be made or participates in a loan to a non-member of
the corporation shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be primarily
liable to the corporation for the amount thus illegally loaned, and the
illegality of such a loan shall be no defense in any action by the
corporation to recover the amount lent.
Penalty for use of term "credit union". The use by any person,
partnership, association or corporation, other than those authorized as
provided in this article, or by any federal law, and other than any
statewide association of credit unions operating in this state, of any
name or title which contains the two words "credit" and "union" shall be
a misdemeanor.
Entries in books; preservation of records. 1. No credit union
shall by any system of accounting or any device of bookkeeping, directly
or indirectly, enter any of its assets or liabilities upon its books in
the name of any person, or under any title or designation that is not
truly descriptive thereof.
2. Every credit union shall preserve all of its records of original
and final entry, including cancelled checks, withdrawal slips and
deposit tickets, for a period of at least six years from the date of
making same or from the date of the last entry thereon; provided,
however, that preservation of photographic reproduction thereof or
records in photographic form shall constitute compliance with the
requirements of this section.
Conversion of a federal credit union into a state credit union.
Any federal credit union having its place of business in this state may
convert itself into a state credit union. A meeting of the shareholders
shall be held upon not less than ten days' written notice to each
shareholder, either served personally or mailed to him or her at his or
her last known address and containing a statement of the time, place and
purpose of such meeting, provided that if the laws of the United States
prescribe a different period of time or manner of communicating notice
to each shareholder, then a meeting of the shareholders shall be held in
conformity with such laws. Proof by affidavit of due service of such
notice shall be filed in the office of the credit union before or at the
time of such meeting.
At such meeting, a majority of the shareholders represented at the
meeting may, by an affirmative vote, in person or by proxy, authorize
the conversion of such federal credit union into a state-chartered
credit union, provided that in the event the laws of the United States
require a different affirmative vote, such vote shall apply in lieu of
the affirmative vote required hereby. A copy of the minutes of such
meeting, certified by the presiding officer and by the secretary of the
meeting, shall be filed in the office of the superintendent within
thirty days after the date of such meeting.
There shall be filed with such copy of the minutes the organization
certificate required by section four hundred fifty of this article,
executed by a majority of the directors, and proposed bylaws as required
by section four hundred fifty-one of this article. The federal credit
union shall also submit a written plan of conversion to the
superintendent, together with an investigation fee as described pursuant
to section eighteen-a of this chapter.
Within sixty days after such filing, or such later date as the
superintendent in his discretion may determine, the federal credit union
shall take the action prescribed or authorized by the laws of the United
States to effect such conversion and there shall thereupon be filed in
the office of the superintendent a copy of any consent or authorization
required of such federal credit union pursuant to the laws of the United
States and the state to effect such conversion.
When the superintendent shall have approved the organization
certificate and the proposed bylaws and shall have issued the
authorization certificate, as provided in article two of this chapter,
the credit union shall cease to be a federal credit union and shall
thereupon be converted into a state credit union, but such federal
credit union shall be deemed to be continued for the purpose of
prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind up its affairs
as a federal credit union and to dispose of and convey its property.
At the time when such conversion becomes effective, all the property
of the federal credit union shall immediately by act of law and without
any conveyance or transfer become the property of the state-chartered
credit union and the state-chartered credit union shall succeed to all
the rights, obligations and relations of the federal credit union.
Retention of special additional mortgage recording tax
exemption for converted federal credit unions. Mortgages made by a
credit union that is issued an authorization certificate on or after
January first, two thousand nine pursuant to section four hundred
eighty-six of this article shall be exempt from the special additional
mortgage tax imposed pursuant to paragraph (a) of subdivision one-a of
section two hundred fifty-three of the tax law.
Conversion of a credit union into a federal credit union. Any
credit union may convert itself into a federal credit union. A meeting
of the shareholders of the credit union shall be held upon not less than
ten days' written notice to each shareholder, either served personally
or mailed to him or her at his or her last known address and containing
a statement of the time, place and purpose of such meeting. Proof by
affidavit of due service of such notice shall be filed in the office of
the credit union before or at the time of such meeting.
At such meeting, a majority of the shareholders represented at the
meeting may, by an affirmative vote in person or by proxy, authorize the
conversion of such credit union into a federal credit union. A copy of
the minutes of such meeting, certified by the presiding officer and by
the secretary of the meeting, shall be filed in the office of the
superintendent within two days thereafter.
Within sixty days after the date of such meeting, or such later date
as the superintendent in his discretion may determine, the credit union
shall take such action, in the manner prescribed or authorized by the
laws of the United States, as shall make it a federal credit union and
shall thereupon file in the office of the superintendent a copy of the
charter or authorization issued to it. Upon such filing the credit union
shall cease to be a corporation under the laws of this state, except
that its corporate existence shall continue for the purpose of
prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind up its affairs
as a state credit union and to dispose of and convey its property. At
the time when such conversion becomes effective, all of the property of
the state credit union shall immediately by act of law and without any
conveyance or transfer become the property of the federal credit union
and the federal credit union shall thereupon succeed to all the rights,
obligations and relations of the state credit union.
Conversion of a credit union into a mutual savings bank. 1.
Any credit union having its place of business in this state may convert
to a mutual savings bank, subject to the requirements and procedures set
forth in the laws and regulations governing mutual savings banks.
2. A proposal for a conversion described in this section shall first
be approved, and a date set for a vote thereon by the members (either at
a meeting to be held on that date or by written ballot to be filed on or
before that date), by a majority of the directors of the credit union.
Approval of the proposal for conversion shall be by the affirmative vote
of a majority of the members of the credit union who vote on the
proposal.
3. A credit union that proposes to convert to a mutual savings bank
under this section shall submit notice to each of its members who is
eligible to vote on the matter of its intent to convert. Such notice
must adequately describe the purpose and subject matter of the vote to
be taken at the meeting or by submission of a written ballot. Such
notice shall be submitted:
a. ninety days before the date of the member vote on the conversion;
b. sixty days before the date of the member vote on the conversion;
and
c. thirty days before the date of the member vote on the conversion.
The notice submitted thirty days before the date of the member vote on
the conversion shall contain a written ballot, and shall clearly inform
the member that the member may vote at the meeting or by submitting the
written ballot. Such notice also shall state the date, time and place of
the meeting.
4. The superintendent shall require a credit union that proposes to
convert to a mutual savings bank under this section to submit a notice
to the superintendent of its intent to convert during the ninety-day
period preceding the date of the completion of the conversion,
accompanied by an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this chapter.
5. No director or senior management official of a credit union may
receive any economic benefit in connection with a conversion of the
credit union as described in this section, other than:
a. director fees; and
b. compensation and other benefits paid to directors or senior
management officials of the converted institution in the ordinary course
of business.
c. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "senior management
official" means a chief executive officer, an assistant chief executive
officer, a chief financial officer, and any other senior executive
officer as defined by the appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to
section 32(f) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1831i(f).
6. The member vote concerning charter conversion under this section
shall be verified by the superintendent. If the superintendent
disapproves of the methods by which the member vote was taken or
procedures applicable to the member vote, the member vote shall be taken
again, as directed by the superintendent.
7. Upon completion of a conversion described in this section, the
credit union shall no longer be subject to any of the provisions of this
article.
When the superintendent shall have approved the organization
certificate and the proposed bylaws and shall have issued the
authorization certificate, as provided in article six of this chapter,
the credit union shall cease to be a credit union and shall thereupon be
converted into a mutual savings bank; provided, however, that such
credit union shall be deemed to be continued for the purpose of
prosecuting or defending suits and of enabling it to wind up its affairs
as a credit union and to dispose of and convey its property.
At the time when such conversion becomes effective, all the property
of the credit union shall immediately by act of law and without any
conveyance or transfer become the property of the mutual savings bank
and the mutual savings bank shall succeed to all the rights, obligations
and relations of the credit union.
ARTICLE 11-A Credit Union Insurance Fund
Creation of fund. Any fifty or more credit unions organized
under the provisions of this chapter whose share liabilities aggregate
not less than fifty per centum of the total share liabilities of all
credit unions so organized may enter into an agreement, subject to the
approval of the superintendent, to create a fund and from time to time
make contributions thereto in accordance with the terms of such
agreement, for the purpose of insuring the shares of such credit unions
as shall become parties to such agreement; provided, however, that the
shares so insured of any one holder in any one credit union shall not
exceed two thousand dollars. Such an agreement once entered into may be
continued, notwithstanding the fact that any number of associations may
cease to be parties thereto.
Management of fund. The fund shall be collected, held,
administered and disbursed by a corporate trustee or a board of trustees
composed of individuals who are directors or members of a supervisory
committee of credit unions. The appointment of a corporate trustee or a
board of trustees, as the case may be, shall be subject to the approval
of the superintendent. In the event there be a board of individual
trustees, a majority of them at any time in office, shall constitute a
quorum and the vote of a majority present at any meeting, provided a
quorum is present, shall be determinative.
Execution and filing of agreement. The agreement when
approved by the superintendent and executed by the credit unions
desiring to become parties thereto shall be filed in the office of the
superintendent and shall thereupon become effective. The agreement may
be executed in any number of counterparts.
Provisions of agreement. The agreement shall provide for the
following: (a) The designation of a corporate trustee or a board of
trustees to administer the fund and procedure for the resignation or
removal of any such trustee or trustees and for the selection of a
substitute trustee or trustees;
(b) The amount of the initial contribution to the fund, which shall be
made by all parties to the agreement ratably in proportion to their
respective share and deposit liabilities, and which shall be not less
than one-fourth of one per centum of the total share and deposit
liabilities, of each such party;
(c) The manner of making subsequent calls for contributions, which
shall be made ratably upon all parties to the agreement in proportion to
their respective share and deposit liabilities, except that the
superintendent, where he deems it necessary and advisable, may exempt
any such party or parties from any such call in whole or in part;
(d) Procedure for amendment of such agreement and its termination and
liquidation of the fund;
(e) The powers to be vested in the corporate trustee or board of
trustees, as the case may be, and the manner in which such powers shall
be exercised;
(f) The distribution of any earnings realized from the fund which
distribution shall be made only with the written consent of the
superintendent;
(g) The method of determining from time to time the amount of the
share and deposit liabilities of the respective parties to the
agreement;
(h) The requirements to be complied with by a party to the agreement
desiring to withdraw therefrom prior to its termination, provided the
contributions to the fund theretofore made by such withdrawing party
shall not be returned but shall remain the property of the fund.
Powers and duties of trustee or trustees. It shall be the
duty of the corporate trustee or the board of trustees, as the case may
be, to collect the initial contribution to the fund, to call for, and to
collect by legal proceedings if necessary, such subsequent contributions
as become payable under the terms of the agreement, and to administer
the fund so created in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Such
part of the fund as is not required to be kept on hand or in bank for
the purpose of meeting and satisfying demands made by the superintendent
pursuant to the next succeeding section, may be invested in obligations
of the United States and of the state of New York, and of any county or
municipality of the state of New York.
Powers of superintendent to obtain payment from fund. In any
case where the superintendent has taken possession of any party to the
agreement and has been engaged in the liquidation thereof for one year,
he may demand of the trustee or trustees payment to him from the fund of
such sum as shall be necessary to enable him to pay a dividend on
account of insured shares which taken together with any dividends
previously paid on account thereof will equal fifty per centum of the
established insured claim of shareholders. At the end of two years from
the date upon which the superintendent took possession of any such party
to the agreement he may demand of the trustee or trustees payment to him
from the fund of such additional sum as shall be necessary to enable him
to pay a dividend on account of insured shares which taken together with
dividends previously paid on account thereof shall equal seventy-five
per centum of such established insured claims of shareholders. At the
end of three years from the date upon which the superintendent took
possession of any party to the agreement he may demand of the trustee or
trustees payment to him from the fund of such additional sum as shall be
necessary to enable him to pay the unpaid balance of such established
insured claims of shareholders. Any payments demanded by the
superintendent shall be paid to him from the fund by the trustee or
trustees within thirty days of the date of such demand. Any sum realized
by the superintendent from the liquidation of any party to the agreement
after shareholders have been paid in full, shall be paid by him to the
trustee or trustees of the fund to the extent of the aggregate of the
sums paid by the trustee or trustees to the superintendent under the
provisions of this section.
Payment of liquidating dividends on uninsured shares. In the
event of liquidation by the superintendent of any credit union which is
a party to the agreement, he shall pay on account of its uninsured share
liabilities and deposit liabilities, dividends in the same manner and
amount as he would pay on account thereof if none of the share
liabilities of such credit union were insured.
Exemption of fund from taxation. The fund provided for by
this article and the income thereof shall be exempt from all taxation
now or hereafter imposed by the state of New York or by any county,
municipality or local authority or subdivision.
Liability for payment of contributions. Any credit union
which is a party to the agreement provided for by this article shall be
liable for the payment of any contribution called for by the trustee or
trustees pursuant to such agreement in the same manner as it would be
liable for the payment of a debt otherwise contracted.
Powers of credit unions with respect to agreement. Any credit
union organized under the provisions of this chapter shall have the
power to become a party to the agreement provided for by this article,
and to take all actions authorized or required by the terms of such
agreement and to pay all contributions provided for therein. Any such
contributions paid into the fund by any party to such agreement may be
carried on its books by such party as an asset to the extent authorized
by the superintendent.
ARTICLE 11-B Sales Finance Companies
Definitions. In this article, unless the context or subject
matter otherwise requires:
1. "Goods" means all chattels personal, but not including money and
things in action.
2. "Motor vehicle" or "vehicle" means any device propelled or drawn by
any power other than muscular power, upon or by which any person or
property is or may be transported or drawn upon a public highway, road
or street. Unless otherwise specified, "motor vehicle" or "vehicle" also
means a "mobile home" or "manufactured home". "Mobile home" or
"manufactured home" means a structure, transportable in one or more
sections, which in the traveling mode, is eight body feet or more in
width or forty body feet or more in length, or when erected on site, is
three hundred twenty or more square feet, and which is built on a
permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without
a permanent foundation when connected to required utilities, and
includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning and electrical systems
contained therein.
3. "Instalment buyer" or "buyer" or "retail buyer" means a person who
buys goods from a retail seller and who executes a retail instalment
contract in connection therewith.
4. "Instalment seller" or "seller" or "retail seller" means a person
who sells goods to a retail buyer under or subject to a retail
instalment contract.
5. "Retail instalment sale" or "sale" means a sale, other than for a
commercial or business use or for the purpose of resale, of goods by a
retail seller to a retail buyer for a time sale price payable in two or
more instalments, payment of which is secured by a retail instalment
contract.
6. "Retail instalment contract" or "contract" means an agreement,
entered into in this state, pursuant to which the title to, the property
or a security interest in or a lien upon the goods, which are the
subject matter of a retail instalment sale, is retained or taken by a
retail seller from a retail buyer as security, in whole or in part, for
the buyer's obligation. The term includes such an agreement wherever
entered into if executed by the buyer in this state and if solicited in
person by a salesman or other person acting on his own behalf or that of
the seller. The term also includes a contract whereby a security
interest in favor of the seller is created or retained and a contract
for the bailment or leasing of goods by which the bailee or lessee
contracts to pay as compensation for their use a sum substantially
equivalent to or in excess of their value and by which it is agreed that
the bailee or lessee is bound to become, or for no other or for a
nominal consideration has the option of becoming, the owner of the goods
upon full compliance with the terms of the contract.
6-a. "Retail instalment obligation" or "obligation" means an
agreement, entered into in this state, pursuant to which the buyer
promises to pay, in instalments, the time sale price or prices of goods
and/or services, or any part thereof. The term does not include (a) a
retail instalment contract, (b) a retail instalment credit agreement or
(c) an obligation which is intended to be and is ultimately insured or
guaranteed under title three of the act of Congress entitled
"Servicemen's Readjustment Act of 1944".
6-b. "Retail instalment credit agreement" or "credit agreement" means
an agreement entered into in this state, pursuant to which the buyer
promises to pay, in instalments, his outstanding indebtedness from time
to time to a retail seller, not evidenced by a retail instalment
contract or obligation, for one or more items of goods or services,
whenever purchased or obtained, which provides for a service charge and
under which instalment payments apply to his outstanding indebtedness
from time to time.
7. "Sales finance company" means a person engaged, in whole or in
part, directly or indirectly, in the business of purchasing or otherwise
acquiring retail instalment contracts, obligations or credit agreements
made by and between other parties, or any interest therein. The term
includes a retail seller of motor vehicles engaged, in whole or in part,
in the business of holding retail instalment contracts acquired from
retail buyers, which have aggregate unpaid time balances of twenty-five
thousand dollars or more at any one time, exclusive of contracts
repurchased from a sales finance company or financing agency, under an
agreement to repurchase in case of default entered into as an incident
to the bona fide sale thereof to a sales finance company or financing
agency. The term does not include the pledgee of an aggregate number of
contracts to secure a bona fide loan thereon. The term includes a person
engaged, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, in the business of
entering into retail instalment credit agreements with retail buyers
pursuant to subdivision eleven of section four hundred thirteen of the
personal property law.
8. "Superintendent" means the superintendent of financial services.
9. "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, association
or other group, however organized.
10. Words in the singular include the plural and vice versa.
License. 1. No person, except a bank, savings bank, savings and
loan association, trust company, private banker, credit union,
investment company organized under article twelve of this chapter and
authorized to accept deposits, national bank, federal savings
association, federal credit union, or out-of-state state bank, as such
term is defined in subdivision two of section two hundred twenty-two of
this chapter, or lender licensed pursuant to article nine of this
chapter, shall engage in the business of a sales finance company in this
state without a license therefor obtained from the superintendent, as
provided in this article.
1-a. Subdivision one of this section does not apply to corporations
subject to the insurance law and corporations and private bankers
subject to the banking law in exercising the powers granted to them by
chapter eight hundred ninety-seven of the laws of nineteen hundred
thirty-four as heretofore or hereafter enacted.
2. Application for a license required under this article shall be in
writing, under oath, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent,
and shall contain the following:
(a) The exact name of the applicant and date of incorporation, if
incorporated;
(b) The complete address where the business is to be conducted,
showing the street and number, if any, the office building and room
number, if any, and the municipality and county;
(c) If the applicant has one or more branches, subsidiaries or
affiliates operating in this state, the complete address of each such
place of business; and
(d) The name and resident address of the owner or partners of the
applicant or, if a corporation or association, of the directors,
trustees and principal officers, and of any stockholder owning twenty
per centum or more of its stock; and
(e) Such other pertinent information as the superintendent may
require.
3. Where an applicant operates several places of business, separate
applications for license shall be made for each such place of business.
4. At the time of filing an application for license, the applicant
shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee.
The investigation fee shall be as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this chapter, except that, when an applicant files
applications for licenses for three or more places of business at the
same time, the total investigation fee for all the applications shall be
three times the amount as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter.
Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the
prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which
results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to
any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the
business of a licensee shall make written application to the
superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The
application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by
rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the
purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this
section.
2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change
of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of
subdivision one of section four hundred ninety-three of this article.
The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the application in
writing within ninety days after the date the application is filed with
the superintendent.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has
control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall
comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.
The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be
applicable to an application made under such section by a legal
representative.
The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an
individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other
organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership of
voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any
person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be
presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls
or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock
of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with
power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any
licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by
reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The
superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee
or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with
power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any
voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the ownership,
control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute
control of such licensee for purposes of this section.
Action by superintendent on application. 1. Upon the filing of
an application for a sales finance company's license, and the payment of
the fees for license and investigation, the superintendent
(a) May refuse to issue the license if he finds that the applicant, or
any person who at the time of filing such application is an owner,
director, officer, member, partner, employee, agent, or spouse of the
applicant, has duly suffered a revocation of license under this article,
or has been found guilty of a violation of any of the provisions of this
article, or of any other law regulating retail instalment sales
contracts, obligations or credit agreements, or has been responsible for
any act or omission in consequence of which a license issued under this
article to any person was duly revoked. The superintendent may likewise
refuse to issue the license if he shall find that the experience,
character and general fitness of the applicant are not such as to
command the confidence of the community and to warrant the belief that
the business will be conducted honestly and fairly within the purposes
and intent of this article. For the purpose of this subdivision, the
applicant shall be deemed to include all the members of the applicant if
it is a partnership or unincorporated association, and all the
stockholders, officers and directors of the applicant if it is a
corporation; or
(b) Shall issue and deliver to the applicant a license to engage in
business as a sales finance company in accordance with the provisions of
this article at the location specified in said application.
2. The superintendent shall approve or deny every original application
for a license hereunder within ninety days from the filing thereof with
the said fees.
3. If the superintendent refuses to issue a license, he
(a) Shall notify the applicant of the denial, return the sum paid by
the applicant as a license fee, but retain the investigation fee to
cover the costs of investigating the applicant; and
(b) Within twenty days thereafter shall file a written decision and
findings containing the reasons supporting the denial, and shall
forthwith serve a copy thereof upon the applicant.
4. Each license issued hereunder shall remain in full force and effect
until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as
provided in this article.
5. Only one place of business may be maintained under each license,
but more than one license may be issued to the same licensee pursuant to
this article.
6. No county, city, or other political subdivision of this state may
require a licensee under this article to obtain a local license or pay a
local fee for the privilege of engaging therein in the business of a
sales finance company.
7. Any sales finance company in business on the date this act takes
effect may continue in operation but must obtain a license within six
months from said date in accordance with the provisions of this article.
License form; posting; limitations. 1. Each license issued
under this article shall state the address at which the licensed
business is to be conducted and shall state fully the name of the
licensee and, if the licensee is a copartnership or association, the
names of the members thereof, and if a corporation, the date and place
of its incorporation and the address of its principal place of business.
Such license shall be kept conspicuously posted in the licensee's
specified place of business and shall not be transferable or assignable.
2. Whenever any licensee hereunder changes its place of business to
another location, it shall give immediate written notice thereof to the
superintendent, who shall without charge attach to the license or
endorse on it in writing a record of the change and the date thereof,
which shall be authority for the operation of the business under such
license at such new location.
3. No person, except a licensee, may make any representation, directly
or indirectly, orally or in writing, that he is licensed under this
article, and a licensee may make such a representation only in
connection with the licensee's business as a sales finance company and
in accordance with any rules and regulations of the superintendent.
Revocation, suspension or surrender of licenses. 1. The
superintendent may suspend or revoke any license issued under this
article, if he shall find that:
(a) the licensee, knowingly or without the exercise of due care to
prevent such violation, has violated any provision of this article, the
act of congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations
thereunder, as such act and regulations may from time to time be
amended, or of any other law regulating instalment sales agreements, or
has failed to comply with any demand, or requirement, lawfully made by
the superintendent under and within the authority of this article; or
(b) there has been any material misstatement or failure to give a true
reply to a question in the application for the license; or
(c) the licensee has defrauded any retail buyer to the buyer's damage;
or wilfully failed to perform any written agreement with any retail
buyer; or
(d) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license, clearly would have
warranted the superintendent of financial services in refusing to issue
such license originally.
(e) in the case of a licensee other than a natural person.
(1) any officer, director, trustee, or partner of such licensee has
been guilty of any act or omission which would be cause for revoking or
suspending a license of such party as an individual; or
(2) any other agent or employee of such licensee has been guilty of
such act or omission and the licensee has approved or had knowledge
thereof or of acts or omission of like character and after such approval
or knowledge has retained the benefit, proceeds, profit, or advantage of
such act or omission or otherwise ratified it.
2. No license shall be suspended or revoked except after a hearing
thereon. The superintendent shall give the licensee at least ten days'
written notice of the time and place of such hearing by registered mail
addressed to the principal place of business in this state of such
licensee. Any order suspending or revoking such license shall recite the
grounds upon which it is based and shall not be effective until ten days
after written notice thereof has been sent by registered mail to the
licensee at such principal place of business.
3. The superintendent in his discretion may revoke or suspend only the
particular license with respect to which grounds for revocation or
suspension may occur or exist; but if he finds that grounds for
revocation or suspension are of general application to all places of
business, or to more than one place of business, operated by such
licensee, he shall revoke or suspend all of the licenses issued to said
licensee or those licenses to which the grounds for revocation or
suspension apply, as the case may be.
4. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the
superintendent written notice that such license is thereby surrendered,
but such surrender shall not affect the licensee's civil or criminal
liability for acts committed prior thereto.
5. No suspension, revocation or surrender of any license shall impair
or affect the obligation of any instalment contract, obligation or
credit agreement lawfully acquired previously thereto by the licensee.
6. The superintendent shall establish rules as to the form of
hearings, findings, and orders which shall be reasonable and in the
public interest.
7. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a
substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license issued pursuant to
this article for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending
investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist
only when the licensee has defaulted or is likely to default in
performing its financial engagements or engages in dishonest or
inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the persons
afforded the protection of this article.
Judicial review. The refusal, suspension or revocation of a
license by the superintendent shall be subject to review in the manner
provided by article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules.
Investigations and examinations. 1. The superintendent shall
have the power to make such investigations as he shall deem necessary to
determine whether any licensee or any other person has violated any of
the provisions of this article or any other law relating to retail
instalment sales, contracts, obligations or credit agreements, and to
the extent necessary for this purpose, he may require the attendance of
and examine any person under oath, and shall have the power to compel
the production of all relevant books, records, accounts, and documents.
2. The superintendent shall have the power to make such examinations
of the books, records, accounts and documents used in the business of
any licensee as he shall deem necessary to determine whether such
licensee has violated any of the provisions of this article or any other
law relating to retail instalment sales, contracts, obligations or
credit agreements.
3. The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant to
subdivision two of this section four hundred ninety-seven shall be
assessed against and paid by the licensee so examined, except that
traveling and subsistence expenses so incurred shall be charged against
and paid by licensees in such proportions as the superintendent shall
deem just and reasonable, and such proportionate charges shall be added
to the assessment of the other expenses incurred upon each examination.
Upon written notice by the superintendent of the total amount of such
assessment, the licensee shall become liable for and shall pay such
assessment to the superintendent.
4. All reports of examinations and investigations, and all
correspondence and memoranda concerning or arising out of such
examinations or investigations, including any duly authenticated copy or
copies thereof in the possession of any licensee or the department of
financial services, shall be confidential communications, shall not be
subject to subpoena and shall not be made public unless, in the judgment
of the superintendent, the ends of justice and the public advantage will
be subserved by the publication thereof, in which event he may publish
or authorize the publication of a copy of any such report or other
material referred to in this subdivision four, or any part thereof, in
such manner, as he may deem proper.
Complaints. 1. Any buyer having reason to believe that this
article, or any other law regulating retail instalment sales, contracts,
obligations or credit agreements, has been violated by any person may
file with the superintendent a written complaint setting forth the
details of such alleged violation. Upon receipt of such complaint, the
superintendent, or any person duly designated by him, may inspect the
pertinent books, records, letters and contracts of any licensee, and of
any retail seller or other person involved, relating to such specific
written complaint.
2. The superintendent or any person duly designated by him, shall have
the power to hold hearings upon such complaints and to determine the
time and place in this state, reasonably convenient to the parties
involved, where they shall be held.
3. The superintendent shall make findings on any complaint on which a
hearing has been held. The investigation, notice and hearing shall be in
accordance with the provisions of this article and one copy of the
findings shall be given to each such person involved in the complaint.
4. No licensee or other person shall be subject to examination or
investigation by the superintendent except as provided in this article.
The superintendent shall have only such powers as are expressly
delegated to him by this article.
Regulations and rulings. The superintendent of financial
services is hereby authorized and empowered to make such general rules
and regulations, and such specific rulings, demands and findings as may
be necessary for the proper conduct of the business authorized and
licensed under and for the enforcement of this article.
Violations and penalties. Any person who violates or
participates in the violation of any provision of this article, or who
knowingly makes any incorrect statement of a material fact in any
application, report or statement filed pursuant to this article, or who
knowingly omits to state any material fact necessary to give the
superintendent any information lawfully required by him or refuses to
permit any lawful investigation or examination, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than five
hundred dollars or imprisoned for not more than six months or both, in
the discretion of the court.
Repeal of inconsistent acts. All acts and parts of acts
inconsistent with this article are hereby repealed to the extent of such
inconsistency.
Severability. If any provision of this article or the
application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid, such
invalidity shall not affect the remainder of this article or the
application of such provision to other persons or other circumstances.
ARTICLE 12 No title
Limited liability investment companies. 1. Investment companies
which (a) do not accept or maintain credit balances or deposits in the
United States, (b) do not engage in any business activity in the United
States except as an incident to their international or foreign business
or operations, and (c) conduct business in compliance with the
provisions of this chapter, may be formed and operated as limited
liability investment companies. Such limited liability investment
companies shall be formed in accordance with, shall operate in
compliance with, and shall meet all of the requirements of the limited
liability company law and this chapter, except that to the extent any
provision of the limited liability company law shall be inconsistent
with the provisions of this chapter, the provisions of this chapter
shall govern; provided, however, that limited liability investment
companies shall not have perpetual existence.
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, a limited
liability investment company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be
wound up upon the occurrence of any event specified in section seven
hundred one of the limited liability company law. Upon such a
dissolution, the provisions of this chapter shall govern the winding up
of the affairs of the limited liability investment company and the
distribution of its assets. Further, upon such a dissolution, if the
members of a limited liability investment company wish to continue the
existence of the company and meet the requirements of section seven
hundred one of the limited liability company law, they shall apply for
and may receive the approval of the superintendent for a new articles of
organization and new authorization certificate.
3. For a period of one year following the effective date of this
section, investment companies which have been formed and are operating
pursuant to this article and article fifteen of this chapter on the
effective date of this section, and which meet the requirements of
subdivision one of this section, may convert into limited liability
investment companies provided they meet all of the other requirements of
this chapter as if they were newly formed companies and subject to the
approval of the superintendent of financial services.
4. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to make such
general rules and regulations as may be necessary and proper to
effectuate the provisions of this chapter relating to the formation and
operation of limited liability investment companies.
General powers. In addition to the powers conferred by article
fifteen of this chapter, an investment company may, subject to the
restrictions and limitations contained in this article, have the
following powers:
1. (a) To borrow and lend money, with or without real or personal
security; as principal or agent, to purchase, discount, acquire, invest
in, sell and dispose of bills of exchange, drafts, notes, acceptances
and other choses in action and obligations for the payment of money;
and, as principal or agent, to purchase, acquire, invest in, service,
sell and dispose of, and make loans upon the security of, bonds and
mortgages on real property situated in this state or outside this state.
(b) Pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subdivision, an investment
company may lend money at a rate or rates, and upon such terms and
conditions, as agreed to by such investment company and borrower.
2. To accept bills of exchange or drafts drawn upon it payable on
demand or on time not exceeding one year from the date of acceptance; to
issue letters of credit authorizing the holders thereof to draw upon it
or its correspondents at sight or on time; and to buy and sell coin,
bullion and exchange.
3. With the approval of the superintendent of financial services, and
subject to such conditions as the superintendent of financial services
shall impose,
(a) To act as financial agent of the United States government and as
depositary of public money of the United States (including, without
being limited to, revenues and funds of the United States, and any funds
the deposit of which is subject to the control or regulation of the
United States or any of its officers, agents, or employees); and to
perform all such reasonable duties as depositary of such public money
and as financial agent of the United States government as may be
required of it; and to pledge assets or furnish other security,
satisfactory in form and amount to the secretary of the treasury of the
United States, for the safekeeping and prompt payment of such public
money deposited with it and for the faithful performance of its duties
as financial agent of the United States government.
(b) To engage in the business of receiving deposits outside this
state.
(c) To receive money for transmission and to transmit the same from
the United States to any foreign country and from any foreign country to
the United States.
4. To establish branches pursuant to the provisions of article two of
this chapter; provided, however, that an investment company to which the
provisions of subdivision two of section thirty-six of this chapter are
inapplicable may establish branches, without applying and obtaining
authorization therefor under the provisions of article two of this
chapter, but such investment company shall not open any such branch
until it shall have notified the superintendent in writing of the place
where such branch is to be located.
5. To purchase, acquire, invest in and hold all or any of the stocks
of any corporation, domestic or foreign, and to sell and dispose of all
or any such stocks owned by it.
6. To exercise, subject to such regulations as may be issued from time
to time by the superintendent, through any branch office opened and
occupied outside the states of the United States and the District of
Columbia with the approval of the superintendent as provided in article
two of this chapter, such further powers as may be usual, in connection
with the transaction of the business permitted by this article, in the
place where such branch office shall transact business; provided that no
such branch office shall engage in the general business of producing,
distributing, buying or selling goods, wares, or merchandise.
The grant of powers to investment companies by or pursuant to this
section shall not be deemed to limit or restrict any other corporations,
heretofore or hereafter organized, in the exercise of their lawful
powers.
Restrictions on powers of investment companies. An investment
company shall not:
1. Exercise within this state the powers conferred by subdivision two
of section five hundred eight of this chapter, unless it shall have a
paid-up capital stock of at least two million dollars.
2. Deposit any of its funds with any other moneyed corporation unless
such other corporation has been designated as such depositary by a vote
of a majority of the directors of the investment company, exclusive of
any director who is an officer, director or trustee of the depositary so
designated; provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to
the deposit of funds by an investment company with another moneyed
corporation, which owns all or a majority of the capital stock of such
investment company.
3. Be the holder of any shares of its own capital stock unless such
stock shall have been taken to prevent loss upon a debt previously
contracted in good faith, and stock so acquired shall, within six months
from the time of its acquisition, be sold or disposed of at public or
private sale; nor shall it, either directly or indirectly, make any
discount to any person for the purpose of enabling him to pay for or
hold shares of its stock either subscribed for or purchased by him. Any
investment company making any such discount shall forfeit to the people
of the state twice the amount of such discount.
4. Except as provided in section five hundred eight of this article,
engage in the business of receiving deposits; provided, however, that
nothing contained in this article shall prevent an investment company
from maintaining for the account of others credit balances incidental
to, or arising out of, the exercise of its lawful powers, but the
superintendent of financial services shall have power to prescribe, by
specific or general regulation, the extent to which, and the conditions
upon which, such credit balances may be established, maintained and paid
out.
Restrictions as to entries in books. 1. No investment company
shall by any system of accounting or any device of bookkeeping, directly
or indirectly enter any of its assets upon its books in the name of any
other individual, partnership, unincorporated association or
corporation, or under any title or designation that is not truly
descriptive thereof.
2. Every investment company shall conform its methods of keeping its
books and records to such orders in respect thereto as shall have been
made and promulgated by the superintendent pursuant to the provisions of
article two of this chapter. Any investment company that refuses or
neglects to obey such order shall be subject to a penalty in an amount
as determined pursuant to section forty-four of this chapter for each
day it so refuses or neglects.
Change of location; change of designation of principal office.
Any investment company may make a written application to the
superintendent, such application to be accompanied by an investigation
fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, for
leave to change its place or one of its places of business to another
place or for leave to change the designation of its principal office to
a branch office and to change the designation of one of its branch
offices to its principal office. The application shall state the reasons
for such proposed change, and shall be accompanied by a copy of a
resolution authorizing the making of the application, certified by a
principal officer of the investment company to have been adopted by vote
of a majority of its entire board of directors. If the proposed place of
business is within the limits of the village, borough or city, if in a
city not divided into boroughs, in which the place of business sought to
be changed is located, such change may be made upon the written approval
of the superintendent; if beyond such limits, notice of intention to
make such application, signed by a principal officer of the corporation,
shall be published once a week for two successive weeks in a newspaper
to be designated by the superintendent for the purpose, in accordance
with the provisions of article two of this chapter. If the
superintendent shall grant his or her certificate authorizing the change
of location, as provided in article two of this chapter, the investment
company may, upon or after the day specified in the certificate, remove
its property and effects to the location designated therein.
Anything contained in this chapter to the contrary notwithstanding, an
investment company to which the provisions of subdivision two of section
thirty-six of this chapter are inapplicable may change the location of
its place or one of its places of business to another place or may
change the designation of its principal office to a branch office and
change the designation of one of its branch offices to its principal
office, without applying or obtaining authorization therefor under the
provisions of this section or article two of this chapter, but no such
change shall be made by an investment company until it shall have
notified the superintendent in writing of the new location or of the
change of designation of its principal office.
If the newly designated principal office be in a different county than
the county in which the principal office is located immediately prior to
the change, the superintendent shall file in the office of the clerk of
each such county a certificate stating that such change has been made by
the investment company.
Communications from department of financial services must be
submitted to directors and noted in minutes. Every official
communication as defined in article two of this chapter directed to an
investment company or to any officer thereof shall be submitted, by the
officer receiving it, to the board of directors at the next meeting of
such board, and duly noted in the minutes of the meetings of such board.
Reports to superintendent. On or before the first day of April
in each year, every investment company shall make a written report to
the superintendent of financial services which shall contain a statement
of its condition on the morning of the first day of January in said year
and shall be in the form and contain the matters prescribed by the
superintendent. The superintendent may, however, in his discretion
accept from an investment company which has branches in a foreign
country or countries, a report containing a statement of its condition
as of a date not later than the first day of January and not earlier
than the first day of November in the preceding year. Every such report
shall be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury,
according to the best of their knowledge and belief, by the two
principal officers of the investment company at the time of such
subscription, and shall state that the usual business of the investment
company has been transacted at the location or locations required by
this article and not elsewhere.
Every such investment company shall also make such other special
reports to the superintendent as he may from time to time require, which
shall be in such form and filed at such date as may be prescribed by the
superintendent and shall, if required by him, be subscribed and affirmed
as true under the penalties of perjury.
Liability of investment company for assessments by
superintendent. When the superintendent, pursuant to the powers
conferred on him by article two of this chapter, shall have levied any
assessment upon any investment company and shall have duly notified such
investment company of the amount thereof, the amount so assessed shall
become a liability of and shall be paid by such investment company to
the superintendent.
Preservation of records of investment company. Every investment
company shall preserve all its records of final entry, including cards
used under the card system and deposit tickets, for a period of at least
six years from the date of making the same or from the date of the last
entry thereon; provided, however, that preservation of photographic
reproduction thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute
compliance with the requirements of this section.
Restrictions on officers, directors and other employees. No
officer, director, clerk or other employee of any investment company,
and no person in any way interested or concerned in the management of
its affairs, shall as individuals discount, or directly or indirectly,
make any loan upon any note or other evidence of debt, which he shall
know to have been offered for discount to such corporation, and to have
been refused. Every person violating the provisions of this subdivision,
shall, for each offense, forfeit to the people of the state twice the
amount of the loan which he shall have made.
No executive officer or director of any investment company shall
borrow, directly or indirectly, from such investment company any sum of
money if the transaction would not be permissible pursuant to
subdivision eight of section one hundred three of this chapter in the
case of an executive officer or director, as the case may be, of a bank
or trust company.
Vacancies in the board of directors occasioned by resignations, deaths
or other cause shall be reported by each investment company to the
superintendent within ten days after the event; and the investment
company shall likewise report each election by the board to fill such
vacancy with the name, address and occupation of the person elected and
the name of the person whose place he fills.
How net earnings credited for dividend purposes, credits to
surplus fund and to undivided profits, dividends to stockholders. When
the net earnings of an investment company having preferred shares issued
and outstanding have been determined at the close of a dividend period,
if the surplus fund does not equal twenty per centum of the investment
company's capital, one-tenth of such net earnings shall be credited to
the surplus fund, or so much thereof, less than one-tenth, as will make
such fund equal twenty per centum of such capital. The balance of such
net earnings, or the entire amount thereof if such fund equals such
twenty per centum, may be credited to the investment company's profit
and loss account; or, if its expenses and losses for such dividend
period exceed its gross earnings, such excess shall be charged to its
profit and loss account. The credit balance of such account shall
constitute the undivided profits at the close of such dividend period,
which undivided profits shall be available for dividends.
The directors of any investment company may annually, semi-annually or
quarterly, but not more frequently, declare such dividends as they shall
judge expedient from such undivided profits; provided, however, that the
directors of any such company may declare a dividend in the last month
of the fiscal year of such company, in lieu of any other semi-annual or
quarterly declaration in the same fiscal year. No investment company
shall declare any dividends to its stockholders until it shall have made
good any existing impairment of its capital and any existing
encroachment on its reserves required to be maintained against deposits.
Payment of claims by investment companies where adverse claim
is asserted; effect of claims or advices originating in, and statutes,
rules or regulations purporting to be in force in occupied territory. 1.
Notice to any investment company of an adverse claim to a credit
standing on its books to the account of any person, or of an adverse
claim to securities or other property held for the account of any
person, shall not be effectual to cause said investment company to
recognize said adverse claimant unless said adverse claimant shall also
either procure a restraining order, injunction or other appropriate
process against said investment company from a court of competent
jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein instituted by him
wherein the person to whose account the credit stands, or for whose
account the securities or other property are held, or his executor or
administrator is made a party and served with summons, or shall execute
to said investment company, in form and with sureties acceptable to it a
bond, indemnifying said investment company from any and all liability,
loss, damage, costs and expenses, for and on account of the payment of
or delivery pursuant to such adverse claim or the dishonor of the order
of the person to whose account the credit stands on the books of said
investment company or for whose account the securities or other property
are held by said investment company.
2. (a) An investment company need not recognize or give any effect to
(1) any claim to a credit standing on its books to the account of, or
any claim to securities or other property held by it for the account of,
any corporation, firm or association in occupied territory or (2) any
advice, statute, rule or regulation purporting to cancel or to give
notice of the cancellation of the authority of any person at the time
appearing on the books of such investment company as authorized to
withdraw or otherwise dispose of cash, securities or other property of
such corporation, firm or association, unless such investment company is
required so to do by appropriate process procured against it in a court
of competent jurisdiction in the United States in a cause therein
instituted by or in the name of such corporation, firm or association,
or unless the person making such claim or giving such advice or invoking
such statute, rule or regulation, as the case may be, shall execute to
such investment company, in form and with sureties acceptable to it, a
bond indemnifying it from any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and
expenses for and on account of recognizing or giving any effect to such
claim, advice, statute, rule or regulation.
(b) For the purposes of this subdivision (1) the term "occupied
territory" shall mean territory occupied by a dominant authority
asserting governmental, military or police powers of any kind in such
territory, but not recognized by the United States as the de jure
government of such territory, and (2) the term "corporation, firm or
association in occupied territory" shall mean a corporation, firm or
association which has, or at any time has had, a place of business in
territory which has at any time been occupied territory.
(c) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall be effective
only in cases where (1) such claim or advice purports or appears to have
been sent from or is reasonably believed to have been sent pursuant to
orders originating in, such occupied territory during the period of
occupation, or (2) such statute, rule or regulation appears to have
emanated from such dominant authority and purports to be or to have been
in force in such occupied territory during the period of occupation.
(d) The foregoing provisions of this subdivision shall apply to
claims, advices, statutes, rules or regulations made, given or invoked
either prior to, or on or subsequent to the effective date of this act.
3. An investment company need not recognize or give any effect to a
claim of authority to order the payment or delivery of any funds or
other property standing on its books to the credit of, or held by it for
the account of, any person, corporation, unincorporated association or
partnership, which claim conflicts with a claim of authority of which
the investment company had prior notice, unless the person or persons
asserting such subsequent claim shall procure a restraining order,
injunction or other appropriate process against said investment company
from a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States, or, in lieu
thereof, at the option of said investment company, shall execute to said
investment company, in form and with sureties acceptable to it, a bond,
indemnifying it for any and all liability, loss, damage, costs and
expenses for or on account of any payment or delivery of such property
by it pursuant to such subsequent claim of authority on for or on
account of the dishonor of any draft or other order of any person or
persons asserting the claim of authority of which such investment
company already had notice at the time the subsequent conflicting claim
of authority is asserted by the person or persons furnishing such bond.
Acquisition of control of investment companies. 1. Subject to
such regulations as the superintendent may prescribe, prior to the
acquisition of control of an investment company by means of the
acquisition of the capital stock or equity interests in such investment
company or in any company which directly or indirectly controls such
investment company, the acquiring company shall make written application
to the superintendent for permission to acquire such control. Such
application shall be in such form and shall contain such information as
the superintendent may require and such applicant, at the time of making
such application, shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee
as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.
The superintendent shall disapprove the proposed exercise of control
of an investment company if, after notice to and an opportunity to be
heard by the applicant and such investment company, he finds the
acquisition of control therein contrary to law or determines that
disapproval is reasonably necessary to protect the interests of the
people of this state. In making such determination, the superintendent
shall only consider (a) whether the character, responsibility and
general fitness of the company which seeks to control such investment
company are such as to command confidence and warrant belief that the
business of such investment company will be honestly and efficiently
conducted in a manner consistent with the public interest, the interests
of depositors and creditors of such investment company, and (b) whether
the exercise of control may impair the safe and sound conduct of the
business of such investment company, the conservation of its assets or
public confidence in its business. Unless the superintendent shall have
denied such application in writing within ninety days of the filing
thereof, or shall have advised the applicant in writing before the
expiration of ninety days of his determination to extend such period an
additional sixty days, such application shall be deemed approved.
As used in this subdivision one, the term "control" means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a person, whether by means
of the ownership of the voting stock or equity interests of such person
or of one or more persons controlling such person, by means of a
contractual arrangement, or otherwise. Control shall be presumed to
exist if any company, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds
with the power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any
investment company or of any company which owns, controls or holds with
power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of such
investment company, but no person shall be deemed to control an
investment company solely by reason of his being an officer or director
of such investment company. The superintendent may in his discretion,
upon the application of an investment company or any company which,
directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote or
seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any voting stock of
such investment company, determine whether or not the ownership, control
or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute control
of such investment company for purposes of this section.
The provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to (1) a company
which has submitted a plan of acquisition to the superintendent pursuant
to subdivision two of this section or (2) any action taken pursuant to
article thirteen of this chapter.
2. Any company, whether or not it is in control of the business of an
investment company as provided in subdivision one of this section, which
desires to acquire all, or substantially all of the capital stock of an
investment company shall, together with such investment company, submit
in duplicate to the superintendent a written plan of acquisition of such
stock together with such other information as the superintendent may
determine. Such plan shall be in form satisfactory to the
superintendent, shall specify each investment company the stock of which
is to be acquired by the company and shall prescribe the terms and
conditions of the acquisition and the mode of carrying it into effect,
including the manner of exchanging the shares of the investment company
for shares or other securities or cash of the company. Any such plan may
provide for the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional
shares of the company.
At the time of submission to the superintendent of the written plan of
acquisition of stock, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent.
There shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent with the
plan of acquisition of stock, a certificate of the president or
secretary of the company, certifying that such plan has been approved by
the board of directors or other governing body of his company by a
majority vote of all the members thereof, and a certificate of the
president, secretary or cashier of the investment company, the
acquisition of all the capital stock of which is provided for,
certifying that such plan has been approved by the board of directors of
his corporation by a majority vote of all the members thereof, and that
such plan was thereafter submitted to the stockholders of such
corporation at a meeting thereof held upon notice of at least fifteen
days, specifying the time, place and object of such meeting and
addressed to each stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of
the corporation and published at least once a week for two successive
weeks in one newspaper in the county in which such corporation has its
principal place of business and that such plan has been approved at such
meeting by the vote of the stockholders owning at least two-thirds in
amount of the stock of such corporation.
The superintendent shall approve or disapprove of a proposed plan of
acquisition within one hundred twenty days after the submission of such
plan of acquisition to him, and in determining whether or not to approve
any such plan the superintendent shall take into consideration the
declaration of policy contained in section ten of this chapter. If the
superintendent shall approve such plan of acquisition, the
superintendent shall file the plan, together with such certificates and
the original of the approval of the superintendent, in the office of the
superintendent. Upon such filing in the office of the superintendent the
plan, and the acquisitions provided for therein, shall become effective,
unless a later date is specified in the plan, in which event the plan
and such acquisitions shall become effective upon such later date.
Any stockholder of any such corporation, entitled to vote on such plan
of acquisition, who does not assent thereto shall, subject to and by
complying with section six thousand twenty-two of this chapter, have the
right to receive payment of the fair value of his shares and the other
rights and benefits provided by such section.
The provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to any action taken
pursuant to article thirteen of this chapter.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe in writing, the provisions of this section shall not apply to
a transfer of control by operation of law to the legal representative,
as hereinafter defined, of one who has control of an investment company.
Thereafter, such legal representative shall comply with the provisions
of subdivision one of this section. The provisions of subdivision one of
this section shall be applicable to an application made under such
section by a legal representative.
The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
4. For purposes of this section the term "company" shall be given the
same meaning as is contained in its definition in section one hundred
forty-one of this chapter.
5. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision three of section
two-a of this chapter, when applying this section to limited liability
investment companies, the term "capital stock" shall mean the equity
interest of a member as set forth in the company's articles of
organization or, in the absence of such a provision, the equity interest
represented by a member's right to a proportionate share of the profits
of the company.
Savings clause. Nothing in this article contained shall be
deemed to require the reincorporation of any corporation heretofore
organized under the provisions of article seven of chapter three hundred
and sixty-nine of the laws of nineteen hundred fourteen, entitled "An
act in relation to banking corporations, and individuals, partnerships,
unincorporated associations and corporations under the supervision of
the banking department," constituting chapter two of the consolidated
laws, or under the provisions of said article seven of said chapter two
of the consolidated laws, or under the provisions of said article seven
of said chapter as amended, nor to alter or affect any rights,
privileges, powers, benefits, or immunities granted to such corporations
by the provisions of any law of this state. Such corporations shall have
all of the rights, privileges, powers, benefits and immunities provided
by any laws of this state with the same effect as if such corporations
were referred to in such laws as organized under this article; and no
further amendment to any such laws shall be required to give such
corporations such rights, privileges, powers, benefits and immunities.
Except as in this article otherwise provided such corporations shall be
subject to all of the obligations and duties of investment companies
organized under the provisions of this article, and such corporations
shall have all of the rights, privileges, powers, benefits and
immunities by this article granted to such companies.
ARTICLE 12-A Mutual Trust Investment Companies
Incorporation; organization certificate. When authorized by the
superintendent as provided in article two of this chapter, five or more
persons may form a corporation to be known as a mutual trust investment
company. Such persons shall subscribe and acknowledge and submit to the
superintendent at the superintendent's office an organization
certificate in duplicate which shall specifically state:
1. The name by which the mutual trust investment company is to be
known and the investment purpose of its formation under the following
section five hundred fifty-one.
2. The place where its principal office is to be located.
3. The amount of its capital stock and the number of shares into which
such capital stock shall be divided.
4. The full name, residence and post-office address of each of the
incorporators and the number of shares subscribed for by each.
5. The term of its existence, which may be perpetual.
6. The number of its directors, which shall not be less than five and
the names and addresses of the persons who shall be its directors until
the first annual meeting of stockholders.
Such certificate may provide for the manner in which the stock of the
corporation may be transferred and for the number of directors necessary
to constitute a quorum.
When the superintendent shall have endorsed his approval on the
organization certificate as provided in article two of this chapter, the
corporate existence shall begin.
Investment powers. A mutual trust investment company may invest
in such investments as the company may select in its discretion.
The amount of stock of any corporation which may be held by any mutual
trust investment company shall not exceed five per centum of the number
of shares of stock of such corporation outstanding at the time of
investment by such mutual trust investment company.
Accountability. A mutual trust investment company shall not be
responsible for ascertaining the investment powers of any fiduciary who
may purchase its stocks or shares and shall not be liable for accepting
funds from a fiduciary in violation of the restrictions in any will,
deed or other instrument in the absence of actual knowledge of such
violation, and shall be accountable only to the fiduciaries who are the
owners of its stocks or shares.
Investment by fiduciaries in shares. Unless the instrument or
the order, decree or judgment under which moneys are held in a fiduciary
capacity prohibits such investment, an eligible fiduciary or fiduciaries
may invest and reinvest moneys so held in shares of stock of one or more
mutual trust investment companies as it may determine.
The net aggregate amount of moneys of any estate, trust or fund
invested in shares of a mutual trust investment company shall not at any
time exceed the maximum amount permitted by such rules and regulations
as may be promulgated by the superintendent of financial services.
"An eligible fiduciary or fiduciaries" shall be deemed to mean a trust
company or a national banking association having its principal office
within the state of New York and acting either as sole fiduciary or with
one or more co-fiduciaries.
ARTICLE 12-B Insurance Premium Finance Agencies
Definitions. In this article, unless the context otherwise
requires:
1. "Authorized insurer" and "insurance contract" have the respective
meanings assigned to them by the insurance law.
2. "Bank" means a bank, trust company, private banker, savings bank,
savings and loan association, credit union, investment company organized
under article twelve of this chapter and authorized to accept deposits,
national bank, federal savings association, federal credit union, or
out-of-state state bank, as such term is defined in subdivision two of
section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter, having a principal,
branch or trust office in this state.
3. "Insurance agent" and "insurance broker" mean, respectively, an
insurance agent or insurance broker duly licensed as such under the
insurance law.
4. "Insured" means a person who enters into a premium finance
agreement with a premium finance agency or makes and delivers a premium
finance agreement to, or to the order of, an insurance agent or broker,
whether or not he is insured under an insurance contract, premiums for
which are advanced or to be advanced under the premium finance
agreement.
5. "Lending institution" means a bank or a lender licensed pursuant to
article nine of this chapter.
6. "Person" means an individual, corporation, business trust, estate,
trust, partnership or association, two or more persons having a joint or
common interest, or any other legal or commercial entity.
7. "Premium finance agency" means:
(a) a person engaged, in whole or in part, in the business of entering
into premium finance agreements with insureds, including a bank if so
engaged; or
(b) a person engaged, in whole or in part, in the business of
acquiring premium finance agreements from insurance agents or brokers or
other premium finance agencies, including a bank if so engaged and an
insurance agent or broker who is licensed as a premium finance agency
and who holds premium finance agreements made and delivered by insureds
to him or his order.
8. "Premium finance agreement" means a promissory note or other
written agreement by which an insured promises or agrees to pay to, or
to the order of, either a premium finance agency or an insurance agent
or broker the amount advanced or to be advanced under the agreement to
an authorized insurer or to an insurance agent or broker in payment of
premiums on an insurance contract, together with a service charge as
authorized and limited by law. If the premium finance agreement is
payable to, or to the order of, an insurance agent or broker not
licensed as a premium finance agency, payments under the agreement must
be payable at the office of a premium finance agency named in the
agreement, to whom the agreement is by its terms to be and is
subsequently assigned. The term "premium finance agreement" does not
include a retail instalment credit agreement which complies with the
provisions of paragraph (b) of subdivision eleven of section four
hundred thirteen of the personal property law.
9. "Superintendent" means the superintendent of financial services.
License. 1. No person except a lending institution or an
authorized insurer shall engage in the business of a premium finance
agency without a license therefor obtained from the superintendent, as
provided in this article.
2. Application for license required under this article shall be in
writing, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent.
3. When an applicant has more than one office, separate applications
for license shall be made for each such office.
4. At the time of filing an application for a license, the applicant
shall pay to the superintendent an investigation fee. The investigation
fee shall be as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter, except that, when an applicant files applications for licenses
for three or more offices at the same time, the total investigation fee
for all the applications shall be three times the amount prescribed
pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter.
Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the
prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which
results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to
any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the
business of a licensee shall make written application to the
superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The
application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by
rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the
purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this
section.
2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change
of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of
subdivision one of section five hundred fifty-six of this article. The
superintendent shall approve or disapprove the application in writing
within ninety days after the date the application is filed with the
superintendent.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has
control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall
comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.
The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be
applicable to an application made under such section by a legal
representative.
The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an
individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other
organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership of
voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any
person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be
presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls
or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock
of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with
power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any
licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by
reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The
superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee
or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with
power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any
voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the ownership,
control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute
control of such licensee for purposes of this section.
Action by superintendent on application. 1. Within ninety days
after the filing of an application for a license accompanied by payment
of the fees for license and investigation, the superintendent shall
issue the license, or the superintendent may refuse to issue the license
if he shall find that the financial responsibility, experience,
character and general fitness of the applicant or any person associated
with the applicant are not such as to command the confidence of the
community and to warrant the belief that the business will be conducted
honestly, fairly and efficiently within the purposes and intent of this
article. For the purpose of this subdivision, the applicant shall be
deemed to include all the members of the applicant if it is a
partnership or unincorporated association, and all the stockholders,
officers and directors of the applicant if it is a corporation. Such
license to engage in business in accordance with the provisions of this
article at the location specified in the application shall be executed
in triplicate by the superintendent and he shall transmit one copy
thereof to the applicant, file a copy in the office of the department of
financial services, and file a copy in the office of the clerk of the
county in which is located the place designated in such license.
2. If the superintendent refuses to issue a license, he shall notify
the applicant of the denial, return to the applicant the sum paid as a
license fee, but retain the investigation fee to cover the costs of
investigating the applicant.
3. Each license issued hereunder shall remain in full force and effect
until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as
provided in this article.
4. Only one office may be maintained under each license, but more than
one license may be issued to the same licensee pursuant to this article.
5. Any person engaged in the business of a premium finance agency on
the date this act takes effect may continue in operation in accordance
with the provisions of this article but must obtain a license for each
office at which he engages in the business of a premium finance agency
by January first, nineteen hundred sixty-one.
License provisions and posting. Such license shall state the
name and address of the licensee, and if the licensee be a
co-partnership or association, the names of the members thereof, and if
a corporation the date and place of its incorporation. Such license
shall be kept conspicuously posted in the office of the licensee and
shall not be transferable or assignable.
Change of location. Before any licensee changes any office of
his to another location, he shall give written notice thereof to the
superintendent, who shall without charge issue an endorsement indicating
the change and the date thereof, which endorsement shall be attached to
the license for such office and be authority for the operation of the
business under such license at such new location.
Grounds for revocation of license; procedure. 1. The
superintendent may forthwith revoke or suspend any license issued
hereunder if he shall find that:
(a) The licensee has failed to pay the annual license fee or any sum
of money lawfully demanded, or to comply with any demand, ruling, or
requirement of the superintendent lawfully made pursuant to and within
the authority of this article;
(b) The licensee has violated any provision of this article, the act
of congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations
thereunder, as such act and regulations may from time to time be amended
or any rule or regulation lawfully made by the superintendent under and
within the authority of this article;
(c) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license, clearly would have
warranted the superintendent in refusing originally to issue such
license.
2. The superintendent may revoke or suspend only the particular
license with respect to which grounds for revocation or suspension may
occur or exist, or, if he shall find that such grounds for revocation or
suspension are of general application to all offices, or to more than
one office, operated by such licensee, he shall revoke or suspend all of
the licenses issued to such licensee or such number of licenses as such
grounds apply to, as the case may be.
3. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the
superintendent written notice that he thereby surrenders such license,
but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal
liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.
4. No revocation or suspension or surrender of any license shall
impair or affect the obligation of an insured under any lawful premium
finance agreement previously acquired or held by the licensee.
5. Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect
until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked, or suspended in
accordance with the provisions of this article, but the superintendent
shall have authority to reinstate suspended licenses or to issue new
licenses to a licensee whose license or licenses shall have been revoked
if no fact or condition then exists which clearly would have warranted
the superintendent in refusing originally to issue such license under
this article.
6. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license
issued pursuant to this article, he shall forthwith execute in
triplicate a written order to that effect. The superintendent shall file
one copy of such order in the office of the department, file another in
the office of the clerk of the county in which is located the place
designated in such license and forthwith serve the third copy upon the
licensee, which order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article
seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such special
proceeding for review as authorized by this section must be commenced
within thirty days from the date of such order of suspension or
revocation.
7. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a
substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license issued pursuant to
this article for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending
investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist
only when the licensee has defaulted or is likely to default in
performing its financial engagements or engages in dishonest or
inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the persons
afforded the protection of this article.
Investigations and examinations. 1. The superintendent shall
have the power to make such investigations as he shall deem necessary to
determine whether any licensee or any other person has violated any of
the provisions of this article, or whether any licensee has conducted
himself in such manner as would justify the revocation of his license,
and to the extent necessary therefor, he may require the attendance of
and examine any person under oath, and shall have the power to compel
the production of all relevant books, records, accounts, and documents.
2. The superintendent shall have the power to make such examinations
of the books, records, accounts and documents used in the business of
any licensee as he shall deem necessary to determine whether any such
licensee has violated any of the provisions of this article.
3. The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant to
subdivision two of this section five hundred sixty shall be assessed
against and paid by the licensee so examined, except that traveling and
subsistence expenses so incurred shall be charged against and paid by
licensees in such proportions as the superintendent shall deem just and
reasonable, and such proportionate charges shall be added to the
assessment of the other expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon
written notice by the superintendent of the total amount of such
assessment, the licensee shall become liable for and shall pay such
assessment to the superintendent.
4. All reports of examinations and investigations, and all
correspondence and memoranda concerning or arising out of such
examinations or investigations, including any duly authenticated copy or
copies thereof in the possession of any licensee or the department of
financial services, shall be confidential communications, shall not be
subject to subpoena and shall not be made public unless, in the judgment
of the superintendent, the ends of justice and the public advantage will
be subserved by the publication thereof, in which event he may publish
or authorize the publication of a copy of any such report or other
material referred to in this subdivision four, or any part thereof, in
such manner as he may deem proper.
Regulations and rulings. The superintendent is hereby
authorized and empowered to make such general rules and regulations,
conduct hearings and make such specific rulings, orders, demands and
findings as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business
authorized and licensed under and for the enforcement of this article.
Violations and penalties. 1. Any person, including any member,
officer, director or employee of a licensee, who violates or
participates in the violation of any provision of this article, or who
knowingly makes any incorrect statement of a material fact in any
application, report or statement filed pursuant to this article, or who
knowingly omits to state any material fact necessary to give the
superintendent any information lawfully required by him or refuses to
permit any lawful investigation or examination, shall be guilty of a
misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than five
hundred dollars or imprisoned for not more than six months or both, in
the discretion of the court.
2. A premium finance agency's knowingly taking or receiving from or
charging an insured a greater charge than authorized in this article
shall be held and adjudged a forfeiture of all charges which the premium
finance agreement carries with it or which have been agreed to be paid
thereon, and if a greater charge has been paid by an insured, the person
paying the same or his legal representative may recover from the premium
finance agency twice the entire amount of the charges thus paid if
action is brought within two years from the time of such payment.
3. No licensee shall make, directly or indirectly, orally or in
writing, or by any method, practice or device, a representation that he
is licensed under the banking law except that a licensee may make a
representation that he is licensed as a premium finance agency under the
banking law and is licensed to finance insurance premiums.
Licensee's books and records; reports. 1. The licensee shall
keep and use in his business such books, accounts and records as will
enable the superintendent to determine whether such licensee is
complying with the provisions of this article and with the rules and
regulations lawfully made by the superintendent hereunder. Every
licensee shall preserve such books, accounts and records, including
cards used in a card system, if any, for at least six years after making
the final entry in respect to any premium finance agreement recorded
therein; provided, however, the preservation of photographic
reproductions thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute
compliance with this requirement.
2. Each licensee shall annually on or before the first day of February
file a report with the superintendent giving such information as the
superintendent may require concerning the business and operations during
the preceding calendar year of each licensed place of business conducted
by the licensee within the state under the authority of this article.
Upon good cause shown by a licensee, the superintendent may extend the
time for filing such report for a period not in excess of sixty days.
Such report shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by the licensee
under the penalties of perjury and be in the form prescribed by the
superintendent who may make and publish annually an analysis and
recapitulation of such reports. In addition to such annual reports, the
superintendent may require of licensees such additional regular or
special reports as he may deem necessary to the proper supervision of
licensees under this article. Such additional reports shall be in the
form prescribed by the superintendent and shall be subscribed and
affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.
Insurance agents and brokers; acquisition by premium finance
agencies of premium finance agreements. 1. An insurance agent or broker
may be licensed as a premium finance agency in accordance with this
article.
2. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the personal property
law, banking law or other law:
(a) No premium finance agency, and no employee of such an agency shall
pay, allow or offer to pay or allow in any manner whatsoever to an
insurance agent or broker or any employee of an insurance agent or
broker, or to any other person, either as an inducement to the financing
of any insurance policy with the premium finance agency or after any
such policy has been financed, any rebate whatsoever, either from the
service charge for financing specified in the premium finance agreement
or otherwise, or shall give or offer to give any valuable consideration
or inducement of any kind directly or indirectly, other than an article
of merchandise not exceeding one dollar in value which shall have
thereon the advertisement of the premium finance agency, but a premium
finance agency may purchase or otherwise acquire a premium finance
agreement, provided that it conforms to this article in all respects,
from an insurance agent or broker or another premium finance agency with
recourse against the agent, broker or agency on such terms and
conditions as may be mutually agreed upon; and
(b) No filing of the assignment or notice thereof to the insured shall
be necessary to the validity of the written assignment of a premium
finance agreement as against creditors or subsequent purchasers,
pledgees or encumbrances of the assignor.
Form and content of premium finance agreements. 1. A premium
finance agreement shall be in writing and dated on the date of its
signature by the insured; the printed portion thereof shall be in at
least eight point type.
2. It shall contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect
to the insurance contract, the premiums for which are advanced or to be
advanced under it, and:
(a) At its top, the words PREMIUM FINANCE AGREEMENT in at least ten
point bold type; and
(b) A notice in at least eight point bold type, reading as follows:
NOTICE: 1. Do not sign this agreement before you read it or if it
contains any blank space. 2. You are entitled to a completely filled in
copy of this agreement. 3. Under the law, you have the right to pay off
in advance the full amount due and under certain conditions to obtain a
partial refund of the service charge.
3. A premium finance agreement shall:
(a) Contain the name and place of business of the insurance agent or
broker, if any, negotiating the related insurance contract, the name and
residence or the place of business of the insured as specified by him,
the name and place of business of the premium finance agency which is to
hold or acquire the agreement and to which instalment or other payments
are to be made, a description of the insurance contract, the premiums
for which are advanced or to be advanced under the agreement, and the
amount of the premiums for such insurance contract; and
(b) Set forth the items required to be disclosed by the act of
congress entitled "Truth in Lending Act" and the regulations thereunder,
as such act and regulations may from time to time be amended.
4. No premium finance agreement shall be signed by an insured when it
contains any blank space to be filled in after it has been signed;
however, if any insurance contract, the premiums for which are advanced
or to be advanced under the agreement, has not been issued at the time
of its signature by the insured and it so provides, the name of the
authorized insurer by whom such insurance contract is issued and the
policy number and the due date of the first instalment may be left blank
and later inserted in the original of the agreement after it has been
signed by the insured.
Limitation on service and other charges. 1. A premium finance
agency shall not, except as otherwise provided by law, impose, take,
receive from, reserve or charge an insured greater charges than are
permitted by this article.
2. A premium finance agency, including an insurance agent or broker
licensed as such, may, in a premium finance agreement, contract for, and
if so contracted for, the holder of the agreement may charge, receive
and collect a service charge, for financing or arranging the financing
of premiums under the agreement, computed as provided in subdivision
four.
3. An insurance agent or broker not licensed as a premium finance
agency may, in a premium finance agreement which is payable to the agent
or broker or his order at the office of a premium finance agency and
which is endorsed or otherwise transferred or assigned to such a premium
finance agency, contract for and, if so contracted for, the premium
finance agency holding the agreement may charge, receive and collect
charges for financing or arranging the financing of premiums under the
agreement, computed as provided in subdivision four.
4. (a) The service charge provided for in this section shall be
computed on the principal balance of the premium finance agreement from
the inception date of the insurance contract, the premiums for which are
advanced or to be advanced under the agreement, or from the due date of
such premiums, disregarding any period of grace or credit allowed for
payment thereof, to and including the date when the final instalment of
the premium finance agreement is payable, at not exceeding fourteen
dollars per one hundred dollars per annum, plus an additional charge of
ten dollars per premium finance agreement, which additional charge need
not be refunded upon cancellation or prepayment, provided, however, that
no insurance agent or broker or premium finance agency shall induce an
insured to become obligated under more than one premium finance
agreement for the purpose of obtaining more than one additional charge.
(b) In computing the service charge permitted by this subdivision, if
the premium finance agreement is executed later than thirty days after
the inception date, there shall be deducted from the amount of such
service charge an amount which bears the same proportion to such service
charge, as (i) the number of days from the thirtieth day after the
inception date until the day of execution of the premium finance
agreement, bears to (ii) the number of days from the inception date to
the date when the final instalment of the premium finance agreement is
payable. No deduction shall be required under this paragraph, however,
if the amount thereof is less than one dollar. For purposes of this
paragraph the term "inception date" shall mean the inception date of the
insurance contract being financed, or the due date of the premium being
financed (disregarding any period of grace or credit allowed for payment
thereof), which ever shall be earlier.
(c) Such service charge shall be computed on the principal balance of
a premium finance agreement payable in successive monthly instalments
substantially equal in amount for a period of one year. On a premium
finance agreement providing for instalments extending for a period less
than or greater than one year, the service charge shall be computed
proportionately.
(d) When a premium finance agreement provides for unequal or irregular
instalments, the service charge shall be computed at the effective rate
provided for in paragraph (a), having due regard for the schedule of
instalments.
(e) The foregoing charges shall be inclusive of all charges incident
to the premium finance agreement and for the extension of credit
provided for therein.
(f) The foregoing paragraphs of this subdivision four apply if the
premiums under only one insurance contract are advanced or to be
advanced under a premium finance agreement; if premiums under more than
one insurance contract are advanced or are to be advanced under a
premium finance agreement, the service charge shall be computed as if
the premiums under each insurance contract were advanced or to be
advanced under separate premium finance agreements.
Delinquency, collection and cancellation charges; attorney's
fees. 1. A premium finance agreement may provide for the payment by the
insured of a delinquency and collection charge on each instalment in
default for a period of not less than five days in an amount of one
dollar to a maximum not in excess of five per centum of such instalment,
provided however, that when any personal, household or domestic
insurance contract are listed in the agreement the charge shall not
exceed five dollars and, provided that only one such delinquency and
collection charge may be collected on any such instalment regardless of
the period during which it remains in default and, if the default
results in the cancellation of any personal, household or domestic
insurance contract listed in the agreement, the agreement may provide
for the payment by the insured of a cancellation charge equal to the
difference between any delinquency and collection charge imposed in
respect to the instalment in default and five dollars.
2. A premium finance agreement may also provide for the payment of
attorney's fees not exceeding twenty per centum of the amount due and
payable under the agreement if it is referred for collection to an
attorney not a salaried employee of the premium finance agency holding
the agreement.
3. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, a premium finance
agency shall not take or receive from or charge an insured any
cancellation charge or attorney's fees unless, within ten days after
default in the payment of any instalment of a premium finance agreement,
the agency has mailed a notice of the default to the insured at his
address as shown on the agreement and to any insurance agent or broker
named therein at his place of business as shown therein.
Restrictions on premium finance agreements. 1. No premium
finance agreement shall contain any provision by which:
(a) In the absence of default of the insured, the premium finance
agency holding the agreement may, arbitrarily and without reasonable
cause, accelerate the maturity of any part or all of the amount owing
thereunder;
(b) A power of attorney is given to confess judgment in this state; or
(c) The insured relieves the insurance agent or broker or the premium
finance agency holding the agreement from liability for any legal rights
or remedies that the insured may otherwise have against the insurance
agent or broker.
2. No person may use a premium finance agreement in a manner designed
to evade any requirement of article seventy-eight of the insurance law.
3. Every person or premium finance agency that enters into a premium
finance agreement, as such terms are defined pursuant to article
twelve-B of this chapter, shall file in the office of the superintendent
of financial services, on or before the first day of March, a statement,
to be known as its annual statement, verified by the oath of at least
two of its principal officers, showing its condition at the end of the
preceding calendar year. The statement shall be in such form and shall
contain such other matters as the superintendent of financial services
shall prescribe. In addition to any other requirements, the annual
statement shall specify the total number, aggregate face amount and life
settlement proceeds of, policies settled during the immediately
preceding calendar year, together with a breakdown of the information by
policy issue year.
Delivery of copy of premium finance agreement. Before the due
date of the first instalment payable under a premium finance agreement,
the insurance agent or broker or the premium finance agency holding the
agreement shall deliver to the insured, or mail to him at his address as
shown in the agreement, a copy thereof or, if the agreement contained
any blank space when it was signed by the insured and such blank space
was subsequently filled in in accordance with subdivision four of
section five hundred sixty-seven, a copy of the agreement, as so filled
in.
Notice of assignment; payments. Unless the insured has notice
of actual or intended assignment of a premium finance agreement, payment
thereunder by him to the last known holder of the agreement shall be
binding upon all subsequent holders or assignees.
Statement of account; receipts. 1. At any time after its
execution, but not later than one year after the last payment
thereunder, a premium finance agency holding a premium finance agreement
shall, upon written request of the insured, give or mail to him a
written statement of the dates and amounts of payments and the total
amount, if any, unpaid thereunder. Such a statement shall be supplied
once each year without charge; if any additional statement is requested
the premium finance agency shall supply such statement at a charge not
exceeding one dollar for each additional statement so supplied. An
insured shall be given a receipt for a payment when made in cash.
2. After the payment of all sums for which an insured is obligated
under a premium finance agreement, and upon his written demand, the
premium finance agency holding the agreement shall deliver, or mail to
the insured at his last known address such one or more good and
sufficient instruments as may be necessary to acknowledge payment in
full and to release all interests in or rights to the insurance
contracts, the premiums for which are advanced or are to be advanced
under the agreement.
Credit upon anticipation of payments. 1. Notwithstanding the
provisions of any premium finance agreement to the contrary, any insured
may pay it in full at any time before the maturity of the final
instalment of the balance thereof and, if he does so and the agreement
included an amount for service charge, shall receive and be entitled to
receive for such anticipation a refund credit thereon.
2. The amount of any such refund credit shall represent at least as
great a proportion of the service charge, if any, as the sum of the
periodic balances after the month in which prepayment is made bears to
the sum of all periodic balances under the schedule of instalments in
the agreement. Such refund shall be computed in the service charge
exclusive of the additional charge. Where the amount of the refund
credit for anticipation of payment is less than one dollar, no refund
need be made.
Refinancing. A premium finance agency may, upon agreement with
the insured, extend the scheduled due date or defer the scheduled
payment of all or of any part of any instalment or instalments payable
thereunder. The agreement for such extension or deferment must be in
writing and signed by the parties thereto. The premium finance agency
may charge and contract for the payment of an extension or deferral
charge by the insured and collect and receive the same, but such charge
may not exceed an amount equal to one per centum per month simple
interest on the amount of the instalment or instalments, or part
thereof, extended or deferred for the period of extension or deferral.
Such period shall not exceed the period from the date when such extended
or deferred instalment or instalments, or part thereof, would have been
payable in the absence of such extension or deferral, to the date when
such instalment or instalments, or part thereof, are made payable under
the agreement of extension or deferment; except that a minimum charge of
one dollar for the period of extension or deferral may be made in any
case where the extension or deferral charge, when computed at such rate,
amounts to less than one dollar.
Cancellation of insurance contract upon default. 1. When a
premium finance agreement contains a power of attorney or other
authority enabling the premium finance agency to cancel any insurance
contract or contracts listed in the agreement, the insurance contract or
contracts shall not be cancelled unless such cancellation is effectuated
in accordance with the following provisions:
(a) Not less than ten days written notice shall be mailed to the
insured at his last known address as shown on the records of the premium
finance agency, of the intent of the premium finance agency to cancel
the insurance contract unless the default is cured within such ten day
period and that at least three days for mailing such notice is added to
the ten day notice. A copy of the notice of intent to cancel shall also
be mailed to the insurance agent or broker.
(b) Service of the notice of intent to cancel or notice of
cancellation by mail shall be effective provided that the notices are
mailed to the insured's last known address as shown on the records of
the premium finance agency. The records of the premium finance agency
shall be presumptive evidence as to the correctness of such address.
(c) If the insurance contract or contracts provide motor vehicle
liability insurance, every such notice of cancellation shall include in
type or print, of which the face shall not be smaller than twelve point,
a statement that proof of financial security is required to be
maintained continuously throughout the registration period and a notice
prescribed by the commissioner of motor vehicles indicating the punitive
effects of failure to maintain continuous proof of financial security
and actions which may be taken by the insured to avoid punitive effects.
(d) After the notice in paragraph (a) above has expired, the premium
finance agency may thereafter, in the name of the insured, cancel such
insurance contract by mailing to the insurer a notice of cancellation
stating when thereafter the policy shall be cancelled, and the insurance
contract shall be cancelled as if such notice of cancellation had been
submitted by the insured himself, but without requiring the return of
the insurance contract. A copy of the notice of cancellation shall also
be mailed to the insured.
(e) All statutory, regulatory and contractual restrictions providing
that the insured may not cancel his insurance contract unless he or the
insurer first satisfies such restrictions by giving a prescribed notice
to a governmental agency, the insurance carrier or an individual or a
person designated to receive such notice for said governmental agency,
insurance carrier or individual, shall apply where cancellation is
effected under the provisions of this section. The insurer shall in
accordance with said prescribed notice where it is required to give such
notice in behalf of itself or the insured give notice to such
governmental agency, person or individual and it shall determine and
calculate the effective date of cancellation from the day it receives
the copy of the notice of cancellation from the premium finance agency;
provided (1) where the aforementioned prescribed notice requires that
more than ten days' notice be given, the prescribed time for such notice
shall control as to the effective date of cancellation, and (2) where
less than ten days' notice is required by the aforementioned prescribed
notice the effective date of cancellation shall not be prior to the date
contained in the copy of the cancellation notice sent by the premium
finance agency.
Notwithstanding that certain provisions of section ninety-three-c of
the vehicle and traffic law as added by chapter six hundred fifty-five
of the laws of nineteen hundred fifty-six and its successor statute,
section three hundred thirteen of the vehicle and traffic law, as
enacted by chapter seven hundred seventy-five of the laws of nineteen
hundred fifty-nine are consistent with certain of the provisions of this
article, those sections shall not be applicable to concellation of
insurance by a premium finance agency under the provisions of this
article.
(f) The insurer or insurers within a reasonable time not to exceed
sixty days after the effective date of cancellation, shall return
whatever gross unearned premiums are due under the insurance contract or
contracts on a pro rata basis to the premium finance agency for the
benefit of the insured or insureds. However, upon such cancellation the
insurer or insurers shall be entitled to retain a minimum earned premium
on the policy of ten percent of the gross premium or sixty dollars,
whichever is greater.
(g) Upon the cancellation of motor vehicle liability insurance by a
premium finance agency, unless a notice of such cancellation is not
required by the vehicle and traffic law or by the regulations of the
commissioner of motor vehicles, a notice of such cancellation under the
provisions of this article, shall be filed by the insurer or insurers
with the commissioner of motor vehicles not later than thirty days
following the effective date of such cancellation where such a filing is
required pursuant to section ninety-three-c of the vehicle and traffic
law, as added by chapter six hundred fifty-five of the laws of nineteen
hundred fifty-six or its successor statute, section three hundred
thirteen of the vehicle and traffic law as enacted by chapter seven
hundred seventy-five of the laws of nineteen hundred fifty-nine.
2. The provisions of subdivision one relating to cancellation by a
premium finance agency of an insurance contract and the return by an
insurer of unearned premiums to the premium finance agency also apply to
the surrender by a premium finance agency of an insurance contract
providing life insurance and the payment by the insurer of the cash
value of the contract to the premium finance agency, except that the
insurer may require the surrender of the insurance contract.
3. In this section, unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) "Premium finance agency" includes (1) a lending institution making
a loan for the purpose of financing insurance premiums in accordance
with the applicable provisions of other laws authorizing and regulating
the making of loans by the lending institution, and (2) a bank, or a
sales finance company licensed under article eleven-b of this chapter;
(b) "Premium finance agreement" includes (1) a promissory note or
other written agreement or obligation evidencing or securing such a loan
by a lending institution, and (2) a retail instalment contract or
obligation held by a bank, or a sales finance company so licensed; and
(c) "Insured" includes (1) each borrower or other obligor under or
upon a promissory note or other written agreement or obligation
evidencing or securing such a loan by a lending institution, and (2)
each buyer under a retail instalment contract or obligation held by a
bank, or a sales finance company so licensed.
Interpretation of article. This article does not affect: (1)
the inclusion of amounts for insurance in retail instalment contracts or
obligations in accordance with the motor vehicle retail instalment sales
act or the retail instalment sales act; (2) the inclusion of amounts for
insurance in retail lease agreements in accordance with the motor
vehicle retail leasing act; or (3) the making of loans for the purpose
of financing insurance premiums:
(a) By any person at a rate of interest not greater than the rate
prescribed by the superintendent of financial services pursuant to
section fourteen-a of this chapter, or, if no rate has been so
prescribed, six per centum per annum; or
(b) By a lending institution in accordance with the applicable
provisions of other laws authorizing and regulating the making of loans
by the lending institution.
Premium finance agreements. 1. Any amount advanced by a
premium finance agency, with regard to any insurance policy issued
pursuant to any plan established under article fifty-three of the
insurance law shall be paid either by check or draft made payable to the
insurance company, or, if the company is not known, by check or draft
made payable to the entity which pursuant to the plan established under
article fifty-three of the insurance law designates which insurer shall
insure or service the risk. The check or draft shall not be made payable
to the insurance agent or broker.
2. Where insurance coverage is procured through a wholesale producer
for insurance policies financed with a premium finance agency, other
than policies subject to subdivision one of this section:
(a) Prior to or contemporaneously with the advancement of any funds to
an insurance retail producer who has procured an insurance policy
through a wholesale producer, the retail producer shall provide the
premium finance agency with the name and address of the wholesale
producer through whom coverage was procured and, if available, the
policy number of the insurance policy being financed, in writing;
(b) The premium finance agency shall notify, in writing, the wholesale
producer and the insurance company of the gross premium, the borrower's
name and address, and, if available, the policy number, within ten (10)
business days of acceptance of the agreement;
(c) Failure by the retail producer to comply with paragraph (a) of
this subdivision shall be a violation of subsection (d) of section
twenty-one hundred twenty of the insurance law, and the retail producer
shall be liable for actual damages caused by his or her failure to
disclose;
(d) For the purposes of this subdivision, a "retail insurance
producer" or "retail producer" means an insurance producer who directly
deals with an insured; a "wholesale insurance producer" or "wholesale
producer" means the producer from whom or through whom the retail
producer has procured coverage on behalf of the insured.
Severability. If any provision of this article or the
application thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, the
invalidity thereof shall not affect other provisions or applications of
the article which can be given effect without the invalid provision or
application, and to this end the provisions of this article are
severable.
Electronic notes and documents. 1. For purposes of this
section, the following words have the following meanings:
(a) "Delivered by electronic means" includes:
(i) delivery to an electronic mail address at which a party has
consented to receive notices or documents; or
(ii) posting on an electronic network or site accessible via the
internet, mobile application, computer, mobile device, tablet, or any
other electronic device, together with separate notice of such posting
which shall be provided by electronic mail to the address at which such
party has consented to receive notice or by any other electronic
delivery method that has been consented to by such party.
(b) "Party" means any recipient of any notice or document required as
part of a premium finance transaction, including, but not limited to, an
insured, insurance agent or broker, or insurer.
2. Subject to the requirements of this section, any notice to a party
or any other document required under this article in a premium finance
transaction or that is to serve as evidence of a premium finance
agreement may be delivered, stored, and presented by electronic means so
long as it meets the requirements of article three of the state
technology law. Where this chapter requires that written notice to an
insured or any other document required under this article be mailed or
delivered to the insured at his address as shown in such premium finance
agreement or at his last known address as shown on the records of the
premium finance agency, the notice may be delivered by electronic means
to an electronic address not shown on such premium finance agreement.
3. Delivery of any notice or document in accordance with this section
shall be considered equivalent to any mail or delivery method required
under this article.
4. A notice or document may be delivered by electronic means by a
premium finance agency to a party under this section if:
(a) such party has affirmatively consented to such method of delivery
and has not withdrawn such consent;
(b) such party, before giving consent, is provided with a clear and
conspicuous statement informing such party of:
(i) the right of such party to withdraw, at any time, consent to have
such notice or document be delivered by electronic means, and any
conditions or consequences imposed in the event consent is withdrawn;
(ii) the types of notices and documents to which such party's consent
would apply;
(iii) the right of such party to have such notice or document
delivered in paper form; and
(iv) the procedures such party must follow to withdraw consent to have
such notice or document delivered by electronic means and to update such
party's electronic mail address;
(c) such party:
(i) before giving consent, is provided with a statement of the
hardware and software requirements for access to and retention of such
notice or document delivered by electronic means; and
(ii) consents electronically, or confirms consent electronically, in a
manner that reasonably demonstrates that such party can access
information in the electronic form that will be used for notices or
documents delivered by electronic means as to which such party has given
consent; and
(d) after consent of such party is given, such premium finance agency,
in the event a change in the hardware or software requirements needed to
access or retain such notice or document delivered by electronic means
creates a material risk that such party will not be able to access or
retain a subsequent notice or document to which such consent applies:
(i) provides such party with a statement that describes:
(A) the revised hardware and software requirements for access to and
retention of such notice or document delivered by electronic means; and
(B) the right of such party to withdraw consent without the imposition
on any condition or consequence that was not disclosed at the time of
initial consent; and
(ii) complies with paragraph (b) of this subdivision.
5. (a) Before a notice or document is delivered by electronic means, a
premium finance agency shall obtain a party's consent to deliver such
notice or document by electronic means. Such party's consent to receive
one type of notice or document shall not be construed as a blanket
consent for every type of notice and document to be delivered by
electronic means. Such party's consent shall only apply to the types of
notices and documents identified in the clean and conspicuous
information statement provided to the consenting party, as required by
subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (b) of subdivision four of this section.
(b) Any electronic mail being sent by a premium finance agency to a
party in connection with the delivery of a notice of intent to cancel or
notice of cancellation delivered by electronic means shall include in
the subject line and body of the communication clear and conspicuous
language alerting the receiving party as to the importance of the
communication and the type of notice being delivered by electronic means
to such party.
6. This section does not affect requirements related to content or
timing of any notice or document required under this article.
7. The legal effectiveness, validity, or enforceability of any premium
finance agreement executed by a party may not be denied solely because
of the failure to obtain electronic consent or confirmation of consent
of the party pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of
subdivision four of this section.
8. (a) A withdrawal of consent by a party does not affect the legal
effectiveness, validity, or enforceability of a notice or document
delivered by electronic means to such party before such withdrawal of
consent is effective.
(b) A withdrawal of consent by a party is effective within a
reasonable period of time after receipt of such withdrawal by a premium
finance agency.
(c) Failure by a premium finance agency to comply with paragraph (d)
of subdivision four and subdivision ten of this section may be treated,
at the election of the party, as a withdrawal of consent for purposes of
this section.
9. This section does not apply to a notice or document delivered by a
premium finance agency in an electronic form before the effective date
of this section to a party who, before such date, has consented to
receive a notice or document in an electronic form otherwise allowed by
law.
10. If the consent of a party to receive certain notices or documents
in an electronic form is on file with a premium finance agency before
the effective date of this section, and pursuant to this section, such
premium finance agency intends to deliver additional notices or
documents to such party in an electronic form, then prior to delivering
such additional notices or documents electronically, such premium
finance agency shall:
(a) provide such party with a statement that describes:
(i) such notices or documents that shall be delivered by electronic
means under this section that were not previously delivered
electronically; and
(ii) such party's right to withdraw consent to have notices or
documents delivered by electronic means, without the imposition of any
condition or consequence that was not disclosed at the time of initial
consent; and
(b) comply with paragraph (b) of subdivision four of this section.
11. A premium finance agency shall mail or deliver a notice or
document by any other delivery method permitted by this article other
than electronic means if such premium finance agency:
(a) attempts to deliver by electronic means such notice or document
and has a reasonable basis for believing that such notice or document
has not been received by the party; or
(b) becomes aware that the electronic mail address provided by such
party is no longer valid.
12. This section shall not be construed to modify, limit, or supersede
the provisions of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and
National Commerce Act, Public Law 106-229, as amended.
ARTICLE 12-C Budget Planners
Doing business without license prohibited. Only a charitable
corporation as defined in paragraph (a) of section one hundred two
(Definitions) of the not-for-profit corporation law of this state, or an
entity incorporated in another state and having a similar not-for-profit
status, shall engage in the business of budget planning as defined in
subdivision one of section four hundred fifty-five of the general
business law of this state except as authorized by this article and
without first obtaining a license from the superintendent.
Application for license. 1. Application for a license required
under this article shall be in writing, under oath, and in the form
prescribed by the superintendent, and shall contain the following:
(a) The exact name and the address of the applicant and its date of
incorporation; and
(b) The name and complete business and residential address and
occupation of each officer and director of the applicant; and
(c) The complete address where the business of the applicant is to be
conducted, showing the street and number, if any, post office and
building and room number, if any, the office building and room number,
if any, and the municipality and county; and
(d) If the applicant has one or more branches, subsidiaries or
affiliates operating in this state, the complete address of each such
place of business; and
(e) Such other pertinent information as the superintendent may
require, including but not limited to evidence indicating that the
applicant, or officer, director, or manager of such applicant has at
least one year of experience in financial services or related fields
applicable to budget planning.
2. Where an applicant operates several places of business, separate
applications for license shall be made for each such place of business.
3. Upon original application for a license or licenses to operate one
or more places of business, the applicant shall pay an investigation fee
in an aggregate amount as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter. No additional investigation fee shall be required for any
subsequent application for a license unless such application is
subsequent to a denial of a license or to a revocation, suspension or
surrender of a license.
4. As a condition for the issuance and retention of a budget planner
license, and subject to such regulations as the superintendent shall
prescribe, applicants for a license shall file with the superintendent a
surety bond in form satisfactory to the superintendent issued by a
bonding company or insurance company authorized to do business in this
state. Except as provided hereunder, the principal amount of such bond
shall be two hundred fifty thousand dollars. The superintendent may
require a larger bond if he or she determines, in his or her sole
discretion, that a licensee has engaged in a pattern of conduct
resulting in bona fide consumer complaints of misconduct and that such
increased bond is necessary for the protection of consumers; or the
superintendent may increase or decrease the amount of such bond or
deposit based upon the applicant's or licensee's financial condition,
business plan, and the actual or estimated aggregate amount of payments
and fees paid by debtors to such licensee. In lieu of such bond, an
applicant may keep on deposit with such banks, savings banks, savings
and loan associations, trust companies, private bankers, national banks,
federal savings banks, or federal savings and loan associations in the
state as such licensee may designate and the superintendent may approve,
interest-bearing bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations of the
United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, or guaranteed by
the United States, or of this state, or of a city, county, town,
village, school district, or instrumentality of this state or guaranteed
by this state, or dollar deposits, or such other assets or letters of
credit as the superintendent shall by rule or regulation permit. The
proceeds of each bond or deposit shall constitute a trust fund to be
used exclusively to reimburse payments by debtors that have not been
properly distributed to creditors or to reimburse fees determined by the
superintendent to be improperly charged or collected and, in the event
of the insolvency, liquidation, or bankruptcy of such licensee, to pay
outstanding department of financial services examination costs and
assessments. Within ninety days after the effective date of this
subdivision, each licensee shall comply with the requirements of this
subdivision.
Conditions for issuance of a license; procedure where
application denied. 1. Upon the filing of an application for a license,
if the superintendent shall find that the financial responsibility,
experience, character, and general fitness of the applicant, and of the
officers and directors thereof are such as to command the confidence of
the community and to warrant belief that the business will be operated
honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purposes of this article,
he or she shall thereupon issue a license in duplicate to engage in
budget planning in accordance with the provisions of this article. The
superintendent shall transmit one copy of such license to the applicant
and file another in the office of the department of financial services.
Such license shall remain in full force and effect until it is
surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as hereinafter
provided; if the superintendent shall not so find he or she shall not
issue such license and he or she shall notify the applicant of the
denial. The superintendent shall approve or deny every application for
license hereunder within ninety days from the filing thereof.
2. The superintendent shall not issue a license unless an applicant
agrees to provide, either directly or indirectly, budgeting, educational
and/or counseling services, acceptable to the superintendent, to the
debtors with whom such licensee has a contract to engage in budget
planning, as defined by section four hundred fifty-five of the general
business law. Failure of a licensee to provide, directly or indirectly,
such budgeting, educational and/or counseling services acceptable to the
superintendent shall be a basis for suspension and revocation of the
license.
License provisions. Each license issued under this article
shall state the address or addresses at which the business is to be
conducted and shall state fully the name of the licensee, and the date
and place of its incorporation. A copy of such license shall be
prominently posted in each place of business of the licensee. Such
license shall not be transferable or assignable. In the event the
location at which the business is to be conducted shall be changed, the
licensee shall forthwith notify the superintendent who shall thereupon
without charge attach to the license a rider setting forth such changed
location. Each licensee, within ninety days of the close of the
licensee's fiscal year, shall submit an independently audited financial
statement to the superintendent.
Changes in officers or directors of licensee. In the event that
there shall be any change among the officers or directors of any
licensee, the licensee shall promptly notify the superintendent of the
name, address, and occupation of each new officer or director and
provide such other information as the superintendent may require.
Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the
prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which
results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to
any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the
business of a licensee shall make written application to the
superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The
application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by
rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the
purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this
section.
2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change
of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of section
five hundred eighty-one of this article. The superintendent shall
approve or disapprove the application in writing within ninety days
after the date the application is filed with the superintendent.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has
control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall
comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.
The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be
applicable to an application made under such section by a legal
representative.
The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an
individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other
organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership of
voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any
person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be
presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls
or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock
of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with
power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any
licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by
reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The
superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee
or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or holds with
power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to vote any
voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the ownership,
control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would constitute
control of such licensee for purposes of this section.
Grounds for suspension or revocation of license; procedure. 1.
The superintendent may revoke any license issued hereunder if he shall
find that:
(a) The licensee has violated any provisions of this article, or of
any rule or regulation made by the superintendent under and within the
authority of this article;
(b) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license, would have warranted the
superintendent in refusing originally to issue such license; or
(c) The conviction of a licensee for a crime against the laws of this
state or any other state or of the United States involving moral
turpitude or fraudulent or dishonest actions, or the entry of a final
judgement in a court of competent jurisdiction against the licensee in a
civil action arising from fraud, misrepresentation, or deceit.
2. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, suspend any license
for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending investigation.
3. No license shall be revoked or suspended except after notice and a
hearing thereon.
4. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the
superintendent written notice that it thereby surrenders such license,
but such surrender shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal
liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.
5. No revocation, suspension or surrender of any license shall impair
or affect the obligation of any pre-existing lawful contract between the
licensee and any person.
6. Every license issued hereunder shall remain in force and effect
until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked or suspended in
accordance with the provisions of this article, but the superintendent
shall have authority to reinstate a suspended license or to issue a new
license to a licensee whose license shall have been revoked if no fact
or condition then exists which would have warranted the superintendent
in refusing originally to issue such license under this article.
7. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license
issued pursuant to this article, he shall forthwith execute in duplicate
a written order to that effect. The superintendent shall file one copy
of such order in the office of the department of financial services and
shall forthwith serve the other copy upon the licensee. Any such order
may be reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of the
civil practice law and rules. Such application for review as authorized
by this section must be made within thirty days from the date of such
order of suspension or revocation.
Contracts with debtors; fees. Each licensee shall submit to
the department any form of written contract it intends to use between
itself and such debtor. Such form contract shall, at minimum, make
provision for the following information:
1. a complete list of the debtor's obligations to be adjusted,
including the name of each creditor;
2. the total fees agreed to for such services, including any
adjustments for estimated available rebates from creditors, provided
that nothing in this subdivision shall require a licensee to share
rebates with its clients;
3. the commencement and termination date of the contract;
4. a pro forma statement of the total fees to be charged, including
expected available rebates from creditors, expressed as a percentage of
the total obligations, principal and interest to be adjusted under such
contract;
5. settlement terms in case of cancellation of the contract or
prepayment of the obligations;
6. a notice to the debtor that the debtor may cancel the contract
until midnight of the third business day after the day on which the
debtor has signed the contract; and
7. the terms under which the payments may be made by the debtor. Upon
execution, a copy of such contract shall be immediately furnished to the
debtor. Such contract may subsequently be amended to include additional
creditors and debtors obligations.
Prohibited activities. 1. No person, partnership,
association, corporation, or other entity, except a licensee, may make
any representation, directly or indirectly, orally or in writing that
he, she, or it is licensed under this article.
2. No licensee shall advertise its services in any media, whether
print or electronic, in any manner that may be false or deceptive. All
such advertisements shall contain the name and office address of such
entity, which shall conform to a name and address on record with the
department and which shall indicate that the licensee is licensed by the
department. Any advertisements in any media, print or electronic,
contracted for or placed prior to the effective date of this section,
shall not be subject to the provisions of this section.
3. No person or any other entity, other than a licensee, shall use the
title "budget planner" or "licensed budget planner" or the term "budget
planning" in any public advertisement, business card, or letterhead.
4. No licensee shall commingle monies received from debtors with any
other funds associated with the operation of its business or with any
funds associated with any other type of business, provided, however,
that for the sole purpose of making a single payment to a creditor, a
licensee may commingle monies received from debtors under contract with
one or more of its affiliates authorized to engage in budget planning in
another state.
5. Licensees shall make payments to creditors in a timely manner, in
accordance with the contract between the licensee and the debtor,
provided, however, that a licensee may contract with a person or entity
that distributes, or supervises, coordinates, or controls the
distribution of, such payments to the creditors, pursuant to such terms
or conditions that the superintendent may prescribe by regulation.
Payments made pursuant to such contract with the licensee shall not
require such person or entity to be licensed pursuant to article
thirteen-b of this chapter.
6. No licensee shall purchase any obligation of a debtor.
7. No licensee shall operate as a person or entity seeking payment of
obligations on behalf of any creditors that are not receiving payments
pursuant to a contract between a debtor and a licensee.
8. No licensee shall execute any contract or agreement to be signed by
the debtor unless the contract or agreement is fully completed, and the
duration of any such contract shall be in conformance with any
limitations specified pursuant to regulations of the superintendent.
9. No licensee shall pay any bonus or other consideration to any
person or entity for the referral of a debtor to its business, or accept
or receive any bonus, commission or other consideration for referring
any debtor to any person or entity for any reason; provided, however,
that nothing herein shall prohibit the payment of rebates from creditors
to licensees.
10. No licensee shall disclose or threaten to disclose information
concerning the existence of a debt, or any other conduct, which could
coerce payment of the debt of a debtor with whom it has a contract.
11. No licensee shall use a communication which simulates in any
manner a legal or judicial process, or which gives the false appearance
of being authorized, issued, or approved by a government, governmental
agency, or attorney-at-law.
12. No licensee, or a director, manager or officer of such licensee,
or any immediate family member of such individual, or a controlling
party of such licensee as defined in section five hundred eighty-three-a
of this article, shall be a director, manager, officer, owner, or
controlling party of any creditor or a subsidiary of any such creditor,
that is receiving or will receive payments from the licensee on behalf
of a debtor with whom the licensee has contracted.
13. No licensee, or a director, manager or officer of such licensee,
or any immediate family member of such individual, or a controlling
party of such licensee as defined in section five hundred eighty-three-a
of this article, shall disclose by any means, directly or indirectly,
the name, address, or any other identifying information of a debtor,
except as required by subpoena or other process from a court of
competent jurisdiction or a law enforcement agency, or in order to
establish an account with a creditor. "Identifying information of a
debtor" as used herein shall include, but not be limited to, a debtor's
name, photograph, address, telephone number, social security number,
date of birth, drivers identification number, credit card number, bank
account number, mother's maiden name, medical or disability information,
if any, as well as any other identification number which a licensee may
possess.
Superintendent authorized to examine. For the purpose of
discovering violations of this article or securing information lawfully
required by him or her hereunder, the superintendent may at any time,
and as often as he or she may determine, either personally or by a
person duly designated by him or her, investigate the business and
examine the books, accounts, records, and files used therein of every
licensee hereunder. For that purpose the superintendent and his or her
duly designated representative shall have free access to the offices and
place of business, books, accounts, papers, records, files, safes and
vaults of all such licensees. The superintendent and any person duly
designated by him or her shall have authority to require the attendance
of and to examine under oath all persons whose testimony he or she may
require relative to such business. The expenses incurred in making any
examination pursuant to this section shall be assessed against and paid
by the licensee so examined, except that traveling and subsistence
expenses so incurred shall be charged against and paid by licensees in
such proportions as the superintendent shall deem just and reasonable,
and such proportionate charges shall be added to the assessment of the
other expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon written notice by
the superintendent of the total amount of such assessment, the licensee
shall become liable for and shall pay such assessment to the
superintendent. If, upon review, the superintendent shall determine that
the fees or service charges set by the licensee are unreasonable, he or
she shall direct the licensee to make adjustments in said fees and
service charges in accordance with his or her findings, which shall set
forth a detailed factual basis and reasoning supporting such finding.
Licensee's books and records; reports. 1. The licensee shall
keep and use in its business such books, accounts, and records as will
enable the superintendent to determine whether such licensee is
complying with the provisions of this article and with the rules and
regulations lawfully made by the superintendent hereunder. Every
licensee shall preserve such books, accounts, and records, for at least
three years; provided, however, that preservation by photographic
reproduction thereof or records in photographic form shall constitute
compliance with the requirements of this section.
2. Each licensee shall annually, on or before the first day of
February, file a report with the superintendent giving such information
as the superintendent may require concerning the business and operations
during the preceding calendar year of such licensee under authority of
this article. Such report shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by
the licensee under the penalties of perjury and shall be in the form
prescribed by the superintendent. In addition to annual reports, the
superintendent may require, under oath and in the form prescribed by
him, such additional regular or special reports as he may deem necessary
to the proper supervision of licensees under this article. Such
additional reports shall be in the form prescribed by the superintendent
and shall be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of
perjury.
Authority of superintendent. The superintendent is hereby
authorized and empowered to make, in addition hereto and not
inconsistent herewith, such general rules and regulations, and such
specific rulings, demands, and findings as he may deem necessary for the
proper conduct of the business authorized and licensed hereunder and for
the enforcement of this article.
ARTICLE 12-D Licensed Mortgage Bankers
Declaration of policy. The origination, funding and servicing
of residential mortgage loans and the types of entities involved in
residential mortgage lending has undergone significant changes in recent
years, due in part to developments in the general economy, specifically
interest rate volatility, the sophistication of the national secondary
market for mortgage loans and the market for mortgage-backed securities.
The recent trend toward deregulation in the financial services industry
has accelerated the evolution of residential mortgage lending,
dramatically increasing the types of mortgage loans offered and the
manner in which they are advertised and marketed to consumers.
Depository institutions, traditionally the major source of residential
mortgage financing for individuals, now compete for capital and
customers with mortgage bankers and other financial service
organizations. Residential mortgage lenders of every type have
increasingly relied on non-financial intermediaries, such as mortgage
brokers, to make loans available to consumers. These developments have
raised questions as to whether all entities engaging in this banking
function operate under appropriate regulatory scrutiny and as to whether
all residential mortgage lenders are conducting their business in the
best interests of New York homeowners and potential homeowners.
The activities of lenders and their agents offering financing for
residential real property have a direct and immediate impact upon the
housing industry, the neighborhoods and communities of this state, its
homeowners and potential homeowners. The legislature finds that it is
essential for the protection of the citizens of this state and the
stability of the state's economy that reasonable standards governing the
business practices of mortgage lenders and their agents be imposed. The
legislature further finds that the obligations of lenders and their
agents to consumers in connection with making, soliciting, processing,
placing or negotiating of mortgage loans are such as to warrant the
uniform regulation of the residential mortgage lending process,
including the application, solicitation, making and servicing of
mortgage loans. Consistent with the purposes of promoting mortgage
lending for the benefit of our citizens by responsible providers of
mortgage loans and services and avoiding requirements inconsistent with
legitimate and responsible business practices in the mortgage lending
industry, the purpose of this article is to protect New York consumers
seeking a residential mortgage loan and to ensure that the mortgage
lending industry is operating fairly, honestly and efficiently, free
from deceptive and anti-competitive practices.
Licensing. 1. Definitions. (a) "Mortgage loan" shall mean a
loan to a natural person made primarily for personal, family or
household use, secured by either a mortgage or deed of trust on
residential real property, any certificate of stock or other evidence of
ownership in, and proprietary lease from, a corporation or partnership
formed for the purpose of cooperative ownership of residential real
property or, if determined by the superintendent by regulation, shall
include such a loan secured by a security interest on a manufactured
home;
(b) "Residential real property" shall mean real property located in
this state improved by a one-to-four family dwelling used or occupied,
or intended to be used or occupied, wholly or partly, as the home or
residence of one or more persons, but shall not refer to unimproved real
property upon which such dwellings are to be constructed;
(c) "Making a mortgage loan" shall mean for compensation or gain,
either directly or indirectly, advancing funds, offering to advance
funds, or making a commitment to advance funds to an applicant for a
mortgage loan or a mortgagor as a mortgage loan;
(d) "Soliciting, processing, placing or negotiating a mortgage loan"
shall mean for compensation or gain, either directly or indirectly,
accepting or offering to accept an application for a mortgage loan,
assisting or offering to assist in the processing of an application for
a mortgage loan, soliciting or offering to solicit a mortgage loan on
behalf of a third party or negotiating or offering to negotiate the
terms or conditions of a mortgage loan with a lender on behalf of a
third party;
(e) "Exempt organization" shall mean any insurance company, banking
organization, foreign banking corporation licensed by the superintendent
or the comptroller of the currency to transact business in this state,
national bank, federal savings bank, federal savings and loan
association, federal credit union, or any bank, trust company, savings
bank, savings and loan association, or credit union organized under the
laws of any other state, or any instrumentality created by the United
States or any state with the power to make mortgage loans. Subject to
such regulations as may be promulgated by the superintendent, "exempt
organization" may also include any subsidiary of such entities;
(f) "Licensee" or "mortgage banker" shall mean a person or entity who
or which is licensed pursuant to section five hundred ninety-one of this
chapter to engage in the business of making mortgage loans in this
state;
(g) "Registrant" or "mortgage broker" shall mean a person or entity
registered pursuant to section five hundred ninety-one-a of this chapter
to engage in the business of soliciting, processing, placing or
negotiating mortgage loans for others, or offering to solicit, process,
place or negotiate mortgage loans for others;
(h) "Mortgage loan servicer" or "servicer" shall mean a person or
entity registered pursuant to subdivision two of this section to engage
in the business of servicing mortgage loans for property located in this
state;
(i) "Servicing mortgage loans" shall mean receiving any scheduled
periodic payments from a borrower pursuant to the terms of any mortgage
loan, including amounts for escrow accounts under section six-k of this
chapter, title three-A of article nine of the real property tax law or
section ten of 12 U.S.C. 2609, and making the payments to the owner of
the loan or other third parties of principal and interest and such other
payments with respect to the amounts received from the borrower as may
be required pursuant to the terms of the mortgage service loan documents
or servicing contract. In the case of a home equity conversion mortgage
or reverse mortgage as referenced in section six-h of this chapter,
sections two hundred eighty and two hundred eighty-a of the real
property law or 24 CFR 3500.2, servicing includes making payments to the
borrower.
2. Necessity for license. (a) No individual, person, partnership,
association, corporation or other entity shall engage in the business of
making mortgage loans without first obtaining a license from the
superintendent in accordance with the licensing procedure provided in
this article and such regulations as may be promulgated by the
superintendent. The licensing provisions of this subdivision shall not
apply to: (i) any exempt organization; (ii) any entity or entities which
shall be exempted in accordance with regulations promulgated by the
superintendent hereunder; or (iii) any individual, person, partnership,
association, corporation or other entity which makes not more than three
such loans in a calendar year, nor more than five in a two year period,
provided that no such mortgage loans have been made which were
solicited, processed, placed or negotiated by a mortgage broker,
mortgage banker or exempt organization.
(b) No person, partnership, association, corporation or other entity
shall engage in the business of soliciting, processing, placing or
negotiating a mortgage loan or offering to solicit, process, place or
negotiate a mortgage loan in this state without first being registered
with the superintendent as a mortgage broker in accordance with the
registration procedure provided in this article and by such regulations
as may be promulgated by the superintendent. The registration provisions
of this subdivision shall not apply to any exempt organization, mortgage
banker or mortgage loan servicer. No real estate broker or salesman, as
defined in section four hundred forty of the real property law, shall be
deemed to be engaged in the business of a mortgage broker if he does not
accept a fee, directly or indirectly, for services rendered in
connection with the solicitation, processing, placement or negotiation
of a mortgage loan. No attorney-at-law who solicits, processes, places
or negotiates a mortgage loan incidental to his legal practice shall be
deemed to be engaged in the business of a mortgage broker. The
registration provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to any
person or entity which shall be exempted in accordance with regulations
promulgated by the superintendent hereunder.
(b-1) No person, partnership, association, corporation or other entity
shall engage in the business of servicing mortgage loans with respect to
any property located in this state without first being registered with
the superintendent as a mortgage loan servicer in accordance with the
registration procedure provided by such regulations as may be prescribed
by the superintendent. The superintendent may refuse to register a
mortgage loan servicer on the same grounds that the superintendent may
refuse to issue a registration certificate to a mortgage broker pursuant
to subdivision two of section five hundred ninety-two-a of this article.
The registration provisions of this subdivision shall not apply to any
exempt organization, mortgage banker, or mortgage broker or any person
or entity which shall be exempted in accordance with regulations
prescribed by the superintendent hereunder; provided that such exempt
organization, mortgage banker, mortgage broker, or exempted person
notifies the superintendent that it is acting as a mortgage loan
servicer in this state and complies with any regulation applicable to
mortgage loan servicers, promulgated by the superintendent. The
superintendent may require all registrations and notifications to be
made through the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry. An
application to become a registered mortgage loan servicer or any
application with respect to a mortgage loan servicer shall be
accompanied by a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter. Any fee established pursuant to this subdivision may be
collected by and include a processing fee charged by the Nationwide
Mortgage Licensing System and Registry. Any such processing fees shall
not be remitted to the superintendent and shall not be deemed revenue
pursuant to this chapter or the state finance law.
(c) A licensee registrant or mortgage loan servicer may apply for
authority to open and maintain one or more branch offices.
(d) No person or entity engaged in the building and sale of
residential real property, or a financing subsidiary thereof, shall be
deemed to be making a mortgage loan, as defined in paragraph (c) of
subdivision one of this section, or soliciting, processing, placing or
negotiating a mortgage loan, as defined in paragraph (d) of subdivision
one of this section, if and only if such person, entity or financing
subsidiary shall make, solicit, process, place or negotiate a mortgage
loan with respect to residential real property it has built through a
licensee or exempt organization which is acting as its agent in
compliance with this article and regulations promulgated hereunder.
3. Rules and regulations. In addition to such powers as may otherwise
be prescribed by this chapter, the superintendent is hereby authorized
and empowered to promulgate such rules and regulations as may in the
judgement of the superintendent be consistent with the purposes of this
article, or appropriate for the effective administration of this
article, including, but not limited to:
(a) Such rules and regulations in connection with the activities of
mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers, mortgage loan servicers and exempt
organizations as may be necessary and appropriate for the protection of
consumers in this state;
(b) Such rules and regulations as may be necessary and appropriate to
define improper or fraudulent business practices in connection with the
activities of mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers, mortgage loan
servicers and exempt organizations in making mortgage loans;
(c) Such rules and regulations under this article regarding the
origination, sale or servicing of manufactured home loans as may be
necessary and appropriate for the protection of consumers;
(d) Such rules and regulations as may define the terms used in this
article and as may be necessary and appropriate to interpret and
implement the provisions of this article; and
(e) Such rules and regulations as may be necessary for the enforcement
of this article.
The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to make such
specific rulings, demands and findings as the superintendent may deem
necessary for the proper conduct of the mortgage lending industry.
4. Exemptions from provisions of article. No person shall be subject
to the licensure or registration provisions of this article if he or she
is employed by an exempt organization, a licensee or registrant, or a
mortgage loan servicer to assist in the performance of the business
activities described in this article for the exempt organization,
licensee or registrant, or a mortgage loan servicer or is engaged in
regulated activities as an associate or affiliate of a registrant, a
licensee, a mortgage loan servicer or exempt organization which has
filed an undertaking of accountability with the superintendent.
No employee of an exempt organization shall be subject to the
licensure or registration provisions of this article due to such
employee's assisting in the performance of the business activities of a
mortgage banker that is controlled by the exempt organization or
affiliated with the exempt organization through common ownership or
control.
5. Activities of mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers, mortgage loan
servicers and exempt organizations. (a) Mortgage brokers may not make
mortgage loans in this state;
(b) Mortgage brokers shall solicit, process, place and negotiate
mortgage loans with a mortgage banker licensed pursuant to the
provisions of this article or exempt organization as defined herein or
pursuant to regulations as promulgated by the banking board or
prescribed by the superintendent and in conformity with the provisions
of this chapter, such rules and regulations as may be promulgated by the
superintendent thereunder and all applicable federal laws and the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder;
(c) Mortgage bankers and exempt organizations shall make mortgage
loans in conformity with the provisions of this chapter, such rules and
regulations as may be promulgated by the superintendent thereunder and
all applicable federal laws and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder;
(d) Mortgage loan servicers shall engage in the business of servicing
mortgage loans in conformity with the provisions of this chapter, such
rules and regulations as may be promulgated by the superintendent
thereunder and all applicable federal laws and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
(e) No mortgage banker, mortgage broker or exempt organization shall
conduct business with any person, partnership, association, corporation
or other entity which it knows or should have known is acting as a
mortgage banker or a mortgage broker without being licensed or
registered as required by this article. A person, partnership,
association, corporation or other entity who provides non-residential
subordinate loans shall be exempt from this paragraph. A mortgage
banker, mortgage broker or exempt organization shall promptly notify the
department of any such unlicensed or unregistered operations.
(f) Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit any otherwise
applicable state or federal law or regulations.
5-a. Mortgage brokers and federal housing administration-insured
mortgage loans. (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, a
mortgage broker may enter into agreements with federally-approved
sponsors and make mortgage loans, which are insured by the federal
housing administration, for sale or transfer to such sponsors, provided
that such mortgage broker:
(i) meets all federal requirements as a loan correspondent and
receives and maintains federal approval;
(ii) prior to making any such federal housing administration-insured
mortgage loans, receives the superintendent's approval;
(iii) maintains the superintendent's approval;
(iv) enters into agreements only with federally-approved sponsors who
are licensed mortgage bankers or exempt organizations;
(v) promptly notifies the superintendent when it enters into an
agreement with a federally-approved sponsor and when any such agreement
terminates. The federally-approved sponsor shall also promptly notify
the superintendent when any such agreement with a mortgage broker
terminates;
(vi) maintains a written agreement with its federally-approved
sponsors to fund all federal housing administration-insured mortgage
loans that the mortgage broker makes;
(vii) issues a lock-in agreement or commitment only after receiving
approval for such agreement or commitment from its federally-approved
sponsors; and
(viii) maintains at all times the federal net worth requirement.
(b) A federally-approved sponsor is responsible to the superintendent
for the actions of any mortgage broker which is its loan correspondent
in regard to the making of a mortgage loan insured by the federal
housing administration.
(c) If a mortgage broker's federal approval is surrendered, suspended
or revoked, the authorization granted pursuant to this subdivision shall
immediately cease and the mortgage broker shall immediately notify the
superintendent of the surrender, suspension or revocation.
(d) The approval of the superintendent pursuant to paragraph (a) of
this subdivision may be immediately suspended or revoked in the sole
discretion of the superintendent if it is found that the making of
federal housing administration-insured mortgage loans under this section
by a mortgage broker is inconsistent with the provisions of section five
hundred eighty-nine of this chapter.
(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of this section and sections five
hundred ninety-three-a and five hundred ninety-five-a of this chapter,
the superintendent may establish regulations to implement this
subdivision, and may impose requirements and conditions on mortgage
brokers which supplement or exceed federal requirements.
6. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered, consistent
with the declaration of policy set forth in this article, to exempt by
rule or regulation from any or all of the provisions of this article any
or all licensees or exempt organizations as defined in paragraph (e) of
subdivision one of this section with respect to credit line mortgages,
installment loans and home improvement loans.
Junior mortgage loans. 1. A licensee may make a loan to a
natural person upon the security of a mortgage on residential real
property which is not a first lien at the rate or rates agreed to by the
licensee and the borrower, subject to such regulations as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe. Such regulations by
the superintendent of financial services may include such restrictions
as the superintendent of financial services finds necessary or proper.
For purposes of this section, the term mortgage shall include a lien on
an existing ownership interest in certificates of stock or other
evidence of an ownership interest in, and a proprietary lease from, a
corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of the cooperative
ownership of residential real estate.
2. A contract, note or instrument evidencing or securing a junior
mortgage loan shall not contain any acceleration clause which would
provide that the junior mortgage loan may be declared due and payable
upon the condition that the licensee deems itself insecure with respect
to the unpaid balance of such junior mortgage loan; shall not contain
clauses which authorize confession of judgment; shall allow the borrower
to prepay the loan in whole or in part without penalty, and shall
contain the following notice in bold face type, at least ten point size:
"DEFAULT IN THE PAYMENT OF THIS LOAN AGREEMENT MAY RESULT IN THE
LOSS OF THE PROPERTY SECURING THE LOAN. UNDER FEDERAL LAW, YOU MAY HAVE
THE RIGHT TO CANCEL THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU HAVE THIS RIGHT, THE CREDITOR
IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH A SEPARATE WRITTEN NOTICE SPECIFYING THE
CIRCUMSTANCES AND TIMES UNDER WHICH YOU CAN EXERCISE THIS RIGHT."
3. Where the contract, note or instrument evidencing or securing a
junior mortgage loan provides for a variable rate of interest, said rate
shall be based on a published index that is (a) readily available, (b)
independently verifiable, (c) beyond the control of the licensee, and
(d) approved by the superintendent. The interest rate of the junior
mortgage loan shall be reduced in proportion to any decrease in the
index rate. Increases in the interest rate may be made at the option of
the licensee.
4. The superintendent of financial services shall adopt regulations,
including but not limited to: (a) providing for disclosure to the
borrower by the licensee of the circumstances under which the rate may
increase, any limitations on the increase, the effect of an increase and
an example of the payment terms that would result from an increase, (b)
providing for disclosure to the borrower by the licensee of a history of
the fluctuations of the index over a reasonable period of time, and (c)
providing for notice to the borrower from the licensee of any rate
increase or change in the terms of payment.
5. A line of credit secured by a junior mortgage shall be established
in an amount of no less than twenty-five hundred dollars; and shall be
repayable in monthly installments.
Responsibilities. 1. Each mortgage broker shall, in addition
to the duties imposed by otherwise applicable provisions of state and
federal law, with respect to any transaction, including any practice, or
course of business in connection with the transaction, in which the
mortgage broker solicits, processes, places or negotiates a home loan:
(a) act in the borrower's interest;
(b) act with reasonable skill, care and diligence;
(c) act in good faith and with fair dealing;
(d) not accept, give, or charge any undisclosed compensation, directly
or indirectly, that inures to the benefit of the mortgage broker,
whether or not characterized as an expenditure made for the borrower;
(e) clearly disclose to the borrower, not later than three days after
receipt of the loan application, all material information as specified
by the superintendent that might reasonably affect the rights,
interests, or ability of the borrower to receive the borrower's intended
benefit from the home loan, including total compensation that the broker
would receive from any of the loan options that the lender or mortgage
broker presents to the borrower; and
(f) diligently work to present the borrower with a range of loan
products for which the borrower likely qualifies and which are
appropriate to the borrower's existing circumstances, based on
information known by, or obtained in good faith by, the broker.
2. No lender or mortgage broker shall improperly influence or attempt
to improperly influence the development, reporting, result or review of
a real estate appraisal relating to real property securing a home loan,
provided that it shall not be a violation of this prohibition to:
(a) ask an appraiser to consider additional information about a
borrower's principal dwelling or about comparable properties;
(b) request that an appraiser provide additional information about the
basis for a valuation;
(c) request that an appraiser correct factual errors in a valuation;
(d) obtain multiple appraisals of a borrower's principal dwelling, so
long as the lender or mortgage broker adheres to a policy of selecting
the most reliable appraisal, rather than the appraisal that states the
highest value;
(e) withhold compensation from an appraiser for breach of contract or
substandard performance of services;
(f) terminate a relationship with an appraiser for violations of
applicable state or federal law or breaches of ethical or professional
standards; and
(g) take action permitted or required by applicable state or federal
statute, regulation, or agency guidance.
3. Any mortgage broker found by a preponderance of evidence to have
violated subdivision one of this section, shall be liable to the
borrower for actual damages.
3-a. In connection with the making or brokering of a home loan, no
person may provide, and no mortgage broker or mortgage lender may
receive, directly or indirectly, any compensation that is based on, or
varies with, the terms of any home loan. This subdivision shall not
prohibit compensation based on the principal balance of the loan.
4. Any lender or mortgage broker found by a preponderance of evidence
to have violated subdivision two of this section, shall be liable to the
borrower for actual damages.
5. A borrower may be granted injunctive, declaratory, and such other
equitable relief as the court deems appropriate in an action to enforce
compliance with this section.
6. A court may also award reasonable attorneys' fees to a prevailing
borrower in a foreclosure action.
7. The attorney general or the superintendent may enforce the
provisions of this section.
8. The remedies provided in this section are not intended to be the
exclusive remedies available to a borrower.
Application for a mortgage banker's license; fees. 1. The
application for a license to be a mortgage banker shall be in writing,
under oath, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent.
Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law or any other
law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that an application
for, or renewal of, a license or any other submission or application for
approval as may be required by this article, be made or executed by
electronic means, including through the National Mortgage Licensing
System and Registry or other entities designated by the National
Mortgage Licensing System and Registry if he or she deems it necessary
to ensure the efficient and effective administration of this article.
The application shall contain the name and complete business and
residential address or addresses of the applicant. If the applicant is a
partnership, association, corporation or other form of business
organization, the application shall contain the names and complete
business and residential addresses of each member, director and
principal officer thereof. Such application shall also include a
description of the activities of the applicant, in such detail and for
such periods, as the superintendent may require; including:
(a) An affirmation of financial solvency noting such capitalization
requirements as may be required by the superintendent, and access to
such credit as may be required by the superintendent;
(b) The fingerprints of the applicant, which may be submitted to the
division of criminal justice services and the federal bureau of
investigation for state and national criminal history record checks;
(c) An affirmation that the applicant, or its members, directors or
principals as may be appropriate, are at least twenty-one years of age;
(d) Information as to the character, fitness, financial and business
responsibility, background and experiences of the applicant.
2. An application shall be accompanied by an investigation fee as
prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter payable to the
superintendent.
3. A licensee may apply for authority to open and maintain a branch
office by giving the superintendent prior notice of its intention in
such form as shall be prescribed by the superintendent. Unless the
superintendent denies the application within thirty days of publication
of notice of receipt of a completed application, the licensee shall be
permitted to open and maintain such branch office. An application to
open and maintain a branch office shall be accompanied by an
investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter.
4. As a condition for the issuance and retention of a mortgage
banker's license, and subject to such regulations as the superintendent
shall prescribe, applicants for a license shall file with the
superintendent a surety bond in form satisfactory to him or her issued
by a bonding company or insurance company authorized to do business in
this state. The principal amount of such bond shall be in an amount and
form prescribed by regulations of the superintendent. Such regulations
shall provide for a varying bond amount based upon a licensee's volume
of business and any other relevant factors as determined by the
superintendent, but in no case shall such bond be less than fifty
thousand dollars nor more than five hundred thousand dollars; provided,
however, that if the superintendent determines, in his or her sole
discretion, that a licensee has engaged in a pattern of conduct
resulting in bona fide consumer complaints of misconduct, the
superintendent may require such licensee to post a surety bond, or keep
on deposit as provided in this subdivision, twice the amount of such
bond or deposit as is required consistent with such regulations. In lieu
of such bond, an applicant may keep on deposit with such banks, savings
banks, savings and loan associations, or trust companies or private
bankers or national banks or federal savings banks or federal savings
and loan associations in the state of New York as such applicant may
designate and the superintendent may approve, interest-bearing stocks
and bonds, notes, debentures, or other obligations of the United States
or any agency or instrumentality thereof, or guaranteed by the United
States, or of this state, or of a city, county, town, village, school
district, or instrumentality of this state or guaranteed by this state,
or dollar deposits, or such other assets or letters of credit as the
superintendent shall by rule or regulation permit. In the event of the
insolvency, liquidation or bankruptcy of such licensee, or the surrender
or revocation of such mortgage banker's license, or where the
superintendent takes possession of such licensee, the proceeds of each
bond or deposit shall constitute a trust fund to be used exclusively to
reimburse consumer fees or other charges determined by the
superintendent to be improperly charged or collected and to pay past due
department of financial services examination costs and assessments
charged to the licensee, unpaid penalties, or other obligations of the
licensee. The superintendent is authorized to promulgate such
regulations as are necessary and desirable to define and implement the
provisions of this subdivision. Persons and entities licensed prior to
the effective date of any regulations of the superintendent prescribing
the bonding requirement authorized by this subdivision shall file such
bond or establish such deposit within six months of the effective date
of such regulations.
Application to register as a mortgage broker; fees. 1. An
application to become registered as a mortgage broker shall be in
writing, under oath, in such form as shall be prescribed by the
superintendent, and shall be accompanied by the fingerprints of the
applicant. Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law or
any other law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that an
application for, or renewal of, a license or any other submission or
application for approval as may be required by this article, be made or
executed by electronic means, including through the National Mortgage
Licensing System and Registry or other entities designated by the
National Mortgage Licensing System and Registry if he or she deems it
necessary to ensure the efficient and effective administration of this
article. Such fingerprints shall be submitted to the division of
criminal justice services for a state criminal history record check, as
defined in subdivision one of section three thousand thirty-five of the
education law, and may be submitted to the federal bureau of
investigation for a national criminal history record check. Such
application shall contain the name and complete business and residential
address or addresses of the applicant, or if the applicant is a
partnership, association, corporation or other form of business
organization, the names and complete business and residential addresses
of each member, director and principal officer thereof. Such application
shall also include an affirmation of financial solvency noting such
capitalization requirements as may be required by the superintendent,
and such descriptions of the business activities, financial
responsibility, educational background and general character and fitness
of the applicant as may be required by the superintendent. Such
application shall be accompanied by an investigation fee payable to the
superintendent as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter.
2. A registrant may apply for authority to open and maintain a branch
office by giving the superintendent prior notice of its intention in
such form as shall be prescribed by the superintendent. Unless the
superintendent denies the application within thirty days of publication
of notice of receipt of a completed application, the registrant shall be
permitted to open and maintain such branch office. An application to
open and maintain a branch office shall be accompanied by an
investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this
chapter.
3. As a condition for the issuance and retention of a mortgage
broker's registration, and subject to such regulations as the
superintendent shall prescribe, applicants for a registration shall file
with the superintendent a surety bond or make a deposit, as described in
subdivision four of section five hundred ninety-one of this article, in
an amount and form prescribed by regulations of the superintendent. Such
regulations shall provide for a varying bond amount based upon a
registrant's volume of business and any other relevant factors as
determined by the superintendent, but in no case shall such bond be less
than ten thousand dollars nor more than one hundred thousand dollars;
provided however that if the superintendent determines, in his or her
sole discretion, that a registrant has engaged in a pattern of conduct
resulting in bona fide consumer complaints of misconduct, the
superintendent may require such registrant to post a surety bond, or
keep on deposit as provided in this subdivision, twice the amount of
such bond or deposit as is required consistent with such regulations. In
the event of the insolvency, liquidation or bankruptcy of such
registrant, or the surrender or revocation of such mortgage broker's
registration, or where the superintendent takes possession of such
registrant, the proceeds of each bond or deposit shall constitute a
trust fund to be used exclusively to reimburse consumer fees or other
charges determined by the superintendent to be improperly charged or
collected and to pay past due department of financial services
examination costs and assessments charged to the registrant, unpaid
penalties, or other obligations of the registrant. The superintendent is
authorized to promulgate such regulations as are necessary and desirable
to define and implement the provisions of this subdivision. Persons and
entities registered prior to the effective date of any regulations of
the superintendent implementing or modifying the bonding requirement
authorized by this subdivision shall file such bond or establish such
deposit within six months of the effective date of such regulations.
Application process to receive license to engage in the
business of mortgage banking. 1. Upon the filing of an application for a
license, if the superintendent shall find that the financial
responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of the
applicant and of the members thereof if the applicant is a
co-partnership or association, and of the officers and directors thereof
if the applicant is a corporation are such as to command the confidence
of the community and to warrant belief that the business will be
operated honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purpose of this
article, the superintendent shall thereupon issue a license in duplicate
to engage in the business of making mortgage loans described in section
five hundred ninety of this article in accordance with provisions of
this article. If the superintendent shall not so find, the
superintendent shall not issue such license, and the superintendent
shall notify the applicant of the denial. The superintendent shall
transmit one copy of such license to the applicant and file another in
the office of the department of financial services. Upon receipt of such
license, a mortgage banker shall be authorized to engage in the business
of making mortgage loans in accordance with the provisions of this
article. Such license shall remain in full force and effect until it is
surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as hereinafter
provided. The superintendent shall approve or deny every application for
license hereunder within ninety days from the filing of a completed
application provided, however, that failure to act within the prescribed
period shall not be deemed approval of any such application.
2. The superintendent may refuse to issue a license pursuant to this
article if he or she shall find that the applicant, or any person who is
a director, officer, partner, agent, employee, substantial stockholder
of the applicant, consultant or person having a relationship with the
applicant similar to a consultant, (a) has been convicted of a crime
involving an activity which is a felony under this chapter or under
article one hundred fifty-five, one hundred seventy, one hundred
seventy-five, one hundred seventy-six, one hundred eighty, one hundred
eighty-five, one hundred eighty-seven, one hundred ninety, two hundred,
two hundred ten or four hundred seventy of the penal law or any
comparable felony under the laws of any other state or the United
States, provided that such crime would be a felony if committed and
prosecuted under the laws of this state or (b) has had a license or
registration revoked by the superintendent or (c) has been a director,
partner, or substantial stockholder of an entity which has had a license
or registration revoked by the superintendent or (d) has been an agent,
employee or officer of an entity, or a consultant to, or person having
had a similar relationship with, any entity which has had a license or
registration revoked by the superintendent where such person shall have
been found by the superintendent to bear responsibility in connection
with the revocation. The term "substantial stockholder", as used in this
subdivision, shall be deemed to refer to a person owning or controlling
directly or indirectly ten per centum or more of the total outstanding
stock of a corporation.
Application process to register as a mortgage broker. 1. Upon
the filing of an application for registration, if the superintendent
shall find that the financial responsibility, experience, character, and
general fitness of the applicant, and of the members thereof if the
applicant is a co-partnership or association, and of the officers and
directors thereof if the applicant is a corporation, are such as to
command the confidence of the community and to warrant belief that the
business will be operated honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the
purpose of this article, the superintendent shall thereupon register the
applicant as a mortgage broker on a roll maintained for that purpose at
the department of financial services, and issue a certificate attesting
to such registration in duplicate. If the superintendent shall not so
find, the superintendent shall not register such applicant, and shall
notify the applicant of the denial. The superintendent shall transmit
one copy of such certificate to the applicant and file another in the
office of the department of financial services. Upon receipt of such
certificate a mortgage broker shall be authorized to engage in the
business of placing, processing and negotiating mortgage loans. Such
registration shall remain in full force and effect until it is
surrendered by the licensee or revoked or suspended as hereinafter
provided, except that such registration, notwithstanding any provisions
of subdivision five of section seventeen of this chapter to the
contrary, shall expire upon the registrant's failure to pay the required
assessment charged pursuant to such section seventeen thirty days after
the date or dates such payment or payments are due. If the registrant
fails to pay such charged assessment by the date or dates such payment
or payments are due, then the registrant shall be required to pay, in
addition, a late fee in the amount of one hundred dollars. Such
registration shall be reinstated if the registrant pays such assessment
charged and any applicable late fees and/or interest within sixty days
of such expiration. The superintendent shall approve or deny every
application for registration hereunder within ninety days from the
filing of a complete application provided, however, that failure to act
within the prescribed period shall not be deemed approval of any such
application.
2. The superintendent may refuse to issue a certificate pursuant to
this article if he or she shall find that the applicant, or any person
who is a director, officer, partner, agent, employee, substantial
stockholder of the applicant, consultant or person having a relationship
with the applicant similar to a consultant, (a) has been convicted of a
crime involving an activity which is a felony under this chapter or
under article one hundred fifty-five, one hundred seventy, one hundred
seventy-five, one hundred seventy-six, one hundred eighty, one hundred
eighty-five, one hundred eighty-seven, one hundred ninety, two hundred,
two hundred ten or four hundred seventy of the penal law or any
comparable felony under the laws of any other state or the United
States, provided that such crime would be a felony if committed and
prosecuted under the laws of this state or (b) has had a license or
registration revoked by the superintendent or (c) has been a director,
partner, or substantial stockholder of an entity which has had a license
or registration revoked by the superintendent or (d) has been an agent,
employee or officer of an entity, or a consultant to, or person having
had a similar relationship with, any entity which has had a license or
registration revoked by the superintendent where such person shall have
been found by the superintendent to bear responsibility in connection
with the revocation. The term "substantial stockholder", as used in this
subdivision, shall be deemed to refer to a person owning or controlling
directly or indirectly ten per centum or more of the total outstanding
stock of a corporation.
License provisions. Each license issued under this article
shall state the address or addresses at which the business is to be
conducted and shall state fully the name of the licensee, and the date
and place of its incorporation if applicable. A copy of such license
shall be prominently posted in each place of business of the licensee.
Such license shall not be transferable or assignable. In the event the
location at which the business is to be conducted shall be changed, the
licensee shall forthwith notify the superintendent who shall thereupon
without charge attach to the license an amendment certificate setting
forth such changed location.
Registration provisions. 1. Each certificate issued to a
registered mortgage broker under this article shall state the address or
addresses at which the business is to be conducted and shall state fully
the name of the registrant, and the date and place of its incorporation
if applicable. A copy of such certificate shall be prominently posted in
each place of business of the registrant. Such certificate shall not be
transferable or assignable. In the event the location at which the
business is to be conducted shall be changed, the registrant shall
forthwith notify the superintendent who shall thereupon without charge
attach to the certificate an amendment certificate setting forth such
changed location.
2. In addition to the display of such certificate, each registered
mortgage broker shall prominently display a notice printed in the
English language, each letter to be at least two inches in height,
indicating that the mortgage broker is not empowered to make mortgage
loans, and such other notices as required by the superintendent of
financial services.
Changes in officers and directors. Upon any change of any of
the executive officers, partners or directors of any licensee or
registrant, the licensee or registrant shall submit to the
superintendent the name, address, and occupation of each new officer,
partner or director, and provide such other information as the
superintendent may require.
Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the
prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which
results in a change of control of the business of a licensee or
registrant. Prior to any change of control, the person desirous of
acquiring control of the business of a licensee or registrant shall make
written application to the superintendent and pay an investigation fee
as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter to the
superintendent. The application shall contain such information as the
superintendent, by rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or
appropriate for the purpose of making the determination required by
subdivision two of this section. This information shall include but not
be limited to the information and other material required for a licensee
by subdivision one of section five hundred ninety-one of this article or
required for a registrant by subdivision one of section five hundred
ninety-one-a of this article.
2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change
of control of a licensee or registrant in accordance with the provisions
of section five hundred ninety-two of this article relating to licensees
or section five hundred ninety-two-a of this article relating to
registrants. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the
application in writing within ninety days after the date the application
is filed with the superintendent.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has
control of a licensee or registrant. Thereafter, such legal
representative shall comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and
two of this section. The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this
section shall be applicable to an application made under such section by
a legal representative.
The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
4. As used in this section: (a) the term "person" includes an
individual, partnership, corporation, association or any other
organization, and (b) the term "control" means the possession, directly
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of a licensee or registrant, whether through the
ownership of voting stock of such licensee or registrant, the ownership
of voting stock of any person which possesses such power or otherwise.
Control shall be presumed to exist if any person, directly or
indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or
more of the voting stock of any licensee or registrant or of any person
which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more
of the voting stock of any licensee or registrant, but no person shall
be deemed to control a licensee or registrant solely by reason of being
an officer or director of such licensee or registrant or person. The
superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application of a licensee
or registrant or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls
or holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power
to vote any voting stock of such licensee or registrant, determine
whether or not the ownership, control or holding of such voting stock
constitutes or would constitute control of such licensee or registrant
for purposes of this section.
Grounds for suspension or revocation of license, or suspension
or deletion of name from mortgage broker roll. 1. The superintendent may
revoke any license to engage in the business of a mortgage banker issued
pursuant to this article or delete the name of a mortgage broker from
the roll of mortgage brokers registered pursuant to this article if he
shall find that:
(a) Through a course of conduct, the licensee or registrant has
violated any provisions of this article, or any rule or regulation
promulgated by the superintendent of financial services under and within
the authority of this article or of any other law, rule or regulation of
this state or the federal government;
(b) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license or registration, would have
warranted the superintendent in refusing originally to issue such
license;
(c) The commission by a licensee or registrant of a crime against the
laws of this state or any other state or of the United States involving
moral turpitude or fraudulent or dishonest dealing, or the entry of a
final judgment against a licensee or registrant in a civil action upon
grounds of fraud, misrepresentation or deceit;
(d) As a part of such determination regarding suspension or
revocation, the superintendent is authorized to require the
fingerprinting of any licensee or registrant. Such fingerprints shall be
submitted to the division of criminal justice services for a state
criminal history record check, as defined in subdivision one of section
three thousand thirty-five of the education law, and may be submitted to
the federal bureau of investigation for a national criminal history
record check.
2. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a
substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license or delete the name
of any registrant for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending
investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist
only when the licensee or registrant has defaulted or is likely to
default in performing its financial engagements or engages in dishonest
or inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the persons
afforded the protection of this article.
3. Except as provided in subdivision two of this section, no license
or registration shall be revoked or suspended except after notice and a
hearing thereon. Any order of suspension issued after notice and a
hearing may include as a condition of reinstatement that the licensee or
registrant make restitution to consumers of fees or other charges which
have been improperly charged or collected as determined by the
superintendent.
4. Any licensee or registrant may surrender any license or certificate
by delivering to the superintendent written notice that it thereby
surrenders such license or certificate, but such surrender shall not
affect such licensee's or registrant's civil or criminal liability for
acts committed prior to such surrender. If such surrender is made after
the issuance by the superintendent of a statement of charges and notice
of hearing, the superintendent may proceed against the licensee or
registrant as if such surrender had not taken place.
4-a. An expiration of registration in accordance with section five
hundred ninety-two-a of this article shall not affect such registrant's
civil or criminal liability for acts committed prior to such
expirations. If such expiration occurs after the issuance by the
superintendent of a statement of charges and notice of hearing, the
superintendent may proceed against the registrant as if such expiration
had not taken place.
5. No revocation, suspension, surrender or expiration of any license
or certificate shall impair or affect the obligation of any preexisting
lawful contract between the licensee or registrant and any person.
6. Every license or registration issued pursuant to this article shall
remain in force and effect until the same shall have expired in
accordance with section five hundred ninety-two-a of this article or
shall have been surrendered, revoked or suspended in accordance with any
other provisions of this article, but the superintendent shall have
authority to reinstate a suspended license or certificate or to issue a
new license or certificate to a licensee or registrant whose license or
registration shall have been revoked if no fact or condition then exists
which would have warranted the superintendent in refusing originally to
issue such license or registration under this article.
7. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license or
registration issued pursuant to this article, he shall forthwith execute
in duplicate a written order to that effect. The superintendent shall
file one copy of such order in the office of the department of financial
services and shall forthwith serve the other copy upon the licensee or
registrant. Any such order may be reviewed in the manner provided by
article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such
application for review as authorized by this section must be made within
thirty days from the date of such order of suspension or revocation.
7-a. Whenever a registration shall have expired in accordance with
section five hundred ninety-two-a of this article, the superintendent
shall notify the registrant that the registration has expired and that
the registrant may not engage in the business of soliciting, processing,
placing or negotiating a mortgage loan or offering to solicit, process,
place or negotiate a mortgage loan in this state.
8. Any hearing held pursuant to the provisions of this section shall
be noticed, conducted and administered in compliance with the state
administrative procedure act.
Regulation of mortgage brokers, mortgage bankers and exempt
organizations. 1. Establishment of grounds to impose a fine or penalty.
In addition to such other rules, regulations and policies as the
superintendent of financial services may prescribe to effectuate the
purposes of this article, the superintendent of financial services shall
promulgate regulations and policies governing the establishment of
grounds to impose a fine or penalty with respect to the activities of a
mortgage banker, mortgage broker or exempt organization. Such regulation
shall encompass the following:
(a) The misrepresentation of material facts or the making of false
promises likely to influence, persuade, or induce an applicant for a
mortgage loan or mortgagor to take a mortgage loan, or pursuing a course
of misrepresentation or false promises through agents or otherwise;
(b) The misrepresentation, or concealment of any material factors,
terms or conditions of a transaction to which he is a party, including
the receipt of payment from a third party, pertinent to an applicant for
a mortgage loan or a mortgagor;
(c) The failure to disburse funds in accordance with a written
commitment or agreement to make a mortgage loan;
(d) The failure to account for or deliver to any person any personal
property obtained in connection with a mortgage loan such as money,
fund, deposit, check, draft, mortgage, or other document, or thing of
value, which has come into his hands, and which is not his property, or
which he is not in law or equity entitled to retain;
(e) The improper refusal to issue a satisfaction of mortgage;
(f) Engaging in any transaction, practice, or course of business which
operates a fraud upon any person in connection with the purchase or sale
of any mortgage loan;
(g) Violation of section six-j of this chapter; and
(h) Making a mortgage loan, or indirectly or directly providing for
the making of a mortgage loan, to an equity purchaser, as defined in
section two hundred sixty-five-a of the real property law, if the
mortgage banker, mortgage broker or exempt organization had knowledge
that the equity purchaser was not complying with the provisions of
section two hundred sixty-five-a of the real property law with respect
to such transaction.
2. Restrictions on advertising. In addition to such other rules,
regulations and policies as the superintendent of financial services may
promulgate to effectuate the purposes of this article, the
superintendent of financial services shall prescribe regulations
governing the advertising of mortgage loans, including, without
limitation, the following requirements:
(a) All advertisements by a mortgage broker, mortgage banker or exempt
organization shall contain the name and an office address of such
entity, which in the case of licensees and registrants shall conform to
a name and address on record with the department of financial services;
(b) No licensed mortgage broker or mortgage banker shall advertise its
services in any media, whether print or electronic, without the words
"registered mortgage broker" or "licensed mortgage banker" or similar
words therein;
(c) No mortgage broker, mortgage banker or exempt organization shall
advertise information concerning mortgage loans, including rates,
margins, discounts, points, fees, commissions or other material
information, including material limitations on such loans, unless such
entity is able to make such mortgage loans available to a reasonable
number of qualified applicants;
(d) All advertisements by mortgage brokers must include language
indicating that such brokers may not make loans; and
(e) The term "advertisement" shall not include promotional material
containing fifteen words or less which does not contain references to
specific rates, points, discounts, fees, material loan factors, etc.,
such as imprinted pencils, pens or balloons.
3. Required disclosures. In addition to such other rules, regulations
and policies as the superintendent of financial services may promulgate
to effectuate the purposes of this article, the superintendent of
financial services shall promulgate regulations governing the disclosure
required to be made to applicants for a mortgage loan, including,
without limitation, the following requirements:
(a) Each mortgage broker, mortgage banker and exempt organization
shall provide to each applicant for a mortgage loan at or before the
time of application a disclosure of the fees payable at the time of
application and the conditions under which such fees may be refundable,
and such other disclosures as shall be required by the superintendent of
financial services;
(b) Each mortgage banker and exempt organization shall make available
to each applicant for a mortgage loan at or before the time a commitment
to make a mortgage loan is given a written disclosure, the fees to be
paid in connection with the commitment and the loan, or the manner in
which such fees shall be determined and the conditions under which such
fees may be refundable, and such other disclosures as may be required by
the superintendent of financial services; and
(c) In each lock-in agreement it shall issue, every mortgage banker
and exempt organization shall include a list of all documents typically
required to be produced and conditions typically required to be
satisfied for closing of a mortgage loan based on information provided
by the applicant. In each commitment it shall issue, every mortgage
banker and exempt organization shall include a list of all documents
foreseeably required to be produced and conditions foreseeably required
to be satisfied for closing of a mortgage loan based on information
provided by the applicant. In addition, no later than twelve business
days prior to the expiration of any lock-in period or commitment period,
a mortgage banker or exempt organization shall mail to each applicant
for a mortgage loan a notice indicating the date of such expiration
together with a request that the applicant contact the lender
immediately to discuss the conditions precedent to the closing of such
loan; and
(d) Each mortgage broker, mortgage banker and exempt organization
shall provide such other disclosure as the superintendent of financial
services shall determine by regulation are appropriate to carry out the
purposes of this article.
4. Restrictions on tying. (a) No mortgage banker, mortgage broker or
exempt organization shall, as a condition for the approval of a mortgage
loan, require the use of a particular title insurance company, title
insurance agency or title insurance agent or, for any other type of
insurance, require the use of a particular insurer, agent or broker.
(b) A bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan association
or national bank which operates in compliance with the provisions of
paragraph (e) of subdivision seven of section twelve-a of this chapter
and paragraph two of subdivision (a) of section two thousand five
hundred two of the insurance law shall be deemed to be in compliance
with this subdivision.
5. No licensee or registrant engaging in any activities constituting
the business of a distressed property consultant, as described in
section two hundred sixty-five-b of the real property law, shall charge
for or accept payment for real property consulting services as defined
in such section before the full completion of such services.
Regulation of mortgage loan servicers. 1. Establishment of
grounds to impose a fine or penalty. In addition to such other rules,
regulations and policies as the superintendent may promulgate to
effectuate the purposes of this article, the superintendent shall
promulgate regulations and policies governing the establishment of
grounds to impose a fine or penalty with respect to the activities of a
mortgage loan servicer.
2. Servicing practices. In addition to such other rules, regulations
and policies as the superintendent may promulgate to effectuate the
purposes of this article, the superintendent may prescribe regulations
which relate to: (a) providing for disclosures to borrowers of the basis
for any interest rate resets; (b) requirements for the provision of
pay-off statements; and (c) governing the timing of the crediting of
payments made by the borrower.
Regulation of dealings of mortgage brokers and home
improvement contractors. 1. No home improvement contractor nor any
agents or salespersons thereof shall represent, act as an agent for, or
advertise, promote or arrange for the services of a mortgage broker or
its affiliate while soliciting home improvement contracts nor receive
anything of value from a mortgage broker or its affiliate for the
referral of a borrower to a mortgage broker. The staff of a home
improvement contractor shall not act on behalf of a mortgage broker in
any transaction.
2. Where a mortgage broker has solicited, processed, placed or
negotiated a mortgage loan, a home improvement contractor shall not be
paid directly but instead may receive payment from the proceeds of a
home improvement loan payable solely to the borrower or, at the election
of the borrower, through an independent third party escrow agent in
accordance with the terms established in a written agreement signed by
the borrower, the lender and the contractor prior to disbursement. A
mortgage broker shall not offer a homeowner different loan terms
contingent on the homeowner executing an agreement for payment through
an independent third party as described in the preceding sentence. Any
such agreement shall contain a clear and conspicuous disclosure: YOU ARE
NOT REQUIRED TO EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT. YOU MAY INSTEAD RECEIVE PAYMENT
DIRECTLY. (NAME OF MORTGAGE BROKER) MAY NOT OFFER YOU DIFFERENT TERMS ON
YOUR LOAN TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT. The provisions of this subdivision
shall not apply to a home improvement loan insured by the federal
housing administration under section 203(k) of the National Housing Act,
12 U.S.C. 1709(k), or to amounts added to a federal housing
administration insured mortgage under the energy efficiency mortgage
program originally established under section 106 of the Energy Policy
Act of 1992, as from time to time amended.
3. A mortgage broker shall not permit a home improvement contractor to
be a cosigner or to act as a guarantor for a mortgage loan for home
improvement.
4. For the purpose of this section, "home improvement contractor",
means, with respect to any home improvement, a person, firm or
corporation which owns or operates a home improvement business or who
undertakes, offers to undertake or agrees to perform any home
improvement for a fee and for whom the total price for all labor,
materials and other items is equal to or greater than two hundred
dollars. Home improvement contractor does not include a person, firm,
corporation, landlord, cooperative corporation, condominium board of
managers, joint tenant or co-tenant that owns, in whole or in part, the
property to be improved.
5. This section shall not annul, alter, affect or exempt any person
subject to the provisions of this section from complying with the laws,
ordinances, rules or regulations of any locality or other governmental
body, relating to home improvement contracts, except to the extent that
such laws, ordinances, rules or regulations are inconsistent with any
provision of this section, but no such law, ordinance, rule or
regulation shall be considered inconsistent, if it affords greater
protection to the homeowner from persons subject to this section.
Superintendent authorized to examine; expenses. For the purpose
of discovering violations of this article or securing information
lawfully required by him hereunder, the superintendent may at any time,
and as often as he or she may determine, either personally or by a
person duly designated by him, investigate the business and examine the
books, accounts, records, and files used therein of every licensee,
servicer and registrant. For that purpose the superintendent and his or
her duly designated representative shall have free access to the offices
and places of business, books, accounts, papers, records, files, safes
and vaults of all such licensees, servicers and registrants. The
superintendent and any person duly designated by him or her shall have
authority to require the attendance of and to examine under oath all
persons whose testimony he or she may require relative to such business.
The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant to this section
shall be assessed against and paid by the licensee, servicer or
registrant so examined, except that traveling and subsistence expenses
so incurred shall be charged against and paid by licensees, servicers or
registrants in such proportions as the superintendent shall deem just
and reasonable, and such proportionate charges shall be added to the
assessment of the other expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon
written notice by the superintendent of the total amount of such
assessment, the licensee, servicer or registrant shall become liable for
and shall pay such assessment to the superintendent.
In any hearing in which the bank examiner acting under authority of
this chapter is available for cross-examination, any official written
report, worksheet, other related papers, or duly certified copy thereof,
compiled, prepared, drafted, or otherwise made by said bank examiner,
after being duly authenticated by said examiner, may be admitted as
competent evidence upon the oath of said examiner that said worksheet,
investigative report, or other related documents were prepared as a
result of an examination of the books and records of a licensee,
servicer or registrant or other person, conducted pursuant to the
authority of this chapter.
Books and records; reports and electronic filing. Each
licensee, servicer, registrant and exempt organization shall keep and
use in its business such books, accounts and records as will enable the
superintendent to determine whether such licensee, servicer, registrant
or exempt organization is complying with the provisions of this article
and with the rules and regulations lawfully made by the superintendent
and the superintendent of financial services. Every licensee, servicer,
registrant and exempt organization shall preserve such books, accounts,
and records, for at least three years; provided, however, that
preservation by photographic reproduction thereof or records in
photographic form, including an optical disk storage system and the use
of electronic data processing equipment that provides comparable records
to those otherwise required and which are available for examination upon
request shall constitute compliance with the requirements of this
section.
Each licensee and registrant shall annually, on or before a date to be
determined by the superintendent, file a report with the superintendent
giving such information as the superintendent may require concerning the
business and operations during the preceding calendar year of such
licensee or registrant under authority of this article. Such report
shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by the licensee or registrant
under the penalties of perjury and shall be in the form prescribed by
the superintendent. In addition to annual reports, the superintendent
may require such additional regular or special reports as he or she may
deem necessary to the proper supervision of licensees and registrants
under this article. Such additional reports shall be in the form
prescribed by the superintendent and shall be subscribed and affirmed as
true under the penalties of perjury.
Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law or any other
law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that any application
for, or renewal of, any license or registration or any other submission
or approval as may be required by the superintendent be made or executed
by electronic means if he or she deems it necessary to ensure the
efficient administration of this article.
The superintendent may require servicers to file annual reports or
other regular or special reports, including reports with respect to
mortgage delinquencies and foreclosures. Such reports shall be in the
form prescribed by the superintendent and shall be subscribed and
affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.
Additional penalties for violation of this article; civil,
criminal; liquidated damages. 1. In addition to such penalties as may
otherwise be applicable by law, the superintendent may, after notice and
hearing as provided elsewhere in this article, require any entity,
licensee, servicer, registrant or exempt organization found violating
the provisions of this article or the rules or regulations promulgated
hereunder to pay to the people of this state an additional penalty for
each violation of the article or any regulation or policy promulgated
hereunder a sum not to exceed an amount as determined pursuant to
section forty-four of this chapter for each such violation.
2. Whoever violates any provision of the licensing requirements of
subparagraphs (a) and (b) of subdivision two of section five hundred
ninety of this article by making a mortgage loan without being licensed
or specifically exempted from licensing, or soliciting, processing,
placing or negotiating a mortgage loan without being registered or
specifically exempted from registration, shall be guilty of a class A
misdemeanor, punishable as provided in articles seventy and eighty of
the penal law.
3. Liquidated damages. In addition to any other remedy which an
applicant for a mortgage loan or mortgagor may have against a licensee,
registrant or exempt organization for breach of contract or agreement to
make a mortgage loan, the court after considering the circumstances may
award the plaintiff, upon granting a judgment in his favor in an
individual action on such claim, liquidated damages an amount equal to
twice the amount of any fees or other charges paid by the applicant or
mortgagor in connection with such contract or agreement exclusive of any
amounts paid or payable after the mortgage or other security instrument
is executed.
4. Statutory or common-law remedies. Nothing in this article shall
limit any statutory or common-law right of any person to bring any
action in any court for any act, or the right of the state to punish any
person for any violation of any law.
5. Civil penalties assessable against unlicensed or unregistered
persons or entities. If any non-exempt unlicensed or unregistered person
or entity engages in activities encompassed by this article, he shall be
liable to any person or entity affected by such activities for a sum of
money of not less than the amount of money paid to an affected person or
entity in connection with such activities, nor more than four times such
sum; provided however that where a non-exempt unlicensed or unregistered
person has continued to engage in such unauthorized activities after
receiving a cease and desist notice from the superintendent, the maximum
amount of liability shall be up to the amount of actual damages. Such
sum may be sued for and recovered by any person or entity for his use
and benefit in any court of competent jurisdiction.
Separability of provisions. If any provision of this article,
or the application of such provision to any person, co-partnership,
association, corporation or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the
remainder of the article, and the application of such provision to
persons, co-partnerships, associations, corporations or circumstances
other than those as to which it is held invalid, shall not be affected
thereby.
ARTICLE 12-E Licensed Mortgage Loan Originators
Legislative purpose. The legislature deems it necessary, in
order to enhance consumer protection, reduce fraud and ensure the public
welfare, that mortgage loan originators who originate mortgage loans on
residential real property be subject to regulation by the superintendent
and that such regulation be consistent with Title V of The Housing and
Economic Recovery Act of 2008, also known as the S.A.F.E. Mortgage
Licensing Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and regulations
thereunder or interpretations thereof, that may be adopted from time to
time by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development.
Definitions. As used in this article:
1. "Annual expiration date" means December thirty-first of each year.
2. "Depository institution" has the same meaning as in section three
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and includes any credit union.
3. "Federal banking agencies" means the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency, the Director of
the Office of Thrift Supervision, the National Credit Union
Administration, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
4. "Immediate family member" means a spouse, child, sibling, parent,
grandparent, or grandchild. This includes stepparents, stepchildren,
stepsiblings and adoptive relationships.
5. "Individual" means a natural person.
6. Loan processor or underwriter-
(a) "Loan processor or underwriter" means an individual who performs
clerical or support duties as an employee at the direction of and
subject to the supervision and instruction of a person licensed, or
exempt from licensing, under this article, provided that such individual
does not represent to the public, through advertising or other means of
communicating or providing information, including the use of business
cards, stationery, brochures, signs, rate lists, or other promotional
items, that such individual can or will perform any of the activities of
a mortgage loan originator.
(b) For purposes of this subdivision, "clerical or support duties" may
include, subsequent to the receipt of an application:
(i) the receipt, collection, distribution, and analysis of information
common for the processing or underwriting of a residential mortgage
loan; and
(ii) communicating with a consumer to obtain the information necessary
for the processing or underwriting of a loan, to the extent that such
communication does not include offering or negotiating loan rates or
terms, or counseling consumers about residential mortgage loan rates or
terms.
7. Mortgage loan originator (MLO) --
(a) "Mortgage Loan Originator" means an individual who for
compensation or gain or in the expectation of compensation or gain:
(i) takes a residential mortgage loan application; or
(ii) offers or negotiates terms of a residential mortgage loan.
(b) Does not include:
(i) any individual engaged solely as a loan processor or underwriter
except as otherwise provided in subdivision four of section five hundred
ninety-nine-c of this article;
(ii) an individual who performs only real estate brokerage activities
and is licensed or registered in accordance with applicable New York
law, unless the individual is compensated by a lender, a mortgage
broker, or other mortgage loan originator or by any agent of such
lender, mortgage broker, or other mortgage loan originator; and
(iii) an individual solely involved in extensions of credit relating
to timeshare plans, as that term is defined in section 101(53D) of title
11, United States Code.
(c) For purposes of this article, "real estate brokerage activity"
means any activity that involves offering or providing real estate
brokerage services to the public, including:
(i) acting as a real estate agent or real estate broker for a buyer,
seller, lessor, or lessee of real property;
(ii) bringing together parties interested in the sale, purchase,
lease, rental, or exchange of real property;
(iii) negotiating, on behalf of any party, any portion of a contract
relating to the sale, purchase, lease, rental, or exchange of real
property (other than in connection with providing financing with respect
to any such transaction);
(iv) engaging in any activity for which a person engaged in the
activity is required to be registered or licensed as a real estate agent
or real estate broker under any applicable law; and
(v) offering to engage in any activity, or act in any capacity,
described in subparagraphs (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of this paragraph.
8. "Residential mortgage loan" shall mean a loan to a natural person
made primarily for personal, family or household use, secured by either
a mortgage, deed of trust or other equivalent consensual security
interest on a dwelling (as defined in section 1203(v) of the Truth in
Lending Act) or residential real property or any certificate of stock or
other evidence of ownership in, and proprietary lease from, a
corporation or partnership formed for the purpose of cooperative
ownership of residential real property and shall include any refinance
or modification of any such existing loan.
9. "Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry" (NMLSR) means a
mortgage licensing system developed and maintained by the Conference of
State Bank Supervisors and the American Association of Residential
Mortgage Regulators for the licensing and registration of licensed
mortgage loan originators.
10. "Nontraditional mortgage product" means, for purposes of this
article, any mortgage product other than a thirty-year fixed rate
mortgage.
11. "Originating entity" means a person or entity licensed or
registered pursuant to article twelve-D of this chapter or such other
employer of mortgage loan originators as the superintendent may approve.
12. "Person" means an individual or any corporation, company, limited
liability company, partnership, association or other entity.
13. "Registered mortgage loan originator" means any individual who:
(a) Meets the definition of mortgage loan originator and is an
employee of:
(i) a depository institution;
(ii) a subsidiary that is owned and controlled by a depository
institution and regulated by a federal banking agency; or
(iii) an institution regulated by the Farm Credit Administration; and
(b) Is registered with, and maintains a unique identifier through, the
NMLSR.
14. "Residential real property" shall mean real property located in
this state improved by a one-to-four family residence or residential
unit in a building used or occupied, or intended to be used or occupied,
wholly or partly, as the home or residence of one or more persons, but
shall not refer to unimproved real property upon which such residence is
to be constructed.
15. "Unique identifier" means a number or other identifier assigned by
protocols established by the NMLSR.
License required. 1. License required. No individual, unless
specifically exempt pursuant to subdivision three of this section shall
engage in the business of a mortgage loan originator with respect to any
dwelling or residential real property in this state without first
obtaining and maintaining annually a license under this article. Each
licensed mortgage loan originator must register with and maintain a
valid unique identifier issued by the NMLSR.
2. Effective date. In order to facilitate an orderly transition to
licensing and minimize disruption in the mortgage marketplace:
(a) Each individual, other than an individual described in paragraph
(b) of this subdivision, shall be licensed pursuant to subdivision one
of this section not later than July thirty-first, two thousand ten, or
such later date approved for mortgage loan originators in this state by
the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development,
pursuant to the authority granted under Public Law 110-289, Section
1508(a) and approved by the superintendent;
(b) Each individual authorized as a mortgage loan originator under
prior law not later than July thirty-first, two thousand nine, shall be
licensed pursuant to subdivision one of this section not later than
January first, two thousand eleven, or such later date approved for
mortgage loan originators in this state by the Secretary of the U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development, pursuant to the authority
granted under Public Law 110-289, Section 1508(a) and approved by the
superintendent.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this subdivision, after
the effective date of this article, no individual shall act as a
mortgage loan originator if such individual has been convicted of, or
pled guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony of the types and during the
time periods described in paragraph (b) of subdivision one of section
five hundred ninety-nine-e of this article, in a domestic, foreign or
military court, unless expressly authorized to act as a mortgage loan
originator by the superintendent.
3. Exemption from licensing requirements. The following persons are
exempt from the licensing requirements otherwise applicable under this
article:
(a) Registered mortgage loan originators, when acting for an entity
described in subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of paragraph (a) of
subdivision thirteen of section five hundred ninety-nine-b of this
article.
(b) Any individual who offers or negotiates the terms of a residential
mortgage loan with or on behalf of an immediate family member of the
individual.
(c) Any individual who offers or negotiates terms of a residential
mortgage loan secured by a dwelling or residential real property that
served as the individual's own residence.
(d) A licensed attorney who negotiates the terms of a residential
mortgage loan on behalf of a client as an ancillary matter to the
attorney's representation of the client, unless the attorney is
compensated by a lender, a mortgage broker, or other mortgage loan
originator or by any agent of such lender, mortgage broker, or other
mortgage loan originator.
(e) Any individual employed by a mortgage loan servicer registered
under article twelve-D of this chapter, who negotiates any modification
of an existing residential mortgage loan on behalf of such servicer, and
does not otherwise act as a mortgage loan originator, unless licensing
is required by a rule, regulation, guideline or interpretation issued by
the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development under Public Law
110-289.
(f) Any individual involved in the sale of manufactured homes if
exempted from licensing by a rule, regulation, guideline or
interpretation issued by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development under Public Law 110-289.
4. Independent contractor loan processors or underwriters. A loan
processor or underwriter who is an independent contractor of an
originating entity may not engage in residential mortgage loan
origination activities unless such independent contractor loan processor
or underwriter obtains and maintains a license under this article. Each
independent contractor loan processor or underwriter licensed as a
mortgage loan originator must have and maintain a valid unique
identifier issued by the NMLSR.
State license application. 1. Form of application. Applicants
for a license under this article shall apply on a form prescribed by the
superintendent. Each such form shall contain content as set forth by
rule, regulation, instruction or procedure of the superintendent and may
be changed or updated as necessary by the superintendent in order to
carry out the purposes of this article. As part of such application and
notwithstanding section eighteen-a of this chapter, the applicant (or
his or her originating entity on his or her behalf) shall pay a fee as
determined by the superintendent as an investigation and initial license
fee; provided, however, that the investigation portion of such fee shall
be no more than the superintendent's reasonable estimate of the actual
cost or costs to the department to undertake such investigation of the
applicant, and the initial license portion of such fee and the annual
license fee as hereafter required pursuant to this article shall be a
license fee amount determined by the superintendent.
2. Charges to originating entities. Any expense of the administration
of this article with respect to the licensing of mortgage loan
originators that is included with an assessment of originating entities
pursuant to section seventeen of this chapter shall be levied only upon
such originating entities having employed or affiliated mortgage loan
originators that are required to be licensed.
3. Fee collection by the NMLSR. Any fee established pursuant to this
section may be collected by the NMLSR and include a processing fee
charged by that entity. Any such processing fees shall not be remitted
to the superintendent and shall not be deemed revenue pursuant to this
section or the state finance law.
4. Relationship with NMLSR. In order to fulfill the purposes of this
article, the superintendent is authorized to establish contracts with
the NMLSR or other entities designated by the NMLSR to collect and
maintain records and process transaction fees or other fees related to
licensees or other persons subject to this article.
5. Waiver or modification of requirements. The superintendent is
authorized to waive or modify, in whole or part, by rule, regulation or
order, any and all requirements of this article and to establish new
requirements as may be reasonably necessary to participate in the NMLSR
or to comply with Title V of The Housing and Economic Recovery Act of
2008, also known as the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act, as it may be
amended from time to time, and regulations thereunder or interpretations
thereof, that may be adopted from time to time by the Secretary of the
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
6. Electronic filing. Notwithstanding article three of the state
technology law or any other law to the contrary, the superintendent may
require that any application for, or renewal of, a license or for any
other submission or approval as may be required by this article, be made
or executed by electronic means, including through the NMLSR or other
entities designated by the NMLSR if he or she deems it necessary to
ensure the efficient and effective administration of this article.
7. NMLSR as agent to distribute criminal background information. For
the purposes of this section and in order to expedite the processing of
all fingerprints, the superintendent is authorized to use the NMLSR as a
channeling agent for requesting information from and distributing
information to the U.S. Department of Justice or any governmental
agency.
8. NMLSR as agent to distribute non-criminal background information.
For the purposes of this section and in order to expedite the processing
of all applications, including obtaining independent credit reports and
information related to administrative, civil or criminal findings by any
governmental jurisdiction, the superintendent is authorized to use the
NMLSR as a channeling agent for requesting and distributing information
to and from any source.
9. Background information. In connection with an application for
licensing as a mortgage loan originator, the applicant shall, at a
minimum, furnish to the NMLSR and the superintendent, as required by the
superintendent, information concerning the applicant's identity,
including:
(a) Fingerprints for submission to the Federal Bureau of
Investigation, and any governmental agency or entity authorized to
receive such information for a state, national and international
criminal history background check, as may be designated by the
superintendent; and
(b) Personal history and experience in a form prescribed by the NMLSR,
including the submission of authorization for the NMLSR to obtain:
(i) an independent credit report from a consumer reporting agency
described in section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act; and
(ii) information related to any administrative, civil or criminal
findings by any governmental jurisdiction.
(c) The current business name and principal address of the originating
entity employing the applicant or with which the applicant has an
affiliation; and
(d) Such other pertinent information as the superintendent may
require.
Issuance of a license. 1. Findings. Notwithstanding any other
law, the superintendent shall not issue a mortgage loan origination
license unless he or she makes, at a minimum, the following findings:
(a) No license revocation. That the applicant has never had a mortgage
loan originator authorization, license or license equivalent revoked in
any governmental jurisdiction, except that a subsequent formal vacation
of such revocation shall not be deemed a revocation;
(b) No felony conviction. That the applicant has not been convicted
of, or pled guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony in a domestic,
foreign, or military court:
(i) During the seven-year period preceding the date of the application
for licensing; or
(ii) At any time preceding such date of application, if such felony
involved an act of fraud, dishonesty, or a breach of trust, or money
laundering, provided that for purposes of this subdivision, the
superintendent may, in his or her discretion, disregard a conviction
where the felon has been pardoned;
(c) Character and fitness. That the applicant has demonstrated
financial responsibility, character, and general fitness such as to
command the confidence of the community and to warrant a determination
that the MLO will operate honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the
purposes of this article;
(d) Pre-licensing education. That the applicant has completed the
pre-licensing education requirement described in section five hundred
ninety-nine-f of this article;
(e) Written test. That the applicant has passed a written test that
meets the test requirement described in section five hundred
ninety-nine-g of this article;
(f) Surety bond. That the applicant has met the surety bond
requirement described in section five hundred ninety-nine-k of this
article; and
(g) Affiliation. Unless the superintendent shall have waived the
affiliation requirement pursuant to regulations adopted by the
superintendent, that the applicant is employed by, or is an independent
contractor of (i) an originating entity, (ii) solely in the case of a
mortgage loan originator engaged in the origination of residential
mortgage loans on manufactured homes, an entity licensed under article
nine or eleven-B of this chapter, or (iii) in the case of a mortgage
loan originator engaged in mortgage loan servicing and employed by a
mortgage loan servicer, an entity registered as a mortgage loan servicer
under article twelve-D of this chapter or exempt from registration under
such article. A mortgage loan originator may not be simultaneously
employed or affiliated with more than one originating entity.
2. Disqualifying associations. The superintendent may refuse to issue
a license pursuant to this article if he or she shall find that the
applicant (a) has been a director, partner, or substantial stockholder
of an originating entity which has had a registration or license revoked
by the superintendent or a regulator of another state that regulates
such originating entity, or (b) has been an employee, officer or agent
of, or a consultant to, an originating entity that has had a
registration or license revoked by the superintendent or a regulator of
another state that regulates such originating entity where such person
shall have been found by the superintendent or by such regulator of
another state to bear responsibility for the acts resulting in such
revocation. For the purposes of this subdivision, a person shall be
deemed to have been convicted of a crime if such person shall have pled
guilty to a charge thereof before a court or magistrate, or shall have
been found guilty thereof by the decision or judgment of a court or
magistrate or by the verdict of a jury, irrespective of the
pronouncement of sentence or the suspension thereof.
3. Issuance of a license. The superintendent, after making the
findings required by subdivision one of this section shall thereupon
issue a license to the applicant as mortgage loan originator. The
superintendent shall transmit one copy of such certificate to the
applicant and file another in his or her office, and shall transmit
notice of approval of such application, in such form as the
superintendent deems appropriate, to the originating entity for which
the applicant is providing services. Such license shall be deemed to
terminate at the end of the annual license period, unless such license
is renewed in accordance with section five hundred ninety-nine-i of this
article.
Pre-licensing educational requirements. 1. Minimum
educational requirements. In order to meet the pre-licensing education
requirement referred to in this article, a person shall complete at
least twenty hours of education approved in accordance with subdivision
two of this section, which shall include at least the following minimum
requirements:
(a) Three hours of federal law and regulations;
(b) Three hours of ethics, which shall include instruction on fraud,
consumer protection, and fair lending issues;
(c) Two hours of training related to lending standards for the
nontraditional mortgage product marketplace; and
(d) Three hours of training on applicable New York State law and
regulations as may be approved by the superintendent.
2. Approved education courses. For purposes of subdivision one of this
section, pre-licensing education courses shall be such courses,
including the course provider thereof, as shall have been reviewed, and
approved, by the NMLSR based upon reasonable standards. An hour of
education for purposes of this article shall be as defined by the NMLSR.
3. Employer and affiliate education courses. Nothing in this section
shall preclude any pre-licensing education course, as approved by the
NMLSR, that is provided by the employer of the applicant or an entity
that is affiliated with the applicant by an agency contract, or any
subsidiary or affiliate of such employer or entity.
4. Venue of education. Pre-licensing education may be offered either
in a classroom, online or by any other means approved by the NMLSR.
5. Reciprocity of education courses. Pre-licensing education courses
approved by the NMLSR pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of
subdivision one of this section for any state shall be accepted as
credit towards completion of pre-licensing education requirements in
this state.
6. Re-licensing educational requirements. An individual licensed under
this article subsequent to its effective date applying to be licensed
again must prove that he or she has completed all the continuing
education requirements for the year in which the license was last held.
Testing of mortgage loan originators. 1. General
requirements. In order to meet the written test requirement referred to
in this article, an individual shall pass, in accordance with the
standards established under this section, a qualified written test
developed by the NMLSR and administered by a test provider approved by
the NMLSR based upon reasonable standards.
2. Qualified test. A written test shall not be treated as a qualified
written test for purposes of subdivision one of this section unless the
test adequately measures the applicant's knowledge and comprehension in
appropriate subject areas, including the following:
(a) Ethics;
(b) Federal law and regulation pertaining to mortgage origination;
(c) State law and regulation pertaining to mortgage origination; and
(d) Federal and state law and regulation, including instruction on
fraud, consumer protection, the nontraditional mortgage marketplace, and
fair lending issues.
3. Testing location. Nothing in this section shall prohibit a test
provider approved by the NMLSR from providing a test at the location of
the employer of the applicant or the location of any subsidiary or
affiliate of such entity, or the location of any entity with which the
applicant holds an exclusive arrangement to conduct the business of a
mortgage loan originator.
4. Minimum competency. The following conditions apply to individuals
taking such competency tests:
(a) An individual shall not be considered to have passed a qualified
written test unless the individual shall have achieved a test score of
not less than seventy-five percent correct answers to questions;
(b) An individual may retake a test three consecutive times, with each
consecutive taking occurring at least thirty days after the preceding
test;
(c) After failing three consecutive tests, an individual shall wait at
least six months before taking the test again; and
(d) A licensed mortgage loan originator who fails to maintain a valid
license for a period of five years or longer, not taking into account
any time during which such individual is a registered mortgage loan
originator, shall retake the test.
Mortgage call reports. Each originating entity shall submit
to the NMLSR reports of condition, which shall be in such form and shall
contain such information as the NMLSR may require.
Standards for license renewal; inactive status. 1. Standards
for renewal. The following minimum standards for license renewal for
mortgage loan originators are hereby established:
(a) The mortgage loan originator must continue to meet the minimum
standards for license issuance set forth in section five hundred
ninety-nine-e of this article;
(b) The mortgage loan originator must satisfy the annual continuing
education requirements described in section five hundred ninety-nine-j
of this article; and
(c) The mortgage loan originator must have paid all required fees for
the renewal of the license.
2. Failure to satisfy standards. The license of a mortgage loan
originator failing to satisfy the minimum standards for renewal shall
terminate. In the event the licensed mortgage loan originator fails to
pay such fee or otherwise satisfy this section, then the department
shall notify the originating entity of the termination of the license.
Such license shall be reinstated, in the case of a licensed mortgage
loan originator failing to timely pay such fee, if such licensed
mortgage loan originator pays such fee within sixty days of such due
date.
3. Submission of annual request. An annual request for renewal of a
license as a mortgage loan originator shall be affirmed by the mortgage
loan originator and submitted electronically, including through the
NMLSR, in such form and in such manner as may be prescribed by the
superintendent. The annual request for renewal shall contain such
information as specified by the superintendent.
4. Inactive status. The license of a mortgage loan originator is not
effective during any period during which the mortgage loan originator is
not employed by, or is an independent contractor of, an originating
entity. When a mortgage loan originator ceases to be employed by, or is
an independent contractor of, an originating entity, the originating
entity shall promptly notify the superintendent of the termination date
of such employment or affiliation. The license of such mortgage loan
originator shall be placed in inactive status until the superintendent
receives written or electronic notice of the mortgage loan originator's
new employment or affiliation. A mortgage loan originator shall continue
to pay the annual license fee and to take required education courses
while in inactive status.
Continuing education for mortgage loan originators. 1.
Continuing education requirements. In order to meet the annual
continuing education requirements referred to in section five hundred
ninety-nine-i of this article, a licensed mortgage loan originator shall
complete, beginning in the year after such individual is licensed, at
least eleven hours of education approved in accordance with subdivision
two of this section, which shall include at least:
(a) Three hours of Federal law and regulations;
(b) Two hours of ethics, which shall include instruction on fraud,
consumer protection, and fair lending issues;
(c) Two hours of training related to lending standards for the
nontraditional mortgage product marketplace; and
(d) Three hours of training on applicable New York State law and
regulations.
2. Approved education courses. For purposes of subdivision one of this
section, continuing education courses shall be reviewed and approved by
the NMLSR based upon reasonable standards. Review and approval of a
continuing education course shall include review and approval of the
course provider.
3. Employer and affiliate education courses. Nothing in this section
shall preclude any education course approved by the NMLSR that is
provided by the employer of the mortgage loan originator or an entity
which is affiliated with the mortgage loan originator by an agency
contract, or any subsidiary or affiliate of such employer or entity.
4. Venue of education. Continuing education may be offered either in a
classroom, online or by any other means approved by the NMLSR.
5. Calculation of credits. A licensed mortgage loan originator:
(a) Except for subdivision nine of this section, may receive credit
for a continuing education course only in the calendar year in which the
course is taken; and
(b) May not take the same approved course in the same or successive
years to meet the annual requirements for continuing education.
6. Instructor credit. A licensed mortgage loan originator who is an
instructor of an approved continuing education course may receive credit
for the licensed mortgage loan originator's own annual continuing
education requirement at the rate of two hours credit for every one hour
taught.
7. Reciprocity of education. A person having successfully completed
the education requirements approved by the NMLSR pursuant to paragraphs
(a), (b), and (c) of subdivision one of this section for any state shall
be accepted as credit towards completion of continuing education
requirements in this state.
8. Lapse in license. A licensed mortgage loan originator who
subsequently becomes unlicensed must complete the continuing education
requirements for the last year in which the license was held prior to
issuance of a new or renewed license.
9. Make up of continuing education. An individual meeting the
requirements of paragraphs (a) and (c) of subdivision one of section
five hundred ninety-nine-i of this article may make up any deficiency in
continuing education as established by rule or regulation of the
superintendent.
Required surety bond. 1. Each mortgage loan originator shall
be covered by a surety bond in accordance with this section. In the
event that the mortgage loan originator is an employee or exclusive
agent of an originating entity, the surety bond of such person may be
used to satisfy the mortgage loan originator's surety bond requirement;
provided that such surety bond contains coverage for each mortgage loan
originator not otherwise covered by a qualifying surety bond in an
amount prescribed in subdivision two of this section. The surety bond
shall be in a form prescribed by the superintendent. The superintendent
may promulgate rules or regulations with respect to the requirements for
such surety bonds as are necessary to accomplish the purposes of this
article.
2. The penal amount of the required surety bond shall be maintained in
an amount that reflects the dollar amount of loans originated by the
mortgage loan originator as determined by the superintendent.
3. When an action is commenced on a licensee's bond, the
superintendent may require the filing of a new or supplemental bond.
4. Immediately upon recovery upon any claim or action on or under the
bond, the mortgage loan originator (or the originating entity as the
case may be), shall file a new or supplemental bond restoring the face
amount of the bond to the amount required by the superintendent.
Reports by the superintendent; permissive challenges by
licensees. 1. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, the
superintendent shall report on a regular basis, not more than annually,
all violations of this article, as well as enforcement actions and other
relevant information, to the NMLSR subject to the provisions contained
in the confidentiality provisions of section five hundred ninety-nine-q
of this article.
2. The superintendent shall establish a process whereby a mortgage
loan originator may challenge information entered into the NMLSR by the
superintendent.
Required records and reporting. 1. Educational records. Each
originating entity shall obtain and retain acceptable documentation of
the satisfactory completion of education courses required pursuant to
this article by each mortgage loan originator employed by or affiliated
with such originating entity and shall provide such documentation at the
request of the superintendent. Such documentation shall be retained by
an originating entity for six years. An originating entity shall retain
a copy of any original proof or record of completion provided by a
mortgage loan originator. In those instances when an originating entity
also retains the original proof or record of such completion of any then
applicable education requirement, such originating entity shall provide
the original proof or record, upon request, when a mortgage loan
originator terminates or has terminated his or her employment or
affiliation with the originating entity.
2. List of licensed mortgage loan originators. The superintendent
shall maintain upon the internet web-page of the department a list of
the mortgage loan originators licensed and in good standing. Such list
shall indicate the name, license number and current originating entity,
if any, employing each mortgage loan originator or with whom such
mortgage loan originator is affiliated.
3. Reports by originating entities. Each originating entity shall on a
quarterly basis in each calendar year provide the superintendent, in
written or electronic form, with a list of the mortgage loan originators
employed by, or affiliated with, such originating entity and shall also
advise in such report of any dismissal for cause of a mortgage loan
originator employed by, or affiliated with, such originating entity
during such quarter, which is due or based upon an alleged violation of
this chapter or any law involving real property.
4. Reports by mortgage loan originators. Each mortgage loan originator
shall promptly notify the superintendent of the following:
(a) A change in his or her primary residence address;
(b) Any felony conviction or pending felony charges; any charge of or
conviction with respect to a misdemeanor involving financial services or
a financial services related business; or any charge or conviction
involving fraud, false statements or omissions, theft or wrongful taking
of property, bribery, perjury, forgery or extortion subsequent to
initial authorization;
(c) Any termination of or resignation from employment of affiliation
with an originating entity;
(d) Any initiation, settlement or resolution of any complaint, action
or proceeding brought against him or her by a state or federal
governmental unit or self-regulatory organization in connection with a
financial services-related activity or business or involving fraud,
misrepresentation, consumer deception, larceny or perjury;
(e) Any initiation, settlement or resolution of any other civil action
or proceeding against him or her involving fraud, misrepresentation,
larceny or perjury; and
(f) Any other matters as directed by the superintendent.
Enforcement authority; grounds for suspension or revocation
of a mortgage loan originator license; restitution. 1. Licensee
revocation. In addition to the authority set forth in subdivision three
of this section, the superintendent may revoke a license to engage in
business as a mortgage loan originator pursuant to this article if he or
she finds, after notice and a hearing, that:
(a) Through a course of conduct, the licensee has violated any
provisions of this article, or any rule or regulation promulgated by the
superintendent thereunder, or any rule or regulation promulgated by the
superintendent under article twelve-D of this chapter or of any other
applicable law, rule or regulation of this state or the federal
government pertaining to mortgage banking, brokering or loan
originating; or
(b) Any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license, would have warranted the
superintendent to refuse to issue such initial license.
2. Restitution. The superintendent may order a mortgage loan
originator or any other person to pay restitution for violations of this
article or any rules of the superintendent promulgated hereunder.
3. Suspension; termination. (a) The superintendent may, for good
cause, or where there is a substantial risk of public harm, without
notice or a hearing, issue an order suspending the license of any
mortgage loan originator for a period not to exceed ninety days for
investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist
only when the mortgage loan originator has engaged or engages in
dishonest or inequitable practices or practices which demonstrate
incompetent mortgage loan originating, which practices may cause
substantial harm to the persons afforded the protection of article
twelve-D of this chapter, or the license of the mortgage loan originator
was revoked in another state or jurisdiction participating in the NMLSR.
(b) The superintendent may, without notice or a hearing, issue an
order suspending any license: (i) thirty days after the date the
mortgage loan originator fails to file any report required to be filed
with the superintendent pursuant to the authority provided by this
article; or (ii) immediately upon notice that any required surety bond
with respect to the licensee is no longer in effect.
(c) If the superintendent has issued an order suspending a license
pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subdivision, such license may be
reinstated if the superintendent determines, in his or her sole
discretion after investigation, that good cause therefor did not exist
or no longer exists. If the superintendent has issued an order
suspending a license pursuant to paragraph (b) of this subdivision, such
license may be reinstated, if the superintendent determines, in his or
her sole discretion, that the licensee has cured all deficiencies set
forth in such order by the close of business ninety days after the date
of such suspension order. Otherwise, in case of a suspension pursuant to
paragraph (b) of this subdivision, unless the superintendent has, in his
or her sole discretion, extended such suspension, the license of such
mortgage loan originator shall be deemed to be automatically terminated
by operation of law at the close of business on such ninetieth day.
4. Requirement for a hearing. Except as provided in subdivision three
of this section, no license shall be revoked or suspended except after
notice and a hearing thereon. Any order of suspension issued after
notice and a hearing may include as a condition of reinstatement that
restitution be made to consumers of fees or other charges which have
been improperly charged or collected as determined by the
superintendent.
5. Surrender of license. With the prior consent of the superintendent,
any mortgage loan originator may surrender any license by delivering to
the superintendent written notice that he or she thereby surrenders such
license, but such surrender shall not affect such mortgage loan
originator's civil or criminal liability for acts committed prior to
such surrender or its obligations to the superintendent for assessments,
fees or administrative actions with respect to the periods before such
surrender.
6. Continuation of liability. A suspension, revocation or termination
of a license in accordance with this article shall not affect such
mortgage loan originator's civil or criminal liability for acts
committed prior to such suspension, revocation or termination or its
obligations to the superintendent for assessments, fees or
administrative actions with respect to the periods before such
suspension, revocation or termination.
7. Continuation of contracts. No revocation, suspension, surrender or
termination of any license under this article shall impair or affect the
obligation of any preexisting lawful contract between any licensee under
article twelve-D of this chapter and any person.
8. Continuation of license. Every license issued pursuant to this
article shall remain in force and effect until the same shall have been
surrendered, revoked, terminated or suspended in accordance with any
provision of this article, but the superintendent shall have authority
in his or her sole discretion to reinstate a suspended license or to
issue a new license to a mortgage loan originator whose license shall
have been revoked or terminated if no fact or condition then exists
which would have warranted the superintendent to refuse to issue such
initial authorization under this article.
9. Notice of revocation or suspension; review. Whenever the
superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license issued pursuant to this
article, he or she shall forthwith execute multiple copies of a written
order to that effect. The superintendent shall file one copy of such
order in the office of the department and shall forthwith serve a copy
upon the mortgage loan originator and any affected originating entity.
Any such order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article
seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules. Such application for
review as authorized by this section must be made within thirty days
from the date of such order of suspension or revocation.
10. Notice of termination. Whenever a license shall have terminated in
accordance with this article, the superintendent shall notify the
mortgage loan originator and any affected originating entity that the
license has terminated and that the mortgage loan originator may not
engage in the business of soliciting, processing, placing or negotiating
a mortgage loan or offering to solicit, process, place or negotiate a
mortgage loan in this state.
11. Hearing requirements. Any hearing held pursuant to the provisions
of this section shall be subject to the provisions of the state
administrative procedure act.
Rules, regulations and examinations. 1. The superintendent is
hereby authorized and empowered to make such rules and regulations and
interim procedures for licensing and acceptance of applications as may
in his or her judgment be necessary or appropriate for the effective
administration or enforcement of this article. For individuals
previously authorized to act as mortgage loan originators under this
chapter, the superintendent may establish expedited review and licensing
procedures.
2. For the purpose of discovering violations of this article or
securing information lawfully required by him or her hereunder, the
superintendent may at any time, and as often as he or she may determine,
investigate the business and examine the books, accounts, records, and
files of every licensee under this article and any entity with which
such individual is associated as an employee or independent contractor.
For that purpose the superintendent shall have free access to the
offices and places of business, books, accounts, papers, records, files,
safes and vaults of all such entities. The superintendent shall have
authority to require the attendance of and to examine under oath all
persons whose testimony he or she may deem necessary or desirable
relative to such business. The expenses incurred in making any
examination pursuant to this section shall be assessed against and paid
by the licensee so examined, except that traveling and subsistence
expenses so incurred shall be charged against and paid by licensees in
such proportions as the superintendent shall deem just and reasonable,
and such proportionate charges shall be added to the assessment of the
other expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon written notice by
the superintendent of the total amount of such assessment, the licensee
shall become liable for and shall pay such assessment to the
superintendent.
Unique identifier. The unique identifier of any person
originating a residential mortgage loan shall be clearly shown on all
residential mortgage loan application forms, solicitations or
advertisements, including business cards or websites, and any other
documents as established by rule, regulation or order of the
superintendent.
Confidentiality. In order to promote more effective
regulation and reduce regulatory burden through supervisory information
sharing, information provided to the superintendent by an MLO shall be
subject to the following:
1. Except as otherwise provided in public law 110-289, section 1512,
the requirements under any federal law, the freedom of information law
("FOIL") or other law of this state regarding the privacy or
confidentiality of any information or material provided to the NMLSR,
and any privilege arising under federal or state law (including the
rules of any federal or state court) with respect to such information or
material, shall continue to apply to such information or material after
the information or material has been disclosed to the NMLSR. Such
information and material may be shared with all state and federal
regulatory officials with mortgage industry oversight authority without
the loss of privilege of the loss of confidentiality protections
provided by federal law, FOIL or this chapter.
2. For these purposes, the superintendent is authorized to enter into
agreements or sharing arrangements with other governmental agencies, the
Conference of State Bank Supervisors, the American Association of
Residential Mortgage Regulators or other associations representing
governmental agencies as established by rule, regulation or order of the
superintendent.
Construction. Nothing contained in this article shall be
deemed to impair, alter or render ineffective any provision of article
twelve-D of this chapter, including but not limited to any provision
thereof relating to issuing, suspending or revoking any mortgage banker
license or mortgage broker registration.
ARTICLE 13 Merger; Voluntary Dissolution; Superintendent's Taking Possession; Reorganization; Liquidation
Merger; when authorized. The following mergers are hereby
authorized:
(1) One or more corporations organized under the laws of this state
and subject to the provisions of article three, article eight, article
eleven or article twelve of this chapter with another corporation
subject to the provisions of the same article.
(2) One or more mutual savings banks with another mutual savings bank.
(3) One or more mutual savings and loan associations with another
mutual savings and loan association.
(4) One or more mutual savings and loan associations with one or more
mutual savings banks.
(5) One or more safe deposit companies with a bank or trust company.
(6) One or more banks, trust companies, stock-form savings banks or
stock-form savings and loan associations, with one or more out-of-state
banks or out-of-state trust companies as such terms are defined in
section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter.
(7) One or more subsidiaries or affiliates of a bank, trust company,
savings bank or savings and loan association, which are not a bank,
trust company, savings bank or savings and loan association, as those
terms are defined in section two of this chapter, with the bank, trust
company, savings bank or savings and loan association of which it is a
subsidiary or affiliate, as the superintendent of financial services
shall approve and enter on its records; provided, however, that nothing
in this subdivision shall be deemed to authorize a bank, trust company,
savings bank or savings and loan association to exercise any power or
engage in any activity that it may not exercise or engage in pursuant to
this chapter. The superintendent of financial services may promulgate
such regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper to implement
and define the provisions of this subdivision. Nothing in this
subdivision shall alter, affect or impair any regulation or resolution
adopted, or that may be adopted, by the superintendent of financial
services, pursuant to section twelve-a or former sections fourteen-g or
fourteen-h of this chapter.
(8) Such other mergers between and among banking institutions as the
superintendent of financial services may authorize. The superintendent
may promulgate such regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper
to implement and define the provisions of this paragraph.
Merger agreement; authorization; approval; filing. 1. A written
plan of merger shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent
by the corporations which are to merge. Such plan shall be in form
satisfactory to the superintendent, shall specify each corporation to be
merged and the corporation which is to receive into itself the merging
corporation or corporations, and shall prescribe the terms and
conditions of the merger and the mode of carrying it into effect. Such
plan may provide the name to be borne by the receiving corporation and
such name may be the name of any corporation which is a party to such
plan or a new name. Such plan may also name the persons who shall
constitute the board of directors or trustees of the receiving
corporation after the merger shall have been accomplished, provided that
the number and qualifications of such persons shall be in accordance
with the provisions of this chapter relating to the number and
qualifications of directors or trustees of such a corporation; or, in
the case of stock corporations, such plan may provide for a meeting of
the stockholders to elect a board of directors within sixty days after
such merger, and may make provision for conducting the affairs of the
corporation meanwhile. In the case of savings banks, such plan may also
provide that the place or places of business of the merging bank may be
maintained as an office or offices of the receiving bank as provided in
paragraph (c) of subdivision two of section two hundred forty of this
chapter.
At the time of submission for action by the superintendent of the
written plan of merger, an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid to the superintendent.
2. In the case of stock corporations, there shall be submitted, in
duplicate, to the superintendent with the plan of merger, a certificate
of the president, secretary or cashier of each of the corporations which
are to merge, certifying that such plan has been approved by the board
of directors of his corporation by a majority vote of all the members
thereof, and that such plan was thereafter submitted to the stockholders
of such corporation at a meeting thereof held upon notice of at least
fifteen days, specifying the time, place and object of such meeting and
addressed to each stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of
the corporation and published at least once a week for two successive
weeks in one newspaper in each county in which any of the merging
corporations has its principal place of business and that such plan has
been approved at such meeting by the vote of the stockholders owning at
least two-thirds in amount of the stock of such corporation, except that
such certificate of the president, secretary or cashier of the receiving
corporation need not certify that such plan was submitted to or approved
by vote of the stockholders of such corporation if (a) the total assets
of the merging corporation or corporations do not exceed ten per centum
of the total assets of the receiving corporation and (b) the plan of
merger does not change the name or the authorized shares of capital
stock of the receiving corporation or make or require any other change
or amendment for which the approval or consent of stockholders of the
receiving corporation would be required under provisions of law other
than this section.
3. In the case of mutual savings banks, mutual savings and loan
associations or credit unions, there shall be submitted, in duplicate,
to the superintendent with the plan of merger, a certificate of the
president, secretary or cashier of each of the corporations which are to
merge, certifying that such plan has been submitted to a special meeting
of the board of trustees or directors of his corporation, that a notice
of at least fifteen days, specifying the time, place and object of the
meeting, together with a copy of the plan has been mailed to each
trustee or director and that such plan has been approved at such meeting
by a vote of two-thirds of all the members of such board of trustees or
directors.
4. In the case of merger of a safe deposit company into a bank or
trust company which owns at least ninety-five per centum of the
outstanding shares of each class of the stock of such safe deposit
company, in lieu of compliance with subdivisions one and two of this
section there may be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent a
written plan of merger in form satisfactory to the superintendent
stating that such safe deposit company as the merging corporation is to
be merged into such bank or trust company as the receiving corporation
and setting forth any necessary or appropriate terms and conditions of
the merger and provisions for carrying it into effect, including, if the
receiving corporation does not own all the outstanding stock of the
merging corporation, provisions with respect to the cash or other
consideration to be paid or delivered to the stockholders of the merging
corporation (other than the receiving corporation) upon the merger
becoming effective and upon the surrender of their shares. There shall
be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent with such plan of
merger, a certificate of the president, secretary or cashier of the
merging corporation and of the receiving corporation, certifying that
such plan has been approved by the board of directors of his corporation
by a majority vote of all the members thereof. The certificate of the
president, secretary or cashier of the merging corporation shall certify
the extent of the ownership by the receiving corporation of the
outstanding capital stock of the merging corporation. If the receiving
corporation does not own all the outstanding stock of the merging
corporation, the certificate of the president, secretary or cashier of
the merging corporation shall also certify that there has been mailed to
each of its stockholders of record (other than the receiving
corporation), at the address appearing upon the books of the merging
corporation, a copy of the plan of merger. Any holder of a share or
shares of stock of the merging corporation not owned by the receiving
corporation may, at any time prior to the expiration of twenty days
after the date of mailing of the plan of merger to the stockholders of
the merging corporation, object to the merger and demand payment for his
stock. Such objection and demand must be in writing and filed with the
receiving corporation. Thereupon such stockholder and the receiving
corporation shall have the right to have such stock appraised and paid
for as provided in section six thousand twenty-two of this chapter,
subject to the conditions and provisions of said section (other than the
conditions and provisions of subdivisions one, two and three thereof);
except that (a) the time within which the receiving corporation may mail
to such stockholder a written offer accompanied by a balance sheet and
profit and loss statement of the merging corporation as provided in
subdivision seven of said section shall expire thirty days after the
merger takes effect, (b) all references in subdivision eight of said
section to the stockholders' authorization date shall be deemed to refer
to the date of mailing of the plan of merger to the stockholders of the
merging corporation, and (c) all references in said section to the
notice of election to dissent shall be deemed to refer to the demand of
a stockholder of the merging corporation for payment of his stock.
Purchase of assets. 1. The following acquisitions are hereby
authorized whether by purchase or otherwise, other than by merger, of
all or a substantial part of the assets of:
(a) One or more corporations organized under the laws of this state
and subject to the provisions of article three, article eight or article
twelve of this chapter by another corporation subject to the provisions
of the same article.
(b) One or more safe deposit companies by a bank or trust company.
(c) One or more mutual savings banks by another mutual savings bank.
(d) One or more mutual savings and loan associations by another mutual
savings and loan association.
(e) One or more stock-form savings banks by another stock-form savings
bank.
(f) One or more stock-form savings and loan associations by another
stock-form savings and loan association.
(g) One or more banks, trust companies, stock-form savings banks or
stock-form savings and loan associations, with one or more out-of-state
banks or out-of-state trust companies as such terms are defined in
section two hundred twenty-two of this chapter.
(h) One or more banking institutions by another banking institution as
the superintendent may authorize. For purposes of this paragraph, a
branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to
article two of this chapter and seeking approval for a transfer of
fiduciary relationships pursuant to section six hundred four-a of this
chapter shall be considered a banking institution. The superintendent
may promulgate such regulations as he or she deems necessary and proper
to implement and define the provisions of this paragraph.
2. A written plan providing for the acquisition by one corporation of
the assets of another shall be submitted, in duplicate, to the
superintendent by both corporations. Such plan shall be in form
satisfactory to the superintendent, shall specify the selling and the
acquiring corporation, and shall prescribe the terms and conditions of
the acquisition and the mode of carrying it into effect.
At the time of submission for action by the superintendent of the
written plan of acquisition of assets, an investigation fee as
prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter shall be paid
to the superintendent; provided, however, that no investigation fee
shall be payable under this subdivision with respect to an acquisition
to which subdivision two of section six hundred one-b of this article is
applicable.
3. There shall also be submitted, in duplicate, to the superintendent
with the plan of acquisition of assets, a certificate of the president,
secretary or cashier of the selling corporation and, in the event the
assets of the selling corporation shall exceed ten per centum of the
assets of the acquiring corporation, of the acquiring corporation,
certifying that such plan has been approved by the board of directors of
his corporation by a majority vote of all the members thereof, and that
such plan was thereafter submitted to the stockholders of such
corporation at a meeting thereof held upon notice of at least fifteen
days, specifying the time, place, and object of such meeting and
addressed to each stockholder at the address appearing upon the books of
the corporation and published at least once a week for two successive
weeks in one newspaper in each county in which the selling corporation
and, if applicable, the acquiring corporation has its principal place of
business and that such plan has been approved at such meeting by the
vote of the stockholders owning at least two-thirds in amount of the
stock of such corporation.
5. Nothing contained in this section six hundred and one-a shall be
construed to prohibit any other purchase of assets which is otherwise
permitted by applicable law.
Approval or disapproval of merger or purchase of assets. 1.
The superintendent shall approve or disapprove of a proposed merger as
authorized by section six hundred of this chapter or a proposed
acquisition of all or a substantial part of the assets of any banking
organization as authorized by section six hundred one-a of this chapter,
as the case may be, within one hundred twenty days after the submission
of the proposed plan thereof to him. In determining whether to so
approve, the superintendent shall take into consideration (i) the
declaration of policy contained in section ten of this chapter, (ii)
whether the effect of such merger or acquisition shall be either to
expand the size or extent of the resulting or acquiring institution
beyond limits consistent with adequate and sound banking and the
preservation thereof or result in a concentration of assets beyond
limits consistent with effective competition, (iii) whether such merger
or acquisition may result in such a lessening of competition as to be
injurious to the interests of the public or tend toward monopoly and
(iv) primarily, the public interest and the needs and convenience
thereof. If the superintendent shall approve such proposed merger or
acquisition, he shall file the plan, together with such certificates and
the original of the approval of the superintendent, in the office of the
superintendent, and, in the case of merger, a duplicate of the plan,
together with a duplicate of each of such certificates and a duplicate
of the superintendent's approval, shall be filed in the office of the
clerk of the county in which the principal office of the receiving
corporation is located. Upon such filing in the office of the
superintendent, the merger or acquisition shall become effective, unless
a later date is specified in the plan, in which event the merger or
acquisition shall become effective upon such later date.
Sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of property,
rights, privileges and franchises. 1. Subject to subdivision eight of
section six hundred five of this chapter, and except as otherwise
provided by law or by its organization certificate or other certificate
filed pursuant to law, a corporation organized under the laws of this
state and subject to the provisions of article three, article six,
article eight, article ten or article twelve of this chapter may
voluntarily sell, lease, exchange or otherwise dispose of its property,
rights, privileges and franchises, or any interest therein or any part
thereof; provided, however, that if such sale, lease, exchange or other
disposition is not made in the regular course of business of the
corporation and involves all or substantially all of its property,
rights, privileges and franchises, or an integral part thereof essential
to the conduct of the business of the corporation, such sale, lease,
exchange or other disposition shall be authorized only in accordance
with the following procedure:
(a) In the case of a corporation subject to the provisions of article
three, article eight, article twelve or a stock-form banking
organization subject to either article six or article ten of this
chapter, the board of directors of the corporation by a majority vote of
all the members thereof shall approve the proposed sale, lease, exchange
or other disposition and direct its submission to a vote of
stockholders.
Notice of meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record,
whether or not entitled to vote.
The stockholders shall authorize such sale, lease, exchange or other
disposition and may fix, or may authorize the board of directors to fix,
any of the terms and conditions thereof and the consideration to be
received by the corporation therefor, which may consist in whole or in
part of cash or other property, real or personal, including shares,
bonds or other securities of any other domestic or foreign corporation
or corporations, by vote at a meeting of stockholders of the holders of
two-thirds of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.
(b) In the case of a mutual corporation subject to the provisions of
article six of this chapter, the board of trustees of the corporation by
a vote of a majority of all the members thereof shall approve and
authorize the proposed sale, lease, exchange or other disposition and
shall fix any of the terms and conditions thereof and the consideration
to be received by the corporation therefor, which may consist in whole
or in part of cash or other property, real or personal, including such
shares, bonds or other securities of any other domestic or foreign
corporation or corporations as are authorized investments for savings
banks, subject to those limitations applicable to such investments.
A verified copy of the minutes of the meeting at which the board of
trustees approves and authorizes the proposed transaction shall be filed
in the office of the superintendent together with a copy of the
agreement governing the proposed transaction, a statement setting forth
the reasons why the trustees believe the proposed transaction would be
in the best interest of the savings bank, its depositors and the public
and such other information as the superintendent may require. In
determining whether or not to approve the proposed transaction, the
superintendent shall consider whether the proposed transaction would be
in the best interests of the savings bank, its depositors and the public
and such other information as the superintendent may deem appropriate.
The superintendent shall notify the board of trustees in writing of his
or her determination. If the superintendent disapproves, the board of
trustees shall abandon the proposed transaction.
(c) In the case of a mutual corporation subject to the provisions of
article ten of this chapter, the board of directors of the corporation
by a majority vote of all the members thereof shall approve the proposed
sale, lease, exchange or other disposition and direct its submission to
a vote of shareholders.
Notice of meeting shall be given to each shareholder.
The shareholders shall authorize such sale, lease, exchange or other
disposition and may fix, or may authorize the board of directors to fix,
any of the terms and conditions thereof and the consideration to be
received by the corporation therefor, which may consist in whole or in
part of cash or other property, real or personal, including such shares,
bonds or other securities of any other domestic or foreign corporation
or corporations as are authorized investments for savings and loan
associations, subject to those limitations applicable to such
investments, by vote at a meeting of shareholders of the holders of
two-thirds in amount of the book value of all outstanding shares
entitled to vote thereon.
A verified copy of the minutes of the meetings at which the board of
directors and shareholders approve and authorize the proposed
transaction shall be filed in the office of the superintendent together
with a copy of the agreement governing the proposed transaction, a
statement setting forth the reasons why the directors believe the
proposed transaction would be in the best interest of the savings and
loan association, its shareholders and the public and such other
information as the superintendent may require. In determining whether or
not to approve the proposed transaction, the superintendent shall
consider whether the proposed transaction would be in the best interests
of the savings and loan association, its shareholders and the public.
The superintendent shall notify the board of directors in writing of his
or her determination. If the superintendent disapproves, the board of
directors shall abandon the proposed transaction.
2. Notwithstanding stockholder or shareholder authorization, the board
may abandon the proposed sale, lease, exchange or other disposition
without further action by the stockholders or shareholders, subject to
the rights, if any, of third parties under any contract relating
thereto.
3. This section shall not be applicable to a sale or disposition of
assets the acquisition of which is authorized by section six hundred
one-a of this chapter, or to any sale or other disposition of assets
after the entry of an order pursuant to subdivision four of section six
hundred five of this chapter, or to a sale or disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets by a mutual corporation subject to the
provisions of article six or article ten of this chapter to a national
banking association or national banking associations or a corporation or
corporations subject to the provisions of article three, article eight
or article twelve of this chapter or to a stock-form corporation subject
to article six or article ten of this chapter or to a stock-form federal
savings bank or to a stock-form federal savings and loan association.
Effect of merger. At the time when a merger becomes effective:
(1) the receiving corporation shall be considered the same business
and corporate entity as each corporation merged into it;
(2) all of the property, rights, powers and franchises of any
corporation that shall be so merged shall vest in the receiving
corporation and the receiving corporation shall be subject to and be
deemed to have assumed all of the debts, liabilities, obligations and
duties of such merged corporation and to have succeeded to all of its
relationships, fiduciary or otherwise, as fully and to the same extent
as if such property, rights, powers, franchises, debts, liabilities,
obligations, duties and relationships had been originally acquired,
incurred or entered into by the receiving corporation;
(3) any reference to a merged corporation in any contract, will or
document, whether executed or taking effect before or after the merger,
shall be considered a reference to the receiving corporation if not
inconsistent with the other provisions of the contract, will or
document;
(4) a pending action or other judicial proceeding to which any
corporation that shall be so merged is a party, shall not be deemed to
have abated or to have discontinued by reason of the merger, but may be
prosecuted to final judgment, order or decree in the same manner as if
the merger had not been made; or the receiving corporation may be
substituted as a party to such action or proceeding, and any judgment,
order or decree may be rendered for or against it that might have been
rendered for or against such other corporation if the merger had not
occurred.
No corporation organized under or subject to the provisions of this
chapter which subsequent to January first, nineteen hundred
thirty-eight, receives or has received into itself by merger pursuant to
any provision of law a corporation organized under or subject to the
provisions of any law other than this chapter shall, through such
merger, acquire power to engage in any business or to exercise any
right, privilege or franchise which is not conferred by the provisions
of this chapter upon such receiving corporation.
Issuance of new certificates of stock or other consideration.
The receiving corporation may require the return of the original
certificate or certificates held by each stockholder or shareholder in
such other corporation or corporations and may issue in lieu thereof new
certificates for such number of its own shares, or pay or deliver such
other consideration, as such stockholder or shareholder may be entitled
to receive under the merger plan.
Rights of dissenting stockholders.
The following stockholders shall, subject to and by complying with
section six thousand twenty-two of this chapter, have the right to
receive payment of the fair value of their shares and the other rights
and benefits provided by such section:
1. In the case of a merger pursuant to a plan submitted to
stockholders as provided in subdivision two of section six hundred one
of this chapter, any stockholder of the merging corporation entitled to
vote thereon who does not assent thereto;
2. In the case of a plan of acquisition of assets submitted to
stockholders as provided in subdivision two of section six hundred one-a
of this chapter, any stockholder of the selling corporation entitled to
vote thereon who does not assent thereto; and
3. In the case of a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition which
requires stockholder authorization under section six hundred one-c of
this chapter, any stockholder, entitled to vote thereon, of the
corporation making such sale, lease, exchange or other disposition who
does not assent thereto, except in the case of a transaction wholly for
cash where the stockholders' authorization thereof is conditioned upon
the distribution of all the net proceeds of such transaction to the
stockholders in accordance with their respective interests within one
year after the date of such transaction and upon the dissolution of the
corporation.
Transfer of fiduciary relationships. 1. If any banking
institution, including a bank or trust company, national banking
association, savings bank, savings and loan association, federally
chartered savings bank, federally chartered savings association, or a
branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation licensed pursuant to
article two of this chapter, located in this state, shall have
transferred all or substantially all of its assets to another banking
institution in a transaction subject to this chapter pursuant to a
written agreement between the transferor and transferee whereby the
transferee has assumed the deposit liabilities, if any, of the
transferor and has agreed to assume all fiduciary relationships of the
transferor, the transferee may file in the office of the superintendent
a certificate in its name and under its seal, signed by its president,
secretary or cashier, setting forth a copy of such agreement and stating
that the transferee assumes all of the fiduciary relationships of the
transferor pursuant to the provisions of this section; provided,
however, that such certificate shall not be filed unless the approval of
the superintendent shall have been endorsed thereon or annexed thereto
before filing. In the case of a branch or agency licensed pursuant to
article two of this chapter that seeks to participate in a transaction
described in this section, such branch or agency shall be subject to the
application and approval requirements governing acquisition transactions
set forth in sections six hundred one-a and six hundred one-b of this
article.
2. Upon the filing of such certificate in the office of the
superintendent, all of the property, rights, powers and franchises of
the transferor as fiduciary shall vest in the transferee and the
transferee shall be deemed to have assumed all of the debts,
liabilities, obligations and duties of the transferor as fiduciary, and
to have succeeded to all the fiduciary relationships of the transferor,
as fully and with the same effect as is provided in sections one hundred
thirty-six-c and six hundred two of this chapter in the case of a
merger, and any reference to the transferor as fiduciary in any
capacity, contained in any contract, will or document, whether executed
or taking effect before or after the filing of such certificate in the
office of the superintendent, shall be considered a reference to the
transferee if not inconsistent with the other provisions of the
contract, will or document.
3. For purposes of this section, the fiduciary relationships of the
transferor shall include all relationships as agent, trustee, guardian,
receiver, committee, conservator, executor, administrator, or other
fiduciary in any capacity or for any purpose mentioned in section one
hundred of this chapter, and all relationships of the transferor as
bailee or depositary of personal property.
4. This section shall not be deemed to authorize a transferee to
assume any fiduciary relationship of a kind which it would not otherwise
have power to undertake and perform. Nothing in this section shall be
deemed to authorize any such transferee to maintain as its own office
any office previously maintained by the transferor, and authority, if
any, to maintain any such office shall be governed by the applicable
provisions of law other than this section. This section shall not be
deemed to apply to contracts of the transferor for the leasing of safe
deposit boxes or vaults.
Voluntary liquidation; sale of assets; forfeiture of charter by
non-user. 1. Any corporate banking organization, the assets of which
have a value at least equal to its liabilities, exclusive of any
liability to shareholders or stockholders, as such, may voluntarily wind
up its affairs; but no banking organization of which the superintendent
has taken possession in accordance with the provisions of section six
hundred six of this chapter shall take any steps for such voluntary
dissolution until it has received the written approval of the
superintendent.
2. To effect a voluntary dissolution of any corporation, a meeting of
the stockholders or shareholders of such corporation having full voting
rights, and if applicable any other stockholders or shareholders
authorized by the organization certificate or by-laws of such
corporation to vote on a resolution to effect a voluntary dissolution,
shall be held upon not less than twenty days' written notice to each
such stockholder or shareholder, either served personally or mailed to
the stockholder or shareholder at the address appearing upon the books
of the corporation, and containing a statement of the purpose for which
such meeting is called. Proof by affidavit of due service of such notice
shall be filed in the office of the corporation before or at the time of
such meeting.
In the case of a mutual savings bank, a meeting of its board of
trustees shall be held upon like notice. Proof by affidavit of due
service of such notice shall be filed in the office of the savings bank
before or at the time of such meeting.
3. At such a meeting of stockholders or mutual shareholders, such
stockholders or mutual shareholders may, by a vote of the owners of at
least two-thirds in amount of such stock, or of the capital of such
mutual corporation, direct that the corporation be closed and its
business wound up. The proceedings of such meeting shall be entered in
the minutes of such corporation.
At such a meeting of the board of trustees of a savings bank, the
trustees may by vote of not less than two-thirds of their whole number,
direct by resolution that the savings bank be closed and its business
wound up. The vote on such resolution shall be recorded with the
resolution in the minutes of the board of trustees.
A copy of the minutes of such meeting of stockholders or mutual
shareholders or board of trustees, verified by the presiding officer and
by the secretary of such meeting, shall be filed in the office of the
superintendent within five days after the date of such meeting.
4. Within three months after the date of any such meeting, application
may be made to the supreme court, after due notice to the
superintendent, for an order declaring the business of such corporation
closed. In a proper case, the court shall make such order which shall
prescribe the notice to be given to creditors and depositors to present
their claims to the corporation for payment. In the closing order, the
court shall set a date certain by which claims must be presented to the
corporation for payment. The corporation need not consider any claims
submitted after that date. Within five days after the making of such
order, a certified copy thereof shall be filed in the office of the
superintendent. Upon the entry of such order such corporation shall
cease to do business and shall wind up its affairs, pay its creditors
and depositors, if any, and, except in the case of a mutual savings
bank, distribute any remaining assets among its shareholders or
stockholders according to their respective rights and interests. The
corporation or any creditor or depositor thereof, upon due notice, may
apply to the court that issued the closing order for a determination as
to any disputed claim or for any other relief necessary to effectuate
the liquidation and dissolution of the corporation. Any petition,
application, or motion to vacate, set aside, modify or amend such order
so as to permit the corporation to resume business shall have
incorporated therein a certificate of the superintendent certifying that
after investigation the superintendent has found that the public
convenience and advantage will be promoted by the granting of said
petition, application or motion.
4-a. (a) Such corporation may, at any time after entry of the order
described in subdivision four of this section, cause to be mailed to
each person claiming to be, or appearing upon the books of such
corporation to be
(1) the owner of any personal property in the custody or possession of
such corporation as bailee or depositary for hire or otherwise,
including the contents of any safe, vault or box theretofore opened for
non-payment of rental in accordance with the provisions of this chapter,
or
(2) the lessee of any safe, vault or box, a notice in writing directed
by registered mail to such person at his last address as the same
appears on the books of such corporation or at his last known address if
no address appears on such books, notifying such person to remove all
such property or the contents of any such safe, vault or box, within a
period stated in said notice, which period shall be not less than sixty
days from the date of such notice, and further notifying such person of
the terms and provisions of this subdivision. The contract of bailment
or of deposit for hire, or lease of safe, vault or box, if any, between
the person to whom such notice is mailed and such corporation shall
cease and determine upon the date for removal fixed in such notice. Such
person shall have a claim against such corporation for the amount of the
unearned rent or charges, if any, paid by such person from the date
fixed in such notice, if the property or contents is removed on or
before such date, or from the date of actual removal, if the property or
contents is removed after such date.
(b) If such property or contents shall not be removed, and all rent or
storage and other charges theretofore accrued, if any, shall not be
paid, within the time fixed by such notice, such corporation shall,
within thirty days thereafter, cause such property to be inventoried, or
such safe, vault or box, or any package, parcel or receptacle in the
custody or possession of such corporation as bailee or depositary for
hire or otherwise, to be opened and the contents, if any, to be removed
and inventoried, in the presence of an officer of such corporation and
of a notary public, not an officer or employee thereof. Such property or
contents shall thereupon be sealed up by such notary public in a package
distinctly marked by him with the name of the person in whose name such
property or such safe, vault, box, package, parcel or receptacle stands
upon the books of such corporation, and a copy of the inventory of the
property therein shall be certified and attached thereto by such notary
public. Such package may be kept in such place as the corporation, with
the approval of the superintendent, may determine, at the expense and
risk of the person in whose name it stands until delivered to such
person or until sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed of as hereinafter
provided. Such package may, from time to time, pending final disposition
of its contents, be opened in the presence of an officer of such
corporation and of a notary public, not an officer or employee thereof,
for inspection or appraisal, or to enable such corporation to exercise
any of the powers conferred or duties imposed by this article. Whenever
such package is opened, the notary shall endorse on the outside thereof
the date of opening and re-sealing, and shall certify and attach thereto
a list of the articles, if any, removed therefrom, or placed or replaced
therein, and an affidavit of the officer in whose presence it was opened
showing the reason for opening the same.
(c) At any time prior to the sale, destruction or other disposition of
the contents thereof, the person in whose name such package stands may
require the delivery thereof upon payment of all rental or storage
charges accrued, and all other charges or expenses paid or incurred to
the date of delivery with respect to such package or the contents
thereof, including the cost of inventorying or of opening and
inventorying, the fees of the notary public, the cost of preparing and
mailing the notice, and advertising, if any. If the principal of, or
interest, income, or dividends on any bonds, stock certificates,
promissory notes, choses in action or other securities contained in such
package, is or becomes due and payable while it is in the possession of
such corporation, it may at its election collect such principal,
interest, income or dividends, and from the proceeds thereof may deduct
all such sums due for rental and other charges, until the time of such
collection. The balance, if any, of the amount or amounts so collected
shall be disposed of as hereafter in paragraph (e) of this subdivision
and in subdivision five hereof provided.
(d) After the expiration of one year from the time of mailing the
notice in paragraph (a) of this subdivision described, such corporation
may apply to the supreme court for an order authorizing such corporation
to sell, destroy or otherwise dispose of the contents of such package.
In a proper case, the court shall make such order upon such terms and
conditions as justice may require. The application for an order of the
supreme court pursuant to this paragraph shall be made upon an order to
show cause, which shall provide that notice thereof to the person in
whose name such package stands and to any other person claiming or
appearing to have an interest therein, shall be published, mailed or
given in such other manner as the court may prescribe. Whenever,
pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, a corporation is given the
power to sell the contents of any package, such power to sell shall be
deemed a power to sell in satisfaction of a lien for non-payment of
rental or storage charges accrued, and all other charges and expenses
paid or incurred to the date of sale with respect to such package and
the contents thereof, including the charges and expenses described in
paragraph (c) hereof. Such power to sell, or the power to destroy or
otherwise dispose of, when authorized pursuant to the provisions of this
paragraph, shall be deemed to include the power to sell, destroy or
otherwise dispose of, as the case may be, any bonds, stock certificates,
promissory notes, choses in action, or other securities, and any other
tangible or intangible property contained in any package, regardless of
whether or not it shall appear from such securities or properties that
the person in whose name the package stands, possesses title to or
interest in such securities or other properties, or power to transfer
such title or interest, and any sale of such securities or properties,
pursuant to this paragraph, shall vest good title thereto in the
purchaser thereof.
(e) From the proceeds of any sale, such corporation shall deduct all
rental or storage charges accrued, and all other charges and expenses
paid or incurred to the date of sale, including the charges and expenses
described in paragraph (c) hereof, and the expenses of sale. The balance
of such proceeds, if any, shall be credited to the person in whose name
such package stood and, unless sooner paid over to the superintendent
pursuant to subdivision five hereof, shall be paid over to such person,
his assignee or legal representative on satisfactory evidence of
identity.
(f) The provisions of this subdivision do not affect or preclude any
other remedy by action or otherwise for the enforcement of the claims or
rights of such corporation against the person in whose name any
property, or any safe, vault, box, package, parcel or receptacle stands,
nor affect, nor bar the right of such corporation to recover, before
sale, any debt or claim due it or, after sale, so much of the debt or
claim as shall not be paid by the proceeds of the sale.
(g) The procedure prescribed in this subdivision may be followed by
any corporation winding up its affairs in accordance with the provisions
of this section, notwithstanding the fact that such corporation may have
commenced proceedings to open, or may have opened, any safe, vault or
box for non-payment of rental in accordance with other provisions of
this chapter and notwithstanding the contents of any notice that may
have been given by such corporation in accordance with any requirement
of this section.
5. When such corporation shall have given the notice to creditors and
depositors to present their claims as prescribed in the order entered in
accordance with the provisions of subdivision four hereof, and shall
have paid all its debts and obligations for which a legal claimant has
been found, and shall have complied with the provisions of subdivision
four-a hereof, it shall, before applying to court for a release upon
final accounting or for a final order of dissolution, make a verified
transcript or statement from its books of the names of all depositors,
creditors, stockholders, shareholders, owners of personal property in
the custody or possession of such corporation as bailee, depositary for
hire or otherwise, or lessees of any safe, vault or box, who have not
claimed or have not received the deposits, debts, dividends, interest
balances or other amounts due them, and shall file such transcript or
statement with the superintendent together with all identifying
information, including, in the case of unclaimed proceeds of any sale
pursuant to subdivision four-a hereof, a certified copy of the
inventory, and an affidavit showing compliance with the provisions of
said subdivision, a list of the articles sold, the price or prices
obtained therefor, and the amount or amounts deducted and retained from
the proceeds and such corporation shall thereupon pay over such
unclaimed amounts to the superintendent as trustee for the persons
entitled to receive them, as provided in article two of this chapter.
6. Upon the petition of such corporation showing
(a) that all its debts and obligations have been discharged except
those for which no legal claimant has been found,
(b) that notice was given to creditors and depositors to present their
claims as prescribed by the court and that any period prescribed by the
court for the presentation of such claims has expired,
(c) that the provisions of subdivision four-a hereof, if applicable,
have been complied with and
(d) that all unclaimed amounts referred to in subdivision five hereof
have been paid over to the superintendent, and on notice to the
comptroller and the superintendent and such further notice as the court
may prescribe, the court may, on such terms as justice requires, make an
order affirming such disposition of such unclaimed amounts and declaring
such corporation dissolved and its corporate existence terminated.
7. On filing with the superintendent a certified copy of the order of
dissolution described in the last preceding subdivision of this section,
the corporation shall cease to exist.
8. Unless the superintendent shall otherwise provide, any corporate
banking organization that, pursuant to an agreement, sells or conveys
more than fifty per centum of its assets without the written approval of
the superintendent shall take the proceedings for voluntary dissolution
herein prescribed and, within six months from the date of such sale or
conveyance, shall file with the superintendent a certified copy of the
closing order in the form prescribed by subdivision four of this
section. The corporate banking organization, upon making written
application to the superintendent for approval of the sale or conveyance
of more than fifty per centum of its assets, shall pay an investigation
fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter. If a
closing order is required to be filed pursuant to this subdivision and
such order is not filed within the time prescribed, the superintendent
shall have the power, in the superintendent's discretion, to take
possession of the business and property of such corporation and proceed
with the liquidation thereof under the provisions of this article.
9. If the superintendent shall certify that any corporate banking
organization is deemed by him to have abandoned and forfeited its
charter by non-user and to be virtually in process of liquidation, such
corporation, if its assets have a value at least equal to its
liabilities, exclusive of any liability to shareholders or stockholders,
as such, shall take the proceeding for voluntary dissolution herein
prescribed and, within six months from the date of such certificate,
shall file with the superintendent a certified copy of the closing order
in the form prescribed by subdivision four of this section. If such
order is not filed within the time prescribed, the superintendent shall
have the power, in his discretion, to take possession of the business
and property of such corporation and proceed with the liquidation
thereof under the provisions of this article.
10. (a) Upon the petition of the superintendent showing
(1) that any corporate banking organization has ceased to transact
business, or has commenced but failed to complete proceedings for its
voluntary dissolution in accordance with the banking law, or for any
other reason is deemed by the superintendent to have abandoned and
forfeited its charter by non-user, and
(2) that all of its assets have been distributed, or that the
superintendent has no knowledge as to the existence of any such assets,
the supreme court in the judicial district where such banking
organization maintained its principal place of business may make an
order declaring such corporation dissolved and the corporate existence
thereof terminated. Upon the filing of a certified copy of such order in
the office of the superintendent the existence of such corporation shall
cease and determine.
(b) If the petition of the superintendent shall show, in addition to
the allegations required by the provisions of subparagraph (1) of
paragraph (a) of this subdivision, that such banking organization
(1) has undistributed assets and it appears that in the opinion of the
superintendent the cost of taking possession of and liquidating such
assets in accordance with the provisions of this article will exceed the
fair value of such assets, and
(2) has failed, for a period of two years after ceasing to transact
business or commencing proceedings for its voluntary dissolution, to
complete such proceedings or to produce proof satisfactory to the
superintendent that it has complied with or is in the process of
complying with the provisions of the banking law, the court may, upon
such notice as it may prescribe, make an order declaring such
corporation dissolved and the corporate existence thereof terminated,
and further declaring that such assets have been abandoned and providing
for the payment, delivery or transfer thereof to the superintendent in
such manner and at such time as the court may direct. Upon the filing of
a certified copy of such order in the office of the superintendent the
existence of such corporation shall cease and determine. At any time
within six months after the entry of such order, the court may upon good
cause shown and upon such terms as justice may require, vacate or modify
such order. At the expiration of such six-month period or such further
period as the court may prescribe, the superintendent shall sell, redeem
or otherwise dispose of such assets and from the proceeds thereof may
retain and pay all costs, disbursements and legal fees allowed by the
court and any assessments, penalties or forfeitures incurred by such
banking organization under the banking law. The remaining proceeds if
any shall forthwith be paid into the state treasury for the use and
benefit of the state.
11. (a) Any foreign banking corporation which has been licensed
pursuant to article two of this chapter to engage in business in this
state, including any such corporation whose license has been surrendered
or revoked, may, if it so desires, take proceedings for the voluntary
liquidation of its business and property in this state in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subdivision; but no such
liquidation shall be commenced while the superintendent is in possession
of such business and property unless such corporation shall have first
received the written approval of the superintendent. In any such
liquidation the claims of creditors of such corporation arising out of
transactions had by them with its New York agency or agencies or branch
or branches shall be accorded the same preference accorded to similar
claims in a liquidation under subdivision four of section six hundred
six of this article.
(b) To effect such a voluntary liquidation, a foreign corporation
shall subscribe, acknowledge and file with the superintendent at his
office a written notice of its intention so to liquidate, which notice
shall specify the date of commencement of the liquidation, and upon such
date, such corporation shall forthwith cease to transact business in
this state if it has not already done so, and shall proceed to wind up
its affairs in this state. Within thirty days after such date, such
corporation shall make application to the supreme court, after due
notice to the superintendent, for an order prescribing the notice to be
given to the preferred creditors hereinabove described to present their
claims for payment. Every such corporation shall, in the course of such
liquidation, comply with the provisions of subdivisions four-a, five and
six of this section, except that an order entered pursuant to
subdivision six of this section shall affirm the disposition of the
unclaimed amounts therein referred to and shall authorize the turn-over
of all of the assets remaining after payment of the preferred creditors
to the principal office of such corporation. Within five days after the
making of any order described in this paragraph a certified copy thereof
shall be filed in the office of the superintendent.
(c) Any foreign banking corporation which has been licensed pursuant
to article two of this chapter to engage in business in this state,
which shall liquidate its business and property in this state without
electing to comply with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
subdivision, shall, upon completion of the liquidation, make a verified
transcript or statement from its books of the names of all creditors
whose claims arise out of transactions had by them with its New York
agency or agencies, or its New York branch or branches and of all owners
of personal property in the custody or possession of such agency or
agencies or branch or branches as bailee, depositary for hire or
otherwise, who have not claimed or have not received the debts or other
amounts due them, and shall file such transcript or statement with the
superintendent together with all identifying information, including, in
the case of unclaimed proceeds of any sale of personal property, a list
of the articles sold, the price or prices obtained therefor, and the
amount or amounts deducted and retained from the proceeds, and such
corporation shall thereupon pay over such unclaimed amounts to the
superintendent as trustee for the persons entitled to receive them, as
provided in article two of this chapter. Any such corporation so
liquidating its business and property in this state may, if it so
desires, follow the procedures for the disposition of personal property
in the custody or possession of, and exercise the same powers and
privileges with respect thereto accorded to, banking organizations in
subdivision four-a of this section. To effectuate the purposes of this
chapter, the superintendent may impose additional requirements and
procedures for the foreign banking corporation to follow with respect to
the dissolution of the licensed office.
(d) For the purposes of this subdivision, the words "debts",
"obligations" and "deposits", as used in subdivisions four-a, five and
six of this section, shall be deemed to refer to the preferred claims
hereinabove described, the words "creditors" and "depositors" shall be
deemed to refer to the owners of such preferred claims, the references
in subdivisions four-a and five of this section to the order entered in
accordance with subdivision four of this section shall be deemed to
refer to the like order entered in accordance with the provisions of
this subdivision, and, except when the context shall otherwise require,
the word "corporation" shall be deemed to refer to the New York agency
or agencies, or branch or branches and the word "officer" shall include
the agent or other person in charge of such agency or agencies and any
person in charge of or who is an officer of such branch or branches or
of the liquidation.
12. If the superintendent shall at any time find that any of the
reasons enumerated in section six hundred six of this article for
takeover of the business and property of a banking organization or of
the business and property in this state of a foreign banking corporation
shall exist, he may, in his discretion, forthwith take possession of
such business and property in accordance with the provisions of such
section notwithstanding that such banking organization or corporation
may have theretofore commenced proceedings for the voluntary liquidation
of such business and property in accordance with this section.
Transfer of deposit liabilities of bank or trust company;
sale or pledge of assets to facilitate such transfer. 1. A bank or trust
company may, pursuant to a plan approved by the superintendent, enter
into an agreement with another bank or trust company, whereby its
liabilities to depositors will be assumed by such other bank or trust
company. To facilitate the consummation of such plan and agreement, such
bank or trust company may borrow money from the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation and pledge all or any part of its assets as
security for the money so borrowed, or it may sell all or any part of
its assets to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the money so
borrowed or realized with or without any other assets belonging to such
bank or trust company, may be transferred by it to such other bank or
trust company, in consideration of the latter's agreement to assume and
pay the deposit liabilities of the former. If the superintendent shall
thereafter take possession of the business and property of such bank or
trust company, pursuant to this article, the validity of a claim against
such bank or trust company which was in existence when such plan was
consummated and remains unpaid shall be determined pursuant to the
provisions of section six hundred twenty to six hundred twenty-five
inclusive of this article as though such plan had not been consummated.
Nothing in this section nor in any plan consummated pursuant to this
section shall be deemed to require allowance of any claim if such claim
would not otherwise be allowable in the liquidation proceedings. If such
claim is allowed or ultimately established, the owner thereof shall be
entitled to dividends on his claim as though such plan had not been
consummated, and as though the assets of such bank or trust company had
been taken over for liquidation immediately prior to any sale, pledge or
transfer made pursuant to such plan. If such bank or trust company in
liquidation does not have sufficient other assets to pay such dividends,
the deficiency shall be paid from the proceeds of the sale or
liquidation of the assets sold or pledged by such bank or trust company
to Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. If such proceeds prove
insufficient to pay such deficiency in full, any remaining deficiency
shall be paid from the proceeds of the sale or liquidation of the assets
transferred by such bank or trust company to such other bank or trust
company, exclusive of cash representing the proceeds of a sale to or a
loan from Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The superintendent
shall take such action as he shall deem necessary and appropriate to
protect the interests of the owner of any such claim, but he shall not
be required to obtain possession of any of the assets from the proceeds
of which the deficiency in dividends upon such claim is payable, unless
it shall appear that the amount required for the payment of such
deficiency is not otherwise available. The superintendent may, subject
to the approval of the supreme court in the judicial district where the
principal office of such bank or trust company is located, enter into an
agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the bank or
trust company to which any assets of such bank or trust company have
been transferred, or either of them, whereby payments shall be made to
him as trustee for the benefit of the person or persons entitled thereto
from time to time as cash is realized from the sale or liquidation of
the assets from the proceeds of which claims are payable. If such
agreement is approved by the supreme court, after notice of a kind which
the court deems to be adequate to all persons whose interests, in the
opinion of the court, may be affected thereby, such agreement shall be
binding upon all such persons. No action may be brought by any such
person to enforce payment of his claim unless it be clearly shown that
the superintendent has refused or failed to take necessary and
appropriate action to protect the interests of such person. No sale,
conveyance or transfer by a bank or trust company of all or any part of
its assets shall be deemed to have been made pursuant to the provisions
of this section unless the plan approved by the superintendent shall
expressly so state. Nothing contained in this section shall be deemed to
repeal, limit, modify or otherwise affect any right or power of a bank
or trust company to sell, convey or transfer all or any part of its
assets pursuant to any other provision of law.
2. A bank or trust company assuming the deposit liabilities of another
bank or trust company in connection with a plan pursuant to this section
may issue preferred shares which, to the extent permitted by the
superintendent, may have a retirable value greater than the amount
received in payment for such shares.
When superintendent may take possession of banking
organization; when possession may be surrendered. 1. The superintendent
may, in his discretion, forthwith take possession of the business and
property of any banking organization whenever it shall appear that such
banking organization:
(a) Has violated any law;
(b) Is conducting its business in an unauthorized or unsafe manner;
(c) Is in an unsound or unsafe condition to transact its business;
(d) Cannot with safety and expediency continue business;
(e) Has an impairment of its capital; or, in the case of a mutual
savings and loan association or credit union, has assets insufficient to
pay its debts and the amount due members upon their shares;
(f) Has suspended payment of its obligations; or, in the case of a
mutual savings and loan association, has failed for sixty days after a
withdrawal application has been filed with it by any shareholder to pay
such withdrawal application in full;
(g) Has neglected or refused to comply with the terms of a duly issued
order of the superintendent;
(h) Has refused, upon proper demand, to submit its records and affairs
for inspection to an examiner of the department;
(i) Has refused to be examined upon oath regarding its affairs.
(j) Has neglected, refused or failed to take or continue proceedings
for voluntary liquidation in accordance with any of the provisions of
this chapter.
2. The superintendent may, in his discretion, and upon such conditions
as may be approved by him, surrender possession and permit such banking
organization to resume business.
3. When the superintendent shall have duly taken possession of the
property and business of any such banking organization, he may hold such
possession until its affairs are finally liquidated by him, unless he
shall surrender possession as provided in subdivision two of this
section or be enjoined from continuing possession as provided in section
six hundred seven of this article, or unless such banking organization
shall, with the written approval of the superintendent, voluntarily wind
up its affairs as provided in section six hundred five of this article.
4. (a) The superintendent may also, in his or her discretion,
forthwith take possession of the business and property in this state of
any foreign banking corporation that has been licensed by the
superintendent under the provisions of this chapter, including, for the
purposes of this article, any such corporation whose license has been
surrendered or revoked, upon his or her finding that any of the reasons
enumerated in subdivision one of this section exist with respect to such
corporation or that it is in liquidation at its domicile or elsewhere or
that there is reason to doubt its ability or willingness to pay in full
the claims of the creditors hereinbelow described. Title to such
business and property shall vest by operation of law in the
superintendent and his or her successors forthwith upon taking
possession. Thereafter the superintendent shall liquidate or otherwise
deal with such business and property in accordance with the provisions
of this chapter applicable to the liquidation of banking organizations,
except that the superintendent may deal with such business and property
and prosecute and defend any and all actions relating thereto in his or
her own name as superintendent. Only the claims of creditors of such
corporation arising out of transactions had by them with its New York
agency or agencies, or with its New York branch or branches, shall be
accepted by the superintendent for payment out of such business and
property in this state as provided in this article. Acceptance or
rejection of such claims by the superintendent shall not prejudice such
creditors' rights to otherwise share in the assets of such corporation.
The following claims shall not be accepted by the superintendent for
payment out of such business and property in this state: (1) claims
which would not represent an enforceable legal obligation against such
branch or agency if such branch or agency were a separate and
independent legal entity; and (2) amounts due and other liabilities to
other offices, agencies or branches of, and affiliates of, such foreign
banking corporation.
(b) Whenever the accepted claims, together with interest thereon, if
interest was paid, and the expenses of the liquidation have been paid in
full or properly provided for, the superintendent upon the order of the
supreme court shall turn over the remaining assets to, in the first
instance, other offices of the foreign banking corporation that are
being liquidated in the United States, upon the request of the
liquidators of those offices, in amounts which the liquidators of those
offices demonstrate to the superintendent are needed to pay the claims
accepted by those liquidators and any expenses incurred by the
liquidators in liquidating those other offices of the foreign banking
corporation. After such payments, if any, have been made, any assets of
the foreign banking corporation remaining in the hands of the
superintendent shall be turned over to the principal office of such
foreign banking corporation, or to the duly appointed domiciliary
liquidator or receiver of said foreign banking corporation. Dividends
and other amounts remaining unclaimed or unpaid in the hands of the
superintendent for six months after such turn-over shall be deposited by
him or her as provided in article two of this chapter.
(c) As used in this subdivision the phrase "business and property in
this state" includes, but is not limited to, all property of the foreign
corporation, real, personal or mixed, whether tangible or intangible,
(1) wherever situated, constituting part of the business of the New York
agency or branch and appearing on its books as such, and (2) situated
within this state whether or not constituting part of the business of
the New York agency or branch or so appearing on its books.
(d) For the purposes of this subdivision, the words "debts",
"obligations", "deposits" and other similar terms as used in subsequent
sections of this article, shall be deemed to refer to the claims that
the superintendent shall accept pursuant to paragraph (a) of this
subdivision, the words "creditors" and "depositors" shall be deemed to
refer to the owners of such accepted claims and, except when the context
shall otherwise require, the terms "banking organization" and
"corporation" shall be deemed to refer to the New York agency or
agencies or branch or branches and the word "officer" shall include the
agent or other person in charge of such agency or agencies and any
person in charge of or who is an officer of such branch or branches. As
used in this subdivision, (i) "affiliate" shall mean any person, or
group of persons acting in concert, that controls, is controlled by or
is under common control with such foreign banking corporation and (ii)
"control" means any person, or group of persons acting in concert,
directly or indirectly, owning, controlling or holding with power to
vote, more than fifty percent of the voting stock of a company, or
having the ability in any manner to elect a majority of the directors of
a company, or otherwise exercising a controlling influence over the
management and policies of a company as defined by the superintendent by
regulation. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "person" shall
mean a corporation, unincorporated association, partnership, or any
other entity or individual.
5. The term "banking organization" as used in this and subsequent
sections of this article shall be deemed to include a corporation which
has engaged in any business or other activity prohibited by section one
hundred thirty-one of this chapter, and an unincorporated association,
partnership, fiduciary or individual who has engaged in any business or
other activity prohibited by section one hundred eighty of this chapter.
6. (a) In the case of the liquidation of an investment company by the
superintendent, accepted claims, amounts due and other liabilities owed
to affiliates of such investment company shall be paid only after all
accepted claims, amounts due and other liabilities owed have been fully
paid to such creditors and other claimants of the investment company
that are not affiliates of such investment company.
(b) For the purposes of this subdivision, (i) "affiliate" shall mean
any person, or group of persons acting in concert, that controls, is
controlled by or is under common control with such investment company,
and (ii) "control" means any person, or group of persons acting in
concert, directly or indirectly, owning, controlling, or holding with
power to vote, more than fifty percent of the voting stock of a company,
or having the ability in any manner to elect a majority of the directors
of a company, or otherwise exercising a controlling influence over the
management and policies of a company as defined by the superintendent by
regulation. For purposes of this subdivision, the term "person" shall
mean a corporation, unincorporated association, partnership, or any
other entity or individual.
Manner and time within which taking possession may be tested.
At any time within ten days after the superintendent has taken
possession of the property and business of any banking organization such
banking organization may apply to the supreme court in the judicial
district in which its principal office is located, for an order
requiring the superintendent to show cause why he should not be enjoined
from continuing such possession. The court may, upon good cause shown,
direct the superintendent to refrain from further proceedings and to
surrender such possession.
Resumption of business by bank, trust company or industrial
bank; retirement of certificates; applicability to stock-form savings
banks and stock-form savings and loan associations. 1. Any bank, trust
company, stock-form savings bank or stock-form savings and loan
association of which the superintendent has taken possession or which is
operating under restrictions imposed by duly constituted authority may
be permitted by the superintendent, in his discretion and subject to
such conditions as may be approved by him, to resume business in
accordance with the provisions of this section.
2. No bank, trust company or industrial bank permitted by the
superintendent to resume business in accordance with the provisions of
this section shall, without previously obtaining the written permission
of the superintendent, pay, on account of any deposit made or debt
incurred before such restrictions were imposed or before the
superintendent took possession of such bank, trust company or industrial
bank, more than that proportion of eighty per centum of the total value
of its sound assets, as determined by the superintendent, which such
deposit or debt bears to the total of the deposits and debts of such
bank, trust company or industrial bank at the time of resuming business:
provided that nothing contained in this section shall affect any
preference created by any law of this state for the benefit of any
depositor or creditor or impair the rights of any secured depositor or
creditor in any assets lawfully pledged or assigned as such security.
For the purposes of this section, the holder of a judgment against any
such bank, trust company or industrial bank for the payment of money
arising out of a cause of action arising prior to such resumption of
business, whether such judgment was recovered prior or subsequent to
such resumption of business, shall have the same rights as if he were a
depositor having a balance equal to the amount of such judgment at the
time such restrictions were imposed or at the time the superintendent
took possession of such bank, trust company or industrial bank. The
superintendent shall prepare for each such bank, trust company or
industrial bank a list of the assets which, in his judgment, are sound
and the value thereof as determined by him.
3. Such bank, trust company or industrial bank shall, immediately upon
resuming business, issue to its depositors and creditors non-negotiable
transferable certificates, in a form approved by the superintendent,
representing the part of its deposits and debts which it is not
authorized to pay at that time under the provisions of subdivision two
of this section. Such certificates shall bear interest, if any, at a
rate not in excess of three per centum per annum.
4. The superintendent shall from time to time determine the excess of
the value of the sound assets of such bank, trust company or industrial
bank over the total of the principal amount of such certificates
outstanding and of the deposits and debts of such bank, trust company or
industrial bank not represented by such certificates, including deposits
made and debts incurred after resuming business. The amount by which
such excess is greater than the excess of the value of the sound assets
of such bank, trust company or industrial bank, determined as provided
in subdivision two of this section, over its total deposits and debts at
the time of resuming business may, unless the superintendent
disapproves, be paid pro rata on account of the principal due on such
certificates or, if the principal has been paid in full, on account of
the interest, if any, due thereon. No such bank, trust company or
industrial bank shall, without previously obtaining the written
permission of the superintendent, make any other payment on account of
the principal or interest of such certificates.
5. No dividends shall be paid on the stock of such bank, trust company
or industrial bank while any such certificates are outstanding, unless,
having previously secured the written permission of the superintendent
to pay such certificates, it shall set aside and maintain a sum
sufficient for the payment of all such outstanding certificates and the
interest, if any, accrued thereon and shall publish once a week for two
calendar weeks in a newspaper published in the county in which its
principal office is located, notice to the effect that it will pay all
such certificates and the interest, if any, accrued thereon upon due
presentation for payment. If, thereafter, any such certificate together
with all interest, if any, accrued thereon, shall not be paid when so
presented, the authority of such bank, trust company or industrial bank
to pay such dividends shall cease.
6. So long as any of such certificates are outstanding, every holder
of such a certificate shall have the same right to notice of all regular
or special meetings of the stockholders of such bank, trust company or
industrial bank and to attend and to vote in person or by proxy at such
meetings as would a holder of stock of the par value of the unpaid
principal amount of such certificate, except that no holder of a
certificate or certificates shall be entitled to vote upon any change in
respect to shares or capital stock pursuant to title eight of article
fifteen or to receive notice of or attend a meeting of stockholders
specially called for that purpose. Within sixty days after such bank,
trust company or industrial bank has resumed business a meeting of its
stockholders and holders of such certificates shall be called upon
notice prescribed by the superintendent. At such meeting directors shall
be elected who shall succeed the former directors, and the directors so
elected shall elect officers who shall succeed the former officers.
Directors in office at the date of such meeting may be elected at such
meeting to succeed themselves and the directors elected at such meeting
may elect officers then serving to succeed themselves.
7. If the superintendent shall retake possession of the business and
property of such bank, trust company or industrial bank while any such
certificates are still outstanding and liquidate its business as
elsewhere provided in this chapter, deposits and debts not represented
by such certificates, including deposits made and debts incurred after
resuming business, shall be entitled to payment of principal and
interest in priority to the payment of the principal and interest of
such certificates.
8. (a) A plan for the retirement of certificates issued or made
available by a bank, trust company or industrial bank pursuant to the
provisions of this section may be promulgated in accordance with this
subdivision eight in any case where the value of all the assets of such
bank, trust company or industrial bank as determined by the
superintendent is less than the aggregate of the amounts owing to
depositors and other creditors plus the unpaid amount of all such
certificates so issued or made available by such bank, trust company or
industrial bank. Such plan may be promulgated by such bank, trust
company or industrial bank or by the holders of ten per centum or more
in principal amount of all such outstanding certificates or the
representative or representatives of such holders.
(b) Such plan may provide for any one or more of the following:
(1) The retirement of certificates by the issuance in exchange
therefor of shares of capital stock or debentures or both of such bank,
trust company or industrial bank;
(2) The issuance of preferred stock of such bank, trust company or
industrial bank and the sale of such preferred stock for cash or its
exchange for real or personal property or for outstanding capital notes,
debentures or other obligations of such bank, trust company or
industrial bank;
(3) The issuance of fractional shares of capital stock of such bank,
trust company or industrial bank in exchange for certificates or
portions thereof in unpaid amount insufficient to permit the exchange
thereof for a full share of capital stock. Such fractional shares of
capital stock shall have no voting rights, but, when combined with other
fractional shares in sufficient amount, shall be convertible into a full
share or shares of capital stock;
(4) The transfer into a separate account upon the books of such bank,
trust company or industrial bank or to a separate corporation, of any
assets to be liquidated for the pro rata benefit of certificate holders
and the issuance to certificate holders of evidences of participation in
such assets if transferred into a separate account upon the books of
such bank, trust company or industrial bank, or of stock or obligations
or both of such separate corporation, if such assets are transferred to
a separate corporation;
(5) The organization of a corporation to issue its stock or
obligations or both in exchange for certificates and for the exchange of
certificates so acquired by such corporation for shares of the capital
stock or debentures or both of such bank, trust company or industrial
bank;
(6) The amount of capital stock which such bank, trust company or
industrial bank shall have upon the plan becoming effective, the
classes, if any, into which such capital stock shall be divided, the
number of shares in each class and the par value of each share.
In addition to provisions herein specifically authorized to be
contained in a plan promulgated pursuant to this subdivision, such plan
may also contain any other provisions deemed necessary or convenient to
effectuate the general purpose or purposes of the plan.
(c) The person or persons promulgating such plan shall first submit it
to the superintendent for his approval. If the plan is approved by the
superintendent, such person shall within sixty days of such approval
submit it to the supreme court in and for the county in which the
principal office of such bank, trust company or industrial bank is
located, together with an application for its approval. Such application
shall set forth such facts as may be necessary to enable the court to
determine the fairness of such plan and shall be made upon an order to
show cause which shall provide that notice thereof of a kind which the
court deems to be adequate shall be given by such bank, trust company or
industrial bank to all holders of such certificates and all other
persons whose interests, in the opinion of the court, may be affected by
such plan. If the issue is raised in any proceeding involving a plan
promulgated pursuant to this subdivision, a certificate executed by the
superintendent and filed with the court shall be presumptive evidence of
the fact that the value of all of the assets of such bank, trust company
or industrial bank is less than the aggregate of the amounts owing to
depositors and other creditors plus the unpaid amount of all such
certificates issued or made available by such bank, trust company or
industrial bank.
(d) The superintendent or the bank, trust company or industrial bank
or any person or persons authorized to promulgate a plan hereunder may
propose and submit to the court an alternative plan or a modification or
modifications of any plan before the court. The court may modify any
such plan or may propose a new or alternative plan, provided, however,
that a modification or modifications, whether proposed by the court or
by any other person or persons, may be made only after a hearing upon
notice to all holders of certificates and all other persons whose
interests, in the opinion of the court, may be affected thereby, and
subject to the right of any person who shall previously have consented
to such plan to withdraw such consent within a period to be prescribed
by the court and after such notice as the court may direct. If any
person having such right of withdrawal shall not withdraw within the
period so prescribed he shall be deemed to have approved such plan as so
modified.
(e) After the hearing or hearings above provided the court shall by
order approve a plan, with or without modifications, or shall reject all
such plans, provided, however, that no order made pursuant to this
paragraph approving such plan shall be made or entered unless such plan,
in final form, shall first have been approved in writing by the
superintendent and such written approval shall have been filed in the
proceeding. If at the time of making the order approving such plan, the
court is satisfied that the holders of two-thirds in amount of such
certificates have approved such plan, the order of the court shall
recite such fact and shall declare that such plan shall be effective
upon the filing by the superintendent in the office of the clerk of the
county in which is located the principal office of such bank, trust
company or industrial bank of the certificate required to be filed
pursuant to paragraph (k) of this subdivision. If at the time of making
such order, such plan shall not have been approved by the holders of
two-thirds in amount of such certificates, such order shall provide that
upon satisfactory proof of the fact that the holders of two-thirds in
amount of such certificates shall have approved the same, a further
order may be entered ex parte declaring that such plan shall be
effective upon the filing by the superintendent in the office of the
clerk of the county in which is located the principal office of such
bank, trust company or industrial bank of the certificate required to be
filed pursuant to paragraph (k) of this subdivision.
(f) Upon the entering of an order declaring that such plan shall be
effective upon the filing by the superintendent in the office of the
county clerk of the certificate required to be filed pursuant to
paragraph (k) of this subdivision, such plan shall become binding upon
the holders of all certificates of such bank, trust company or
industrial bank and all such holders shall be conclusively deemed to
have consented to all the terms and conditions of such plan whether or
not all of such holders shall actually have consented thereto and
whether or not all of them shall have received notice thereof or of the
hearing thereon hereinbefore provided.
(g) Every executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, committee,
conservator, receiver, or other fiduciary, and every public and private
corporation or association, and every political and public
instrumentality or body, including, but not by way of limitation of the
generality of the foregoing, boards of education and school districts
and other special districts, is hereby authorized and empowered to
approve and accept a plan promulgated pursuant to this subdivision and
to execute and deliver such papers and documents as may be necessary or
proper to evidence such approval and acceptance, and shall not be
subject to any liability whatsoever for any such approval or acceptance
or any exchange of certificates for stock or other securities or both
made pursuant thereto.
(h) A plan promulgated pursuant to this subdivision may be effectuated
even though it has not been expressly approved by the holders of
two-thirds in amount of all outstanding certificates, provided, as an
alternative to such express approval, the provisions of this paragraph
have been complied with. After the plan is approved by the
superintendent as provided by paragraph (c) of this subdivision, the
person or persons promulgating such plan shall file a copy thereof with
the clerk of the court and shall prepare and mail to each of the holders
of such certificates and to each of the holders of stock of the bank,
trust company or industrial bank, addressed by registered mail to him,
postage prepaid, to his last known address as the same appears on the
records of the bank, trust company or industrial bank, a summary of such
plan together with a notice stating in substance that such plan will be
presented to the supreme court in and for the county in which the
principal office of the bank, trust company or industrial bank is
located, and designating a date, which date shall not be less than
thirty days after the mailing of such notice, when such court will
consider such plan and hear any objection thereto on the part of any
holder of a certificate or of stock. Such notice shall also be published
by the person or persons promulgating such plan once, at least twenty
days before said date, in a daily newspaper of general circulation
published in the county where such hearing is to be had and if no such
daily newspaper is published in such county, then such notice shall be
published in a newspaper of general circulation in said county. Upon the
return of such notice or any adjourned date or dates thereof, the court
shall hear the parties interested therein and may accept proof in
affidavit form or otherwise as to any facts and circumstances material
thereto. The court upon proof by affidavit that the provisions hereof
with respect to mailing and publication have been fully complied with
shall thereupon approve, modify or disapprove such plan, but in no event
shall any such plan, with or without modifications, be approved by the
court unless the court deems such plan fair and equitable to the holders
of certificates and unless such plan, in final form, shall first have
been approved in writing by the superintendent, and such written
approval shall have been filed in the proceeding; or if written dissent
therefrom, duly executed and acknowledged, shall be filed with the clerk
of the court prior to such return date, or prior to such other date as
may be fixed by the court, by the holders in the aggregate of more than
thirty-three and one-third per centum of the face amount of the
certificates affected by such plan. All holders of certificates who have
not dissented from the plan in the manner provided by this paragraph and
prior to the return date or such other date as may be fixed by the court
shall be conclusively deemed to have assented thereto. Such plan shall
contain a provision in respect of certificate holders dissenting
thereto, to the effect that adequate protection will be provided for the
realization by them of the value of their certificates by such method as
will in the opinion of the court, under and consistent with the
circumstances of the particular case, be equitable and fair to them.
When such plan, with or without modifications, shall be approved by the
court, the court shall make an order reciting such approval and
declaring that such plan shall be effective upon the filing by the
superintendent in the office of the clerk of the county in which is
located the principal office of such bank, trust company or industrial
bank of the certificate required to be filed pursuant to paragraph (k)
of this subdivision. The appellate court to which an appeal is taken by
any dissenting certificate holder or by any stockholder from any action
by the court pursuant to this section shall have the right to impose
upon the appellant as part of the costs of the appeal, reasonable fees
of counsel for the respondent, and such appellate court may also, in its
discretion, require bond therefor before entertaining any such appeal.
(i) Upon the entering of an order declaring that such plan shall be
effective upon the filing by the superintendent in the office of the
county clerk of the certificate required to be filed pursuant to
paragraph (k) of this subdivision, such steps shall be taken by the
superintendent and all other persons, and all acts shall be done as may
be required by such plan and as may be necessary or desirable to make
such plan operative. Within ten days after the entering of such order,
the superintendent shall issue an order pursuant to article two of this
chapter directing that such bank, trust company or industrial bank shall
forthwith make good the impairment of its capital. Upon receipt of such
order, the directors of the bank, trust company or industrial bank shall
give notice to each stockholder of such requisition and of the amount of
the assessment he must pay, which amount shall be the aggregate par
value of his shares. Such notice shall be mailed to each stockholder at
his address appearing on the records of the bank, trust company or
industrial bank or shall be served personally upon him. Notwithstanding
any provision of section one hundred fourteen or section three hundred
six of this chapter, all outstanding stock certificates of the bank,
trust company or industrial bank shall be canceled of record not less
than thirty days after notice of assessment is given to stockholders as
herein provided, and thereupon such stock certificates shall be null and
void for all purposes and the rights of the holders thereunder shall
cease and determine; provided, however, that each stockholder who pays
the full amount of such assessment within thirty days after notice of
assessment is given as herein provided shall receive, in lieu of the
stock on account of which such assessment was paid, new stock in the
amount to which he would be entitled if he held certificates issued by
such bank, trust company or industrial bank pursuant to the provisions
of this section in an aggregate unpaid principal and interest amount
equal to the assessment so paid.
(j) Not less than thirty nor more than sixty days after notice of
assessment is given to stockholders as provided in paragraph (i) of this
subdivision, the superintendent shall, if the plan so provides, cause
any assets of such bank, trust company or industrial bank which are to
be liquidated for the pro rata benefit of certificate holders, to be set
aside in a special account upon the books of such bank, trust company or
industrial bank or transferred to a separate corporation.
(k) Upon the completion of the acts required to be done pursuant to
paragraph (i) and paragraph (j) of this subdivision and not more than
sixty days after notice of assessment is given to stockholders as
provided in paragraph (i) of this subdivision, the superintendent shall
execute in triplicate a certificate declaring such plan to be effective
and stating the amount of capital stock which such bank, trust company
or industrial bank shall thereafter have, the classes, if any, into
which such capital stock shall be divided, the number of shares in each
class and the par value of each such share. The amount of capital stock
stated in such certificate shall be not less than the amount of capital
stock required to be issued to certificate holders pursuant to such
plan, plus the amount of capital stock required, pursuant to paragraph
(i) of this subdivision, to be issued to stockholders who shall have
paid the full amount of the assessments levied pursuant to such
paragraph (i). The amount of capital stock, the number of shares and
the par value of each such share as stated in such certificate shall be
the amount of capital stock, the number of shares and the par value
thereof which such bank, trust company or industrial bank shall
thereafter be authorized to have, provided that nothing herein contained
shall be deemed to limit the power of any such bank, trust company or
industrial bank subsequently to change the amount of its capital stock,
the number of its shares or the par value of its shares pursuant to
subdivision two of section eight thousand one. One of such triplicate
certificates shall be transmitted forthwith by the superintendent to
such bank, trust company or industrial bank, another shall be filed in
the office of the superintendent and the third shall be filed by the
superintendent in the office of the clerk of the county in which is
located the principal office of such bank, trust company or industrial
bank. Upon such filing in the office of the county clerk, the plan shall
become effective and all certificates theretofore issued by such bank,
trust company or industrial bank pursuant to the provisions of this
section shall be null and void and shall not be deemed to be outstanding
for any purpose. Thereupon such bank, trust company or industrial bank
shall issue and make available to the holders of such certificates
shares of stock or debentures or both of such bank, trust company or
industrial bank, and if the plan so provides, evidences of participation
in the assets aside in a special account or stock or other securities or
both of a separate corporation, in the proportions and amounts specified
in such plan.
(l) Within sixty days after a plan pursuant to this subdivision has
become effective with respect to any bank, trust company or industrial
bank, there shall be called in accordance with its by-laws a meeting of
its stockholders who shall elect directors who shall succeed the former
directors. The directors so elected shall elect officers who shall
succeed the former officers. Directors in office at the date of such
meeting may be elected at such meeting to succeed themselves and the
directors elected at such meeting may elect officers then serving to
succeed themselves. Notwithstanding the requirements as to ownership of
capital stock contained in section one hundred sixteen or section three
hundred three of this chapter, the directors of such bank, trust company
or industrial bank holding office at the time that such plan becomes
effective may continue to hold office as directors, until their
successors are elected and shall have qualified.
(m) The supreme court in and for the county in which is located the
principal office of such bank, trust company or industrial bank is
hereby vested with jurisdiction and authority to determine the fairness
of, and to approve or disapprove, any plan, or modification or
modifications thereof, which may be promulgated hereunder and to
determine the fairness of, and to approve or disapprove, the terms and
conditions of the issuance and exchange of stock or other securities, or
both, of any corporation for certificates issued pursuant to the
provisions of this section and to make such orders and do such other
things as may be required by this subdivision or as may be necessary or
convenient to carry out the purposes hereof.
9. If there be in article fifteen of this chapter a provision which
conflicts with any provision of this section six hundred nine, the
provision of this section six hundred nine shall prevail, and the
conflicting provision of article fifteen shall not apply in such case.
If there be in article fifteen a provision relating to a matter embraced
in this section six hundred nine, but not in conflict therewith, both
provisions shall apply.
Resumption of business in accordance with plan of
reorganization. The superintendent, in his discretion, may permit a
corporation of which he has taken possession or which is operating on a
restricted basis pursuant to regulations promulgated by duly constituted
authority, to resume business in accordance with a plan of
reorganization under which depositors and other creditors will receive
less than the full amount of their claims and/or in partial payment
thereof will receive certificates of beneficial interest in certain
segregated assets and/or stock of such corporation, and under which
stockholders will contribute their shares of capital stock and/or money
in lieu of assessments upon such stock. In any such case in which the
superintendent permits resumption of business pursuant to such a plan of
reorganization, all depositors and creditors and stockholders of any
such corporation, whether or not they shall have consented to such plan
of reorganization, shall be fully and in all respects subject to and
bound by its provisions, and claims of all depositors and other
creditors shall be treated as if they had consented to such plan;
provided, however, that the superintendent shall not permit a
corporation to resume business in accordance with such a plan of
reorganization unless it has been shown to his satisfaction that (1)
such plan is fair and equitable to all depositors and other creditors
and stockholders and is in the public interest and (2) that depositors
and other creditors, representing at least eighty per centum in amount
of its total deposits and other liabilities, exclusive of the claims of
depositors and other creditors which will be satisfied in full under the
plan of reorganization, and stockholders owning at least two-thirds of
its outstanding capital stock, as shown by the books of the corporation,
have consented in writing to such plan; provided further, that
permission to resume business under any such plan of reorganization
shall be granted by the superintendent only upon an order of the supreme
court in and for the county in which the principal office of such
corporation is located. The application for an order of the supreme
court pursuant to this section shall be made upon an order to show cause
which shall provide that notice thereof, of a kind which the court deems
to be adequate and proper, be given to depositors, creditors and
stockholders of such corporation.
Special deputies; assistants; counsel and other employees. The
superintendent may, by certificate, under his hand and the official seal
of the department, appoint one or more special deputy superintendents as
agent or agents to assist him in liquidating the business and affairs of
any banking organization in his possession. The superintendent shall
file such certificate in his office and shall cause a certified copy
thereof to be filed with the supreme court in the judicial district in
which the principal office of such banking organization is located. He
may delegate such special deputy superintendents to perform such duties
connected with such liquidation as he may deem proper. The
superintendent may employ such counsel and expert assistants, without
being subject to the requirements of section one hundred twelve of the
state finance law or to the prior approval of any other state agency,
under such titles as he shall assign to them and may retain such of the
officers or employees of such banking organization as he may deem
necessary in the liquidation and distribution of its assets. He shall
require such security as he may deem proper from his agents and
assistants appointed pursuant to the provisions of this section.
Appointment of single judge. When the superintendent has
taken possession of and is liquidating the business and property in this
state of any banking organization under the provisions of this article,
the superintendent shall be entitled to the appointment of a single
judge to supervise the liquidation upon request to the administrative
judge of the supreme court in the judicial district in which the
principal office of such banking organization is located. Such judge
shall have the power to order expedited or simplified procedures or
order a reference wherever necessary to resolve a matter in such
liquidation.
Certificates to be recorded and received in evidence. The
superintendent, deputy superintendents, and the special deputy
superintendents designated under the provisions of section six hundred
eleven of this chapter, are hereby authorized to subscribe and
acknowledge written statements reciting determinations made or acts
performed pursuant to the powers vested in and duties imposed upon the
superintendent pursuant to the terms and provisions of this chapter.
Every paper so executed and acknowledged by the superintendent or a
deputy superintendent or a special deputy superintendent may be recorded
in any proper recording office in the same manner and with the same
effect as a deed regularly acknowledged and, whether or not so recorded,
shall be received in evidence in any action or proceeding now pending or
hereafter commenced, and shall be presumptive evidence of the facts
therein stated.
Any statement, similarly executed and acknowledged, setting forth an
extract from a book, record or document of any banking organization in
the possession of the superintendent or any other book, record or
document relating to the liquidation thereof, shall be received in
evidence in any action or proceeding now pending or hereafter commenced
with the same effect as the original book, record or document.
Payment of wages. All wages actually owing to the employees
of a banking organization in the possession of the superintendent for
services rendered within three months prior to the date when possession
was taken, not exceeding two thousand dollars to each employee, shall be
paid prior to the payment of every other debt or claim, and in the
discretion of the superintendent may be paid as soon as practicable
after taking possession, except that at all times the superintendent
shall reserve such funds as will in his opinion be sufficient for the
expenses of administration.
Payment by superintendent of expenses of liquidation. The
superintendent shall pay out of the funds in his hands of any banking
organization of which he is in possession, all expenses of liquidation,
subject to the approval of the supreme court in the judicial district in
which the principal office of such banking organization was located. The
application for an order of the supreme court pursuant to this section
shall be made upon an order to show cause which shall provide that
notice thereof to the depositors and creditors, and to the stockholders
or shareholders, if any, of such banking organization be published once
in each week for two consecutive weeks in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county in which the principal office of such banking
organization was located. Such order to show cause shall also be served
upon such banking organization in such manner as the court, in such
order to show cause, may direct. The hearing upon such application shall
be held not less than ten days after the first publication of such
notice. An order approving the final expenses of liquidation of a
corporate banking organization may, in a proper case, and if the
petition complies with the requirements of subdivision three of section
six hundred twenty-seven of this article, include a provision declaring
the banking organization dissolved and its corporate existence
terminated. The supreme court shall not upon any application under this
section increase the compensation of special deputy superintendents,
assistants, counsel or other employees over the amount fixed by the
superintendent, or direct the superintendent to make any expenditure not
approved by him.
Obtaining possession of pleadings, et cetera, in actions
against which attorneys' liens are asserted. When the superintendent is
in possession of any banking organization, and attorneys' liens are
asserted by attorneys of such banking organization against any causes of
action to which such banking organization is a party, or against
pleadings or other papers in the possession of such attorneys relating
to such causes of action, or if such liens are asserted against any
evidences of title to any assets or against any of the assets of such
banking organization then in the possession of such attorneys, the
superintendent may institute special proceedings and petition the court
to fix and determine the amount of such liens. Such proceedings shall be
instituted in the county in which the principal office of such banking
organization is located. Upon application of the superintendent and upon
notice to such attorneys to be prescribed by the court, the court may by
order prior to final order in such proceeding direct such attorneys to
deliver to the superintendent all property of such banking organization,
against which such liens are asserted, together with such consents to
substitution of attorneys as the court may direct, upon the
superintendent furnishing security to such attorneys in the manner and
to an amount that may be fixed by the court.
On taking possession, superintendent shall notify those holding
assets; effect of notification; turnover of assets and payment of debts
owed to the banking organization. When the superintendent shall take
possession of the property and business of any banking organization:
1. The superintendent shall forthwith give notice of such fact to all
corporations, unincorporated associations, partnerships, governmental
entities and other entities and individuals known to him to hold any
assets of such banking organization. No corporation, unincorporated
association, partnership, governmental entity or other entity or
individual having notice or knowledge that the superintendent has taken
possession of such banking organization, shall have a lien or charge for
any payment, advance or clearance thereafter made against any of the
assets of such banking organization for liability thereafter incurred.
2. Upon the written demand of the superintendent, any corporation,
unincorporated association, partnership, governmental entity or other
entity or individual holding assets of such banking organization shall
deliver such assets to the superintendent and shall thereupon be
discharged from liability with respect to any claim upon such assets;
provided, however that such demand shall not affect the right of a
secured creditor with a perfected security interest, or other valid lien
or security interest enforceable against third parties, to retain
collateral, including any right of such secured creditor under any
security arrangement related to a qualified financial contract, as
defined in section six hundred eighteen-a of this article to retain
collateral and apply such collateral in accordance with paragraph (d) of
subdivision two of section six hundred eighteen-a of this article.
Nothing in this section shall affect any right of setoff permitted under
applicable law; provided, however, that in connection with the
liquidation of a branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation
pursuant to this article, no entity or individual may set off the
business and property in this state of such foreign banking corporation
described in subparagraph one of paragraph (c) of subdivision four of
section six hundred six of this article against liabilities of such
foreign banking corporation other than those that arise out of
transactions had by such entity or individual with such branch or agency
(which liabilities shall be deemed to include in the case of qualified
financial contracts the lesser of the two amounts calculated with
respect to any such qualified financial contract pursuant to paragraph
(c) of subdivision two of section six hundred eighteen-a of this
article) and provided that such setoff is otherwise permissible under
applicable law.
Inventory of assets; where filed. After the superintendent
shall have taken possession of and shall have determined to liquidate
the property and business of any banking organization, he shall make in
duplicate an inventory of the assets of such banking organization. He
shall file one copy of such inventory in his office and shall cause one
copy to be filed with the supreme court in the judicial district in
which the principal office of such banking organization is located.
Disposition of property held as bailee, or depositary; opening
of safe deposit boxes; disposal of contents. 1. The superintendent may,
after he has taken possession of any banking organization, cause to be
mailed to each person claiming to be, or appearing upon the books of
such banking organization to be
(1) the owner of any personal property in the custody or possession of
such banking organization as bailee or depositary for hire or otherwise,
including the contents of any safe, vault or box theretofore opened for
non-payment of rental in accordance with the provisions of this chapter,
or
(2) the lessee of any safe, vault or box, a notice in writing directed
by registered mail to such person at his last address as the same
appears on the books of such banking organization or at his last known
address if no address appears on such books, notifying such person to
remove all such property or the contents of any such safe, vault or box,
within a period stated in said notice, which period shall be not less
than sixty days from the date of such notice, and further notifying such
person of the terms and provisions of this section. The contract of
bailment or of deposit for hire, or lease of safe, vault or box, if any,
between the person to whom such notice is mailed and such banking
organization shall cease and determine upon the date for removal fixed
in such notice. Such person shall have a claim against such banking
organization for the amount of the unearned rent or charges, if any,
paid by such person from the date fixed in such notice, if the property
or contents is removed on or before such date, or from the date of
actual removal, if the property or contents is removed after such date.
As used herein the phrase "personal property in the custody or
possession of such banking organization as bailee or depositary for hire
or otherwise" shall include, without limitation, securities, whether
held in custody directly or in book-entry form by such banking
organization, its nominee, subcustodian, clearing corporation or similar
entity.
2. If such property or contents shall not be removed, and all rent or
storage and other charges theretofore accrued, if any, shall not be
paid, within the time fixed by such notice, the superintendent may cause
such property to be inventoried, or such safe, vault or box, or any
package, parcel or receptacle in the custody or possession of such
banking organization as bailee or depositary for hire or otherwise, to
be opened and the contents, if any, to be removed and inventoried, in
his presence or in the presence of a deputy superintendent, a special
deputy superintendent, or an examiner and of a notary public, not an
officer or employee of such banking organization or of the department of
financial services. Such property or contents shall thereupon be sealed
up by such notary public in a package distinctly marked by him with the
name of the person in whose name such property or such safe, vault, box,
package, parcel or receptacle stands upon the books of such banking
organization, and a copy of the inventory of the property therein shall
be certified and attached thereto by such notary public. Such package
may be kept by the superintendent in such place as he may determine at
the expense and risk of the person in whose name it stands until
delivered to such person or until sold, destroyed or otherwise disposed
of as hereinafter provided. Such package may, pending final disposition
of its contents, be opened by the superintendent, a deputy
superintendent, special deputy superintendent or examiner, from time to
time for inspection or appraisal, or to enable the superintendent to
exercise any of the powers conferred or duties imposed upon him by this
article. Whenever such package is opened, the superintendent, deputy
superintendent, special deputy superintendent or examiner, shall endorse
on the outside of said package the date of opening and re-sealing, and
shall prepare an affidavit which shall be attached thereto, showing the
reason for opening and the articles, if any, removed therefrom, or
placed or replaced therein.
3. At any time prior to the sale, destruction or other disposition of
the contents thereof, the person in whose name such package stands may
require the delivery thereof upon payment of all rental or storage
charges accrued, and all other charges or expenses paid or incurred to
the date of delivery with respect to such package or the contents
thereof, including the cost of inventorying or of opening and
inventorying, the fees of the notary public, the cost of preparing and
mailing the notice, and advertising, if any. In case the superintendent
is in doubt concerning the person entitled to receive such package, or
there are conflicting claims thereto, he may require of the claimant an
order of the supreme court authorizing and directing the delivery
thereof, but for any delivery or transfer made by him in good faith to
the claimant appearing from the records in his office to be entitled
thereto, he shall be held harmless and shall not be liable to any
subsequent claimant. If the principal of, or interest, income, or
dividends on any bonds, stock certificates, promissory notes, choses in
action or other securities contained in such package, is or becomes due
and payable while it is in the possession of the superintendent, he may
at his election collect such principal, interest, income or dividends,
and from the proceeds thereof may deduct all such sums due for rental
and other charges, until the time of such collection. The balance, if
any, of the amount or amounts so collected shall be disposed of by the
superintendent as hereafter in subdivision five provided.
4. After the expiration of one year from the time of mailing the
notice in subdivision one hereof described, the superintendent may apply
to the supreme court for an order authorizing him to sell, destroy or
otherwise dispose of the contents of such package. In a proper case, the
court shall make such order upon such terms and conditions as justice
may require. The application for an order of the supreme court pursuant
to this subdivision shall be made upon an order to show cause, which
shall provide that notice thereof to the person in whose name such
package stands and to any other person claiming or appearing to have an
interest therein, shall be published, mailed or given in such other
manner as the court may prescribe. Whenever, pursuant to the provisions
of this subdivision, the superintendent is given the power to sell the
contents of any package, such power to sell shall be deemed a power to
sell in satisfaction of a lien for non-payment of rental or storage
charges accrued, and all other charges and expenses paid or incurred to
the date of sale with respect to such package and the contents thereof,
including the charges and expenses described in subdivision three
hereof. Such power to sell, or the power to destroy or otherwise dispose
of, when authorized pursuant to the provisions of this subdivision,
shall be deemed to include the power to sell, destroy or otherwise
dispose of, as the case may be, any bonds, stock certificates,
promissory notes, choses in action, or other securities, and any other
tangible or intangible property contained in any package, regardless of
whether or not it shall appear from such securities or properties that
the person in whose name the package stands, possesses title to or
interest in such securities or other properties, or power to transfer
such title or interest, and any sale of such securities or properties,
pursuant to this subdivision, shall vest good title thereto in the
purchaser thereof.
5. From the proceeds of any sale, the superintendent shall deduct all
rental or storage charges accrued, and all other charges and expenses
paid or incurred to the date of sale, including the charges and expenses
described in subdivision three hereof, and the expenses of sale. The
balance of such proceeds, if any, shall be credited to the person in
whose name such package stood and shall be paid over to such person, his
assignee or legal representative on satisfactory evidence of identity.
At the expiration of six months after the completion of the liquidation
of such banking organization, the superintendent shall deposit any
unclaimed amounts derived from such sale, as provided in article two of
this chapter.
6. The provisions of this section do not affect or preclude any other
remedy by action or otherwise for the enforcement of the claims or
rights of the superintendent, or of a banking organization of which he
is in possession, against the person in whose name any property, or any
safe, vault, box, package, parcel or receptacle stands, nor affect, nor
bar the right of the superintendent or the banking organization to
recover, before sale, any debt or claim due him or it, or, after sale,
so much of the debt or claim as shall not be paid by the proceeds of the
sale.
Liquidation and conservation of assets; compromising debts and
claims; deposit of moneys collected; preference; superintendent, as
liquidator, authorized to borrow on and pledge assets of banks. 1. (a)
The superintendent is authorized, upon taking possession of any banking
organization, to liquidate the affairs thereof and to do all acts and to
make such expenditures as in his or her judgment are necessary to
conserve its assets and business. The superintendent shall proceed to
collect the debts due. The superintendent may, upon an order of the
supreme court (unless such order is not required pursuant to the
provisions of paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this subdivision), (i) sell,
assign, compromise, or otherwise dispose of all bad or doubtful debts
held by such banking organization, (ii) compromise claims against such
banking organization, other than deposit claims, and (iii) sell or
otherwise dispose of all or any of the real and personal property of
such banking organization wherever situated. In case any of the real
property so sold is located in a county in this state other than a
county in which the application to the court for leave to sell is made,
the superintendent shall cause a certified copy of such order to be
filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which such real
property is located.
(b) The superintendent may sell, assign, compromise or otherwise
dispose of any bad or doubtful debt held by such banking organization
the value of which does not exceed fifty thousand dollars upon such
terms as he or she may deem for the best interests of such banking
organization without obtaining the approval of the court. For purposes
of this paragraph, the value of any such bad or doubtful debt shall be
the current value thereof as determined by the superintendent in good
faith.
(c) The superintendent may, when the amount proposed to be paid by the
superintendent in compromise does not exceed fifty thousand dollars,
compromise any claim against such banking organization, other than any
deposit claim, upon such terms as he or she may deem for the best
interests of such banking organization without obtaining the approval of
the court.
(d) The superintendent may sell or otherwise dispose of any personal
property of such banking organization (other than bad or doubtful debts
subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subdivision) the
value of which does not exceed fifty thousand dollars upon such terms as
he or she may deem for the best interests of such banking organization
without obtaining the approval of the court. For purposes of this
paragraph, the value of any such personal property of such banking
organization shall be (i) in the case of any single class of a security,
or any commodity, or other property or claim that has a readily
ascertainable market value, such market value, and (ii) in any other
case, the current value thereof as determined by the superintendent in
good faith.
2. The moneys collected by the superintendent shall be: (a) Deposited
on demand, time or otherwise in one or more banks, savings banks or
trust companies and, in case of the insolvency or voluntary or
involuntary liquidation of the depositary, such deposits shall be
entitled to priority of payment on an equality with any other priority
given by this chapter;
(b) Deposited on demand, time or otherwise in one or more national
banks with its principal office located in this state and with total
assets exceeding five billion dollars; or
(c) Invested in obligations of the United States, or those for which
the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to provide for
the payment of interest and principal.
3. Upon an order of the supreme court in and for the county in which
the principal office of such banking organization is located, the
superintendent is authorized to borrow money and to execute, acknowledge
and deliver notes or other evidences of indebtedness therefor and to
secure the repayment thereof by the mortgage, pledge, assignment in
trust or hypothecation of any or all of the property whether real,
personal or mixed of such banking organization. Money may be so borrowed
for any one or more of the following purposes:
(a) Facilitating liquidation;
(b) Protecting or preserving the assets in his possession;
(c) Declaring and paying dividends to depositors and other creditors;
(d) Providing for the expenses of administration and liquidation;
(e) Aiding in the reopening or reorganization of such banking
organization;
(f) Aiding in the merger or consolidation of any one or more of such
banking organizations which are corporations;
(g) Aiding in the sale of all of the assets of any such banking
organization.
The superintendent with the aforesaid order of the supreme court shall
have power to take any and all other action necessary and proper to
consummate any such loans and to provide for the repayment thereof.
The superintendent shall be under no obligation personally or in his
official capacity to repay any loan made pursuant to this subdivision.
The obligation for the repayment of any such loan shall be solely the
obligation of the banking organization receiving the benefit of such
loan.
Repudiation of contracts. 1. Except as otherwise provided in
this section, when the superintendent has taken possession of the
business and property in this state of a banking organization, unless
the federal regulator or insurer is appointed as receiver or liquidator,
the superintendent may assume or repudiate any contract, including an
unexpired lease, of the banking organization: (a) to which such banking
organization is a party, (b) the performance of which the
superintendent, in the superintendent's discretion, determines to be
burdensome, and (c) the repudiation of which the superintendent
determines, in the superintendent's discretion, will promote the orderly
administration of the banking organization's affairs. After the
expiration of ninety days from the date that the superintendent takes
possession of the banking organization, any party to a contract with the
banking organization being liquidated may demand in writing that the
superintendent assume or repudiate such contract. If the superintendent
has not assumed or repudiated the contract within fifteen calendar days
from the date of receipt of the demand by the superintendent, the
affected party may bring an action in the supreme court in the judicial
district in which the principal office of the banking organization is
located to obtain an order requiring the superintendent to decide
whether to assume or repudiate that contract. If the superintendent has
not assumed or repudiated a contract by one month before the last date
for filing claims against the banking organization being liquidated
pursuant to section six hundred twenty of this article, such contract
shall be deemed repudiated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect
to an unexpired lease of the banking organization for the rental of real
property under which the banking organization was a lessee, if the
superintendent remains in possession of the leasehold, the
superintendent shall not be required to assume or repudiate such lease
and may continue in possession of such leasehold for the remainder of
the term of the lease in accordance with the terms of the lease;
provided, however, that should the superintendent later repudiate the
lease before the end of the lease term, any amounts that may be due the
lessor due to such repudiation shall be calculated according to the
provisions of paragraph (a) of subdivision three of this section.
Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this subdivision, in
liquidating a branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation, the
superintendent shall not assume or repudiate any qualified financial
contract that the branch or agency entered into which is subject to a
multi-branch netting agreement or arrangement that provides for netting
present or future payment obligations or payment entitlements (including
termination or close-out values relating to the obligations or
entitlements) among the parties to the contract and agreement or
arrangement and the superintendent shall not be required to assume or
repudiate any other qualified financial contract that the branch or
agency entered into; provided, however, that upon any repudiation of any
qualified financial contract or the termination or liquidation of any
qualified financial contract in accordance with its terms, the liability
of the superintendent under such qualified financial contract shall be
determined in accordance with subdivision two of this section.
2. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, upon the
repudiation or termination of any contract pursuant to subdivision one
of this section, the liability of the superintendent shall be limited to
the actual direct compensatory damages of the parties to the contract,
determined as of the date the superintendent took possession of the
banking organization. The superintendent shall not be liable for any
future wages other than severance payments (to the extent such payments
are reasonable), or for payments for future services, costs of cover, or
any consequential, punitive or exemplary damages, damages for lost
profits or lost opportunity or damages for pain and suffering.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the liability of the
superintendent upon the repudiation of any qualified financial contract,
or in connection with the termination or liquidation of any qualified
financial contract in accordance with the terms thereof, shall be
limited as provided in paragraph (a) of this subdivision, except that
compensatory damages shall be deemed to include normal and reasonable
costs of cover or other reasonable measures of damages utilized among
participants in the market for qualified financial contract claims,
calculated as of the date of repudiation or the date of the termination
of such qualified financial contract in accordance with its terms. Upon
the repudiation of any qualified financial contract or in connection
with the termination or liquidation of any qualified financial contract
in accordance with the terms thereof, if the superintendent shall be
entitled to damages, such damages shall be paid over by the party to the
superintendent upon written demand pursuant to subdivision two of
section six hundred fifteen of this article, notwithstanding any
provision in any such contract that purports to effect a forfeiture of
such damages.
(c) In the case of the liquidation of a branch or agency of a foreign
banking corporation by the superintendent, with respect to qualified
financial contracts subject to netting agreements or arrangements that
provide for netting present or future payment obligations or payment
entitlements (including termination or close-out values relating to the
obligations or entitlements) among the parties to the contracts and
agreements or arrangements, the liability of the superintendent to any
party to any such qualified financial contract upon repudiation or in
connection with the termination or liquidation of such qualified
financial contract in accordance with the terms thereof, shall be
calculated as of the date of repudiation or the date of the termination
of such qualified financial contract in accordance with its terms and
shall be limited to the lesser of (i) the global net payment obligation
and (ii) the branch/agency net payment obligation. The liability of the
superintendent under this paragraph shall be reduced by any amount
otherwise paid to or received by the party in respect of the global net
payment obligation pursuant to such qualified financial contract which
if added to the liability of the superintendent under this paragraph
would exceed the global net payment obligation. The liability of the
superintendent under this paragraph to a party to a qualified financial
contract also shall be reduced by the fair market value or the amount of
any proceeds of collateral that secures and has been applied to satisfy
the obligations of the foreign banking corporation pursuant to such
qualified financial contract to the party. In the event that netting
under the applicable netting agreement or arrangement results in a
branch/agency net payment entitlement, notwithstanding any provision in
any such contract that purports to effect a forfeiture of such
entitlement, the superintendent may make written demand upon the party
to such contract under subdivision two of section six hundred fifteen of
this article for an amount not to exceed the lesser of (x) the global
net payment entitlement and (y) the branch/agency net payment
entitlement. The liability of the party under this paragraph shall be
reduced by any amount otherwise paid to or received by the
superintendent or any other liquidator or receiver of the foreign
banking corporation in respect of the global net payment entitlement
pursuant to such qualified financial contract which if added to the
liability of the party under this paragraph would exceed the global net
payment entitlement. The liability of the party under this paragraph to
the superintendent pursuant to such qualified financial contract also
shall be reduced by the fair market value or the amount of any proceeds
of collateral that secures and has been applied to satisfy the
obligations of the party pursuant to such qualified financial contract
to the foreign banking corporation.
(d) A party to a qualified financial contract with a foreign banking
corporation, the branch or agency of which the superintendent is
liquidating, which party has a perfected security interest in
collateral, or other valid lien or security interest in collateral
enforceable against third parties pursuant to a security arrangement
related to such qualified financial contract, may retain all such
collateral and upon repudiation of that qualified financial contract, or
in connection with the termination or liquidation of that qualified
financial contract in accordance with its terms thereof, apply such
collateral in satisfaction of any claims secured by the collateral,
provided that the total amount so applied to such claims shall in no
event exceed the global net payment obligation, if any.
(e) The following terms shall have the following meanings: (i)
"qualified financial contract" means any securities contract, commodity
contract, forward contract (including spot and forward foreign
exchange), repurchase agreement, swap agreement, and any similar
agreement, any option to enter into any such agreement, including any
combination of the foregoing, and any master agreement for such
agreements (such master agreement, together with all supplements
thereto, shall be treated as one qualified financial contract), provided
that such contract, option or agreement, or combination of contracts,
options or agreements is reflected in the books, accounts or records of
the banking organization or a party provides documentary evidence of
such agreement; the superintendent may define by regulation securities
contract, commodity contract, forward contract, repurchase agreement and
swap agreement, and may by regulation or order determine any other
agreement to be a qualified financial contract for purposes of this
paragraph; (ii) "global net payment obligation" means the amount, if
any, owed by a foreign banking corporation as a whole to a party after
giving effect to the netting provisions of a qualified financial
contract with respect to all transactions subject to netting under such
qualified financial contract; (iii) "global net payment entitlement"
means the amount, if any, owed by a party (or that would be owed if the
relevant agreements provided for payments to either party, upon
termination thereof under any and all circumstances) to a foreign
banking corporation as a whole after giving effect to the netting
provisions of a qualified financial contract with respect to all
transactions subject to netting under such qualified financial contract;
(iv) "branch/agency net payment obligation" means with respect to a
qualified financial contact the amount, if any, that would have been
owed by the foreign banking corporation to a party after netting only
those transactions entered into by the branch or agency and such party
under such qualified financial contract; and (v) "branch/agency net
payment entitlement" means with respect to a qualified financial
contract the amount, if any, that would have been owed by a party to the
foreign banking corporation after netting only those transactions
entered into by the branch or agency and such party under such qualified
financial contract. The superintendent shall have authority to prescribe
such regulations relating to qualified financial contracts and netting
thereof as the superintendent shall deem appropriate.
3. (a) If the superintendent repudiates a lease of the banking
organization for the rental of real or personal property under which the
banking organization was a lessee, the lessor under such lease shall be
entitled to file a claim with the superintendent for whichever is the
least amount of: (i) the amount designated as liquidated damages
contained in the agreement between the banking organization and the
lessor, (ii) an amount equal to one year's rent under the terms of the
repudiated lease, or (iii) an amount equal to the rent for the remaining
term of the lease.
(b) If the superintendent repudiates a lease of the banking
organization for the rental of real property under which the banking
organization was a lessor, and the lessee was not in default at the time
of repudiation, the lessee under such repudiated lease may either (i)
treat the lease as terminated by such repudiation and vacate the
premises, or (ii) remain in possession of the leasehold interest for the
balance of the term of the lease, and for any renewal or extension of
such term that is enforceable by such lessee under applicable
non-insolvency law, unless the lessee defaults under the terms of the
lease after the date of such repudiation. If the lessee remains in
possession of the leasehold interest, the lessee shall continue to pay
to the superintendent the contractual rent pursuant to the terms of the
lease after the date of the repudiation of such lease, and may offset
against such rent payment any damages which may accrue due to the
nonperformance of any obligation of the banking organization under the
lease after the date of repudiation. The superintendent shall not be
liable to the lessee for any damages arising after such date as a result
of the repudiation other than the amount of any offset allowed under
this subdivision. Nothing stated herein shall prohibit the
superintendent from entering into a new contract with the lessee for the
rental of the leasehold which was the subject of the repudiated lease.
4. Except as otherwise provided, notwithstanding any provision in an
unexpired lease or other contract, or in applicable law, a contract or
unexpired lease of the banking organization may not be terminated or
modified by any party other than the superintendent without the
concurrence of the superintendent, and any right or obligation under
such contract or lease may not be terminated or modified, at any time
after the superintendent's taking of possession, solely pursuant to a
provision in such contract or lease that is conditioned on the
superintendent's taking of possession, or the insolvency, financial
condition or liquidation of the banking organization.
5. Nothing in this section shall affect the right of a party to a
contract of a foreign banking corporation to seek performance of such
contract or damages thereon in any other jurisdiction, provided,
however, that the superintendent shall not be liable for the performance
of such contract or damages thereon in any other jurisdiction.
6. The rights granted herein are in addition to any other rights
available to the superintendent under common law or any other law.
Prosecution and defense of actions; actions preferred;
limitations; power to execute instruments; exemption from filing and
other fees. 1. (a) For the purpose of executing any of the powers and
performing any of the duties hereby conferred upon him, the
superintendent may, in the name of any banking organization of which he
is in possession, prosecute and defend any and all actions. Any such
action, upon application of the superintendent, shall be entitled to the
same preference to which an action by or against a receiver appointed by
the court is entitled in any court of the state. Except as provided in
the civil practice law and rules for venue for real property actions,
all actions against a banking organization in the possession of the
superintendent or against the superintendent arising out of its affairs,
shall be instituted and maintained in a court of record in the county in
which such banking organization maintained its principal place of
business.
(b) If the superintendent takes possession of the business and
property of any banking organization entitled to maintain an action,
before the expiration of the time limited for the commencement thereof,
such action may be commenced by the superintendent in the name of such
banking organization before the expiration of that time or within one
year after taking such possession, whichever date is later.
(c) Where by any agreement a period of limitation is fixed for
instituting an action upon any claim, or for presenting or filing any
claim, proof of claim, proof of loss, demand, notice, or the like, or
where in any action or by statute or ordinance, a period of limitation
is fixed for serving or filing any claim or pleading, taking any appeal,
or doing any other act, and where in any such case such period had not
expired at the date of taking possession of the business and property of
any such banking organization, the superintendent may for the benefit of
such banking organization institute any such action, serve or file any
such claim or pleading, take any such appeal, or do any such other act,
required or permitted to such banking organization within a period of
one year subsequent to the date of taking of such possession, or within
such further period as may be permitted by the agreement, or in the
action, or by statute or ordinance, as the case may be.
(d) (1) Except as provided in this paragraph, unless the federal
regulator or insurer is appointed as receiver or liquidator, the
superintendent's taking of possession of any banking organization and
the liquidation of same shall operate as a stay of and as an injunction
against, as of the date the superintendent takes possession of the
banking organization, applicable to all persons or entities, of:
(i) The commencement or continuation, including the issuance or
employment of process, of a judicial, administrative, or other action or
proceeding against the banking organization that was or could have been
commenced before the taking of possession, or to recover a claim against
the banking organization that arose before the taking of possession;
(ii) The enforcement, against the banking organization or the business
and property of the banking organization in this state, of a judgment
obtained before the taking of possession;
(iii) Any act to obtain possession of property of the banking
organization or of property from the banking organization or to exercise
control over property of the banking organization;
(iv) Any act to create, perfect, or enforce any lien against property
of the banking organization;
(v) Any act to create, perfect or enforce against property of the
banking organization any lien to the extent that such lien secures a
claim that arose before the taking of possession; and
(vi) Any act to collect, assess, or recover a claim against the
banking organization that arose before the taking of possession.
(2) The superintendent's taking of possession of a banking
organization and the liquidation of same does not operate as a stay of
or as an injunction against:
(i) The filing of a claim pursuant to section six hundred twenty of
this article in the liquidation of the banking organization; the making
of a demand upon the superintendent pursuant to section six hundred
eighteen-a of this article to decide whether to assume or repudiate a
contract of the banking organization; the exercise of any setoff
otherwise permissible under applicable law except as limited by
subdivision two of section six hundred fifteen of this article; the
right of any secured creditor with a perfected security interest or
other valid lien or security interest enforceable against third parties
to retain collateral, including any right of such secured creditor under
any security arrangement related to a qualified financial contract, as
defined in section six hundred eighteen-a of this article, to retain
collateral and to apply such collateral in accordance with paragraph (d)
of subdivision two of section six hundred eighteen-a of this article;
any automatic termination in accordance with the terms of any qualified
financial contract or any right to cause the termination or liquidation
of any qualified financial contract, as defined in section six hundred
eighteen-a of this article, in accordance with the terms thereof; any
right to offset or net out any termination value, payment amount, or
other transfer obligation arising under or in connection with one or
more such qualified financial contracts; or the commencement of an
action under section six hundred seven of this article or any other
action relating to the liquidation before the supreme court justice
overseeing the liquidation of the banking organization;
(ii) The commencement or continuation of a criminal action or
proceeding against the banking organization;
(iii) The commencement or continuation of an action or proceeding by a
governmental unit to enforce such governmental unit's police or
regulatory power;
(iv) The enforcement of a judgment, other than a money judgment,
obtained in an action or proceeding by a governmental unit to enforce
such governmental unit's police or regulatory power;
(v) The issuance to the banking organization by a governmental unit of
a notice of tax deficiency; and
(vi) The commencement or continuation of a judicial action or
proceeding by a secured creditor with a perfected security interest, or
other valid lien or security interest enforceable against third parties,
including any right of such secured creditor under any security
arrangement related to a qualified financial contract, as defined in
section six hundred eighteen-a of this article, to enforce such security
interest or lien.
(3) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph:
(i) The stay or enjoining of an act against property of the banking
organization under this paragraph shall continue until such property is
no longer the property of the superintendent in possession of the
banking organization; and
(ii) The stay or enjoining of any other act under this paragraph shall
continue until the superintendent has concluded liquidating the banking
organization.
(4) For good cause shown, on request of a party in interest and after
notice and a hearing, the supreme court justice overseeing the
liquidation may grant relief from the stay or injunction provided under
this paragraph, such as by terminating, annulling, modifying or
conditioning such stay or injunction.
(5) In the case of any willful violation of a stay or injunction
provided in this paragraph by any person or entity who has knowledge of
the superintendent's taking of possession of the banking organization
that is the subject of the stay or injunction, the superintendent shall
recover actual damages, including costs and attorneys' fees and, in
appropriate circumstances, may recover punitive damages.
(e) No action against the superintendent, his or her deputies, special
deputies, attorneys, agents or employees, or against a banking
organization whose business and property have been taken over by him or
her, with respect to any matter arising out of the liquidation,
administration, distribution or other disposition by or on behalf of the
superintendent
(i) of the estate of such banking organization, or
(ii) of money or property in its possession or under its control as
executor, administrator, trustee, guardian, committee, conservator, or
other fiduciary capacity, or as bailee, pledgee, depository, agent or
otherwise, or
(iii) of money or property in or removed from a safe, vault or box of
which it is or was the lessor, shall be commenced subsequent to either
(a) three years after the accrual of such cause of action, or (b) the
expiration of such period of limitation as may be otherwise applicable
thereto under the provisions of any other statute, whichever period is
shorter. A cause of action shall be deemed to accrue within the meaning
of this paragraph, when the facts upon which such cause of action is
based come into existence. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to
extend or otherwise affect the period of limitation in section six
hundred twenty-five of this article provided with respect to claims or
causes of action therein referred to.
2. (a) The superintendent may, in the name of any banking organization
of which he is in possession, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and
all deeds, assignments, bills of sale, releases, extensions,
satisfactions and other instruments necessary and proper to effectuate
any sale, lease or transfer of real or personal property or to carry
into effect any power conferred or duty imposed upon him by this article
or by order of the supreme court. Any instrument executed pursuant to
the authority hereby given shall be as valid and effectual for all
purposes as though executed by the officers of the banking organization.
(b) The superintendent shall not be required to pay any fee to any
clerk, sheriff, register or other public officer for entering, filing,
docketing, registering, recording, executing, issuing a copy,
transcript, extract or certificate of, or authenticating or exemplifying
any paper, record or instrument pertaining to the exercise by the
superintendent of any of the powers conferred or duties imposed upon him
by any of the provisions of this article, whether or not such paper,
record or instrument be executed by the superintendent and whether or
not it is connected with an action.
3. The word "action" contained in this section and section six hundred
twenty-five of this article is to be construed as including a special
proceeding or any proceeding therein or in an action. A cause of action
upon which an action cannot be maintained, as prescribed in this
article, cannot be effectually interposed as a defense, set-off or
counterclaim.
Notice to creditors to make proof of claims; form of claims;
claims for priority of payment. 1. When the superintendent shall have
taken possession of any banking organization, and shall have determined
to liquidate its affairs, he or she shall notify all persons who may
have claims against such banking organization to present such claims to
him or her and make proper proof thereof within four months from the
date of such notice and at a place specified therein; provided, that (a)
if the superintendent finds that a shorter period than four months will
afford a reasonable time for presenting claims and making proof thereof,
he or she may specify such shorter period which shall in no event be
less than thirty days or (b) if the superintendent finds that a longer
period than four months is needed to afford a reasonable time for
presenting claims and making proof thereof, he or she may specify such
longer period which shall in no event be more than six months from the
date of such notice. In any event the superintendent shall specify in
such notice the last date for presenting claims and for making proof
thereof. The superintendent shall cause such notice to be mailed to all
persons whose names appear as creditors upon the books of the banking
organization. Such notice to persons appearing as depositors shall be
mailed to the address appearing upon the deposit records or ledger of
such banking organization. The superintendent shall also cause such
notice to be inserted biweekly in such newspaper or newspapers as he or
she may direct for three consecutive months, the first insertion thereof
to be published more than ninety days before the last day fixed in such
notice for presenting proof of claims; provided, that where the notice
requires claims to be presented within less than four months, the
superintendent shall cause such notice to be inserted weekly in such
newspaper or newspapers as he or she may direct for three consecutive
weeks, the first insertion thereof to be published more than twenty-one
days before the last day fixed in such notice for presenting claims.
Such notice shall specify that all persons having claims for priority of
payment shall make demand in writing for priority in the proof of their
claims. The superintendent shall have no power to accept any claim
presented after the date specified in such notice as the last date for
presenting claims.
2. A proof of claim shall consist of a written statement under oath
signed by the claimant or his attorney in fact, and shall be in such
form as the superintendent shall require.
3. All persons who shall have failed to demand in writing priority of
payment as specified in the notice to file claims shall be deemed to
have waived and abandoned any right to such priority of payment. No
person who shall have failed to demand in writing priority of payment as
herein above provided, shall be entitled to maintain any action or
proceeding for any priority of payment. In all actions or proceedings
for priority of payment, the claimant shall be required to allege and
prove that the claim upon which the action is instituted was duly filed
and contained therein demand in writing for priority of payment.
Certain claims shall not be accepted. The superintendent
shall not accept a claim based on an agreement with the banking
organization unless the agreement is either reflected on the accounts,
books or records of the banking organization or a creditor provides
documentary evidence of such agreement. The superintendent may issue any
regulations determined to be necessary to implement this section.
List of claims duly presented; filing. The superintendent
shall cause to be made in duplicate a complete list of all claims duly
presented specifying the name of the claimant, the nature of the claim
and the amount thereof. Such list shall also contain a statement of
accounts payable as shown by the books and records and as to which no
claims have been presented, specifying the name of each person to whom
such an account appears to be payable, the nature of the debt and amount
thereof. Within sixty days after the last date fixed in the notice to
creditors to present and make proof of claims, the superintendent shall
file one copy of such list in his office, and cause one copy to be filed
with the supreme court in the judicial district in which the principal
office of such banking organization is located.
Filing objections to claims presented or listed; procedure upon
claim under objection. Within forty days after the superintendent shall
have filed in his office a copy of the list of claims required by
section six hundred twenty-two, objections to any claim duly presented
or to any account appearing on such list may be made by any party
interested, by filing with the superintendent such objections in
writing, signed by the objector and duly verified. Unless the
superintendent rejects any claim or accounts to which objections have
been duly filed with him, he shall, within sixty days after the time to
file such objections has expired, apply to the supreme court, upon
notice to the objector, for an order directing the superintendent as to
the disposition of such claim or account. The court may thereupon
dispose of such objections or may order a reference for that purpose.
Acceptance and rejection of claims and accounts; filing of list
thereof; secured claims and accounts; determination of priorities. 1.
The superintendent shall, not later than sixty days after the time has
expired to file objections to claims duly presented, accept or reject,
in whole or in part, every duly filed claim except claims as to which
objections are still pending undetermined by the court and accept or
reject, in whole or in part, every account payable as shown by the books
and records and as to which no claim has been presented except accounts
as to which objections are still pending undetermined by the court.
Whenever the superintendent accepts a portion of a claim or account and
rejects the remainder, the portion accepted and the portion rejected
shall, for the purposes of this article, each be deemed separate claims
or accounts as the case may be.
2. No claim or account of any secured claimant or creditor shall be
accepted at a sum greater than the difference between the value of the
claim or account without security and the value of the security itself
as of the commencement of the liquidation, unless the claimant or
creditor shall, prior to the expiration of the time fixed by the
superintendent for the presentation of claims, surrender his security to
the superintendent, in which event the claim or account may be accepted
in the full amount for which it is valued.
3. Every claim or account payable accepted by the superintendent shall
be endorsed "accepted" and filed so endorsed in his office. If the
superintendent is unable, from the books, accounts or records of the
banking organization, to determine the ownership of a claim or account
payable or if for any other reason he doubts the justice or validity of
any claim or account payable, he shall reject such claim or account
payable and shall endorse the same "rejected" and file it as so endorsed
in his office. He shall cause notice of such acceptance or rejection to
be mailed within fourteen calendar days after the superintendent has
accepted or rejected all claims duly filed. Where a proof of claim has
been filed, such notice need be mailed only to the address appearing
thereon, and where no proof of claim has been filed, only to the address
appearing upon the books of the banking organization. Where, however,
the superintendent is unable from the proof of claim or the books and
records of the banking organization to identify a name or address, such
notice of rejection need not be given.
4. Within thirty days after the superintendent has accepted or
rejected all claims duly filed, and all accounts payable as shown by the
books and records as to which no claims have been presented, he shall
make a list of all such claims and accounts accepted or rejected by him
and file one copy thereof in his office and one copy with the supreme
court in the judicial district in which the principal office of such
banking organization is located.
5. The superintendent shall not determine priorities, in accepting or
rejecting claims and the acceptance by the superintendent of a claim in
which priority of payment is demanded shall not entitle the claimant to
priority. Accepted claims in which priority of payment is duly demanded
shall be presented to the supreme court on notice to the claimant for
determination as to their priority of payment. All claims entitled to
priority of payment shall be paid ratably and proportionately.
Effect of accepting claims and accounts; limitation upon
actions to establish claims and accounts; necessary allegations; effect
of judgment. 1. When the superintendent has accepted a duly filed claim
and has filed such claim endorsed "accepted" in his office, the
claimant, unless priority of payment has been duly demanded, and such
claim is entitled by law to priority of payment, shall be entitled to
share ratably with other general creditors in the distribution of the
proceeds of the liquidation of the assets of such banking organization
as such proceeds are distributed pursuant to section six hundred
twenty-seven of this article, provided, however, that any accepted claim
or claims for taxes owed to any taxing authority shall be paid in full,
to the extent that assets of the banking organization are available,
prior to the payment of any other accepted claim. Where the claimant has
duly demanded priority of payment, and such claim is entitled by law to
priority of payment, the receipt and acceptance of ratable dividends
shall be without prejudice to the right to such priority of payment.
2. When the superintendent has accepted an account payable as shown by
the books and records and as to which no claim has been presented and
included the same in the list filed in his office as provided in section
six hundred twenty-four of this article, the owner thereof shall be
entitled to share ratably with other general creditors in the
distribution of the proceeds of the liquidation of the assets of such
banking organization as such proceeds are distributed pursuant to
section six hundred twenty-seven of this article.
3. Within six months after the date that the superintendent files the
list required by subdivision four of section six hundred twenty-four of
this article listing the claims and accounts payable accepted or
rejected by the superintendent, a claimant whose claim has been duly
filed and has not been accepted by the superintendent, or any person
whose account payable as shown by the books and records, as to which no
claim has been presented, has not been accepted by the superintendent,
may institute and maintain an action thereon against such banking
organization. Such action may be maintained only in the supreme court in
the judicial district in which the principal office of such banking
organization was located.
4. No action shall be maintained against such banking organization
while the superintendent is in possession of its affairs and business
unless brought within the period of limitation specified in this
section. In all actions instituted against such banking organization
while the superintendent is in possession of its property and business,
the plaintiff shall be required to allege and prove that the claim upon
which the action is instituted was duly filed and that such claim has
not been accepted, or in the case of an action upon an account as to
which no claim has been presented the plaintiff shall be required to
allege and prove that such account appeared upon the books and records
and that such account has not been accepted.
5. If, in an action instituted in accordance with this section, the
court should determine that a claim or account rejected by the
superintendent should be allowed, the judgment entered therein shall so
provide and shall fix and determine the amount thereof as of the date
the superintendent took possession. A claim or account whose status and
amount have been so fixed shall have the same force and effect as a
claim or account which has been accepted by the superintendent in
accordance with the provisions of section six hundred twenty-four of
this article. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the court
shall not award interest, nor shall interest accrue, in any such action
at a rate greater than the amount rate of interest, if any, that the
superintendent has determined is payable to other creditors; provided
further that the court shall not award interest, nor shall interest
accrue, except from the date from which the superintendent has
determined to pay interest to creditors whose claims or accounts payable
have been accepted or otherwise duly established to the date such claims
or accounts are paid; provided, however, that the court may in its
discretion award interest at a rate not to exceed the rate permitted by
section six hundred twenty-seven of this article on any such judgment
for the claimant in any such action for the period from the date such
claim would have been paid had it been accepted initially by the
superintendent to the date such judgment is paid.
Judgments recovered shall not be liens. A lien shall not attach
to any of the property or assets of any banking organization by reason
of the entry of any judgment recovered against such banking organization
after the superintendent has taken possession of its property and
business and so long as such possession continues.
Dividends to creditors; distributions to stockholders;
dissolution; destruction of documents. 1. At any time after the date
fixed by the superintendent for the presentation of claims, the
superintendent may, upon an order of the supreme court, declare and pay
out of the funds remaining in his or her hands after the payment of
expenses, one or more dividends to creditors whose claims or accounts
payable have been accepted or otherwise duly established. If the
superintendent intends to declare and pay more than one dividend to
creditors, at the time he or she declares and pays out such first
dividend to creditors, the superintendent may pay in full those claims
and accounts payable that were accepted, or otherwise duly established,
in an amount that is less than one hundred dollars; provided, however,
that this sentence shall not be construed as a right to priority of
payment; and provided further, that if the superintendent will not be
able to satisfy in full all other creditors with accepted claims or
accounts payable either in the first or succeeding dividends, then such
payment may not be made. After a dividend or dividends aggregating one
hundred per centum of the principal amount of all such claims and
accounts payable shall have been paid or set apart, and if funds are
available therefor, a further dividend or dividends on account of
interest accruing, on such claims and accounts payable, subsequent to
the commencement of the liquidation may, at the sole discretion of the
superintendent, be paid to the creditors entitled thereto at a rate not
to exceed four per centum per annum, but nothing herein shall be deemed
to create any right to interest which would not otherwise accrue or be
payable. No creditor shall be entitled to receive nor be paid interest
on any dividend or dividends by reason of delay in payment of such
dividend or dividends. Dividends remaining unclaimed or unpaid in the
hands of the superintendent for six months after payment of a final
dividend, shall be deposited as provided in article two of this chapter
except that if, after payment of such a dividend, the liquidation is
continued in accordance with the provisions of subdivision two of this
section, then such dividends shall be so deposited simultaneously with
the like deposit of unclaimed or unpaid distributive amounts pursuant to
the provisions of such subdivision at the expiration of six months after
a final distribution.
2. Whenever the superintendent shall have (a) paid to, or set apart
for, each creditor of any stock corporation whose claim or account
payable has been accepted or otherwise duly established, a dividend or
dividends aggregating the full amount of such claim or account payable
together with interest thereon, and (b) set aside proper reserves for
claims and accounts payable in litigation and not finally determined and
for such other purposes as in the discretion of the superintendent shall
be necessary or desirable, and (c) paid all the expenses of liquidation,
the superintendent shall, if there be assets remaining in his or her
hands, continue the liquidation of the affairs of such corporation and
after paying the expenses thereof, distribute the proceeds, together
with any part of the foregoing reserves not finally necessary to pay
creditors and expenses in full, among the persons equitably entitled
thereto according to their respective rights and interests and in such
manner and upon such notice as may be directed by order of the supreme
court. Any such distributive amounts remaining unpaid or unclaimed in
the hands of the superintendent for six months after a final
distribution shall be deposited by the superintendent as provided in
article two of this chapter.
3. Upon the petition by the superintendent showing that the
liquidation of a corporate banking organization of which he has taken
possession has been completed and upon such notice as the supreme court
may prescribe, the court may, on such terms as justice requires, make an
order declaring such corporation dissolved and the corporate existence
thereof terminated. Upon the filing of a certified copy of such order in
the office of the superintendent, the existence of such corporation
shall cease and determine.
4. Any records, documents and correspondence of any banking
organization of which the superintendent has taken possession and any
records, documents and correspondence in the custody of the
superintendent relating to the liquidation of such banking organization
may be destroyed or otherwise disposed of at such time or times and in
such manner as the supreme court by order may authorize.
Payment of dividends when deposits have been made available by
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. When the superintendent shall
have taken possession of any banking organization for the purpose of
liquidation, and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall have made
available to the depositors thereof the amounts of their respective
deposits insured by such corporation, he shall be authorized, without
requiring assignments from depositors, to pay to such corporation such
dividends on account of such insured deposits as such depositors would
be entitled to receive had their deposits not been made available to
them by such corporation.
Payment of dividends to minors, trustees or joint depositors;
payment of dividends where adverse claim is asserted; interpleader in
certain actions. 1. Where a claim or an account payable in the name of
any minor has been accepted by the superintendent, dividends thereon
shall be paid to such minor and the receipt or acquittance of such minor
shall be a valid and sufficient release and discharge to the
superintendent.
5. Notice to the superintendent of an adverse interest in a claim or
account payable accepted by the superintendent to the credit of any
person shall not be effectual to cause the superintendent to recognize
said adverse claimant unless said adverse claimant shall also either
procure a restraining order, injunction or other appropriate process
against said superintendent from a court of competent jurisdiction in a
cause therein instituted by him wherein the person to whose credit said
claim or account payable was accepted or his executor or administrator
is made a party and served with summons, or shall execute to said
superintendent, in form and with sureties acceptable to him, a bond,
indemnifying the superintendent from any and all liability, loss,
damage, costs and expenses, for and on account of the payment of
dividends to such adverse claimant.
6. (a) In all actions or proceedings against the superintendent to
recover dividends on claims or accounts payable accepted, if there be
any person or persons, not parties to the action, who claim the fund,
the court in which the action or proceeding is pending, may, on the
motion of the superintendent, make an order amending the proceedings
making such claimants parties thereto; and the court shall thereafter
proceed to determine the rights and interests of the several parties to
such funds. The remedy provided in this section shall be in addition to
and not exclusive of that provided in any other interpleader provision.
(b) The dividends which are the subject of such an action may remain
with the superintendent to the credit of the action until final judgment
therein and shall not be entitled to interest, and shall be paid by the
superintendent in accordance with the final judgment of the court; or
the dividends in controversy may be paid into court to await the final
determination of the action and when the dividend or dividends are so
paid into court the superintendent shall be stricken out as a party to
the action and his liability shall cease.
(c) The costs in all actions against the superintendent to recover
dividends shall be in the discretion of the court, and may be charged
upon the fund affected by the action.
7. In case the superintendent is in doubt concerning the person
entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or there are conflicting
claims thereto, he may require of the claimant an order of the supreme
court authorizing and directing the payment thereof, but for any payment
made by him in good faith, by check or order, payable to the claimant
appearing from the records in his office to be entitled thereto, he
shall be held harmless and shall not be liable to any subsequent
claimant.
Claims of shareholders and members of credit unions and savings
and loan associations. For the purposes of sections six hundred six to
six hundred thirty-one, both inclusive, of this chapter, the terms
"depositors" and "creditors" shall be deemed to include shareholders or
members of a credit union or savings and loan association, and the terms
"claims, " "accounts payable, " "deposits" and "deposit accounts" shall
be deemed to include the liability of a credit union or savings and loan
association to such shareholders or members, provided, however, that
nothing contained in this section shall in any way affect any priority
over such shareholders or members to which any general creditor of a
credit union or savings and loan association would be entitled in the
absence of this section, and provided further that the provisions of
subdivision two of section six hundred twenty of this chapter shall not
apply to the claims of creditors entitled to such priority.
Actions against directors, trustees, managers or officers for
violation of their official duties. At any time while the superintendent
is in possession of the property and business of any corporation, he may
within six years after the cause of action has accrued institute and
maintain in his name as superintendent of financial services against its
directors, trustees, managers or officers, or any of them, any action or
proceeding which is vested in such corporation or in the stockholders or
creditors thereof.
Service of notice or process during time of war. Whenever,
pursuant to the provisions of this article, any communication, notice or
other paper or process is required to be given or served by the
superintendent upon any person and the giving or service thereof is in
any manner prohibited by the provisions of the act of congress, known as
the "Trading with the Enemy Act," or any amendment thereof, or the
rules, regulations or licenses issued pursuant thereto, or any other
law, rule, regulation or license pursuant to law prohibiting or
regulating the same, such communication, notice or other paper or
process shall be deemed to have been duly given or served on such person
if given or served on his or her behalf, in the manner provided in the
pertinent provisions of this article, on the noncitizen property
custodian or on such other officer as may have been appointed or
designated by the president of the United States of America to take
possession of the property of noncitizen enemies. This section shall
apply whether or not (1) such noncitizen property custodian or other
officer shall actually have taken possession of any property of such
person, or (2) the president, or an officer duly designated by him or
her for the purpose, has the power to authorize or license the giving or
service of any such communication, notice or other paper or process, and
nothing herein shall require the superintendent to apply to the
president or such officer for such authority or license, provided,
however, that in any case where it appears that at the time such
communication, notice or other paper or process is required to be given
or served, the president or such officer has actually authorized or
licensed the giving or service of same in the manner provided in the
pertinent provisions of this article, then this section shall not apply
and the superintendent shall be required to give or serve such
communication, notice or other paper or process on such person in
accordance with such authorization or license.
Power to appoint regulator or insurer as receiver; additional
powers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this chapter, the
superintendent may, in his or her sole discretion, and upon such terms
and conditions as the superintendent may approve, appoint as receiver or
liquidator of any banking organization or branch or agency of a foreign
banking corporation, the business and property of which the
superintendent has taken or is entitled to take possession, the Office
of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, the successor or
assignee of any of the foregoing, or such other regulator, or insurer of
deposits or shares as may be empowered by federal law to receive such
appointment. Any regulator or insurer which accepts such appointment may
act without bond or other security as to such appointment and shall have
and possess, and may exercise, all the rights, powers and privileges
provided by the laws of this state to the superintendent in his or her
capacity as, or to any other, receiver or liquidator of a banking
organization or branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation. Upon
the payment to any depositor or shareholder of a banking organization or
branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation, the regulator or
insurer shall be subrogated to all the rights of such depositor or
shareholder to the extent of such payment.
In addition to such other powers as he or she may possess under law,
the superintendent, or any regulator or insurer which accepts
appointment in accordance with the provisions of this section, may,
without obtaining the approval of stockholders, shareholders or any
court, sell, transfer, assign, consolidate or otherwise dispose of all
or any part of the assets, real and personal, including fiduciary
relationships, of the banking organization, or branch or agency of the
foreign banking corporation, to another banking organization, national
bank, branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation, federal savings
bank, federal savings and loan association or federal credit union or to
such regulator or insurer, its successor or assignee, on such terms as
may be determined to be in the best interests of depositors,
shareholders and other creditors. In connection therewith the
superintendent may, in addition, and without obtaining court approval,
borrow from such regulator or insurer any amount necessary to facilitate
the assumption of deposit liabilities by any other banking institution
and assign any part or all of the assets of a banking organization or
branch or agency of a foreign banking corporation as security for such
loan.
ARTICLE 13-A Licensees: Superintendent's Taking Possession: Conservation: Liquidation
Definitions. 1. "Person" when used in this article means an
individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated association, joint
stock association, trust or other group, however organized.
2. "License" when used in this article means any license duly issued
by the superintendent pursuant to the provisions of article nine,
nine-A, eleven-B, twelve-B, twelve-C, twelve-D or thirteen-B of this
chapter or any registration certificate issued by the superintendent
pursuant to the provisions of article twelve-D of this chapter.
3. "Licensee" when used in this article means any person issued a
license.
When superintendent may take possession of license; when
possession may be surrendered. 1. The superintendent may, in his
discretion, forthwith take possession of the business and property of
any licensee which is used in the business for which the license is
granted whenever it shall appear to the superintendent that in the
conduct of the business for which it has received a license, a clear and
present danger exists to the public because such licensee:
(a) Is conducting its business in a manner which is unauthorized or
unsafe or which might render its further operations hazardous to the
public;
(b) Is in an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business;
(c) Cannot with safety and expediency continue business;
(d) Has an impairment of its capital, has assets insufficient to pay
its debts and obligations, or is otherwise unable to pay its debts and
obligations as they mature;
(e) Has suspended payment of some or all of its debts and obligations;
(f) Has neglected or refused to comply with the terms of a duly issued
order of the superintendent;
(g) Has refused, upon proper demand, to submit its records and affairs
for inspection to an examiner of the department; or
(h) Has refused, or any of its officers, directors or partners have
refused, to be examined under oath regarding its affairs.
2. When the superintendent shall have duly taken possession of the
business and property of any such licensee, he may hold such possession
until its affairs are finally liquidated by him, unless, he shall
surrender possession as provided in subdivision three of this section, a
receiver is appointed by the supreme court pursuant to section six
hundred thirty-seven of this article to liquidate the affairs of the
licensee, or he is enjoined from continuing possession as provided in
section six hundred thirty-eight of this article.
3. The superintendent may, in his discretion, and upon such conditions
as may be approved by him, surrender possession and permit such licensee
to resume business.
Powers of superintendent in possession; application for
receiver. 1. When the superintendent has taken possession of the
business and property of a licensee, he shall liquidate or otherwise
deal with such business and property in accordance with the provisions
of article thirteen of this chapter applicable to the possession,
liquidation and conservation of the business and property of a banking
organization.
2. Whenever the superintendent has taken possession of the business
and property of a licensee, he may, in his discretion, apply to the
supreme court in the judicial district in which such licensee's
principal office is located for the appointment of a receiver to
liquidate or otherwise deal with the affairs of the licensee. Any
receiver which accepts such appointment may act without bond or other
security as to such appointment and shall have and possess, and may
exercise, all the rights, powers and privileges provided by this article
to the superintendent or by the laws of this state to the superintendent
in his capacity as, or to any other, receiver or liquidator of a banking
organization.
Manner and time within which taking possession may be tested.
At any time within ten days after the superintendent has taken
possession of the business and property of any licensee, such licensee
may apply to the supreme court in the judicial district in which its
principal office is located, for an order requiring the superintendent
to show cause why he should not be enjoined from continuing such
possession. The court may, upon good cause shown, direct the
superintendent to refrain from further proceedings and to surrender such
possession.
Severability. If any provision of this article, or the
application of such provision to any person or circumstance shall be
held invalid, the remainder of this article, and the application of such
provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is
held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
ARTICLE 13-B Transmitters of Money
Definitions. In this article, unless the context or subject
matter otherwise requires:
1. "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation,
association, joint stock association, trust or other group, however
organized.
2. "Licensee" means any person duly licensed by the superintendent
pursuant to this article.
3. "Check" means any check, draft, travelers check, money order or
other instrument for the transmission or payment of money.
4. "purchaser", "holder", "New York instrument" and "New York
traveler's check" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such
terms by section six hundred fifty-three of this chapter.
5. "Payment instrument" means any check, draft, money order, or other
instrument or order for the transmission or payment of money, whether or
not such instrument or order is negotiable, and sold to one or more
persons. "Payment instrument" does not include a traveler's check, any
instrument which is redeemable by the issuer in merchandise or services,
a letter of credit or a permissible investment as defined in this
section.
6. "Outstanding payment instruments" means unpaid payment instruments
sold anywhere in the United States and whose sale has been reported to a
licensee.
7. "Traveler's check" means an instrument, regardless of its form,
specifically identified on the instrument as a traveler's check and
issued in either written form, with a provision for a specimen signature
of the purchaser to be completed at the time of purchase and a
counter-signature of the purchaser to be completed at the time of its
negotiation, or in electronic form with a provision for the electronic
equivalent of the specimen signature and counter signature. An
instrument shall not be identified as a traveler's check if it fails to
comply, as the case may be, with either the written or electronic
signature requirements of this subdivision.
8. "Outstanding traveler's checks" means unpaid traveler's checks sold
anywhere in the United States and whose sale has been reported to a
licensee.
9. "Permissible investments" means:
(i) cash;
(ii) certificates of deposit or other debt instruments of a commercial
bank;
(iii) bills of exchange or time drafts drawn on and accepted by a
commercial bank, otherwise known as bankers acceptances, which are
eligible for purchase by member banks of the federal reserve system;
(iv) commercial paper of prime quality as defined by a nationally
recognized organization which rates such securities;
* (v) interest-bearing bills, notes, bonds, debentures or other
obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States or any state or
other local governmental entity or any agent or instrumentality thereof,
bearing a rating of one of the three highest grades by a nationally
recognized investment service organization that has been engaged
regularly in rating state and municipal issues for a period of not less
than five years;
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (v) interest-bearing bills, notes, bonds, debentures or other
obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States or any state or
other local governmental entity or any agent or instrumentality thereof,
which meet the standards of creditworthiness established by regulation
by the superintendent;
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (vi) interest-bearing bills, notes, bonds, debentures or preferred
stock traded on any national securities exchange or on a national
over-the-counter market or bearing a rating of one of the three highest
grades by a nationally recognized investment service organization that
has been engaged regularly in rating corporate debt or equity issues for
a period of not less than five years; and
* NB Effective until notification of the superintendent of financial
services
* (vi) interest-bearing bills, notes, bonds, debentures or preferred
stock traded on any national securities exchange or on a national
over-the-counter market or which meet the standards of creditworthiness
established by regulation by the superintendent; and
* NB Effective upon notification of the superintendent of financial
services
(vii) such other investments or assets if and as approved by the
superintendent.
Except for cash and certificates of deposit of a commercial bank, any
particular investment within the classes of investments authorized by
this section is subject to disqualification for one or more licensees
for the purpose of this article, if unsatisfactory for any reason in the
opinion of the superintendent. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
of this section, the superintendent shall have the power to limit, with
respect to any particular licensee or all licensees, the extent to which
any class of investments authorized by this section, except for cash and
certificates of deposit of a commercial bank, may be considered a
permissible investment.
10. "Agent" means any person designated or appointed by the licensee
pursuant to a written agency contract to engage in money transmission
activities at locations other than a duly authorized office of the
licensee as provided in section six hundred forty-eight of this article.
Except for a licensee, any person acting as agent engaging in money
transmission activities absent such a written agency contract shall be
deemed to be in violation of section six hundred forty-one of this
article and may be subject to criminal prosecution pursuant to section
six hundred fifty of this article. Such term shall not be deemed to
include any banking corporation incorporated or licensed under this
chapter or under the laws of the United States or any other state or any
casher of checks licensed under this chapter.
License. 1. No person shall engage in the business of selling
or issuing checks, or engage in the business of receiving money for
transmission or transmitting the same, without a license therefor
obtained from the superintendent as provided in this article, nor shall
any person engage in such business as an agent, except as an agent of a
licensee or as agent of a payee; provided, however, that nothing in this
article shall apply to a bank, trust company, private banker, foreign
banking corporation licensed pursuant to article two of this chapter or
foreign banking company authorized to operate pursuant to the
International Banking Act of 1978 (12 USC 3101 et seq.), as amended,
savings bank, savings and loan association, an investment company, a
national banking association, federal reserve bank, corporation
organized under the provisions of section twenty-five-a of an act of
congress entitled the "Federal Reserve Act", federal savings bank,
federal savings and loan association or state or federal credit union.
2. Application for a license required under this article shall be in
writing, under oath, and in the form prescribed by the superintendent,
and shall contain the following:
(a) The exact name of the applicant and, if incorporated, the date of
incorporation and the state where incorporated.
(b) The complete address of the principal office from which the
business is to be conducted, and where the books and records of the
applicant are maintained and to be maintained, showing the street and
number, if any, and the municipality and county;
(c) If the applicant has one or more branches, subsidiaries or
affiliates engaging in this state in the business of selling or issuing
checks, or of receiving money for transmission or transmitting the same,
the complete name and address of each;
(d) The name and residence address of the applicant, if an individual
or, if a partnership, of its partners or, if a corporation or
association, of the directors, trustees and principal officers thereof,
and of any stockholder owning twenty per centum or more of any class of
its stock; and
(e) Such other pertinent information as the superintendent may
require.
3. Application for a license shall be accompanied by an investigation
fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter, which
shall not be refunded.
Action by superintendent. 1. Upon the filing of an application,
and the payment of the fees for investigation and license, the
superintendent shall investigate the financial condition and
responsibility, financial and business experience, character and general
fitness of the applicant and, if the superintendent finds these
qualities are such as to warrant the belief that the applicant's
business will be conducted honestly, fairly, equitably, carefully and
efficiently within the purposes and intent of this article, and in a
manner commanding the confidence and trust of the community, the
superintendent shall advise the applicant in writing of his conditional
approval of the application, and thereafter upon compliance by the
applicant with the provisions of section six hundred forty-three of this
article, shall issue to the applicant a license to engage in the
business of selling and issuing checks, and of receiving money for
transmission and transmitting the same, subject to the provisions of
this article; or the superintendent may deny the application and return
the license fee to the applicant.
2. The superintendent shall approve conditionally or deny every
application for a license hereunder within ninety days from the filing
thereof. Such period of ninety days may be extended, by the written
consent of the applicant, for such additional reasonable period of time
as may be required to enable compliance with such requirements and
conditions as may be provided by this article and the rules or
regulations of the superintendent issued thereunder.
3. A license issued pursuant to this article shall remain in full
force and effect until it is surrendered by the licensee or revoked or
suspended as provided in this article.
4. The superintendent may suspend or revoke a license on any ground on
which he might refuse to issue an original license, or for a violation
of any provision of this chapter or any regulation issued under this
article, or for failure of the licensee to pay a judgment, recovered in
any court, within or without this state, by a claimant or creditor in an
action arising out of the licensee's business in this state of selling
or issuing checks or of receiving money for transmission or transmitting
the same, within thirty days after the judgment becomes final or within
thirty days after expiration or termination of a stay of execution
thereon; provided, however, that if execution on the judgment be stayed,
by court order or operation of law or otherwise, then proceedings to
suspend or revoke the license (for failure of the licensee to pay such
judgment) may not be commenced by the superintendent during the time of
such stay, and for thirty days thereafter.
5. No license shall be suspended or revoked except after a hearing
thereon. The superintendent shall give the licensee at least ten days'
written notice of the time and place of such hearing by registered or
certified mail addressed to the principal place of business of such
licensee. Any order of the superintendent suspending or revoking such
license shall state the grounds upon which it is based and shall not be
effective until ten days after written notice thereof has been sent by
registered or certified mail to the licensee at such principal place of
business, except that revocation by reason of the licensee's bond not
being kept in full force and effect as required by this article, or by
reason of failure to keep on deposit sufficient securities or funds as
required by this article, may take effect immediately if the
superintendent so orders.
6. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a
substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license issued pursuant to
this article for a period not exceeding thirty days, pending
investigation. "Good cause", as used in this subdivision, shall exist
only when the licensee has defaulted or is likely to default in
performing its financial engagements or engages in dishonest or
inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the persons
afforded the protection of this article.
Bond or securities. 1. As a condition for the issuance and
retention of the license, applicants for a license and other licensees
shall, within thirty days after notice by the superintendent, or such
longer or shorter period as he or she shall prescribe, file with the
superintendent one or more corporate surety bond or bonds, as required
below, in form satisfactory to him or her and issued by a bonding
company or insurance company authorized to do business in this state.
One bond shall be in favor of the superintendent and in such principal
amount as he or she shall determine is necessary or desirable for the
protection of the purchasers and holders of New York instruments sold or
to be sold by the applicant or licensee, provided, however, that until
June first, nineteen hundred seventy-seven, the principal amount of such
bond shall be no less than two hundred ten thousand dollars and on and
after June first, nineteen hundred seventy-seven, the principal amount
of such bond shall be no less than five hundred thousand dollars. If the
applicant or licensee intends to engage or engages in the sale of New
York traveler's checks, such applicant or licensee shall file with the
superintendent a separate bond. Said bond shall be in favor of the
superintendent and in such principal amount as he or she shall determine
is necessary or desirable for the protection of the purchasers and
holders of the New York traveler's checks sold or to be sold by the
applicant or licensee; provided, however, that the principal amount of
such bond shall not be less than seven hundred fifty thousand dollars,
unless the superintendent, for good cause shown, shall have determined
that a lesser amount will adequately protect the purchasers and holders
of the New York traveler's checks sold or to be sold by such applicant
or licensee.
In making any determination under this subdivision, the superintendent
may take into account the financial condition of the licensee, the
number of locations in this state at which the licensee, either directly
or through agents, transacts the business of selling New York
instruments or New York traveler's checks, the controls imposed on such
agents or, and the possible exposure of purchasers and holders of New
York instruments and New York traveler's checks to loss in the event of
the insolvency, bankruptcy or other financial impairment of the
licensee. The proceeds of each bond shall constitute a trust fund for
the exclusive benefit of the purchasers and holders of the New York
instruments and New York traveler's checks, as the case may be. Except
as otherwise provided in the following sentence, in the event of the
insolvency or bankruptcy of any licensee, the proceeds of the bond or
bonds held for the exclusive benefit of the purchasers and holders of
New York instruments and the proceeds of the bond or bonds held for the
exclusive benefit of the purchasers and holders of New York traveler's
checks shall be paid to the superintendent forthwith for disposition in
accordance with the provisions of this article. If any New York
instruments have been assigned to the fund, the proceeds of the bond
held for the exclusive benefit of the purchasers and holders of New York
instruments shall constitute a trust fund for the benefit of, and shall
be payable to, the fund to the extent of such assignment. From time to
time, the superintendent may require, upon thirty days notice or such
longer or shorter period as he or she shall prescribe, that such bond or
bonds be increased if he or she shall determine that such increase is
necessary or desirable for the protection of the purchasers and holders
of New York instruments and New York traveler's checks.
2. The licensee shall give notice to the superintendent by registered
or certified mail of any action which shall be brought against him and
of any judgment which shall be entered against him by such purchaser or
holder of a New York instrument or a New York traveler's check, with
details sufficient to identify the action or judgment, within ten days
after the commencement of any such action or notice to the licensee of
entry of any such judgment. The corporate surety shall within ten days
after it pays any claim or judgment to any such purchaser or holder of a
New York instrument or a New York traveler's check give notice to the
superintendent by registered mail of such payment, with details
sufficient to identify the purchaser or holder and the claim or judgment
so paid. Whenever the principal sum of such bond or bonds is reduced by
one or more recoveries or payments thereon the licensee shall furnish a
new or additional bond or bonds under the provisions of this section, so
that the total or aggregate principal sum of such bond or bonds shall
equal the sum required pursuant to the provisions of this section, or
shall furnish an endorsement duly executed by the corporate surety
reinstating the bond or bonds to the required principal sum thereof. The
liability of the surety on such bond or bonds to the superintendent and
to the said purchasers and holders of New York instruments and New York
traveler's checks shall not be affected in any way by any
misrepresentation, breach of warranty or failure to pay the premium or
by any act or omission upon the part of the licensee nor by the
insolvency or bankruptcy of the licensee or the insolvency of the
licensee's estate, and in the event of the death or dissolution or
liquidation of the licensee, shall continue upon all transactions
entered into by the agents of such deceased, dissolved or liquidated
licensee within a period of thirty days after the death, dissolution or
liquidation of the licensee or termination of the bond or bonds,
whichever date shall first occur, provided, however, that such
transactions were entered into in good faith by such purchasers and
holders of New York instruments and New York traveler's checks. Every
such corporate surety bond shall provide that in the event that a
judgment recovered against the licensee or its legal representative or
successor by any such purchaser or holder on a claim arising or a
transaction entered into during the life of the bond shall remain
unsatisfied after the expiration of thirty days from the service of
notice of entry of judgment upon the licensee or upon his legal
representative or successor or upon the attorney for the licensee, and
upon the corporate surety, or in the event that the fund has become an
assignee of any claim arising or a transaction entered into during the
life of the bond, then an action may be maintained against the corporate
surety under the terms of the bond (1) by such purchaser or holder for
the amount of such judgment not exceeding the amount of the bond, except
during a stay of execution of such judgment against the licensee or his
legal representatives or successors, or (2) by the superintendent, on
behalf of the fund, for the amount of such claim, not exceeding the
amount of the bond. The bond may not be cancelled either by the licensee
or the surety except upon notice to the superintendent by registered or
certified mail with return receipt requested, the cancellation to be
effective not less than ten days after receipt by the superintendent of
such notice.
3. In lieu of such corporate surety bond or bonds, or of any portion
of the principal sum thereof as required by this section, applicants for
a license and other licensees may keep on deposit, or may be required to
keep on deposit by the superintendent, with such banks, trust companies,
national banks, savings bank, savings and loan associations, federal
savings associations, credit unions, or federal credit unions in the
state of New York as such applicants or licensees may designate and the
superintendent may approve, and in accordance with such rules and
regulations as the superintendent shall from time to time promulgate,
interest-bearing stocks and bonds, notes, debentures or other
obligations of the United States or any agency or instrumentality
thereof, or guaranteed by the United States, or of this state, or of a
city, county, town, village, school district or instrumentality of this
state, or guaranteed by this state, or dollar deposits, to an aggregate
amount, based upon principal amount or market value, whichever is lower,
in the case of the above-described securities, of not less than the
amount of the required corporate surety bond or bonds or portion or
portions thereof. Such securities or funds shall be deposited to secure
the same obligation or obligations as would the corporate surety bond or
bonds filed under this section. So long as it shall continue business in
the ordinary course, such licensee shall be permitted to collect
interest on the securities so deposited and from time to time to
exchange, examine and compare such securities. In the event of the
failure or insolvency of such licensee, the securities, any proceeds
therefrom and the funds deposited pursuant to this section shall
constitute a trust fund for the exclusive benefit of the purchasers and
holders of New York instruments or New York traveler's checks, as the
case may be, or, in the event such New York instruments are assigned to
the fund, the securities, any proceeds therefrom and the funds deposited
pursuant to this section for the benefit of the purchasers and holders
of New York instruments shall constitute a trust fund, for the benefit
of the fund.
4. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, if the
superintendent shall find that a licensee has transacted the business of
money transmission in this state for a period of five consecutive years
and that such business has been conducted honestly, efficiently and
safely and that the licensee's financial condition is sound and that its
New York instruments are insured, the superintendent may dispense with,
modify or eliminate any of the foregoing requirements of this section
with respect to New York instruments; provided, however, that if at any
time subsequent thereto, the superintendent shall deem it necessary or
desirable for the protection of the purchasers and holders of New York
instruments, to reinstate any of the requirements of this section, he
may do so.
Assignment of claims to superintendent. At the written request
of any claimant or creditor of the licensee whose claim is based on a
transaction, in this state, for the sale or issuance of a check or the
receipt of money for transmission or transmission of the same, under the
provisions of this article, the superintendent may, in his discretion,
take an assignment of such claim in trust for the benefit of the
assigning claimant or creditor and may bring any legal action necessary
to collect such claim. Two or more such claims against the licensee may
be combined in one such action.
Investigations, hearings and reports. 1. The superintendent
shall have the power to make such investigations and conduct such
hearings as he shall deem necessary to determine whether any licensee or
any other person has violated any of the provisions of this article, or
whether any licensee has conducted himself in such manner as would
justify the suspension or revocation of his license.
2. In making any investigation or conducting any hearing pursuant to
the provisions of this article, the superintendent, or any person duly
designated by him, shall have the power at all times to subpoena
witnesses; to take depositions of witnesses residing without the state,
in the manner provided for in civil actions in courts of record; to pay
such witnesses the fees and mileage for their attendance provided for
witnesses in civil actions in courts of record; and to administer oaths.
He shall also have the power to compel by order or subpoena the
production of and to examine all relevant books, records, accounts and
other documents. Any person who fails to obey the command of the
subpoena without reasonable excuse, or refuses without reasonable cause
to be served or to be examined or to answer a question or to produce a
book or paper when ordered so to do, or fails to perform any act
required hereunder to be performed, shall be subject to the compulsions
in such cases made and provided by law, and if the person be licensed
hereunder, the superintendent shall have the right to suspend or revoke
the license.
3. The superintendent may require of any licensee such reports, under
oath or otherwise, concerning the licensee's business in this state, as
he may deem necessary for the enforcement of this article.
4. All reports of investigations and other reports rendered pursuant
to this section, and all correspondence and memoranda concerning or
arising out of such investigations or reports, including any duly
authenticated copy or copies thereof in the possession of any licensee
or the department of financial services, shall be confidential
communications, shall not be subject to subpoena and shall not be made
public unless, in the judgment of the superintendent, the ends of
justice and the public advantage will be subserved by the publication
thereof, in which event the superintendent may publish or authorize the
publication of a copy of any such report or other material referred to
in this subdivision, or any part thereof, in such manner as may be
deemed proper. For purposes of this subdivision, "reports of
investigations, and other reports rendered pursuant to this section and
all correspondence and memoranda concerning or arising out of such
investigations or reports" shall have the same meaning as such terms are
defined pursuant to subdivision ten of section thirty-six of this
chapter.
Judicial review. The refusal by the superintendent of an
original license, in the case of an applicant which, prior to January
first, nineteen hundred sixty-three, and upon the date of filing such
application, has lawfully been engaged in this state in the business of
selling or issuing checks or of receiving money for transmission or
transmitting the same, and in all cases the suspension or revocation of
any license by the superintendent, shall be subject to judicial review
in the manner in such cases made and provided by law.
Agents. A licensee may conduct its business at one or more
locations within this state, as follows:
(a) The business may be conducted through or by means of agents as the
licensee may from time to time designate or appoint and, in no event,
shall the business of money transmission be conducted through a
subagent.
(b) No license under this article shall be required of any agent of a
licensee in cases in which such agent is acting on behalf of a licensee
under, and in accordance with, an agency contract except as provided in
subdivision (c) of this section.
(c) An agent, other than a person expressly excepted from the
application of this article, who sells or delivers the licensee's checks
over-the-counter to the public shall not be exempt from licensing under
this article if such agent in the ordinary conduct of such business
receives or at any time has access to (1) the licensee's checks which,
having been paid, are returned through banking channels or otherwise for
verification or for reconciliation or accounting with respect thereto or
(2) bank statements relating to checks so returned. No license under
this article shall be required of an agent, including a general or
managing agent, of a licensee who does not directly sell or deliver the
licensee's checks over-the-counter to the public.
Rules and regulations. The superintendent is hereby authorized
and empowered to make such rules and regulations as may in his judgment
be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of this article.
Violations and penalties. 1. Any person who violates or
participates in the violation of any provisions of this article, or who
knowingly makes any incorrect statement of a material fact in any
application, report or statement made pursuant to this article, or who
knowingly omits to state any material fact necessary to give the
superintendent any information lawfully required by him or refuses to
permit any lawful investigation by the superintendent shall be guilty of
a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, shall be fined not more than five
hundred dollars or imprisoned for not more than six months or both, in
the discretion of the court.
2. a. Any person who either (1) engages in the business of receiving
money for transmission or transmitting the same or (2) sells or issues
New York instruments or New York traveler's checks as those terms are
defined by section six hundred fifty-three of this chapter, without a
license therefor obtained from the superintendent as provided in this
article, shall be guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
b. Any person who violates paragraph a of this subdivision and in the
course of that violation:
(1) knowingly receives or agrees to receive for transmission from one
or more individuals a total of ten thousand dollars or more in a single
transaction, a total of twenty-five thousand dollars or more during a
period of thirty days or less, or a total of two hundred fifty thousand
dollars or more during a period of one year or less; or
(2) knowingly sells or issues New York instruments or New York
traveler's checks to one or more individuals totaling ten thousand
dollars or more in a single transaction, a total of twenty-five thousand
dollars or more during a period of thirty days or less, or a total of
two hundred fifty thousand dollars or more during a period of one year
or less; or
(3) knowingly engages in the business of receiving money for
transmitting or transmitting the same, knowing such money to be the
proceeds of any criminal conduct; or
(4) knowingly sells or issues New York instruments or New York
traveler's checks as those terms are defined by section six hundred
fifty-three of this chapter, knowing such instruments or checks to be
purchased with the proceeds of or derived from any criminal conduct;
shall be guilty of a class E felony.
3. Any licensee who fails to make any report required by the
superintendent pursuant to this article, on or before the day designated
for the making thereof, or fails to include therein any prescribed
matter, shall forfeit to the people of the state an amount as determined
pursuant to section forty-four-a of this chapter for every day that such
report shall be delayed or withheld, and for every day that it shall
fail to report any such omitted matter, unless the superintendent shall,
in his or her sole discretion, for good cause shown, reduce the amount
to be forfeited, or unless the time therefor shall have been extended by
the superintendent, as provided in subdivision four of this section.
4. The superintendent may extend, for a period not exceeding ninety
days, the time within which a licensee is required to make any report
required by the superintendent pursuant to this article.
Investments. Every licensee shall at all times maintain
permissible investments having (i) a market value, computed in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, at least equal
to the aggregate of the amount of all its outstanding payment
instruments and all its outstanding traveler's checks or (ii) a net
carrying value, computed in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, at least equal to the aggregate of the amount of
all its outstanding payment instruments and all its outstanding
traveler's checks so long as the market value of such permissible
investments is at least eighty per centum of the net carrying value.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, the
superintendent shall have the authority, for good cause shown, to exempt
from the requirements of this section any licensee.
Remittances. 1. Each agent of a licensee which sells any New
York instruments or New York traveler's checks issued by such licensee
shall, and each licensee shall so require each of its agents which sells
any New York instruments or New York traveler's checks issued by such
licensee to report such sale and remit the face amount of New York
instruments and New York traveler's checks to such licensee within such
period of time as the licensee requires within the normal course of its
business or as the superintendent, by rule or regulation, may prescribe.
For purposes of this section, remittance shall include either direct
payment of such funds to the licensee or the deposit of such funds in a
banking organization, national bank, federal savings bank, federal
savings and loan association, federal credit union, or a banking
institution chartered under the laws of another state or country, in an
account in the name of such licensee specifically established for the
purpose of receiving such funds. Remittance by such agent to such
licensee or deposit by such agent in such account or its equivalent of
funds in advance of the sale of such New York instruments and New York
traveler's checks, in an amount not less than the amount said agent
would normally receive from such sales of New York instruments and New
York traveler's checks, shall be deemed compliance with the provisions
of this section.
2. Every agent of a licensee shall remit all moneys owed such licensee
in accordance with the terms of the contract between the licensee and
such agent. Any intentional or negligent failure of an agent to remit
all moneys due and owing the licensee within the time provided in such
contract shall result in the agent's civil liability to the licensee for
three times the licensee's damages. The superintendent may, by rule,
establish the maximum period of time for remittance.
Maintenance of books and records by agents. Each licensee
shall require of each of its agents to make and keep such accounts,
correspondence, memoranda, papers, books and other records as the
superintendent by regulation or order requires. All records so required
shall be preserved for the time specified by the regulation or order of
the superintendent.
Severability. If any provision of this article, or the
application of such provision to any person or circumstance, shall be
held invalid, the remainder of this article, and the application of such
provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is
held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the
prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which
results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to
any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the
business of a licensee shall make written application to the
superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The
application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by
rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the
purpose of making the determination required by subdivision two of this
section.
2. The superintendent shall disapprove the proposed change of control
of a licensee if, after notice to and an opportunity to be heard by the
applicant and such licensee, he finds the acquisition of control therein
contrary to law or determines that disapproval is reasonably necessary
to protect the interest of the people of this state. In making such
determination, the superintendent shall consider (a) whether the
character, responsibility and general fitness of the person which seeks
to control such licensee are such as to command confidence and warrant
belief that the business of such licensee will be honestly and
efficiently conducted in a manner consistent with the public interest,
(b) whether the exercise of control may impair the safe and sound
conduct of the business of such licensee, the conservation of its assets
or public confidence in its business, and (c) primarily, the public
interest and the needs and convenience thereof. Unless the
superintendent shall have denied such application in writing within one
hundred fifty days of the filing thereof, such application shall be
deemed approved. If the superintendent disapproves such application, or,
if no such application has been made, upon consummation of the
acquisition of control, the license of the licensee shall become null
and void and the applicant or licensee, whoever has possession of such
license, shall forthwith surrender to the superintendent the license
theretofore in effect.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has
control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall
comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.
The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be
applicable to an application made under such section by a legal
representative.
The term "legal representative", for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
4. As used in this section the term "control" means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership
of voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any
person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be
presumed to exist if any person directly or indirectly, owns, controls,
or holds with power to vote twenty-five per centum or more of the voting
stock of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds
with power to vote twenty-five per centum or more of the voting stock of
such licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee
solely by reason of his being an officer or director of such licensee or
person. The superintendent may in his discretion, upon the application
of a licensee or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls
or holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power
to vote any voting stock of such licensee, determine whether or not the
ownership, control or holding of such voting stock constitutes or would
constitute control of such licensee for purposes of this section.
Tying arrangements. 1. It shall be unlawful for any
transmitter of money or its officers, affiliates or subsidiaries to
enter into an agreement with a check casher, licensed pursuant to the
provisions of article nine-A of this chapter, whereby credit is extended
to the check casher at the same time as, and on the condition that, the
transmitter of money enters into an agreement with the check casher
whereby the check casher will (1) sell only the New York instruments or
New York traveler's checks of the transmitter of money or (2) agree to
the exclusive use of any of the other services of the transmitter of
money. This section shall not apply to the issuance by a transmitter of
money of a guarantee of any indebtedness of a check casher licensed
pursuant to the provisions of article nine-A of this chapter.
2. For purposes of this section the term "transmitter of money" means
a licensee, as such term is defined in subdivision two of section six
hundred forty of this article, a bank, trust company, private banker,
savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union, foreign
banking corporation licensed pursuant to article five of this chapter,
national banking association, federal savings bank, federal savings and
loan association, federal credit union, foreign banking company
authorized to operate pursuant to the international banking act of 1978
(12 USC 3101 et seq.), as amended, and an investment company, which
either directly or through agents transacts the business in this state
of selling or issuing New York instruments or New York traveler's
checks.
For purposes of this section the terms "New York instruments" and "New
York traveler's checks" shall have the meaning ascribed to them by
section six hundred fifty-three of this chapter.
ARTICLE 13-C State Transmitter of Money Insurance Fund
Definitions. 1. "Claimant", when used in this article, means a
purchaser or holder of a New York instrument.
2. "Federal insuring agency", when used in this article, means the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union
Administration.
3. "Fund", when used in this article, means the state transmitter of
money insurance fund as provided for in this article.
4. "Holder", when used in this article, means a person, other than a
purchaser, who is either (i) in possession of a New York instrument and
is the named payee thereon, or (ii) in possession of a New York
instrument issued or endorsed to him or bearer or in blank; provided,
however, that no person who is in possession of a lost, stolen or forged
New York instrument or who is in possession of a New York instrument by
virtue of the fact that he is the surety on a bond required by
subdivision one of section six hundred forty-three of this chapter or is
a receiver or trustee, whether in bankruptcy or otherwise, for an
uninsured transmitter of money shall be deemed a "holder" thereof.
5. "Insured transmitter of money" means a transmitter of money whose
New York instruments are insured by a federal insuring agency.
6. "New York instrument" means a money order, check, draft or other
instrument or document for the transmission or payment of money, or
which evidences an obligation for the transmission or payment of money,
or which evidences the purchase or deposit of funds for the purchase of
any such instrument or document, sold in New York, but shall not include
a New York traveler's check.
7. "Purchaser" means a person who buys or has bought a New York
instrument from an uninsured transmitter of money or agent thereof.
8. "Transmitter of money" means a licensee, as such term is defined in
subdivision two of section six hundred forty of this chapter, a bank,
trust company, private banker, savings bank and savings and loan
association, a credit union, foreign banking corporation licensed
pursuant to article two of this chapter and any investment company which
either directly or through agents transacts the business in this state
of selling or issuing New York instruments.
9. "New York traveler's check" means an instrument, regardless of its
form, specifically identified on the instrument as a traveler's check,
and issued in either written form, with a provision for a specimen
signature of the purchaser to be completed at the time of purchase and a
counter-signature of the purchaser to be completed at the time of its
negotiation, or in electronic form with provision for the electronic
equivalent of the specimen signature and counter signature, and, in
either case, sold in New York. An instrument shall not be identified as
a traveler's check if it fails to comply, as the case may be, with
either the written or electronic signature requirements of this
subdivision.
10. "Uninsured transmitter of money" means a transmitter of money
other than a banking organization, whose New York instruments are
uninsured by a federal insuring agency.
Purpose of the fund. There is hereby created a fund to be known
as the "state transmitter of money insurance fund". The purpose of the
fund shall be to insure the New York instruments of uninsured
transmitters of money which, by reason of insolvency, bankruptcy or
other inability to pay, have defaulted in making payment on their New
York instruments, whether such default has occurred prior to or after
the effective date of this act.
Maximum amount of insurance. 1. Subject to the provisions of
subdivisions two and three of this section, the maximum amount of
insurance that any claimant shall be entitled to shall be determined by
the superintendent after taking into account the amount of claims, the
amount of the fund, including the authority of the fund to make
assessments pursuant to section six hundred fifty-seven of this article,
and any claim for recovery which the fund would have pursuant to the
provisions of section six hundred forty-three of this chapter.
2. No insurance shall be paid on any New York instrument payable for
an amount in excess of one thousand dollars, other than those New York
instruments issued for the purpose of paying utility bills.
3. The maximum amount of insurance which any claimant shall be
entitled to shall be determined as follows:
a. If the claimant is a purchaser, the maximum amount of insurance
which such purchaser shall be entitled to on all insured New York
instruments purchased by said purchaser shall be five thousand dollars.
b. If the claimant is a holder, the maximum amount of insurance which
such holder shall be entitled to shall be the aggregate of the amounts
which would have been due to the purchasers of the insured New York
instruments held by the holder, had the instruments remained in the
possession of the purchasers, rather than the holder.
Claims against the fund. 1. If an uninsured transmitter of
money has defaulted in making payment on any of its New York
instruments, the superintendent shall give notice of such default to
purchasers and holders of such instruments. Such notice may be given by
means of publication in such newspaper or newspapers as the
superintendent may direct and by such other means, if any, as the
superintendent may determine to be reasonable and necessary under the
circumstances. The determination of the superintendent as to the means
of notice shall be conclusively presumed reasonable if notice is
published in such newspaper or newspapers for five consecutive days.
Such notices shall request purchasers and holders of such instruments
who wish to file claims against the fund to present such claims to the
superintendent and to file proper proof thereof within the period of
time set forth in the notice and at a place specified therein. Such
notice may limit the period of time within which claims may be filed to
a period of time no less than ten business days from the final date of
notice. Claimants shall file their claims in the form and manner
prescribed by the superintendent and shall make proof thereof and of the
loss actually suffered by such claimants to the satisfaction of the
superintendent. The superintendent shall examine the claims so filed,
determine the amount due upon such claims and certify, in writing, the
amount due each claimant, whereupon payment by the fund to the claimant
shall be made as provided for in this article. In any case where the
superintendent is not satisfied as to the allowability of a claim or if
he has notice of an adverse claim with respect to such New York
instrument, he may require the final determination of a court of
competent jurisdiction before certifying such claim. Whoever, for the
purpose of obtaining payment on any insured New York instrument, or the
payment of any claim, makes any statement knowing it to be false, or
willfully overvalues any claim, shall be guilty of a Class A
misdemeanor.
2. The payment by the fund to the claimant shall constitute an
assignment, by operation of law, of all rights which the claimant has
with respect to the New York instrument, including all rights, claims
and interests in property which the claimant could have asserted against
the transmitter of money or its property or otherwise, and all
recoveries which he would have been entitled to under the provisions of
section six hundred forty-three of this chapter, provided that if any
portion of such New York instrument is uninsured by virtue of the fact
that it exceeds the maximum amount of insurance provided for by section
six hundred fifty-five of this article or otherwise, the claimant shall
retain all of his rights with respect to the uninsured portion of such
instrument.
Payments to the fund. In the event the fund has borrowed any
monies from the property and liability insurance security fund pursuant
to the provisions of section six hundred fifty-eight of this chapter,
and has any debt outstanding thereto, or in the event an uninsured
transmitter of money is declared, or declares itself, insolvent or
defaults on its New York instruments, the fund shall levy an assessment
upon each uninsured transmitter of money. The amount of such assessment
shall be determined by the superintendent provided, however, that each
uninsured transmitter of money shall be assessed ratably, in proportion
to the average of the dollar amounts of the New York instruments issued
by such uninsured transmitter of money outstanding at the end of each
calendar quarter for the calendar year preceding that in which the
assessment is made, and provided, further, that no such assessments
shall be levied once the net value of the fund shall equal such amount
as the superintendent shall have determined to be necessary to protect
the interests of the purchasers and holders of New York instruments. In
making his determination, the superintendent shall consider the scope of
the risk covered by the fund, the expenses incurred or expected to be
incurred by the fund, the amount of any loans and advances to the fund,
and the interest thereon.
In no event shall the total amount so assessed in any one year against
any uninsured transmitter of money pursuant to this section exceed two
per centum of the New York instruments of such uninsured transmitter of
money which were outstanding at the end of the calendar year preceding
that in which such assessments are made or one hundred twenty-five
thousand dollars, whichever is less. The net value of the fund shall be
determined by deducting from the value of the assets of the fund the
aggregate actual and estimated liabilities of the fund as determined by
the superintendent.
General powers of the fund; administration of the fund. 1. The
fund shall have the power to borrow money from the property and
liability insurance security fund created by section seven thousand six
hundred three of the insurance law on such terms and conditions as the
superintendent may authorize pursuant to section seven of chapter one of
the laws of nineteen hundred seventy-seven to the extent necessary to
protect the interests of the purchasers and holders of New York
instruments, and to pledge the assets of the fund or any portion thereof
as security for such borrowings.
2. The fund shall have the power to accept contributions or donations
to the fund from any source. The fund shall also have the power to
pursue, realize upon, compromise and otherwise dispose of all rights and
remedies of claimants assigned to the fund pursuant to the provisions of
this article. The proceeds of all such rights and remedies and any other
amounts which the fund may receive from any source shall constitute a
part of the assets of the fund.
3. The fund created by this article shall be separate and apart from
any other fund and from all other state monies, and the faith and credit
of the state of New York is pledged for its safekeeping. The
commissioner of taxation and finance shall be the custodian of the fund
and all disbursements from said fund shall be made by the commissioner
of taxation and finance upon vouchers signed by the superintendent or
his designated deputy. The monies of said fund may be invested by the
commissioner of taxation and finance only in obligations of the United
States or of this state and in interest-bearing certificates of deposit
for a bank or trust company located and authorized to do business in
this state, or of a national bank located in this state, secured by a
pledge of direct obligations of the United States or of the state of New
York in an amount equal to the amount of such certificate of deposit.
The commissioner of taxation and finance may sell any of the obligations
or certificates of deposit in which said fund is invested, if advisable,
for its proper administration or in the best interests of said fund.
4. The expense of administering the fund shall be paid out of the
fund. Prior to the first days of January, April, July and October, there
shall be submitted to the director of the budget for approval an
estimated budget of expenditures for the succeeding three months. There
may not be expended for the purpose of administering the fund more than
the amounts as authorized by the director of the budget. The
superintendent shall serve as administrator of the fund without
additional compensation, but may be allowed and paid from the fund
expenses incurred in the performance of his duties in connection with
the fund. The compensation of those persons employed by the
superintendent, within the amounts approved by the director of the
budget, shall be deemed administration expense payable from the fund.
The superintendent shall make an annual report of the receipts to and
disbursements from the fund, including the cost of administration of the
fund, which report shall be made available to each uninsured transmitter
of money who has made payments into the fund during such year and to any
other person having an interest in the fund.
Rules and regulations. The superintendent is hereby authorized
and empowered to make such rules and regulations as may in his judgment
be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of this article.
ARTICLE 13-D Misconduct Relating to Banking Organizations
Misconduct of officers, directors, trustees, or employees of
banking corporations and of private bankers. A director of a
corporation, organized under the laws of this state, having banking
powers, who concurs in any vote or act of the directors of such
corporation, or any of them, by which it is intended to make a loan or
discount to any director of such corporation, or upon paper upon which
any such director is liable or responsible to an amount exceeding the
amount allowed by statute; or, any director, trustee, officer or
employee of any corporation to which the banking law is applicable who
makes or maintains, or attempts to make or maintain, a deposit of such
corporation's funds with any other corporation on condition, or with the
understanding, express or implied, that the corporation receiving such
deposit make a loan or advance, directly or indirectly, to any director,
trustee, officer or employee of the corporation so making or maintaining
or attempting to make or maintain such deposit; or any director,
trustee, officer, or employee of any banking corporation organized under
the laws of another state which is doing business in New York, who makes
or maintains, or attempts to make or maintain, a deposit of such
corporation's funds with any banking organization or any branch of a
foreign banking corporation licensed under article five of this chapter,
on condition, or with the understanding, express or implied, that the
banking organization or branch receiving such deposit make a loan or
advance, directly or indirectly, to any director, trustee, officer or
employee of such banking corporation so making or maintaining or
attempting to make or maintain such deposit; or any director, trustee,
officer, or employee of any banking organization or any branch or agency
of a foreign banking corporation licensed under article five of this
chapter who receives, or attempts to receive, a deposit of funds from
any other banking organization, or any national banking association,
federal savings and loan association, federal credit union, or a banking
corporation organized under the laws of another state or country, on
condition, or with the understanding, express or implied, that such
banking organization or foreign banking corporation licensed under
article five of this chapter receiving, or attempting to receive, such
deposit make a loan or advance, directly or indirectly, to any director,
trustee, officer or employee of the banking organization, national
banking association, federal savings and loan association, federal
credit union or banking corporation organized under the laws of another
state or country, so making or attempting to make, such deposit; or, any
officer or employee of any corporation to which the banking law is
applicable who intentionally conceals from the directors or trustees of
such corporation any discounts or loans made by it between the regular
meetings of its board of directors or trustees, or the purchase of any
securities or the sale of any of its securities during the same period,
or knowingly fails to report to its board of directors or trustees when
required to do so by law, all discounts or loans made by it and all
securities purchased or sold by it between the regular meetings of its
board of directors or trustees; or any director, officer or employee of
a bank or trust company, or a private banker or his employee, who makes
any agreement express or implied, before or at the time of issuing a
certificate of deposit, by which its holder may demand or receive
payment thereof in advance of its maturity, is guilty of a misdemeanor.
Nothing in this section shall render any loan made by the directors of
any such corporation, in violation thereof, invalid.
Officer or agent of banking corporation or a private banker
making guaranty or endorsement beyond the legal limit. An officer or
agent of any banking corporation, or a private banker or his agent, who
makes or delivers any guaranty or indorsement on behalf of such
corporation or private banker, whereby such corporation or private
banker may become liable on any of its or his discounted notes, bills or
obligations, in a sum beyond the amount of loans and discounts which
such corporation or private banker may legally make, is guilty of a
misdemeanor.
Bank officer or employee overdrawing his account or asking for
or receiving commissions or gratuities from persons procuring loans or
making overdrafts of their accounts. Any officer, director, agent,
teller, clerk or employee of any bank, banking association, savings
bank, trust company or private banker, who:
1. Knowingly overdraws his account with such bank, banking
association, savings bank, trust company or private banker, and thereby
obtains the money, notes or funds of any such bank, banking association,
savings bank, trust company or private banker; or
2. Asks or receives, or consents or agrees to receive, any commission,
emolument, gratuity or reward, or any promise of any commission,
emolument, gratuity or reward, or any money, property or thing of value
or of personal advantage, for procuring or endeavoring to procure for
any person, firm or corporation, any loan from, or the purchase or
discount of any paper, note, draft, check or bill of exchange, by any
such bank, banking association, savings bank, trust company or private
banker, or for permitting any person, firm or corporation to overdraw
any account with such bank, banking association, savings bank, trust
company or private banker,
Is guilty of a misdemeanor.
Receiving deposits in insolvent bank. An officer, agent, teller
or clerk of any bank, banking association or savings bank, and every
private banker or his agent and any teller or clerk of a private banker
or any officer, agent or clerk of any corporation transacting any part
of the business which a banking corporation is authorized by law to
transact who receives any deposit, knowing that such bank or association
or banker or corporation is insolvent, is guilty of a misdemeanor, if
the amount or value of such deposit be less than twenty-five dollars; if
the amount or value of such deposit be twenty-five dollars or over, such
person shall be guilty of a felony.
Unlawful investments by officers of mutual savings banks. Any
officer or trustee of a mutual savings bank authorizing or making any
investment of the funds of the bank in securities not authorized by law,
is guilty of a misdemeanor.
Misconduct by directors of banking corporations. Every director
of a banking corporation who:
1. In case of the fraudulent insolvency of such corporation, shall
have participated in such fraud; or
2. Wilfully does any act as such director which is expressly forbidden
by statute, or wilfully omits to perform any duty imposed upon him as
such director by statute,
Is guilty of a misdemeanor, if no other punishment is prescribed
therefor by law.
The insolvency of a banking corporation is deemed fraudulent unless
its affairs appear upon investigation to have been administered fairly,
legally and with the same care and diligence that agents receiving a
compensation for their services are bound, by law, to observe.
Loans to be guaranteed by New York state higher education
assistance corporation. It shall be unlawful for any banking corporation
or private banker authorized to carry on the business of banking under
the laws of this state to require that a person making application for a
loan to be guaranteed by the New York state higher education assistance
corporation be a depositor with the bank prior to the time of such
application.
Use of checks with certain photographs or drawings reproduced
thereon prohibited. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm or
corporation to use any bank check in this state that has printed or
embossed thereon a photograph, drawing or other reproduction of any
public building of the United States or of this or any other state or of
any municipality, or the shield, coat of arms, flag or other insignia of
the United States or of this or any other state or municipality.
Violation of the provisions of this section shall constitute a
misdemeanor.
Unauthorized use of the term "bank" or "trust company." Any
person not authorized by the superintendent of financial services, who:
1. Uses an office sign at the place where his business is transacted,
having thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other words
indicating that such place or office is the place or office of a bank or
trust company; or,
2. Uses or circulates any letter-heads, bill-heads, blank notes, blank
receipts, certificates, circulars or any written or printed paper
whatever, having thereon any artificial or corporate name, or other word
or words indicating that such business is the business of a bank or
trust company.
Is guilty of a misdemeanor; provided, however, that nothing in this
section shall be deemed to prevent a bank holding company from using any
corporate name it is duly authorized to use under subdivision (b) of
section three hundred two of the business corporation law.
False statements or rumors as to banking institutions. Any
person who wilfully and knowingly makes, circulates or transmits to
another or others any statement or rumor, written, printed or by word of
mouth, which is untrue in fact and is directly or by inference
derogatory to the financial condition or effects the solvency or
financial standing of any bank, private banker, savings bank, banking
association, building and loan association or trust company doing
business in this state, or who knowingly counsels, aids, procures or
induces another to start, transmit or circulate any such statement or
rumor, is guilty of a misdemeanor.
Falsification of books, reports or statements of private
bankers or corporations subject to the banking law. 1. Any officer,
director, trustee, employee or agent of any corporation to which the
banking law is applicable who makes a false entry in any book, report or
statement of such corporation with intent to deceive any officer,
director or trustee thereof, or any agent or examiner lawfully appointed
to examine into its condition or into any of its affairs, or any public
officer, office or board to which such corporation is required by law to
report, or which has authority by law to examine into its condition or
into any of its affairs, or who, with like intent, wilfully omits to
make a true entry of any material particular pertaining to the business
of such corporation in any book, report or statement of such corporation
made, written or kept by him under his direction, is guilty of a felony.
2. Any employee or agent of a private banker who makes a false entry
in any book, report or statement of such private banker with intent to
deceive such private banker, or any agent or examiner lawfully appointed
to examine into the condition or affairs of such private banker, or any
public officer, office or board to which such private banker is required
by law to report, or which has authority by law to examine into the
condition of such private banker or into any of its affairs, or who,
with like intent, wilfully omits to make a true entry of any material
particular pertaining to the business of such private banker in any
book, report or statement made, written or kept by such private banker
or under his direction is guilty of a felony.
3. Any private banker who commits any act made punishable by
subdivision two, or who wilfully omits to make the true entry required
thereby, with intent to deceive his co-partner or any such agent,
examiner, public officer, office or board is guilty of a felony.
Abstraction or misappropriation of money, funds or property, or
misapplication of credit of private bankers or corporations to which the
banking law is applicable, by an officer, director, trustee, employee or
agent thereof. Any officer, director, trustee, employee or agent of any
corporation to which the banking law is applicable, or any employee or
agent of any private banker, who abstracts or wilfully misapplies any of
the money, funds or property of such corporation or private banker, or
wilfully misapplies its or his credit, is guilty of a felony. Nothing in
this section shall be deemed or construed to repeal, amend or impair any
existing provision of law prescribing a punishment for any such offense.
Presumption of knowledge of corporate condition and business
and of assent thereto by directors; definitions. It is no defense to a
prosecution for a violation of the provisions of this article, that the
corporation is a foreign corporation, if it carries on business or keeps
an office therefor in this state.
The term "director" as used in this article includes any of the
persons having, by law, the direction or management of the affairs of a
corporation, by whatever name described.
A director of a corporation or joint-stock association is deemed to
have such a knowledge of the affairs of the corporation or association
as to enable him to determine whether any act, proceeding or omission of
its directors is a violation of this article. If present at a meeting of
the directors at which any act, proceeding or omission of such directors
in violation of this article occurs, he must be deemed to have concurred
therein, unless he at the time causes or in writing requires his dissent
therefrom to be entered on the minutes of the directors. If absent from
such meeting, he must be deemed to have concurred in any such violation,
if the facts constituting such violation appear on the record or minutes
of the proceedings of the board of directors, and he remains a director
of the corporation for six months thereafter without causing or in
writing requiring his dissent from such violation to be entered on such
record or minutes.
Unlawful undertakings. 1. Every undertaking, whether written
or oral, express or implied, constituting or contained in a contract
heretofore or hereafter entered into, directly or indirectly, between a
banking organization, bank holding company, national banking
association, federal savings and loan association or foreign banking
corporation and the owner of an interest in real property located in the
state, which bars such owner from leasing, selling or otherwise
disposing of any interest in real property to any other banking
organization, bank holding company, national banking association,
federal savings and loan association or foreign banking corporation
shall be null and void.
2. Any banking organization, bank holding company, national banking
association, federal savings and loan association, foreign banking
corporation or any other entity or person injured in his business or
property by reason of an undertaking which violates subdivision one
hereof may sue on account thereof and be entitled to recover three times
the amount of the damages sustained, and the cost of suit, including
reasonable attorneys' fees.
3. If any provision of this section, or the application of such
provision to any individual, company or circumstance, shall be held
invalid, the remainder of this section, and the application of such
section to individuals, companies or circumstances other than those to
which it is held invalid, shall not be affected thereby.
ARTICLE 13-E Joint Deposits and Shares;
Joint deposits and shares; ownership and payment. (a) When a
deposit of cash, securities, or other property has been made or shall
hereafter be made in or with any banking organization or foreign banking
corporation transacting business in this state, or shares shall have
been already issued or shall be hereafter issued, in any savings and
loan association or credit union transacting business in this state, in
the name of such depositor or shareholder and another person and in form
to be paid or delivered to either, or the survivor of them, such deposit
or shares and any additions thereto made, by either of such persons,
after the making thereof, shall become the property of such persons as
joint tenants and the same, together with all additions and accruals
thereon, shall be held for the exclusive use of the persons so named,
and may be paid or delivered to either during the lifetime of both or to
the survivor after the death of one of them, and such payment or
delivery and the receipt or acquittance of the one to whom such payment
or delivery is made, shall be a valid and sufficient release and
discharge to the banking organization or foreign banking corporation for
all payments or deliveries made on account of such deposit or shares
prior to the receipt by the banking organization or foreign banking
corporation of notice in writing signed by any one of such joint
tenants, not to pay or deliver such deposit or shares and the additions
and accruals thereon in accordance with the terms thereof, and after
receipt of any such notice, the banking organization or foreign banking
corporation may require the receipt or acquittance of both such joint
tenants for any further payments or delivery.
(b) The making of such deposit or the issuance of such shares in such
form shall, in the absence of fraud or undue influence, be prima facie
evidence, in any action or proceeding to which the banking organization,
foreign banking corporation, surviving depositor or shareholder is a
party, of the intention of both depositors or shareholders to create a
joint tenancy and to vest title to such deposit or shares, and additions
and accruals thereon, in such survivor. The burden of proof in refuting
such prima facie evidence is upon the party or parties challenging the
title of the survivor.
(c) 1. The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate and
may from time to time amend rules and regulations which require that the
joint tenants of an account established on or after the date on which
the rule or regulation becomes effective and representing any deposit or
shares governed by the foregoing provisions of this section, shall, at
the time the account is established be informed of the terms and
conditions of the account including the relationship and consequences
between the parties in the account and the responsibilities of the
institution with which the account is established.
2. This subdivision or any rule or regulation thereunder shall not be
deemed or construed as increasing or diminishing the rights or liability
of any person, or other entity.
Unauthorized withdrawals from savings or time deposit accounts.
Any withdrawal of moneys from any savings account or time deposit
account maintained in any banking organization, branch of a foreign
banking corporation, national bank, federal savings and loan association
or federal credit union located in this state which is made by means of
an unauthorized signature is wholly inoperative as to the person whose
name is signed unless such person has authorized or ratified such
withdrawal or is precluded from denying such withdrawal because he has
received a portion of the funds withdrawn, provided that in such latter
event he shall be precluded from denying such withdrawal only with
respect to the funds so received; provided, however, that such a
signature shall operate as the signature of the unauthorized signer in
favor of any such banking organization, branch of a foreign banking
corporation, national bank, federal savings and loan association or
federal credit union which has, in good faith, honored such withdrawal.
No such banking organization, branch of a foreign banking corporation,
national bank, federal savings and loan association or federal credit
union shall interpose the defense, in an action for recovery by a
depositor of money paid upon an unauthorized signature, that it has
exercised due care and diligence in ascertaining the identity of the
person to whom it has paid such money. The term "unauthorized signature"
shall have the meaning ascribed to it by section 1--201 of the uniform
commercial code and the term "savings account" shall include shares
issued by a savings and loan association, state or federally chartered,
and by a credit union, state or federally chartered.
Any waiver of the provisions of this section or any contrary
agreement, by-law, rule or regulation of any banking organization,
branch of a foreign banking corporation, national bank, federal savings
and loan association or federal credit union located in this state shall
be void as against public policy and wholly unenforceable.
Decedents' accounts, withdrawals by authorized persons. 1. The
maximum withdrawal permissible by law for purposes of this section shall
be the amount permitted to be paid, without the consent of the
commissioner of taxation and finance, under rules or regulations
promulgated by such commissioner pursuant to section one hundred
seventy-one of the tax law.
3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no banking organization or foreign
banking corporation shall be required to make any payment pursuant to
this section if (a) it has notice of an adverse claim with respect to
any such savings or time deposits or shares standing on its books to the
credit of the decedent, or (b) there is in effect an order, injunction
or other appropriate process of a court of competent jurisdiction
restraining such payment, or (c) it has notice that such payment would
violate the terms of a legal and valid trust, or (d) such payment is
inconsistent with any federal laws or regulations.
4. Such payments as any banking organization or foreign banking
corporation is required to make pursuant to this section shall be a
valid and sufficient release and discharge to such banking organization
or foreign banking corporation for any payment so made.
Accounts for convenience only. 1. When a deposit of cash,
securities or other property has been made, or shares shall be issued in
or with any banking organization or foreign banking corporation
transacting business in this state, in an account established after the
effective date of this section, in the name of a depositor and another
person and in form to be paid or delivered to either "for the
convenience" of the depositor, the making of such deposit or the
issuance of such shares shall not affect the title to such deposit or
shares and the depositor shall not be considered to have made a gift of
one-half the deposit or of any additions or accruals thereon to the
other person, and, on the death of the depositor, the other person shall
have no right of survivorship in the account. If an addition is made to
such an account by anyone other than the depositor, such an addition and
accruals thereon shall be considered to have been made by the depositor.
Such deposit or shares, together with all additions and accruals
thereon, may be paid or delivered to the depositor or the other person,
and such payment or delivery and the receipt or acquittance of the one
to whom such payment or delivery is made, shall be a valid and
sufficient release and discharge to the banking organization or foreign
banking corporation prior to the receipt by the banking organization or
foreign banking corporation of notice in writing signed by the depositor
not to pay or deliver such deposit or shares and the additions and
accruals thereon in accordance with the terms thereof, and after receipt
of any such notice, the banking organization or foreign banking
corporation may require the receipt or acquittance of the depositor for
any further payments or delivery. If the depositor is dead, such payment
or delivery to the other person shall be a valid and sufficient release
to the banking organization or foreign banking corporation prior to the
receipt by the banking organization or foreign banking corporation of
written notice of the depositor's death. A banking organization or
foreign banking corporation which, upon the death of the depositor and
prior to service upon it of a restraining order, injunction or other
appropriate process from a court of competent jurisdiction prohibiting
payment, makes payment to the executor, administrator or other qualified
representative of the deceased depositor's estate, shall, to the extent
of such payment, be released from liability to any person claiming a
right to the funds and the receipt or acquittance of the executor,
administrator or qualified representative to whom payment is made shall
be a valid and sufficient release and discharge of the financial
institution.
2. The superintendent of financial services shall promulgate and may
from time to time amend rules and regulations which require that a
depositor who requests the establishment of an account in the name of
the depositor and another person "for the convenience" of the depositor
be informed of the terms and conditions of the account described in
subdivision one of this section, including the relationship and
consequences between the parties in such an account, the difference
between such an account and a joint account established under section
six hundred seventy-five of this article, and the responsibilities of
the institution with which such an account is established. This
subdivision or any rule or regulation thereunder shall not be deemed or
construed as increasing or diminishing the rights or liability of any
person, or other entity.
Public awareness; banking services. The superintendent shall
conduct a public awareness campaign to educate consumers on different
banking services available in the state, particularly those that can
assist vulnerable adults in financial planning, including, but not
limited to, citizens of an advanced age, individuals with cognitive or
developmental disabilities, or those who have health or physical issues
that impair their financial independence. The public awareness campaign
shall include information regarding the differences between types of
accounts, including joint and convenience accounts, as well as the
rights and responsibilities generally recognized for each. The public
awareness campaign shall also include, but not be limited to, answers to
general concerns and questions that individuals may have with respect to
the establishment of certain types of accounts and services, as well as
information and recommendations for obtaining more information.
ARTICLE 13-F Uniform Special Deposits Act
Short title. This article shall be known and may be cited as
the "uniform special deposits act".
Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1. "Account agreement" means an agreement that:
(a) is in a record between a bank and one or more depositors;
(b) may have one or more beneficiaries as additional parties; and
(c) states the intention of the parties to establish a special deposit
governed by this article.
2. "Bank" means a person engaged in the business of banking and
includes a savings bank, savings and loan association, credit union,
trust company, and a bank as defined in section two of this chapter.
Each branch or separate office of a bank is a separate bank for the
purpose of this article.
3. "Beneficiary" means a person that:
(a) is identified as a beneficiary in an account agreement; or
(b) if not identified as a beneficiary in an account agreement, may be
entitled to payment from a special deposit:
(i) under the account agreement; or
(ii) on termination of the special deposit.
4. "Contingency" means an event or circumstance stated in an account
agreement that is not certain to occur but must occur before the bank is
obligated to pay a beneficiary.
5. "Creditor process" means attachment, garnishment, levy, notice of
lien, sequestration, or similar process issued by or on behalf of a
creditor or other claimant.
6. "Depositor" means a person that establishes or funds a special
deposit.
7. "Good faith" means honesty in fact and observance of reasonable
commercial standards of fair dealing.
8. "Knowledge" means:
(a) with respect to a beneficiary, actual knowledge of the fact; or
(b) with respect to a bank holding a special deposit:
(i) if the bank:
(1) has established a reasonable routine for communicating material
information to an individual to whom the bank has assigned
responsibility for the special deposit; and
(2) maintains reasonable compliance with the routine, actual knowledge
of the fact by that individual; or
(ii) if the bank has not established and maintained reasonable
compliance with a routine described in subparagraph (i) of this
paragraph or otherwise exercised due diligence, implied knowledge of the
fact that would have come to the attention of an individual to whom the
bank has assigned responsibility for the special deposit.
9. "Obligated to pay a beneficiary" or "obligation to pay a
beneficiary" means a beneficiary is entitled under the account agreement
to receive from the bank a payment when:
(a) a contingency has occurred; and
(b) the bank has knowledge the contingency has occurred.
10. "Permissible purpose" means a governmental, regulatory,
commercial, charitable, or testamentary objective of the parties stated
in an account agreement. The term includes an objective to:
(a) hold funds:
(i) in escrow, including for a purchase and sale, lease, buyback, or
other transaction;
(ii) as a security deposit of a tenant;
(iii) that may be distributed to a person as remuneration, retirement
or other benefit, or compensation under a judgment, consent decree,
court order, or other decision of a tribunal; or
(iv) for distribution to a defined class of persons after
identification of the class members and their interest in the funds;
(b) provide assurance with respect to an obligation created by
contract, such as earnest money to ensure a transaction closes;
(c) settle an obligation that arises in the operation of a payment
system, securities settlement system, or other financial market
infrastructure;
(d) provide assurance with respect to an obligation that arises in the
operation of a payment system, securities settlement system, or other
financial market infrastructure; or
(e) hold margin, other cash collateral, or funds that support the
orderly functioning of financial market infrastructure or the
performance of an obligation with respect to the infrastructure.
11. "Person" means an individual, estate, business or nonprofit
entity, government or governmental subdivision, agency, or
instrumentality, or other legal entity. The term includes a protected
series, however denominated, of an entity if the protected series is
established under law that limits, or limits if conditions specified
under law are satisfied, the ability of a creditor of the entity or of
any other protected series of the entity to satisfy a claim from assets
of the protected series.
12. "Record" means information:
(a) inscribed on a tangible medium; or
(b) stored in an electronic or other medium and retrievable in
perceivable form.
13. "Special deposit" means a deposit that satisfies section six
hundred eighty-d of this article.
14. "State" means a state of the United States, the District of
Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, or any other
territory or possession subject to the jurisdiction of the United
States. The term includes an agency or instrumentality of the state.
Scope; choice of law; forum. 1. This article applies to a
special deposit under an account agreement that states the intention of
the parties to establish a special deposit governed by this article,
regardless of whether a party to the account agreement or a transaction
related to the special deposit, or the special deposit itself, has a
reasonable relation to this state.
2. The parties to an account agreement may choose a forum in this
state for settling a dispute arising out of the special deposit,
regardless of whether a party to the account agreement or a transaction
related to the special deposit, or the special deposit itself, has a
reasonable relation to this state.
3. This article does not affect:
(a) a right or obligation relating to a deposit other than a special
deposit under this article; or
(b) the voidability of a deposit or transfer that is fraudulent or
voidable under other law.
Variation by agreement or amendment. 1. The effect of this
section and sections six hundred eighty-a, six hundred eighty-b, six
hundred eighty-d, six hundred eighty-e, six hundred eighty-g, six
hundred eighty-h, six hundred eighty-i, six hundred eighty-j and six
hundred eighty-m of this article shall not be varied by agreement,
except as provided in such sections. Subject to subdivision two of this
section, the effect of sections six hundred eighty-f, six hundred
eighty-k and six hundred eighty-l of this article may be varied by
agreement.
2. A provision in an account agreement or other record that
substantially excuses liability or substantially limits remedies for
failure to perform an obligation under this article is not sufficient to
vary the effect of a provision of this article.
3. If a beneficiary is a party to an account agreement, the bank and
the depositor may amend the agreement without the consent of the
beneficiary only if the agreement expressly permits the amendment.
4. If a beneficiary is not a party to an account agreement and the
bank and the depositor know the beneficiary has knowledge of the
agreement's terms, the bank and the depositor may amend the agreement
without the consent of the beneficiary only if the amendment does not
adversely and materially affect a payment right of the beneficiary.
5. If a beneficiary is not a party to an account agreement and the
bank and the depositor do not know whether the beneficiary has knowledge
of the agreement's terms, the bank and the depositor may amend the
agreement without the consent of the beneficiary only if the amendment
is made in good faith.
Requirements for special deposit. A deposit is a special
deposit if it is:
1. a deposit of funds in a bank under an account agreement;
2. for the benefit of at least two beneficiaries, one or more of which
may be a depositor;
3. denominated in a medium of exchange that is currently authorized or
adopted by a domestic or foreign government;
4. for a permissible purpose stated in the account agreement; and
5. subject to a contingency.
Permissible purpose. 1. A special deposit must serve at least
one permissible purpose stated in the account agreement from the time
the special deposit is created in the account agreement until
termination of the special deposit.
2. If, before termination of the special deposit, the bank or a court
determines the special deposit no longer satisfies subdivision one of
this section, sections six hundred eighty-g, six hundred eighty-h, six
hundred eighty-i and six hundred eighty-j of this article cease to apply
to any funds deposited in the special deposit after the special deposit
ceases to satisfy subdivision one of this section.
3. If, before termination of a special deposit, the bank determines
the special deposit no longer satisfies subdivision one of this section,
the bank may take action it believes is necessary under the
circumstances, including terminating the special deposit.
Payment to beneficiary by bank. 1. Unless the account
agreement provides otherwise, the bank is obligated to pay a beneficiary
if there are sufficient actually and finally collected funds in the
balance of the special deposit.
2. Except as provided in subdivision three of this section, the
obligation to pay the beneficiary is excused if the funds available in
the special deposit are insufficient to cover such payment.
3. Unless the account agreement provides otherwise, if the funds
available in the special deposit are insufficient to cover an obligation
to pay a beneficiary, a beneficiary may elect to be paid the funds that
are available or, if there is more than one beneficiary, a pro rata
share of the funds available. Payment to the beneficiary making the
election under this subsection discharges the bank's obligation to pay a
beneficiary and does not constitute an accord and satisfaction with
respect to another person obligated to the beneficiary.
4. Unless the account agreement provides otherwise, the obligation of
the bank obligated to pay a beneficiary is immediately due and payable.
5. The bank may discharge its obligation under this section by:
(a) crediting another transaction account of the beneficiary; or
(b) taking other action that:
(i) is permitted under the account agreement for the bank to obtain a
discharge; or
(ii) otherwise would constitute a discharge under law.
6. If the bank obligated to pay a beneficiary has incurred an
obligation to discharge the obligation of another person, the obligation
of the other person is discharged if action by the bank under
subdivision five of this section would constitute a discharge of the
obligation of the other person under law that determines whether an
obligation is satisfied.
Property interest of depositor or beneficiary. 1. Neither a
depositor nor a beneficiary has a property interest in a special
deposit.
2. Any property interest with respect to a special deposit is only in
the right to receive payment if the bank is obligated to pay a
beneficiary and not in the special deposit itself. Any property interest
under this subdivision shall be subject to the provisions of this
chapter and to rules and regulations made in accordance therewith.
When creditor process enforceable against bank. 1. Subject to
subdivision two of this section, creditor process with respect to a
special deposit is not enforceable against the bank holding the special
deposit.
2. Creditor process is enforceable against the bank holding a special
deposit with respect to an amount the bank is obligated to pay a
beneficiary or a depositor if the process:
(a) is served on the bank;
(b) provides sufficient information to permit the bank to identify the
depositor or the beneficiary from the bank's books and records; and
(c) gives the bank a reasonable opportunity to act on the process.
3. Creditor process served on a bank before it is enforceable against
the bank under subdivision two of this section does not create a right
of the creditor against the bank or a duty of the bank to the creditor.
The lien law and any other applicable law shall determine whether
creditor process creates a lien enforceable against the beneficiary on a
contingent interest of a beneficiary, including a depositor as a
beneficiary, even if not enforceable against the bank.
Injunction or similar relief. A court may enjoin, or grant
similar relief that would have the effect of enjoining, a bank from
paying a depositor or beneficiary only if payment would constitute a
material fraud or facilitate a material fraud with respect to a special
deposit.
Recoupment or set off. 1. Except as provided in subdivision
two or three of this section, a bank shall not exercise a right of
recoupment or set off against a special deposit.
2. An account agreement may authorize the bank to debit the special
deposit:
(a) when the bank becomes obligated to pay a beneficiary, in an amount
that does not exceed the amount necessary to discharge the obligation;
(b) for a fee assessed by the bank that relates to an overdraft in the
special deposit account;
(c) for costs incurred by the bank that relate directly to the special
deposit; or
(d) to reverse an earlier credit posted by the bank to the balance of
the special deposit account, if the reversal occurs under an event or
circumstance warranted under other law of this state governing mistake
and restitution.
3. The bank holding a special deposit may exercise a right of
recoupment or set off against an obligation to pay a beneficiary, even
if the bank funds payment from the special deposit.
Duties and liability of bank. 1. A bank does not have a
fiduciary duty to any person with respect to a special deposit.
2. When the bank holding a special deposit becomes obligated to pay a
beneficiary, a debtor-creditor relationship arises between the bank and
beneficiary.
3. The bank holding a special deposit has a duty to a beneficiary to
comply with the account agreement and this article.
4. If the bank holding a special deposit does not comply with the
account agreement or this article, the bank is liable to a depositor or
beneficiary only for damages proximately caused by the noncompliance.
Except as provided by other law of this state, the bank is not liable
for consequential, special, or punitive damages.
5. The bank holding a special deposit may rely on records presented in
compliance with the account agreement to determine whether the bank is
obligated to pay a beneficiary.
6. If the account agreement requires payment on presentation of a
record, the bank shall determine within a reasonable time whether the
record is sufficient to require payment. If the agreement requires
action by the bank on presentation of a record, the bank is not liable
for relying in good faith on the genuineness of the record if the record
appears on its face to be genuine.
7. Unless the account agreement provides otherwise, the bank is not
required to determine whether a permissible purpose stated in the
agreement continues to exist.
Term and termination. 1. Unless otherwise provided in the
account agreement, a special deposit terminates five years after the
date the special deposit was first funded.
2. Unless otherwise provided in the account agreement, if the bank
cannot identify or locate a beneficiary entitled to payment when the
special deposit is terminated, and a balance remains in the special
deposit, the bank shall pay the balance to the depositor or depositors
as a beneficiary or beneficiaries.
3. A bank that pays the remaining balance as provided under
subdivision two of this section has no further obligation with respect
to the special deposit.
Principles of law and equity. The uniform commercial code,
article twenty-two-A of the general business law, the provisions of this
chapter governing deposits generally, the abandoned property law, and
the principles of law and equity, including any applicable law related
to capacity to contract, principal and agent, estoppel, fraud,
misrepresentation, duress, coercion, mistake, and bankruptcy, supplement
this article except to the extent inconsistent with this article.
Uniformity of application and construction. In applying and
construing the provisions of this uniform special deposits act, a court
shall consider the promotion of uniformity of the law among
jurisdictions that enact it.
Transitional provision. This article applies to:
1. a special deposit made under an account agreement executed on or
after the effective date of this article; and
2. a deposit made under an agreement executed before the effective
date of this article, if:
(a) all parties entitled to amend the agreement agree to make the
deposit a special deposit governed by this article; and
(b) the special deposit referenced in the amended agreement satisfies
the provisions of section six hundred eighty-d of this article.
Severability. If any word, phrase, clause, sentence,
paragraph, section or part of this article shall be adjudged by any
court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment shall not
affect, impair or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be
confined in its operation to the word, phrase, clause, sentence,
paragraph, section or part thereof directly involved in the controversy
in which judgment shall have been rendered.
ARTICLE 14 Laws Repealed; Construction; When to Take Effect
Laws repealed. Of the laws enumerated in the schedule hereto
annexed, that portion specified in the last column is hereby repealed.
Construction. The provisions of this chapter shall be construed
as a continuation of the provisions of chapter ten of the laws of
nineteen hundred nine, as amended, modified or amended according to the
language employed, and not as a new enactment.
When to take effect. This act, except the repeal of chapters
three hundred forty-eight of the laws of nineteen hundred ten and three
hundred ninety-three of the laws of nineteen hundred eleven, shall take
effect immediately; and the repeal of chapters three hundred forty-eight
of the laws of nineteen hundred ten and three hundred ninety-three of
the laws of nineteen hundred eleven, shall take effect on November
first, nineteen hundred fourteen.
ARTICLE 14-A Student Loan Servicers
Definitions. 1. "Applicant" shall mean any person applying for
a license under this article.
2. "Borrower" shall mean any resident of this state who has received a
student loan or agreed in writing to pay a student loan or any person
who shares a legal obligation with such resident for repaying a student
loan.
3. "Borrower benefit" shall mean an incentive offered to a borrower in
connection with the origination of a student loan, including but not
limited to an interest rate reduction, principal rebate, fee waiver or
rebate, loan cancellation, or cosigner release.
4. "Exempt organization" shall mean any banking organization, foreign
banking corporation, national bank, federal savings association, federal
credit union, or any bank, trust company, savings bank, savings and loan
association, or credit union organized under the laws of any other
state, any public postsecondary educational institution or private
nonprofit postsecondary educational institution or any person licensed
or supervised by the department and exempted by the superintendent
pursuant to regulations promulgated in accordance with this article.
5. "Person" shall mean any individual, association, corporation,
limited liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated
organization, government, and any other entity.
6. "Servicer" or "student loan servicer" shall mean a person engaged
in the business of servicing student loans owed by one or more borrowers
residing in this state.
7. "Servicing" shall mean:
(a) receiving any payment from a borrower pursuant to the terms of any
student loan;
(b) applying any payment to the borrower's account pursuant to the
terms of a student loan or the contract governing the servicing of any
such loans;
(c) providing any notification of amounts owed on a student loan by or
on account of any borrower in conjunction with performing such
activities as described in paragraphs (a), (b), or (d) of this
subdivision;
(d) during a period where a borrower is not required to make a payment
on a student loan, maintaining account records for the student loan and
communicating with the borrower regarding the student loan on behalf of
the owner of the student loan promissory note;
(e) interacting with a borrower with respect to or regarding any
attempt to avoid default on the borrower's student loan, or facilitating
the activities described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this subdivision in
conjunction with performing such activities as described in paragraphs
(a), (b), or (d) of this subdivision; or
(f) performing other administrative services with respect to a
borrower's student loan in conjunction with performing such activities
as described in paragraphs (a), (b), or (d) of this subdivision.
8. "Student loan" shall mean any loan to a borrower to finance
postsecondary education or expenses related to postsecondary education.
9. "Federal student loan" means (a) any student loan issued pursuant
to the William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program; (b) any student loan
issued pursuant to the Federal Family Education Loan Program, which was
purchased by the government of the United States pursuant to the federal
Ensuring Continued Access to Student Loans Act and is presently owned by
the government of the United States; and (c) any other student loan
issued pursuant to a federal program that is identified by the
superintendent as a "federal student loan" in a regulation.
Licensing. 1. Except as provided in subdivisions two, three,
and four of this section, no person shall engage in the business of
servicing student loans owed by one or more borrowers residing in this
state without first being licensed by the superintendent as a student
loan servicer in accordance with this article and such regulations as
may be prescribed by the superintendent.
2. The licensing provisions of this article shall not apply to any
exempt organization that is a student loan servicer; provided that,
unless preempted by federal law, such exempt organization shall notify
the superintendent that it is servicing student loans in this state and
complies with sections seven hundred seventeen, seven hundred nineteen,
seven hundred twenty-one, seven hundred twenty-three and seven hundred
twenty-five of this article and article nine of the financial services
law and any regulation applicable to student loan servicers promulgated
by the superintendent.
3. Any person that services federal student loans owed by one or more
borrowers residing in this state shall be automatically deemed by
operation of law to have been issued a license to service federal
student loans by the superintendent as of April first, two thousand
nineteen. Such person shall notify the superintendent that it is
servicing federal student loans in this state and comply with sections
seven hundred seventeen, seven hundred nineteen, seven hundred
twenty-one, seven hundred twenty-two, seven hundred twenty-three and
seven hundred twenty-five of this article and any regulation applicable
to student loan servicers promulgated by the superintendent. The
provisions of sections thirty-three, thirty-nine, and forty-four of this
chapter shall also apply to such person. The license automatically
issued pursuant to this section shall only authorize the servicing of
federal student loans. A person that services both federal student loans
and non-federal student loans shall be required to be licensed pursuant
to subdivision one of this section and sections seven hundred twelve and
seven hundred thirteen of this article in order to be authorized to
service non-federal student loans unless such person is also an exempt
organization.
4. A person, other than an exempt organization, that services federal
student loans owed by one or more borrowers residing in this state and
that is not otherwise required to be licensed under this section shall
notify the superintendent that it is servicing federal student loans in
this state and shall comply with sections seven hundred seventeen, seven
hundred nineteen, seven hundred twenty-one, seven hundred twenty-two,
seven hundred twenty-three, and seven hundred twenty-five of this
article and any regulations applicable to student loan servicers
promulgated by the superintendent.
Application for a student loan servicer license; fees. 1. The
application for a license to engage in the business of servicing student
loans shall be in writing, under oath, and in the form prescribed by the
superintendent. Notwithstanding article three of the state technology
law or any other law to the contrary, the superintendent may require
that an application for a license or any other submission or application
for approval as may be required by this article be made or executed by
electronic means if he or she deems it necessary to ensure the efficient
and effective administration of this article. The application shall
include a description of the activities of the applicant, in such detail
and for such periods as the superintendent may require; including:
(a) an affirmation of financial solvency noting such capitalization
requirements as may be required by the superintendent, and access to
such credit as may be required by the superintendent;
(b) a financial statement prepared by a certified public accountant,
the accuracy of which is sworn to under oath before a notary public by
an officer or other representative of the applicant who is authorized to
execute such documents;
(c) an affirmation that the applicant, or its members, officers,
partners, directors and principals as may be appropriate, are at least
twenty-one years of age;
(d) information as to the character, fitness, financial and business
responsibility, background and experiences of the applicant, or its
members, officers, partners, directors and principals as may be
appropriate;
(e) any additional detail or information required by the
superintendent.
2. An application to become a licensed student loan servicer or any
application with respect to a student loan servicer shall be
accomplished by a fee as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of
this chapter.
Application process to receive license to engage in the
business of student loan servicing. 1. Upon the filing of an application
for a license, if the superintendent shall find that the financial
responsibility, experience, character, and general fitness of the
applicant and, if applicable, the members, officers, partners, directors
and principals of the applicant are such as to command the confidence of
the community and to warrant belief that the business will be operated
honestly, fairly, and efficiently within the purpose of this article,
the superintendent shall thereupon issue a license in duplicate to
engage in the business of servicing student loans described in section
seven hundred ten of this article in accordance with the provisions of
this article. If the superintendent shall not so find, the
superintendent shall not issue a license, and the superintendent shall
so notify the applicant. The superintendent shall transmit one copy of a
license to the applicant and file another in the office of the
department of financial services. Upon receipt of such license, a
student loan servicer shall be authorized to engage in the business of
servicing student loans in accordance with the provisions of this
article. Such license shall remain in full force and effect until it is
surrendered by the servicer or revoked or suspended as hereinafter
provided.
2. The superintendent may refuse to issue a license pursuant to this
article if he or she shall find that the applicant, or any person who is
a director, officer, partner, agent, employee, member, or substantial
stockholder of the applicant:
(a) within the last ten years prior to the date of application, has
committed any act involving dishonesty, fraud, deceit, or has been
convicted of, or pleaded nolo contendere to, a crime directly related to
the qualifications, functions, or duties related to servicing student
loans, provided that any criminal conviction be evaluated consistent
with article twenty-three-A of the correction law;
(b) has had a license or registration revoked by the superintendent or
any other regulator or jurisdiction;
(c) has been an officer, director, partner, member or substantial
stockholder of an entity which has had a license or registration revoked
by the superintendent or any other regulator or jurisdiction; or
(d) has been an agent, employee, officer, director, partner or member
of an entity which has had a license or registration revoked by the
superintendent where such person shall have been found by the
superintendent to bear responsibility in connection with the revocation.
3. The term "substantial stockholder", as used in this section, shall
be deemed to refer to a person owning or controlling directly or
indirectly ten per centum or more of the total outstanding stock of a
corporation.
Changes in officers and directors. Upon any change of any of
the executive officers, directors, partners or members of any student
loan servicer required to be licensed under section seven hundred eleven
of this article, the student loan servicer shall submit to the
superintendent the name, address, and occupation of each new officer,
director, partner or member, and provide such other information as the
superintendent may require.
Changes in control. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the
prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which
results in a change of control of the business of a student loan
servicer required to be licensed under section seven hundred eleven of
this article. Prior to any change of control, the person desirous of
acquiring control of the business of a student loan servicer shall make
written application to the superintendent and pay an investigation fee
as prescribed pursuant to section eighteen-a of this chapter to the
superintendent. The application shall contain such information as the
superintendent, by rule or regulation, may prescribe as necessary or
appropriate for the purpose of making the determination required by
subdivision two of this section. This information shall include but not
be limited to the information and other material required for a student
loan servicer by subdivision one of section seven hundred twelve of this
article.
2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change
of control of a student loan servicer required to be licensed under
section seven hundred eleven of this article in accordance with the
provisions of section seven hundred thirteen of this article.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has
control of a student loan servicer. Thereafter, such legal
representative shall comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and
two of this section. The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this
section shall be applicable to an application made under such section by
a legal representative. The term "legal representative", for the
purposes of this subdivision, shall mean one duly appointed by a court
of competent jurisdiction to act as executor, administrator, trustee,
committee, conservator or receiver, including one who succeeds a legal
representative and one acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in
accordance with the provisions of such court appointment.
4. As used in this section the term "control" means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management and policies of a student loan servicer, whether through
the ownership of voting stock of such student loan servicer, the
ownership of voting stock of any person which possesses such power or
otherwise. Control shall be presumed to exist if any person, directly or
indirectly, owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or
more of the voting stock of any student loan servicer or of any person
which owns, controls or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more
of the voting stock of any student loan servicer, but no person shall be
deemed to control a student loan servicer solely by reason of being an
officer or director of such student loan servicer. The superintendent
may in his or her discretion, upon the application of a student loan
servicer or any person who, directly or indirectly, owns, controls or
holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or hold with power to
vote any voting stock of such student loan servicer, determine whether
or not the ownership, control or holding of such voting stock
constitutes or would constitute control of such student loan servicer
for purposes of this section.
Grounds for suspension or revocation of license. 1. After
notice and hearing, the superintendent may revoke or suspend any license
to engage in the business of a student loan servicer issued pursuant to
this article if he or she shall find that:
(a) a servicer has violated any provision of this article, any rule or
regulation promulgated by the superintendent under and within the
authority of this article, or any other applicable law;
(b) any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license, would have warranted the
superintendent refusing originally to issue such license;
(c) a servicer does not cooperate with an examination or investigation
by the superintendent;
(d) a servicer engages in fraud, intentional misrepresentation, or
gross negligence in servicing a student loan;
(e) the competence, experience, character, or general fitness of the
servicer, an individual controlling, directly or indirectly, ten percent
or more of the outstanding interests, or any person responsible for
servicing a student loan for the servicer indicates that it is not in
the public interest to permit the servicer to continue servicing student
loans;
(f) the servicer engages in an unsafe or unsound practice;
(g) the servicer is insolvent, suspends payment of its obligations, or
makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
(h) a servicer has violated the laws of this state, any other state or
any federal law involving fraudulent or dishonest dealing, or a final
judgement has been entered against a student loan servicer in a civil
action upon grounds of fraud, misrepresentation or deceit.
2. The superintendent may, on good cause shown, or where there is a
substantial risk of public harm, suspend any license for a period not
exceeding thirty days, pending investigation. "Good cause", as used in
this subdivision, shall exist when a student loan servicer has defaulted
or is likely to default in performing its financial engagements or
engages in dishonest or inequitable practices which may cause
substantial harm to the persons afforded the protection of this article.
3. Except as provided in subdivision two of this section, no license
shall be revoked or suspended except after notice and hearing thereon.
Any order of suspension issued after notice and a hearing may include as
a condition of reinstatement that the student loan servicer make
restitution to consumers of fees or other charges which have been
improperly charged or collected, including but not limited to by
allocating payments contrary to a borrower's direction or in a manner
that fails to help a borrower avoid default, as determined by the
superintendent. Any hearing held pursuant to the provisions of this
section shall be noticed, conducted and administered in compliance with
the state administrative procedure act.
4. Any student loan servicer may surrender any license by delivering
to the superintendent written notice that it thereby surrenders such
license, but such surrender shall not affect such servicer's civil or
criminal liability for acts committed prior to such surrender. If such
surrender is made after the issuance by the superintendent of a
statement of charges and notice of hearing, the superintendent may
proceed against the servicer as if such surrender had not taken place.
5. No revocation, suspension, or surrender of any license shall impair
or affect the obligation of any pre-existing lawful contract between the
student loan servicer and any person, including the department of
financial services.
6. Every license issued pursuant to this article shall remain in force
and effect until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked or
suspended in accordance with any other provisions of this article.
7. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license
issued pursuant to this article, he or she shall forthwith execute in
duplicate a written order to that effect. The superintendent shall file
one copy of such order in the office of the department and shall
forthwith serve the other copy upon the student loan servicer. Any such
order may be reviewed in the manner provided by article seventy-eight of
the civil practice law and rules.
Books and records; reports and electronic filing. 1. Each
student loan servicer shall keep and use in its business such books,
accounts and records as will enable the superintendent to determine
whether such servicer or exempt organization is complying with the
provisions of this article and with the rules and regulations lawfully
made by the superintendent. Every servicer shall preserve such books,
accounts, and records, for at least three years.
2. (a) Each student loan servicer, other than an exempt organization,
shall annually, on or before a date to be determined by the
superintendent, file a report with the superintendent giving such
information as the superintendent may require concerning the business
and operations during the preceding calendar year of such servicer under
authority of this article. Such report shall be subscribed and affirmed
as true by the servicer under the penalties of perjury and shall be in
the form prescribed by the superintendent.
(b) In addition to annual reports, the superintendent may require such
additional regular or special reports as he or she may deem necessary to
the proper supervision of student loan servicers under this article.
Such additional reports shall be subscribed and affirmed as true by the
servicer under the penalties of perjury and shall be in the form
prescribed by the superintendent.
3. Notwithstanding article three of the state technology law or any
other law to the contrary, the superintendent may require that any
submission or approval as may be required by the superintendent be made
or executed by electronic means if he or she deems it necessary to
ensure the efficient administration of this article.
Rules and Regulations. 1. In addition to such powers as may
otherwise be prescribed by law, the superintendent is hereby authorized
and empowered to promulgate such rules and regulations as may in the
judgement of the superintendent be consistent with the purposes of this
article, or appropriate for the effective administration of this
article, including, but not limited to:
(a) Such rules and regulations in connection with the activities of
student loan servicers as may be necessary and appropriate for the
protection of borrowers in this state.
(b) Such rules and regulations as may be necessary and appropriate to
define unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with
the activities of student loan servicers.
(c) Such rules and regulations as may define the terms used in this
article and as may be necessary and appropriate to interpret and
implement the provisions of this article.
(d) Such rules and regulations as may be necessary for the enforcement
of this article.
2. The superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to make such
specific rulings, demands and findings as the superintendent may deem
necessary for the proper conduct of the student loan servicing industry.
Prohibited practices. No student loan servicer shall:
1. Employ any scheme, device or artifice to defraud or mislead a
borrower;
2. Engage in any unfair, deceptive or predatory act or practice toward
any person or misrepresent or omit any material information in
connection with the servicing of a student loan, including, but not
limited to, misrepresenting the amount, nature or terms of any fee or
payment due or claimed to be due on a student loan, the terms and
conditions of the loan agreement or the borrower's obligations under the
loan;
3. Misapply payments to the outstanding balance of any student loan or
to any related interest or fees;
4. Provide inaccurate information to a consumer reporting agency;
5. Refuse to communicate with an authorized representative of the
borrower who provides a written authorization signed by the borrower,
provided that the servicer may adopt procedures reasonably related to
verifying that the representative is in fact authorized to act on behalf
of the borrower;
6. Make any false statement or make any omission of a material fact in
connection with any information or reports filed with a governmental
agency or in connection with any investigation conducted by the
superintendent or another governmental agency;
7. Fail to respond within fifteen calendar days to communications from
the department, or within such shorter, reasonable time as the
department may request in his or her communication; or
8. Fail to provide a response within fifteen calendar days to a
consumer complaint submitted to the servicer by the department. If
necessary, a student loan servicer may request additional time up to a
maximum of forty-five calendar days, provided that such request is
accompanied by an explanation why such additional time is reasonable and
necessary.
Servicing student loans without a license. 1. Whenever, in the
opinion of the superintendent, a person is engaged in the business of
servicing student loans, either actually or through subterfuge, without
a license from the superintendent, the superintendent may order that
person to desist and refrain from engaging in the business of servicing
student loans in the state. If, within thirty days after an order is
served, a request for a hearing is filed in writing and the hearing is
not held within sixty days of the filing, the order shall be rescinded.
2. This section does not apply to exempt organizations.
Responsibilities. 1. If a student loan servicer regularly
reports information to a consumer reporting agency, the servicer shall
accurately report a borrower's payment performance to at least one
consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers
on a nationwide basis as defined in Section 603(p) of the federal Fair
Credit Reporting Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 1681a(p)), upon acceptance as a
data furnisher by that consumer reporting agency.
2. (a) Except as provided in federal law or required by a student loan
agreement, a student loan servicer shall inquire of a borrower how to
apply a borrower's nonconforming payment. A borrower's direction on how
to apply a nonconforming payment shall remain in effect for any future
nonconforming payment during the term of a student loan until the
borrower provides different directions.
(b) For purposes of this subdivision, "nonconforming payment" shall
mean a payment that is either more or less than the borrower's required
student loan payment.
3. (a) If the sale, assignment, or other transfer of the servicing of
a student loan results in a change in the identity of the person to whom
the borrower is required to send subsequent payments or direct any
communications concerning the student loan, a student loan servicer
shall transfer all information regarding a borrower, a borrower's
account, and a borrower's student loan, including but not limited to the
borrower's repayment status and any borrower benefits associated with
the borrower's student loan, to the new student loan servicer servicing
the borrower's student loan within forty-five days.
(b) A student loan servicer shall adopt policies and procedures to
verify that it has received all information regarding a borrower, a
borrower's account, and a borrower's student loan, including but not
limited to the borrower's repayment status and any borrower benefits
associated with the borrower's student loan, when the servicer obtains
the right to service a student loan.
4. If a student loan servicer sells, assigns, or otherwise transfers
the servicing of a student loan to a new servicer, the sale, assignment
or other transfer shall be completed at least seven days before the
borrower's next payment is due.
5. (a) A student loan servicer that sells, assigns, or otherwise
transfers the servicing of a student loan shall require as a condition
of such sale, assignment or other transfer that the new student loan
servicer shall honor all borrower benefits originally represented as
being available to a borrower during the repayment of the student loan
and the possibility of such benefits, including any benefits that were
represented as being available but for which the borrower had not yet
qualified.
(b) A student loan servicer that obtains the right to service a
student loan shall honor all borrower benefits originally represented as
being available to a borrower during the repayment of the student loan
and the possibility of such benefits, including any benefits that were
represented as being available but for which the borrower had not yet
qualified.
6. A student loan servicer shall respond within thirty days after
receipt to a written inquiry from a borrower or a borrower's
representative.
7. A student loan servicer shall preserve records of each student loan
and all communications with borrowers for not less than two years
following the final payment on such student loan or the sale, assignment
or other transfer of the servicing of such student loan, whichever
occurs first, or such longer period as may be required by any other
provision of law.
Examinations. 1. The superintendent may at any time, and as
often as he or she may determine, either personally or by a person duly
designated by the superintendent, investigate the business and examine
the books, accounts, records, and files used therein of every student
loan servicer. For that purpose the superintendent and his or her duly
designated representative shall have free access to the offices and
places of business, books, accounts, papers, records, files, safes and
vaults of all such servicers. The superintendent and any person duly
designated by him or her shall have authority to require the attendance
of and to examine under oath all persons whose testimony he or she may
require relative to such business.
2. No person subject to investigation or examination under this
section may knowingly withhold, abstract, remove, mutilate, destroy or
secrete any books, records, computer records or other information.
3. The expenses incurred in making any examination pursuant to this
section shall be assessed against and paid by the student loan servicer
so examined, except that travelling and subsistence expenses so incurred
shall be charged against and paid by servicers in such proportions as
the superintendent shall deem just and reasonable, and such
proportionate charges shall be added to the assessment of the other
expenses incurred upon each examination. Upon written notice by the
superintendent of the total amount of such assessment, the servicer
shall become liable for and shall pay such assessment to the
superintendent.
4. In any hearing in which a department employee acting under
authority of this chapter is available for cross-examination, any
official written report, worksheet, other related papers, or duly
certified copy thereof, compiled, prepared, drafted, or otherwise made
by said department employee, after being duly authenticated by said
employee, may be admitted as competent evidence upon the oath of said
employee that said worksheet, investigative report, or other related
documents were prepared as a result of an examination of the books and
records of a servicer or other person, conducted pursuant to the
authority of this chapter.
5. Unless it is an exempt organization, affiliates of a student loan
servicer are subject to examination by the superintendent on the same
terms as the servicer, but only when reports from, or examination of, a
servicer provides evidence of unlawful activity between a servicer and
affiliate benefitting, affecting, or arising from the activities
regulated by this article.
6. This section shall not apply to exempt organizations. To the extent
the superintendent is authorized by any other law to make an examination
into the affairs of any exempt organization, this subdivision shall not
be construed to limit in any way the superintendent's authority,
regarding the subjects of such an examination, or otherwise.
Penalties for violation of this article. 1. In addition to such
penalties as may otherwise be applicable by law, including but not
limited to the penalties available under section forty-four of this
chapter, the superintendent may, after notice and hearing, require any
person found violating the provisions of this article or the rules or
regulations promulgated hereunder to pay to the people of this state a
penalty for each violation of the article or any regulation or policy
promulgated hereunder a sum not to exceed the greater of (i) two
thousand dollars or where such violation is willful ten thousand dollars
for each offense; (ii) a multiple of two times the aggregate damages
attributable to the violation; or (iii) a multiple of two times the
aggregate economic gain attributable to the violation.
2. Nothing in this article shall limit any statutory or common-law
right of any person to bring any action in any court for any act, or the
right of the state to punish any person for any violation of any law.
Severability of provisions. If any provision of this article,
or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance,
shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the remainder of the
article, and the application of such provision to persons or
circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid, illegal
or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby.
Compliance with other laws. 1. Student loan servicers shall
engage in the business of servicing student loans in conformity with the
provisions of the financial services law, this chapter, such rules and
regulations as may be promulgated by the superintendent thereunder and
all applicable federal laws and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder.
2. Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit any otherwise
applicable state or federal law or regulations.
ARTICLE 14-B Buy-now-pay-later Lenders
* § 735. Short title. This article shall be known and may be cited as
the "buy-now-pay-later act".
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 736. Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
1. "Authorized buy-now-pay-later lender" means a buy-now-pay-later
lender authorized by the superintendent pursuant to subdivision two of
section seven hundred thirty-seven of this article.
2. "Consumer" means an individual who is a resident of the state of
New York.
3. "Buy-now-pay-later loan" means closed-end credit provided to a
consumer in connection with such consumer's particular purchase of goods
and/or services, other than a motor vehicle as defined under section one
hundred twenty-five of the vehicle and traffic law. A "buy-now-pay-later
loan" does not include credit where the creditor is the seller of such
goods and/or services, unless it is credit pursuant to an agreement
whereby, at a consumer's request, the creditor purchases a specific good
and/or service from a seller and resells such specific good and/or
service to such consumer on closed-end credit. A "buy-now-pay-later
loan" shall include the following categories of such loans:
(a) "Buy-now-pay-later zero-interest loan" means a buy-now-pay-later
loan payable in one or more installments without any interest or finance
charge;
(b) "Buy-now-pay-later installment loan" means a buy-now-pay-later
loan with either interest or finance charges or both; and
(c) Any other subset of buy-now-pay-later loans the superintendent may
classify as a separate category by regulation.
4. "Buy-now-pay-later lender" means a person who offers
buy-now-pay-later loans in this state. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, "offer" means offering to make a buy-now-pay-later loan by
extending credit directly to a consumer or operating a platform,
software or system with which a consumer interacts and the primary
purpose of which is to allow third parties to offer buy-now-pay-later
loans, or both. A person shall not be considered a buy-now-pay-later
lender on the basis of isolated, incidental or occasional transactions
which otherwise meet the definitions of this section.
5. "Exempt organization" means any national bank, federal savings
bank, federal savings and loan association, federal credit union,
federal trust company, or foreign banking corporation licensed by the
comptroller of the currency to transact business in this state.
6. "Licensee" means a person who has been issued a license under this
article.
7. "Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation, association
or any other business organization.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 737. License or authorization. 1. No person or other entity,
except an exempt organization or an authorized buy-now-pay-later lender
as defined in this article, shall act as a buy-now-pay-later lender
without first obtaining a license from the superintendent under this
article.
(a) An application for a license shall be in writing, under oath, and
in the form and containing such information as the superintendent may
require.
(b) At the time of filing an application for a license, the applicant
shall pay to the superintendent a fee as prescribed pursuant to section
eighteen-a of this chapter.
(c) A license granted under this article shall be valid unless revoked
or suspended by the superintendent or unless surrendered by the licensee
and accepted by the superintendent.
(d) No licensee or authorized buy-now-pay-later lender shall be
permitted to engage in lending of any category of buy-now-pay-later loan
not captured by subdivision three of section seven hundred thirty-six of
this article without receiving permission from the superintendent to do
so.
(e) The superintendent shall establish a process by which a licensee
or authorized lender may obtain permission to update categories of
buy-now-pay-later loans they are permitted to offer to a license or
authorization under this article, provided that a single license or
authorization may include multiple categories of buy-now-pay-later
loans. A license or authorization granted under this article shall
specify the eligible buy-now-pay-later loans and shall be limited to
categories of lending in which the lender has been licensed or
authorized by the superintendent to engage. Buy-now-pay-later lenders
shall not be required to obtain more than one license or authorization
for multiple categories of lending. A licensed or authorized
buy-now-pay-later lender must clearly and conspicuously disclose to
consumers its license or authorization status in accordance with section
seven hundred thirty-nine of this article.
(f) In connection with an application for a license, the applicant
shall submit an affidavit of financial solvency, including financial
statements, noting such capitalization requirements and access to such
credit or such other affirmation or information as may be prescribed by
the regulations of the superintendent for different categories of
buy-now-pay-later loans. The applicant shall also submit policies and
procedures for underwriting such buy-now-pay-later loans.
2. Any banking organization, foreign banking corporation licensed by
the superintendent to transact business in this state or originating
buy-now-pay-later loans from a branch in this state subject to article
five-C of this chapter, or a licensed lender licensed by the
superintendent under article nine of this chapter, other than an exempt
organization, must obtain the superintendent's prior written
authorization to act as a buy-now-pay-later lender for specific
categories of buy-now-pay-later loans. The superintendent shall
establish a process by which an entity described in this subdivision may
request such authorization to act as a buy-now-pay-later lender, which
process shall include, but not be limited to, requirements that the
entity requesting such authorization submit a written plan describing
the proposed buy-now-pay-later lending, its proposed policies and
procedures for complying with the provisions of this article, and the
impact on the overall business of the entity. The superintendent shall
establish a process for withdrawing an authorization to act as a
buy-now-pay-later lender.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 738. Conditions precedent to issuing a license; procedure where
application is denied. 1. After the filing of an application for a
license accompanied by payment of the fee pursuant to paragraph b of
subdivision one of section seven hundred thirty-seven of this article,
it shall be substantively reviewed. After the application is deemed
sufficient and complete, if the superintendent finds that the financial
responsibility, including meeting any capital requirements as
established pursuant to subdivision three of this section, experience,
character and general fitness of the applicant or any person associated
with the applicant are such as to command the confidence of the
community and to warrant the belief that the business will be conducted
honestly, fairly and efficiently within the purposes and intent of this
article, the superintendent shall issue the license. For the purpose of
this subdivision, the applicant shall be deemed to include all the
members of the applicant if it is a partnership or unincorporated
association or organization, and all the stockholders, officers and
directors of the applicant if it is a corporation.
2. If the superintendent refuses to issue a license, the
superintendent shall notify the applicant of the denial and retain the
fee paid pursuant to paragraph b of subdivision one of section seven
hundred thirty-seven of this article.
3. The superintendent shall promulgate rules and regulations setting
capital requirements to ensure the solvency and financial integrity of
licensees and their ongoing operations, taking into account the risks,
volume of business, complexity, and other relevant factors regarding
such licensees. Further, the superintendent may promulgate rules and
regulations prescribing a methodology to calculate capital requirements
with respect to licensees or categories thereof.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 739. License provisions and posting. 1. A license issued under
this article shall state the name and address of the licensee, and if
the licensee be a co-partnership or association, the names of the
members thereof, and for a corporation, the date and place of its
incorporation.
2. Such license shall be kept conspicuously posted on the mobile
application, website, or other consumer interface of the licensee, as
well as listed in the terms and conditions of any buy-now-pay-later loan
offered or entered into by the licensee. The superintendent may provide
by regulation an alternative form of notice of licensure.
3. A license issued under this article shall not be transferable or
assignable.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 740. Application for acquisition of control of buy-now-pay-later
lender by purchase of stock. 1. It shall be unlawful except with the
prior approval of the superintendent for any action to be taken which
results in a change of control of the business of a licensee. Prior to
any change of control, the person desirous of acquiring control of the
business of a licensee shall make written application to the
superintendent and pay an investigation fee as prescribed pursuant to
section eighteen-a of this chapter to the superintendent. The
application shall contain such information as the superintendent, by
regulation, may prescribe as necessary or appropriate for the purpose of
making the determination required by subdivision two of this section.
2. The superintendent shall approve or disapprove the proposed change
of control of a licensee in accordance with the provisions of section
seven hundred thirty-eight of this article.
3. For a period of six months from the date of qualification thereof
and for such additional period of time as the superintendent may
prescribe, in writing, the provisions of subdivisions one and two of
this section shall not apply to a transfer of control by operation of
law to the legal representative, as hereinafter defined, of one who has
control of a licensee. Thereafter, such legal representative shall
comply with the provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section.
The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section shall be
applicable to an application made under such section by a legal
representative.
4. The term "legal representative," for the purposes of this section,
shall mean one duly appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to
act as executor, administrator, trustee, committee, conservator or
receiver, including one who succeeds a legal representative and one
acting in an ancillary capacity thereto in accordance with the
provisions of such court appointment.
5. As used in this section, the term "control" means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of
the management and policies of a licensee, whether through the ownership
of voting stock of such licensee, the ownership of voting stock of any
person which possesses such power or otherwise. Control shall be
presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls
or holds with power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock
of any licensee or of any person which owns, controls or holds with
power to vote ten per centum or more of the voting stock of any
licensee, but no person shall be deemed to control a licensee solely by
reason of being an officer or director of such licensee or person. The
superintendent may in the superintendent's discretion, upon the
application of a licensee or any person who, directly or indirectly,
owns, controls or holds with power to vote or seeks to own, control or
hold with power to vote any voting stock of such licensee, determine
whether or not the ownership, control or holding of such voting stock
constitutes or would constitute control of such licensee for purposes of
this section.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 741. Grounds for revocation or suspension of license; procedure.
1. A license granted under this article may be revoked or suspended by
the superintendent upon a finding that:
(a) the licensee has violated any applicable law or regulation;
(b) any fact or condition exists which, if it had existed at the time
of the original application for such license, clearly would have
warranted the superintendent's refusal to issue such license; or
(c) the licensee has failed to pay any sum of money lawfully demanded
by the superintendent or to comply with any demand, ruling or
requirement of the superintendent.
2. Any licensee may surrender any license by delivering to the
superintendent written notice that the licensee thereby surrenders such
license. Such surrender shall be effective upon its acceptance by the
superintendent, and shall not affect such licensee's civil or criminal
liability for acts committed prior to such surrender.
3. Every license issued under this article shall remain in force and
effect until the same shall have been surrendered, revoked or suspended,
in accordance with the provisions of this article, but the
superintendent shall have authority to reinstate suspended licenses or
to issue a new license to a licensee whose license has been revoked if
no fact or condition then exists which clearly would have warranted the
superintendent's refusal to issue such license.
4. Whenever the superintendent shall revoke or suspend a license
issued under this article, the superintendent shall forthwith execute a
written order to that effect, which order may be reviewed in the manner
provided by article seventy-eight of the civil practice law and rules.
Such special proceeding for review as authorized by this section must be
commenced within thirty days from the date of such order of suspension
or revocation.
5. The superintendent may, for good cause, without notice and a
hearing, suspend any license issued under this article for a period not
exceeding thirty days, pending investigation. "Good cause," as used in
this subdivision, shall exist only when the licensee has engaged in or
is likely to engage in a practice prohibited by this article or the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or engages in dishonest or
inequitable practices which may cause substantial harm to the public.
6. No revocation, suspension or surrender of any license shall impair
or affect any pre-existing lawful contracts between the licensee and any
borrower.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 742. Superintendent authorized to examine. 1. The superintendent
shall have the power to make such investigations as the superintendent
shall deem necessary to determine whether any buy-now-pay-later lender
or any other person has violated any of the provisions of this article
or any other applicable law, or whether any licensee has conducted
itself in such manner as would justify the revocation of its license,
and to the extent necessary therefor, the superintendent may require the
attendance of and examine any person under oath, and shall have the
power to compel the production of all relevant books, records, accounts,
and documents.
2. The superintendent shall have the power to make such examinations
of the books, records, accounts and documents used in the business of
any licensee as the superintendent shall deem necessary to determine
whether any such licensee has violated any of the provisions of this
chapter or any other applicable law or to secure information lawfully
required by the superintendent.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 743. Licensee's books and records; reports. 1. A buy-now-pay-later
lender shall keep and use in its business such books, accounts and
records as will enable the superintendent to determine whether such
buy-now-pay-later lender is complying with the provisions of this
article and with the rules and regulations promulgated by the
superintendent thereunder. Every buy-now-pay-later lender shall preserve
such books, accounts and records for at least six years after making the
final entry in respect to any buy-now-pay-later loan recorded therein;
provided, however, the preservation of photographic or digital
reproductions thereof or records in photographic or digital form shall
constitute compliance with this requirement.
2. By a date to be set by the superintendent, each licensee shall
annually file a report with the superintendent giving such information
as the superintendent may require concerning the licensee's business and
operations during the preceding calendar year within the state under the
authority of this article. Such report shall be subscribed and affirmed
as true by the licensee under the penalties of perjury and be in the
form prescribed by the superintendent. In addition to such annual
reports, the superintendent may require of licensees such additional
regular or special reports as the superintendent may deem necessary to
the proper supervision of licensees under this article. Such additional
reports shall be in the form prescribed by the superintendent and shall
be subscribed and affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 744. Acts prohibited. 1. No buy-now-pay-later lender shall take or
cause to be taken any confession of judgment or any power of attorney to
confess judgment or to appear for the consumer in a judicial proceeding.
2. No buy-now-pay-later lender shall:
(a) employ any scheme, device, or artifice to defraud or mislead a
borrower;
(b) engage in any deceptive or unfair practice toward any person or
misrepresent or omit any material information in connection with the
buy-now-pay-later loans, including, but not limited to, misrepresenting
the amount, nature or terms of any fee or payment due or claimed to be
due on the loan, the terms and conditions of the loan agreement or the
borrower's obligations under the loan;
(c) misapply payments to the outstanding balance of any buy-now-pay-
later loan or to any related fees;
(d) provide inaccurate information to a consumer reporting agency; or
(e) make any false statement or make any omission of a material fact
in connection with any information or reports filed with a governmental
agency or in connection with any investigation conducted by the
superintendent or another governmental agency.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 745. Interest and other charges. 1. No buy-now-pay-later lender
shall: (a) charge interest unless the rate of interest to be charged is
allowable pursuant to its license or authorization; (b) charge interest
unless the rate of interest to be charged is clearly disclosed and
agreed to by the consumer; or (c) directly or indirectly charge,
contract for, or receive any interest, discount, or consideration upon
the loan, use, forbearance of money, goods, or things, or inaction, or
upon the loan, use, or sale of credit greater than the maximum set by
the superintendent pursuant to this section, but in no case greater than
the rate permitted by section 5-501 of the general obligations law.
2. The superintendent shall establish a maximum cumulative amount of
all charges and fees that a buy-now-pay-later lender can charge a
consumer in connection with each category of buy-now-pay-later loans.
The superintendent shall also establish a maximum amount or percentage
for total specific charge or fee in connection with origination, late
payment, default or any other violation of the buy-now-pay-later loan
agreement, that a buy-now-pay-later lender can charge a consumer for
each category of buy-now-pay-later loans. Any such fee or charge shall
not be collected more than once for a single such late payment, default,
or other violation of the buy-now-pay-later loan agreement.
3. The superintendent shall promulgate rules and regulations regarding
the manner of charging interest and fees as prescribed as in this
section.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 746. Consumer protections. 1. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall
disclose or cause to be disclosed to consumers the terms of
buy-now-pay-later loans, including, without limitation, the cost, such
as interest and fees, repayment schedule, the means by which a consumer
may dispute billing practices, whether the transaction will or will not
be reported to a credit reporting agency, and other material conditions,
in a clear and conspicuous manner. Disclosures shall comply with
applicable federal regulations, including but not limited to regulation
Z of title I of the Consumer Credit Protection Act.
2. Subject to regulations to be promulgated by the superintendent, a
buy-now-pay-later lender shall, before providing or causing to be
provided a buy-now-pay-later loan to a consumer, perform, or cause to be
performed, reasonable risk-based underwriting. A buy-now-pay-later
lender shall maintain or cause to be maintained policies and procedures
for underwriting buy-now-pay-later loans, and shall disclose factors
considered in such underwriting process, in a clear and conspicuous
manner to the consumer. No buy-now-pay-later lender shall collect,
evaluate, report, or maintain in the file on a borrower the credit
worthiness, credit standing, or credit capacity of members of the
borrower's social network for purposes of determining the credit
worthiness of the borrower; the average credit worthiness, credit
standing, or credit capacity of members of the borrower's social
network; or any group score that is not the borrower's own credit
worthiness, credit standing, or credit capacity.
3. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall maintain or cause to be maintained
policies and procedures for maintaining accurate data that may be
reported to credit reporting agencies. No buy-now-pay-later lender shall
share consumer data in a manner inconsistent with this article and
regulations promulgated thereto.
4. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall provide or cause to be provided
refunds or credits for goods or services purchased in connection with a
buy-now-pay-later loan, if the consumer requests and is entitled to a
refund, in a manner that is fair, transparent, and not unduly burdensome
to consumers. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall maintain or cause to be
maintained policies and procedures to provide such refunds or credits.
Such policies and procedures shall be fair, transparent, and not unduly
burdensome to the consumer. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall disclose or
cause to be disclosed to consumers, in a clear and conspicuous manner,
the process by which they can obtain refunds or credits for goods or
services they have purchased in connection with a buy-now-pay-later
loan.
5. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall resolve or cause to be resolved
disputes in a manner that is fair and transparent to consumers. A
buy-now-pay-later lender shall create or cause to be created a readily
available and prominently disclosed method for consumers to bring a
dispute to the buy-now-pay-later lender. A buy-now-pay-later lender
shall maintain policies and procedures for handling consumer disputes.
The superintendent may promulgate rules and regulations regarding
treatment of unauthorized use, so that consumers are liable for use of
buy-now-pay-later loans in their name only under circumstances where
such liability would be fair and reasonable. A buy-now-pay-later lender
shall apply to buy-now-pay-later loans the dispute rights and
unauthorized charges requirements that apply to credit cards under the
Truth in Lending Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1643, 1666, 1666a, 1666i, regardless
of whether such law applies to buy-now-pay-later loans or whether the
buy-now-pay-later lender offers a credit card within the scope of such
law.
6. A buy-now-pay-later lender may use, sell, or share the data of a
consumer, other than in connection with the making of a particular
buy-now-pay-later loan to the consumer, only with the consumer's
consent. A buy-now-pay-later lender shall disclose or cause to be
disclosed to a consumer in a clear and conspicuous manner how such
consumer's data may be used, shared, or sold by the buy-now-pay-later
lender before obtaining such consumer's consent and also shall disclose
or cause to be disclosed to such consumer in a clear and conspicuous
manner how such consumer may subsequently withdraw consent to such use,
sharing, or sale. The superintendent, in their discretion, may by
regulation prohibit certain uses of consumer data. A buy-now-pay-later
lender shall maintain policies and procedures regarding its use, sale,
and sharing of consumers' data. Nothing in this subdivision shall
preclude a buy-now-pay-later lender from using information in accordance
with the Fair Credit Reporting Act or furnishing credit reporting data
to a credit reporting agency.
7. Any buy-now-pay-later loan made by a person not licensed or
authorized under this article, other than an exempt organization, shall
be void, and such person shall have no right to collect or receive any
principal, interest or charge whatsoever.
8. Nothing in this section shall be construed to limit the obligations
of a buy-now-pay-later lender to comply with any other applicable laws
or regulations. Any protections, rights and remedies provided in this
section to a consumer with respect to an agreement with a
buy-now-pay-later lender shall be intended to supplement and not be
exclusive of any protections, rights and remedies otherwise available
pursuant to any other law or regulations.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 747. Authority of superintendent. 1. The superintendent is
authorized to promulgate such general rules and regulations as may be
appropriate to implement the provisions of this article, protect
consumers, and ensure the solvency and financial integrity of
buy-now-pay-later lenders. The superintendent is further authorized to
make such specific rulings, demands, and findings as may be necessary
for the proper conduct of the business authorized and licensed under and
for the enforcement of this article, in addition hereto and not
inconsistent herewith.
2. In addition to such powers as may otherwise be prescribed by law,
the superintendent is hereby authorized and empowered to promulgate such
rules and regulations as may in the judgment of the superintendent be
consistent with the purposes of this article, or appropriate for the
effective administration of this article, including, but not limited to:
(a) such rules and regulations in connection with the activities of
buy-now-pay-later lenders as may be necessary and appropriate for the
protection of borrowers in this state;
(b) such rules and regulations as may be necessary and appropriate to
define deceptive or unfair practices in connection with the activities
of buy-now-pay-later lenders;
(c) such rules and regulations as may define the terms used in this
article and as may be necessary and appropriate to interpret and
implement the provisions of this article; and
(d) such rules and regulations as may be necessary for the enforcement
of this article.
3. When promulgating rules and regulations under this article, the
superintendent shall consider the applicability of other articles of
this chapter to buy-now-pay-later lenders and buy-now-pay-later loans
for the purpose of avoiding conflicting requirements.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 748. Penalties. 1. Any person, including any member, officer,
director or employee of a buy-now-pay-later lender, who violates or
participates in the violation of section seven hundred thirty-seven of
this article, or who knowingly makes any incorrect statement of a
material fact in any application, report or statement filed pursuant to
this article, or who knowingly omits to state any material fact
necessary to give the superintendent any information lawfully required
by the superintendent or refuses to permit any lawful investigation or
examination, shall be guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction,
shall be fined not more than five hundred dollars or imprisoned for not
more than six months or both, in the discretion of the court.
2. (a) Without limiting any power granted to the superintendent under
any other provision of this chapter, the superintendent may, in a
proceeding after notice and a hearing require a buy-now-pay-later
lender, whether or not a licensee, to pay to the people of this state a
penalty for any violation of this chapter, any rule or regulation
promulgated thereunder, any final or temporary order issued pursuant to
section thirty-nine of this chapter, any condition imposed in writing by
the superintendent in connection with the grant of any application or
request, or any written agreement entered into with the superintendent,
and for knowingly making any incorrect statement of a material fact in
any application, report or statement filed pursuant to this article, or
knowingly omitting to state any material fact necessary to give the
superintendent any information lawfully required by the superintendent
or refusing to permit any lawful investigation or examination.
(b) The superintendent shall not impose or collect any penalty for an
act or omission constituting a violation of this article if the
superintendent imposes or collects any penalty pursuant to another
provision of this chapter for the same act or omission.
(c) The superintendent shall not impose or collect a penalty for an
act or omission constituting a violation of this article by a
buy-now-pay-later lender more than once for the same act or omission,
where the entity extending credit directly to a consumer is different
from the entity operating a platform, software, or system with which the
consumer interacts, unless both entities are found to have knowingly
committed the same act or omission.
(d) As to any buy-now-pay-later lender that is not a licensee or an
authorized buy-now-pay-later lender, the superintendent is authorized to
impose a penalty in the same amount authorized in section forty-four of
this chapter for a violation of this chapter by any person licensed,
certified, registered, authorized, chartered, accredited, incorporated
or otherwise approved by the superintendent under this chapter.
3. No person except a buy-now-pay-later lender licensed under this
article shall make, directly or indirectly, orally or in writing, or by
any method, practice or device, a representation that such person is
licensed under this article.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
* § 749. Severability. If any provision of this article or the
application thereof to any person or circumstances is held to be
invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other provisions or
applications of this article which can be given effect without the
invalid provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this
article are severable.
* NB Effective upon the one hundred eightieth day after the
promulgation of rules and/or regulations by the department of financial
services to effectuate certain provisions (see Ch. 58 of 2025, Part Y, §
13)
ARTICLE 15 General Provisions Applicable to Banking Stock Corporations, Limited Liability Investment Companies, and Limited Liability Trust Companies
TITLE 1 Definitions; Application; Certificates; Miscellaneous
Definitions. In this article, unless the context otherwise
requires:
1. "Corporation" means and includes all banks, trust companies, safe
deposit companies, investment companies, mutual trust investment
companies, and, to the extent not provided otherwise under any
regulation of the superintendent of financial services promulgated
pursuant to the provisions of section fourteen-e of this chapter,
stock-form savings banks and stock-form savings and loan associations.
2. "Director" means any member of the governing board of a
corporation, whether designated as director, trustee, manager, governor,
or by any other title. The term "board" means "board of directors".
3. "Foreign corporation" means a corporation which is licensed by the
superintendent under the provisions of article two of this chapter to do
business in this state or is applying for such license and a corporation
authorized to conduct business in this state pursuant to article five-C
of this chapter or is applying for such authorization.
4. "Office" means in the case of a bank or trust company its principal
office, in the case of a safe deposit company, investment company or
mutual trust investment company, its principal place of business and in
the case of a foreign corporation the place of business designated in
its license or its authorization pursuant to article five-C of this
chapter, as the case may be, for the oldest agency or branch in this
state of such foreign corporation.
5. "Organization certificate" includes (a) the original organization
certificate or any other instrument filed or issued under any statute to
form a corporation or foreign corporation, as amended, supplemented or
restated by certificates of amendment, merger or consolidation or other
certificates or instruments filed or issued under any statute; or (b) a
special act or charter creating a corporation or foreign corporation, as
amended, supplemented or restated by special acts or by certificates of
amendment, merger or consolidation or other certificates or instruments
filed or issued under any statute.
6. "Treasury shares" means shares which have been issued, have been
subsequently acquired, and are retained uncancelled by the corporation.
Application. 1. This article applies to every corporation and,
to the extent herein provided, to every foreign corporation, and shall
not apply to any other banking organization, except to such extent, if
any, as may be specified in any article of this chapter governing such
banking organization.
2. The general corporation law, the stock corporation law and the
business corporation law shall not apply to any corporation or foreign
corporation as defined in section one thousand one.
Certificates; requirements, signing, filing, effectiveness. 1.
Every certificate or other instrument relating to a corporation or
foreign corporation which is delivered to the superintendent for filing
under this chapter shall be in the English language, except that the
corporate name may be in another language if written in English letters
or characters.
2. Whenever such instrument is required to set forth an address, it
shall include the street and number, or other particular description
instead of a street and number. This requirement does not apply where a
post office address is specified to be set forth.
3. Whenever such instrument is required to set forth the date when an
organization certificate was filed by the superintendent, the original
organization certificate is meant. This requirement shall be satisfied,
in the case of a corporation created by special act, by setting forth
the chapter number and year of passage of such act.
4. Every such instrument required under this chapter to be signed and
delivered to the superintendent shall, except as otherwise specified in
the section providing for such instrument, be signed either (a) by the
holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, or (b) by
the chairman of the board, the president or a vice president and by the
secretary or an assistant secretary or, in the case of a corporation
which does not have a secretary or an assistant secretary, by the
cashier or an assistant cashier or (c) if there are no such officers, by
a majority of the directors or such directors as are designated by a
majority of the directors in office, or (d) if also there are no
directors, by the holders, or such of them as are designated by the
holders, of record of a majority of all outstanding shares, entitled to
vote thereon, or (e) if also there is no stockholder of record, by a
subscriber for shares whose subscription has been accepted or his
successor in interest, or (f) if also no subscription for shares has
been accepted, by an incorporator or anyone acting in his stead under
subdivision three of section six thousand fifteen. His name and the
capacity in which any person signs such instrument shall be stated
beneath or opposite his signature. The person signing such instrument,
or if more than one person signs it, one of such persons shall verify or
acknowledge the instrument if required by the section providing for such
instrument.
5. No such instrument shall be filed unless it shall have endorsed
thereon the approval of the superintendent. No certificate of
authentication or conformity or other proof shall be required with
respect to any verification, oath or acknowledgment of any instrument
delivered to the superintendent under this chapter, if such
verification, oath or acknowledgment purports to have been made before a
notary public, or person performing the equivalent function, of one of
the states, or any subdivision thereof, of the United States or the
District of Columbia.
6. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, such instrument shall
become effective upon the filing thereof by the superintendent.
7. The superintendent shall make, certify and transmit a copy of each
such instrument to the clerk of the county in which the office of the
corporation or foreign corporation is or is to be located. The county
clerk shall file and index such copy.
Certificates; corrections. Any certificate or other instrument
relating to a corporation or foreign corporation filed by the
superintendent under this chapter may be corrected with respect to any
informality or error apparent on the face or defect in the execution
thereof including the deletion of any matter not permitted to be stated
therein. A certificate, entitled "Certificate of correction of
............. (correct title of certificate and name of corporation or
foreign corporation)" shall be signed, verified or acknowledged as
provided in this chapter with respect to the instrument being corrected
and delivered to the superintendent. It shall set forth the name of the
corporation or foreign corporation, the date the instrument to be
corrected was filed by the superintendent, the provision in the
instrument as corrected or eliminated and if the execution was
defective, the proper execution. The filing of the certificate by the
superintendent shall not alter the effective time of the instrument
being corrected, which shall remain as its original effective date, and
shall not affect any right or liability accrued or incurred before such
filing. The name of the corporation or foreign corporation may not be
changed or corrected under this section.
Certificates as evidence. 1. Any certificate or other
instrument filed by the superintendent relating to a corporation or a
foreign corporation and containing statements of fact required or
permitted by law to be contained therein, shall be received in all
courts, public offices and official bodies as prima facie evidence of
such facts and of the execution of such instrument.
2. Whenever by the laws of any jurisdiction other than this state, any
certificate by any officer in such jurisdiction or a copy of any
instruments certified or exemplified by any such officer, may be
received as prima facie evidence of the incorporation, existence or
capacity of any foreign corporation incorporated in such jurisdiction,
or claiming so to be, such certificate when exemplified, or such copy of
such instrument when exemplified shall be received in all courts, public
offices and official bodies of this state, as prima facie evidence with
the same force as in such jurisdiction. Such certificate or certified
copy of such instrument shall be so received, without being exemplified,
if it is certified by the secretary of state, or official performing the
equivalent functions as to corporate records, of such jurisdiction.
Corporate seal as evidence. The presence of the corporate seal
on a written instrument purporting to be executed by authority of a
corporation or a foreign corporation shall be prima facie evidence that
the instrument was so executed.
When notice or lapse of time unnecessary; notices dispensed
with when delivery is prohibited. 1. Whenever, under this article or the
organization certificate or by-laws of any corporation or by the terms
of any agreement or instrument, a corporation or the board or any
committee thereof is authorized to take any action after notice to any
person or persons or after the lapse of a prescribed period of time,
such action may be taken without notice and without the lapse of such
period of time. If at any time before or after such action is completed
the person or persons entitled to such notice or entitled to participate
in the action to be taken or, in the case of a stockholder, by his
attorney-in-fact, submit a signed waiver of notice of such requirements.
2. Whenever any notice or communication is required to be given to any
person by this article, the organization certificate or by-laws, or by
the terms of any agreement or instrument, or as a condition precedent to
taking any corporate action and communication with such person is then
unlawful under any statute of this state or of the United States or any
regulation, proclamation or order issued under said statutes, then the
giving of such notice or communication to such person shall not be
required and there shall be no duty to apply for a license or other
permission to do so. Any affidavit, certificate or other instrument
which is required to be made or filed as proof of the giving of any
notice or communication required under this article shall, if such
notice or communication to any person is dispensed with under this
section, include a statement that such notice or communication was not
given to any person with whom communication is unlawful. Such affidavit,
certificate or other instrument shall be as effective for all purposes
as though such notice or communication had been personally given to such
person.
Effect of invalidity of part of article; severability. If any
provision of this article or application thereof to any person or
circumstances is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other
provisions or applications of this article which can be given effect
without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the
provisions of this article are declared severable.
TITLE 2 Corporate Powers
General corporate powers. 1. Every corporation shall have, in
addition to all other powers granted by this chapter or any other
statute of this state, the following powers:
(a) To sue and be sued in all courts and to participate in actions and
proceedings, whether judicial, administrative, arbitrative or otherwise,
in like cases as natural persons.
(b) To have a corporate seal, and to alter such seal at pleasure, and
to use it by causing it or a facsimile to be affixed or impressed or
reproduced in any other manner.
(c) To adopt, amend or repeal by-laws, including emergency by-laws
made pursuant to subdivision sixteen of section twelve of the state
emergency defense act, relating to the business of the corporation, the
conduct of its affairs, its rights or powers or the rights or powers of
its stockholders, directors or officers.
(d) To make donations, irrespective of corporate benefit, for the
public welfare or for community fund, hospital, charitable, educational,
scientific, civic or similar purposes, and in time of war or other
national emergency in aid thereof.
(e) To pay pensions, establish and carry out pension, profit-sharing,
savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans,
trusts and provisions for any or all of its directors, officers and
employees.
(f) To have perpetual existence.
2. Every corporation, subject to any limitations or other specific
provisions contained in this chapter or any other statute of this state
or its organization certificate, shall have such of the following powers
as shall be appropriate in conducting the business of the corporation:
(a) To purchase, receive, take by grant, gift, devise, bequest or
otherwise, lease, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, employ, use
and otherwise deal in and with, real or personal property, or any
interest therein, wherever situated.
(b) To sell, convey, lease, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose
of, all or any of its property or any interest therein, wherever
situated.
(c) To make contracts, give guarantees and incur liabilities.
(d) To do business, carry on its operations, and have offices and
exercise the powers granted by this chapter in any jurisdiction within
or without the United States.
(e) To elect or appoint officers, employees and other agents of the
corporation, define their duties, fix their compensation and the
compensation of directors, and to indemnify corporate personnel.
(f) To be a promoter, partner, member, associate or manager of other
business enterprises or ventures, or to the extent permitted in any
other jurisdiction to be an incorporator of other corporations of any
type or kind; provided, however, that nothing contained in this
paragraph shall authorize a banking organization to engage in any
activity not otherwise authorized by the laws of New York or by
regulations of the superintendent.
(g) To have and exercise all other powers necessary or appropriate in
conducting the business of the corporation.
TITLE 3 Corporate Name
Corporate name; general. Except as otherwise provided in this
chapter, the name of a corporation or a foreign corporation, or the name
of representative and other offices in this state, which are open to the
general public and maintained by any banking corporation, wherever
located, shall not be the same as the name of a corporation of any type
or kind, as such name appears on the index of names of existing
corporations and foreign corporations of any type or kind in the
department of financial services or a name so similar to such name as to
tend to confuse or deceive.
Corporate name; exceptions. 1. Any reference to a corporation
in this section shall include both corporations and foreign
corporations.
2. The provisions of section three thousand one:
(a) Shall not require any corporation, existing or licensed under this
chapter on the effective date of this article, to add to, modify or
otherwise change its corporate name.
(b) Shall not prevent a corporation with which another corporation is
merged or which is formed by the reorganization or consolidation of one
or more other corporations or upon a sale, lease, exchange or other
disposition of all or substantially all the assets of another
corporation, including its name, from having the same name as any of
such corporations if at the time such other corporation was licensed or
existing under this chapter.
TITLE 4 Formation of Corporations
Incorporation; organization certificate; amount of capital
stock. When authorized by the superintendent as provided in article two
of this chapter, five or more persons may incorporate a bank or trust
company, a stock-form savings bank, a stock-form savings and loan
association, a safe deposit company or an investment company. Such
persons shall subscribe and acknowledge an organization certificate in
duplicate which shall specifically state:
1. The name by which the corporation is to be known.
2. The place where its office is to be located.
3. The amount of its authorized capital stock, the number of shares
into which such capital stock shall be divided and the par value of the
shares, which capital stock shall amount to not less than the minimum
amount prescribed by the superintendent of financial services, nor more
than the aggregate of (a) the amount of capital stock the corporation
expects to sell in its initial offering of shares and (b) such
additional amount as may be approved by the superintendent of financial
services.
4. If the shares are to be classified:
(a) The number of shares to be included in each class and the par
value of the shares;
(b) The designation of each class and the relative rights, preferences
and limitations of the shares of each class;
(c) The number of shares of common stock, if any, which are to be
reserved for issuance in exchange for preferred shares or otherwise to
replace any capital stock represented by preferred shares.
5. The names and places of residence of the incorporators and, in the
case of banks, trust companies and safe deposit companies, the
citizenship of the incorporators.
6. Its duration if other than perpetual.
7. The number of its directors or that the number of directors shall
not be less than a stated minimum nor more than a stated maximum. Such
number, or the minimum and the maximum stated, shall be within the
limitations prescribed by section seven thousand two of this article.
8. The names of the incorporators who shall be its directors until the
first annual meeting of stockholders. The incorporators named as
directors must possess the qualifications of directors as to citizenship
and residence specified in section seven thousand one of this article;
and the certificate of a safe deposit company shall recite that such
qualifications are possessed by such incorporators.
9. In the case of a trust company, that the proposed corporation is to
exercise the powers conferred by section one hundred of this chapter, if
the proposed corporation desires to exercise such powers in addition to
the other powers conferred upon banks and trust companies in article
three of this chapter.
No corporation shall be authorized to exercise the powers set forth in
section one hundred of this chapter unless its capital stock shall
amount to not less than the amounts prescribed by the superintendent of
financial services.
Formation of limited liability investment companies. 1.
Notwithstanding the provisions of section four thousand one of this
title and when authorized by the superintendent as provided in article
two of this chapter, five or more persons may form a limited liability
investment company pursuant to the provisions of article twelve of this
chapter. Such person or persons shall subscribe and acknowledge the
articles of organization in duplicate which shall specifically state:
(a) the name by which the limited liability investment company is to
be known;
(b) the place where its office is to be located;
(c) the amount of its capital contributions;
(d) if the company is to have classes or groups of members, the
relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations and voting powers of
each such class or group;
(e) the names and places of residence of the persons forming the
company;
(f) the duration of the company;
(g) the number of managers charged with the management of the company
as its board, provided that such number shall be in accordance with the
requirements set forth in section seven thousand two of this article;
and
(h) the names of the persons who shall manage the company until the
first annual meeting of the members, provided that such persons must
possess the qualifications as to citizenship and residence specified in
section seven thousand one of this article.
2. No limited liability investment company shall be authorized to
exercise the powers set forth in this chapter or the limited liability
company law unless its capital contributions amount to not less than the
amounts prescribed by the superintendent.
Formation of limited liability trust companies. 1.
Notwithstanding the provisions of section four thousand one of this
title and when authorized by the superintendent as provided in article
two of this chapter, five or more persons may form a limited liability
trust company pursuant to the provisions of article three of this
chapter. Such person or persons shall subscribe and acknowledge the
articles of organization in duplicate, which shall specifically state:
(a) the name by which the limited liability trust company is to be
known;
(b) the place where its office is to be located;
(c) the amount of its capital contributions;
(d) if the company is to have classes or groups of members, the
relative rights, powers, preferences, limitations, and voting powers of
each such class or group;
(e) the names and places of residence of the persons forming the
company;
(f) the duration of the company;
(g) the number of managers charged with the management of the company
as its board, provided that such number shall be in accordance with the
requirements set forth in section seven thousand two of this article;
and
(h) the names of the persons who shall manage the company until the
first annual meeting of the members, provided that such persons must
possess the qualifications as to citizenship and residence specified in
section seven thousand one of this article.
2. No limited liability trust company shall be authorized to exercise
the powers set forth in this chapter or the limited liability company
law unless its capital contributions amount to not less than the amounts
prescribed by the superintendent.
Fingerprints. (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of law,
every incorporator of a corporation shall, in addition to any other
requirements which may be imposed by the superintendent, submit
simultaneously with an application, his or her fingerprints in such form
and in such manner as specified by the division of criminal justice
services, but in any event, no less than two digit imprints. Every
applicant filing an application to acquire control of any banking
institution under sections one hundred forty-three-a and one hundred
forty-three-b of this chapter shall, in addition to any other
requirements which may be imposed by the superintendent, submit
simultaneously with an application, his or her fingerprints in such form
and in such manner as specified by the division of criminal justice
services, but in any event, no less than two digit imprints. The
superintendent shall submit the fingerprints to the division of criminal
justice services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search
and returning a report thereon in accordance with the procedures and
requirements established by the division pursuant to the provisions of
article thirty-five of the executive law, which shall include the
payment of the prescribed processing fees. The superintendent shall
request that the division submit such fingerprints to the federal bureau
of investigation, together with the processing fees prescribed by such
bureau, for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search and
returning a report thereon.
(b) The superintendent shall also, concurrent with an investigation of
an incorporator of a corporation pertaining to a violation of this
chapter, submit such fingerprints to the division of criminal justice
services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search and
returning a report thereon and through the division to the federal
bureau of investigation for the purpose of a fingerprint check of such
incorporator.
(c) For purposes of this section, "incorporator" shall include a
natural person or such principal, officer, director, trustee or
stockholder of any other entity as may be designated by the
superintendent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article,
the superintendent shall not access criminal history data or
information, unless any agency from which the superintendent receives
directly criminal history data or information has entered into a use and
dissemination agreement with the superintendent consistent with the
provisions of this section.
(d) An applicant shall not be required to submit his or her
fingerprints as required by subdivision (a) of this section if such
applicant (i) is already subject to regulation by the department and the
applicant has submitted such fingerprints to the department, such
fingerprints have been submitted to the division of criminal justice
services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search, and a
report of such search has been received by the department from such
division; or (ii) is subject to regulation by a federal bank regulatory
agency and has submitted such fingerprints to such agency which has had
a criminal history search conducted of such individual and has shared
such information or its determination resulting from such search with
the department; or (iii) is an officer or stockholder of a corporation
whose common or preferred stock is registered on a national securities
exchange, as provided in an act of congress of the United States
entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934", approved June sixth,
nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, or such other exchange or
market system as the superintendent shall approve by regulation, and has
submitted such fingerprints to such exchange or market system which has
had a criminal history search conducted of such individual and has
shared such information or its determination resulting from such search
with the department; provided, however, that the superintendent may
subsequently require such applicant to submit sets of fingerprints if
the superintendent has a reasonable basis for updating the information
or determination resulting from the report of the criminal history
search conducted at the request of such federal banking agency, exchange
or market system.
Organization certificate to be submitted to the
superintendent. The organization certificate of a bank, trust company,
stock-form savings bank, stock-form savings and loan association, safe
deposit company or investment company, executed in duplicate, shall be
submitted to the superintendent at his office.
When corporate existence begins; conditions precedent to
commencing business. 1. When the superintendent shall have endorsed his
approval on the organization certificate as provided in article two of
this chapter, the corporate existence of the corporation shall begin and
such corporation shall then have power to elect officers and transact
such other business as relates to its organization. Such corporation
shall transact no other business until:
(a) All of its capital stock, except such shares as may be reserved in
accordance with any provision made therefor in the organization
certificate, shall have been fully paid in cash and an affidavit stating
that it has been so paid, subscribed and sworn to by two of its
principal officers, shall have been delivered to and filed by the
superintendent.
(b) In the case of a bank or trust company, stock-form savings bank,
or stock-form savings and loan association, there shall have been
delivered to and filed by the superintendent a list of its stockholders,
verified by two of its principal officers, giving the name, residence,
post-office address and the number of shares of stock held by each
stockholder; which list shall become a confidential communication and
shall not be filed in the office of the county clerk or be made public,
unless, in the judgment of the superintendent, the ends of justice or
the public advantage will be subserved by the publication thereof;
(c) The superintendent shall have duly issued to it the authorization
certificate specified in article two of this chapter.
Organization meeting. 1. After the corporate existence has
begun, an organization meeting of the incorporators shall be held within
this state, for the purpose of adopting by-laws and the transaction of
such other business relating to organization as may come before the
meeting. The meeting may be held at the call of any incorporator, who
shall give at least five days' notice thereof by mail to each other
incorporator, which notice shall set forth the time and place of the
meeting. Notice need not be given to any incorporator who attends the
meeting or submits a signed waiver of notice before or after the
meeting. A majority shall constitute a quorum and the act of the
majority of the incorporators present at a meeting at which a quorum is
present shall be the act of the incorporators.
2. Any action permitted to be taken at the organization meeting may be
taken without a meeting if each incorporator signs an instrument setting
forth the action so taken.
3. If an incorporator dies or is for any reason unable to act, action
may be taken as provided in such event in subdivision three of section
TITLE 5 Corporate Finance
Authorized shares. 1. Every corporation shall have power to
create and issue the number of shares stated in its organization
certificate. Such shares may be all of one class or may be divided into
two or more classes. Each class shall consist of shares with par value,
having such designation and such relative voting, dividend, liquidation
and other rights, preferences and limitations, consistent with this
chapter, as shall be stated in the organization certificate. The
organization certificate may deny, limit or otherwise define the voting
rights and may limit or otherwise define the dividend or liquidation
rights or shares of any class, but no such denial, limitation or
definition of voting rights shall be effective unless at the time one or
more classes of outstanding shares, singly or in the aggregate, are
entitled to full voting rights, and no such limitation or definition of
dividend or liquidation rights shall be effective unless at the time one
or more classes of outstanding shares, singly or in the aggregate, are
entitled to unlimited dividend and liquidation rights.
2. If the shares are divided into two or more classes, the shares of
each class shall be designated to distinguish them from the shares of
all other classes. Shares which are entitled to preference in the
distribution of dividends or assets shall not be designated as common
shares. Shares which are not entitled to preference in the distribution
of dividends or assets shall not be designated as preferred shares.
3. Subject to the designations, relative rights, preferences and
limitations applicable to separate series and except as otherwise
permitted by subdivision two of section five thousand five of this
chapter, each share shall be equal to every other share of the same
class.
Issue of any class of preferred shares in series. 1. If the
organization certificate so provides, a corporation may issue any class
of preferred shares in series. Shares of each such series, when issued,
shall be designated to distinguish them from the shares of all other
series.
2. The number of shares included in any or all series of any classes
of preferred shares and any or all of the designations, relative rights,
preferences and limitations of any or all such series may be fixed in
the organization certificate, subject to the limitation that, if the
stated dividends and amounts payable on liquidation are not paid in
full, the shares of all series of the same class shall share ratably in
the payment of dividends including accumulations, if any, in accordance
with the sums which would be payable on such shares if all dividends
were declared and paid in full, and in any distribution of assets other
than by way of dividends in accordance with the sums which would be
payable on such distribution if all sums payable were discharged in
full.
3. If any such number of shares or any such designation, relative
right, preference or limitation of the shares of any series is not fixed
in the organization certificate, it may be fixed by the board, to the
extent authorized by the organization certificate.
4. Before the issue of any shares of a series established by the
board, a certificate of amendment shall be filed as provided in section
eight thousand five. Such certificate shall set forth:
(a) The name of the corporation and, if it has been changed, the name
under which it was formed.
(b) The date the organization certificate was filed by the
superintendent.
(c) That the organization certificate is thereby amended by the
addition of a provision stating the number, designation, relative
rights, preferences, and limitations of the shares of the series as
fixed by the board, setting forth in full the text of such provision.
Subscription for shares; time of payment, forfeiture for
default. 1. Unless otherwise provided by the terms of the subscription,
a subscription for shares of a corporation to be formed shall be
irrevocable, except with the consent of all other subscribers or the
corporation, for a period of seven months from its date.
2. A subscription, whether made before or after the formation of a
corporation, shall not be enforceable unless in writing and signed by
the subscriber.
3. Unless otherwise provided by the terms of the subscription,
subscriptions for shares, whether made before or after the formation of
a corporation, shall be paid in full at such time, or in such
instalments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board. Any
call made by the board for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as
to all shares of the same class or of the same series. If the
superintendent has taken possession of the business and property of the
corporation, all unpaid subscriptions shall be paid at such times and in
such instalments as the superintendent may direct.
4. In the event of default in the payment of any instalment or call
when due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the
same manner as any debt due the corporation or the board may declare a
forfeiture of the subscriptions. The subscription agreement may
prescribe other penalties, not amounting to forfeiture, for failure to
pay instalments or calls that may become due. No forfeiture of the
subscription shall be declared as against any subscriber unless the
amount due thereon shall remain unpaid for a period of thirty days after
written demand has been made therefor. If mailed, such written demand
shall be deemed to be made when deposited in the United States mail in a
sealed envelope addressed to the subscriber at his last post-office
address known to the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. Upon
forfeiture of the subscription, if at least fifty percent of the
subscription price has been paid, the shares subscribed for shall be
offered for sale for cash at a price at least sufficient to pay the full
balance owed by the delinquent subscriber plus the expenses incidental
to such sale, and any excess of net proceeds realized over the amount
owed on such shares shall be paid to the delinquent subscriber or to his
legal representative. If no prospective purchaser offers a cash price
sufficient to pay the full balance owed by the delinquent subscriber
plus the expenses incidental to such sale, or if less than fifty percent
of the subscription price has been paid, the shares subscribed for shall
be cancelled and restored to the status of authorized but unissued
shares and all previous payments thereon shall be forfeited to the
corporation and transferred to surplus.
Consideration and payment for shares. 1. Consideration for the
issue of shares shall consist of money or (except as otherwise required
by subdivision a of subdivision one of section four thousand four) other
property tangible or intangible, or labor or services actually received
by or performed for the corporation or for its benefit or in its
formation or reorganization, or a combination thereof. In the absence of
fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the board or stockholders, as
the case may be, as to the value of the consideration received for
shares shall be conclusive.
2. Neither obligations of the subscriber for future payments nor
future services shall constitute payment or part payment for shares of a
corporation.
3. Shares may be issued for such consideration, not less than the par
value thereof, as is fixed from time to time by the board.
4. Treasury shares may be disposed of by a corporation on such terms
and conditions as are fixed from time to time by the board.
5. Upon distribution of authorized but unissued shares to
stockholders, that part of the undivided profits or surplus of a
corporation which is concurrently transferred to capital stock shall be
the consideration for the issue of such shares.
6. In the event of a conversion of capital notes, debentures or shares
into shares, or in the event of an exchange of capital notes, debentures
or shares for shares, the consideration for the shares so issued in
exchange or conversion shall be the sum of (a) either the principal sum
of, and accrued interest on, the capital notes or debentures so
exchanged or converted, or the par value of the shares so exchanged or
converted, plus (b) any additional consideration paid to the corporation
for the new shares, plus (c) any undivided profits or surplus
transferred to capital stock in respect of the new shares.
7. Certificates for shares may not be issued until the full amount of
the consideration therefor has been paid.
8. When the consideration for shares has been paid in full, the
subscriber shall be entitled to all the rights and privileges of a
holder of such shares and to a certificate representing his shares, and
such shares shall be fully paid and, subject to sections one hundred
thirteen-a, one hundred thirteen-b, one hundred fourteen, three hundred
five, three hundred five-a, three hundred six, three hundred twenty-two,
three hundred twenty-two-a and three hundred twenty-three of this
chapter, shall be nonassessable.
Transferable rights to purchase shares; imposition of
restrictions or conditions thereon. 1. Except as otherwise provided in
this section or in the organization certificate, a corporation may
create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issue and sale
of any of its capital notes, debentures or shares, rights or options
entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the corporation, upon
such consideration, terms and conditions as may be fixed by the board,
shares of any class or series, whether authorized but unissued shares,
treasury shares or shares to be purchased or acquired.
2. (a) In the case of a corporation that has a class of voting stock
registered pursuant to section twelve of the Exchange Act, the terms and
conditions of such rights or options may include, without limitation,
restrictions or conditions that preclude or limit the exercise, transfer
or receipt of such rights or options by an interested shareholder or any
transferee of any such interested shareholder or that invalidate or void
such rights or options held by any such interested shareholder or any
such transferee. For the purposes of this subdivision, the terms "voting
stock", "Exchange Act" and "interested shareholder" shall have the same
respective meanings as are set forth in section nine hundred twelve of
the business corporation law except that for this purpose references in
said section of the business corporation law to a "resident business
corporation" shall be read instead to refer to a "corporation" as
defined by section one thousand one of this chapter.
(b) Determinations of the board of directors whether to impose,
enforce or waive or otherwise render ineffective such limitations or
conditions as are permitted by paragraph (a) of this subdivision shall
be subject to judicial review in an appropriate proceeding in which the
courts formulate or apply appropriate standards in order to insure that
such limitations or conditions are imposed, enforced or waived in the
best long-term interests and short-term interests of the corporation and
its stockholders considering, without limitation, the prospects for
potential growth, development, productivity and profitability of the
corporation.
3. The consideration for shares to be purchased under any such right
or option shall comply with the requirements of section five thousand
four of this chapter.
4. The terms and conditions of such rights or options, including the
time or times at or within which and the price or prices at which they
may be exercised and any limitations upon transferability, shall be set
forth or incorporated by reference in the instrument or instruments
evidencing such rights or options.
5. If there is shareholder approval for the issue of rights and
options, such approval may provide that the board is authorized by
certificate of amendment under section eight thousand five of this
chapter to increase the authorized shares of any class or series to such
number as will be sufficient, when added to the previously authorized
but unissued shares of such class or series, to satisfy any such rights
or options entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the
corporation authorized but unissued shares of such class or series.
6. In the absence of fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the
board shall be conclusive as to the adequacy of the consideration,
tangible or intangible, received or to be received by the corporation
for the issue of rights or options for the purchase from the corporation
of its shares.
7. The provisions of this section are inapplicable to the rights of
the holders of convertible shares, capital notes or debentures to
acquire shares upon the exercise of conversion privileges under section
five thousand sixteen of this chapter.
8. The provisions of this section are inapplicable to the rights of
officers, directors and employees of a corporation who have been issued
options to purchase authorized and unissued shares of its capital stock
under or by reference to section one hundred forty-a of this chapter.
Compensation for formation, reorganization and financing. The
reasonable charges and expenses of formation or reorganization of a
corporation, and the reasonable expenses of and compensation for the
sale or underwriting of its shares may be paid or allowed by the
corporation out of the consideration received by it in payment for its
shares without thereby impairing the fully paid and nonassessable status
of such shares as provided in subdivision eight of section five thousand
four.
Certificates representing shares. 1. The shares of a
corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be
uncertificated shares. Certificates shall be signed by the chairman or
a vice-chairman of the board or the president or a vice-president and
the secretary or an assistant secretary or, in the case of a corporation
which does not have a secretary or an assistant secretary, by the
cashier or an assistant cashier, or the treasurer or an assistant
treasurer of the corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the
corporation or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of the officers upon
a certificate may be facsimiles if (i) the shares are listed on a
registered national security exchange, or (ii) the certificate is
countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar which,
unless the corporation is a trust company, shall be a person other than
the corporation itself or its employee. In case any officer who has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued,
it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or she
were such officer at the date of issue.
2. Each certificate representing shares issued by a corporation which
is authorized to issue shares of more than one class shall set forth
upon the face or back of the certificate, or shall state that the
corporation will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without
charge, a full statement of the designation, relative rights,
preferences and limitations of the shares of each class authorized to be
issued and, if the corporation is authorized to issue any class of
preferred shares in series, the designation, relative rights,
preferences and limitations of each such series so far as the same have
been fixed and the authority of the board to designate and fix the
relative rights, preferences and limitations of other series.
3. Each certificate representing shares shall when issued state upon
the face thereof:
(a) That the corporation is formed under the laws of this state.
(b) The name of the person or persons to whom issued.
(c) The number and class of shares, and the designation of the series,
if any, which such certificate represents.
(d) The par value of each share represented by such certificate.
4. Shares shall be transferable in the manner provided by law and in
the by-laws.
5. The corporation may issue a new certificate for shares in place of
any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost or
destroyed, and the board may require the owner of the lost or destroyed
certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond
sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be
made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any
such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.
6. Unless otherwise provided by the articles of incorporation or
by-laws, the board of directors of a corporation may provide by
resolution that some or all of any or all classes and series of its
shares shall be uncertificated shares, provided that such resolution
shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such
certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Within a reasonable time
after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation
shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing
the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates
pursuant to subdivisions two and three of this section. Except as
otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the
holders of uncertificated shares and the rights and obligations of the
holders of certificated shares and the rights and obligations of the
holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series
shall be identical.
Fractions of a share or scrip authorized. 1. a. A corporation
may, but shall not be obliged to, issue fractions of a share either
represented by a certificate or uncertificated, which may entitle the
holder, in proportion to his or her fractional holdings, to exercise
voting rights, receive dividends and participate in liquidating
distributions.
b. As an alternative, a corporation may pay in cash the fair value of
fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such
fractions are determined.
2. As an alternative, a corporation may issue scrip in registered or
bearer form over the manual or facsimile signature of an officer of the
corporation or of its agent, exchangeable as therein provided for full
shares, but such scrip shall not entitle the holder to any rights of a
stockholder except as therein provided. Such scrip may be issued subject
to the condition that it shall become void if not exchanged for
certificates representing full shares or uncertificated full shares
before a specified date, or subject to the condition that the shares for
which such scrip is exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the
proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of such scrip, or subject to
any other conditions which the board may determine.
3. Subject to subdivision six of section one hundred three and
subdivision three of section five hundred nine of this chapter, a
corporation may provide reasonable opportunity for persons entitled to
fractions of a share or scrip to sell such fractions of a share or scrip
or to purchase such additional fractions of a share or scrip as may be
needed to acquire a full share.
Dividends or other distributions in cash or property. Subject
to sections one hundred ten, one hundred twelve and five hundred
seventeen of this chapter, a corporation may declare and pay dividends
or make other distributions in cash or property, including the shares or
bonds of other corporations, on its outstanding shares, out of net
profits or surplus, except when there is any impairment of capital
stock, or when the declaration, payment, or distribution would be
contrary to any restrictions contained in the organization certificate.
Share distributions and changes. 1. A corporation may make pro
rata distributions of its authorized but unissued shares to holders of
any class or series of its outstanding shares, subject to the following
conditions:
(a) Such shares shall be issued at not less than the par value thereof
and there shall be transferred to capital stock at the time of such
distribution an amount of undivided profits or surplus equal to the
aggregate par value of such shares.
(b) A distribution of shares of any class or series may be made only
to holders of the same class or series of shares unless the organization
certificate permits distribution, subject to the preemptive rights of
holders of any outstanding shares, to holders of another class or series
or unless such distribution is authorized, when there are no outstanding
preemptive rights, by the affirmative vote or the written consent of the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series
to be distributed.
2. A corporation making a pro rata distribution of authorized but
unissued shares to the holders of any class or series of outstanding
shares may at its option make an equivalent distribution upon treasury
shares of the same class or series, and any shares so distributed shall
be treasury shares.
3. A change of issued shares of any class which increases the
aggregate par value of those shares may be made if the sum of the
undivided profits and surplus of the corporation is sufficient to permit
the transfer, and a transfer is concurrently made, from undivided
profits or surplus to capital stock, of an amount equal to such
increase.
Redeemable shares. 1. A corporation may provide in its
organization certificate for a class of common shares in relation to an
incentive stock option plan pursuant to section one hundred forty-a of
this chapter and for one or more classes or series of preferred shares
which are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the option of the
corporation at such price or prices, within such period or periods and
under such conditions as are stated in the organization certificate.
2. A corporation shall not issue redeemable or other shares which
purport by their terms to grant to any holder thereof the right to
compel the corporation to redeem such shares.
3. Nothing in this section shall prevent a corporation from creating
sinking funds for the redemption or purchase of its preferred shares to
the extent permitted by section five thousand twelve.
Purchase or redemption by a corporation of its own shares. 1.
A corporation may purchase its own shares, or pay stockholders entitled
to receive payment for their shares, when permitted or required under
any other provision of this chapter.
2. To effect retirement of its common shares reacquired under section
one hundred forty-a of this chapter, or of its preferred shares in
accordance with any provision in its organization certificate, a
corporation may, with the written approval of the superintendent,
purchase or redeem such shares out of undivided profits or surplus or,
to the extent of the par value of such shares, out of capital stock.
3. Nothing in this title shall prevent a corporation from returning to
stockholders any amounts made available for such purpose by a reduction
of capital stock in accordance with section eight thousand two.
Agreements for purchase by a corporation of its own shares. 1.
An agreement for the purchase by a corporation of its own shares shall
be enforceable by the stockholder and the corporation to the extent such
purchase is permitted at the time of purchase by section five thousand
twelve.
2. The possibility that a corporation may not be able to purchase its
shares under section five thousand twelve shall not be a ground for
denying to either party specific performance of an agreement for the
purchase by a corporation of its own shares, if at the time for
performance the corporation can purchase all or part of such shares
under section five thousand twelve.
Reacquired shares. 1. Shares that have been issued and have
been reacquired under subdivision one of section five thousand twelve
shall, subject to other applicable provisions of this chapter, be sold
or otherwise disposed of or, with the written approval of the
superintendent, may be retained or may be cancelled by the board.
2. Shares that have been issued and thereafter converted shall be
cancelled.
3. Shares that have been issued and have been reacquired under
subdivision two of section five thousand twelve shall be cancelled.
4. Neither the retention of reacquired shares as treasury shares nor
their subsequent distribution to stockholders or disposition for a
consideration shall change the capital stock.
5. When reacquired shares other than converted shares are cancelled,
the capital stock of the corporation shall be reduced by the amount of
capital stock represented by such shares.
6. Within ninety days after any shares are cancelled under this
section, (a) the corporation by action of the board shall file a
certificate of amendment under section eight thousand five eliminating
such shares from the number of authorized shares, except that if the
organization certificate does not prohibit the reissue of such shares,
such shares may with the written approval of the superintendent be
restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares, and (b) unless
stated in a certificate of amendment so filed, a certificate of the
corporation shall be signed, verified and filed as provided in section
one thousand three stating the number of shares of each class or series
thereof so cancelled, the manner of reacquisition thereof and, if
converted shares, the number of shares of each class or series thereof
into which the same were converted, and such other information with
respect thereto as the superintendent may require.
Capital notes and debentures. No corporation shall issue
capital notes or debentures except for money or other property, tangible
or intangible, or labor or services actually received by or performed
for the corporation or for its benefit or in its formation or
reorganization, or a combination thereof. In the absence of fraud in
the transaction, the judgment of the board as to the value of the
consideration received shall be conclusive.
Convertible shares, capital notes and debentures. 1. When so
provided in the organization certificate, and subject to the
restrictions in subdivision four of this section, a bank, trust company,
stock-form savings bank, or stock-form savings and loan association may
issue preferred shares convertible, at the option of the holder only,
into common shares of any class. Authorized shares, whether issued or
unissued, may be made so convertible within such period and upon such
terms and conditions as are stated in the organization certificate.
2. Unless otherwise provided in the organization certificate, and
subject to subdivision four of section ninety-six and subdivision five-b
of section two hundred thirty-four of this chapter, and to the
restrictions in subdivision four of this section, a bank, trust company,
stock-form savings bank, or stock-form savings and loan association may
issue its capital notes or debentures convertible into shares of the
corporation within such period and upon such terms and conditions as are
fixed by the board.
3. If there is stockholder approval for the issue of capital notes,
debentures or shares convertible into shares of the corporation, such
approval may provide that the board is authorized by certificate of
amendment under section eight thousand five to increase the authorized
shares of any class or series to such number as will be sufficient, when
added to the previously authorized but unissued shares of such class or
series, to satisfy the conversion privileges of any such capital notes,
debentures or shares convertible into shares of such class or series.
4. No issue of capital notes, debentures or shares convertible into
shares of the corporation shall be made unless:
(a) A sufficient number of authorized but unissued shares of the
appropriate class or series are reserved by the board to be issued only
in satisfaction of the conversion privileges of such convertible capital
notes, debentures or shares when issued; or
(b) The aggregate conversion privileges of such convertible capital
notes, debentures or shares when issued do not exceed the aggregate of
any shares reserved under paragraph (a) and any additional shares which
may be authorized by the board under subdivision three of this section.
5. No privilege of conversion may be conferred upon, or altered in
respect to, any shares or capital notes or debentures that would result
in the receipt by the corporation of less than the minimum consideration
required to be received upon the issue of new shares. The consideration
for shares issued upon the exercise of a conversion privilege shall be
that provided in subdivision six of section five thousand four.
6. Within ninety days after any capital notes or debentures are
converted into shares of the corporation, a certificate of the
corporation shall be signed, verified and filed as provided in section
one thousand three stating the amount of capital notes or debentures so
converted, the number of shares of each class or series into which the
same were converted, and such other information with respect thereto as
the superintendent may require.
TITLE 5-A Limited Liability Investment Company or Limited Liability Trust Company Finance
Company finance. Notwithstanding the provisions of title five
of this article, the allocation of profits and losses, and the
distribution of cash or other assets of a limited liability investment
company or limited liability trust company shall be in accordance with
article five of the limited liability company law.
TITLE 6 Stockholders
By-laws. 1. The initial by-laws of a corporation shall be
adopted by its incorporators. Except as otherwise provided in the
organization certificate under section six thousand thirteen, by-laws
may be amended, repealed or adopted by vote of the holders of the shares
at the time entitled to vote in the election of any directors. When so
provided in the organization certificate, a by-law adopted by the
stockholders or a by-law validly adopted prior to the effective date of
this article, by-laws may also be amended, repealed or adopted by the
board, but any by-law adopted by the board may be amended or repealed by
the stockholders entitled to vote thereon as herein provided. Any
reference in this article to a "by-law adopted by the stockholders"
shall include a by-law adopted by the incorporators.
2. If any by-law regulating an impending election of directors is
adopted, amended or repealed by the board, there shall be set forth in
the notice of the next meeting of stockholders for the election of
directors the by-law so adopted, amended or repealed, together with a
concise statement of the changes made.
3. The by-laws may contain any provision relating to the business of
the corporation, the conduct of its affairs, its rights or powers or the
rights or powers of its stockholders, directors, committees or officers,
not inconsistent with this chapter or any other statute of this state or
the organization certificate.
Meetings of stockholders. 1. Meetings of stockholders may be
held at such place, within or without this state, as may be fixed by or
under the by-laws, or if not so fixed, at the office of the corporation
in this state except that the annual meetings of stockholders of banks
and trust companies, stock-form savings banks, and stock-form savings
and loan associations shall be held in the city or village in which the
office of the bank or trust company, stock-form savings bank, or
stock-form savings and loan association is located.
2. A meeting of stockholders shall be held annually for the election
of directors and the transaction of other business within the first four
months of each institution's fiscal year in the case of banks, trust
companies, stock-form savings banks, stock-form savings and loan
associations, and safe deposit companies and on a date fixed by or under
the by-laws in the case of investment companies. A failure to hold the
annual meeting on the date so fixed or to elect a sufficient number of
directors to conduct the business of the corporation shall not work a
forfeiture or give cause for dissolution of the corporation.
3. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board and
by such person or persons as may be so authorized by the organization
certificate or the by-laws.
Special meeting for election of directors. 1. If, for a period
of one month after the date fixed by or under section six thousand two
or the by-laws for the annual meeting of stockholders, or if no date has
been so fixed, for a period of thirteen months after the formation of
the corporation or the last annual meeting, there is a failure to elect
a sufficient number of directors to conduct the business of the
corporation, the board shall call a special meeting for the election of
directors. If such special meeting is not called by the board within two
weeks after the expiration of such period or if it is so called but
there is a failure to elect such directors for a period of two months
after the expiration of such period, holders of ten percent of the
shares entitled to vote in an election of directors may, in writing,
demand the call of a special meeting for the election of directors
specifying the date and month thereof, which shall not be less than two
nor more than three months from the date of such call. The secretary of
the corporation upon receiving the written demand shall promptly give
notice of such meeting, or if he fails to do so within five business
days thereafter, any stockholder signing such demand may give such
notice. The meeting shall be held at the place fixed in the by-laws or,
if not so fixed, at the office of the corporation.
2. At any such special meeting called on demand of stockholders,
notwithstanding section six thousand eight, the stockholders attending,
in person or by proxy, and entitled to vote in an election of directors
shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors, but not
for the transaction of any other business.
Fixing record date. 1. For the purpose of determining the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to or
dissent from any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of
determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or
the allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action, the
by-laws may provide for fixing or, in the absence of such provision, the
board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such
determination of stockholders. Such date shall not be more than fifty
nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than
fifty days prior to any other action.
2. If no record date is fixed:
(a) The record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close
of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given,
or, if no notice is given, the day on which the meeting is held.
(b) The record date for determining stockholders for any purpose other
than that specified in paragraph (a) shall be at the close of business
on the day on which the resolution of the board relating thereto is
adopted.
3. When a determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice
of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided
in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment
thereof, unless the board fixes a new record date under this section for
the adjourned meeting.
Notice of meetings of stockholders. 1. Whenever under the
provisions of this chapter stockholders are required or permitted to
take any action at a meeting, written notice shall state the place, date
and hour of the meeting and unless it is the annual meeting, indicate
that it is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons
calling the meeting. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If, at any meeting,
action is proposed to be taken which would, if taken, entitle
stockholders fulfilling the requirements of section six thousand
twenty-two to receive payment for their shares, the notice of such
meeting shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. A
copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail,
not less than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the
meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. If
mailed, such notice is given when deposited in the United States mail,
with postage thereon prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address
as it appears on the record of stockholders, or, if he shall have filed
with the secretary of the corporation a written request that notices to
him be mailed to some other address, then directed to him at such other
address. An affidavit of the secretary or other persons giving the
notice or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice
required by this section has been given shall, in the absence of fraud,
be prima facie evidence of the facts therein stated.
2. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, it shall not
be necessary, unless the by-laws require otherwise, to give any notice
of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is
adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken, and at the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted that
might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.
However, if after the adjournment the board fixes a new record date for
the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given
to each stockholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice
under subdivision one.
3. To the extent that any provision of this section conflicts with any
other provision of this chapter relating to a notice of a meeting of
stockholders, the latter shall prevail.
Waivers of notice. Notice of meeting need not be given to any
stockholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, in person or by
proxy, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any
stockholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, without protesting
prior to the conclusion of the meeting the lack of notice of such
meeting, shall constitute a waiver of notice by him.
List of stockholders at meetings. A list of stockholders as of
the record date, certified by the corporate officer responsible for its
preparation or by a transfer agent, shall be produced at any meeting of
stockholders upon the request thereat or prior thereto of any
stockholder. If the right to vote at any meeting is challenged, the
inspectors of election, or person presiding thereat, shall require such
list of stockholders to be produced as evidence of the right of the
persons challenged to vote at such meeting, and all persons who appear
from such list to be stockholders entitled to vote thereat may vote at
such meeting.
Quorum of stockholders. 1. The holders of a majority of the
shares entitled to vote thereat shall constitute a quorum at a meeting
of stockholders for the transaction of any business, provided that when
a specified item of business is required to be voted on by a class or
series, voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of
such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
such specified item of business.
2. The organization certificate or by-laws may provide for any lesser
quorum not less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote, and the
organization certificate may, under section six thousand sixteen,
provide for a greater quorum.
3. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not
broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.
4. The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the
absence of a quorum.
Proxies. 1. Every stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
stockholders or to express consent or dissent without a meeting may
authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy.
2. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or his
attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven
months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder
executing it, except as otherwise provided in this section.
3. The authority of the holder of a proxy to act shall not be revoked
by the incompetence or death of the stockholder who executed the proxy
unless, before the authority is exercised, written notice of an
adjudication of such incompetence or of such death is received by the
corporate officer responsible for maintaining the list of stockholders.
4. Except when other provision shall have been made by written
agreement between the parties, the record holder of shares which are
held by a pledgee as security or which belong to another, upon demand
therefor and payment of necessary expenses thereof, shall issue to the
pledgor or to such owner of such shares a proxy to vote or take other
action thereon.
5. A stockholder shall not sell his vote or issue a proxy to vote to
any person for any sum of money or anything of value, except as
authorized in this section and section six thousand twenty.
6. A proxy which is entitled "irrevocable proxy" and which states that
it is irrevocable, is irrevocable when it is held by any of the
following or a nominee of any of the following:
(a) A pledgee;
(b) A person who has purchased or agreed to purchase the shares.
7. Notwithstanding a provision in a proxy, stating that it is
irrevocable, the proxy becomes revocable after the pledge is redeemed.
This paragraph does not affect the duration of a proxy under subdivision
two.
8. A proxy may be revoked, notwithstanding a provision making it
irrevocable, by a purchaser of shares without knowledge of the existence
of the provision unless the existence of the proxy and its
irrevocability is noted conspicuously on the face or back of the
certificate representing such shares.
9. No director, officer, clerk, teller or bookkeeper of a corporation
shall act as proxy at any meeting of such corporation.
Selection of inspectors at stockholders' meetings. Unless
otherwise provided in the by-laws, the board, in advance of any
stockholders' meeting, may appoint one or more inspectors to act at the
meeting or any adjournment thereof. If inspectors are not so appointed,
the person presiding at a stockholders' meeting may, and on the request
of any stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall, appoint one or more
inspectors. In case any person appointed fails to appear or act, the
vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the board in advance of the
meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each
inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take
and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such
meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his
ability. No director or officer of the corporation shall be eligible to
act as an inspector of an election of directors of such corporation.
Duties of inspectors at stockholders' meetings. The inspectors
shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of
each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum,
the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or
consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in
connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots
or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to
conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On
request of the person presiding at the meeting or any stockholder
entitled to vote thereat, the inspectors shall make a report in writing
of any challenge, question or matter determined by them and execute a
certificate of any fact found by them. Any report or certificate made by
them shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated and of the vote
as certified by them. Each inspector shall be entitled to a reasonable
compensation for his services, to be paid by the corporation.
Qualification of voters. 1. Every stockholder of record shall
be entitled at every meeting of stockholders to one vote for every share
standing in his name on the record of stockholders, unless otherwise
provided in the organization certificate.
2. Treasury shares and shares held by another corporation of any type
or kind, whether or not formed under any law of this state, if a
majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of
such other corporation is beneficially owned by the corporation, shall
not be shares entitled to vote or to be counted in determining the total
number of outstanding shares.
3. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator,
committee, or other fiduciary, except a trustee, may be voted by him,
either in person or by proxy, without transfer of such shares into his
name. Shares held by a trustee may be voted by him, either in person or
by proxy, only after the shares have been transferred into his name as
trustee or into the name of his nominee. Shares of its own stock held by
a trust company as sole trustee, whether registered in its own name as
such trustee or in the name of its nominee, shall not be voted by the
registered owner in the election of directors unless under the terms of
the trust the manner in which such shares shall be voted may be
determined by a donor or beneficiary of the trust and unless such donor
or beneficiary actually directs how such shares shall be voted, and
shares of its own stock held by a trust company and one or more persons
as trustees may be voted by such other person or persons, as trustees,
in the same manner as if he or they were the sole trustee.
4. Shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by
him without the transfer thereof into his name if authority so to do is
contained in an order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.
5. A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote
such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the
pledgee, or a nominee of the pledgee.
6. Redeemable shares which have been called for redemption shall not
be deemed to be outstanding shares for the purpose of voting or
determining the total number of shares entitled to vote on any matter on
and after the date on which written notice of redemption has been sent
to holders thereof and a sum sufficient to redeem such shares has been
deposited with a bank or trust company with irrevocable instruction and
authority to pay the redemption price to the holders of the shares upon
surrender of certificates therefor.
7. Shares standing in the name of another corporation of any type or
kind, whether or not formed under any law of this state, may be voted by
such officer, agent or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may
provide, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of such
corporation may determine.
8. When shares are registered on the record of stockholders of a
corporation in the name of, or have passed by operation of law or by
virtue of any deed of trust or other instrument to two or more
fiduciaries, and dispute arises among them in respect to voting thereon,
such shares may be voted by a majority of such fiduciaries, and in such
manner and for such purpose as such majority shall direct, and if the
fiduciaries shall be equally divided as to voting such shares, any court
having jurisdiction of their accounts, upon petition by any of such
fiduciaries or by any party in interest, may direct the voting of such
shares for the best interest of the beneficiaries. This subdivision
shall not apply in any case where the instrument or order of the court
appointing such fiduciaries shall otherwise direct how such shares shall
be voted. Nor shall this subdivision apply to any fiduciaries appointed
by a court prior to May sixth, nineteen hundred eighteen, or by last
will and testament of a decedent, whose death occurred prior to such
date, or by deed of trust or other instrument made prior to May first,
nineteen hundred fifty-six, nor to shares at any time transferred to or
held by fiduciaries so appointed.
9. Notwithstanding the foregoing subdivisions, a corporation shall be
protected in treating the persons in whose names shares stand on the
record of stockholders as the owners thereof for all purposes.
Limitations on right to vote. The organization certificate may
provide, except as limited by section five thousand one, either
absolutely or conditionally, that the holders of any designated class or
series of shares shall not be entitled to vote, or it may otherwise
limit or define the respective voting powers of the several classes or
series of shares, and, except as otherwise provided in this chapter,
such provisions of such certificate shall prevail, according to their
tenor, in all elections and in all proceedings, over the provisions of
this chapter which authorize any action by the stockholders.
Vote of stockholders. 1. Directors shall, except as otherwise
required by this article or by the organization certificate as permitted
by this article, be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a
meeting of stockholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the
election.
2. Whenever any corporate action, other than the election of
directors, is to be taken under this chapter by vote of the
stockholders, it shall, except as otherwise required by this chapter or
by the organization certificate as permitted by this article, be
authorized by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders
by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.
Written consent of stockholders, subscribers or incorporators
without a meeting. 1. Whenever under this chapter stockholders are
required or permitted to take any action by vote, such action may be
taken without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so
taken, signed by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote
thereon. This subdivision shall not be construed to alter or modify the
provisions of any section or any provision in an organization
certificate not inconsistent with this chapter under which the written
consent of the holders of less than all outstanding shares is sufficient
for corporate action.
2. Written consent thus given by the holders of all outstanding shares
entitled to vote shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of
stockholders and any certificate with respect to the authorization or
taking of any such action which is to be delivered to the superintendent
shall recite that the authorization was by unanimous written consent.
3. When there are no stockholders of record, such action may be taken
on the written consent signed by a majority in interest of the
subscribers for shares whose subscriptions have been accepted or their
successors in interest or, if no subscription has been accepted, on the
written consent signed by a majority of the incorporators. If any
incorporator dies or is for any reason unable to act, the other or
others may act. If there is no incorporator able to act, any person for
whom an incorporator was acting as agent may act in his stead, or if
such other person also dies or is for any reason unable to act, his
legal representative may act.
Greater requirement as to quorum and vote of stockholders. 1.
The organization certificate may contain provisions specifying either or
both of the following:
(a) That the proportion of shares, or the proportion of shares of any
class or series thereof, the holders of which shall be present in person
or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders in order to constitute a
quorum for the transaction of any business or of any specified item of
business, including amendments to the organization certificate, shall be
greater than the proportion prescribed by this chapter in the absence of
such provision.
(b) That the proportion of votes of the holders of shares, or of the
holders of shares of any class or series thereof, that shall be
necessary at any meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any
business or of any specified item of business, including amendments to
the organization certificate, shall be greater than the proportion
prescribed by this chapter in the absence of such provision.
2. An amendment of the organization certificate which adds a provision
permitted by this section or which changes or strikes out such a
provision, shall be authorized at a meeting of stockholders by vote of
the holders of two-thirds of all outstanding shares entitled to vote
thereon, or of such greater proportion of shares or class or series of
shares, as may be provided specifically in the organization certificate
for adding, changing or striking out a provision permitted by this
section.
3. If the organization certificate of any corporation contains a
provision authorized by this section, the existence of such provision
shall be noted conspicuously on the face or back of every certificate
for shares issued by such corporation.
Voting by class or classes of shares. 1. The organization
certificate may contain provisions specifying that any class or classes
of shares or of any series thereof shall vote as a class in connection
with the transaction of any business or of any specified item of
business at a meeting of stockholders, including amendments to the
organization certificate.
2. Where voting as a class is provided in the organization
certificate, it shall be by the proportionate vote so provided or, if no
proportionate vote is provided, in the election of directors, by a
plurality of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders of shares of
such class entitled to vote in the election, or for any other corporate
action, by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting by the holders
of shares of such class entitled to vote thereon.
3. Such voting by class shall be in addition to any other vote,
including vote by class, required by this chapter and by the
organization certificate as permitted by this article.
Cumulative voting. The organization certificate of any
corporation may provide that in all elections of directors of such
corporation each stockholder shall be entitled to as many votes as shall
equal the number of votes which, except for such provisions as to
cumulative voting, he would be entitled to cast for the election of
directors with respect to his shares multiplied by the number of
directors to be elected, and that he may cast all of such votes for a
single director or may distribute them among the number to be voted for,
or any two or more of them, as he may see fit, which right, when
exercised, shall be termed cumulative voting.
Powers of supreme court respecting elections. Upon the
petition of any stockholder aggrieved by an election, and upon notice to
the persons declared elected thereat, the corporation and such other
persons as the court may direct, the supreme court at a special term
held within the judicial district where the office of the corporation is
located shall forthwith hear the proofs and allegations of the parties,
and confirm the election, order a new election, or take such other
action as justice may require.
Agreements as to voting. An agreement between two or more
stockholders, if in writing and signed by the parties thereto, may
provide that in exercising any voting rights, the shares held by them
shall be voted as therein provided, or as they may agree, or as
determined in accordance with a procedure agreed upon by them.
Preemptive rights. 1. As used in this section, the term:
(a) "Unlimited dividend rights" means the right without limitation as
to amount either to all or to a share of the balance of current or
liquidating dividends after the payment of dividends on any shares
entitled to a preference.
(b) "Equity shares" means shares of any class, whether or not
preferred as to dividends or assets, which have unlimited dividend
rights.
(c) "Voting rights" means the right to vote for the election of one or
more directors, excluding a right so to vote which is dependent on the
happening of an event specified in the organization certificate which
would change the voting rights of any class of shares.
(d) "Voting shares" means shares of any class which have voting
rights.
(e) "Preemptive right" means the right to purchase shares or other
securities to be issued, as such right is defined in this section.
(f) "New shares or securities" means new equity shares of any class or
any shares or other securities convertible into equity shares of any
class.
2. The preemptive rights provided for in subdivision three of this
section shall not apply to new shares or securities of any corporation
whose organization certificate is approved on or after the effective
date of this subdivision, unless expressly provided for in the
organization certificate of such corporation, which may incorporate by
reference the preemptive rights set forth in this section, or further
modify such preemptive rights.
3. Except as otherwise provided in the organization certificate, and
except as provided in this section, in case of the proposed issuance by
the corporation of new shares or securities:
(a) if the issuance of the new shares or securities would adversely
affect the unlimited dividend rights of the holders of existing equity
shares of any class, such holders shall have the right during a
reasonable time and on reasonable conditions, both to be fixed by the
board, to purchase such new shares or securities in such proportions as
shall be determined as provided in this section; and
(b) if such new shares or securities are voting shares of any class
and the issuance of the new shares or securities would adversely affect
the voting rights of the holders of existing shares of any class, such
holders shall have the right during a reasonable time and on reasonable
conditions, both to be fixed by the board, to purchase such new shares
or other securities in such proportions as shall be determined as
provided in this section.
4. The preemptive right provided for in subdivision three of this
section shall entitle stockholders having such rights to purchase the
shares or other securities to be offered for sale as nearly as
practicable in such proportions as would, if such preemptive right were
exercised, preserve the relative unlimited dividend rights and voting
rights of such holders and at a price or prices not less favorable than
the price or prices at which such shares or other securities are
proposed to be offered for sale to others, without deduction of such
reasonable expenses of and compensation for the sale, underwriting or
purchase of such shares or other securities by underwriters or dealers
as may lawfully be paid by the corporation. In case each of the shares
entitling the holders thereof to preemptive rights does not confer the
same unlimited dividend right or voting right, the board shall apportion
the shares or other securities to be offered for sale among the
stockholders having preemptive rights to purchase them in such
proportions as in the opinion of the board shall preserve as far as
practicable the relative unlimited dividend rights and voting rights of
the holders at the time of such offering. The apportionment made by the
board shall, in the absence of fraud or bad faith, be binding upon all
stockholders.
5. Unless otherwise provided in the organization certificate, shares
or other securities offered for sale shall not be subject to preemptive
rights under subdivisions two and three of this section if they:
(a) Are to be issued by the board to effect a merger or offered for
consideration other than cash;
(b) Are to be issued or subjected to options under section one hundred
forty-a of this chapter;
(c) Are to be issued to satisfy conversion rights theretofore granted
by the corporation;
(d) Are treasury shares; or
(e) Are part of the shares or other securities of the corporation
authorized in its original organization certificate and are issued, sold
or optioned within two years from the date of filing such certificate.
6. Stockholders of record entitled to preemptive rights on the record
date fixed by the board under section six thousand four, or, if no
record date is fixed, then on the record date determined under section
six thousand four, and no others shall be entitled to the right defined
in this section.
7. The board shall cause to be given to each stockholder entitled to
purchase shares or other securities in accordance with this section, a
notice directed to him in the manner provided in section six thousand
five setting forth the time within which and the terms and conditions
upon which the stockholder may purchase such shares or other securities
and also the apportionment made of the right to purchase among the
stockholders entitled to preemptive rights. Such notice shall be given
personally or by mail at least fifteen days prior to the expiration of
the period during which the stockholder shall have the right to
purchase. All stockholders entitled to preemptive rights to whom notice
shall have been given as aforesaid shall be deemed conclusively to have
had a reasonable time in which to exercise their preemptive rights.
8. Shares or other securities which have been offered to stockholders
having preemptive rights to purchase and which have not been purchased
by them within the time fixed by the board may thereafter, for a period
of not exceeding one year following the expiration of the time during
which stockholders might have exercised such preemptive rights, be
issued or sold to any other person or persons at a price, without
deduction of such reasonable expenses of and compensation for the sale,
underwriting or purchase of such shares by underwriters or dealers as
may lawfully be paid by the corporation, not less than that at which
they were offered to such stockholders. Any such shares or other
securities not so issued or sold to others during such one year period
shall thereafter again be subject to the preemptive rights of
stockholders.
9. Except as otherwise provided in the organization certificate and
except as provided in this section, no holder of any shares of any class
shall as such holder have any preemptive right to purchase any other
shares or securities of any class which at any time may be sold or
offered for sale by the corporation.
Procedure to enforce stockholder's right to receive payment
for shares. 1. A stockholder intending to enforce his right under a
section of this chapter to receive payment for his shares if the
proposed corporate action referred to therein is taken shall file with
the corporation, before the meeting of stockholders at which the action
is submitted to a vote, or at such meeting but before the vote, written
objection to the action. The objection shall include a statement that he
intends to demand payment for his shares if the action is taken. Such
objection is not required from any stockholder to whom the corporation
did not give notice of such meeting in accordance with this chapter or
where the proposed action is authorized by written consent of
stockholders without a meeting.
2. Within ten days after the stockholders' authorization date, which
term as used in this section means the date on which the stockholders'
vote authorizing such action was taken, or the date on which such
consent without a meeting was obtained from the requisite stockholders,
the corporation shall give written notice of such authorization or
consent by registered mail to each stockholder who filed written
objection or from whom written objection was not required, excepting any
who voted for or consented in writing to the proposed action.
3. Within twenty days after the giving of notice to him, any
stockholder to whom the corporation was required to give such notice and
who elects to dissent shall file with the corporation a written notice
of such election, stating his name and residence address, the number and
classes of shares as to which he dissents and a demand for payment of
the fair value of his shares.
4. A stockholder may not dissent as to less than all of the shares,
held by him of record, that he owns beneficially. A nominee or fiduciary
may not dissent on behalf of any beneficial owner as to less than all of
the shares of such owner held of record by such nominee or fiduciary.
5. Upon filing a notice of election to dissent, the stockholder shall
cease to have any of the rights of a stockholder except the right to be
paid the fair value of his shares and any other rights under this
section. Withdrawal of a notice of election shall require the written
consent of the corporation. If a notice of election is withdrawn, or the
proposed corporate action is abandoned or rescinded, or a court shall
determine that the stockholder is not entitled to receive payment for
his shares, or the stockholder shall otherwise lose his dissenter's
rights, he shall not have the right to receive payment for his shares
and he shall be reinstated to all his rights as a stockholder as of the
filing of his notice of election, including any intervening preemptive
rights and the right to payment of any intervening dividend or other
distribution or, if any such rights have expired or any such dividend or
distribution other than in cash has been completed, in lieu thereof, at
the election of the corporation, the fair value thereof in cash as
determined by the board as of the time of such expiration or completion,
but without prejudice otherwise to any corporate proceedings that may
have been taken in the interim.
6. At the time of filing the notice of election to dissent or within
one month thereafter the stockholder shall submit the certificates
representing his shares to the corporation, or to its transfer agent,
which shall forthwith note conspicuously thereon that a notice of
election has been filed and shall return the certificates to the
stockholder or other person who submitted them on his behalf. Any
stockholder who fails to submit his certificates for such notation as
herein specified shall, at the option of the corporation exercised by
written notice to him within forty-five days from the date of filing of
such notice of election to dissent, lose his dissenter's rights unless a
court, for good cause shown, shall otherwise direct. Upon transfer of a
certificate bearing such notation, each new certificate issued therefor
shall bear a similar notation together with the name of the original
dissenting holder of the shares and a transferee shall acquire no rights
in the corporation except those which the original dissenting
stockholder had after filing his notice of election.
7. Within seven days after the expiration of the period within which
stockholders may file their notices of election to dissent, or within
seven days after the proposed corporate action is consummated, whichever
is later, the corporation or, in the case of a merger, the receiving
corporation, shall make a written offer by registered mail to each
stockholder who has filed such notice of election to pay for his shares
at a specified price which the corporation considers to be their fair
value. Such offer shall be made at the same price per share to all
dissenting stockholders of the same class, or if divided into series, of
the same series and shall be accompanied by a balance sheet of the
corporation whose shares the dissenting stockholder holds as of the
latest available date, which shall not be earlier than twelve months
before the making of such offer, and a profit and loss statement or
statements for not less than a twelve month period ended on the date of
such balance sheet or, if the corporation was not in existence
throughout such twelve month period, for the portion thereof during
which it was in existence. If within thirty days after the making of
such offer, the corporation making the offer and any stockholder agree
upon the price to be paid for his shares, payment therefor shall be made
within sixty days after the making of such offer upon the surrender of
the certificates representing such shares.
8. The following procedure shall apply if the corporation fails to
make such offer within such period of seven days, or if it makes the
offer and any dissenting stockholder or stockholders fail to agree with
it within the period of thirty days thereafter upon the price to be paid
for their shares:
(a) The corporation or, in the case of a merger, the receiving
corporation shall, within twenty days after the expiration of whichever
is applicable of the two periods last mentioned, institute a special
proceeding in the supreme court in the judicial district in which the
office of the corporation is located to determine the rights of
dissenting stockholders and to fix the fair value of their shares.
(b) If the corporation fails to institute such proceeding within such
period of twenty days, any dissenting stockholder may institute such
proceeding for the same purpose not later than thirty days after the
expiration of such twenty day period. If such proceeding is not
instituted within such thirty day period, all dissenter's rights shall
be lost unless the supreme court, for good cause shown, shall otherwise
direct.
(c) All dissenting stockholders, excepting those who, as provided in
subdivision seven, have agreed with the corporation upon the price to be
paid for their shares, shall be made parties to such proceeding, which
shall have the effect of an action quasi in rem against their shares.
The corporation shall serve a copy of the petition in such proceeding
upon each dissenting stockholder who is a resident of this state in the
manner provided by law for the service of a summons, and upon each
nonresident dissenting stockholder either by registered mail and
publication, or in such other manner as is permitted by law. The
jurisdiction of the court shall be plenary and exclusive.
(d) The court shall determine whether each dissenting stockholder, as
to whom the corporation requests the court to make such determination,
is entitled to receive payment for his shares. If the corporation does
not request any such determination or if the court finds that any
dissenting stockholder is so entitled, it shall proceed to fix the value
of the shares, which, for the purposes of this section, shall be the
fair value as of the close of business on the day prior to the
stockholders' authorization date, excluding any appreciation or
depreciation directly or indirectly induced by such corporate action or
its proposal. The court may, if it so elects, appoint an appraiser to
receive evidence and recommend a decision on the question of fair value.
Such appraiser shall have the power, authority and duties specified in
the order appointing him, or any amendment thereof.
(e) The final order in the proceeding shall be entered against the
corporation in favor of each dissenting stockholder who is a party to
the proceeding and is entitled thereto for the value of his shares so
determined.
(f) The final order shall include an allowance for interest at such
rate as the court finds to be equitable, from the stockholders'
authorization date to the date of payment. If the court finds that the
refusal of any stockholder to accept the corporate offer of payment for
his shares was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in good faith, no
interest shall be allowed to him.
(g) The costs and expenses of such proceeding shall be determined by
the court and shall be assessed against the corporation, or, in the case
of a merger, the receiving corporation, except that all or any part of
such costs and expenses may be apportioned and assessed, as the court
may determine, against any or all of the dissenting stockholders who are
parties to the proceeding if the court finds that their refusal to
accept the corporate offer was arbitrary, vexatious or otherwise not in
good faith. Such expenses shall include reasonable compensation for and
the reasonable expenses of the appraiser, but shall exclude the fees and
expenses of counsel for and experts employed by any party unless the
court, in its discretion, awards such fees and expenses. In exercising
such discretion, the court shall consider any of the following: (A)
that the fair value of the shares as determined materially exceeds the
amount which such corporation offered to pay; (B) that no offer was made
by such corporation; and (C) that such corporation failed to institute
the special proceeding within the period specified therefor.
(h) Within sixty days after final determination of the proceeding, the
corporation or, in the case of a merger, the receiving corporation shall
pay to each dissenting stockholder the amount found to be due him, upon
surrender of the certificates representing his shares.
9. Shares acquired by the corporation upon the payment of the agreed
value therefor or of the amount due under the final order, as provided
in this section, shall be dealt with as provided in section five
thousand fourteen, except that, in the case of a merger, they shall be
disposed of as provided in the plan of merger or consolidation.
10. The enforcement by a stockholder of his right to receive payment
for his shares in the manner provided herein shall exclude the
enforcement by such stockholder of any other right to which he might
otherwise be entitled by virtue of share ownership, except as provided
in subdivision five, and except that this section shall not exclude the
right of such stockholder to bring or maintain an appropriate action to
obtain relief on the ground that such corporate action will be or is
illegal or fraudulent as to him.
11. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this section, any notice
to be given by a corporation to a stockholder under this section shall
be given in the manner provided in section six thousand five.
Books and records; right of inspection, prima facie evidence.
1. Each corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of
account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders,
board and executive committee, if any, and shall keep at the office of
the corporation in this state or at the office of its transfer agent or
registrar in this state, a record containing the names and addresses of
all stockholders, the number and class of shares held by each and the
dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof. Any of
the foregoing minutes or records may be in written form or in any other
form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable
time.
2. Any person who shall have been a stockholder of record of a
corporation for at least six months immediately preceding his demand, or
any person holding, or thereunto authorized in writing by the holders
of, at least five percent of any class of the outstanding shares, upon
at least five days' written demand shall have the right to examine in
person or by agent or attorney, during usual business hours, its minutes
of the proceedings of its stockholders and record of stockholders and to
make extracts therefrom. If an investment company has failed to pay
wages as defined in subdivision two of section six thousand twenty-nine,
any person to whom a stockholder may be liable thereunder upon at least
five days' written demand shall have the right to examine in person or
by agent or attorney during usual business hours, the record of
stockholders and to make extracts therefrom.
3. An inspection authorized by subdivision two may be denied to such
stockholder or other person upon his refusal to furnish to the
corporation, its transfer agent or registrar an affidavit that such
inspection is not desired for a purpose which is in the interest of a
business or object other than the business of the corporation and that
he has not within five years sold or offered for sale any list of
stockholders of any corporation of any type or kind, whether or not
formed under any law of this state, or aided or abetted any person in
procuring any such record of stockholders for any such purpose. The
enforcement of liability of an investment company under section six
thousand twenty-nine shall not be an object other than the business of
the corporation.
4. Upon refusal by the corporation or by an officer or agent of the
corporation to permit an inspection of the minutes of the proceedings of
its stockholders or the record of stockholders as herein provided, the
person making the demand for inspection may apply to the supreme court
in the judicial district where the office of the corporation is located,
upon such notice as the court may direct, for an order directing the
corporation, its officer or agent to show cause why an order should not
be granted permitting such inspection by the applicant. Upon the return
day of the order to show cause, the court shall hear the parties
summarily, by affidavit or otherwise, and if it appears that the
applicant is qualified and entitled to such inspection, the court shall
grant an order compelling such inspection and awarding such further
relief as to the court may seem just and proper.
5. Nothing in this section contained shall impair the power of courts
to compel the production for examination of the books and records of a
corporation when not inconsistent with any other provision of this
chapter.
6. The minutes of the proceedings of stockholders, record of
stockholders and the books and records of account of the corporation
specified in subdivision one shall be prima facie evidence of the facts
therein stated in favor of the plaintiff in any action or special
proceeding against such corporation or any of its officers, directors or
stockholders.
Infant securityholders. 1. A corporation may treat an infant
who holds shares, capital notes or debentures of such corporation as
having capacity to receive and to empower others to receive dividends,
interest, principal and other payments and distributions, to vote or
express consent or dissent, in person or by proxy, and to make elections
and exercise rights relating to such shares, capital notes or
debentures, unless, in the case of shares, the corporate officer
responsible for maintaining the list of stockholders or the transfer
agent of the corporation or, in the case of capital notes or debentures,
the paying officer or agent has received written notice that such holder
is an infant.
2. An infant holder of shares, capital notes or debentures of a
corporation who has received or empowered others to receive payments or
distributions, voted or expressed consent or dissent, or made an
election or exercised a right relating thereto, shall have no right
thereafter to disaffirm or avoid, as against the corporation, any such
act on his part, unless prior to such receipt, vote, consent, dissent,
election or exercise, as to shares, the corporate officer responsible
for maintaining the list of stockholders or its transfer agent, or in
the case of capital notes or debentures, the paying officer or agent had
received written notice that such holder was an infant.
3. This section does not limit any other statute which authorizes any
corporation to deal with an infant or limits the right of an infant to
disaffirm his acts.
Stockholders' derivative action brought in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor. 1. An action may be
brought in the right of a corporation to procure a judgment in its
favor, by a holder of shares or of a beneficial interest in such shares.
2. In any such action, it shall be made to appear that the plaintiff
is such a holder at the time of bringing the action and that he was such
a holder at the time of the transaction of which he complains, or that
his shares or his interest therein devolved upon him by operation of
law.
3. In any such action, the complaint shall set forth with
particularity the efforts of the plaintiff to secure the initiation of
such action by the board or the reasons for not making such effort.
4. Such action shall not be discontinued, compromised or settled,
without the approval of the court having jurisdiction of the action. If
the court shall determine that the interest of the stockholders of any
class or classes thereof will be substantially affected by such
discontinuance, compromise, or settlement, the court, in its discretion,
may direct that notice, by publication or otherwise, shall be given to
the stockholders or class or classes thereof whose interests it
determines will be so affected; if notice is so directed to be given,
the court may determine which one or more of the parties to the action
shall bear the expense of giving the same, in such amount as the court
shall determine and find to be reasonable in the circumstances, and the
amount of such expense shall be awarded as special costs of the action
and recoverable in the same manner as statutory taxable costs.
5. If the action on behalf of the corporation was successful, in whole
or in part, or if anything was received by the plaintiff or plaintiffs
or a claimant or claimants as the result of a judgment, compromise or
settlement of an action or a claim, the court may award the plaintiff or
plaintiffs, claimant or claimants, reasonable expenses, including
reasonable attorney's fees, and shall direct him or them to account to
the corporation for the remainder of the proceeds so received by him or
them. This subdivision shall not apply to any judgment rendered for the
benefit of injured stockholders only and limited to a recovery of the
loss or damage sustained by them.
Security for expenses in stockholders' derivative action
brought in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its
favor. In any action specified in section six thousand twenty-five, if
the plaintiff or plaintiffs hold less than five percent of any class of
the outstanding shares or hold a beneficial interest in shares
representing less than five percent of any class of such shares, then
unless the shares and beneficial interest of such plaintiff or
plaintiffs have a fair value in excess of fifty thousand dollars, the
corporation in whose right such action is brought shall be entitled at
any stage of the proceedings before final judgment to require the
plaintiff or plaintiffs to give security for the reasonable expenses,
including attorney's fees, which may be incurred by it in connection
with such action and by the other parties defendant in connection
therewith for which the corporation may become liable under this
article, under any contract or otherwise under law, to which the
corporation shall have recourse in such amount as the court having
jurisdiction of such action shall determine upon the termination of such
action. The amount of such security may thereafter from time to time be
increased or decreased in the discretion of the court having
jurisdiction of such action upon showing that the security provided has
or may become inadequate or excessive.
Liability of stockholders for wages due to laborers, servants
or employees. 1. The ten largest stockholders, as determined by the fair
value of their beneficial interest as of the beginning of the period on
which the unpaid services referred to in this section are performed, of
every investment company, the shares of which are not listed on a
national securities exchange or regularly quoted in an over-the-counter
market by one or more members of a national or an affiliated securities
association, shall jointly and severally be personally liable for all
debts, wages or salaries due and owing to any of its laborers, servants
or employees other than contractors, for services performed by them for
such investment company. Before such laborer, servant or employee shall
charge such stockholder for such services, he shall give notice in
writing to such stockholder that he intends to hold him liable under
this section. Such notice shall be given within ninety days after
termination of such services, except that if, within such period, the
laborer, servant or employee demands an examination of the record of
stockholders under subdivision two of section six thousand twenty-three,
such notice may be given within sixty days after he has been given the
opportunity to examine the record of stockholders. An action to enforce
such liability shall be commenced within ninety days after the return of
an execution unsatisfied against the investment company upon a judgment
recovered against it for such services.
2. For the purposes of this section, wages or salaries shall mean all
compensation and benefits payable by an employer to or for the account
of the employee for personal services rendered by such employee. These
shall specifically include but not be limited to salaries, overtime,
vacation, holiday and severance pay; employer contributions to or
payments of insurance or welfare benefits; employer contributions to
pension or annuity funds; and any other moneys properly due or payable
for services rendered by such employee.
3. A stockholder who has paid more than his pro rata share under this
section shall be entitled to contribution pro rata from the other
stockholders liable under this section with respect to the excess so
paid, over and above his pro rata share, and may sue them jointly or
severally or any number of them to recover the amount due from them.
Such recovery may be had in a separate action. As used in this
subdivision, "pro rata" means in proportion to beneficial share
interest. Before a stockholder may claim contribution from other
stockholders under this subdivision, he shall, unless they have been
given notice by a laborer, servant or employee under subdivision one,
give them notice in writing that he intends to hold them so liable to
him. Such notice shall be given by him within twenty days after the date
that notice was given to him by a laborer, servant or employee under
subdivision one.
TITLE 6-A Membership In a Limited Liability Investment Company or a Limited Liability Trust Company
Company membership. The members of a limited liability
investment company or limited liability trust company shall have all of
the rights and obligations as set forth in the limited liability company
law, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.
TITLE 7 Directors and Officers
TITLE 8 Amendments and Changes
Right to amend organization certificate. 1. A corporation may
amend its organization certificate, from time to time, in any and as
many respects as may be desired, if such amendment contains only such
provisions as might be lawfully contained in an original organization
certificate filed at the time of making such amendment.
2. In particular, and without limitation upon such general power of
amendment, a corporation may amend its organization certificate, from
time to time, so as:
(a) To change its corporate name.
(b) In the case of a bank or trust company, to change its corporate
powers in accordance with section ninety-four.
(c) To extend the duration of the corporation or, if the corporation
ceased to exist because of the expiration of the duration specified in
its organization certificate, to revive its existence.
(d) To increase or decrease the number of its directors, or to provide
that the number of its directors shall be not less than a stated minimum
nor more than a stated maximum; provided that in either case the number
of directors shall not be less than the minimum prescribed in this
chapter, and provided further that the number of the directors may be
increased notwithstanding any maximum number prescribed by any special
law.
(e) To increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares, or shares
of any class or series, which the corporation shall have authority to
issue.
(f) To eliminate from authorized shares any class of shares, or any
shares of any class, whether issued or unissued.
(g) To increase the par value of any authorized shares of any class,
whether issued or unissued.
(h) To reduce the par value of any authorized shares of any class,
whether issued or unissued.
(i) To change any authorized shares, whether issued or unissued, into
a different number of shares of the same class or into the same or a
different number of shares of any one or more classes or any series
thereof.
(j) To fix, change or abolish the designation of any authorized class
or any series thereof, or any of the relative rights, preferences and
limitations of any shares of any authorized class or any series thereof,
whether issued or unissued, including any provisions in respect of any
undeclared dividends, whether or not cumulative or accrued, or the
redemption of any shares, or any preemptive right to acquire shares or
other securities.
(k) As to the shares of any preferred class, then or theretofore
authorized, which may be issued in series, to grant authority to the
board or to change or revoke the authority of the board to establish and
designate series and to fix the number of shares and the relative
rights, preferences and limitations as between series.
(l) To strike out, change or add any provision, not inconsistent with
this chapter or any other statute, relating to the business of the
corporation, its affairs, its rights or powers, or the rights or powers
of its stockholders, directors or officers, including any provision
which under this chapter is required or permitted to be set forth in the
by-laws.
3. A corporation created by special act may accomplish any or all
amendments permitted in this title, in the manner and subject to the
conditions provided in this subarticle.
4. A corporation may not change the location of its office under this
section.
Reduction of capital stock by amendment. A corporation may
reduce its capital stock by an amendment of its organization certificate
under section eight thousand one which:
1. Reduces the par value of any issued shares.
2. Changes issued shares under subdivision two (i) of section eight
thousand one and results in a reduction of capital stock.
3. Eliminates from authorized shares, shares that have been issued and
reacquired by the corporation.
Authorization of amendment or change. 1. Amendment of the
organization certificate may be authorized by vote of the holders of a
majority of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon at a meeting
of stockholders.
2. This section shall not alter the vote required by section six
thousand sixteen or seven thousand nine for the adoption of an amendment
referred to therein, nor alter the authority of the board to authorize
amendments under section five thousand two, subdivision six of section
five thousand fourteen, or section five thousand sixteen.
Class voting on amendment. 1. Notwithstanding any provision in
the organization certificate, the holders of shares of a class or
series, shall be entitled to vote and to vote as a class upon the
authorization of an amendment and, in addition to the authorization of
the amendment by vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding
shares entitled to vote thereon, the amendment shall be authorized by
vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of the class
or series when a proposed amendment would:
(a) Exclude or limit their right to vote on any matter, except as such
right may be limited by voting rights given to new shares then being
authorized of any existing or new class or series;
(b) Change their shares under subdivision two (h), (i) or (j) of
section eight thousand one or provide that their shares may be converted
into shares of any other class or into shares of any other series of the
same class, or alter the terms or conditions upon which their shares are
convertible or change the shares issuable upon conversion of their
shares, if such action would adversely affect such holders; or
(c) Subordinate their rights, by authorizing shares having preferences
which would be in any respect superior to their rights.
2. If any proposed amendment referred to in subdivision one would
adversely affect or subordinate the rights of the holders of shares of
only one or more series of any class, but not the entire class, then
only the holders of each series whose rights would be adversely affected
or subordinated shall be considered a separate class for the purposes of
this section.
Certificate of amendment or of change; contents. 1. To
accomplish any amendment or change, a certificate of amendment, entitled
"Certificate of amendment of the organization certificate of ...........
(name of corporation) under section 8005 of the Banking Law" shall be
signed, verified and filed as provided in section one thousand three. It
shall set forth:
(a) The name of the corporation and, if it has been changed, the name
under which it was formed.
(b) The date its organization certificate was filed by the
superintendent.
(c) Each amendment effected thereby.
(d) If any such amendment provides for a change or elimination of
issued shares, and if the manner in which the same shall be effected is
not set forth in such amendment, then a statement of the manner in which
the same shall be effected.
(e) If any amendment reduces capital stock, then a statement of the
manner in which the same is effected and the amounts from which and to
which capital stock is reduced.
(f) The manner in which the amendment of the organization certificate
was authorized.
2. Any number of amendments or changes may be included in one
certificate under this section. Such certificate may also include any
amendments or changes permitted by other sections and in that case the
certificate shall set forth any additional statement required by any
other section specifying the contents of a certificate to effect such
amendment or change.
3. In the case of a change of shares, the shares resulting from such
change shall, upon the filing of the certificate of amendment under this
section, be deemed substituted for the shares changed, in accordance
with the stated terms of the change.
Provisions as to certain proceedings. 1. The superintendent
shall not file a certificate of amendment reviving the existence of a
corporation unless the consent of the state tax commission to the
revival is delivered to the superintendent. If the name of the
corporation being revived is not available under section three thousand
one for use by a corporation then being formed under this chapter, the
certificate of amendment shall change the name to one which is available
for such use.
2. The following provisions shall apply to amendments and changes
under this title:
(a) Any changes that may be made in the relative rights, preferences
and limitations of the authorized shares of any class by any certificate
of amendment which does not eliminate such shares from authorized shares
or change them into shares of another class, shall not for the purpose
of any statute or rule of law effect an issue of a new class of shares.
(b) No amendment or change shall affect any existing cause of action
in favor of or against the corporation, or any pending suit to which it
shall be a party, or the existing rights of persons other than
stockholders; and in the event the corporate name shall be changed, no
suit brought by or against the corporation under its former name shall
abate for that reason.
(c) A holder of any adversely affected shares who does not vote for or
consent in writing to the taking of such action shall, subject to and by
complying with the provisions of section six thousand twenty-two, have
the right to dissent and to receive payment for such shares, if the
certificate of amendment (1) alters or abolishes any preferential right
of any outstanding shares having preferences; or (2) creates, alters or
abolishes any provision or right in respect of the redemption of any
outstanding shares; or (3) alters or abolishes any preemptive right of
such holder to acquire shares or other securities; or (4) excludes or
limits the right of such holder to vote on any matter, except as such
right may be limited by the voting rights given to new shares then being
authorized of any existing or new class.
Restated organization certificate. 1. A corporation, when
authorized by the board, may restate in a single certificate the text of
its organization certificate, as amended theretofore, without making any
further amendment or change thereby, except that it may include any one
or more of the amendments or changes which may be authorized by the
board without a vote of stockholders under this chapter. Alternatively,
a corporation may restate in a single certificate the text of its
organization certificate, as amended theretofore, and as further amended
thereby to effect any one or more of the amendments or changes
authorized by this chapter, when authorized by the required vote of the
holders of shares entitled to vote thereon.
2. A restated organization certificate entitled "Restated organization
certificate of ............. (name of corporation) under section 8007 of
the Banking Law" shall be signed, verified and filed as provided in
section one thousand three. It shall set forth:
(a) The name of the corporation and, if it has been changed, the name
under which it was formed.
(b) The date its organization certificate was filed by the
superintendent.
(c) If the restated certificate restates the text of the organization
certificate, as amended theretofore, without making any further
amendment or change, then a statement that the text of the organization
certificate, as amended theretofore, is thereby restated without further
amendment or change to read as therein set forth in full.
(d) If the restated certificate restates the text of the organization
certificate, as amended theretofore, and as further amended or changed
thereby, then a statement that the organization certificate is amended
or changed to effect one or more of the amendments or changes authorized
by this chapter, specifying each such amendment or change and that the
text of the organization certificate, as amended theretofore, is thereby
restated as further amended or changed to read as therein set forth in
full.
(e) If any such amendment, effected by the restated certificate,
provides for a change or elimination of issued shares, and if the manner
in which the same shall be effected is not set forth in such amendment,
then a statement of the manner in which the same shall be effected.
(f) If the restated certificate contains an amendment which effects a
reduction of capital stock, then a statement of the manner in which the
same is effected and the amounts from which and to which capital stock
is reduced.
(g) The manner in which the restatement of the organization
certificate was authorized.
3. A restated certificate need not include statements as to the
incorporators, the original subscribers for shares or the first
directors.
4. Any amendment or change under this section shall be subject to any
other section, not inconsistent with this section, which would be
applicable if a separate certificate were filed to effect such amendment
or change.
5. Upon filing by the superintendent, the original organization
certificate, as amended theretofore, shall be superseded and the
restated organization certificate, including any further amendments and
changes made thereby, shall be the organization certificate of the
corporation.
ARTICLE 16 General Provisions Applicable to Banking Non-stock Corporations
Definitions. In this article, unless the context otherwise
requires:
1. "Corporation" means and includes all mutual savings banks, mutual
savings and loan associations, mutual holding companies and credit
unions.
2. "Director" means any member of the governing board of a
corporation, whether designated as director, trustee, manager, governor
or by any other title; the term "board" means "board of directors. "
3. "Organization certificate" includes (a) the original organization
certificate or any other instrument filed or issued under any statute to
form a corporation or foreign corporation, as amended, supplemented or
restated by certificates of amendment, merger or consolidation or other
certificates or instruments filed or issued under any statute; or (b) a
special act or charter creating a corporation or foreign corporation, as
amended, supplemented or restated by special acts or by certificates of
amendment, merger or consolidation or other certificates or instruments
filed or issued under any statute.
4. "Foreign corporation" means a non-stock corporation which is
licensed by the superintendent under the provisions of article two of
this chapter to do business in this state or is applying for such
license and a non-stock corporation authorized to conduct business in
this state pursuant to article five-C of this chapter or is applying for
such authorization.
Fingerprints. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of
law, every incorporator of a corporation shall, in addition to any other
requirements which may be imposed by the superintendent, submit
simultaneously with an application, his or her fingerprints in such form
and in such manner as specified by the division of criminal justice
services, but in any event, no less than two digit imprints. The
superintendent shall submit the fingerprints to the division of criminal
justice services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search
and returning a report thereon in accordance with the procedures and
requirements established by the division pursuant to the provisions of
article thirty-five of the executive law, which shall include the
payment of the prescribed processing fees. The superintendent shall
request that the division submit such fingerprints to the federal bureau
of investigation, together with the processing fees prescribed by such
bureau, for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search and
returning a report thereon.
(b) The superintendent shall also, concurrent with an investigation of
an incorporator of a corporation pertaining to a violation of this
chapter, submit such fingerprints to the division of criminal justice
services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search and
returning a report thereon and through the division to the federal
bureau of investigation for the purpose of a fingerprint check of such
incorporator.
(c) For purposes of this section, "incorporator" shall include a
natural person or such principal, officer, director, trustee or
stockholder of any other entity as may be designated by the
superintendent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article,
the superintendent shall not access criminal history data or
information, unless any agency from which the superintendent receives
directly criminal history data or information has entered into a use and
dissemination agreement with the superintendent consistent with the
provisions of this section.
(d) An applicant shall not be required to submit his or her
fingerprints as required by subdivision (a) of this section if such
applicant (i) is already subject to regulation by the department and the
applicant has submitted such fingerprints to the department, such
fingerprints have been submitted to the division of criminal justice
services for the purpose of conducting a criminal history search, and a
report of such search has been received by the department from such
division; or (ii) is subject to regulation by a federal bank regulatory
agency and has submitted such fingerprints to such agency which has had
a criminal history search conducted of such individual and has shared
such information or its determination resulting from such search with
the department; or (iii) is an officer or stockholder of a corporation
whose common or preferred stock is registered on a national securities
exchange, as provided in an act of congress of the United States
entitled the "Securities Exchange Act of 1934", approved June sixth,
nineteen hundred thirty-four, as amended, or such other exchange or
market system as the superintendent shall approve by regulation, and has
submitted such fingerprints to such exchange or market system which has
had a criminal history search conducted of such individual and has
shared such information or its determination resulting from such search
with the department; provided, however, that the superintendent may
subsequently require such applicant to submit such fingerprints if the
superintendent has a reasonable basis for updating the information or
determination resulting from the report of the criminal history search
conducted at the request of such federal banking agency, exchange or
market system.
Application. 1. To the extent not inconsistent with articles
six, ten, ten-B and eleven, this article applies to every corporation
and, to the extent herein provided, to every foreign corporation.
2. The business corporation law shall not apply to any corporation or
foreign corporation as defined in section nine thousand one of this
article.
Certificates; requirements, signing, filing, effectiveness. 1.
Every certificate or other instrument relating to a corporation or a
foreign corporation which is delivered to the superintendent for filing
under this chapter shall be in the English language, except that the
corporate name may be in another language if written in English letters
or characters.
2. Whenever such instrument is required to set forth an address, it
shall include the street and number, or other particular description
instead of a street and number. This requirement does not apply where a
post office address is specified to be set forth.
3. Whenever such instrument is required to set forth the date when an
organization certificate was filed by the superintendent, the original
organization certificate is meant.
4. Every such instrument required under this chapter to be signed and
delivered to the superintendent, except as otherwise provided in the
section providing for such instrument, shall be signed either (a) by the
holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, or (b) by
the chairman of the board, the president or vice president and by the
secretary or an assistant secretary or, in the case of a corporation
which does not have a secretary or an assistant secretary, by the
cashier or an assistant cashier, or (c) if there are no such officers,
by a majority of the directors or such directors as are designated by
the majority of the directors in office, or (d) if also there are no
directors, by the holders, or such of them as are designated by the
holders of record of a majority of all outstanding shares entitled to
vote thereon, or (e) if also there is no shareholder of record, by a
subscriber for shares whose subscription has been accepted or his
successor in interest, or (f) if also no subscription for shares has
been accepted, by an incorporator. His name and the capacity in which
any person signs such instrument shall be stated beneath or opposite his
signature. The person signing such instrument, or, if more than one
person signs it, one of such persons shall verify or acknowledge the
instrument if required by the section providing for such instrument.
5. No such instrument shall be filed unless it shall have endorsed
thereon the approval of the superintendent. No certificate of
authentication or conformity or other proof shall be required with
respect to any verification, oath or acknowledgment of any instrument
delivered to the superintendent under this chapter, if such
verification, oath or acknowledgment purports to have been made before a
notary public, or person performing the equivalent function, of one of
the states, or any subdivision thereof, of the United States or the
District of Columbia.
6. Except as otherwise provided in this chapter, such instrument shall
become effective upon the filing thereof by the superintendent.
Certificates; corrections. Any certificate or other instrument
relating to a corporation filed by the superintendent under this chapter
may be corrected with respect to any informality or error apparent on
the face or defect in the execution thereof, including the deletion of
any material not permitted to be stated therein. A certificate, entitled
" Certificate of correction of ........... (correct title of certificate
and name of corporation) " shall be signed, verified or acknowledged as
provided in this chapter with respect to the instrument being corrected
and delivered to the superintendent. It shall set forth the name of the
corporation or foreign corporation, the date the instrument to be
corrected was filed by the superintendent, the provision in the
instrument as corrected or eliminated and if the execution was
defective, the proper execution. The filing of the certificate by the
superintendent shall not alter the effective time of the instrument
being corrected, which shall remain as its original effective date, and
shall not affect any right or liability accrued or incurred before such
filing. The name of the corporation or foreign corporation may not be
changed or corrected under this section.
Nonexclusivity of statutory provisions for indemnification of
directors and officers. The indemnification and advancement of expenses
granted pursuant to, or provided by, this article shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which a director or officer seeking
indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, whether
contained in the organization certificate or the by-laws or, when
authorized by such certificate of incorporation or by-laws, (i) a
resolution of shareholders, (ii) a resolution of directors, or (iii) an
agreement providing for such indemnification, provided that no
indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any director or officer
if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or
officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or were
the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the
cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a
financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally
entitled. Nothing contained in this article shall affect any rights to
indemnification to which corporate personnel other than directors and
officers may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law.
Authorization for indemnification of directors and officers.
1. A corporation may indemnify any person, made, or threatened to be
made, a party to an action or proceeding (other than one by or in the
right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor), whether
civil or criminal, including an action by or in the right of any other
corporation of any type or kind, whether or not formed under any law of
this state, or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or other enterprise, which any director or officer of the
corporation served in any capacity at the request of the corporation, by
reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, was a director or
officer of the corporation, or served such other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise in any capacity, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in
settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees actually
and necessarily incurred as a result of such action or proceeding, or
any appeal therein, if such director or officer acted, in good faith,
for a purpose which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of
service for any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the
best interests of the corporation and, in criminal actions or
proceedings, in addition, had no reasonable cause to believe that his
conduct was unlawful.
2. The termination of any such civil or criminal action or proceeding
by judgment, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere,
or its equivalent, shall not in itself create a presumption that any
such director or officer did not act, in good faith, for a purpose which
he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service to any other
corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of the
corporation or that he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct
was unlawful.
3. A corporation may indemnify any person made, or threatened to be
made, a party to an action by or in the right of the corporation to
procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he, his
testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director or officer of any other corporation of any type or kind,
whether or not formed under any law of this state, of any partnership,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against
amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys'
fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection with the
defense or settlement of such action, or in connection with an appeal
therein, if such director or officer acted, in good faith, for a purpose
which he reasonably believed to be in, or, in the case of service for
any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee
benefit plan or other enterprise, not opposed to, the best interests of
the corporation, except that no indemnification under this subdivision
shall be made in respect of (a) a threatened action, or a pending action
which is settled or otherwise disposed of, or (b) any claim, issue or
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to
the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which
the action was brought, or, if no action was brought, any court of
competent jurisdiction, determines upon application that, in view of all
the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnity for such portion of the settlement amount and
expenses as the court deems proper.
4. For the purpose of this section, a corporation shall be deemed to
have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the
performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes
duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or
participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a
person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable
law shall be considered fines; and action taken or omitted by a person
with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such
person's duties for a purpose reasonably believed by such person to be
in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall
be deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests
of the corporation.
Payment of indemnification other than by court award. 1. A
person who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the
defense of a civil or criminal action or proceeding of the character
described in section nine thousand six shall be entitled to
indemnification as authorized in such section.
2. Except as provided in subdivision one, any indemnification under
section nine thousand six or otherwise permitted by section nine
thousand five, unless ordered by a court under section nine thousand
eight, shall be made by the corporation, only if authorized in the
specific case:
(a) By the board acting by a quorum consisting of directors who are
not parties to such action or proceeding upon a finding that the
director or officer has met the standard of conduct set forth in section
nine thousand six or established pursuant to section nine thousand five,
as the case may be, or,
(b) If a quorum under paragraph (a) is not obtainable or, even if
obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs:
(1) By the board upon the opinion in writing of independent legal
counsel that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because the
applicable standard of conduct set forth in such sections has been met
by such director or officer, or
(2) By the shareholders upon a finding that the director or officer
has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such sections.
3. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action or
proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking
by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount as, and
to the extent, required by subdivision one of section nine thousand
nine.
Indemnification of directors and officers by a court. 1.
Notwithstanding the failure of a corporation to provide indemnification,
and despite any contrary resolution of the board or of the shareholders
in the specific case under section nine thousand seven, indemnification
shall be awarded by a court to the extent authorized under section nine
thousand six and subdivision one of section nine thousand seven.
Application therefor may be made, in every case, either:
(a) In the civil action or proceeding in which the expenses were
incurred or other amounts were paid, or
(b) To the supreme court in a separate proceeding, in which case the
application shall set forth the disposition of any previous application
made to any court for the same or similar relief and also reasonable
cause for the failure to make application for such relief in the action
or proceeding in which the expenses were incurred or other amounts were
paid.
2. The application shall be made in such manner and form as may be
required by the applicable rules of court, or in the absence thereof, by
direction of a court to which it is made. Such application shall be upon
notice to the corporation. The court may also direct that notice be
given at the expense of the corporation to the shareholders and such
other persons as it may designate in such manner as it may require.
3. Where indemnification is sought by judicial action, the court may
allow a person such reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees,
during the pendency of the litigation as are necessary in connection
with his defense therein, if the court shall find that the defendant has
by his pleadings or during the course of the litigation raised genuine
issues of fact or law.
Other provisions affecting indemnification of directors and
officers. 1. All expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal
action or proceeding which are advanced by the corporation under
subdivision three of section nine thousand seven or allowed by a court
under subdivision three of section nine thousand eight shall be repaid
in case the person receiving such advancement or allowance is ultimately
found, under the procedure set forth in this article, not to be entitled
to indemnification or, where indemnification is granted, to the extent
the expenses so advanced by the corporation or allowed by the court
exceed the indemnification to which he is entitled.
2. No indemnification, advancement or allowance shall be made under
this article in any circumstance where it appears:
(a) That the indemnification would be inconsistent with a provision of
the organization certificate, a by-law, a resolution of the board or of
the shareholders, an agreement or other proper corporate action, in
effect at the time of the accrual of the alleged cause of action
asserted in the threatened or pending action or proceeding in which the
expenses were incurred or other amounts were paid, which prohibits or
otherwise limits indemnification; or
(b) If there has been a settlement approved by the court, that the
indemnification would be inconsistent with any condition with respect to
indemnification expressly imposed by the court in approving the
settlement.
3. If any expenses or other amounts are paid by way of
indemnification, otherwise than by court order or action by the
shareholders, the corporation shall, not later than the next annual
meeting of shareholders unless such meeting is held within three months
from the date of such payment, and, in any event, within fifteen months
from the date of such payment, mail to its shareholders of record at the
time entitled to vote for the election of directors a statement
specifying the persons paid, the amounts paid, and the nature and status
at the time of such payment of the litigation or threatened litigation.
4. If any action with respect to indemnification of directors and
officers is taken by way of amendment of the by-laws, resolution of
directors, or by agreement, then the corporation shall, not later than
the next annual meeting of shareholders, unless such meeting is held
within three months from the date of such action and, in any event
within fifteen months from the date of such action, mail to its
shareholders of record at the time entitled to vote for the election of
directors a statement specifying the action taken.
5. No payment of indemnification, advancement or allowance under this
article shall be made unless a notice has been filed with the
superintendent, not less than thirty days prior to such payment,
specifying the persons to be paid, the amounts to be paid, the manner in
which such payment was authorized, and the nature and status at the time
of the notice of the litigation or threatened litigation.
Insurance for indemnification of directors and officers. 1.
Subject to the provisions of subdivision two of this section, a
corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance:
(a) To indemnify the corporation for any obligation which it incurs as
a result of the indemnification of directors and officers under the
provisions of this article, and
(b) To indemnify directors and officers in instances in which they may
be indemnified by the corporation under the provisions of this article,
and
(c) To indemnify directors and officers in instances in which they may
not otherwise be indemnified by the corporation under the provisions of
this article provided the contract of insurance covering such directors
and officers provides, in a manner acceptable to the superintendent of
financial services, for a retention amount and for co-insurance.
2. No insurance under subdivision one of this section may provide for
any payment, other than cost of defense, to or on behalf of any director
or officer:
(a) If a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the insured
director or officer establishes that his acts of active and deliberate
dishonesty were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that
he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to
which he was not legally entitled, or
(b) In relation to any risk the insurance of which is prohibited under
the insurance law of this state.
3. Insurance under any or all paragraphs of subdivision one of this
section may be included in a single contract or supplement thereto.
Retrospective rated contracts are prohibited.
4. The corporation shall, within the time and to the persons provided
in subdivision three of section nine thousand nine of this article, mail
a statement in respect of any insurance it has purchased or renewed
under this section, specifying the insurance carrier, date of the
contract, cost of the insurance, corporate positions insured, and a
statement explaining all sums, not previously reported in a statement to
shareholders, paid under any indemnification insurance contract.
5. This section is the public policy of this state to spread the risk
of corporate management, notwithstanding any other general or special
law of this state or of any other jurisdiction including the federal
government.
Certificates as evidence. 1. Any certificate or other
instrument filed by the superintendent relating to a corporation or
foreign corporation and containing statements of fact, required or
permitted by law to be contained therein, shall be received in all
courts, public offices and official bodies as prima facie evidence of
such facts and of the execution of such instrument.
2. Whenever by the laws of any jurisdiction other than this state, any
certificate by any officer in such jurisdiction or a copy of any
instruments certified or exemplified by such officer, may be received as
prima facie evidence of the incorporation, existence or capacity of any
foreign corporation incorporated in such jurisdiction, or claiming so to
be, such certificate when exemplified shall be received in all courts,
public offices and official bodies of this state, as prima facie
evidence with the same force as in such jurisdiction. Such certificate
or certified copy of such instrument shall be so received, without being
exemplified, if it is certified by the secretary of state, or officer
performing the equivalent functions, as to corporate records of such
jurisdiction.
Corporate seal as evidence. The presence of the corporate seal
on a written instrument purporting to be executed by authority of a
corporation or a foreign corporation shall be prima facie evidence that
the instrument was so executed.
When notice or lapse of time unnecessary; notices dispensed
with when delivery is prohibited. 1. Whenever, under articles six, ten,
ten-B and eleven, the organization certificate and by-laws of any
corporation or by the terms of any agreement or instrument, a
corporation or the board or any committee thereof is authorized to take
any action after notice to any person or persons or after the lapse of a
prescribed period of time, such action may be taken without notice and
without the lapse of such period of time, if at any time before or after
such action is completed the person or persons entitled to such notice
or entitled to participate in the action to be taken or, in the case of
a shareholder, by his attorney-in-fact, submit a signed waiver of notice
of such requirements.
2. Whenever any notice or communication is required to be given to any
person or persons by articles six, ten, ten-B and eleven, the
organization certificate and by-laws, or by the terms of any agreement
or instrument, or as a condition precedent to taking any corporate
action and communication with such person or persons is then unlawful
under any statute of this state or of the United States or any
regulation, proclamation or order issued under such statutes, then the
giving of such notice or communication to such person or persons shall
not be required and there shall be no duty to apply for a license or
other permission to do so. Any affidavit, certificate or other
instrument which is required to be made or filed as proof of giving of
any notice or communication required under articles six, ten and eleven
shall, if such notice or communication to any person is dispensed with
under this subdivision, include a statement that such notice or
communication was not given to any person with whom communication is
unlawful. Such affidavit, certificate or other instrument shall be as
effective for all purposes as though such notice or communication had
been personally given to such person.
Corporate name; general. Except as otherwise provided in this
chapter, the name of a corporation or a foreign corporation shall not be
the same as the name of a corporation of any type or kind, as such name
appears on the index of names of existing corporations of any type or
kind in the department of financial services or a name so similar to
such name as to tend to confuse or deceive.
Corporate name; exceptions. 1. Any reference to a corporation
in this section shall include both corporations and foreign
corporations.
2. The provisions of section nine thousand fourteen:
(a) Shall not require any corporation existing or recognized under
this chapter on the effective date of this article, to add to, modify or
otherwise change its corporate name.
(b) Shall not prevent a corporation with which another corporation is
merged or which is formed by the reorganization or consolidation of one
or more other corporations or upon a sale, lease, exchange or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of another
corporation, including its name, from having the same name as any of
such corporations if at the time such other corporation was licensed or
existing under this chapter.
Change of name. By resolution adopted by a vote of two-thirds
of all its directors, at a meeting held for the purpose, a corporation
may change its corporate name, but such change shall not be effective
unless it shall have been approved by the superintendent. If the
superintendent shall approve, he shall issue, under his hand and the
official seal of the department, in triplicate, a certificate
authorizing such change of name to become effective, and stating the
time at which such change shall become effective, which certificates
shall be transmitted and filed in the same manner as authorization
certificates.
Place and time of meetings of the board; presence at. 1.
Meetings of the board, regular or special, may be held at any place
within or without this state, unless otherwise provided in the
organization certificate or the by-laws.
2. Subject to articles six, ten, ten-B and eleven of this chapter, the
time and place for holding meetings of the board may be fixed by or
under the by-laws, or, if not so fixed, by the board.
3. When authorized by the organization certificate of incorporation or
the by-laws, any one or more members of the board or any committee
thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means
of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing
all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same
time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at
a meeting.
Effect of invalidity of part of article; severability. If any
provision of this article or application thereof to any person or
circumstances is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect other
provisions or applications of this article which can be given effect
without the invalid provision or application, and to this end the
provisions of this article are declared severable.
Certain provisions relating to the conversion of non-stock
savings banks and savings and loan associations to stock form. No mutual
savings bank and no mutual savings and loan association shall convert to
stock form unless all depositors (in the case of such savings banks) and
all shareholders (in the case of such savings and loan associations) of
any such converting institution whose aggregate deposit or share
balance, as the case may be, (as shown on the books and records of the
converting institution) equals at least one hundred dollars as of a
record date to be established in accordance with general regulations of
the superintendent of financial services are provided with an
opportunity to approve such conversion, either in person or by valid
proxy, at a meeting duly convened in accordance with general regulations
of the superintendent of financial services for the purpose of approving
or disapproving such conversion. At such meeting, each depositor or
shareholder shall be entitled to cast one vote for each full one hundred
dollars of deposits or shares of such depositor or shareholder shown on
the books and records of the converting institution as of such record
date. A depositor or shareholder shall not be entitled to cast any votes
for any deposit or share balances in amounts of less than one hundred
dollars. No such conversion shall be effective unless approved by the
affirmative vote of at least seventy-five per centum of the aggregate
dollar amount of the book value of deposits or shares, as the case may
be, represented (either in person or by proxy) at such duly convened
meeting and entitled to vote thereat.